296541 Catalog

176099-Catalog 176099-Catalog 176099-Catalog 662051 Batch5 unilog cesco-content

176099-Catalog 176099-Catalog 176099-Catalog 662050 Batch5 unilog cesco-content

296541-Catalog 296541-Catalog 296541-Catalog 662051 Batch4 unilog cesco-content

: Pdf 296541-Catalog 296541-Catalog 662050 Batch4 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 514

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

GE Consumer & Industrial
Lighting Systems

2005

Product Selection Guide
MAIN INDEX

Ordering Number Logic
Application Index
Product Prefix Index
Area Lighting
Flood Lighting
Indoor Lighting
Hazardous Location Lighting
Roadway Lighting
Poles/Brackets
Technical

imagination at work

INDEX

ii

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
How to build an
ordering number:

The ordering numbers used in this
catalog provide a description of the
lighting system by product type,
mechanical construction, electrical
characteristics, and optical system in
meaningful shorthand. Simply follow the
matrix on these pages to gain an
understanding of the ordering number
logic and you’ll find it easy to specify
and order a GE lighting system that
meets your needs.

Note that the first eight or nine
characters (letters and numbers) provide
a General Luminaire Description and
designate similar information for all
GE products:
• Product Name • Wattage • Light
Source • Input Voltage and • Ballast
Type

The next eight or nine characters may
designate different operating
characteristics for different luminaires:
• Ambient Temperature • Photoelectrical Control • Spacing Criteria
• Optical Type • Light Distribution, etc.
And the final three characters normally
designate:
• Options.

NOTE: Do not use these pages for ordering purposes. These are representational
only. See Product Pages for Designations for each specific product.

PF4S

24

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXXX
PF4S = PF-400
Standard
PF4T = PF-400 with
Tray
Mounted
Ballast
NOTE: 200400W MagReg not
available on
tray.

WATTAGE
XX
15 = 150 (55V)
17 = 175
20 = 200
24 = 250/
400*
25 = 250
40 = 400

S
0
ORDERING
NUMBER
LOGIC
LIGHT
SOURCE
VOLTAGE
X
S = HPS
M = MH
Standard:
Lamp not
included.

*Connected
for 250W

X
60Hz
0 = 120/208/
240/277
Multivolt
1 = 120
2 = 208
3 = 240
4 = 277
5 = 480
D= 347
F = 120X347*
T = 220
50Hz
6 = 220
R = 230
Y = 240
*Connected
for 120V

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
ii-2/ 2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

A
BALLAST
TYPE
X
See Ballast
Selection Table
A = Autoreg
G = Mag-Reg with
Grounded
Socket Shell
H = HPF Reactor
or Lag
K = Hot Restart
(Must Order
“P” Option)
Non-UL
M = Mag-Reg
N = NPF Reactor
or Lag
P = CWI with
Grounded
Socket Shell

™ Trademark of General Electric Company
Registered Trademark of General Electric Company

INDEX

ii

Typical Ordering
Number Example:
You want to replace the
old incandescent floodlights lighting a
parking area of a manufacturing plant.
The fixtures will be mounted on existing
poles. You opt to use 400 watt (40) high
pressure sodium (S) lamps in a PF-400
Powerflood floodlight (PF4S) with a
knuckle type slipfitter (K) to fit existing
mounting hardware. You select a

1
PE
FUNCTION
X
1= None
2= PE Receptacle
NOTE:
Receptacle
connected same
voltage as unit.
Order PE Control
separately.

6X6
NEMA TYPE
BEAM SPREAD
HORIZ X VERT
XXX
Select NEMA
Type from
Photometric
Selection Table
Example:
6X6 = 6X6

™ Trademark of General Electric Company
Registered Trademark of General Electric Company

multivolt (O) Auto regulator (A) ballast.
No photoelectric receptacle (1) is needed
for this timer controlled lighting.
A NEMA 6x6 (6x6) beam spread is
appropriate for the setback and
the gray (GR) finish will blend in with the
sky around the floodlight locations.
Therefore, your ordering designation
would be:

PF4S 40 S 0 A 1 6x6 GR K
DB

K

COLOR

OPTIONS

XX
DB = Dark
Bronze
(Standard)
GR = Gray

XXX
B = Time Delay
Automatically
Switched Quartz
F = Fusing (Not
available with
multivolt or 120X347V)
G= Top Trunnion
J = Line Surge Protector,
Expulsion Type PF4S
only
K = Knuckle Slipfitter for
1.9-in. to 2.38-in. (48-60mm)
OD Tenon
L = Latch for door
P = Prewired with 6 ft
(2 meters) #14/3
Q= Non-Time Delay
Automatically
Switched Quartz
S = Knuckle Slipfitter for
1.9 to 3.0 in. (48-76mm)
OD Tenon
V = Knuckle Wall Mount
Y = Dual Wattage Units
Connect Higher Wattage

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ ii-3

INDEX

ii

APPLICATION INDEX
COAL PILE

(Storage Pile)
Powr•Spot floodlight
PF-1000 Powerflood floodlight
High Mast luminaire
Ultra★Sport™ floodlight

CONSTRUCTION SITE

AIRPLANE HANGER

Filterglow luminaire
Duraglow luminaire
Versabeam™ luminaire
Omnibeam luminaire
Uniglow 400/1000 luminaire
GHB Industrial luminaire

AIRPORT TERMINAL

APRON
Criterion™ floodlight Small,
Medium, Large
Criterion™ Horizontal Area
Glarefighter™ Powerflood floodlight
Powr•Spot floodlight
PF-1000 Powerflood floodlight
Decashield 1000 luminaire

BANK

Minimount luminaire
SCM-175 luminaire
BUILDING FACADE
(Under 40 ft high)
Criterion™ floodlight Small,
Medium
Powr•Spot floodlight
PF-1000 Powerflood floodlight
HLU/VLU Powerflood floodlight
PF-400 Powerflood floodlight
PF-154™ Powerflood floodlight
P-154 Powerflood floodlight
Ultra★Sport™ floodlight
Versaflood II Signliter luminaire
VPF and SBF Powerflood
floodlights
BUILDING FACADE
(Over 40 ft high)
Criterion™ floodlight Large
Powr•Spot floodlight
PF-1000 Powerflood floodlight
Ultra★Sport™ floodlight

CHEMICAL PLANT

Criterion™ floodlight Small,
Medium
Mini•gard™ luminaire
Powr•Gard H9 luminaire
H4 luminaire
H8 luminaire
H7 luminaire
Filtr•Gard H2 luminaire
Mini•Gard™ luminaire
Perma•Gard luminaire
Versaflood II Industrial Wallighter
HLU/VLU Powerflood floodlight
PF-400 Powerflood floodlight
P-154™ Powerflood floodlight
M-250 roadway luminaires
M-400 roadway luminaires

BUILDING
WP-50 luminaire
SBI Industrial luminaire
H7 luminaire
PF-1000 Powerflood floodlight
PF-400 Powerflood floodlight
PF-154™ Powerflood floodlight
P-154 Powerflood floodlight
SBF Powerflood floodlight
Quartz-Flood floodlights
Turnpike™ luminaire
201SA Area Light
Ultra★Sport™ floodlight
LARGE AREA/OPEN PIT/ STORAGE/
WORK SITE
PF-1000 Powerflood floodlight
PF-400 Powerflood floodlight
CONVEYER
Versabeam™ luminaire
Minimite luminaire
H8 luminaire
H7 luminaire
Filtr•Gard H2 luminaire
Mini•Gard™ luminaire
Perma•Gard luminaire
GARAGE -SERVICE
Duraglow luminaire
Omniglow™ luminaire
Versabeam™ luminaire
Omnibeam™ luminaire
Uniglow 150 luminaire
GHB Industrial luminaire
CHB™ luminaire
Lowmount II luminaire
Lowmount luminaire
Conserva luminaires
Unimount 400 luminaire
GLB luminaire
CLB™ luminaire
Garage-Gard™ luminaire
SCM-175 luminaire
SMV-70 and SMV-175 luminaires
H7 luminaire
PARKING
Converva luminaires
Garage-Gard luminaire
Minimite luminaire
Minimount luminiare
SCM-175 luminaire
WP-50 luminaire
SBI Industrial luminaire

GARDEN/COURTYARD

Criterion™ flood Small, Medium
Criterion™ Wallpack Cutoff, and
Forward Throw
Quartz-Flood floodlight
Wallighter luminaires
Wallmount™ luminaires
WML luminaire
SBW luminaire
WP-50 luminaire
Town and Country luminaire
Salem™ luminaire
Post Mount luminaire
GE Americana

GE Edison luminaires
GE Torch luminaire
Patriarch™ luminaires
Legacy™ luminaires
Constitution™ luminaires
Decasphere™ luminaires
Decashield luminaires
Dimension luminaires

GREENHOUSE

Uniglow 400/1000 luminaire
GYM/FIELD HOUSE
Filterglow luminaire
Versabeam™ luminaire
Uniglow 150 luminaire
GHB Industrial luminaire
Lowmount luminaires
Powr•Spot floodlights
Conserva luminaires
Unimount 400 luminaire
GLB™ luminaire
Ultra★Sport™ floodlight

GYM/FIELD HOUSE FOR TV
Filterglow luminaire
Versabeam™ luminaire
Omnibeam luminaire
Uniglow 150 luminaire
Powr•Spot floodlight
Ultra★Sport™ floodlight

Food-Pro™ II luminaire
Lowmount luminaires
Conserva luminaires
Unimount 400 luminaire
Perma•Gard luminaire

FOUNDRY

Filterglow luminaire
Uniglow 400/1000 enclosed
luminaire
Lowmount luminaires
Unimount 400 luminaire
Versaflood II Industrial Wallighter
Filtr•Gard H2 luminaire
Mini•Gard™ luminaire

HAZARDOUS LOCATION
Powr•Gard H9 luminaire
H4 luminaire
H8 luminaire
Filtr•Gard H2 luminaire
Mini•Gard™ luminaire
Perma•Gard luminaire
P-154 luminaire
PF-400 Powerflood floodlight
INSPECTION AREA
Omniglow™ luminaire
Versabeam™ luminaire
Omnibeam™ luminaire

INDOOR ARENA/STADIUM

MARINA

Filterglow luminaire
UltraMSport™ floodlight
Powr•Spot floodlight / remote
ballast

MANUFACTURING PLANT

ASSEMBLY
(Under 25 ft)
Omniglow™ luminaire
Versabeam™ luminaire
Omnibeam™ luminaire
Lowmount luminaires
Conserva luminaires
Unimount 400 luminaire
GLB™ luminaire
CLB™ luminaire
Versaglow 150 and 250 luminaires
Ultra Star™ Linear Fluorescent Series
ASSEMBLY
(Over 25 ft high)
Filterglow luminaire
Duraglow luminaire
Omniglow™ luminaire
Uniglow 150 luminaire
Versabeam™ luminaire
Omnibeam™ luminaire
GHB Industrial luminaire
CHB™ luminaire
Ultra Star™ Linear Fluorescent Series
ASSEMBLY LINE
Omniglow™ luminaire
Versabeam™ luminaire
Omnibeam™ luminaire
Lowmount luminaires
Conserva luminaires
Unimount 400 luminaire
FINISHING/ETCHING
Filterglow luminaire
Filtr•Gard H2 luminaire
Mini•Gard™ luminaire
Perma•Gard luminaire

FOOD PROCESSING
Versabeam luminaire
Food-Pro™ luminaire

Lowmount luminaires
Conserva luminaires
Unimount 400 luminaire
LOADING DOCK
Conserva luminaires
Criterion WallPack
Powr•Spot III floodlight
PF-400 Powerflood floodlight
PF-1000 Powerflood floodlight
Glarefighter™ Powerflood
floodlight
Unimount luminaire
Garage-Gard luminaire
Minimite luminaire
WP-50 luminaire
SBI Industrial luminare
SCM-50 luminaire
H7 luminaire
Versaflood II Wallighter luminaire
Wallighter luminaires
Wallmount™ 175 luminaire
MACHINE SHOPS
Filterglow luminaire
Duraglow luminaire
Omniglow™ luminaire
Versabeam™ luminaire
Omnibeam™ luminaire
Uniglow 400/1000 luminaire
GHB Industrial luminaire
CHB™ luminaire

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
ii-4/ 2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

Lowmount luminaires
Unimount 400 luminaire
Conserva luminaires
TASK LIGHTING
Conserva luminaires
Minimite luminaire
SBI Industrial luminaire
H7 luminaire
WELDING SHOP
Filterglow luminaire
Omniglow™ luminaire
Uniglow 400/1000 enclosed
luminaire
Lowmount luminaires
Conserva luminaires
Unimount 400 luminaire
WET LOCATION
Filterglow luminaire
Uniglow 400/1000 luminaire
Lowmount luminaire
Conserva luminaires
Unimount 400 luminaire
Minimite luminaire
H8 luminaire
H7 luminaire
Filtr•Gard H2 luminaire
Mini•Gard™ luminaire
Perma•Gard luminaire

Criterion™ flood Small, Medium,
Large
Criterion™ Wallpack
Criterion™ Area Horizontal, and
Vertical
Minimite luminaire
H7 luminaire
Filtr•Gard H2 luminaire
Mini•Gard™ luminaire
Perma•Gard luminaire
HLU/VLU Powerflood floodlight
PF-400 Powerflood floodlight
P-154 Powerflood floodlight
WP-50 luminaire

MONUMENT

(Under 40 ft high)
Criterion™ flood Small, Medium
PF-1000 Powerflood floodlight
MPF & SBF Powerflood floodlights
HLU/VLU Powerflood floodlight
PF-400 Powerflood floodlight
PF-154™ Powerflood floodlight
P-154 Powerflood floodlight
Versaflood II Signliter luminaire
(Over 40 ft high)
Criterion™ flood Large
Ultra★Sport™ floodlight
Powr•Spot III floodlight
PF-1000 Powerflood floodlight

OFFICE

Versaglow luminaire

PAINT BOOTH

Powr•Gard H9 luminaire
H4 luminaire
H8 luminaire
PAINT SHOP
Powr•Gard H9 luminaire
H8 luminaire

PARK

Americana luminaire
Patriarch luminaire
Constitution luminaire
Legacy luminaire

™ Trademark of General Electric Company
Registered Trademark of General Electric Company

QUARRY

PF-1000 Powerflood floodlight
Turnpike™ luminaire
High Mast luminaire

RAILROAD YARD
HLU/VLU Powerflood floodlight
PF-400 Powerflood floodlight
PF-154™ Powerflood floodlight
P-154 Powerflood floodlight
SBF/SBN Powerflood floodlight
Town and Country luminaire
Salem™ luminaire
Post Mount luminaire
GE Edison luminaires
GE Torch luminaire
Decasphere™ luminaire
Decashield luminaires
Dimension™ luminaires
PARKING AREA
PF-1000 Powerflood floodlight
Glarefighter™ Powerflood floodlight
Criterion™ floodlight
HLU/VLU Powerflood floodlight
PF-400 Powerflood floodlight
PF-154 Powerflood floodlight
P-154 Powerflood floodlight
Decasphere™ luminaires
Dimension™ luminaires
Decashield luminaires
Nexell™
M-250 roadway luminaires
M-400 roadway luminaires
High Mast luminaire

PIPELINE

Minimite luminaire
H8 luminaire
H7 luminaire
Filtr•Gard H2 luminaire
Mini•Gard™ luminaire
Perma•Gard luminaire

PLAYGROUND

Powr•Spot floodlight
Glarefighter™ Powerflood floodlight
SBF Powerflood floodlights
PF-1000 Powerflood floodlight
HLU/VLU Powerflood
floodlight
PF-400 Powerflood floodlight
PF-154™ Powerflood floodlight
P-154 Powerflood floodlight

PRINTING SHOP

Versabeam™ luminaire
Lowmount luminaires
Conserva luminaires
Unimount 400 luminaire
Versaglow luminaire
Minimite luminaire

PRISON

H7 luminaire
Powr•Spot floodlight
Ultra★Sport™ floodlight
PF-1000 Powerflood floodlight
PF-400 Powerflood floodlight
PF-154™ Powerflood floodlight
P-154 Powerflood floodlight
M-250 roadway luminaires
M-400 roadway luminaires
Turnpike™ luminaire
High Mast luminaire

Pulp and Paper mill

Filterglow luminaire
Duraglow luminaire
Lowmount luminaires
Glarefighter™ Powerflood floodlight
Versaflood II Industrial Wallighter
Filtr•Gard H2 luminaire
Mini•Gard luminaire
Perma•Gard luminaire
PF-1000 Powerflood floodlight
PF-400 Powerflood floodlight
HLU/VLU Powerflood floodlights

PF-1000 Powerflood floodlight
Powr•Spot floodlight
Ultra★Sport™ floodlight
High Mast luminaire

RESIDENCE

Criterion™ flood Small
Criterion™ Wallpack Small Direct
Mount
Torch luminaire
Patriarch luminaire
Americana luminaire
Edison luminaire
Constitution luminaire
Legacy luminaire
Salem luminaire
Town & Country
SBF Powerflood floodlight
Wallighter 70 luminaire
SBW luminaire
WP-50 luminaire

Retail

Duraglow luminaire
Omniglow luminaire
Versabeam luminaire
Omnibeam luminaire
GHB Prismatic luminaire
Conserva luminaires
Mini•Gard Industrial luminaire
Ultra Star™ Linear Fluorescent Series

ROADWAY

HIGHWAY/INTERSTATE
Tiger™
Nexell™
M-400 roadway luminaires
Turnpike™ luminaire
High Mast luminaire
INTERCHANGE
Tiger™
M-400 roadway luminaires
Turnpike™ luminaire
High Mast luminaire
RESIDENTIAL STREET
StreetDreams™ Post Top:
Traditional Series
Prismatic Series
Avery Series
Lantern Series
Vandermore Luminaire
Patriarch luminaire
Americana luminaire
Constitution luminaire
Legacy luminaire
Criterion™ Area Medium
Horizontal
Town and Country luminaire
Salem luminaire
Post Mount luminaire
GE Edison luminaires
GE Torch luminaire
Decasphere™ luminaires
Dimension™ luminaires
Decashield luminaires
Nexell™
M-250 roadway luminaires
TRAFFIC STREET
Dimension™ luminaires
Decashield luminaires
M-250 roadway luminaires
M-400 roadway luminaires

PF-400 Powerflood floodlight
PF-154™ Powerflood floodlight
P-154 Powerflood floodlight
Glarefighter™ Powerflood floodlight
WML Wallighter luminaire
SBW luminaire
WP-50 luminaire
Wallighter luminaires
Wallmount luminaires
Versaflood II Signliter luminaire
Turnpike™ luminaire
ENTRANCE/EXIT
Criterion™ Wallpack Small, Direct
Mount
SCM-50 luminaire
H7 luminaire
P-154 Powerflood floodlight
SBF Powerflood floodlight
Wallighter luminaires
Wallmount™ luminaires
SBW luminaire
WP-50 luminaire
Decashield luminaires
Dimension™ luminaires
Versaflood II Signliter luminaire
FENCE LINE
PF-1000 Powerflood floodlight
PF-154™ Powerflood floodlight
P-154 Powerflood floodlight
M-250 roadway luminaires
M-400 roadway luminaires
Turnpike™ luminaire

SIGNS

POSTER PANEL & BULLETIN
BOARD
HLU/VLU Powerflood floodlight
PF-400 Powerflood floodlight
PF-154™ Powerflood floodlight
P-154 Powerflood floodlight
Quartz-Flood floodlights
Versaflood II Signliter luminaire
Versaflood III™ Induction Sign
Lighter

ROADWAY

Versaflood II Signliter luminaire
Versaflood III™ Induction Sign
Lighter

STADIUM

BASEBALL & SOFTBALL
Ultra★Sport™ floodlight
Powr•Spot floodlights
PF-1000 Powerflood floodlight
BASKETBALL
Ultra★Sport floodlight
Powr•Spot floodlights
PF-1000 Powerflood floodlight
HLU/VLU Powerflood floodlight
PF-400 Powerflood floodlight
PF-154™ Powerflood floodlight
P-154 Powerflood floodlight
FOOTBALL & SOCCER
Ultra★Sport™ floodlight
Powr•Spot floodlights
PF-1000 Powerflood floodlight
QF1500 Quartz-Flood floodlight
GOLF
Ultra★Sport™ floodlight
Glarefighter™ Powerflood floodlight
Powr•Spot floodlights
PF-1000 Powerflood floodlight

SECURITY/PROTECTIVE

BUILDING SURROUNDINGS
Criterion™ Wallpack Small,
Medium
Criterion™ Area Horizontal
Medium, Large
Criterion™ Area Vertical Medium,
Large

™ Trademark of General Electric Company
Registered Trademark of General Electric Company

HORSESHOES & SHUFFLEBOARD
HLU/VLU Powerflood floodlight
Glarefighter™ Powerflood floodlight
PF-400 Powerflood floodlight
PF-154™ Powerflood floodlight
P-154 Powerflood floodlight
TENNIS
PF-1000 Powerflood floodlight
HLU/VLU Powerflood floodlight
PF-400 Powerflood floodlight
PF-154™ Powerflood floodlight
Glarefighter™ Powerflood floodlight
P-154 Powerflood floodlight
Decashield luminaires
SKI AREA
PF-1000 Powerflood floodlight
Glarefighter™ Powerflood floodlight
PF-154 Powerflood floodlight

STORAGE TANK FARM

Powr•Gard H9 luminaire
H4 luminaire
H8 luminaire
H7 luminaire
Filtr•Gard H2 luminaire
Mini•Gard™ luminaire
Perma•Gard luminaire
PF-400 Powerflood floodlight
PF-154™ Powerflood floodlight
P-154 Powerflood floodlight
M-250 roadway luminaires
M-400 roadway luminaires
Turnpike™ luminaire
STORAGE YARD
Powr•Spot floodlight
PF-1000 Powerflood floodlight
HLU/VLU Powerflood floodlight
PF-400 Powerflood floodlight
PF-154 Powerflood floodlight
P-154 Powerflood floodlight
M-400 roadway luminaires
Turnpike™ luminaire
High Mast luminaire

WML Wallighter luminaire
SBW luminaire
WP-50 luminaire
Town and Country luminaire
Salem™ luminaire
Post Mount luminaire
Impression luminaire
GE Americana
GE Edison luminaires
GE Torch luminaire
Dimension luminaires
Turnpike™ luminaire

INDEX

M-400A Powr/Door roadway
luminaire
High Mast luminaire

TURBINE BAY

Filterglow luminaire
Duraglow luminaire
Omniglow™ luminaire
Versabeam™ luminaire
Uniglow 400/1000 luminaire
GHB Industrial luminaire
H7 luminaire

WAREHOUSE

(Under 25 ft high)
Omniglow™ luminaire
Versabeam™ luminaire
Omnibeam™ luminaire
Lowmount luminaires
Conserva luminaires
Unimount 400 luminaire
Ultra Star™ Linear Fluorescent Series
(Over 25 ft high)
Duraglow luminaire
Omniglow™ luminaire

TUNNEL

PF-400 Powerflood floodlight
Versaflood II Wallighter luminaire
Glarefighter™ Powerflood floodlight
Wallighter 400 luminaire
Wallighter 175 luminaire
Wallmount™ 175 luminaire
Versaflood II Signliter luminaire
Tunnel Guard™ luminaire

UTILITY PROPERTY

BOILER STACKS
Versabeam™ luminaire
Lowmount luminaires
Conserva luminaires
Unimount 400 luminaire
Minimite luminaire
H8 luminare
H7 luminaire
Filtr•Gard H2 luminaire
Mini•Gard™ luminaire
COOLING TOWER
Minimite luminaire
H8 luminaire
H7 luminaire
Filtr•Gard H2 luminaire
Mini•Gard™ luminaire
Perma•Gard luminaire
EXTERIORS
(Buildings/Grounds)
Minimite luminaire
Powr•Gard H9 luminaire
H8 luminaire
H7 luminaire
Filtr•Gard H2 luminaire
Mini•Gard™ luminaire
Perma•Gard luminaire
Powerflood floodlights
Wallighter luminaires
Wallmount™ luminaires
Decasphere™ luminaire
Decashield luminaires
M-250 roadway luminaires
M-400 roadway luminaires

Versabeam™ luminaire
Omnibeam™ luminaire
Uniglow 400/1000 luminaire
GHB Warehouse luminaire
Lowmount luminaires
Conserva luminaires
Unimount 400 luminaire
Ultra Star™ Linear Fluorescent Series
(Non-Active)
Conserva luminaires
Minimite luminaire
SMV-70 and SMV-175 luminaires
WP-50 luminaire
SBI Industrial luminaire
SCM-50 luminaire
H7 luminaire

WATER/SEWAGE
TREATMENT

H8 luminaire
H7 luminaire
Filtr•Gard H2 luminaire
Mini•Gard™ luminaire
Perma•Gard luminaire
PF-1000 Powerflood floodlight
HLU/VLU Powerflood floodlight
PF-400 Powerflood floodlight
Turnpike luminaire
High Mast luminaire

WHARF/DOCK/
CONTAINER YARD

Powr•Spot floodlight
PF-1000 Powerflood floodlight
Turnpike™ luminaire
High Mast luminaire

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ ii-5

ii

INDEX

ORDERING NUMBER or PRODUCT PREFIX INDEX

ii
Ordering Number or
Product Prefix Page

Ordering Number or
Product Prefix Page

Ordering Number or
Product Prefix Page

Ordering Number or
Product Prefix Page

Ordering Number or
Product Prefix Page

35-967410-51 .................................. R-44
35-411749R01 ................................. A-18
35-411749R01 ................................. A-57
35-411749R01 ................................. F-32
35-411749R01 ................................. F-36
35-411749R01 ................................. R-50

CVMX ..................................................... A-2
D4TA**-R-D180 ............................... A-21
D4TA**-R-D90 ................................. A-21
D4TA**-R-Q90 ................................. A-21
D4TA**-R-SGL ................................. A-21
D4TA**-R-T90 .................................. A-21
DCD ..................................................... A-14
DCF ...................................................... A-14
DFS ....................................................... F-22
DFT ....................................................... F-22
DG5 ........................................................ I-38
DGE ........................................................ I-12
DG6................................... ............ I-36
DGA6-GHBB ................................... I-129
DGA6-GHBB ................................... I-136
DGD4-GHBP .................................... I-129
DGD4-GHBP .................................... I-136
DKA ..................................................... A-10
DKY ...................................................... A-10
DMA ..................................................... A-12
DMS ..................................................... A-12
DMY ..................................................... A-12
DSA ........................................................ A-4
DSME ..................................................... A-6
DSMR ..................................................... A-6
DSMT ..................................................... A-6
E5 ......................................................... I-180
E8 ......................................................... I-182
EAL2-GHBP ..................................... I-129
EAL2-GHBP ..................................... I-136
EAL6-GHBP ..................................... I-129
EAL6-GHBP ..................................... I-136
EAPL2-GHBP ................................... I-136
EAPL6-GHBP ................................... I-129
EAPL6-GHBP ................................... I-136
EARL6-GHBP ................................... I-129
EARL6-GHBP ................................... I-136
EDVF .................................................... A-40
EDVX .................................................... A-40
ELS-CCDC ......................................... A-89
ELS-CCSX .......................................... A-89
ELS-CTDX .......................................... A-89
ELS-CTMX ......................................... A-89
ELS-CTSX ........................................... A-89
ELS-DMA ........................................... A-16
ELS-DS ................................................ A-16
ELS-GGD ........................................... I-129
ELS-GGD ........................................... I-136
ELSHS-M4R ....................................... R-49
ELS-M2A ............................................ R-49
ELS-M2R ............................................. R-49
ELS-SP ................................................ A-16
ENC ...................................................... R-42
ESFDB ................................................. A-17
ESFDB-CHMX ................................... A-17
ESF1BL ............................................... A-17
ESF2BL ............................................... A-17
ESF1DB .............................................. A-17
ESF2DB .............................................. A-17
EVGC-PSFB ....................................... F-32
EVGC-PSFB ....................................... F-36
EZFK1-IND ....................................... I-130
EZFK2-IND ....................................... I-130
EZLCP-RHBF1 ................................. I-131
EZLCP-RHBF2 ................................. I-131
EZHCP120 ........................................ I-130
EZHCP250 ........................................ I-130
EZHCP277 ........................................ I-130
EZHCP347 ........................................ I-130
EZHCP480 ........................................ I-130
EZLCP120 ......................................... I-130
EZLCP250 ......................................... I-130
EZLCP277 ......................................... I-130
EZLCP347 ......................................... I-130
EZLCP480 ......................................... I-130
EZLCP-RHB ...................................... I-131
F5 ......................................................... I-172
F8 ......................................................... I-174
FBSFA2TTDB ................................... F-32
FBSFA2TTDB ................................... F-35
FBSFA2TTGR .................................... F-32
FBSFA2TTGR .................................... F-35
FBSFA2TTPP .................................... F-32
FBSFA2TTPP .................................... F-35
FBSUWH19.5X2GV ......................... F-32
FBSUWH19.5X2GV ......................... F-35
FBSUWH31.5X2GV ......................... F-32
FBSUWH31.5X2GV ......................... F-35
FBSUWH48.5X2GV ......................... F-32
FBSUWH48.5X2GV ......................... F-35
FBSXA2TTPP .................................... F-32
FBSXA2TTPP .................................... F-35
FG5 ......................................................... I-34
FGE ......................................................... I-10
FG6 ......................................................... I-32
FK1-IND ............................................ I-129
FK1-IND ............................................ I-136
FK1-M24 ............................................ R-49

FK2-IND ............................................ I-129
FK2-IND ............................................ I-136
FK2-M24 ............................................ R-49
FNLBL-ACN ...................................... A-55
FNLBL-BLS ....................................... A-55
FNLBL-FDL ....................................... A-55
FNLBL-FIL ......................................... A-55
FNLBL-GTH ...................................... A-55
FNLBL-OAK ...................................... A-55
FNLBL-SIL ......................................... A-55
FNLBL-SPK ....................................... A-55
FNLBL-STP ........................................ A-55
FP2 ....................................................... H-34
FP5 ......................................................... I-52
FSMA-SBF ......................................... F-32
FSMA-SBF ......................................... F-35
FVAXXXX-CFMX ............................... F-33
FVAXXXX-CFSX ................................ F-33
FWBSBFPP ........................................ F-32
FWBSBFPP ........................................ F-36
FWG-CPB ......................................... I-128
FWG-CPB ......................................... I-134
FWG-GEN5L .................................... I-128
FWG-GEN5L .................................... I-134
FWG-GEN5S .................................... I-128
FWG-GEN5S .................................... I-134
GERB ................................................... R-45
GFPS .................................................... F-16
GFPT .................................................... F-16

IGLA-PF1K ........................................ F-36
IGS-WL175 ........................................ A-90
ILSH-PM ............................................. A-56
ILSHS-PT1M0G ................................ A-56
ILSHS-PT1MED ................................ A-56
ILS-CVLX ............................................ A-16
ILS-CVLX ............................................ A-17
ILS-M2 ................................................ R-49
ILS-M4 ................................................ R-49
ILS-M4RL ........................................... R-49
ILS-PBP .............................................. R-50
ILS-PBS .............................................. R-50
ILS-SD-HS-MOG .............................. A-55
ILS-SD-HS-MED .............................. A-55
ILS-SD-HTS-MOG ........................... A-54
ILS-SD-HTS-MOG ........................... A-55
ILS-SD-TS-MOG .............................. A-54
ILS-SD-TS-MOG .............................. A-55
ILSS-TC .............................................. A-56
INGC-PS2 ........................................... F-32
INGC-PS2A ........................................ F-36
INGC-PS2B ........................................ F-36
INGC-PSO .......................................... F-32
INGC-PSO .......................................... F-36
IVGC-PSO ........................................... F-32
JVD (HID) ............................................. I-90
JVD (CFL) .......................................... I-164
JVD (INDUCTION) .......................... I-166
JVP (HID) .............................................. I-90
JVP (CFL) .......................................... I-164
JVP (INDUCTION) ........................... I-166
JVS (HID) .............................................. I-90
JVS (CFL) .......................................... I-164
JVS (INDUCTION) ........................... I-166
KFSABL-DS ...................................... A-17
KFSADB-DS ...................................... A-17
KPTABL-DS ...................................... A-18
KPTADB-DS ...................................... A-18
L (StreetDreams-Lantern) ........ A-30
L1M ........................................................ I-94
L4MD ..................................................... I-92
L4MU ..................................................... I-92
LAAL-PF1K ....................................... F-36
LA-PF1K ............................................. F-32
LCP120 .............................................. I-128
LCP120 .............................................. I-131
LCP250 .............................................. I-128
LCP250 .............................................. I-131
LCP277 .............................................. I-128
LCP277 .............................................. I-131
LCP347 .............................................. I-128
LCP347 .............................................. I-131
LCP480 .............................................. I-128
LCP480 .............................................. I-131
LCPFH-F1 ......................................... I-128
LCPFH-F1 ......................................... I-132
LCPFH-F2 ......................................... I-128
LCPFH-F2 ......................................... I-132
LCP-RHB ........................................... I-128
LCP-RHB ........................................... I-132
LGCF ................................................... A-44
LGCX ................................................... A-44
LM5 ........................................................ I-60
LME ........................................................ I-26
LOOPF ................................................ I-128
LOOPF ................................................ I-131
LOOPFG ............................................. I-128
LOOPFG ............................................. I-131
LOOPM ............................................... I-128
LOOPM ............................................... I-131
LOOPMG ............................................ I-128
LOOPMG ............................................ I-131
LRHB120 ........................................... I-128
LRHB120 ........................................... I-132
LRHB250 ........................................... I-128
LRHB250 ........................................... I-132
LRHB277 ........................................... I-128
LRHB277 ........................................... I-132
LRHB347 ........................................... I-128
LRHB347 ........................................... I-132
LRHB480 ........................................... I-128
LRHB480 ........................................... I-132
LR-TC .................................................. A-57
LVS-CFMX .......................................... F-32
LVS-CFMX .......................................... F-37
LVS-CFMX .......................................... F-42
LVS-CFSX ........................................... F-32
LVS-CFSX ........................................... F-37
LVS-CFSX ........................................... F-42
LVS-CHMX ......................................... A-16
LVS-CHMX ......................................... A-17
LVS-CVMX .......................................... A-16
LVS-CVMX .......................................... A-17
LVS-DMA ............................................ A-20
LVS-DMA001 .................................... A-20
LVS-DS ................................................ A-20
LVS-P15 .............................................. F-32
LVS-P15 .............................................. F-37

LVS-P4F .............................................. A-91
LVS-P4F .............................................. F-32
LVS-P4F .............................................. F-37
LVS-PF1 .............................................. F-32
LVS-PF1 .............................................. F-37
LVS-PF1K ........................................... F-32
LVS-PF1K ........................................... F-37
LVS-PSF0 ............................................ F-32
LVS-PSF0 ............................................ F-37
LVS-PSFHD2 ...................................... F-32
LVS-PSFHD2 ...................................... F-37

A (StreetDreams-Avery) ........... A-28
A8 ........................................................ I-188
ABLM ................................................. I-126
AM8F ................................................... A-38
AM8X ................................................... A-38
AM9F ................................................... A-38
AM9X ................................................... A-38
ARSA ...................................................... P-9
ARSS .................................................... P-17
ARTA ...................................................... P-6
ARTA ...................................................... P-8
ARTS .................................................... P-14
ARTS .................................................... P-16
ASHS ................................................... P-18
ASSA ................................................... P-10
ASSS .................................................... P-11
BDAXXXX-CFMX .............................. F-33
BDAXXXX-CFSX ............................... F-33
BVAL-V2FS ........................................ R-49
BVDB-V2FS ....................................... R-49
C1S ......................................................... I-98
C1SW .................................................... I-98
C4S ......................................................... I-96
C4SW .................................................... I-96
C5 ........................................................ I-178
CAA-001 ............................................ F-32
CAA-001 ............................................ F-34
CAA-SBF ........................................... F-32
CAA-SBF ........................................... F-34
CAB-001 ............................................ F-32
CAB-001 ............................................ F-34
CCDC............................... ........... A-68
CCDX ................................................... A-68
CCMC .................................................. A-68
CCMX .................................................. A-68
CCSC ................................................... A-68
CCSX ................................................... A-68
CFLC ................................................... F-12
CFLX .................................................... F-12
CFMC .................................................. F-12
CFMX ................................................... F-12
CFSC ................................................... F-12
CFSX .................................................... F-12
CHB ....................................................... I-82
CHB-GC ............................................ I-129
CHB-GC ............................................ I-133
CHH ....................................................... I-80
CHLC ..................................................... A-2
CHLX ..................................................... A-2
CHMC .................................................... A-2
CHMX .................................................... A-2
CLB ........................................................ I-88
CMA-PB ............................................. R-49
CNSF ................................................... A-42
CNSX ................................................... A-42
CPB ........................................................ I-86
CPH ........................................................ I-84
CRNABL-D ........................................ A-56
CRNABL-G ........................................ A-56
CRNBBL-A ........................................ A-56
CRNBBL-B ........................................ A-56
CRNBBL-C ........................................ A-56
CRNBBL-2G ...................................... A-56
CRNBBL-T2H ................................... A-56
CTDC ................................................... A-68
CTDX ................................................... A-68
CTMC .................................................. A-68
CTMX ................................................... A-68
CTSC ................................................... A-68
CTSX .................................................... A-68
CVLC ..................................................... A-2
CVLX ...................................................... A-2
CVMC .................................................... A-2

ii-6/ 2005

GGDC ................................................. I-106
GGDD ................................................. I-106
GH4 (GHB) ........................................... I-72
GL4 (GLB) ............................................ I-78
GP4 (GHB) ........................................... I-76
GW4 (GHB) .......................................... I-74
H2 ......................................................... H-22
H2000-001** .................................... H-41
H2000-002** .................................... H-39
H2000-006** .................................... H-40
H2000-FNA ....................................... H-42
H2000-FNB ....................................... H-42
H2000-FNG ....................................... H-42
H2000-FNR ........................................ H-42
H2000-NE ......................................... I-128
H2000-NE ......................................... I-134
H2U ...................................................... H-22
H4 ......................................................... H-18
H5000-FK1 ........................................ H-41
H5000-FK2 ........................................ H-41
H7 ......................................................... H-21
H8 ......................................................... H-20
H8000-001 ........................................ H-41
H8000-002 ........................................ H-39
H9 ......................................................... H-14
H9000-001 ........................................ H-41
H9000-002 ........................................ H-39
H9000-006 ........................................ H-40
HCP120 ............................................. I-128
HCP120 ............................................. I-131
HCP250 ............................................. I-128
HCP250 ............................................. I-131
HCP277 ............................................. I-128
HCP277 ............................................. I-131
HCP347 ............................................. I-128
HCP347 ............................................. I-131
HCP480 ............................................. I-128
HCP480 ............................................. I-131
HLUF ................................................... F-18
HMAA .................................................. R-30
HMAA-HS .......................................... R-49
HOOKF ............................................... I-128
HOOKF ............................................... I-131
HOOKFG ............................................ I-128
HOOKFG ............................................ I-131
HOOKM ............................................. I-128
HOOKM ............................................. I-131
HOOKMG .......................................... I-128
HOOKMG .......................................... I-131
HSM-FG6 .......................................... I-137
HSM-FGL .......................................... I-129
IGLA-PF1K ........................................ F-32

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

LVS-SBF .............................................. F-32
LVS-SBF .............................................. F-37
LVS-SP ................................................. A-20
LVS-V2FWP ........................................ A-91
LVS-VLU .............................................. F-32
LVS-VLU .............................................. F-38
LVS-W40L001 ................................... A-91
LVS-W40L002 ................................... A-91
LVS-WM7 ........................................... A-91
LVS-WMTS ......................................... A-91
M2AC ..................................................... R-8
M2AR ...................................................... R-6
M2RC ................................................... R-12
M2RR ................................................... R-10
M5 ....................................................... I-176
MB4 ....................................................... I-66
MB-PECTL ......................................... A-18
MB-PECTL ......................................... A-57
MB-PECTL ......................................... A-90
MB-PECTL ......................................... F-32
MB-PECTL ......................................... F-38
MB-PECTL ......................................... R-50
MCD-FGB .......................................... F-45
MCD-FGB ......................................... I-129
MCD-FGB ......................................... I-137
MCS-FGB ........................................... F-45
MCS-FGB .......................................... I-129
MCS-FGB .......................................... I-137
MDCA .................................................. R-16
MDRA .................................................. R-14
MDCL .................................................. R-16
MDRL ................................................... R-14
MGA .................................................... I-100
MGA (Fluorescent) ....................... I-168
MGH ..................................................... H-28
MGHU .................................................. H-28
MMC-HT001 ..................................... F-32
MMC-HT001 ..................................... F-38
MMC-SF001 ...................................... F-32
MMC-SF001 ...................................... F-38
MMC-SF002 ...................................... F-32
MMC-SF002 ...................................... F-38
MMC-SF003 ...................................... F-32
MMC-SF003 ...................................... F-38
MMC-WP001 .................................... F-32
MMC-WP001 .................................... F-38
MMC-WP002 .................................... F-38
MMC-WP003 .................................... F-32
MMC-WP003 .................................... F-38
MMI ..................................................... I-108
MML .................................................... I-108
MMN ................................................... I-110
MPF ...................................................... F-28
MPF-WG ............................................. F-28
MPM-3PF .......................................... I-128
MPM-3PF .......................................... I-135
MPM-3PR .......................................... I-128
MPM-3PR .......................................... I-134
MPM-3PRTFW ................................. I-128
MPM-3PRTFW ................................. I-134
MPM-3PRW ...................................... I-128
MPM-3PRW ...................................... I-134
MPM-5ASW ..................................... I-128
MPM-5ASW ..................................... I-135
MPM-C ............................................... I-128
MPM-C ............................................... I-134
MPM-OBC ........................................ I-128
MPM-OBC ........................................ I-135
MPM-W3TFW .................................. I-128
MPM-W3TFW .................................. I-135
MPM-WW ......................................... I-128

™ Trademark of General Electric Company
Registered Trademark of General Electric Company

INDEX

ORDERING NUMBER or PRODUCT PREFIX INDEX

ii
Ordering Number or
Product Prefix Page

Ordering Number or
Product Prefix Page

Ordering Number or
Product Prefix Page

MPM-WW ......................................... I-135
MPM-WW01 .................................... I-128
MPM-WW01 .................................... I-135
MSCL ................................................... R-20
MSRL ................................................... R-18
MSSP ................................................... F-10
NEXL ....................................................... R-4
NEXS ....................................................... R-4
OB4 ........................................................ I-68
OB5 ........................................................ I-50
OBC .................................................... I-160
OBE ........................................................ I-20
OB6 ........................................................ I-48
OG5 ........................................................ I-42
OGE ........................................................ I-14
OG6 ........................................................ I-40
OPT-1AXXCA .................................... A-61
OPT-1AXXCS .................................... A-61
OPT-1B8XCA .................................... A-62
OPT-1B8XCS .................................... A-62
OPT-1CXXBS .................................... A-62
OPT-1CXXBS .................................... A-63
OPT-1DXXAA .................................... A-60
OPT-1DXXAS .................................... A-60
OPT-1E8XBS ..................................... A-60
OPT-1F8XBS ..................................... A-60
OPT-1H9XAA .................................... A-64
OPT-1H9XAS .................................... A-64
OPT-1K8XDS .................................... A-63
OPT-1L9XDS ..................................... A-63
OPT-1P8XBS ..................................... A-61
OSC-ULTS .......................................... F-33
OSC-ULTS .......................................... F-39
OSC-ULTS001 ................................... F-33
OSC-ULTS001 ................................... F-39
OVIA .................................................... I-129
OVIA .................................................... I-138
P (StreetDreams-Prismatic) .... A-26
P16M ................................................... A-46
P17M ................................................... A-46
P54H .................................................... H-36
P54S ..................................................... F-26
PBP ....................................................... R-34
PBS ....................................................... R-34
PEC0TL ............................................... A-19
PEC0TL ............................................... A-57
PEC0TL ............................................... A-90
PEC0TL ............................................... F-32
PEC0TL ............................................... F-39
PEC0TL ............................................... R-50
PEC1TL ............................................... A-19
PEC1TL ............................................... A-57
PEC1TL ............................................... A-90
PEC1TL ............................................... F-39
PEC1TL ............................................... R-50
PEC5TL ............................................... A-19
PEC5TL ............................................... A-57
PEC5TL ............................................... A-90
PEC5TL ............................................... F-32
PEC5TL ............................................... F-39
PEC5TL ............................................... R-50
PECDTL .............................................. A-19
PEDBGR-FDG .................................. I-129
PEDBGR-FDG .................................. I-138
PEK-120 ............................................. A-90
PEK-120 ............................................. F-32
PEK-120 ............................................. F-39
PEK-120SBW ................................... A-90
PEK-240 ............................................. A-90
PEK-240 ............................................. F-32
PEK-240 ............................................. F-39
PEK-277 ............................................. A-90
PEK-277 ............................................. F-32
PEK-277 ............................................. F-39
PEK-347 ............................................. A-90
PEK-347 ............................................. F-32
PEK-347 ............................................. F-39
PF1K .................................................... F-14
PF1S ..................................................... F-24
PF1T ..................................................... F-24
PF4S ..................................................... F-20
PF4T ..................................................... F-20
PMG-3WR .......................................... H-42
PMG-4PR ............................................ H-42
PMG-4WR .......................................... H-42
PMG-5SR ............................................ H-42
PMG-6SR ............................................ H-42
PMGA .................................................. H-32
PMG-AR5 ........................................... H-39
PMG-DR5 ........................................... H-40
PPS-M2AC ......................................... R-51
PPS-M2R ............................................. R-51
PPS-M2RC1 ....................................... R-51
PPS-M2RC2 ....................................... R-51
PPS-M4C ............................................ R-51
PPS-MSCL ......................................... R-51
PPS-MSRL .......................................... R-51
PPS-PF1 .............................................. F-33

PPS-PF4 .............................................. F-33
PSFA ....................................................... F-8
PSGN ...................................................... F-6
PSGV ....................................................... F-6
PTADB-002 ....................................... F-32

S39L ..................................................... R-40
S40L ..................................................... R-40
S5 ......................................................... I-184
S8 ......................................................... I-186
SAM ..................................................... R-38
SBF ....................................................... F-30
SBI ....................................................... I-114
SBN ...................................................... F-30
SBW ..................................................... A-87
SCCL-PECTL .................................... A-21
SCCL-PECTL .................................... A-57
SCCL-PECTL .................................... A-91
SCCL-PECTL .................................... F-33
SCCL-PECTL .................................... F-39
SCCL-PECTL .................................... R-51
SCMA ................................................. I-117
SCMM ................................................. I-112
SD-C-M .............................................. A-55
SD-CR-M ............................................ A-55
SD-CR-S ............................................. A-55
SDMM ................................................. I-112
SD-Louver ......................................... A-55
SEML ................................................... A-48
SEMT ................................................... A-50
SFADB-001 ....................................... F-39
SFAGR-001 ........................................ F-39
SFC10-B ............................................. H-39
SFC10-B ............................................ I-128
SFC10-B ............................................ I-133
SFC3-B ............................................... H-39
SFC3-B .............................................. I-128
SFC3-B .............................................. I-133
SFC3-B310 ....................................... I-133
SFC5-B ............................................... H-39
SFC5-B .............................................. I-128
SFC5-B .............................................. I-133
SFC7-B ............................................... H-39
SFC7-B .............................................. I-128
SFC7-B .............................................. I-133
SFC-O ................................................. I-128
SFC-O ................................................. I-133
SGP ....................................................... R-32
SGR ....................................................... R-36
SMADB-SBF ..................................... F-40
SMAGR-SBF ...................................... F-40
SPMM .................................................... A-8
SRPC10A-UG ................................... I-129
SRPC10A-UG ................................... I-140
SRPC10-FDG ................................... I-129
SRPC10-FDG ................................... I-140
SRPC10F-UG ................................... I-129
SRPC10F-UG ................................... I-140
SRPC10-GHBB ................................ I-129
SRPC10-GHBB ................................ I-140
SRPC3A-UG ..................................... I-129
SRPC3A-UG ..................................... I-140
SRPC3-FDG ...................................... I-129
SRPC3-FDG ...................................... I-140
SRPC3F-UG ...................................... I-129
SRPC3F-UG ...................................... I-140
SRPC3-GHBB .................................. I-129
SRPC3-GHBB .................................. I-140
SRPC5A-UG ..................................... I-129
SRPC5A-UG ..................................... I-140
SRPC5-FDG ...................................... I-129
SRPC5-FDG ...................................... I-140
SRPC5F-UG ...................................... I-129
SRPC5F-UG ...................................... I-140
SRPC5-GHBB .................................. I-129
SRPC5-GHBB .................................. I-140
SRPC7A-UG ..................................... I-140
SRPC7-FDG ...................................... I-129
SRPC7-FDG ...................................... I-140
SRPC7F-UG ...................................... I-129
SRPC7F-UG ...................................... I-140
SRPC7-GHBB .................................. I-129
SRPC7-GHBB .................................. I-140
STMM ................................................. I-112
SYMM .................................................... A-8
T (StreetDreams-Traditional) .. A-24
T10C .................................................... A-52
T10R ..................................................... A-52
T2HF .................................................... A-34
T2HX .................................................... A-34
TGSM ...................................................... R-2
TGTM ...................................................... R-2
TMA-HB ............................................ I-133
TMDB-QF1500 ................................. F-33
TMDB-QF50 ...................................... F-40
TMDB-SBF001 ................................. F-33
TMDB-SBF001 ................................. F-40
TMDB-SBF002 ................................. F-33
TMDB-SBF002 ................................. F-40
TMGR-SBF001 ................................. F-33
TMGR-SBF001 ................................. F-40
TMGR-SBF002 ................................. F-33
TMGR-SBF002 ................................. F-40
TSVAL-P4F ........................................ F-33

™ Trademark of General Electric Company
Registered Trademark of General Electric Company

PTADB-002 ....................................... F-39
PTAGR-002 ........................................ F-32
PTAGR-002 ........................................ F-39
PTA-PECTL ........................................ A-19
PTA-PECTL ........................................ A-57
PTA-PECTL ........................................ A-90
PTA-PECTL ........................................ R-51
PTRF ..................................................... A-36
PTRX ..................................................... A-36
PTTARD090DKBZ ........................... A-19
PTTARD180DKBZ ........................... A-19
PTTARQ090DKBZ ........................... A-19
PTTARS000DKBZ ............................ A-19
PTTART090DKBZ ............................ A-19
PTTART120DKBZ ............................ A-19
PTTASD090DKBZ ........................... A-20
PTTASD180DKBZ ........................... A-20
PTTASQ090DKBZ ........................... A-20
PTTASS000DKBZ ............................ A-20
PTTAST090DKBZ ............................ A-20
QF1500 ............................................... F-29
QF30 .................................................... F-29
QF50 .................................................... F-29
RB5G25M0A .................................... I-118
RB5G25M5A .................................... I-118
RB5G25MGA ................................... I-118
RB5G25MRA .................................... I-118
RB5G25MTA .................................... I-118
RB5G25MYA .................................... I-118
RB5G25S5A ..................................... I-118
RB5G25SOA ..................................... I-118
RB5G40M6A .................................... I-118
RB5G40MRA .................................... I-118
RB5G40MYA .................................... I-118
RB5G40S5A ..................................... I-118
RB5G40SOA ..................................... I-118
RB6G01M5A .................................... I-118
RB6G01M6A .................................... I-118
RB6G01MOA ................................... I-118
RB6G01MRA .................................... I-118
RB6G01MTA .................................... I-118
RB6G01MYA .................................... I-118
RB6G01S5A ..................................... I-118
RB6G01SOA ..................................... I-118
RBOMBA-UGUM ............................ I-129
RBOMBA-UGUM ............................ I-139
RBOMBA-UGUM ............................ I-120
RBOMBA-UGUMQ ......................... I-129
RBOMBA-UGUMQ ......................... I-139
RBOMB-FDG ................................... I-129
RBOMB-FDG ................................... I-139
RBOMB-FDGQ ................................ I-139
RBOMBF-UGUM ............................. I-129
RBOMBF-UGUM ............................. I-139
RBOMBF-UGUMQ ......................... I-129
RBOMBF-UGUMQ ......................... I-139
RBOMB-GHBB ................................ I-129
RBOMB-GHBB ................................ I-139
RBOMB-GHBB ................................ I-120
RBOMB-GHBBQ ............................. I-129
RBOMB-GHBBQ ............................. I-139
RHBNTF ............................................. I-132
RHBTF ................................................ I-132
RPA**-DC ........................................... A-20
RPA**-DS ........................................... A-20
RPA**-DS002 .................................... A-20
RPA**-SP ............................................ A-20
RPFS ..................................................... R-26
RPFT ..................................................... R-26
RRTA ....................................................... P-4
RRTS ..................................................... P-12
S26L ..................................................... R-40
S27L ..................................................... R-40

Ordering Number or
Product Prefix Page
TSVAL-P4F ........................................
TSVAL-PF1K .....................................
TSVAL-PF1K .....................................
TSVAL-PSF0 ......................................
TSVAL-PSF0 ......................................
TSVAL-PSFHD2 ...............................
TSVAL-PSFHD2 ...............................
TSVAL-SBF001 ................................

F-41
F-33
F-40
F-33
F-40
F-33
F-40
F-33

TSVAL-SBF001 ................................ F-41
TSVAL-VLU ........................................ F-33
TSVAL-VLU ........................................ F-41
TSVAXXXX-CFLX .............................. F-33
TSVAXXXX-CFMX ............................ F-33
TSVAXXXX-CFSX .............................. F-33
TSVDB-P15 ........................................ F-33
TSVDB-P15 ........................................ F-41
TSVDB-P4F ........................................ F-33
TSVDB-P4F ........................................ F-41
TSVDB-P4F053 ................................ F-41
TSVDB-PF1 ........................................ F-33
TSVDB-PF1 ........................................ F-41
TSVDB-PF1001 ................................ F-33
TSVDB-PF1001 ................................ F-41
TSVDB-PF1K .................................... F-33
TSVDB-PF1K .................................... F-40
TSVDB-SBF ....................................... F-33
TSVDB-SBF ....................................... F-41
TSVDB-V2F ........................................ A-91
TSVDB-WM7 .................................... A-91
TUN ...................................................... R-28
TVAL2-PF1K ..................................... F-41
TVAL-PF1K ........................................ F-33
TVAL-VLU .......................................... F-42
TVAL-W40L ...................................... A-92
TVDB2-PF1K .................................... F-41
TVDB-PF1K ....................................... F-33
TVDB-V2F .......................................... A-92
TVDB-W40L ...................................... A-92
TVGR-W40L ...................................... A-92
TWOB-ACC ..................................... I-133
UG4 ........................................................ I-70
UG5 ........................................................ I-56
UGE ........................................................ I-22
UG6 ........................................................ I-54
ULGC ...................................................... F-4
ULGN ...................................................... F-4
ULGV ...................................................... F-4
ULS-L3ED .......................................... A-57
ULTE ........................................................ F-2
ULTI ......................................................... F-2
ULTK ....................................................... F-2
ULTO ....................................................... F-2
ULTR ........................................................ F-2
ULTS ........................................................ F-2
ULTT ........................................................ F-2
UM5 ....................................................... I-62
UMC .................................................... I-162
UME ....................................................... I-28
UT5 ......................................................... I-64
UTE ......................................................... I-30
UW5 ....................................................... I-58
UWE ....................................................... I-24
V (StreetDreams-Vandermore) ... A-32
V1G ...................................................... I-104
V2FC .................................................... R-22
V2FD .................................................... R-22
V2FN .................................................... R-22
V2FS ..................................................... R-22
V2FW ................................................... A-70
V2G ...................................................... I-104
V2IW ................................................... I-116
V3SL ..................................................... R-24
V3ST ..................................................... R-24
VB5 ......................................................... I-46
VBC ..................................................... I-158
VBE ......................................................... I-18

Ordering Number or
Product Prefix Page
VLUF .................................................... F-18
VMA-001 ............................................ F-33
VMA-005 ............................................ F-42
VS5 ......................................................... I-44
VSA-001 ............................................. F-33
VSA-001 ............................................. F-42
VSE ......................................................... I-16
VSM-FG6 ........................................... I-137
VSM-FG6 ............................................ F-45
VSM-FGL ........................................... I-129
W1LG .................................................. A-76
W1LR ................................................... A-76
W1SG .................................................. A-76
W1SR ................................................... A-76
W25C .................................................. A-74
W4L ..................................................... A-72
WG-CCMX ......................................... A-89
WG-CCSX .......................................... A-89
WG-CTMX ......................................... A-89
WG-CTSX ........................................... A-89
WG-CFLX ........................................... F-33
WG-CFLX ........................................... F-43
WG-CFMX ......................................... F-33
WG-CFMX ......................................... F-43
WG-CFSX ........................................... F-33
WG-CFSX ........................................... F-43
WGLB-22 .......................................... I-128
WGLB-22 .......................................... I-134
WGLB-30 .......................................... I-128
WGLB-30 .......................................... I-134
WGNH-17E ....................................... I-128
WGNH-17E ....................................... I-134
WGNH-17V ....................................... I-128
WGNH-17V ....................................... I-134
WGNH-22E ....................................... I-128
WGNH-22E ....................................... I-134
WGNH-22V ....................................... I-128
WGNH-22V ....................................... I-134
WGNH-MMN ................................... I-128
WGNH-MMN ................................... I-134
WG-P15 .............................................. F-33
WG-P15 .............................................. F-43
WG-P4F .............................................. A-92
WG-P4F .............................................. F-33
WG-P4F .............................................. F-43
WG-PF1 .............................................. F-33
WG-PF1 .............................................. F-43
WG-PF1K ........................................... F-33
WG-PF1K ........................................... F-43
WG-PSF0 ........................................... F-33
WG-PSF0 ........................................... F-43
WG-PSFHD2 ..................................... F-33
WG-PSFHD2 ..................................... F-43
WGRH-17V ....................................... I-134
WGRH-22V ....................................... I-134
WGRH-OMB26 ................................ I-134
WGRH-OMG14 ................................ I-128
WGRH-OMG14 ................................ I-134
WGRH-OMG18 ................................ I-128
WGRH-OMG18 ................................ I-134
WGRH-OMG26 ................................ I-134
WG-V2FWP ....................................... A-92
WG-VLU ............................................. F-33
WG-VLU ............................................. F-43
WG-W40L ......................................... A-92
WG-WM7 ........................................... A-92
WG-WMNT ........................................ A-92
WM1M ................................................ A-84
WM7M ................................................ A-82
WM7S .................................................. A-82
WMA-PB ............................................ R-51
WML .................................................... A-86
WMPBL-DS ....................................... A-21
WMPDB-DS ...................................... A-21
WMPDB-SP ....................................... A-21
WMTS .................................................. A-80
WMV .................................................... A-85
WP ........................................................ A-88
WPA-001 ........................................... F-33
WPA-001 ........................................... F-42
WPB-002 ........................................... F-33
WPB-002 ........................................... F-42
WS ........................................................ A-78

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ ii-7

INDEX

StreetDreams

ii

TM

Make your dreams a reality

Traditional Series
Prismatic Series

Avery ™ Series

Lantern ™ Series

Vandermore ™ Series

See pages A-23 - A-32
ii-8/ 2005

GE LightingGE
Systems,
Lighting
Inc.
Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com
www.gelightingsystems.com

Area Lighting
Products
Criterion™
Decashield® 1000
Decashield® 400
Decashield® 175
Dimension™1000
Dimension™
Decasphere™
Replacer Ignitor Kit
Replacer Ballast Kits
Accessories
Data

Decorative Post Top

Products
StreetDreams™ Traditional
StreetDreams™ Prismatic
StreetDreams™ Avery
StreetDreams™ Lantern
StreetDreams™ Vandermore™
GE Torch™
GE Patriarch™
Americana™
GE Edison™ V
GE Constitution™
GE Legacy™
Post Mount

imagination at work

A-1
A-2
A-4
A-6
A-8
A-10
A-12
A-14
R-44
R-45
A-16
A-22
A-23
A-24
A-26
A-28
A-30
A-32
A-34
A-36
A-38
A-40
A-42
A-44
A-46

Decorative Post Top (Cont.)
Salem™ Lower Lamp
Salem™ Top Lamp
Town and Country™
Replacer Ignitor Kit
Replacer Ballast Kits
Accessories
Data
Globe Availability Key

Wallighter

Products
Criterion™ Wallpack
Versaflood II® Wallighter
Wallighter 400
Wallighter 250 Cutoff
Wallighter 175
Wallighter 70
Wallmount™ 400
Wallmount™ 175
Wallmount™ 100
Wallmount™ Vandal-Proof
WML Wallighter
SBW ®
WP-50 HID FIXTURE
Replacer Ignitor Kit
Replacer Ballast Kits
Accessories
Data

A-48
A-50
A-52
R-44
R-45
A-54
A-58
A-59
A-67
A-68
A-70
A-72
A-74
A-76
A-78
A-80
A-82
A-84
A-85
A-86
A-87
A-88
R-44
R-45
A-89
A-93

AREA LIGHTING

Sitelighter

BACK TO MAIN INDEX

A

LOOK FOR
THIS TAB ON
ANY PAGE
TO RETURN
TO THE AREA
LIGHTING
INDEX

PRODUCT NAME

PRODUCT ID.

Criterion™

CHMX, CVMX, CHLX, CVLX

A-2

Decashield® 1000

DSA

A-4

Decashield® 400

DSME, DSMT, DSMR

A-6

Decashield® 175

SPMM, SYMM

A-8

Dimension™ 1000

DKA

A-10

Dimension™

DMA, DMS, DMY

A-12

Decasphere™

DCF, DCD

A-14

Replacer Ignitor Kit

Replacer Ballast Kits

PAGE

AREA SITELIGHTER INDEX

AREA SITELIGHTER INDEX

R-44

GERB

R-45

Area Sitelighter Accessories

A-16

Area Sitelighter Data

A-22

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ A-1

A

CRITERION TM AREA LIGHTING
Featuring SnapDriveTM
APPLICATIONS
• Walkways, driveways, tennis courts, malls and shopping centers
• Commercial and industrial complexes, residential areas and parkway lighting

CRITERION AREA LIGHTING

A

Vertical

SPECIFICATION FEATURES
•

/ 1598 Listed
Suitable For Wet Locations
• Scaled family styling for a
consistent site-enhancing look –
day and night
• Die-cast aluminum housing for
strength, beauty and low
maintenance
• Concealed continuous gasket seals
against harmful dust, dirt,
moisture and insects
• Tool-less entry for easy,
economical maintenance
• Activated charcoal breath-way for
clean ventilation and long term
maintained foot candle levels
• Predrilled integral mounting

Horizontal

surfaces for quick installation of
accessories
• Low-profile hinges and latches for
a clean look
• Choice of a palette of standard
colors, 188 RAL colors, or your own
custom color in fade- and abrasionresistant powder and liquid paints
• Reflector section, optimized for
typical applications – facilitates and
maximizes design flexibility
• Reflector is computer optimized for
MH lamps to maximize efficiency
• Optical insert redirects nadir focused
light into a projected beam for
enhanced uniformity
• Rugged hydro-formed reflector for
consistent, repeatable performance
• ALGLAS® coating seals reflectors

from contaminants for superior
long term performance
• Square Type V distribution
minimizes adjacent luminaire
overlap and improves uniformity
• Field-rotatable reflector allows
design flexibility and fine tuning
without housing reorientation
(excluding FWT reflectors)
• 250w to 1000w MH, PMH and HPS
lamp operations (Consult ballast
selection table for availability.)
• Designed for compact lamps
minimizing EPA and pole costs.
• Optional switched quartz
• Optional single & dual fusing
• Optional full size twist lock PE
receptacle
• Optional Bi-level switching

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
CXXX

40

M

0

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXXX
CHMX = Medium
Horizontal Lamp
CVMX = Medium
Vertical Lamp
CHLX = Large
Horizontal Lamp
CVLX = Large
Vertical Lamp
CHMC = Medium
Horizontal Lamp
for Canada
CVMC = Medium
Vertical Lamp
for Canada
CHLC = Large
Horizontal Lamp
for Canada
CVLC = Large
Vertical Lamp
for Canada

WATTAGE

LIGHT
SOURCE
X
S = HPS
M = MH
P = pulse
start
MH

VOLTAGE

XX
25 =250 (M)
32 =320 (M)
40 =400 (M)
01 =1000 (L)

M =Medium
L =Large
Lamp
included

A

2

BALLAST
TYPE
X
X
60Hz
See Ballast
0 =120/208/
Selection
240/277*
Table
MULTIVOLT
1 =120
A =Autoreg
2 =208
D = BiLevel
3 =240
III 400W &
4 =277
1000W
5 =480
P =347,
120x277
D = 347
P=
120X277X347**
* Factory set
to 277V
** Factory set
to 347V

A

PE
CONTROL
X
1 = No PE

PHOTOMETRIC
DISTRIBUTION
XX
A = Flat Glass
Asymmetric, Narrow
2 = With PE
B = Flat Glass
Receptacle
Asymmetric, Wide
C = Flat Glass
Forward Throw
D = Flat Glass
Symmetric, Square
E = Sag Glass**
Asymmetric, Narrow
F = Sag Glass**
Asymmetric, Wide
G = Sag Glass**
Forward Throw
H = Sag Glass**
Symmetric, Square

WHTE

B

XXX

COLOR

MOUNTING

OPTIONS

XXXX
Standard Colors
DKBZ = Dark
Bronze
BLCK = Black
WHTE = White

X
A = 4 in. Mounting
Arm*
B = 8 in. Mounting
Arm**
C = 12 in. Mounting
Arm
Special Colors D = 4 in. Mounting
Arm for Round
Insert four digit
Pole*
color code from
RAL Color Chart E = 8 in. Mounting
Armfor Round
Pole**
F = 12 in. Mounting
Arm for Round
Pole
* Available only
with CHMX
** Sag glass available only
** Cannot be used
on vertical luminaires
when mounting
CVLX at 90°

X
A = Lighting
Arrester,
Grounded
Type
B = Time Delay
Automatically
Switched Quartz
F = Fusing*
J = Line Surge
Protector,
Expulsion Type
Q = Non-Time Delay
Switched Quartz
T = Terminal Board
XXX = Special Options
* Fusing not available
with multivolt

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
Horizontal
Luminaire
Size
Medium
(CHMX, CHMC)

Large (CHLX, CHLC)
Vertical
Luminaire
Size
Medium
(CVMX, CVMC)

Large (CVLX, CVLC)
Vertical
Luminaire
Size
Large (CVLX, CVLC)

Wattage
250
400
250
400
250
400
1000

Light
Source
HPS
HPS
MH
MH
PMH
PMH
MH

Wattage
250
400
250
400
250
400
750
1000

Light
Source
HPS
HPS
MH
MH
PMH
PMH
PMH
MH

Wattage
750
1000

Light
Source
PMH
MH

Flat Glass
Asymmetric
(Narrow)
451862
451728
451870
451727
451866
451729
N/A
Sag Glass
Asymmetric
(Narrow)
451874
451708
451882
451707
451878
451709
452668
451719
Flat Glass
Asymmetric
(Narrow)
N/A
N/A

Flat Glass
Asymmetric
(Wide)
451863
451731
451871
451730
451867
451732
N/A
Sag Glass
Asymmetric
(Wide)
451875
451711
451883
451710
451879
451712
452669
451721
Flat Glass
Asymmetric
(Wide)
452626
452625

Flat Glass
(Forward
Throw)
451864
451734
451872
451733
451868
451735
451743
Sag Glass
(Forward
Throw)
451876
451714
451884
451713
451880
451715
452670
451723
Flat Glass
(Forward
Throw)
451631
451425

Flat Glass
Symmetric
(Square)
451865
451737
451873
451736
451869
451738
N/A
Sag Glass
Symmetric
(Square)
451877
451717
451885
451716
451881
451718
452671
451725
Flat Glass
Symmetric
(Square)
452624
452623

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
A-2/ 2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

REFERENCES
See Page A-16 for start of Accessories.
See Page A-22 for Explanation of Options
and Other Terms Used.
See Pole and Bracket Section Page P-2 for
pole selection.

CRITERION TM AREA LIGHTING
FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
Vertical
Variable

0.625 in.
(16mm)

CRITERION AREA LIGHTING

2.25 in.
(57mm)
6.5 in.
(165mm)

M = 20.9 in.
(530mm)
L = 25.0 in
(635mm)

DRILLING TEMPLATE

M = 13.3 in.
(337mm)
L = 14.4 in.
(365mm)

M = 15.4 in.
(391mm)
L = 17.0 in.
(432mm)

M = 20.9 in. (530mm)
L = 25.0 in. (635mm)

Horizontal

Refer to Page A-7 for drilling
template dimensions.

A

2.25 in.
(57mm)

Variable

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Medium Vertical
Medium Horizontal
Large Vertical
Large Horizontal
Effective Projected Area:
Medium Vertical
Medium Horizontal
Large Vertical
Large Horizontal
Typical Mounting Height
Medium
Large

45-70 lbs
34-45 lbs
60-70 lbs
60-70 lbs

20-32 kgs
16-21 kgs
27-32 kgs
27-32 kgs

1.8 sq ft max
1.8 sq ft max
3.0 sq ft max
2.4 sq ft max

.220 sq M max
.220 sq M max
.282 sq M max
.222 sq M max

20-40 ft
30-50 ft

6-12 M
9-15 M

M = 15.6 in.
(396mm)
L = 18.1 in.
(459mm)

SUGGESTED CONFIGURATION

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
Lamp Size
ED28
ED28
ED28
BT37
ED28
ED28
ED28
BT37
BT37
ED28
ED28
ED28
BT37
ED28
ED28
ED28
BT37
BT37

Multivolt
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
N/A
A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

(229mm)
L = 10.2 in.
(257mm)

6.5 in.
(165mm)

All HID light sources are clear unless otherwise indicated.
Housing Type Wattage Source
CHMX
250, 400 HPS
250, 400 MH
250, 400 PMH
CHLX
1000
MH
CVMX
250, 400 HPS
250, 400 MH
250, 400 PMH
CVLX
750
PMH
1000
MH
CHMC Canada 250, 400 HPS
250, 400 MH
250, 400 PMH
CHLC Canada 1000
MH
CVMC Canada 250, 400 HPS
250, 400 MH
250, 400 PMH
CVLC Canada 750
PMH
1000
MH

M = 9.0 in.

M = 23.0 in.
(584mm)
L = 30.2 in.
(767mm)

120
A,D
A
A
A
A,D
A,D
A
A
A,D
A,D
A
A
A
A,D
A.D
A
A
A,D

HORIZONTAL
208
A,D
A
A
A
A,D
A,D
A
A
A,D
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
A
N/A

240
A,D
A
A
A
A,D
A,D
A
A
A,D
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
A
N/A

277
A,D
A
A
A
A,D
A,D
A
A
A,D
A,D
A
A
A
A,D
A,D
A
A
A,D

480
A,D
A
A
A
A,D
A,D
A
A
A,D
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
A
N/A

347
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
A
N/A
A,D
A
A
A
A,D
A,D
A
A
A,D

120 x 277 x 347
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
A
A
A
A
N/A
A
A
N/A
A

NOTE: N/A = Not Available

ACCESS ROAD LIGHTING
400 watt CHMX 40 P
CHMX 40 P
1000 watt N/A

O
O

A
A

1
1

A
B

DKBZ
DKBZ

A
A

C
C

PARKING PERIMETER LIGHTING
400 watt CHMX 40 P O A
1000 watt CHLX 01 M O A

1
1

C
C

DKBZ
DKBZ

A
A

C
C

PARKING LOT LIGHTING
400 watt CHMX 40 P
1000 watt CHLX 01 M

O
O

A
A

1
1

D
D

DKBZ
DKBZ

A
A

C
C

O
O

A
A

1
1

E
F

DKBZ
DKBZ

B
B

C
C

PARKING PERIMETER LIGHTING
400 watt CVMX 40 P O A
1000 watt CVLX 01 M O A

1
1

G
G

DKBZ
DKBZ

B
B

C
C

PARKING LOT LIGHTING
400 watt CVMX 40 P
1000 watt CVLX 01 M

1
1

H
H

DKBZ
DKBZ

B
B

C
C

VERTICAL
ACCESS ROAD LIGHTING
400 watt CVMX 40 P
CVMX 40 P
1000 watt N/A

O
O

A
A

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ A-3

DECASHIELD ® 1000 LUMINAIRE
APPLICATIONS
• High wattage site lighting including parking areas, roadways, automobile lots, tennis courts,
malls and commercial complexes

DECASHIELD 1000 AREA LIGHTING

A

SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• /
1598 Listed
Suitable For Wet Locations
• Precision engineered aluminum housing
featuring die-cast ends and die-cast door frame
• Polyester powder paint finish in dark bronze,
black, gray, white or aluminum
• No-tool access stainless steel latch design
• Broken Glass Shutdown Circuit
• Heat and impact resistant tempered flat glass
lens
• Removable ballast tray—standard
• Utilizes standard 1000 watt lamps

• Available with Type I, Type II, Type III or
Forward Throw
• All reflectors are field rotatable
• Enclosed and gasketed housing
• Decorative Mounting Arm (4 in. [103mm], 8
in. [203mm] or 12 in. [305mm]) (Drilling
templates are the same for the Decashield
400 and Dimension TM luminaires.)
• Mogul base socket – E39 standard
• Magnapack packaging available

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
DSA

01

PRODUCT WATTAGE
IDENT
XX
XXX
75 =750
DSA =
Decashield 01 =1000
1000
Luminaire
with Arm
Mounting

S

1

LIGHT
SOURCE
X
S = HPS
M = MH
P = Pulse
MH

VOLTAGE

A

BALLAST
TYPE
X
X
60Hz
See Ballast and
0 = 120/
Photometric
208/
Selection Table
240/
A = Autoreg
277
H = HPF Reactor
Multivolt
Standard:
or Lag
Mogul base 1 = 120
P = CWI with
2 = 208
lamp not
Grounded
3 = 240
included.
Socket Shell
4 = 277
5 = 480
D = 347
F = 120X347
T = 220

2

G

MC1

DB

PE
FUNCTION
X
1 = None
2 = PE
Receptacle
4 = PE
Receptacle
and Shorting
Cap

LENS
TYPE
X
G = Glass

IES DISTRIBUTION
TYPE
XXX
See Ballast and
Photometric
Selection Table

COLOR

NOTE: Receptacle
connected same
voltage as unit.

MC1 =
Medium Cutoff
Type I
SC2 =
Short Cutoff
Type II
MC2 =
Medium Cutoff
Type II

50Hz
6 = 220
R = 230
Y = 240

MC3 =
Medium Cutoff
Type III

NOTE:
120X347
connected
for 120V

FWT =
Forward Throw

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
A-4/ 2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

1

MOUNTING
ARM LENGTH
XX
X
AL =Alumi1 = 4 in.(102mm)
num
for Singles
BL =Black
Two at 180o
2 = 12 in. (305mm)
DB =Dark
for Two at 90o
Bronze
Tri-Fixture
(StanPoles
dard)
Quad-Fixture
CG =Charcoal
Poles
Gray
3 = 8 in. (203mm)
WH= White
for Singles
Two at 180°
4 = 4 in. (102mm)
for Round Pole
5 = 12 in. (305mm)
for Round Pole
6 = 8 in. (203mm)
for round Pole
R = No arm.
Housing
drilled with
diagonal hole
pattern

Q
OPTIONS
XXX
A = Lightning
Arrester,
Grounding
Type
B = Time Delay
Automatically
Switched
Quartz
F = Fusing (Not
available
with
multivolt
or
120X347V)
J = Line Surge
Protector,
Expulsion
Type
Q = Non-Time
Delay
Automatically
Switched
Quartz

DECASHIELD ® 1000 LUMINAIRE

DECASHIELD 1000 AREA LIGHTING

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

SQUARE POLE MOUNTING: STANDARD
(choices 1, 2, 3 from Logic Table)

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
60-70 lbs
Suggested Mounting Height
30-50 ft.
Effective Projected Area:
No Mounting Arm
2.6 sq ft max
Single with 4 in. (102mm) Mounting Arm
3.0 sq ft max
Double with 4 in. (102mm) Mounting Arm at 180° 6.0 sq ft max
Double with 4 in. (102mm) Mounting Arm at 90° 4.5 sq ft max
Single with 12 in. (305mm) Mounting Arm
3.2 sq ft max
Double with 12 in. (305mm) Mounting Arm at 180° 6.4 sq ft max
Triple with 12 in. (305mm) Mounting Arm at 90° 8.0 sq ft max
Quad with 12 in. (305mm) Mounting Arm at 90° 9.3 sq ft max
Double with 12 in. (305mm) Mounting Arm at 90° 4.8 sq ft max

27-32 kgs
9-15 M
0.24 sq M max
0.29 sq M max
0.56 sq M max
0.42 sq M max
0.30 sq M max
0.59 sq M max
0.74 sq M max
0.86 sq M max
0.45 sq M max

NOTE: The wind loading of Decashield Luminaires, when mounted to poles in multiples
radially about the axis of the pole, do not necessarily have the EPA of a single
luminaire multiplied by the number of luminaires.

DRILLING TEMPLATE

BALLAST AND PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
All light sources are clear unless otherwise indicated.
BallastType/Voltage
60Hz
120, 208,
Light Multi- 240, 277, 347,
Wattage Source volt 480
120X347
750
HPS N/A A,H
A,H
1000
HPS A
A
A
1000
M H A, P A
A
1000 (BT37) M H A, P A
A
1000
PMH A
A
A
1000 (BT37) PMH A
A
A

220
N/A
N/A
A
A
N/A
N/A

50Hz

Photometric
Curve No. 35-17 - - - IESDistributionType

220 230 240
N/A N/A N/A
A A A
A A A
A A A
N/A N/A N/A
N/A N/A N/A

MC1
N/A
N/A
N/A
8978
N/A
8978

SC2
N/A
8980
8981
N/A
8981
N/A

MC2
8979
8988
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

MC3
N/A
8993
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

ROUND POLE MOUNTING
3.5 to 4.5-inch (89 to 114mm) OD
round pole mounting arm
(choices 4, 5, 6 from Logic Table)
FWT
8985
8986
8982
8987
8982
8987

NOTE: N/A=Not Available

REFERENCES
See Page A-16 for start of Accessories.
See Page A-22 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.
See Pole and Bracket Section Page P-2 for pole selection.

DRILLING TEMPLATE

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ A-5

A

DECASHIELD ® 400 LUMINAIRE
APPLICATIONS
• Walkways, driveways, tennis courts, malls, shopping centers, commercial and industrial complexes
• Residential areas and parkway lighting.
SPECIFICATION FEATURES

DECASHIELD 400 AREA LIGHTING

A

•

/

• Enclosed and gasketed optical
• Decorative Mounting Arm standard for
flat or curved (for 3.5 to 4.5) OD pole
(drilling templates are the same as those
for the Decashield 1000 and Dimension TM
luminaires)
• Mogul base socket – E39 standard
• Plug-in ignitor
• Unit shipped complete in one carton
(Ballast secured to housing)
• Removable ballast tray
• Magnapack packaging available

1598 Listed

Suitable For Wet Locations
• Heavy-duty die-cast aluminum housing and
door
• Polyester powder paint finish standard in dark
bronze, black, white, gray or aluminum
• No-tool access stainless steel latch design
• Heat and impact resistant tempered flat glass lens
• ALGLAS® finish on Type II, Type III and Type V
reflectors, anodized finish on Forward Throw
reflector
• Type II, Type III metal halide, and all Forward
Throw reflectors are field rotatable

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
DSMT

40

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXXX
DSMT =
Decashield 400
Luminaire with
Ballast Tray Flat
Surface & Mounting
Arm
DSME =
Decashield 400
Luminaire with 2”
External Slipfitter
Installed

S

0

A

1

G

MC3

DB

C

WATTAGE

VOLTAGE

PE
FUNCTION
X
1 = None
2 = PE
Receptacle
4 = PE
Receptacle
and Shorting
Cap

LENS
TYPE
X
G = Glass

IES DISTRIBUTION
TYPE
XXX
See Ballast and
Photometric
Selection Table

OPTIONS

X
60Hz
0 = 120/
208/
240/
277
Multivolt
1 = 120
2 = 208
3 = 240
4 = 277
5 = 480
D = 347
F = 120X347
T = 220

BALLAST
TYPE
X
See Ballast and
Photometric
Selection Table
A = Autoreg
D = Bi-Level
G = Mag-Reg
with
Grounded
Socket Shell
H = HPF Reactor
or Lag
K = Hot Restrike
(Must also
order "P"
option at
right. (NonUL) Contact
Factory)
M = Mag-Reg
P = CWI with
Grounded
Socket Shell

COLOR

XX
15 =150 (55V)
17 =175
24 =250/400*
25 =250
40 =400

LIGHT
SOURCE
X
S = HPS
M = MH
P = Pulse
MH
Standard:
Mogul base
*250/400
lamp not
connected for included.
120V

DSMR =
Decashield 400
Luminaire with
Ballast Tray &
Direct Mounting
Arm to Round Pole

50Hz
Y = 240
NOTE:
120X347
connected
for 120V

NOTE: Receptacle
connected same
voltage as unit.

XX
AL =Aluminum
BL =Black
DB =Dark
Bronze
(Standard)
CG =Charcoal
Gray
WH= White

XXX
A = Lightning
Arrester,
Grounding
Type
MC2 =
C = Charcoal
Medium Cutoff
Filter (Not
Type II
available
with FWT)
MC3 =
F = Fusing (Not
Medium Cutoff
available with
Type III
multivolt or
NOTE: Contact
120X347V)
factory for
FWC =
J = Line Surge
other colors.
FWT w/ILS
Protector,
Expulsion Type
FWT =
P = Prewire with 6'
Forward Throw
of 14/3 cable.
R = No Mounting
HTV =
Arm
Horizontal Type V
Q = Non-Time
Delay
Automatically
Switched
Quartz

BALLAST AND PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
All light sources are clear unless otherwise indicated.
Photometric
Curve Number 35-17 - - - 50Hz IES Distribution Type

Ballast Type/Voltage
60Hz
Wattage

Light
Source

Multivolt

150(55V)
HPS
H,K,A
250, 400
HPS
A, K
175, 250
MH
A
400
MH
A
250
PMH
A
400
PMH
A
NOTE: N/A = Not available.

120

208, 240,
277, 480

347,
120X347 220

240

MC2

MC3

FWT

HTV

FWC

G,H,M,A
A, P
A
A, P
A
A

G,M,A
A, P
A
A, P
A
A

H
A, P
A
A, P
A(347)
A(347)

N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A
N/A

8591
8592
8594
8595
8594
8595

8596
7315
8597
8598
8597
8598

8604
8605
8607
8608
8607
8608

8599
8600
8602
8603
8602
8603

452557
452555
452559
452554
452559
452554

N/A
A,H
A
A
N/A
N/A

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
A-6/ 2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

DECASHIELD ® 400 LUMINAIRE

DSME
MOUNTING

in.
00 m )
4.0 0 2 m
(1

4.
( 1 0070
3 m in.
m)

DECASHIELD 400 AREA LIGHTING

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

DSMT

6.8
(1 7 20 in.
3m
m)

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
35-45 lbs
Suggested Mounting Height
20-40 ft.
Effective Projected Area:
No Mounting Arm
1.4 sq ft max
Single with 8 in. (203mm) Mounting Arm
1.8 sq ft max
Double with 8 in. (203mm) Mounting Arm at 180° 3.6 sq ft max
Triple with 8 in. (203mm) Mounting Arm at 90° 4.3 sq ft max
Quad with 8 in. (203mm) Mounting Arm at 90°
4.9 sq ft max
Double with 8 in. (203mm) Mounting Arm at 90° 2.5 sq ft max

16-18 kgs
6-12 M
0.13 sq M max
0.17 sq M max
0.33 sq M max
0.40 sq M max
0.46 sq M max
0.23 sq M max

NOTE: The wind loading of Decashield Luminaires, when mounted to poles in multiples
radially about the axis of the pole, do not necessarily have the EPA of a single
luminaire multiplied by the number of luminaires.

DSMT
SQUARE POLE MOUNTING: STANDARD

DSMR
ROUND POLE MOUNTING
3.5 to 4.5-inch (89 to 114mm) OD round
pole

DRILLING TEMPLATE

DRILLING TEMPLATE

REFERENCES
See Page A-16 for start of Accessories.
See Page A-22 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.
See Pole and Bracket Section Page P-2 for pole selection.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ A-7

A

DECASHIELD ® 175 LUMINAIRE
APPLICATIONS
• Entranceways, walkways and parking areas
• Driveways, malls and cutoff wall lighting (with wall mounting plate)
SPECIFICATION FEATURES

DECASHIELD 175 AREA LIGHTING

A

•

SPMM
with flat glass

/

1598 Listed

Suitable For Wet Locations
• Cutoff optics
• Enclosed and gasketed
• Heat and impact resistant tempered flat glass
lens (standard)
• UV stabilized polycarbonate or acrylic prismatic
drop lens (optional)
• Heavy-duty die-cast aluminum housing

• For cutoff wall lighting applications, order
wall mounting plate WMPDB-SP separately
• Shipped assembled with medium base –
E26 standard – with lamp installed in socket
• Plug-in ignitor
• Unit shipped complete in one carton (Ballast
secured to housing)
• Magnapack packaging available

SYMM

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
SPMM

15

S

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXXX
SPMM =
Square Pole Mount

WATTAGE

LIGHT
VOLTAGE
SOURCE
X
X
60Hz
S = HPS
M = MH or 0 = 120/
208/
Merc
240/
Standard:
277
Medium
Multivolt
base lamp
installed in 1 = 120
2 = 208
socket
3 = 240
4 = 277
5 = 480
D = 347
F = 120X347
T = 220

SYMM =
Pole Top Yoke
Mount

XX
05 =50
07 =70
10 =100
15 =150 (55V)
17 =175

0

50Hz
6 = 220

H

1

BALLAST
TYPE
X
See Ballast and
Photometric
Selection Table

PE
FUNCTION
X
1 = None
2 = PE
Receptacle

A=
D=
G=

H=

G

LENS
TYPE
X
A = Acrylic
2-in. (51mm)
Drop Lens
G = Flat
NOTE: Receptacle
Autoreg
Tempered
connected same
Glass
Bi-Level
voltage as unit. L = PolycarbonOrder PE Control
ate
Mag-Reg
separately.
2-in. (51mm)
with
Drop Lens
Grounded
(Required for
Socket Shell
Switched
Quartz)
HPF Reactor
or Lag

M = Mag-Reg
(Use only for 50,
NOTE: Dual 70, 100, 150 watt
voltage
HPS 480 volt)
connected
for lower
voltage

MC3

DB

F

IES DISTRIBUTION
TYPE
XXX
See Ballast and
Photometric
Selection Table

COLOR

OPTIONS

XX
AL =Aluminum
BL =Black
DB =Dark
Bronze
G =Gray
WH= White

XXX
B = Time
Delay
Switched
(Drop
Lens only)
F = Fusing
(Not
available
with
multivolt
or dual
voltage)
Q = Non Time
Delay
Switched
Quartz
(Drop
Lens only)

SC3 =
Short Cutoff
Type III
SC5 =
Short Cutoff
Type V
MC3 =
Medium Cutoff
Type III
MC5 =
Medium Cutoff
Type V

QUICK AND EASY INSTALLATION
(Housing access not required)
1.
2.
3.

4.
Cover Screw

DRILLING TEMPLATE
FOR SQUARE and
ROUND POLES

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
A-8/ 2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

Pull power supply cable through
nut plate hole and secure with
strain relief assembly.
Attach mounting bracket to pole
and nut plate.
Attach mounting bracket to luminaire housing. Pull luminaire leads
into pole through wire access holes
and connect leads according to
wiring instructions. Install pole cap.
Install cover and secure with cover
screw.

DECASHIELD ® 175 LUMINAIRE

SPMM

DECASHIELD 175 AREA LIGHTING

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
SYMM
For mounting
on 3.000 in.
(76mm) pole
tenon

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Suggested Mounting Height
Effective Projected Area

20 lbs
12-20 ft.
1.0 sq ft max

9 kgs
4-6 M
0.09 sq M max

BALLAST AND PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
All light sources are clear unless otherwise indicated.
Photometric Curve
Ballast Type/Voltage
Number 35-17 - - - 2-in. (51mm) Drop
60Hz
50Hz
Flat Glass
Acrylic Polycarb.
120, 208
Light Multi- 240, 277, 347,
Amb. IES Distribution Type
M C 3 SC5** SC5** SC5**
Source volt 480
120X347 220 220 °C

Wattage
SPMM
50
HPS
H
H
H
N/A
70, 100, 150 (55V) HPS
H
G, H*, M H
N/A
70, 100
MH
H
H
C/F
N/A
175
MH
A
A
A
A
SYMM
50
HPS
H
H
H
N/A
70, 100, 150 (55V) HPS
H
G, H*, M H
N/A
70, 100
MH
H
H
C/F
N/A
175
MH
A
A
A
A
NOTE: N/A = Not Available
C/F = Contact Factory
NOTE: *480 volt is A or M
NOTE: **Coated lamp standard for SC5

N/A
H
N/A
A

25
25
25
25

8265
8265
8271
8271

8307
8307
8665
8665

8305
8305
8666
N/A

8306
8306
8667
N/A

N/A
H
N/A
A

25
25
25
25

8526
8526
8527
8527

8522
8522
8524
8524

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

SPMM
with 2-in. (51mm)
drop lens

REFERENCES
See Page A-16 for start of Accessories.
See Page A-22 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.
See Pole and Bracket Section Page P-2 for pole selection.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ A-9

A

DIMENSION TM 1000 LUMINAIRE
APPLICATIONS
• High wattage site lighting including parking areas, malls and shopping centers
• Commercial and industrial complexes, and automobile lots
SPECIFICATION FEATURES

DIMENSION 1000 AREA LIGHTING

A

•

/

1598 Listed

Suitable For Wet Locations
• Precision engineered aluminum housing
featuring die-cast ends and die-cast door
• Polyester powder paint finish standard in dark
bronze, black, white, charcoal gray and
aluminum
• No-tool access stainless steel latch design
• SAG glass lens for a variety of distributions and
appearances
• Vertical lamp distributions

• All reflectors are designed for vertical baseup optics, and are field rotatable/
interchangeable
• Enclosed and gasketed housing with
activated charcoal filtered optical system
• Choice of mountings including Decorative
Mounting Arm (4 in. [103mm], 8 in. [206mm]
or 12 in. [305mm]) (Drilling templates are the
same for the Decashield® 400 and
Decashield® 1000 luminaires.)
• Removable ballast tray (standard)
• Mogul base socket – E39 standard

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
DKA

40

S

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXX
DKA =
Dimension
1000
Luminaire
with Arm
Mounting

WATTAGE LIGHT
SOURCE
XX
X
25 =250 S = HPS
40 =400 M = MH
75 =750 P = Pulse
01 =1000
Start
MH

1

A

2

BALLAST
PE
TYPE
FUNCTION
X
X
X
60Hz
1 = None
See Ballast
0 = 120/
Selection Table 2 = PE
208/
Receptacle
A = Autoreg
240/
4 = PE
277
Receptacle
D = Bi-Level (See
Multivolt
and Shorting
Technical
Cap
Section)
Standard: 1 = 120
Mogul base 2 = 208
NOTE: Receptacle
3 = 240
G = Mag-Reg
lamp not
connected same
4 = 277
with
included.
5 = 480
Grounded voltage as unit.
D = 347
Socket Shell
F = 120X347
T = 220
H = HPF Reactor
or Lag
50Hz
6 = 220
M = Mag-Reg
R = 230
Y = 240
P = CWI with
Grounded
NOTE:
Socket Shell
120X347
connected
for 120V

DKY =
Dimension
1000
Luminaire
with Yoke
Mounting
(Not UL)

VOLTAGE

S

S

LENS
TYPE
X
See
Photometric
Selection
Table

DISTRIBUTION COLOR
TYPE
XX
X
See Photometric AL =Aluminum
Selection Table

G = Flat
Glass
S = SAG
Glass

All light sources are clear unless otherwise indicated.
Cutoff Optics
Non-Cutoff
Light Asymmetric Forward Throw Square
Long Roadway Square
Wattage Source 'A'
'F'
'S'
'L'
'Q'
HPS
HPS
HPS
MH,PMH
MH,PMH
MH,PMH
MH,PMH
(Coated)

S-C-II (451124)
S-C-II (451123)
NA
NA
M-C-III (451120)
M-C-III (451117)
S-C-III (451119)

S-C-III (450983)
S-C-III (450984)
S-C-III (450985)
S-C-II (450986)
S-C-IV (450987)
S-C-IV (450988)
S-C-IV (450989)

M-N-I (450721)
M-N-I (450719)
N/A
S-C-V (450722)
S-C-V (450720)
S-C-V (450712)
S-C-V (450713)

M-N-I (450728)
S-N-1 (450726)
S-N-1 (450724)
L-N-II (450729)
M-N-I (450727)
M-N-II (450714)
S-N-III (450715)

N/A
N/A
M-N-V (450717)
N/A
N/A
S-S-IV (450791)
N/A

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
A-10/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

1

MOUNTING
ARM LENGTH
X
1 = 4 in.(102mm)
for Singles
Two at 180o
2 = 12 in. (305mm)
A = Asymetric BL =Black
for Two at 90o
DB =Dark
Tri-Fixture
F = FWT
Bronze
Poles
(StanQuad-Fixture
L = Long and
dard)
Poles
narrow
3 = 8 in. (203mm)
asymmetric
CG =Charfor Singles
roadway
coal
Two at 180°
distribution
Gray
4 = 4 in. (102mm)
for Round Pole
S = Square
WH= White 5 = 12 in. (305mm)
narrow
for Round Pole
(cutoff)
NOTE:
6 = 8 in. (203mm)
parking
for round Pole
distribution Contact
Factory for R = No arm.
Housing
Q = Square wide RAL colors.
drilled with
diagonal hole
pattern

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE

250-400
750
1000
250
400
1000
1000

DB

F
OPTIONS
XXX
A = Lightning
Arrester,
Grounding
Type
B = Time Delay
Automatically
Switched
Quartz
F = Fusing (Not
available
with multivolt
or 120X347V)
J = Line Surge
Protector,
Expulsion
Type
Q = Non-Time
Delay
Automatically
Switched
Quartz

DIMENSION TM 1000 LUMINAIRE

DKA

DKY

SQUARE POLE MOUNTING: STANDARD

DIMENSION 1000 AREA LIGHTING

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
1000W
68 lbs
31 kgs
400W
64 lbs
29 kgs
Suggested Mounting Height
30-50 ft.
9-15 M
Effective Projected Area:
With 4 in. (103mm) Mounting Arm 4.0 sq ft max
0.37 sq M max
With 8 in. (203mm) Mounting Arm 4.1 sq ft max
0.38 sq M max
With 12 in. (305mm) Mounting Arm 4.2 sq ft max
0.39 sq M max
NOTE: For multiple fixtures on a pole, contact factory for estimated EPA.

DRILLING TEMPLATE

ROUND POLE MOUNTING

Must order Round Pole Adapter
accessory separately

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
All light sources are clear unless otherwise indicated.
Ballast Type/Voltage
60Hz
50Hz
Light
120,208,
Wattage Source
Multivolt 240,277,480 120x347 347
220
250
HPS
A,M
A,M
400
HPS
H
750
HPS
A
1000
HPS
A
250
MH
A
400
MH
A
1000
MH
PULSE START METAL HALIDE
A
250
P (MH)
A
400
P (MH)
A
1000
P (MH)

230

240

A,M,G,B
A,M,G,B
A,B*
A
A,B**
A,B
A,B

A,G
A,G
N/A
N/A
A
A,P
N/A

A,G
A,G,B
A
A
A,B
A,G,P
A,B

N/A
N/A
N/A
A
N/A
N/A
A

N/A
N/A
N/A
A
N/A
N/A
A

A
A
N/A
A
N/A
A
A

A
A,B***
A

N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
A

N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A = Not Available. *120V not available in Bi-Level.
**480V not available in Bi-Level. ***Available in 277 & 480V only.

DRILLING TEMPLATE

ROUND POLE ADAPTER
RPA**-DS for 3.5 to 4.5 inch (89 to
114mm) OD round pole. Replace **
with same color code as fixture

REFERENCES
See Page A-16 for start of Accessories.
See Page A-22 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.
See Pole and Bracket Section Page P-2 for pole selection.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/A-11

A

DIMENSION TM LUMINAIRE

A

DIMENSION AREA LIGHTING

DMY

DMS
DMA

APPLICATIONS
• Greater than 20 ft (6 meters) site lighting including parking areas,
driveways, malls and shopping centers
• Commercial and industrial complexes, automobile lots and residential
areas
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• / 1598 Listed
• All reflectors are field rotatable
Suitable For Wet Locations
• Enclosed, sealed and gasketed
• UL Listed to Canadian National
housing
Standards and Codes
• Choice of mountings including
• Precision engineered aluminum
Decorative Mounting Arm (4 in.
housing featuring die-cast ends and
[103mm] or 12 in. [305mm]), Yoke or
die-cast door
Spider (Drilling templates are the same
for the Decashield® 400 and
• Polyester powder paint finish standard
Decashield 1000 luminaires.)
in dark bronze, black, white, charcoal
gray and aluminum
• Removable ballast tray (standard)
• No-tool access stainless steel latch
• Mogul base socket – E39 socket
design
• Magnapack packaging available for
• Heat and impact resistant tempered
DMA only
flat glass lens

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
DMA

40

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXX
DMA =
Dimension
Luminaire
with Arm
Mounting

WATTAGE LIGHT
VOLTAGE
SOURCE
XX
X
X
07 =70 S = HPS 60Hz
M = MH 0 = 120/
10 =100 P = Pulse
208/
NOTE:HPS
240/
MH
only
277
Multivolt
Standard:
15 =150 Mogul
1 = 120
(55V) base lamp 2 = 208
3 = 240
not
17 =175 included. 4 = 277
5 = 480
25 =250
D = 347
F = 120X347
40 =400
T = 220

DMY =
Dimension
Luminaire
with Yoke
Mounting
DMS =
Dimension
Luminaire
with
Spider
Mounting

S

1

50Hz
6 = 220
Y = 240
NOTE:
120X347
connected
for 120V

A

2

BALLAST
TYPE
X
See Ballast
Selection
Table
A = Autoreg

G

PE
LENS
FUNCTION
TYPE
X
X
1 = None
A =Acrylic
2 = PE
Prismatic
Receptacle
Drop Lens*
4 = PE
(250W
Receptacle
Max)
and
G = Mag-Reg
with
Shorting G =Glass
Grounded
Cap
L =PolycarSocket
bonate
NOTE:
Shell
Prismatic
Receptacle
Drop Lens*
H = HPF
connected
(250W
Reactor or same voltage
Max)
Lag
as unit.
M = Mag-Reg
P = CWI with
Grounded
Socket
Shell

MC3

DB

DISTRIBUTION COLOR
TYPE
XX
XXX
See Photometric AL =Aluminum
Selection Table

1

MOUNTING
ARM LENGTH
X
1 = 4 in.(102mm)
for Singles
Two at 180o
2 = 12 in.
MC2 = Medium BL =Black
(305mm) for
Cutoff Type II
CG =Charcoal
Two at 90o
Gray
Tri-Fixture
MC3 = Medium
Poles
Cutoff Type III
DB =Dark
Quad-Fixture
Bronze
Poles
HTV = Horizontal
(Stan4 = 4 in. (102mm)
Type V
dard)
for Round
Pole
VTV = Vertical
WH= White
5 = 12 in.
Type V
(305mm) for
S = SAG Glass FWT = Forward
Round Pole
(Required for Throw
R = No arm.
use with VTV)
Housing
drilled with
*Contact
diagonal
factory for
hole pattern
photometrice
distribution.
(SC2 only)

F
OPTIONS
XXX
A = Lightning
Arrester,
Grounding
Type
B = Time Delay
Automatically
Switched
Quartz
C = Charcoal
Filter
(except on FWT
and VTV)
F = Fusing (Not
available
with multivolt
or 120X347V)
J = Line Surge
Protector,
Expulsion Type
Q = Non-Time
Delay
Automatically
Switched
Quartz

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
All light sources are clear unless otherwise indicated.
Photometric Curve No. 35-17 - - - DMY
DMS
Light DMA
Wattage
Source MC2 MC3 HTV
VTV
FWT
MC2 MC3 HTV
VTV
FWT
MC2 MC3 HTV
VTV
70,100,150(55V)
HPS
8871
8875
8889
8894
8882
9229
9231
8916
8922
8928
9230
9232
8934
8940
250, 400
HPS
8872
8887
8878
8895
8883
9225
9233
8917
8923
8929
9226
9234
8935
8941
175,250,250PMH
MH
8873
8876
8880
8896
8885
9223
9235
8919
8925
8931
9224
9236
8937
8943
400,400PMH
MH
8874
8877
8881
8897* 8886
9277
9276
8920
8926* 8932
9278
9275
8938
8944*
NOTE: *Lamp required for 400 watt MH must be E-18 or ED-28 only. For Standard Lamp, you must order “S” SAG Glass lens type.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
A-12/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

DIMENSION TM LUMINAIRE

ARM MOUNTING

SPIDER MOUNTING

YOKE MOUNTING

SQUARE POLE MOUNTING: STANDARD
(choices 1, 2, 3 from Logic Table)

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Suggested Mounting Height
Effective Projected Area:
With 4 in. (103mm) Mounting Arm
With 12 in. (305mm) Mounting Arm
Yoke Mounted
Spider Mounted

DIMENSION AREA LIGHTING

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

45-60 lbs
20-50 ft.

20-27 kgs
6-15 M

2.2 sq ft max
2.4 sq ft max
3.8 sq ft max
2.9sq ft max

0.20 sq M max
0.22 sq M max
0.35 sq M max
0.27 sq M max

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
Ballast Type/Voltage
60Hz
Light
208, 240, 347,
Wattage
Source Multivolt 120 277, 480 120X347
70,100,150(55V)
HPS
H
G,H,M G,M
H
250,400
HPS
A
A
A
A
175
MH
A
A
A
A
250,400
MH
A
A, P A, P
A, P
250,400
PMH
A
A
A
A(347)
NOTE: C/F=Contact Factory, N/A=Not Available

50Hz
220
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A

220
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A

240
N/A
A
N/A
A
N/A

REFERENCES
See Page A-16 for start of Accessories.
See Page A-22 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.
See Pole and Bracket Section Page P-2 for pole selection.

DRILLING TEMPLATE

ROUND POLE MOUNTING
3.5 to 4.5-inch (89 to 114mm) OD
round pole mounting arm
(choices 4, 5, 6 from Logic Table)

DRILLING TEMPLATE

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/A-13

A

DECASPHERE TM LUMINAIRE

A

DECASPHERE AREA LIGHTING

APPLICATIONS
• Greater than 20 ft (6 meters) site lighting including parking areas, driveways,
malls and shopping centers
• Commercial and industrial complexes, automobile lots, residential areas and
street lighting
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
•

DCF

/

• All reflectors are field rotatable
• Enclosed, sealed and gasketed optical
• Choice of 6-inch (152mm) arm or
tenon top mounting
• Terminal Board (Standard)
• Mogul base socket – E39 socket
• Magnapack packaging available
• Ballast tray standard

1598 Listed

Suitable For Wet Locations
• Spun aluminum housing and diecast door
• Polyester powder paint finish
standard in dark bronze, black, white
and aluminum
• Heat and impact resistant tempered
flat glass and SAG glass lenses
• Vertical lamp square distribution
reflector with SAG glass only

DCD

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
DCF

40

S

PRODUCT WATTAGE LIGHT
IDENT
SOURCE
XX
XXX
X
07 =70 S = HPS
DCF =
Decasphere
M = MH
Luminaire 10 =100 P = Pulse
NOTE:HPS
Flat Top
MH
only
DCD=
Standard:
Decasphere 15 =150 Mogul
(55V) base lamp
Luminaire
Dome
not
17 =175 included.
25 =250
40 =400

1

A

2

G

MC3

DB

1

F

VOLTAGE

BALLAST
TYPE
X
See Ballast
and Photometric
Selection Table

PE
FUNCTION
X
1 = None
2 = PE
Receptacle
4 = PE
Receptacle
and
Shorting
Cap

LENS
TYPE
X
G =Flat
Glass
S = SAG
Glass

DISTRIBUTION
TYPE
XXX
See Ballast
and Photometric
Selection Table

COLOR

MOUNTING

OPTIONS

X
60Hz
0 = 120/
208/
240/
277
A = Autoreg
Multivolt
G = Mag-Reg
1 = 120
with
2 = 208
Grounded
3 = 240
Socket Shell NOTE:
4 = 277
Receptacle
5 = 480
H = HPF Reactor connected
D = 347
or Lag
same voltage
F = 120X347
as unit.
NOTE:
M = Mag-Reg
120X347
connected P = CWI with
for 120V
Grounded
Socket Shell

XX
X
AL =Aluminum
1 = 6-in. (152mm)
BL =Black
arm
CG =Charcoal
R = No Arm (For
Gray
use with Top
MC2 = Medium DB =Dark Bronze
Tennon
(Standard)
Cutoff Type II (flat
Accessory)
WH =White
or SAG glass)
AB =Aluminum
(Black Reveal)
MC3 = Medium
BW =Black (White
Cutoff Type III
Reveal)
(flat or SAG glass)
DW =Dark Bronze
FWT = Forward
(White
Throw (flat or
Reveal)
SAG glass)
DK =Dark Bronze
(Black Reveal)
HTV = Horizontal WB =White (Black
Type V (flat or
Reveal)
SAG glass)
For other colors
SQA = Square
contact factory
Type V- requires
vertical lamp
(SAG glass only)

XXX
C = Charcoal
Filter
(except on
FWT)
F = Fusing (Not
available
with
multivolt or
120X347V)
J = Line Surge
Protector,
Expulsion
Type
N = Suitable for
high vibration applications, such
as bridges
and overpasses
(tested to 3g
vibration)
(DCF only)

BALLAST AND PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
All light sources are clear unless otherwise indicated.
Photometric Curve Number 35-17 - - - IES Distribution Type
Horizontal Lamp (Flat or Sagged Glass)

Ballast Type/Voltage
60Hz
Light
Wattage
Source Multivolt 120 208
70, 100, 150 (55V) HPS
H
H, M M

240
M

277
M

347
120x347 480
M
M

MC2
9523

MC3
9530

FWT
9520

HTV
9534

Vertical Lamp
Sagged Glass Only
SQA
(SAGglassonly)
9526

250, 400

HPS

A, M

A,G,M A,H,M A,H,M A, M A,G,M

A,M

9519

9529

9518

9533

9308

175, 250

MH

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

9525

9532

9522

9536

9528

400

MH

A

A,P

A

A

A

A,G,P

A

9524

9531

9521

9535

9527

250

PMH

A

A

A

A

A

A(347)

A

9325

9532

9522

9536

9528

400

PMH

A

A

A

A

A

A(347)

A

9524

9531

9521

9535

9527

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
A-14/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

DECASPHERE TM LUMINAIRE

DCF

DECASPHERE AREA LIGHTING

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

DCD

DATA
Approximate Weight
Suggested Mounting Height
Effective Projected Area:
Flat Top
Dome Top

40-48 lbs
20-40 ft.

18-22 kgs
6-12 M

1.9 sq ft max
1.8 sq ft max

0.18 sq M max
0.17 sq M max

DRILLING TEMPLATE FOR
SQUARE POLE MOUNTING:
STANDARD

DRILLING TEMPLATE FOR
ROUND POLE MOUNTING:
MUST ORDER ROUND POLE ADAPTER
ACCESSORY SEPARATELY*

POLE MOUNTING DETAIL:

TOP TENNON ACCESSORY (Order fixture with “R” Mount-

DCF COVER
DCD COVER

ing)
D4TA✽✽-R-SGL = Single

1/4-20
SCREW

NUT PLATE

ARM

*RPA❉❉-DC for 3.5 to 4.5
inch (89-114) OD round
pole. Replace ❉❉ with
same color code as fixture
3/8-IN BOLTS
AND LOCKWASHERS
#8-32 SCREW

D4TA✽✽-R-D90 = Double at 90°
D4TA✽✽-R-D180 = Double at 180°
D4TA✽✽-R-T90 = Triple at 90°
D4TA✽✽-R-Q90 = Quad at 90°
✽ ✽ Use same color code as fixture

NOTE: Ordering
Numbers are for
dome top luminaires;
add “F” to Ordering
Number for flat top
luminaires.

REFERENCES
See Page A-16 for start of Accessories.
See Page A-22 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.
See Pole and Bracket Section Page P-2 for pole selection.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/A-15

A

SITELIGHTER ACCESSORIES

LEGEND: ////////// = Accessory can be used.

EXTERNAL LIGHT SHIELD
ELS-DMA
///////
ELS-DS
///////
ELS-SP
EXTERNAL SLIPFITTER
ESFDB-CHMX
///////
ESFBL-DS001
/////// ///////
ESFBL-DS002
/////// ///////
ESFDB-DS001
/////// ///////
ESFDB-DS002
/////// ///////
EXTERNAL VANDAL SHIELD
LVS-CVMX
///////
LVS-CHMX
///////
INTERNAL SHIELD
ILS-CVLX
///////
\KNUCKLE FLAT SURFACE ADAPTER
KFSABL-DS
/////// ///////
KSFADB-DS
/////// ///////
KNUCKLE POLE TOP ADAPTER
KPTABL-DS
/////// ///////
KPTADB-DS
/////// ///////
LINE SURGE PROTECTOR, EXPULSION TYPE
35-411749R01
/////// /////// ///////
MOUNTING BRACKET (For PE)
MB-PECTL
/////// /////// ///////
PHOTOELECTRIC CONTROL
PEC0TL
/////// /////// ///////
PEC1TL
/////// /////// ///////
PEC5TL
/////// /////// ///////
POLE TOP ADAPTER (For PE Receptacle)
PTA-PECTL
/////// /////// ///////
POLE TOP TENON ADAPTER–ROUND
PTTA-R-SGL
/////// /////// ///////
PTTA-R-D90
/////// /////// ///////
PTTA-R-D180
/////// /////// ///////
PTTA-R-T90
/////// /////// ///////
PTTA-R-T120
/////// /////// ///////
PTTA-R-Q90
/////// /////// ///////

/////// ///////
///////
///////
///////
///////
///////

///////
///////
///////
///////

///////
///////
///////
///////

/////// /////// ///////
/////// /////// ///////
/////// /////// ///////
/////// /////// ///////
/////// /////// ///////
/////// /////// /////// ///////
/////// /////// /////// ///////
/////// /////// ///////
/////// /////// ///////

POLE TOP TENON ADAPTER–SQUARE
PTTA-S-SGL
/////// /////// /////// 4
////// ///////
PTTA-S-D90
/////// /////// /////// 4
////// ///////
PTTA-S-D180
/////// /////// /////// 4
////// ///////
PTTA-S-T90
/////// /////// /////// 4
////// ///////
PTTA-S-Q90
/////// /////// /////// 4
////// ///////
POLYCARBONATE VANDAL SHIELD
LVS-DMA
///////
/////// ///////
LVS-DMA001
1
LVS-DS
///////
LVS-SP
///////
ROUND POLE ADAPTER
RPA✽✽-DC
RPA✽✽-DS
/////// /////// ///////
/////// ///////
RPA✽✽-SP
7
SHORTING CAP
SCCL-PECTL
////// /////// /////// /////// /////// ///////
TOP TENON - ROUND AND SQUARE POLES
(For Flat Top Luminaires add “F” to Ordering Number)
D4TA✽✽-R-SGL
D4TA✽✽-R-D90
D4TA✽✽-R-D180
D4TA✽✽-R-T90
D4TA✽✽-R-Q90
WALL MOUNTING PLATE
WMPBL-DS
/////// /////// ///////
/////// ///////
WMPDB-DS
/////// /////// ///////
/////// ///////
WMPDB-SP
7

/////// /////// /////// ///////
///////
///////
///////
///////
///////
///////

///////
///////
///////
///////
///////
///////

NOTE: 1 = Not DMS; 4 = SPMM only; add SPM to end of Ordering Number; 7 = SPMM
only

EXTERNAL LIGHT SHIELD
• ELS-DMA
Cannot use with LVS, Polycarbonate vandal shield. For use with Dimension (except DMS) Decashield 1000 (DSA) Dimension 1000 (DKA)
• ELS-DS
Cannot use with LVS, Polycarbonate vandal shield
• ELS-SP
Cannot use with LVS, Polycarbonate vandal shield

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
A-16/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

ELS

Decasphere

Dimension

Dimension 1000

Decashield 175

Decashield 400

Decashield 1000

ORDERING
NUMBER

PRODUCT

Criterion

Decasphere

Dimension

Dimension 1000

Decashield 175

Decashield 400

ORDERING
NUMBER

LEGEND: ////////// = Accessory can be used.

INDEX

PRODUCT

Decashield 1000

INDEX

Criterion

A

AREA SITELIGHTER ACCESSORIES

REFER TO ACCESSORY INDEX TO MATCH ACCESSORY WITH PRODUCT.
ILLUSTRATIONS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL REPRESENTATIONS.

//////

///////
//////
//////
//////
//////
//////
///////
///////

SITELIGHTER ACCESSORIES

EXTERNAL SLIPFITTER
in.
00 m )
4.0 0 2 m
(1

Select “R” option (Decashield 400 luminaire) or “R” mounting
(Decashield 1000 and Dimension luminaires) when choosing ordering
number for luminaire
• ESF2BL
Black for 2-inch (51mm) (2.375-inch [60mm] maximum OD) pipe
• ESF1BL
Black for 1 1/4-inch (32mm) (1.66-inch [42mm] maximum OD) pipe
• ESF2DB
Dark Bronze for 2-inch (51mm) (2.375-inch [60mm] maximum OD) pipe
• ESF1DB
Dark Bronze for 1 1/4-inch (32mm) (1.66-inch [42mm] maximum OD) pipe
• ESFDB
Dark Bronze for 2-inch (51mm) (2.375-inch [60mm] maximum OD) pipe
• ESFDB -CHMX
Dark Bronze for 2-inch (51mm) (2.375-inch [60mm] maximum OD) pipe

4.
( 1 0070
3 m in.
m)

ESF

6.8
(1 7 20 in.
3m
m)

AREA SITELIGHTER ACCESSORIES

REFER TO ACCESSORY INDEX TO MATCH ACCESSORY WITH PRODUCT.
ILLUSTRATIONS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL REPRESENTATIONS.

EXTERNAL VANDAL SHIELD
• LVS-CVMX
• LVS-CHMX
GELS Criterion Accessory

4.000 in.
(102mm)

LVS-CVMX

18.500 in.
(470mm)

12.8
(3 2 7 80 in.
mm
)

INTERNAL SHIELD

5 in.
3.37 m)
(86m

• ILS-CVLX
GELS Criterion Accessory

14.75
(3 7 5 m0 in.
m)

LVS-CHMX
ILS-CVLX

KNUCKLE FLAT SURFACE ADAPTER
Select “No Mounting Arm” option for Decashield 400, Decashield 1000,
Dimension and Dimension 1000 luminaires when choosing ordering
number for luminaire.
• KFSABL-DS
Black
• KFSADB-DS
Dark Bronze
NOTE: For Criterion External Slipfitter contact factory.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

KFSA
2005/A-17

A

SITELIGHTER ACCESSORIES

A

AREA SITELIGHTER ACCESSORIES

REFER TO ACCESSORY INDEX TO MATCH ACCESSORY WITH PRODUCT.
ILLUSTRATIONS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL REPRESENTATIONS.

KNUCKLE POLE TOP ADAPTER
Select “R” option (Decashield 400 luminaire) or “R”
mounting (Decashield 1000 and Dimension luminaires)
when choosing ordering number for luminaire.
• KPTABL-DS
Black
• KPTADB-DS
Dark Bronze

KPTA

LINE SURGE PROTECTOR, EXPULSION TYPE
35411749R01

• 35-411749R01
Can be added to many fixture terminal boards.
(Terminal Board not included.)

MOUNTING BRACKET (For PE)
• MB-PECTL
With locking-type receptacle for use with photoelectric control
(Remove bracket to use with conduit.)

MB-PECTL

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
A-18/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

SITELIGHTER ACCESSORIES

AREA SITELIGHTER ACCESSORIES

REFER TO ACCESSORY INDEX TO MATCH ACCESSORY WITH PRODUCT.
ILLUSTRATIONS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL REPRESENTATIONS.

PHOTOELECTRIC CONTROL
•PEC0TL
120, 208, 240, 277, Multivolt—Turn and Lock
• PEC1TL
120 volt—Turn and Lock
• PEC5TL
480 volt—Turn and Lock
• PECDTL
250 - 400 volt—Turn and Lock

PEC

POLE TOP ADAPTER (For PE Receptacle)
• PTA-PECTL

PTA-PECTL

POLE TOP TENON ADAPTER—ROUND
Not available for SPM-175 luminaires.
• PTTARS000DKBZ
Dark Bronze—Single luminaire
• PTTARD090DKBZ
Dark Bronze—Double at 90°
• PTTARD180DKBZ
Dark Bronze—Double at 180°
• PTTART090DKBZ
Dark Bronze—Triple at 90°
• PTTART120DKBZ
Dark Bronze—Triple at 120°
• PTTARQ090DKBZ
Dark Bronze—Quad at 90°
NOTE: Must order round pole adapter separately (RPADB-DSor RPABL-DS).

PTTA

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/A-19

A

SITELIGHTER ACCESSORIES

A

AREA SITELIGHTER ACCESSORIES

REFER TO ACCESSORY INDEX TO MATCH ACCESSORY WITH PRODUCT.
ILLUSTRATIONS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL REPRESENTATIONS.

POLE TOP TENON ADAPTER—SQUARE

• PTTASS000DKBZ
Dark Bronze—Single luminaire
• PTTASD090DKBZ
Dark Bronze—Double at 90°
• PTTASD180DKBZ
Dark Bronze—Double at 180°

• PTTAST090DKBZ
Dark Bronze—Triple at 90°
• PTTASQ090DKBZ
Dark Bronze—Quad at 90°

PTTA-S

NOTE: Utilizes standard Decashield® 400 luminaire mounting arms with
diagonal hole pattern. For SPMM hole pattern add “028” to end of
ordering number.

POLYCARBONATE VANDAL SHIELD
• LVS-DMA
For use with DimensionTM (except DMS) and Decashield® 1000
luminaires only.
• LVS-DMA001
For use with SAG glass only, Dimension (except DMS)
• LVS-DS (400 watt Max.)
• LVS-SP
LVS-DS

ROUND POLE ADAPTER
Substitute color of luminaire for ❉❉ in Ordering Number.
See product pages.
• RPA❉❉-DS (For Decashield 400, 1000, Dimension 400, 1000)
For 3.5 to 4.5-inch (89 to 114mm) OD poles
• RPA❉❉-DS002 (For Decashield 400, 1000, Dimension 400, 1000)
For 4.0 to 6.0-inch (102 to 152mm) OD poles
• RPA❉❉-DC (For Decasphere)
For 3.5 to 4.5-inch (89 to 114mm) OD poles
• RPA❉❉-SP (For Decashield 175)
For 3.5 to 4.5-inch (89 to 114mm) OD poles
RPA

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
A-20/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

SITELIGHTER ACCESSORIES

SHORTING CAP (With standard three-prong plug)
• SCCL-PECTL

SCCL-PECTL

TOP TENON – ROUND AND SQUARE POLES
Order luminaire with “R” chioce for mounting
• D4TA**-R-SGL - Single luminaire
• D4TA**-R-D90 - Double at 90°
• D4TA**-R-D180 - Double at 180°
• D4TA**-R-T90 - Triple at 90°
• D4TA**-R-Q90 - Quad at 90°
Substitute color of luminaire for ** in
Ordering Number.
Example: DB = Dark Bronze (Standard)
See product pages.
NOTE: Does not require round pole adapter.
For flat top luminaire add “F” to the Ordering
Number

AREA SITELIGHTER ACCESSORIES

REFER TO ACCESSORY INDEX TO MATCH ACCESSORY WITH PRODUCT.
ILLUSTRATIONS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL REPRESENTATIONS.

D4TA

WALL MOUNTING PLATE
• WMPBL-DS
Black
• WMPDB-DS
Dark Bronze

Fits
DCD & DCF
DKA & DSA
Criterion with arm

• WMPDB-SP (Decashield 175)
Dark Bronze

WMPBL-DS
WMPDB-DS

WMPDB-SP

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/A-21

A

A

AREA LIGHTER DATA

AREA SITELIGHTER DATA

EXPLANATION OF OPTIONS
A = LIGHTNING ARRESTER, GROUNDING TYPE
A lightning arrester directs lightning to ground.

Bussman KTK type. Factory installed fuse holder includes one fuse for
120V, 277V or two fuses for 208V, 240V, 480V.

B = TIME DELAY AUTOMATICALLY SWITCHED QUARTZ

J = LINE SURGE PROTECTOR, EXPULSION TYPE

Most luminaires can be provided with automatically switched quartz/
instant on safety lighting where momentary power interruptions or
extreme voltage dips can extinguish an HID lamp. A single-ended
quartz lamp is placed in the same reflector with the metal halide,
mercury or HPS lamp. The quartz lamp will remain on until the HID
lamp strikes and reaches approximately 60% light output. This also
means that the quartz lamp will come on when the luminaire is
initially energized and remain on until the HID lamp reaches 60% light
output. Caution should be used when sizing branch circuits for
luminaires with this option since the luminaires will draw additional
current during the warm up period while both lamps (quartz and HID)
are in operation. Wiring for the quartz lamp is internal to the ballast
assembly and, therefore, the 120 volts to operate the quartz lamp is
independent of the lighting system voltage. The 400 and 1000 watt
luminaires have a socket for one 250 watt single-ended DC (Double
Contact) bayonet base quartz lamp. The 250 watt and lower wattage
luminaires have a socket for one 150 watt single-ended DC bayonet
base quartz lamp. The lamp is not included.

C = CHARCOAL FILTER

Charcoal filter helps keep optical assembly clean - cannot be used
with Forward Throw (FWT) or Vertical Type V (VTV) opticals.

F = FUSING (not available with multivolt or dual voltage.)

If specified, fuse(s) should be rated three times maximum current but
less than branch circuit breaker (minimum of 5 amps for any fuse).
Luminaires supplied with fuse holder(s) will accept a fuse such as

An expulsion device protects against transient surges caused by
lightning or distribution system switching.

N = VIBRATION RESISTANT

With this option, products are suitable for high vibration applications,
such as bridges and overpasses. They have been tested to 3g
vibration.

Q = NON-TIME DELAY AUTOMATICALLY SWITCHED QUARTZ

This option is similar to option “B” except the quartz lamp extinguishes
once the HID lamp strikes. During a cold start of the HID lamp, the
quartz lamp will not come on. This option does not draw any additional
current in the circuit.

R = NO MOUNTING ARM

The luminaire is normally supplied with a mounting arm but can be
ordered without one.

T = TERMINAL BOARD (when terminal board is not standard)

All internal wiring in the luminaire is completed. Internal and external
electrical connectors are made on a screw terminal board.

U = UL LISTED and UL LISTED TO CANADIAN NATIONAL
STANDARDS AND CODES

Equipment has passed tests by Underwriters' Laboratories and is UL
1572 Listed Suitable for Wet Locations. This option applies only to
luminaires with polycarbonate refractors.

EXPLANATION OF OTHER TERMS USED
MULTIVOLT

The multivolt choice under “Voltage” in Ordering Number Logic
tables means that the customer can make the necessary
connections to operate the luminaire at any one of four
voltages - 120, 208, 240 or 277.

PE CONTROL

A photoelectric (PE) control allows automatic dusk-to-dawn
operation of luminaires. With most luminaires, the “PE ” choice
includes a receptacle only; the PE itself must be ordered
separately. See product and accessory pages.

ROADWAY LIGHT DISTRIBUTION PATTERNS

There are three IES (Illuminating Engineering Society)
classifications used to describe the light distribution or beam
pattern of a roadway luminaire or one with roadway optics.
1. S (Short), M (Medium), or L (Long) indicates how far up and
down a street a luminaire directs light.
2. C (Cutoff), S (Semi-cutoff), or N (Non-cutoff) tells how much
light a luminaire directs above 80° and 90° vertical.

3.

A cutoff luminaire directs almost no light above 90°; a semicutoff, some light; and a non-cutoff has no restrictions on
how much light might be emitted in any direction.
Type designations I, II, III, IV are for asymmetrical (noncircular) light distribution patterns and indicate how far a
luminaire directs light across the width of the street; the
higher the number, the further light is directed across the
street. An IES Type V designation signifies that light is
emitted in a circular (symmetrical) pattern.

FORWARD THROW (FWT) DISTRIBUTION TYPE

Forward throw is a special cutoff roadway distribution similar
to Type IV that projects more light transversely than
longitudinally. Thus, the distribution is similar to that of a
floodlight.

MOUNTING HEIGHT

Mounting height is generally the distance from the luminaire
to the ground. For pole mounted luminaires, this may not
correspond to pole height, depending on whether the luminaire
is mounted directly on top of the pole, or on a yoke.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
A-22/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

PRODUCT NAME

PRODUCT ID.

PAGE

StreetDreams™ Traditional

T

A-24

StreetDreams™ Prismatic

P

A-26

StreetDreams™ Avery

A

A-28

StreetDreams™ Lantern

L

A-30

StreetDreams™ Vandermore

V

A-32

GE Torch™

T2H

A-34

GE Patriarch™

PTR

A-36

Americana™

AM8, AM9

A-38

GE Edison® V

EDV

A-40

GE Constitution™

CNS

A-42

GE Legacy™

LGC

A-44

Post Mount

P16M, P17M

A-46

Salem™ Lower Lamp

SEML

A-48

Salem™ Top Lamp

SEMT

A-50

Town and Country™

T1OC, T1OR

A-52

Replacer Ignitor Kit
Replacer Ballast Kits

AREA LIGHTING DECORATIVE POST TOP INDEX

AREA DECORATIVE POST TOP INDEX

R-44
GERB

R-45

Decorative Post Top Accessories

A-54

Decorative Post Top Data and Photometric Selection Tables

A-58

Globe Availability Key

A-59

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/A-23

A

STREETDREAMSTM POST TOP
Traditional Series

A

STREETDREAMS AREA LIGHTING

APPLICATIONS
• Residental roadway, walkways, historic urban settings, shopping centers,
malls, plazas and parks
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• / 1598 Listed
Suitable For Wet Locations
• Crown and Rib (C&R) accessories
available
• Multiple finial choices
• Tool-less removable door for access to
ignitor and PE receptacle
• Twist-off globe for easy access to lamp
and electricals
• Electricals mounted on “twist-and-lift”
system for easy maintenance

• Polyester powder painted with
choice of 188 colors
• Ornamental cast bases available in
four styles
• Medium and mogul base sockets
available
• Full size PE available
• Terminal board available
• Textured globe available in acrylic &
polycarbonate

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
T

H

L

FAMILY

GLOBE

X
X
H=
T=
Traditional Historic
Traditional
Symmetrical

A

10

S

0

A

2

0

A

MATERIAL POD

WATTAGE

BALLAST

PE

CAGE

XX
05 =50
07 =70
10 =100
15 =150
17 =175
25 =250

LIGHT
SOURCE
X
S = HPS
M = MH

VOLTAGE

X
A=
Acrylic
L=
Lexan

X
0 = Multi
1 = 120
2 = 280
3 = 240
4 = 277
5 = 480
D = 347
F = 120X347

X
A = Autoreg
N = NPF
H = HPF

X
1 = None
2 = PE
receptacle
4 = With
Shorting
Cap
5 = With PE
Control

X
1 = Medallion
C&R
2 = Medallion
Crown
only
3= Scroll C&R
0 = None

X
A
B
C
D

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
All light sources are clear unless otherwise indicated.
Traditional
HPS
50
70
100
150
250
MH
100
175
250

Globe Only

Internal Louver

453036
451426
451427
451428
453030

453048
453022
453070
453049
453021

451424
451180
453023

453045
453044
453047

Curve #
Top/House shield

Top only

House Only

453035
453033
452993
453020
453021

453034
453032
453003
453019
453031

453040
453043
452992
453037
453038

453028
453027
453024

453029
453026
453025

453039
453042
453041

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
A-24/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

2

FG

T

FINIAL

COLOR

OPTION

X
A=
B=
C=
D=
E =
F =
G=
H=
J =
X =

XX
BL = Black
FG = Forest
Green
DB = Dark
Bronze
XX = special
order

XXX
F=
Fusing
T=
Terminal
board

INTERNAL
REFLECTOR
X
Silhouette 0 = None
1 = House and
Acorn
top shield
Fleur-De-Lis
2 = Cut off–
Filagree
louver system
Blossom
3 = House only
Spike
4 = Top only
Oak
Steeple
Gothic
no finial

STREETDREAMSTM POST TOP
Traditional Series
FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

TRADITIONAL
SHOWN
WITH POD A

STREETDREAMS AREA LIGHTING

TRADITIONAL

TRADITIONAL
SHOWN
WITH POD B

TRADITIONAL
SHOWN
WITH POD C

TRADITIONAL
SHOWN
WITH POD D

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Suggested Mounting Height
Effective Projected Area:

40 lbs
8-16 ft.
1.4 sq ft max

18 kgs
2.5-5 M
0.13 sq M max

MEDALLION CROWN & RIB
SD-CR-M

SCROLL CROWN & RIB
SD-CR-S

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
Ballast Type/ Voltage
60 Hz
Light
120X208X
Wattage Source 240X277 120
480
50
HPS
H,N
H,N
NA
70
HPS
H,N,A
H,N,A
H,N
100
HPS
H,N,A
H,N,A
H,N
150 (55v) HPS
H,N,A
H,N,A
H,N
70
MH
H,N
H,N
H,N
100
MH
H,N
H,N
H,N
175
MH
A
A
A
250
MH
A
A
A

120 x 347
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
H,N
A
A

347
NA
H,N
H,N
H,N
H,N
H,N
A
A

REFERENCES
See Page A-54 for start of Accessories.
See Page A-58 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.
See Pole and Bracket Section Page P-2 for pole selection.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/A-25

A

STREETDREAMSTM POST TOP
Prismatic Series

A

STREETDREAMS AREA LIGHTING

APPLICATIONS
• Residental roadway, walkways, historic urban settings, shopping centers,
malls, plazas and parks
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• / 1598 Listed
Suitable For Wet Locations
• Tool-less removable door for access to
ignitor and PE receptacle
• Twist-off globe for easy access to
lamp and electricals
• Electricals mounted on “twist-and-lift”
system for easy maintenance
• Crown and Rib accessories available
• Multiple finial choices
• Powder painted with choice of 188
colors

• Ornamental cast bases available in
four styles
• Medium and mogul base sockets
available
• Full size PE available
• Terminal board available.
• Symmetric and Asymmetric globes
available
• Multiple tops for desired aesthetics

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
P

A

L

A

FAMILY

GLOBE MATERIAL POD WATTAGE LIGHT
SOURCE
X
X
XX
X
A=
A
05 =50
S = HPS
Acrylic B
07 =70
M = MH
L = Lexan C
10 =100
D
15 =150
17 =175
25 =250
S=
Symmetric
Prismatic

X
X
A=
P=
Prismatic Asymmetric
Prismatic

10

S

0

A

2

C

0

A

2

FG

T

VOLTAGE

BALLAST

PE

TOP

CAGE

FINIAL

OPTION

X
X
A = Autoreg 1 = None
N = NPF
2 = PE
H = HPF
receptacle
4 = With
Shorting
Cap
5 = With PE
Control

INTERNAL
REFLECTOR
X
0 = None
1 = House and
top shield
2 = Cut off
louver
system
3 = House only
4 = Top only

COLOR

X
0 = Multi
1 = 120
2 = 280
3 = 240
4 = 277
5 = 480
D = 347
F = 120X347

XX
BL = Black
FG = Forest
Green
DB = Dark
Bronze
XX = special
order

XXX
F=
Fusing
T=
Terminal
board

X
X
C=
1 = Medallion
Colony
Crown &
H=
Rib (C&R)
Classic 2 = Medallion
K=
Crown
Colonial
only
2 (1)
3 = Scroll C&R
L=
0 = None
Lindy
S=
Scroll
T= Traditional

X
A = Silhouette
B = Acorn
C = FleurDe-Lis
D = Filagree
E = Blossom
F = Spike
G = Oak
H = Steeple
J = Gothic
X = no finial

(1) No Finials Available

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
All light sources are clear unless otherwise indicated.
Colony Prismatic Asymmetric
Solid Top
HPS
70
452110
100
452090
150
452091
250
453018
MH
70
452109
100
452088
175
452089
250
453067

Lindy Prismatic Asymmetric
Prismatic Top
HPS
70
453056
100
453058
150
453054
250
453016
MH
70
453069
100
453066
175
453060
250
453063

Traditional Prismatic Asymmetric
Textured Top
HPS
70
453077
100
453090
150
453086
250
453147
MH
70
453085
100
453084
175
453076
250
453151

Colonial 2 Prismatic Asymmetric
Textured Top
HPS
70
453093
100
453095
150
453097
250
453148
MH
70
453099
100
453101
175
453103
250
453152

Colony Prismatic Symmetric
Solid Top
HPS
70
452107
100
452000
150
452087
250
453017
MH
70
452108
100
452085
175
452086
250
453064

Lindy Prismatic Symmetric
Prismatic Top
HPS
70
453059
100
453057
150
453051
250
453055
MH
70
453068
100
453065
175
453062
250
453061

Traditional Prismatic Symmetric
Prismatic Top
HPS
70
453082
100
453081
150
453080
250
453150
MH
70
453089
100
453088
175
453087
250
453074

Colonial 2 Prismatic Symmetric
Prismatic Top
HPS
70
453094
100
453096
150
453098
250
453149
MH
70
453100
100
453102
175
453104
250
453075

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
A-26/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

STREETDREAMSTM POST TOP
Prismatic Series

STREETDREAMS AREA LIGHTING

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

PRISMATIC
LINDY

PRISMATIC
CLASSIC

PRISMATIC
COLONIAL 2

PRISMATIC
COLONY
(SOLID TOP)

FIXTURE BASES

A
TRADITIONAL
PRISMATIC

B

C

D

PRISMATIC
SCROLL TOP
(SOLID TOP)

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Suggested Mounting Height
Effective Projected Area:

40 lbs
8-16 ft.
1.4 sq ft max

18 kgs
2.5-5 M
0.5 sq M max

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
Ballast Type/ Voltage
60 Hz
Light
120X208X
Wattage Source 240X277 120
480
50
HPS
H,N
H,N
NA
70
HPS
H,N,A
H,N,A
H,N
100
HPS
H,N,A
H,N,A
H,N
150 (55v) HPS
H,N,A
H,N,A
H,N
70
MH
H,N
H,N
H,N
100
MH
H,N
H,N
H,N
175
MH
A
A
A
250
MH
A
A
A

MEDALLION CROWN & RIB
SD-CR-M
120 x 347
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
H,N
A
A

347
NA
H,N
H,N
H,N
H,N
H,N
A
A

SCROLL CROWN & RIB
SD-CR-S

REFERENCES
See Page A-54 for start of Accessories.
See Page A-58 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.
See Pole and Bracket Section Page P-2 for pole selection.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/A-27

A

STREETDREAMSTM POST TOP
Avery Series

A

STREETDREAMS AREA LIGHTING

APPLICATIONS
• Residental roadway, walkways, historic urban settings, shopping centers,
malls, plazas and parks
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• / 1598 Listed
Suitable For Wet Locations
• Crown and Rib (C&R) accessories
available
• Multiple finial choices
• Tool-less removable door for access
to ignitor and PE receptacle
• Twist-off globe
• “Flip” top for quick, tool-less access to
lamp

• Electricals mounted on “twist-and-lift”
system for easy maintenance
• Powder painted with choice of 188 colors
• Ornamental cast bases available in four
styles
• Medium and mogul base sockets
available
• Full size PE available
• Terminal board available

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
A

C

L

A

10

S

FAMILY GLOBE MATERIAL POD WATTAGE LIGHT
SOURCE
X
X
X
X
XX
X
C=
A=
A
05 =50 S = HPS
A=
07 =70 M = MH
Avery Clear Acrylic B
F=
L = Lexan C
10 =100
Frosted
D
15 =150
17 =175
25 =250

0

A

2

C

1

A

5

FG

T

VOLTAGE

BALLAST

PE

TOP

CAGE

FINIAL

COLOR

OPTION

X
0 = Multi
1 = 120
2 = 280
3 = 240
4 = 277
5 = 480
D = 347
F = 120X347

X
X
A = Autoreg 1 = None
N = NPF
2 = PE
H = HPF
receptacle
4 = With
Shorting
Cap
5 = With PE
Control

INTERNAL
REFLECTOR
X
0 = None
1 = House and
top shield
2 = Cut off
louver system
3 = House only
4 = Top only
5= Chimney &
Sym top
reflector cutoff
6 = Chimney &
Asym top
reflector cutoff
7 = Chimney &
Sym top
reflector
semi-cutoff
8 = Chimney &
Asym top
reflector
semi-cutoff

XX
BL = Black
FG = Forest
Green
DB = Dark
Bronze
XX = special
order

XXX
F=
Fusing
T=
Terminal
board

X
X
C=
1 = Medallion
Colony
C&R
S=
2 = Medallion
Scroll
Crown
only
3 = Scroll C&R
0 = None

X
A = Silhouette
B = Acorn
C = FleurDe-Lis
D = Filagree
E = Blossom
F = Spike
G = Oak*
H = Steeple
J = Gothic
X = no finial
* = Oak
designed for
scroll top

(1) Induction Lamp Only

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
All light sources are clear unless otherwise indicated.
Internal
Reflector = 6
HPS
50
70
100
150
MH
70
100
175
250

Curve #
Clear Type 3/CO*
453113
453114
453115
453116
453122
453123
453124
453125

* = CO - Cutoff
** = SCO -Semi-Cutoff

Internal
Reflector = 5
HPS
50
70
100
150
MH
70
100
175
250

Curve #
Clear Type 5/CO*
453130
453131
453132
453133
453134
453135
453136
453137

Internal
Reflector = 8
HPS
50
70
100
150
250
MH
70
100
175
250

Curve #
Clear Type 3/SCO**
453117
453118
453119
453120
453121
453129
453128
453127
453126

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
A-28/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

Internal
Reflector = 7
HPS
50
70
100
150
250
MH
70
100
175
250

Curve #
Clear Type 5/SCO**
453138
453139
453140
453141
453142
453143
453144
453145
453146

STREETDREAMSTM POST TOP
Avery Series

CUTOFF
COLONY TOP
SHOWN WITH
POD A

CUTOFF
SCROLL TOP
SHOWN WITH
POD A

CUTOFF
COLONY TOP
SHOWN WITH
POD B

CUTOFF
SCROLL TOP
SHOWN WITH
POD B

CUTOFF
COLONY TOP
SHOWN WITH
POD C

CUTOFF
SCROLL TOP
SHOWN WITH
POD C

CUTOFF
COLONY TOP
SHOWN WITH
POD D

CUTOFF
SCROLL TOP
SHOWN WITH
POD D

STREETDREAMS AREA LIGHTING

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Suggested Mounting Height
Effective Projected Area:

43 lbs
8-16 ft.
1.4 sq ft max

20 kgs
2.5-5 M
0.5 sq M max

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
Ballast Type/ Voltage
60 Hz
Light
120X208X
Wattage Source 240X277 120
480
50
HPS
H,N
H,N
NA
70
HPS
H,N,A
H,N,A
H,N
100
HPS
H,N,A
H,N,A
H,N
150 (55v) HPS
H,N,A
H,N,A
H,N
70
MH
H,N
H,N
H,N
100
MH
H,N
H,N
H,N
175
MH
A
A
A
250
MH
A
A
A

MEDALLION CROWN & RIB
SD-CR-M
120 x 347
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
H,N
A
A

347
NA
H,N
H,N
H,N
H,N
H,N
A
A

SCROLL CROWN & RIB
SD-CR-S

REFERENCES
See Page A-54 for start of Accessories.
See Page A-58 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.
See Pole and Bracket Section Page P-2 for pole selection.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/A-29

A

STREETDREAMSTM POST TOP
Lantern Series

A

STREETDREAMS AREA LIGHTING

APPLICATIONS
• Residental roadway, walkways, historic urban settings, shopping centers,
malls, plazas and parks
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
Suitable For Wet Locations
• / 1598 Listed
Suitable For Wet Locations
• Multiple finial choices
• Tool-less removable door for access
to ignitor and PE receptacle
• Twist-off globe
• “Flip” top for quick, tool-less access to
lamp
• Electricals mounted on “twist-and-lift”
system for easy maintenance

• Powder painted w/choice of 188 colors
• Ornamental cast bases available in four
styles
• Medium and mogul base sockets
available
• Full size PE available
• Terminal board available

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
L

1

A

10

FAMILY GLOBE

8

MATERIAL

POD

X
X
6=
L=
Lantern Hexagonal
8=
Octagonal
9=
Octagonal
with
Spikes

X
1 = Clear
Acrylic
2 = Clear
Lexan
3 = Frosted
Acrylic
4 = Frosted
Lexan

X
A
B
C
D

WATTAGE LIGHT
SOURCE
XX
X
05 =50
S = HPS
07 =70
M = MH
10 =100
15 =150
17 =175
25 =250

S

0

A

2

H

0

FG

T

VOLTAGE

BALLAST

PE

FINIAL

INTERNAL
REFLECTOR
X
0 = None
1 = House and top shield
2 = Cut off louver system
3 = House only
4 = Top only
5= Chimney & Sym top
reflector cutoff
6 = Chimney & Asym top
reflector cutoff
7 = Chimney & Sym top
reflector semi-cutoff
8 = Chimney & Asym top
reflector semi-cutoff

COLOR

OPTION

XX
BL = Black
FG = Forest
Green
DB = Dark
Bronze
XX = special
order

XXX
F = Fusing
T=
Terminal
board

X
0 =
1 =
2 =
3 =
4 =
5 =
D=
F =

X
Multi A = Autoreg
120
N = NPF
280
H = HPF
240
277
480
347
120X347

X
X
1 = None
H = Steeple
2 = PE
X = No Finial
receptacle
4 = With
Shorting
Cap
5 = With PE
Control

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
All light sources are clear unless otherwise indicated.
Hexag.
HPS
70
100
150
250
MH
70
100
175
250
Hexag.
HPS
70
100
150
250
MH
70
100
175
250

Curve #
Clear Asym/Cutoff
453153
453154
453155
453156
453177
453178
453179
453180
Curve #
Clear Asym/Semi-Cutoff
453160
453159
453158
453157
453184
453183
453182
453181

Hexag.
HPS
70
100
150
250
MH
70
100
175
250
Hexag.
HPS
70
100
150
250
MH
70
100
175
250

Curve #
Clear Sym/Cutoff

HPS
70
100
150
250
MH
70
100
175
250

453161
453162
453163
453164
453169
453170
453171
453172
Curve #
Clear Sym/Semi-Cutoff
453168
453167
453166
453165
453176
453175
453174
453173

Octag.

Octag.
HPS
70
100
150
250
MH
70
100
175
250

Curve #
Clear Asym/Cutoff
453186
453187
453188
453189
453185
453218
453219
453220
Curve #
Clear Asym/Semi-Cutoff
453192
453193
453191
453190
453224
453223
453222
453221

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
A-30/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

Octag.
HPS
70
100
150
250
MH
70
100
175
250
Octag.
HPS
70
100
150
250
MH
70
100
175
250

Curve #
Clear Sym/Cutoff
453210
453211
453212
453213
453229
453230
453231
453232
Curve #
Clear Sym/Semi-Cutoff
453217
453216
453215
453214
453225
453226
453227
453228

STREETDREAMSTM POST TOP
Lantern Series
FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
21.2 in.
(538mm)

21.2 in.
(538mm)

34.5 in.
(876mm)

21.2 in.
(538mm)

34.5 in.
(876mm)

34.5 in.
(876mm)

13.8 in.
(350mm)

13.8 in.
(350mm)

NOMINAL TENON
DIA = 3.0 in. (76.2mm)

34.5 in.
(876mm)

13.8 in.
(350mm)

NOMINAL TENON
DIA = 3.0 in. (76.2mm)

13.8 in.
(350mm)

NOMINAL TENON
DIA = 3.0 in. (76.2mm)

NOMINAL TENON
DIA = 3.0 in. (76.2mm)

6 SIDED
LANTERN
SHOWN WITH
POD A

6 SIDED
LANTERN
SHOWN WITH
POD B

6 SIDED
LANTERN
SHOWN WITH
POD C

6 SIDED
LANTERN
SHOWN WITH
POD D

22.9 in.
(581mm)

22.9 in.
(581mm)

22.9 in.
(581mm)

22.9 in.
(581mm)

19.3 in.
(490mm)

19.3 in.
(490mm)

19.3 in.
(490mm)

19.3 in.
(490mm)

35.5 in.
(901mm)

35.5 in.
(901mm)

13.8 in.
(350mm)

8 SIDED
LANTERN
SHOWN WITH
POD B

35.5 in.
(901mm)

13.8 in.
(350mm)

NOMINAL TENON
DIA = 3.0 in. (76.2mm)

NOMINAL TENON
DIA = 3.0 in. (76.2mm)

NOMINAL TENON
DIA = 3.0 in. (76.2mm)

8 SIDED
LANTERN
SHOWN WITH
POD A

35.5 in.
(901mm)

13.8 in.
(350mm)

8 SIDED
LANTERN
SHOWN WITH
POD C

STREETDREAMS AREA LIGHTING

21.2 in.
(538mm)

13.8 in.
(350mm)

NOMINAL TENON
DIA = 3.0 in. (76.2mm)

8 SIDED
LANTERN
SHOWN WITH
POD D

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Suggested Mounting Height
Effective Projected Area:

47-50 lbs
10-16 ft.
2.55 sq ft max

21-23 kgs
2-5 M
0.24 sq M max

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
Ballast Type/ Voltage
60 Hz
Light
120X208X
Wattage Source 240X277 120
480
50
HPS
H,N
H,N
NA
70
HPS
H,N,A
H,N,A
H,N
100
HPS
H,N,A
H,N,A
H,N
150 (55v) HPS
H,N,A
H,N,A
H,N
70
MH
H,N
H,N
H,N
100
MH
H,N
H,N
H,N
175
MH
A
A
A
250
MH
A
A
A

120 x 347
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
H,N
A
A

347
NA
H,N
H,N
H,N
H,N
H,N
A
A

REFERENCES
See Page A-54 for start of Accessories.
See Page A-58 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.
See Pole and Bracket Section Page P-2 for pole selection.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/A-31

A

STREETDREAMS™ VANDERMORE ™
LUMINAIRE

A

STREETDREAMS AREA LIGHTING

APPLICATIONS
• Residental roadway, walkways, historic urban settings, shopping centers,
malls, plazas and parks
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• / 1598 Listed
Suitable For Wet Locations
• Tool-less removable door for access
to ignitor and PE receptacle
• “Flip” top for quick, tool-less access to
lamp
• Multiple finial choices
• Powder painted w/choice of 188
colors

• Ornamental cast bases available in four
styles
• Borosilicate glass globe
• Medium and mogul base sockets
available
• Full size PE available
• Terminal board available

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
V

9

FAMILY

GLOBE

A

GLOBE
MATERIAL
X
X
X
8=
V=
A=
Vandermore Octagonal Asymmetric
glass
9=
Octagonal S = Symmetric
with
glass
Spikes

D

10

POD

WATTAGE LIGHT
SOURCE
XX
X
05 = 50 S = HPS
07 =70 M = MH
10 =100
15 =150
17 =175
25 =250

X
A
B
C
D

S

0

A

2

J

VOLTAGE

BALLAST

PE

FINIAL

X
0 = Multi
1 = 120
2 = 280
3 = 240
4 = 277
5 = 480
D = 347
F = 120X347

X
X
A = Autoreg 1 =
N = NPF
H = HPF
2 =
4 =
5 =

INTERNAL
REFLECTOR
X
X
No PE J = Gothic
0 = None
recep- X = No finial 3 = House -side shield
tacle
only
PE
9 = Segmented
recepVandermore
tacle
reflector
with
for improved
shorting
optics
cap
with PE
control

(1) Induction Lamp Only

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
All light sources are clear unless otherwise indicated.
Vandermore

HPS
70
100
150
250
MH
70
100
175
250

With segmented internal reflector
Curve #
Symmetric
Asymmetric
453194
453195
453196
453197

453201
453200
453199
453198

453202
453203
453204
453205

453209
453208
453207
453206

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
A-32/2005

9

www.gelightingsystems.com

BL

T

COLOR

OPTION

XX
BL = Black
FG = Forest
Green
DB = Dark
Bronze
XX = special
order

XXX
B= Thumb
screws on
ballast plate
for tool-less
access

F = Fusing
T = Terminal
board

STREETDREAMS™ VANDERMORE™
LUMINAIRE

19.5 in.
(494mm)

16.9 in.
(430mm)

35.4 in.
(900mm)
30.1 in.
(764mm)

13.3 in.
(339mm)

13.3 in.
(339mm)

NOMINAL TENON
DIA = 3.0 in. (76.2mm)

STREETDREAMS AREA LIGHTING

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

NOMINAL TENON
DIA = 3.0 in. (76.2mm)
10.6 in.
(270mm)

10.6 in.
(270mm)

VANDERMORE
WITHOUT SPIKES

VANDERMORE
WITH SPIKES

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Suggested Mounting Height
Effective Projected Area:

60 lbs
8 ft.- 16ft.
1.67 sq ft max

28 kgs
2.5-5 M
0.155 sq M max

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
Ballast Type/ Voltage
60 Hz
Light
120X208X
Wattage Source 240X277 120
480
50
HPS
H,N
H,N
NA
70
HPS
H,N,A
H,N,A
H,N
100
HPS
H,N,A
H,N,A
H,N
150 (55v) HPS
H,N,A
H,N,A
H,N
250
HPS
A
A
A
70
MH
H,N
H,N
H,N
100
MH
H,N
H,N
H,N
175
MH
A
A
A
250
MH
A
A
A

120 x 347
NA
NA
NA
NA
A
NA
H,N
A
A

347
NA
H,N
H,N
H,N
A
H,N
H,N
A
A

REFERENCES
See Page A-54 for start of Accessories.
See Page A-58 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.
See Pole and Bracket Section Page P-2 for pole selection.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/A-33

A

GE TORCH TM II LUMINAIRE
APPLICATIONS
• Residential roadways, walkways, shopping centers, malls and plazas
• Historic restorations and downtown business districts

GE TORCH II AREA LIGHTING

A

SPECIFICATION FEATURES
Suitable For Wet Locations
• Ornamental borosilicate glass globe:
–aesthetically pleasing refractor
for daytime and nighttime appeal
–adds historic look
• Terminal Board standard for
simplified wiring
• Twist Lock photoelectric receptacle
• Powder coat paint available in 188
RAL colors
• Crowns, ribs and finials available —
see decorative post top accessories
page A-55
• Built to / standards

• Ornamental heavy gage cast aluminum
base
• Optional 120v Simplex receptacle available
• E39 Mogul base socket standard where
lamp is available in mogul base (E26
Medium base socket otherwise)
• Luminaire shipped as components:
Base, Optical
• Tool-less removable door for access to
terminal board and PE receptacle
• Cast ring on globe for robust glass mounting
• Ballast mounted on plate for easy
maintenance

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
T2HX

10

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXX
T2HX=
Torch 2

WATTAGE LIGHT
SOURCE
XX
X
05 =50 S = HPS
07 =70 M = MH
10 =100
15 =150
(55V)
17 =175
25 =250

T2HF =
Torch 2
Finial
Ready

S

1

N

1

2G

G

S

BLCK

XXX

VOLTAGE

BALLAST
TYPE
X
A = Autoreg
H = HPF Reactor or
Lag
N = NPF Reactor or
Lag

PE
FUNCTION
X
1 = None
2 = PE
Receptacle

GLOBE
TYPE**
X
2G = Torch 2
Globe

GLOBE
MATERIAL
X
G = Glass

IES DISTRIBUTION
TYPE
X
A = Asymmetric
S = Symmetric

COLOR

OPTIONS

X
60Hz
0 = Multivolt
1 = 120
2 = 208
3 = 240
4 = 277
5 = 480
D = 347
F = 120X347

**See Photometric Selection Tables starting on Page A-60.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
A-34/2005
A-34/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

XXXX
XXX
ALUM = Aluminum R = 120V
BLCK = Black
Outlet
CHGR = Charcoal
U = UL
Gray
DKBZ = Dark
Bronze
GRAY = Gray
XXXX = RAL number

GE TORCH TM II LUMINAIRE

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
GE TORCH II AREA LIGHTING

2GG
Asymmetrical and
Symmetric Distribution
available

TORCH II WITH
CROWN AND RIB SET

TORCH II

TORCH II
CROWN AND RIB SET

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Suggested Mounting Height
Effective Projected Area:

40-45 lbs
8-16 ft.
1.48 sq ft max

18-20 kgs
2-4 M
0.137 sq M max

OPTIONAL MEDALLION

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
All light sources are clear unless otherwise indicated.
Ballast Type/ Voltage
60 Hz
347
Wattage Light Source 120
120 x 347 Multivolt
50
HPS
H,N
H,N
H,N
70
HPS
H,N
H,N
H,N
100
HPS
H,N
H,N
H,N
150 (55v) HPS
H,N
H,N
H,N
250
HPS
A
A
A
50 Med MH
H
N/A
N/A
70 Med MH
H,N
H,N
H,N
100 Med MH
H,N
H,N
H,N
100Med MH (Coated) H,N
H,N
H,N
175
MH
A
A
A
175
MH (Coated) A
A
A
250
MH
A
A
A
250
MH (Coated) A
A
A
NOTE: See Photometric Selection Table starting on Page A-50

CRNBBL-2G
SHEETMETAL

OPTIONAL MEDALLION

CRNBBL-T2H
DIECAST ALUMINUM

REFERENCES
See Page A-54 for start of Accessories.
See Page A-58 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.
See Pole and Bracket Section Page P-2 for pole selection.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/A-35
2005/A-35

A

GE PATRIARCH TM LUMINAIRE
APPLICATIONS
• Residential roadways, walkways, shopping centers, malls and plazas
• Historic restorations and downtown business districts

GE PATRIARCH AREA LIGHTING

A

SPECIFICATION FEATURES
Suitable For Wet Locations
• Terminal Board standard for simplified wiring
• Twist Lock photoelectric receptacle available
• GE designed and built ballast with proven long life and reliability
• Powder coat paint available in 188 RAL colors
• Crowns, ribs and finials available — see decorative post top
accessories page A-55
• Built to / standards
• Ornamental heavy gage cast aluminum base
• Optional 120v Simplex receptacle available
• E39 Mogul base socket standard where lamp is available in mogul
base (E26 Medium base socket otherwise)
• Luminaire shipped as components: Base, Optical
• Removable aluminum ballast canister with key slots and electrical
disconnect which provides easy access to the ballast, capacitor and
plug-in ignitor
• Entire front of base hinges open for easy access
• Accepts 9" globes

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
PTRX
PRODUCT
IDENT
XXX
PTRX=
Patriarch
Luminaire

10

S

WATTAGE LIGHT
SOURCE
XX
X
05 =50 S = HPS
M = MH
07 =70
Stan10 =100 dard:
PTRF =
Patriarch
Lamp not
Luminaire 15 =150 included.
(55V)
Finial
Ready*
17 =175
*Order
Finial
Separately

1

N

1

VOLTAGE

BALLAST
TYPE**
X
See Ballast
and Photometric
Selection Tables**

PE
FUNCTION
X
1 = None
2 = PE
Receptacle

X
60Hz
0 = 120/
208/
240/
277
Multivolt
1 = 120
5 = 480
D = 347
F = 120X347

A = Autoreg
H = HPF Reactor
or Lag
N = NPF Reactor
or Lag

1CB

GLOBE
TYPE**
XX
1AC = Traditional Prismatic
(Polycarbonate & Acrylic)
1CB = Traditional Standard
(Polycarbonate)
NOTE:
1DA = Colony (Acrylic with spun
Receptacle
aluminum top)
connected same 1HA = Classic (Acrylic)
voltage as unit. 1LD = 22" Impression (White
Order PE Control
polycarbonate)
separately.
1MA = Colony with crown & ribs
installed (Acrylic with spun
aluminum top)

* “R” option for 120V unit only.
**See Photometric Selection Tables starting on Page A-60.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
A-36/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

S

BLCK

R

IES DISTRIBUTION
TYPE**
X
See Ballast
and Photometric
Selection
Tables**

COLOR

OPTIONS

XXXX
ALUM = Aluminum
BLCK = Black
BRWN = Brown
CHGR = Charcoal
Gray
DKBZ = Dark
Bronze
FGRN = Forest
Green
GRAY = Gray
WHTE = White

XXX
R = 120 Simplex
Receptacle*

A = Asymmetric
S = Symmetric

F = Fused
U = UL
Listed
(Polycarbonate
Globe Required
/
for
standards)

GE PATRIARCH TM LUMINAIRE

TRADITIONAL
STANDARD 1CB
Asymmetrical
and Symmetric
Distribution
available

CLASSIC 1HA
Asymmetrical
and Symmetric
Distribution
available

TRADITIONAL
PRISMATIC 1AC
Asymmetrical
and Symmetric
Distribution
available

*UL/CUL

COLONY 1DA
Asymmetrical and
Symmetric Distribution
available

*UL/CUL

GE PATRIARCH AREA LIGHTING

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

IMPRESSION 1LD (22”)
Symmetric
Distribution only

*UL/CUL
*UL/CUL

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Suggested Mounting Height
Effective Projected Area:

21-25 lbs
10-16 ft.
1.6 sq ft max

10-11 kgs
2-5 M
0.15 sq M max

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
All light sources are clear unless otherwise indicated.
Ballast Type/Voltage
60Hz
347
Wattage
Light Source 120
120x347 Multivolt
50
HPS
H, N
H, N
H, N
70
HPS
A, H, N
H, N
H, N
100
HPS
A, H, N
H, N
H, N
150(55V)
HPS
A, H, N
H, N
H, N
70
MH
H,N
H,N
H,N
100
MH
H,N
H,N
N
175
MH
A
A
A
NOTE: N/A = Not Available

480
N/A
H, N
H, N
H, N
H, N
H, N
A

REFERENCES
See Page A-54 for start of Accessories.
See Page A-58 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.
See Pole and Bracket Section Page P-2 for pole selection.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/A-37

A

AMERICANATM LUMINAIRE

A

AMERICANA AREA LIGHTING

APPLICATIONS
• Residential roadways and walkways
• Shopping centers, malls, plazas and
parks
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
Suitable For Wet Locations

TRADITIONAL
STANDARD
(Globe Type
1CB)
TRADITIONAL
PRISMATIC
(Globe Type 1AC)
Crown & Rib
Ordered
Separately

CLASSIC
(Globe Type 1HA)

ART DECO
(Globe Type 1EB)

REVIVAL
(Globe Type 1PB)
No Finial

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
AM9X

10

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXXX
AM8X= 8”
Americana
Luminaire

WATTAGE LIGHT
SOURCE
XX
X
05 =50 S = HPS
M = MH
07 =70
Stan10 =100 dard:
Lamp not
15 =150 included.
(55V)

AM8F = 8”
Americana
Luminaire
Finial
Ready*
AM9X= 9”
Americana
Luminaire
AM9F = 9”
Americana
Luminaire
Finial
Ready*

17 =175

S

• Terminal Board standard for
simplified wiring
• Twist Lock photoelectric receptacle
available
• GE designed and built ballast with
proven long life and reliability
• Powder coat paint available in 188
RAL colors
•
Crowns,
ribs and finials available —
COLONY
(Globe Type 1DA, 1MA) see decorative post top accessories
page A-55
• Built to / standards
• Ornamental heavy gage die cast
aluminum base
• E39 Mogul base socket standard
where lamp is available in mogul
base (E26 Medium base socket
otherwise)
• Luminaire shipped as components:
Base, Optical
• Flip top, no tool entry for fast and
easy maintenance
• Accepts 8" and 9" globes

COLONIAL
PRISMATIC
(Globe Type 1BC)
Crown Ordered Separately
No Finial

1

N

1

1CB

S

BLCK

XXX

VOLTAGE

BALLAST
TYPE**
X
See Ballast
and
Photometric
Selection
Tables**

PE
FUNCTION
X
1 = None
2 = PE
Receptacle

GLOBE
TYPE**
XX
9” GLOBE
1AC = Traditional Prismatic*
(Polycarbonate & Acrylic)
1CB = Traditional Standard
(Polycarbonate)
1DA = Colony (Acrylic with spun
aluminum top)
1HA = Classic (Acrylic)
1LD = 22" Impression (White
polycarbonate)
1MA = Colony with crown and
ribs installed (Acrylic with
spun aluminum top)

IES DISTRIBUTION
TYPE**
X
See Ballast
and Photometric
Selection Tables**

COLOR

OPTIONS

XXXX
ALUM = Aluminum
BLCK = Black
BRWN = Brown
CHGR = Charcoal
Gray
DKBZ = Dark
Bronze
FGRN = Forest
Green
GRAY = Gray
WHTE = White

XXX
J = Expulsion
Type
Lightning
Arrestor

X
60Hz
0 = 120/
208/
240/
277
Multivolt
A = Autoreg
1 = 120
2 = 208
H = HPF
3 = 240
Reactor
4 = 277
or Lag
5 = 480
D = 347
F = 120X347 N = NPF
Reactor
or Lag

*Order
Finial
Separately

NOTE:
Receptacle
connected
same voltage
as unit. Order
PE Control
separately.

8” GLOBE
1AC = Traditional Prismatic*
(Polycarbonate & Acrylic)
1BC = Colonial Prismatic
(Polycarbonate & Acrylic)
1CB = Traditional Standard
(Polycarbonate)
1DA = Colony (Acrylic with spun
aluminum top)
1EB = Art Deco (Polycarbonate)
1PB = Revival (Polycarbonate)
1MA = Colony with crown and
ribs installed (Acrylic with
spun aluminum top)
*Also available with solid or
perforated uplight shield

**See Photometric Selection Tables starting on Page A-60.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
A-38/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

A = Asymmetric
S = Symmetric

L =Safety Latch
U =UL Listed
(Polycarbonate
Globe Required
for
/
)

AMERICANATM LUMINAIRE

IMPRESSION 1LD (22”)
Symmetric
Distribution only

TRADITIONAL
STANDARD 1CB
Asymmetrical
and Symmetric
Distribution
available

TRADITIONAL
PRISMATIC 1AC
Asymmetrical
and Symmetric
Distribution
available

*UL/CUL
*UL/CUL

COLONIAL
PRISMATIC 1BC
Asymmetrical and
Symmetric
Distribution
available

COLONY 1DA & 1MA
Asymmetrical and
Symmetric
Distribution
available

AMERICANA AREA LIGHTING

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

ART DECO 1EB
Symmetric
Distribution
only

*UL/CUL

CLASSIC 1HA
Asymmetrical
and
Symmetric
Distribution
available

REVIVAL 1PB
Symmetric
Distribution
only

DATA
Approximate Weight
Suggested Mounting Height
Effective Projected Area
max

16-20 lbs
8-16 ft.
1.4 sq ft max

7-9 kgs
2-5 M
0.13 sq M

*UL/CUL

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
All light sources are clear unless otherwise indicated.
Ballast Type/Voltage
60Hz
347,
120
120X347** 480***
H,N
H,N
N/A
A,H,N H,N,A
H,N

Light
Wattage Source
50
HPS
70, 100, HPS
150(55V)
70
MH
H,N
H,N
100
MH
H,N
H,N
175
MH(Clear) A
A
175
MH(Coated)A
A
**120X347 Option Available in 100 W &
*** 480V Option Available in 70W – 150
70 W & 100 W MH only.
Call factory for 50 Hz offering.

Multivolt
H,N
H,N,A

*UL/CUL
Polycarbonate Only

A,N
H,N
N
H,N
A
A
A
A
175 W MH only.
W HPS and

"FLIP TOP"
FUNCTION
DEMONSTRATED

REFERENCES
See Page A-54 for start of
Accessories.
See Page A-58 for Explanation of
Options and Other Terms Used.
See Page P-2 Pole and Bracket
Section for pole selection.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/A-39

A

GE EDISON ® V LUMINAIRE
APPLICATIONS
• Residential roadways and walkways
• Shopping centers, malls and plazas

GE EDISON V AREA LIGHTING

A

SPECIFICATION FEATURES
Suitable For Wet Locations
• Terminal Board standard for simplified wiring
• Twist Lock photoelectric receptacle available
• GE designed and built ballast with proven long life and reliability
• Powder coat paint available in 188 RAL colors
• Crowns, ribs and finials available — see decorative post top accessories
page A-55
• Ornamental heavy gage cast aluminum base
• Optional 120v Simplex receptacle available
• E39 Mogul base socket standard where lamp is available in mogul base
(E26 Medium base socket otherwise)
• Luminaire shipped as components: Base, Optical
• Removable aluminum ballast canister with key slots and electrical
disconnect which provides easy access to the ballast, capacitor and
plug-in ignitor
• Easily removable door for access to terminal board and PE receptacle
• Accepts 8" globes

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
EDVX
PRODUCT
IDENT
XXXX
EDVX= 8”
Edison
Luminaire

10

S

WATTAGE LIGHT
SOURCE
XX
X
05 =50 S = HPS
M = MH
07 =70
Standard:
EDVF = 8” 10 =100 Lamp not
Edison
included.
Luminaire 15 =150
(55V)
Finial
Ready*
17 =175
*Order
Finial
Separately

1

N

1

1CB

S

BLCK

XXX

VOLTAGE

BALLAST
TYPE**
X
See Ballast
and Photometric Selection
Tables**

PE
FUNCTION
X
1 = None
2 = PE
Receptacle

GLOBE
TYPE**
XX
1AC = Traditional Prismatic
(Polycarbonate & Acrylic)
1BC = Colonial Prismatic
(Polycarbonate & Acrylic)
1CB = Traditional Standard
(Polycarbonate)
1DA = Colony (Acrylic with
spun aluminum top)
1EB = Art Deco (Polycarbonate)
1FB = Art Deco with Ribs
(Polycarbonate)
1KD = 18" Impression (White
Polycarbonate)
1PB = Revival (Polycarbonate)
1MA = Colony with crown and
ribs installed (Acrylic with
spun aluminum top)

IES DISTRIBUTION
TYPE**
X
See Ballast
and Photometric
Selection Tables**

COLOR

OPTIONS

X
60Hz
0 = 120/
208/
240/
277
Multivolt
1 = 120
5 = 480
D = 347
F = 120X347

A = Autoreg
H = HPF
Reactor or
Lag
N = NPF
Reactor or
Lag

**See Photometric Selection Tables starting on Page A-60.

REFERENCES
See Page A-54 for start of Accessories.
See Page A-58 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.
See Page P-2 Pole and Bracket Section for pole selection.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
A-40/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

A = Asymmetric
S = Symmetric

XXXX
ALUM =
BLCK =
BRWN =
CHGR =
DKBZ =
FGRN =
GRAY =
WHTE =

Aluminum
Black
Brown
Charcoal
Gray
Dark
Bronze
Forest
Green
Gray
White

XXX
R = Simplex
Outlet
120V unit only

GE EDISON ®V LUMINAIRE

TRADITIONAL
STANDARD 1CB
Asymmetrical and
Symmetric
Distribution
available

TRADITIONAL
PRISMATIC 1AC
Asymmetrical
and Symmetric
Distribution
available

COLONIAL
PRISMATIC 1BC
Asymmetrical
and Symmetric
Distribution
available

COLONY 1DA, 1MA
Asymmetrical
and Symmetric
Distribution
available

ART DECO 1EB
Symmetric
Distribution
only

ART DECO WITH
RIBS 1FB
Symmetric
Distribution
only

DATA
Approximate Weight
Suggested Mounting Height
Effective Projected Area

21-25 lbs
10-16 ft.
1.6 sq ft max

10-11 kgs
3-5 M
0.15 sq M max

GE EDISON V AREA LIGHTING

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

REVIVAL 1PB
Symmetric
Distribution
only

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
All light sources are clear unless otherwise indicated.
Ballast Type/Voltage
60Hz
347
Wattage
Light Source 120
120x347
50
HPS
H, N
H, N
70
HPS
A, H, N
H, N
100
HPS
A, H, N
H, N
150(55V)
HPS
A, H, N
H, N
70
MH
H,N
H,N
100
MH
H,N
H,N
175
MH
A
A
NOTE: N/A = Not Available

Multivolt
H, N
H, N
H, N
H, N
H,N
N
A

480
N/A
H, N
H, N
H, N
H, N
H, N
A

IMPRESSION 1KD (18”)
Symmetric
Distribution
only

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/A-41

A

GE CONSTITUTION TM LUMINAIRE
APPLICATIONS
• Residential roadways and walkways
• Shopping centers, malls, plazas and parks

GE CONSTITUTION AREA LIGHTING

A

SPECIFICATION FEATURES
Suitable For Wet Locations
• Terminal Board standard for simplified wiring
• Twist Lock photoelectric receptacle or button type PE
available
• GE designed and built ballast with proven long life and
reliability
• Powder coat paint available in 188 RAL colors
• Crowns, ribs and finials available — see decorative post
top accessories page A-55
• Built to / standards
• Ornamental heavy gage cast aluminum base
• E39 Mogul base socket standard where lamp is available
in mogul base (E26 Medium base socket otherwise)
• Luminaire shipped as components: Base, Optical
• Removable aluminum ballast canister with key slots and
electrical disconnect which provides easy access to the
ballast, capacitor and plug-in ignitor
• Accepts 8” globes

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
CNSX
PRODUCT
IDENT
XXXX
CNSX=
Constitution
Luminaire

10

S

WATTAGE LIGHT
SOURCE
XX
X
05 =50 S = HPS
M = MH
07 =70
StanCNSF = 8” 10 =100 dard:
Constitution
Lamp not
Luminaire 15 =150 included.
(55V)
Finial
Ready*
17 =175
*Order
Finial
Separately

1

N

1

VOLTAGE

BALLAST
TYPE**
X
See Ballast
and Photometric Selection
Tables**

PE
FUNCTION
X
1 = None
2 = PE
Receptacle
(twist lock)

X
60Hz
0 = 120/
208/
240/
277
Multivolt
1 = 120
5 = 480
D = 347
F = 120X347

A = Autoreg
H = HPF
Reactor or
Lag
N = NPF
Reactor or
Lag

1CB

GLOBE
TYPE**
XX
1AC = Traditional Prismatic
(Polycarbonate & Acrylic)
1BC = Colonial Prismatic
(Polycarbonate & Acrylic)
1CB = Traditional Standard
NOTE: Receptacle
(Polycarbonate)
connected same 1DA = Colony (Acrylic with spun
voltage as unit.
aluminum top)
Order PE Control 1EB = Art Deco (Polycarbonate)
separately.
1FB = Art Deco with Ribs
(Polycarbonate)
3 = Internal
1KD = 18" Impression (White
button PE
polycarbonate)
1PB = Revival (Polycarbonate)
1MA = Colony with crown and ribs
installed (Acrylic with spun
aluminum top)

**See Photometric Selection Tables starting on Page A-60.

REFERENCES
See Page A-54 for start of Accessories.
See Page A-58 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.
See Page P-2 Pole and Bracket Section for pole selection.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
A-42/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

S

BLCK

IES DISTRIBUTION
TYPE**
X
See Ballast
and Photometric
Selection
Tables**

COLOR

A = Asymmetric
S = Symmetric

DKBZ =

XXXX
ALUM =
BLCK =
BRWN =
CHGR =

FGRN =
GRAY =
WHTE =

OPTIONS
XXX
Aluminum
Black
Brown
Charcoal
Gray
Dark
Bronze
Forest
Green
Gray
White

GE CONSTITUTION TM LUMINAIRE

TRADITIONAL
STANDARD 1CB
Asymmetrical and
Symmetric
Distribution
available

TRADITIONAL
PRISMATIC 1AC
Asymmetrical
and Symmetric
Distribution
available

COLONY 1DA,
1MA
Asymmetrical
and Symmetric
Distribution
available

ART DECO WITH
RIBS 1FB
Symmetric
Distribution
only

ART DECO 1EB
Symmetric
Distribution
only

DATA
Approximate Weight
Suggested Mounting Height
Effective Projected Area

COLONIAL
PRISMATIC 1BC
Asymmetrical
and Symmetric
Distribution
available

21-25 lbs
10-16 ft.
1.6 sq ft max

10-11 kgs
3-5 M
0.15 sq M max

GE CONSTITUTION AREA LIGHTING

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

REVIVAL 1PB
Symmetric
Distribution
only

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
All light sources are clear unless otherwise indicated.
Ballast Type/Voltage
60Hz
347
Wattage
Light Source 120
120x347
50
HPS
H, N
H, N
70
HPS
A, H, N
H, N
100
HPS
A, H, N
H, N
150(55V)
HPS
A, H, N
H, N
70
MH
H,N
H,N
100
MH
H,N
H,N
175
MH
A
A
NOTE: N/A = Not Available

Multivolt
H, N
H, N
H, N
H, N
H,N
N
A

480
N/A
H, N
H, N
H, N
H, N
H, N
A

IMPRESSION 1KD (18”)
Symmetric
Distribution
only

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/A-43

A

GE LEGACY TM LUMINAIRE
APPLICATIONS
• Residential roadways, walkways, shopping centers, malls and plazas
• Historic restorations and downtown business districts

GE LEGACY AREA LIGHTING

A

SPECIFICATION FEATURES
Suitable For Wet Locations
• Low Profile unit to enhance asthetics of decorative concrete poles
• Base designed to fit 7" tenon (typical offering with concrete poles)
• Button type photoelectric control available
• GE designed and built ballast with proven long life and reliability
• Powder coat paint available in 188 RAL colors
• Crowns, ribs and finials available — see decorative post top
accessories page A-55
• Ornamental heavy gage cast aluminum base
• E39 Mogul base socket standard where lamp is available in mogul
base (E26 Medium base socket otherwise)
• Luminaire shipped as components: Base, Optical
• Removable aluminum ballast canister with key slots and electrical
disconnect which provides easy access to the ballast, capacitor and
plug-in ignitor
• Accepts 9” globes

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
LGCX
PRODUCT
IDENT
XXX
LGCX=
Legacy
Luminaire

10

S

WATTAGE LIGHT
SOURCE
XX
X
05 =50 S = HPS
M = MH
07 =70
Stan10 =100 dard:
LGCF =
Legacy
Lamp not
Luminaire 15 =150 included.
(55V)
Finial
Ready*
17 =175
*Order
Finial
Separately

1

N

1

1CB

S

BLCK

VOLTAGE

BALLAST
TYPE**
X
See Ballast
and Photometric
Selection Tables**

PE
FUNCTION
X
1 = None
3 = Internal PE
Button

GLOBE
TYPE**
XX
1AC = Traditional Prismatic
(Polycarbonate/Acrylic)
1CB = Traditional Standard
(Polycarbonate)
1DA = Colony (Acrylic with spun
top aluminum)
1HA = Classic (Acrylic)
1LD = 22" Impression (White
polycarbonate)
1MA = Colony with crown and
ribs installed (Acrylic with
spun aluminum top)

IES DISTRIBUTION
TYPE**
X
See Ballast
and Photometric
Selection
Tables**

COLOR

X
60Hz
0 = 120/
208/
240/
277
Multivolt
1 = 120
5 = 480
D = 347
F = 120X347

A = Autoreg
H = HPF Reactor
or Lag
N = NPF Reactor
or Lag

**See Photometric Selection Tables starting on Page A-60.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
A-44/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

A = Asymmetric
S = Symmetric

OPTIONS

XXXX
XXX
ALUM = Aluminum
BLCK = Black
BRWN = Brown
CHGR = Charcoal
Gray
DKBZ = Dark
Bronze
FGRN = Forest
Green
GRAY = Gray
WHTE = White

GE LEGACY TM LUMINAIRE

TRADITIONAL
STANDARD 1CB
Asymmetrical
and Symmetric
Distribution
available

TRADITIONAL
PRISMATIC 1AC
Asymmetrical
and Symmetric
Distribution
available

COLONY 1DA
Asymmetrical
and
Symmetric
Distribution
available

CLASSIC 1HA
Asymmetrical
and
Symmetric
Distribution
available

GE LEGACY AREA LIGHTING

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

IMPRESSION 1LD (22”)
Symmetric
Distribution
only

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Suggested Mounting Height
Effective Projected Area:

21-25 lbs
10-16 ft.
1.6 sq ft max

10-11 kgs
2-5 M
0.15 sq M max

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
All light sources are clear unless otherwise indicated.
Ballast Type/Voltage
60Hz
347
Wattage
Light Source 120
120x347
50
HPS
H, N
H, N
70
HPS
A, H, N
H, N
100
HPS
A, H, N
H, N
150(55V)
HPS
A, H, N
H, N
70
MH
H,N
H,N
100
MH
H,N
H,N
175
MH
A
A
NOTE: N/A = Not Available

Multivolt
H, N
H, N
H, N
H, N
H,N
N
A

480
N/A
H, N
H, N
H, N
H, N
H, N
A

REFERENCES
See Page A-54 for start of Accessories.
See Page A-58 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.
See Pole and Bracket Section Page P-2 for pole selection.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/A-45

A

POST MOUNT LUMINAIRE
APPLICATIONS
• Residential areas and walkways
• Shopping centers and malls
SPECIFICATION FEATURES

POST MOUNT AREA LIGHTING

A

•

/

1598 Listed

Suitable For Wet Locations
• cUL listed to Canadian National Standards and
Codes when polycarbonate refractor is used
and “U” option is chosen
• Die-cast aluminum ballast housing
• Stainless steel latch to secure hinged canopy
• Integral ballast
• No-tool access to relamp
• Terminal Board (standard)
• Mogul base socket – E39 standard
• Prismatic refractor
• Plug-in ignitor
• Decorative scrolls, black only (P16M only)

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
P17M

07

S

1

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXXX
P17M = Post Mount
Luminaire

WATTAGE

LIGHT
SOURCE
X
S = HPS
M = MH
C =Merc
Lamp not
included.

VOLTAGE

P16M = Post Mount
Luminaire with
Decorative Scrolls
(Black only)

XX
07 =70
10 =100
15 =150
(55V)
17 =175

M

BALLAST
TYPE
X
X
60Hz
See Ballast and
0 = 120/
Photometric
208/
Selection Table
240/
A = Autoreg
277
C = Merc-Reg
HPS
G = Mag-Reg
1 = 120
with
2 = 208
Grounded
3 = 240
Socket Shell
4 = 277
H = HPF Reactor
5 = 480
or Lag
7 =120X240 M = Mag-Reg
D = 347
P = CWI with
F = 120X347
Grounded
T = 220
Socket Shell
N = NPF Reactor
50Hz
or Lag
Y = 240

A

MN3

PE
FUNCTION
X
1 = None
2 = PE Receptacle

REFRACTOR

IES DISTRIBUTION COLOR
TYPE
XX
XXX
BL =Black
See Ballast
(Standard
and Photometric
for P16M)
Selection Table
DB =Dark
Bronze
SN5 = Short
GR =Gray
Non-cutoff
(Standard
Type V
for P17M)
MN2 = Medium
Non-cutoff
Type II

X
A = Acrylic
L = LEXAN®
PolycarNOTE: Receptacles
bonate
connected same
voltage as unit
except as noted.
Order PE Control
separately.

NOTE: Dual
voltage
connected
for lower
voltage

MN3 = Medium
Non-cutoff
Type III
MN5 = Medium
Non-cutoff
Type V
MS5 = Medium
Semi-cutoff
Type V

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
A-46/2005

GR

2

www.gelightingsystems.com

F
OPTIONS
XXX
F = Fusing (Not
available with
multivolt)
J = Line
Surge
Protector,
Expulsion Type
U=
/
(Available with
polycarbonate
only)

POST MOUNT LUMINAIRE

POST MOUNT AREA LIGHTING

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Suggested Mounting Height
Effective Projected Area

17-21 lbs
10-18 ft.
1.6 sq ft max

7-9 kgs
3-5 M
0.15 sq M max

BALLAST AND PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE*
All light sources are clear unless otherwise indicated.
Data applies to either acrylic or polycarbonate refractors.
Ballast Type/Voltage
60Hz
Light
120,208
Wattage Source
240,277
120
208 240

277,
480

347,
120X240 120X347

220

IES
50Hz Distribution
240 Type

Photometric
Curve
Number
35-17 - - - -

70, 100,
150 (55V) HPS

A

G,H,M,N

G,M

G,H,M,N G,M

N/A

H

N/A

N/A

MN2

7688

70, 100,
150 (55V) HPS

A

G,H,M,N

G,M

G,H,M,N G,M

N/A

H

N/A

N/A

MN3

5719

70, 100,
150 (55V) HPS

A

G,H,M,N

G,M

G,H,M,N G,M

N/A

H

N/A

N/A

MS5

6928

175
175

MH (Coated)
MH (Coated)

A
A

A
A

A
A

A
A

A
A

N/A
N/A

A
A

A
A

A
A

MN3
SN5

7509
7508

175
175

Merc (Coated) N
Merc (Coated) N

N
N

C
C

H, N
H, N

C
C

C
C

N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A

MN3
SN5

7509
7508

NOTE: N/A = Not Available.
*Also see Photometric Table on Page A-65.

REFERENCES
See Page A-54 for start of Accessories.
See Page A-58 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.
See Pole and Bracket Section Page P-2 for pole selection.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/A-47

A

SALEM TM LOWER LAMP MOUNTING
APPLICATIONS
• Residential areas and walkways
• Shopping centers and malls

SALEM AREA LIGHTING

A

SPECIFICATION FEATURES
/ 1598 Listed when Polycarbonate refractor
(TL) is used and “U” option is chosen
• Die Cast aluminum housing
• Acrylic & Polycarbonate textured refractors
• Integral ballast in bottom of luminaire

•

• Mogul base vertical socket
• Stainless steel latch to secure canopy
• Terminal board standard
• Plug-in ignitor

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
SEML

10

S

1

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXXX
SEML = Salem
Luminaire

WATTAGE

LIGHT
SOURCE
X
S = HPS
M = MH

VOLTAGE

XX
05 =50
07 =70
10 =100
15 =150
17 =175

N

BALLAST
TYPE
X
X
60Hz
See Ballast and
0 = Multivolt Photometric
1 = 120
Selection Table
2 = 208
A = Autoreg
3 = 240
H = HPF Reactor
4 = 277
or Lag
5 = 480
N = NPF Reactor
D = 347
or Lag
F = 120X347

1

TA

MS5

BL

XXX

PE
FUNCTION
X
1 = None
2 = PE
Receptacle
4 = Shorting
Cap
5 = PE in box

REFRACTOR

IES DISTRIBUTION
TYPE
XXX

COLOR

OPTIONS

XX
WH=White
BL=Black
DB=Dark
Bronze
GR=Gray
(ecoat
only)
AL=Aluminum
GN=Forest
Green
CG=Charcoal
Gray

XXX
F = Fused
U=
/
Listed
P = Prewire with
6’ of 14/3 cable

XX
TA = Textured
Acrylic
Refractor
TL =
S = Short
Textured M = Medium
Lexan
S = Semi-cutoff
Refractor

5 = Type 5

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
A-48/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

SALEM TM LOWER LAMP MOUNTING
FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

SALEM AREA LIGHTING

SEML

27.250 in.
(692mm)

2.500 in. (64mm)
3.000 in (76mm)
MAX DIA POLE OD
2.375 in. (60mm)
MIN DIA POLE OD
16.750 in.
(425mm)

DATA

SEML

Approximate Net Weight
Suggested Mounting Height
Effective Projected Area

12-18 lbs
10-18 ft.
1.6 sq ft max

5-8 kgs
3-5 M
1.8 sq ft max

BALLAST AND PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE*
All light sources are clear unless otherwise indicated.
Ballast Type/Voltage
60Hz
Light MultiWattage Source volt 120
208
50
HPS
N/A H, N
N/A
70, 100,
150 (55V) HPS
A,H A,G,H,M,N A,G,H,M,N
175
MH
A
A
A
100
Merc C
C, N
C
175
Merc C
C, N
C
NOTE: N/A = Not available.
*Also see Photometric Table on Page A-65.

240
N/A

277
N/A

480
N/A

120X 347,
240/120
240 120X347 PER
N/A H
N/A

A,G,H,M,N
A
C, H, N
C, H, N

A,G,H,M,N
A
C
C

A,G,M
A
C
C

N/A
A
C
C

H
A
N/A
N/A

N/A
A
C
C

REFERENCES
See Page A-54 for start of Accessories.
See Page A-58 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.
See Page A-60 for Photometry
See Pole and Bracket Section Page P-2 for pole selection.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/A-49

A

SALEM TM TOP MOUNTED LAMP
APPLICATIONS
• Residential areas and walkways
• Shopping centers and malls

SALEM AREA LIGHTING

A

SPECIFICATION FEATURES
•
/ 1598 listed when Polycarbonate
refractor (TL) is used and “U” option is chosen
• Die Cast aluminum housing
• Cutoff optics available
• Stainless steel catch to avoid hinge breakage
• Acrylic or Polycarbonate textured refractors,
clear glass panels, or flat glass for cutoff
distributions

• Integral ballast in top of luminaire
• Top socket
• Stainless steel latch to secure canopy
• Terminal board standard
• Plug-in ignitor
• No-tool PE receptacle

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
SEMT

10

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXXX
SEMT = Salem
Luminaire

WATTAGE LIGHT
SOURCE
XX
X
05 =50
S = HPS
07 =70
M = MH
10 =100 T = INDUCTION
15 =150
17 =175

S

1
VOLTAGE

N

BALLAST
TYPE
X
X
0 = Multivolt See Ballast and
1 = 120
Photometric
2 = 208
Selection Table
3 = 240
A = Autoreg
4 = 277
H = HPF Reactor
5 = 480
or Lag
D = 347
N = NPF Reactor
F = 120X347
or Lag
T = Induction
Multivolt
Ballast
Factory Conn
277V

1

TA

MS3

BL

XXX

PE
FUNCTION
X
1 = None
2 = PE
Receptacle
4 = Shorting
Cap
5 = PE in box

REFRACTOR

IES DISTRIBUTION
TYPE
XXX

COLOR

OPTIONS

XX
WH=White
BL=Black
DB=Dark
Bronze
GR=Gray
(ecoat
only)
AL=Aluminum
GN=Forest
Green
CG=Charcoal
Gray

XXX
F = Fused
U=
/
available only
with TL
refractor
(ballast in
bottom)
P = Prewire with
6’ of 14/3 cable
002 = Pendant
mount 1-1/4
NPSL

XX
TA = Textured
Acrylic
Refractor
TL = Textured S = Short
Lexan
M = Medium
Refractor
C = Cutoff
CA = Clear
S = Semi-cutoff
Acrylic
Side
Panels
2 = Type 2
CL = Clear
3 = Type 3
Lexan Side
Panels
FG = Flat
Glass
Upper Lens
CG = Clear
Glass Side
Panels

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
A-50/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

SALEM TM TOP MOUNTED LAMP
FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

SALEM AREA LIGHTING

SEMT

27.250 in.

2.500 in. (64mm)
3.000 in (76mm)
MAX DIA POLE OD
2.375 in. (60mm)
MIN DIA POLE OD

16.750 in.

DATA

SEMT

Approximate Net Weight
Suggested Mounting Height
Effective Projected Area

12-18 lbs
10-18 ft.
1.6 sq ft max

5-8 kgs
3-5 M
1.0 sq ft max

GLOBE ACCESSORY

BALLAST AND PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE*

Globe-C FOR USE WITH SEMT WITH CLEAR SIDE PANELS
Globe-F FOR USE WITH SEMT WITH CLEAR FLAT GLASS UPPER LENS

All light sources are clear unless otherwise indicated.
Ballast Type/Voltage
60Hz
Light MultiWattage Source volt 120
208
50
HPS
N / A H, N
N/A
70, 100,
150 (55V) HPS
A,H A,H,N
A,H,N
175
MH
A
A
A

240
N/A

277
N/A

120X 347,
240/120
480 240 120X347 PER
N/A N/A H
N/A

A,H,N
A

A,H,N
A

A
A

N/A H
A
A

N/A
A

100

Merc

C

C, N

C

C, H, N

C

C

C

N/A

C

175

Merc

C

C, N

C

C, H, N

C

C

C

N/A

C

NOTE: N/A = Not available.
*Also see Photometric Table on Page A-65.
**Medium Base Lamp

GLOBE

(For use with
Cutoff Only)

REFERENCES
See Page A-54 for start of Accessories.
See Page A-58 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.
See Page A-60 for Photometry
See Pole and Bracket Section Page P-2 for pole selection.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/A-51

A

TOWN AND COUNTRY TM LUMINAIRE
APPLICATIONS
• Residential areas and walkways
• Shopping centers and malls
SPECIFICATION FEATURES

TOWN AND COUNTRY AREA LIGHTING

A

•

/

1598 Listed

Suitable For Wet Locations
• UL listed to Canadian National Standards and
Codes when polycarbonate refractor is used
and “U” option is chosen
• Die-cast aluminum housing
• Hinged canopy
• Stainless steel catch to avoid hinge breakage

• Acrylic or polycarbonate refractors
• Integral ballast
• Mogul base socket – E39 standard
(T10C vertical; T10R horizontal – 15°)
• Plug-in ignitor
• No-tool PE receptacle
• Optional pendant mount (Contact
factory)

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
T10C

10

PRODUCT
WATTAGE
IDENT
XX
XXXX
T10C = Town and 05 =50
Country Luminaire 07 =70
10 =100
with vertical
15 =150
socket
(55V)
T10R = Town and 17 =175
Country Luminaire
with horizontal 15° socket
NOTE:UL Listed
and CSA certified
when Polycarbonate refractor is
used. See “U”
option.

S

1

LIGHT
SOURCE
X
S = HPS
M = MH
C =Merc
Standard:
Lamp not
included.

VOLTAGE

N

BALLAST
TYPE
X
X
60Hz
See Ballast and
0 = Multivolt Photometric
HPS
Selection Table
Auto-Reg A = Autoreg
1 = 120
C = Merc-Reg
2 = 208
G = Mag-Reg
3 = 240
with
4 = 277
Grounded
5 = 480
Socket Shell
7 = 120X240 H = HPF Reactor
8 = 240V
or Lag
Ballast
M = Mag-Reg
120V PE N = NPF Reactor
Recepor Lag
tacle. Not
reconnectable
D = 347
F = 120X347

1

A

PE
FUNCTION
X
1 = None
2 = PE Receptacle

REFRACTOR

IES DISTRIBUTION
TYPE
X
XXX
A = Acrylic See Ballast
L = Polycar- and Photometric
bonate Selection Table
NOTE: Receptacles
SS4 = Short
connected same
Semi-cutoff
voltage as unit
Type IV
except as noted.
Order PE Control
SS5 = Short
separately.
Semi-cutoff
Type V

BL

T

COLOR

OPTIONS

XX
BL =Black
(Standard)
DB =Dark
Bronze
GR =Gray

XXX
F = Fusing (Not
available
with dual
voltage)
J = Line Surge
Protector,
Expulsion
Type (Not
available for
UL Listed units)

MS2 = Medium
Semi-cutoff
Type II

L = Latch Canopy

MS3 = Medium
Semi-cutoff
Type III

U=

MS5 = Medium
Semi-cutoff
Type V

NOTE: Dual
voltage
connected for
lower voltage

T = Terminal Board
/
Listed
and CSA
Certified
(Available
with
polycarbonate
refractor only)
NOTE:
Terminal
Board
(T option)
Required for
UL Listing

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
A-52/2005

MS5

www.gelightingsystems.com

TOWN AND COUNTRY TM LUMINAIRE
FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
T10R
TOWN AND COUNTRY AREA LIGHTING

T10C

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Suggested Mounting Height
Effective Projected Area

10-16 lbs
10-18 ft.
1.6 sq ft max

5-7 kgs
3-5 M
0.15 sq M max

BALLAST AND PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE*
All light sources are clear unless otherwise indicated.
Ballast Type/Voltage
60Hz
Light
MultiWattage Source
volt
120
208
240
277
480
50
HPS
N / A H, N
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
70, 100,
150 (55V) HPS
A,H
A,G,H,M,N A,G,H,M,N A,G,H,M,N A,G,H,M,N A,G,M

Photometric Curve Number 35-17 - - - T10C
T10R
IES Distribution Type
347,
PE R
120X240 120X347 240/120 MS5
SS4
SS5
MS2
MS3
N/A
H
N/A
7505 N / A
N/A
7502 7503

SS4
N/A
N/A

175

MH (Coated)

100
175

Merc (Coated) C
Merc (Coated) C

A

N/A

H

N/A

7505

N/A

N/A

7502

7503

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

N/A

7507

7506

N/A

451461 7504

C, N
C, N

C
C

C, H, N
C, H, N

C
C

C
C

C
C

N/A
N/A

C
C

N/A
N/A

7507
7507

7506
7506

N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A

7504
7504

NOTE: N/A = Not available.
*Also see Photometric Table on Page A-65.

REFERENCES
See Page A-54 for start of Accessories.
See Page A-58 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.
See Pole and Bracket Section Page P-2 for pole selection.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/A-53

A

DECORATIVE POST TOP
ACCESSORIES

FINIAL
FNLBL-ACN
////// ////// //////
FNLBL-BLS
////// ////// //////
FNLBL-FDL
////// ////// //////
FNLBL-FIL
////// ////// //////
FNLBL-SIL
////// ////// //////
FNLBL-SPK
////// ////// //////
FNLBL-OAK
//////
FNLBL-STP
//////
FNLBL-GTH ////// ////// //////
//////
CROWN ONLY
CRNABL-G
CRNABL-D
SD-C-M
////// ////// //////
CROWN WITH RIBS
CRNBBL-A
CRNBBL-B
CRNBBL-C
SD-CR-M
////// ////// //////
SD-CR-S
////// ////// //////
INTERNAL LIGHT SHIELD–HOUSE SIDE
ILSHS-PT1MOG
//////
ILSHS-PT1MED
//////
ILSH-PM
ILSH-TC
ILS-SDHTSMOG////// ////// ////// ////// //////
ILS-SDHTSMED ////// ////// ////// ////// //////
ILS-SDHSMOG ////// ////// ////// ////// //////
ILS-SDHSDED ////// ////// ////// ////// //////
INTERNAL LIGHT SHIELD–STREET SIDE
ILSS-TC
LADDER REST
LR-TC
//////
LINE SURGE PROTECTOR, EXPULSION TYPE
35-411749R01
//////
LOUVER SYSTEM
SD-LOUVER ////// ////// ////// ////// //////
MOUNTING BRACKET (For PE)
MB-PECTL
//////
PHOTOELECTRIC CONTROL
PEC0TL
//////
PEC1TL
//////
PEC5TL
//////
POLE TOP ADAPTER (For PE Receptacle)
PTA-PECTL
//////
SHORTING CAP
SCCL-PECTL
//////
UPLIGHT SHIELD
ULS-L3ED
ILS-SD-TSMOG ////// ////// ////// ////// //////
ILS-SD-TSMED ////// ////// ////// ////// //////

NOTE: C/F = Contact Factory;

SeeOpt
SeeOpt
SeeOpt
SeeOpt
SeeOpt
SeeOpt

SeeOpt //////
SeeOpt //////
SeeOpt //////
SeeOpt //////
SeeOpt //////
SeeOpt //////

//////
//////
//////
//////
//////
//////

////// //////
//////

//////

////// //////
////// //////
////// //////
////// //////
////// //////
////// //////

////// //////
////// //////
////// //////
////// //////
////// //////
////// //////

Salem &
Salem Cut-off

Post Mount

Revival (1P)

18” Impression
(1K)
22” Impression
(1L)
Colony with
Crown & Ribs(1M)

Classic (1H)

Art Deco
with Ribs (1F)

O P T I C A L S

//////
//////
//////
//////
//////
//////

//////

//////

////// ////// ////// ////// ////// ////// ////// ////// ////// ////// ////// ////// ////// ////// ////// //////
////// ////// ////// ////// ////// ////// ////// ////// ////// ////// ////// ////// ////// ////// ////// //////
//////
3 //////

3

//////

////// //////

////// ////// //////

////// //////

6

////// //////

////// ////// //////

////// //////
////// //////
////// //////

////// ////// //////
////// ////// //////
////// ////// //////

////// //////

////// ////// //////

////// //////

////// ////// //////

See Opt See Opt C/F

C/F //////

3 = Not SEMT w/”FG”; 6 = Not UL Listed units

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
A-54/2005

Art Deco (1E)

Colony (1D)

Americana &
Impression
Traditional
Prismatic (1A)
Colonial
Prismatic (1B)
Traditional
Standard (1C)

Edison V

GE Torch II

D E C O R A T I V E
Vandermore

Lantern

Avery

STREETDREAMS
Prismatic

ORDERING
NUMBER

PRODUCT

Town & Country

LEGEND: ////////// = Accessory can be used.

INDEX

Traditional

A

AREA LIGHTING DECORATIVE POST TOP ACCESSORIES

REFER TO ACCESSORY INDEX TO MATCH ACCESSORY WITH PRODUCT.
ILLUSTRATIONS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL REPRESENTATIONS.

www.gelightingsystems.com

//////

//////

6

STREETDREAMS
DECORATIVE
POST
AND
TOPDECORATIVE
ACCESSORIES
POST
TOP ACCESSORIES
™

CROWN AND RIB
• SD-CR-M
Medallion
• SD-CR-S
Scroll
• SD-C-M
Crown only
Medallion

SD-C-M
SD-CR-M

SD-CR-S

FINIAL
• FNLBL-ACN
• FNLBL-BLS
• FNLBL-FDL
• FNLBL-FIL
• FNLBL-SIL
• FNLBL-SPK
• FNLBL-OAK
• FNLBL-STP
• FNLBL-GTH

HOUSE & TOP SIDE SHIELD

FNLBL-ACN
ACORN

FNLBL-BLS
BLOSSOM

FNLBL-FDL
FLEUR-DE-LIS

FNLBL-FIL
FILAGREE

FNLBL-SIL
SILHOUETTE

FNLBL-SPK
SPIKE

FNLBL-OAK
OAK

FNLBL-STP
STEEPLE

FNLBL-GTH
GOTHIC

AREA LIGHTING DECORATIVE POST TOP ACCESSORIES

REFER TO ACCESSORY INDEX TO MATCH ACCESSORY WITH PRODUCT.
ILLUSTRATIONS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL REPRESENTATIONS.

• ILS-SD-HTS MOG
• ILS-SD-HTS MED

HOUSE SIDE
• ILS-SD-HS MOG
• ILS-SD-HS MED

ILS-SD-HTS
ILS-SD-HS

TOP SIDE
• ILS-SD-TS MOG
• ILS-SD-TS MED

ILS-SD-TS

LOUVER SYSTEM
• SD-Louver

SD-Louver

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005 /A-55

A

DECORATIVE POST TOP
ACCESSORIES

A

AREA LIGHTING DECORATIVE POST TOP ACCESSORIES

REFER TO ACCESSORY INDEX TO MATCH ACCESSORY WITH PRODUCT.
ILLUSTRATIONS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL REPRESENTATIONS.

CROWN ONLY
• CRNABL-G
Fits GE Torch
• CRNABL-D
Traditional Prismatic and Colonial Prismatic

CROWN WITH RIBS
• CRNBBL-A
Traditional Prismatic
• CRNBBL-B
Colonial Prismatic
• CRNBBL-C
Traditional Standard
• CRNBBL-2G
Torch II (Die Cast
Crown, Sheet Metal
Ribs) not shown
• CRNBBL-T2H
Torch II
(Die Cast Aluminum)

CROWN AND
RIB
CROWN AND
RIB

CROWN

CRNBBL-T2H
CROWN AND RIB

INTERNAL LIGHT SHIELD
• ILSHS-PT1M0G – Mogul Base Socket
House Side
Fits AM8, AM9, EDV
• ILSHS-PT1MED–Medium Base Socket
House Side
• ILSH-PM
House Side
• ILSS-TC
Street Side-Perforated aluminum
(This shield is similar in appearance,
but not in size, to house side shield.
They are not interchangeable.)

7.5 in.
(190mm)

ILSHS-PT1MOG
ILSHS-PT1MED

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
A-56/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

ILSH-PM
FOR PM17

ILSH-TC

DECORATIVE POST TOP
ACCESSORIES
AREA LIGHTING DECORATIVE POST TOP ACCESSORIES

REFER TO ACCESSORY INDEX TO MATCH ACCESSORY WITH PRODUCT.
ILLUSTRATIONS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL REPRESENTATIONS.

LADDER REST
• LR-TC
Heavy cast aluminum for 3-inch (76mm) OD pole
For decorative use only

LR-TC

LINE SURGE PROTECTOR, EXPULSION TYPE
• 35-411749R01
Can be added to many fixture terminal boards.
(Terminal Board not included.)

35-411749R01

MOUNTING BRACKET (For PE)
• MB-PECTL
With locking-type receptacle for use with photoelectric control
(Remove bracket to use with conduit.)

PHOTOELECTRIC CONTROL
•PEC0TL
120, 208, 240, 277, Multivolt—Turn and Lock
• PEC1TL
120 volt—Turn and Lock
• PEC5TL
480 volt—Turn and Lock
PEC
MB-PECTL

POLE TOP ADAPTER (For PE Receptacle)
• PTA-PECTL

PTA-PECTL

SHORTING CAP (With standard three-prong plug)
• SCCL-PECTL

SCCL-PECTL

UPLIGHT SHIELD
• ULS-L3ED

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

ULS-L3ED
2005 /A-57

A

A

AREA LIGHTING DECORATIVE POST TOP DATA

DECORATIVE POST TOP DATA

EXPLANATION OF OPTIONS

EXPLANATION OF OTHER TERMS USED

F = FUSING (not available with multivolt or dual voltage)

If specified, fuse(s) should be rated three times maximum
current but less than branch circuit breaker (minimum of 5
amps for any fuse). Luminaires supplied with fuse holder(s)
will accept a fuse such as Bussman KTK type. Factory
installed fuse holder includes one fuse for 120V, 277V or two
fuses for 208V, 240V, 480V.

J = LINE SURGE PROTECTOR, EXPULSION TYPE

An expulsion device protects against transient surges
caused by lightning or distribution system switching.

L = LATCH ON DOOR OR LATCH ON CANOPY
(when latch is not standard)

MULTIVOLT

The multivolt choice under “Voltage” in Ordering Number
Logic tables means that the customer can make the
necessary connections to operate the luminaire at any one
of four voltages - 120, 208, 240 or 277.

PE CONTROL

A photoelectric (PE) control allows automatic dusk-to-dawn
operation of luminaires. With most luminaires, the “PE ”
choice includes a receptacle only; the PE itself must be
ordered separately. See product and accessory pages.

ROADWAY LIGHT DISTRIBUTION PATTERNS

On luminaires where this is an option, standard doors or
canopies are fastened with screws. With this option, latches
are used instead, allowing no-tool access.

R = OPTIONAL OUTLET BOX

Simplex receptacle is available on certain post top models.

T = TERMINAL BOARD (when terminal board is not
standard)

All internal wiring in the luminaire is completed. Internal
and external electrical connectors are made on a screw
terminal board.

U = UL LISTED and UL LISTED TO CANADIAN STANDARDS
AND CODES

Equipment has passed tests by Underwriters' Laboratories
and is UL 1598 Listed Suitable for Wet Locations. It is also
CSA Certified. This option applies only to luminaires with
polycarbonate refractors.

There are three IES (Illuminating Engineering Society)
classifications used to describe the light distribution or
beam pattern of a roadway luminaire or one with roadway
optics.
1. S (Short), M (Medium), or L (Long) indicates how far up
and down a street a luminaire directs light.
2. C (Cutoff), S (Semi-cutoff), or N (Non-cutoff) tells how
much light a luminaire directs above 80° and 90°
vertical. A cutoff luminaire directs almost no light
above 90°; a semi-cutoff, some light; and a non-cutoff
has no restrictions on how much light might be emitted
in any direction.
3. Type designations I, II, III, IV are for asymmetrical
(non-circular) light distribution patterns and indicate
how far a luminaire directs light across the width of the
street; the higher the number, the further light is
directed across the street. An IES Type V designation
signifies that light is emitted in a circular (symmetrical)
pattern.

MOUNTING HEIGHT

Mounting height is generally the distance from the
luminaire to the ground. For pole mounted luminaires, this
may not correspond to pole height, depending on whether
the luminaire is mounted directly on top of the pole, or on a
yoke.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
A-58/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

Art
Deco

A/D
w/Ribs

Revival

18”
Globe
(8”)

22”
Globe
(9”)

Colony

Americana
8” & 9”

Edison V
8”

Constitution
8”

Traditional

Classic

Trad.
Prism.

Colonial
Prism.

Torch
Globe

AREA LIGHTING DECORATIVE POST TOP DATA

GLOBE AVAILABILITY KEY

Legacy
9”

Torch
8”

Patriarch
9”

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/A-59

A

PHOTOMETRIC TABLES

A

AREA LIGHTING
AREA LIGHTING
DECORATIVE
DECORATIVE
POST TOPPOST
PHOTOMETRIC
TOP DATA

THESE PHOTOMETRIC TABLES PROVIDE IES DISTRIBUTION TYPES
AVAILABLE FOR A PARTICULAR OPTICAL, FIXTURE AND LAMP
SOURCE. FOR PHOTOMETRIC IES FILES PLEASE REFERENCE THE
CORRESPONDING CURVE NUMBER AND CONTACT THE FACTORY.

COLONY – ASYMMETRIC

COLONY – SYMMETRIC

(with or without ribs)
OPT-1DXXAS (A) Acrylic

Americana Fixture
Lamp info
50 W MH
70 W MH
100 W MH
175 W MH
50 W HPS
70 W HPS
100 W HPS
150 W HPS
175 W HG

Distribution
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
Distribution
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V

Curve#
452142
452143
452144
452145
452146
452147
452148
452149

EDV Fixture
Lamp info
50 W MH
70 W MH
100 W MH
175 W MH
50 W HPS
70 W HPS
100 W HPS
150 W HPS

Distribution
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V

Curve#
452150
452151
452152
452153
452154
452155
452156
452157

Legacy Fixture
Lamp info
50 W MH
70 W MH
100 W MH
175 W MH
50 W HPS
70 W HPS
100 W HPS
150 W HPS

Distribution
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V

Curve#
452158
452159
452160
452161
452162
452163
452164
452165

Patriarch Fixture
Lamp info
50 W MH
70 W MH
100 W MH
175 W MH
50 W HPS
70 W HPS
100 W HPS
150 W HPS

Distribution
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V

(with or without ribs)
OPT-1E8XBS, OPT-1F8XBS (B) Polycarbonate

Americana Fixture
Curve#
452166
452108
452085
452086
452167
452107
452000
452087
452001

Constitution Fixture
Lamp info
50 W MH
70 W MH
100 W MH
175 W MH
50 W HPS
70 W HPS
100 W HPS
150 W HPS

ART DECO – SYMMETRIC

(with or without ribs)
OPT-1DXXAA (A) Acrylic

Curve#
452391
452130
452125
452126
452392
452129
452127
452128

Lamp info
50 W MH
70 W MH
100 W MH
175 W MH
50 W HPS
70 W HPS
100 W HPS
150 W HPS

Distribution
TYPE IV
TYPE IV
TYPE IV
TYPE IV
TYPE IV
TYPE IV
TYPE IV
TYPE IV

Americana Fixture
Curve#
452168
452109
452088
452089
452169
452110
452090
452091

Lamp info
50 W MH
70 W MH
100 W MH
175 W MH
50 W HPS
70 W HPS
100 W HPS
150 W HPS

Curve#
452170
452171
452172
452173
452174
452175
452176
452177

Lamp info
50 W MH
70 W MH
100 W MH
175 W MH
50 W HPS
70 W HPS
100 W HPS
150 W HPS

Curve#
452178
452179
452180
452181
452182
452183
452184
452185

Lamp info
50 W MH
70 W MH
100 W MH
175 W MH
50 W HPS
70 W HPS
100 W HPS
150 W HPS

Constitution Fixture
Lamp info
50 W MH
70 W MH
100 W MH
175 W MH
50 W HPS
70 W HPS
100 W HPS
150 W HPS

Distribution
TYPE IV
TYPE IV
TYPE IV
TYPE IV
TYPE IV
TYPE IV
TYPE IV
TYPE IV
Distribution
TYPE IV
TYPE IV
TYPE IV
TYPE IV
TYPE IV
TYPE IV
TYPE IV
TYPE IV
Distribution
TYPE IV
TYPE IV
TYPE IV
TYPE IV
TYPE IV
TYPE IV
TYPE IV
TYPE IV

Curve#
452186
452187
452188
452189
452190
452191
452192
452193

Patriarch Fixture
Lamp info
50 W MH
70 W MH
100 W MH
175 W MH
50 W HPS
70 W HPS
100 W HPS
150 W HPS

Distribution
TYPE II
TYPE II
TYPE II
TYPE III
TYPE III
TYPE III
TYPE III
TYPE III

Curve#
452393
452124
452119
452120
452394
452123
452121
452122

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
A-60/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

Distribution
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V

Curve#
452194
452116
451938
451939
452195
452115
451940
451941

EDV Fixture

Legacy Fixture
Lamp info
50 W MH
70 W MH
100 W MH
175 W MH
50 W HPS
70 W HPS
100 W HPS
150 W HPS

Curve#
452198
452199
452200
452201
452202
452203
452204
452205

Constitution Fixture

EDV Fixture
Lamp info
50 W MH
70 W MH
100 W MH
175 W MH
50 W HPS
70 W HPS
100 W HPS
150 W HPS

Distribution
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V

Distribution
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V

Curve#
452206
452207
452208
452209
452210
452211
452212
452213

PHOTOMETRIC TABLES

REVIVAL
– SYMMETRIC
REVIVAL
– SYMMETRIC

TRADITIONAL
PRISMATIC
– SYMMETRIC
TRADITIONAL
PRISMATIC

OPT-1P8XBS (B) Polycarbonate

OPT-1AXXCS (C) Polycarbonate/Acrylic

Americana Fixture
Lamp info
50 W MH
70 W MH
100 W MH
175 W MH
50 W HPS
70 W HPS
100 W HPS
150 W HPS

Distribution
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V

Americana Fixture
Curve#
452214
452215
452216
452217
452218
452219
452220
452221

Lamp info
70 W MH
100 W MH
175 W MH
175 W MH (ctd)
50 W HPS
70 W HPS
100 W HPS
150 W HPS

Curve#
452196
452118
452103
452104
452197
452117
452105
452106

Lamp info
70 W MH
100 W MH
175 W MH
175 W MH (ctd)
50 W HPS
70 W HPS
100 W HPS
150 W HPS

Distribution
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
Distribution
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V

Americana Fixture
Lamp info
70 W MH
100 W MH
175 W MH
175 W MH (ctd)
50 W HPS
70 W HPS
100 W HPS
150 W HPS

Curve#
452276
452277
452278
452279
452280
452281
452282
452283

Lamp info
70 W MH
100 W MH
175 W MH
175 W MH (ctd)
50 W HPS
70 W HPS
100 W HPS
150 W HPS

Curve#
452222
452223
452224
452225
452226
452227
452228
452229

Lamp info
70 W MH
100 W MH
175 W MH
175 W MH (ctd)
50 W HPS
70 W HPS
100 W HPS
150 W HPS

Distribution
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V

Curve#
452284
452285
452286
452287
452288
452289
452290
452291

Distribution
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V

Curve#
452292
452293
452294
452295
452296
452297
452298
452299

Patriarch Fixture
Lamp info
50 W MH
70 W MH
100 W MH
175 W MH
50 W HPS
70 W HPS
100 W HPS
150W HPS

Distribution
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V

Curve#
452399
452400
452401
452402
452403
452404
452405
452406

Curve#
451285
451476
451375
451376
451371
451372
451373
451374

Distribution
TYPE II
TYPE II
TYPE II
TYPE II
TYPE II
TYPE II
TYPE II
TYPE II

Curve#
452300
452301
452302
452303
452304
452305
452306
452307

EDV Fixture
Lamp info
70 W MH
100 W MH
175 W MH
175 W MH (ctd)
50 W HPS
70 W HPS
100 W HPS
150 W HPS

Legacy Fixture
Lamp info
70 W MH
100 W MH
175 W MH
175 W MH (ctd)
50 W HPS
70 W HPS
100 W HPS
150 W HPS

Distribution
TYPE II
TYPE II
TYPE II
TYPE II
TYPE II
TYPE II
TYPE II
TYPE II

Constitution Fixture

EDV Fixture

EDV Fixture
Lamp info
50 W MH
70 W MH
100 W MH
175 W MH
50 W HPS
70 W HPS
100 W HPS
150 W HPS

Distribution
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V

OPT-1AXXCA (C) Polycarbonate/Acrylic

Curve#
451499
451500
451501
451502
451495
451496
451497
451498

Constitution Fixture

Constitution Fixture
Lamp info
50 W MH
70 W MH
100 W MH
175 W MH
50 W HPS
70 W HPS
100 W HPS
150 W HPS

Distribution
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V

TRADITIONAL
PRISMATIC
– ASYMMETRIC
TRADITIONAL
PRISMATIC
III

AREA LIGHTING
AREA LIGHTING
DECORATIVE
DECORATIVE
POST TOPPOST
PHOTOMETRIC
TOP DATA

THESE PHOTOMETRIC TABLES PROVIDE IES DISTRIBUTION TYPES
AVAILABLE FOR A PARTICULAR OPTICAL, FIXTURE AND LAMP
SOURCE. FOR PHOTOMETRIC IES FILES PLEASE REFERENCE THE
CORRESPONDING CURVE NUMBER AND CONTACT THE FACTORY.

Distribution
TYPE II
TYPE II
TYPE II
TYPE II
TYPE II
TYPE II
TYPE II
TYPE II

Curve#
451257
451440
451367
451368
451369
451370
451365
451366

Legacy Fixture
Lamp info
70 W MH
100 W MH
175 W MH
175 W MH (ctd)
50 W HPS
70 W HPS
100 W HPS
150 W HPS

Distribution
TYPE II
TYPE II
TYPE II
TYPE II
TYPE II
TYPE II
TYPE II
TYPE II

Curve#
452308
452309
452310
452311
452312
452313
452314
452315

Patriarch Fixture
Lamp info
50 W MH
70 W MH
100 W MH
175 W MH
50 W HPS
70 W HPS
100 W HPS
150 W HPS

Distribution
Contact Factory
Contact Factory
Contact Factory
Contact Factory
Contact Factory
Contact Factory
Contact Factory
Contact Factory

Curve#
452407
452408
452409
452410
452411
452412
452413
452414

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/A-61

A

PHOTOMETRIC TABLES

A

AREA LIGHTING
AREA LIGHTING
DECORATIVE
DECORATIVE
POST TOPPOST
PHOTOMETRIC
TOP DATA

THESE PHOTOMETRIC TABLES PROVIDE IES DISTRIBUTION TYPES
AVAILABLE FOR A PARTICULAR OPTICAL, FIXTURE AND LAMP
SOURCE. FOR PHOTOMETRIC IES FILES PLEASE REFERENCE THE
CORRESPONDING CURVE NUMBER AND CONTACT THE FACTORY.

COLONIAL
PRISMATIC
– SYMMETRIC
COLONIAL
PRISMATIC
V
OPT-1B8XCS (C) Polycarbonate/Acrylic

Americana Fixture
Lamp info
70 W MH
175 W MH
175 W MH (ctd)
50 W HPS
70 W HPS
100 W HPS
150 W HPS

Distribution
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
Distribution
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V

Curve#
452316
452317
452318
452319
452320
452321
452322

EDV Fixture
Lamp info
70 W MH
175 W MH
175 W MH (ctd)
50 W HPS
70 W HPS
100 W HPS
150 W HPS

Distribution
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V

OPT-1B8XCA (C) Polycarbonate/Acrylic

Americana Fixture
Curve#
451287
451289
451291
451274
451276
451278
451280

Constitution Fixture
Lamp info
70 W MH
175 W MH
175 W MH (ctd)
50 W HPS
70 W HPS
100 W HPS
150 W HPS

COLONIAL
PRISMATIC
– ASYMMETRIC
COLONIAL
PRISMATIC
III

Curve#
451259
452323
452324
452325
452326
452327
452328

Lamp info
175 W MH
175 W MH (ctd)
50 W HPS
70 W HPS
100 W HPS
150 W HPS

Distribution
TYPE II
TYPE III
TYPE II
TYPE II
TYPE II
TYPE II
Distribution
TYPE II
TYPE III
TYPE II
TYPE II
TYPE II
TYPE II

Curve#
452329
452330
452331
452332
452333
452334

EDV Fixture
Lamp info
175 W MH
175 W MH (ctd)
50 W HPS
70 W HPS
100 W HPS
150 W HPS

Distribution
TYPE II
TYPE III
TYPE II
TYPE II
TYPE II
TYPE II

OPT-1CXXBS (B) Polycarbonate

Americana Fixture
Curve#
451288
451290
451273
451275
451277
451279

Constitution Fixture
Lamp info
175 W MH
175 W MH (ctd)
50 W HPS
70 W HPS
100 W HPS
150 W HPS

TRADITIONAL
STANDARD
– SYMMETRIC
TRADITIONAL
STANDARD

Curve#
452335
452336
452337
452338
452339
452340

Lamp info
70 W MH
100 W MH
175 W MH
175 W MH (ctd)
50 W HPS
70 W HPS
100 W HPS
150 W HPS

Distribution
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V

Curve#
451341
451424
451180
451181
451179
451426
451427
451428

Constitution Fixture
Lamp info
70 W MH
100 W MH
175 W MH
175 W MH (ctd)
50 W HPS
70 W HPS
100 W HPS
150 W HPS

Distribution
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V

Curve#
452341
452342
452343
452344
452345
452346
452347
452348

EDV Fixture
Lamp info
70 W MH
100 W MH
175 W MH
175 W MH (ctd)
50 W HPS
70 W HPS
100 W HPS
150 W HPS

Distribution
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V

Curve#
451261
452349
178240
452350
178232
452351
452352
452353

Legacy Fixture
Lamp info
70 W MH
100 W MH
175 W MH
175 W MH (ctd)
50 W HPS
70 W HPS
100 W HPS
150 W HPS

Distribution
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V

Curve#
452354
452355
452356
452357
452358
452359
452360
452361

Patriarch Fixture
Lamp info
50 W MH
70 W MH
100 W MH
175 W MH
50 W HPS
70 W HPS
100 W HPS
150 W HPS

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
A-62/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

Distribution
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V

Curve#
452415
452416
452417
452418
452419
452420
452421
452422

PHOTOMETRIC TABLES

TRADITIONAL
STANDARD
– ASYMMETRIC
TRADITIONAL
STANDARD
–
(with
Internal Glass Refractor)
ASYMMETRIC
(with Internal Glass Refractor)
OPT-1CXXBS (B) Polycarbonate

Americana Fixture
Lamp info
70 W MH
100 W MH
175 W MH
175 W MH (ctd)
50 W HPS
70 W HPS
100 W HPS
150 W HPS

Distribution
TYPE IV
TYPE IV
TYPE IV
TYPE IV
TYPE IV
TYPE IV
TYPE IV
TYPE IV

Curve#
451570
451571
451572
451573
451566
451567
451568
451569

Constitution Fixture
Lamp info
70 W MH
100 W MH
175 W MH
175 W MH (ctd)
50 W HPS
70 W HPS
100 W HPS
150 W HPS

Distribution
TYPE IV
TYPE IV
TYPE IV
TYPE IV
TYPE IV
TYPE IV
TYPE IV
TYPE IV

Curve#
452362
452363
452364
452365
452366
452367
452368
452369

EDV Fixture
Lamp info
70 W MH
100 W MH
175 W MH
175 W MH (ctd)
50 W HPS
70 W HPS
100 W HPS
150 W HPS

Distribution
TYPE IV
TYPE IV
TYPE IV
TYPE IV
TYPE IV
TYPE IV
TYPE IV
TYPE IV

Curve#
452027
452370
452029
452030
452023
452024
452025
452026

22" IMPRESSION – SYMMETRIC

OPT-1L9XDS (D) White Polycarbonate

Americana Fixture
Lamp info
175 W MH
175 W MH (ctd)
50 W HPS
70 W HPS
100 W HPS
150 W HPS

Distribution
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V

Curve#
452379
452380
452381
452382
452383
452384

Legacy Fixture
Lamp info
175 W MH
175 W MH (ctd)
50 W HPS
70 W HPS
100 W HPS
150 W HPS

Distribution
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V

Curve#
452385
452386
452387
452388
452389
452390

Patriarch Fixture
Lamp info
50 W MH
70 W MH
100 W MH
175 W MH
50 W HPS
70 W HPS
100 W HPS
150 W HPS

Distribution
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V

Curve#
452423
452424
452425
452426
452427
452428
452429
452430

18" IMPRESSION – SYMMETRIC

OPT-1K8XDS (D) White Polycarbonate
Not Available with Americana

Constitution Fixture
Lamp info
50 W MH
70 W MH
100 W MH
175 W MH
50 W HPS
70 W HPS
100 W HPS
150 W HPS

Distribution
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V

Curve#
452234
452136
452131
452132
452235
452135
452133
452134

EDV Fixture
Lamp info
50 W MH
70 W MH
100 W MH
175 W MH
50 W HPS
70 W HPS
100 W HPS
150 W HPS

Distribution
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V

Curve#
452236
452237
452238
452239
452240
452241
452242
452243

AREA LIGHTING
AREA LIGHTING
DECORATIVE
DECORATIVE
POST TOPPOST
PHOTOMETRIC
TOP DATA

THESE PHOTOMETRIC TABLES PROVIDE IES DISTRIBUTION TYPES
AVAILABLE FOR A PARTICULAR OPTICAL, FIXTURE AND LAMP
SOURCE. FOR PHOTOMETRIC IES FILES PLEASE REFERENCE THE
CORRESPONDING CURVE NUMBER AND CONTACT THE FACTORY.

Legacy Fixture
Lamp info
70 W MH
100 W MH
175 W MH
175 W MH (ctd)
50 W HPS
70 W HPS
100 W HPS
150 W HPS

Distribution
TYPE IV
TYPE IV
TYPE IV
TYPE IV
TYPE IV
TYPE IV
TYPE IV
TYPE IV

Curve#
452371
452372
452373
452374
452375
452376
452377
452378

Patriarch Fixture
Lamp info Distribution
50 W MH TYPE IV
70 W MH TYPE IV
100 W MH TYPE IV
175 W MH TYPE IV
50 W HPS TYPE IV
70 W HPS TYPE IV
100 W HPSTYPE IV
150 W HPSTYPE IV

Curve#
Contact Factory
Contact Factory
Contact Factory
Contact Factory
Contact Factory
Contact Factory
Contact Factory
Contact Factory

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/A-63

A

PHOTOMETRIC TABLES

A

AREA LIGHTING
AREA LIGHTING
DECORATIVE
DECORATIVE
POST TOPPOST
PHOTOMETRIC
TOP DATA

THESE PHOTOMETRIC TABLES PROVIDE IES DISTRIBUTION TYPES
AVAILABLE FOR A PARTICULAR OPTICAL, FIXTURE AND LAMP
SOURCE. FOR PHOTOMETRIC IES FILES PLEASE REFERENCE THE
CORRESPONDING CURVE NUMBER AND CONTACT THE FACTORY.

CLASSIC TYPE V – SYMMETRIC
OPT-1H9XAS (A) Acrylic

Distribution
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V

Curve#
452244
452245
452246
452247
452248
452249
452250
452251

Lamp info
50 W MH
70 W MH
100 W MH
175 W MH
50 W HPS
70 W HPS
100 W HPS
150 W HPS

Curve#
452252
452253
452254
452255
452256
452257
452258
452259

Lamp info
50 W MH
70 W MH
100 W MH
175 W MH
50 W HPS
70 W HPS
100 W HPS
150 W HPS

Distribution
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V

Curve#
452395
452112
452092
452093
452396
452111
452094
452095

Lamp info
50 W MH
70 W MH
100 W MH
175 W MH
50 W HPS
70 W HPS
100 W HPS
150 W HPS

Distribution
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V
TYPE V

Curve#
452260
452261
452262
452263
452264
452265
452266
452267

Distribution
LN IV
LN IV
MN IV
MN IV
MN III
MN III
MN IV
MN IV

Curve#
452268
452269
452270
452271
452272
452273
452274
452275

Patriarch Fixture

Patriarch Fixture
Lamp info
50 W MH
70 W MH
100 W MH
175 W MH
50 W HPS
70 W HPS
100 W HPS
150 W HPS

Distribution
LN IV
LN IV
MN IV
MN IV
MN III
MN III
MN IV
MN IV

Legacy Fixture

Legacy Fixture
Lamp info
50 W MH
70 W MH
100 W MH
175 W MH
50 W HPS
70 W HPS
100 W HPS
150 W HPS

OPT-1H9XAA (A) Acrylic

Americana Fixture

Americana Fixture
Lamp info
50 W MH
70 W MH
100 W MH
175W MH
50 W HPS
70 W HPS
100 W HPS
150W HPS

CLASSIC TYPE III – ASYMMETRIC

Distribution
TYPE III
TYPE III
TYPE III
TYPE III
TYPE III
TYPE III
TYPE III
TYPE III

Curve#
452397
452114
452099
452100
452398
452113
452101
452102

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
A-64/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

TORCH – ASYMMETRIC & SYMMETRIC
Lamp info
50 W HPS
70 W HPS
100 W HPS
150 W (55V) HPS
250 W HPS
50 W MH
70 W MH
100 W MH
175 W MH
250 W MH
100 W MH (Coated)
175 W MH (Coated)
250 W MH (Coated)
400 W MH ED28
400 W MH ED28

Distribution
LN-IV
MN-IV
MN-IV
MN-IV
SN-II
MN-IV
MN-IV
MN-IV
MN-III
MN-III
MN-IV
SN-III
SN-III
MN-III
TYPE-V

50 W HPS (Clear) TYPE-V
70 W HPS (Clear) TYPE-V
100 W HPS (Clear) TYPE-V
150 W HPS (Clear) TYPE-V
150 W HPS (Coated)TYPE-V
175 W MH (Clear) TYPE-V
175 W MH (Coated) TYPE-V
250 W MH (Clear) TYPE-V
250 W MH (Clear) TYPE-V
250 W MH (Coated) TYPE-V
400 W HPS (Clear) SN2
400 W MH (Clear) SN2
400 W HPS (Clear) TYPE-V
400 W MH ED28
(Coated)
MN-III
100 ISOTRON
(Coated)
TYPE-V

Curve#
450971
450671
450672
450673
450680
450974
450972
450678
450674
450676
450679
450675
450677
451482
452483
452499
452498
452485
452496
452497
452488
452489
452484
452486
452487
451895
451913
452494
451914
451898

PHOTOMETRIC TABLES

TOWN & COUNTRY

POST MOUNT
Lamp info
Distribution
70 W HPS
MN2
100 W HPS
MN2
150 W (55V) HPS MN2
70 W HPS
MN3
100 W HPS
MN3
150 W (55V) HPS MN3
70 W HPS
MS5
100 W HPS
MS5
150 W (55V) HPS MS5
175 W MH (Coated) MN3
175 W MH (Coated) SN5
175 W Merc (Coated) MN3
175 W Merc (Coated) SN5

Curve#
177688
177688
177688
175719
175719
175719
176928
176928
176928
177509
177508
177509
177508

SALEM

T10C
Lamp info
Distribution Curve#
50 W HPS
MS5
177505
70 W HPS
MS5
177505
100 W HPS
MS5
177505
150 W (55V) HPS
MS5
177505
175 W MH (Coated) SS4
177507
175 W MH (Coated) SS5
177506
100 W Merc (Coated) SS4
177507
100 W Merc (Coated) SS5
177506
175 W Merc (Coated) SS4
177507
175 W Merc (Coated) SS5
177506

T10R
Lamp info
Distribution Curve#
50 W HPS
MS2
177502
50 W HPS
MS3
177503
70 W HPS
MS2
177502
70 W HPS
MS3
177503
100 W HPS
MS2
177502
100 W HPS
MS3
177503
150 W (55V) HPS
MS2
177502
150 W (55V) HPS
MS3
177503
175 W MH (Coated) SS4
177504
100 W Merc (Coated) SS4
177504
175 W Merc (Coated) SS4
177504

SEML
Lamp info
50 W HPS
70 W HPS
100 W HPS
150 W (55V) HPS
100 W PMH
150 W PMH
175 W MH

Distribution Curve#
MS5
452855
MS5
452854
MS5
452853
MS5
452852
SS5
452856
SS5
452857
SS5
452858

SEMT (TA and TL)
Lamp info
50 W HPS
50 W HPS
70 W HPS
70 W HPS
100 W HPS
100 W HPS
100 W MH
150 W HPS
150 W HPS
100 W PMH
150 W PMH
175 W MH

Distribution Curve#
MS2
177678
MS3
177679
MS2
177678
MS3
177679
MS2
177678
MS3
177679
MS2
452921
MS2
177678
MS3
177679
MS3
452849
MS3
452850
MS3
452851

AREA LIGHTING
AREA LIGHTING
DECORATIVE
DECORATIVE
POST TOPPOST
PHOTOMETRIC
TOP DATA

THESE PHOTOMETRIC TABLES PROVIDE IES DISTRIBUTION TYPES
AVAILABLE FOR A PARTICULAR OPTICAL, FIXTURE AND LAMP
SOURCE. FOR PHOTOMETRIC IES FILES PLEASE REFERENCE THE
CORRESPONDING CURVE NUMBER AND CONTACT THE FACTORY.

SEMT (FG)
Lamp info
50 W HPS
50 W HPS
70 W HPS
70 W HPS
100 W HPS
100 W HPS
150 W HPS
150 W HPS
100W ISOTRON
100 W MH (Coated)
175 W MH (Clear)
175 W MH (Clear)
100 W PMH (Clear)
150 W PMH (Clear)
150 W PMH (Clear)

Distribution Curve#
MC2
177735
SC2
177736
MC2
177735
SC2
177736
MC2
177735
SC2
177736
MC2
177735
SC2
177736
TYPE-V
452470
SC2
452712
MC3
452713
SC2
452714
MC3
452718
MC3
452715
MC2
452716

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/A-65

A

AREA LIGHTING DECORATIVE POST TOP DATA

A

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
A-66/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

PRODUCT NAME

PRODUCT ID.

Criterion™ Wallpack

CCDX, CCSX, CCMX, CTDX, CTSX, CTMX A-68

Versaflood II® Wallighter

V2FW

A-70

Wallighter 400

W4L

A-72

Wallighter 250 Cutoff

W25C

A-74

Wallighter 175

W1LR, W1SR, W1LG, W1SG

A-76

Wallighter 70

WS

A-78

Wallmount™ 400

WMTS

A-80

Wallmount™ 175

WM7M

A-82

Wallmount™ 100

WM1M

A-84

Wallmount™ Vandal-Proof

WMV

A-85

WML Wallighter

WML

A-86

SBW ®

SBW

A-87

WP-50 HID FIXTURE

WP-50

A-88

Replacer Ignitor Kit
Replacer Ballast Kits

PAGE

AREA WALLIGHTER INDEX

AREA WALLIGHTER INDEX

R-44
GERB

R-45

Area Wallighter Accessories

A-89

Area Wallighter Data

A-93

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/A-67

A

CRITERIONTM WALLPACK LIGHTING
Featuring SnapDriveTM
APPLICATIONS

A

CRITERION WALLPACK AREA LIGHTING

• Building perimeters, entrances, walkways and residential yards
• Loading docks and many other wall mounted areas

Forward
Throw

SPECIFICATION FEATURES
•

/ 1598 Listed
Suitable For Wet Locations
• Die-cast aluminum housing for
strength, beauty and low
maintenance
• Scaled family styling for a consistent
site-enhancing look – day and night
• Concealed continuous gasket seals
against harmful dust, dirt, moisture
and insects
• Tool-less entry for easy, economical
maintenance (except DM)
• Tamper-resistant option helps
prevent unauthorized entry for
security and safety (standard on DM)
• Pre-punched key hole mounting slots,
for fast and easy installation

Cut-off

• Sliding notched hinge for quick and
simple removal of the front housing
(except DM)
• 70w features economical direct
mounting ballasts
• Choice of a palette of standard colors,
188 RAL colors, or your own custom
color in fade- and abrasion-resistant
powder and liquid paints
• Cut-Off version to meet dark sky
standards
• Forward Throw version includes field
adjustable reflector for precise
placement of light
• Reflector is computer optimized for MH
lamps to maximize efficiency

• Rugged hydro-formed reflector for
consistent, repeatable performance
• ALGLAS® coating seals reflectors
from contaminants for superior
long term performance
• 35w to 400w MH, PMH and HPS
lamp operation (Consult ballast
selection table in product brochure
for availability.)
• Optional EZAdd Switched quartz (M)
• Optional single & dual fusing
• Optional button PE (must drill hole)
• Optional pre-drilled and plugged
1/2" conduit entrances left side,
right side, and top of small and
medium sized wallpacks

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
CCMX

40

M

0

A

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXXX
CCDX = Cut-off with Direct Mount
Electricals (Vertical Lamp)
CCSX = Cut-off Small with SnapDrive
(Vertical Lamp)
CCMX= Cut-off Medium with SnapDrive
(Vertical Lamp)
CTDX = Forward Throw with
Direct Mount Electricals
(Horizontal Lamp)
CTSX = Forward Throw Small with
SnapDrive (Horizontal Lamp)
CTMX = Forward Throw Medium with
SnapDrive (Horizontal Lamp)
CCDC= Cut-off with Direct Mount
Electricals (Vertical Lamp) for Canada
CCSC= Cut-off Small with SnapDrive
(Vertical Lamp) for Canada
CCMC= Cut-off Medium with SnapDrive
(Vertical Lamp) for Canada
CTDC= Forward Throw with Direct
Mount Electricals (Horizontal Lamp) for
Canada
CTSC= Forward Throw Small with
SnapDrive (Horizontal Lamp) for Canada
CTMC= Forward Throw Medium with
SnapDrive (Horizontal Lamp) for Canada

WATTAGE

LIGHT
SOURCE
X
S = HPS
M = MH
P = Pulse
Start
MH

VOLTAGE

BALLAST
PE
DISTRIBUTION
TYPE
CONTROL
XX
X
X
See Ballast 1 =No PE A = Forward
Selection
Throw
3 =Button
Table
(CTXX only)
PE*
A =Autoreg
B = Cut-off
(CCXX only)
H =HPF-LAG
or
Reactor

XX
05 = 50 (DM)
07 = 70 (DM)
10 = 100 (S)
15 = 150 (S)
(55V)
17 = 175 (S)
25 = 250 (M) Lamp
40 = 400 (M) included
unless
otherwise
requested.

Note:
S =Small
M =Medium
DM =Direct
Mount

2

X
60Hz
0 =120/208/
240/277*
MULTIVOLT
1 =120
2 =208
3 =240
4 =277
5 =480
D = 347
P =120X277X347** N =NPF-LAG
or
Reactor

* Factory set
to 277V
** Factory set
to 347V

Small w/SnapDrive
CCSX, CCSC
CTSX, CTSC

Medium w/SnapDrive
CCMX, CCMC
CTMX, CTMC

Wattage
35
50
70
50
70
100
150
100
150
175
175
250
400
250
400
250
400

Source
HPS
HPS
HPS
PMH
PMH
HPS
HPS
PMH
PMH
PMH
MH
HPS
HPS
PMH
PMH
MH
MH

D

COLOR

ORIENTATION OPTIONS

XXX

XXXX
X
Standard Colors U = Aimed
up
DKBZ = Dark
Bronze D = Aimed
down
BLCK = Black
WHTE =
White
Special Colors
Insert four digit
color code from
RAL Color Chart

X
B

F

= Time
Delay
Automatically
Switched
Quartz*
= Fusing**

003 = Pre-drill
& plug
conduit
entrances
(S & M
sizes only)
004 = Tamperresistant
hardware
(S & M
sizes only)
XXX = Special
Options
* Switched
Quartz
available in
Medium only
** Fusing not
available
with
multivolt

SUGGESTED CONFIGURATION

Forward Throw
Photo Curve
451665
451666
451667
451669
451670
451671
451672
451673
451674
N/A
451675
451676
451677
N/A
N/A
451678
451679

Cutoff
Photo Curve
451772
451773
451774
451776
451777
451778
451779
451780
451781
451782
451783
451784
451785
451786
451787
451788
451789

ENTRANCE/EXIT LIGHTING
70 watt
CCDX
07
P
O
N
CTDX
07
P
O
N
175 watt CCSX
17
P
O
A
LOADING DOCK AND SECURITY LIGHTING
70 watt
CCDX
07
P
O
N
CTDX
07
P
O
N
175 watt CCSX
17
P
O
A
CTSX
17
M
O
A
400 watt CCMX 40
P
O
A
CTMX
40
P
O
A
PARKING LOT LIGHTING
175 watt CTSX
17
M
O
A
400 watt CTMX
40
P
O
A

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
A-68/2005

WHTE

* Not
available in
multivolt

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
Type
Direct MountElectrical Components
CCDX, CCDC
CTDX, CTDC

A

www.gelightingsystems.com

1
1
1

B
A
B

DKBZ
DKBZ
DKBZ

D
D
D

1
1
1
1
1
1

B
A
B
A
B
A

DKBZ
DKBZ
DKBZ
DKBZ
DKBZ
DKBZ

D
D
D
D
D
D

1
1

A
A

DKBZ
DKBZ

K
K

CRITERION TM WALLPACK LIGHTING
FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
DM Forward Throw

Small Forward Throw

9.4 in.
(239mm)

CRITERION WALLPACK AREA LIGHTING

6.4 in.
(164mm)
11.2 in.
(283mm)

13.3 in.
(337mm)

8.0 in.
(203mm)

16.3 in.
(414mm)

DM Cut-Off

7.9 in.
(201mm)

Small Cut-Off
6.4 in.
(164mm)

9.4 in.
(239mm)

11.2 in.
(283mm)

13.3 in.
(338mm)

7.2 in.
(183mm)

16.3 in.
(414mm)

7.9 in.
(201mm)

Medium Forward Throw

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
DM Forward Throw
DM Cut-Off
Small Forward Throw
Small Cut-Off
Medium Forward Throw
Medium Cut-Off
Typical Mounting Height
DM Forward Throw
DM Cut-Off
Small Forward Throw
Small Cut-Off
Medium Forward Throw
Medium Cut-Off

12-14 lbs
12-14 lbs
17-19 lbs
17-19 lbs
28-30 lbs
28-30 lbs

5-6 kgs
5-6 kgs
8-9 kgs
8-9 kgs
13-14 kgs
13-14 kgs

5-15 ft
5-15 ft
8-20 ft
8-20 ft
10-30 ft
10-30 ft

1.5-4.5 M
1.5-4.5 M
2.4-6.1 M
2.4-6.1 M
3.0-9.1 M
3.0-9.1 M

3.88 in.
(99mm)
14.0 in.
(355mm)

22.4 in.
(569mm)

10.8 in.
(273mm)

Medium Cut-Off

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
All HID light sources are clear unless otherwise indicated.
Housing Type
CCDX, CTDX

Wattage
50
70
50
70
CCSX, CTSX
100, 150
100, 150
175
175
CCMX, CTMX 250, 400
250, 400
250, 400
CCDC, CTDC 50
Canada
70
50
70
CCSC, CTSC 100, 150
Canada
100, 150
175
175
CCMC, CTMC 250, 400
Canada
250, 400
250, 400

Source
HPS
HPS
PMH
PMH
HPS
PMH
MH
PMH
HPS
MH
PMH
HPS
HPS
PMH
PMH
HPS
PMH
MH
PMH
HPS
MH
PMH

NOTE: N/A = Not Available

Lamp Size
B17
B17
BD17
BD17
B17
BD17
BD17
BD17
ED28
ED28
ED28
B17
B17
BD17
BD17
B17
BD17
BD17
BD17
ED28
ED28
ED28

Multivolt
H
N,H
N/A
N,H
H
H
A
A
A
A
A
H
A,N,H
N/A
N,H
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

120
H
N,H
H
N,H
H
H
A
A
A
A
A
H
N,H
N,H
N,H
H
H
A
A
A
A
A

208
H
N,H
N/A
N,H
H
H
A
A
A
A
A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

240
H
N,H
N/A
N,H
H
H
A
A
A
A
A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

277
H
N,H
H
N,H
H
H
A
A
A
A
A
H
A,N,H
N/A
N,H
H
A
A
A
A
A
A

480
H
N,H
N/A
N,H
N/A
N/A
A
A
A
A
A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

347
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
A
N/A
N,H
H
H
A
A
A
A
A

120 x 277 x 347
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
H
N/A
N/A
H
H
A
A
A
A
A

14.0 in.
(355mm)

22.4 in.
(569mm)

3.88 in.
(99mm)

10.8 in.
(273mm)

REFERENCES
See Page A-89 for start of Accessories.
See Page A-93 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.
See Pole and Bracket Section Page P-2 for pole selection.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/A-69

A

VERSAFLOOD II ® WALLIGHTER
APPLICATIONS
• High level wall mounted security and work lighting, tunnel and underpass lighting
• Anywhere optical performance is critical.
SPECIFICATION FEATURES

VERSAFLOOD II AREA LIGHTING

A

•

/

tempered glass or prismatic square
borosilicate refractor
• Corrosion resistant hardware
• Photoelectric receptacle available
• Mogul base socket -E39 standard
• Surface mounted through back with 0.75 inch
(19mm) threaded conduit
• 0.75 inch (19mm) threaded conduit openings
– top and sides for through wiring

1598 Listed

Suitable For Wet Locations
• Heavy-duty (NEMA) die-cast aluminum
housing
• Protected inside and out with an electrocoat
paint finish
• Formed reflector with ALGLAS® finish
• Sealed and activated-charcoal filtered optical
assembly
• Flat, stippled, heat and shock resistant

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
V2FW

40

PRODUCT
WATTAGE
IDENT
XX
XXXX
07 =70
V2FW=
Versaflood II 10 =100
15 =150
Wallighter
(55V)
17 =175
20 =200
25 =250
40 =400
NOTE:
Use square
Refractor (P)
for 400 watt

S

1

A

1

PWA

DB

P

LIGHT
SOURCE
X
S = HPS
M = MH
or
Merc
P = Pulse
Start

VOLTAGE

BALLAST
TYPE
X
See Ballast and
Photometric
Selection Table

PE
FUNCTION
X
1 = None
2 = PE
Receptacle

COLOR

OPTIONS

A = Autoreg

NOTE:
Receptacles
connected same
voltage as unit
except as noted.
Order PE
Control
separately.

OPTICAL
CONFIGURATION
XXX
See Ballast
and Photometric Selection Table
PWA =
Square Refractor
Wide Optics
Socket Position
(Factory Selected Optimum)

XX
DB =Dark
Bronze
(Standard)
GR =Gray

XXX
B = Time Delay
Automatically
Switched
Quartz
F = Fusing (Not
available with
multivolt)
L = Latch on door
P = Prewired with
6 ft (1.8 meters)
#14/3
Q = Non-Time
Delay
Automatically
Switched
Quartz

Standard:
Lamp not
included.

X
60Hz
0 = 120/208/
240/277
Multivolt
1 = 120
2 = 208
3 = 240
4 = 277
5 = 480
D = 347
T = 220
50Hz
6 = 220
Y = 240

G = Mag-Reg
with
Grounded
Socket Shell
H = HPF Reactor
or Lag

SNA =
Stippled Flat Glass
Narrow Optics
Socket Position
(Factory Selected Optimum)

K = Hot Restart
L = Super Low
Loss Autoreg
M = Mag-Reg
P = CWI with
Grounded
Socket Shell

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
A-70/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

VERSAFLOOD II ® WALLIGHTER
FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
S = Stippled Flat Glass

VERSAFLOOD II AREA LIGHTING

P = Square Refractor

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Suggested Mounting Height

27-45 lbs
0-20 ft.

12-20 kgs
0-6 M

BALLAST AND PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
All light sources are clear unless otherwise indicated.

Wattage
70, 100,
150 (55V)
70, 100,
150 (55V)
200-400
200-400
175, 250
175, 250
400

Light
Source

Ballast Type/Voltage
60Hz
120, 208,
Multi- 240, 277,
volt 480
347

HPS

H

G,H,K,M

HPS
HPS
HPS

H
A
A

MH
MH
MH/Merc

A
A
A

50Hz
240

IES
Photometric
Optical
Configuration Distribu- Curve No.
tion Type 35----ation

G,H,M N/A H

H

SNA

SN4

452862

G,H,K,M
A, P
A, P

G,H,M N/A H
A, P
A
N/A
A, P
A
N/A

H
PWA
N/A SNA
N/A PWA

SN4
SN4
SN2

178578
452863
178577

A
A
A, P

A, L
A
A, L
A
A, L, P A

A
SNA
A
PWA
N/A PWA

SN4
SN2
SN2

452861
178579
178580

220

220

A
A
N/A

NOTE: N/A = Not Available. C/F = Contact Factory.

REFERENCES
See Page A-89 for start of Accessories.
See Page A-93 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/A-71

A

WALLIGHTER 400 LUMINAIRE
APPLICATIONS
• Underpasses, loading docks and building perimeter security
• Applications where a high wattage wall mounted luminaire is needed
SPECIFICATION FEATURES

WALLIGHTER 400 AREA LIGHTING

A

•

/

1598 Listed

Suitable For Wet Locations
• Sealed and charcoal filtered housing
• Die-cast aluminum housing protected inside
and out with dark bronze electrocoat paint
finish
• ALGLAS® finish on aluminum reflector
• Heat and impact resistant prismatic glass
refractor

• Pre-wired terminal board and integral
direct-mounted ballast
• .75 in. (19mm) NPT conduit entrances
sides and top
• Photoelectric receptacle available
• Mogul base socket -E39 standard
• Magnapack packaging available

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
W4L

25

PRODUCT
WATTAGE
IDENT
XX
XXX
15 =150
W4L =
(55V)
Wallighter 400
17 =175
20 =200
25 =250
40 =400

S

0

LIGHT
SOURCE
X
S = HPS
M = MH
C = Merc

VOLTAGE

Standard:
Lamp not
included.

A

BALLAST
TYPE
X
X
60Hz
See Ballast and
0 = 120/208/ Photometric
240/277 Selection Table
Multivolt
1 = 120
A = Autoreg
2 = 208
G = Mag-Reg
3 = 240
with
4 = 277
Grounded
5 = 480
Socket Shell
D = 347
T = 220
H = HPF Reactor
50Hz
or Lag
6 = 220
Y = 240
K = Hot Restart

1

SN4

DB

F

PE
FUNCTION
X
1 = None
2 = PE Receptacle

IES DISTRIBUTION
TYPE
XXX
See Ballast
and Photometric Selection
Table
SN4 = Short, Non-cutoff,
Type IV

COLOR

OPTIONS

XX
DB =Dark
Bronze

XXX
B = Time Delay
Automatically
Switched
Quartz
F = Fusing (Not
available with
multivolt)
L = Latch on door
S = External
Slipfitter for
1-1/4 inch
(32mm)
diameter Pipe
Mounting
O48=External
/
Slipfitter for
2 in. (51mm)
diameter pipe
mounting

NOTE: Receptacle
connected same
voltage as unit.
Vertical mounting
only. Order PE
Control
separately.

M = Mag-Reg
N = NPF Reactor
or Lag
P = CWI with
Grounded
Socket Shell

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
A-72/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

WALLIGHTER 400 LUMINAIRE

WALLIGHTER 400 AREA LIGHTING

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Effective Projected Area

27-45 lbs
1.5 sq ft max

12-20 kgs
0.15 sq M max

BALLAST AND PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
All light sources are clear unless otherwise indicated.
Ballast Type/Voltage
60Hz
Light
Multi- 120, 208,
Wattage Source volt 240, 277
347
480
150 (55V) HPS
H,N G,H,K,M,N H,M,N M

220
N/A

220
N/A

200, 250,
400
HPS

A

A,P

A, P

A,P

A

175, 250
400

MH
MH

A
A

A
A,P

A
A, P

A
A,P

175
250

Merc
Merc

C
C

C
A

N/A
N/A

C
A

240
H,M

IES
Distribution
Type
SN4

Photometric
Curve
Number
35-17 - - - 9714

A

A

SN4

9664

A
N/A

A
CF

A
CF

SN4
SN4

9713
9665

N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A

SN4
SN4

9713
9713

50Hz

NOTE:N/A = Not Available.
CF = Contact Factory.

REFERENCES
See Page A-89 for start of Accessories.
See Page A-93 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/A-73

A

WALLIGHTER 250 CUTOFF LUMINAIRE
APPLICATIONS
• Building perimeters, entrances, walkways and residential yards
• Loading docks and many other wall mounted area lighting applications

A

WALLIGHTER 250 CUTOFF AREA LIGHTING

SPECIFICATION FEATURES
•

/

1598 Listed

Suitable For Wet Locations
• Three-piece die-cast aluminum housing
protected inside and out with dark bronze
electrocoat finish
• Enclosed, gasketed, with anodized aluminum
reflector and tempered glass bottom closure
• Standard and tamper resistant hardware
included

• Thru-feed conduit entrance on side with
built-in conduit clamps
• Front access to ballast components when
installed
• Mogul (E39 standard) or medium base
(E26 standard) sockets

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
W25C

25

S

PRODUCT
WATTAGE
LIGHT
IDENT
SOURCE
XX
XXXX
X
See Ballast and See Ballast
W25C =
Wallighter 250 Photometric
and
(250 watt max.) Selection Table Photometric
luminaire with
Selection
05 =50
cutoff optics
Table
07 =70
10 =100
S = HPS
15 =150 (55V) M = MH or
17 =175
Merc
20 =200
(with
25 =250
175W
77 =70/75
only)

0

A

1

G

DB

LENS TYPE LAMP BASE
COLOR
PE
FUNCTION
X
XX
X
X
XXX
G = Glass For IES Optical
1 = None
DB =Dark
See Ballast
3 = Internal
Configuration See
Bronze
and
PE Control
Ballast and
Photometric
Photometric
Selection
For PE Kit, see
Selection Table
A = Autoreg
Table
Accessories
60Hz
MGL =
G = Mag-Reg
0 = 120/208/
Mogul base E39
with
240/277
(Standard without
Grounded
Multivolt
lamp)
Socket Shell
1 = 120
2 = 208
MED =
H = HPF Reactor
3 = 240
Medium base E26
or Lag
4 = 277
(Standard with lamp)
5 = 480
K = Hot Restart
D = 347
F = 20X347
M = Mag-Reg
VOLTAGE

BALLAST
TYPE
X
See Ballast and
Photometric
Selection Table

N = NPF Reactor
or Lag
P = CWI with
Grounded
Socket Shell

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
A-74/2005

MGL

www.gelightingsystems.com

Q
OPTIONS
XXX
B = Time Delay
Automatically
Switched
Quartz
F = Fusing (Not
available with
multivolt)
Q = Non-Time
Delay
Automatically
Switched
Quartz

WALLIGHTER 250 CUTOFF LUMINAIRE

WALLIGHTER 250 CUTOFF AREA LIGHTING

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Suggested Mounting Height

15-30 lbs
8-20 ft

8-14 kgs
2-6 M

BALLAST AND PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
All light sources are clear unless otherwise indicated.
Ballast Type/Voltage
60Hz
Light
Wattage
Source
Multivolt
MOGUL BASE LAMP (NOT INCLUDED)
50
HPS
H
70, 100, 150(55V)
HPS
H
200*
HPS
A
250*
HPS
A
175
MH
A
250*
MH
A
MEDIUM BASE LAMP (INCLUDED)
50, 70, 100, 150(55V)
HPS
N
70, 100
MH
H
175
MH
A
NOTE: *Horizontal lamp operation

120

208

240

277

480

IES Distribution
347, 120X347 Type

Photometric Curve
Number 35-17----

H, K, N
G, H, K, M
A
A
A
A, P

H
G, H, M
A
A
A
A, P

H
G, H, M
A
A
A
A, P

H
G, H, M
A
A
A
A, P

N/A
G, H, M
C/F
A
A
A, P

H
G**, M
A
A
A
A, P

8825
8825
8830
8830
8828
8831

N
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
C/F = Contact Factory

N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A = Not Available

SC3
SC3
SC3
SC3
SC3
SC3
SC3
SC3
SC3
**347 Volt Only

8833
8835
8837

REFERENCES
See Page A-89 for start of Accessories.
See Page A-93 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/A-75

A

WALLIGHTER 175 LUMINAIRE
APPLICATIONS
• Building perimeters, entrances, walkways and residential yards
• Loading docks and many other wall mounted area lighting applications
SPECIFICATION FEATURES

WALLIGHTER 175 AREA LIGHTING

A

•

/

1598 Listed

Suitable For Wet Locations
• Two-piece die-cast aluminum housing
• Acrylic refractor or vandal-resistant
polycarbonate refractor
• Mogul (E39 standard) or medium base (E26
standard) sockets
• Standard and tamper resistant hardware
included

• Thru-feed conduit entrance on side with
built-in conduit clamps
• Front access to ballast when mounted
• For field installed Internal Glare Shield
(IGS-WL175) see Accessories
• Magnapack packaging available

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
W1LR

10

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXXX
W1LR =
Wallighter 175
(Mogul Base E39
Socket Standard
without Lamp)

WATTAGE

S

LIGHT
SOURCE
XX
X
See Ballast See Ballast
and
and
Photometric PhotometSelection
ric
Table
Selection
Table
05 =50
W1SR =
07 =70
Wallighter 175
S = HPS
(Medium Base E26 10 =100
M = MH or
Socket Standard 15 =150
Merc
(55V)
with Lamp)
(with
17 =175
175W
W1LG =
only)
Wallighter 175
(Mogul Base E39
without Lamp with
Internal Glare
Shield)
W1SG =
Wallighter 175
(Medium Base E26
with Lamp and
Internal Glare
Shield)

0
VOLTAGE

H

1

BALLAST
TYPE
X
X
See Ballast See Ballast
and
and
Photomet- Photometric
Selection
ric
Table
Selection
A = Autoreg
Table
G = Mag-Reg
60Hz
with
0 = 120/
Grounded
208/
Socket
240/
Shell
277
H = HPF
Multivolt
Reactor
1 = 120
or Lag
2 = 208
K = Hot
3 = 240
Restart
4 = 277
M = Mag-Reg
5 = 480
N = NPF
D = 347
Reactor
F = 120X347
or Lag
T = 220

A

DB

F

OPTIONS
COLOR
IES DISTRIBUTION
TYPE
XXX
XX
X
XXX
DB =Dark B = Time Delay
A = Acrylic See Ballast
Bronze
L = Polycar- and Photometric Selection
Automatically
bonate* Table
Switched
Quartz
SN2 = Short Non-cutoff
F = Fusing
*Not for
Type II
(Not
car wash
available
*Not available applications SN3 = Short Non-cutoff
with
with multivolt
Type III
multivolt
or 120X347V)
SN4 = Short Non-cutoff
Q = Non-Time
Type IV
Delay
Automatically
SS3 = Short Semi-cutoff
Switched
Type III
Quartz

PE
FUNCTION
X
1 = None
For PE Kit,
see
Accessories
3 = Internal PE
control*

LENS TYPE

50Hz
6 = 220
Y = 240

REFERENCES
See Page A-89 for start of Accessories.
See Page A-93 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
A-76/2005

SN4

www.gelightingsystems.com

SS4 = Short Semi-cutoff
Type IV
MN4 = Medium Noncutoff Type IV

WALLIGHTER 175 LUMINAIRE

WALLIGHTER 175 AREA LIGHTING

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Suggested Mounting Height
Effective Projected Area

15-25 lbs
8-20 ft.
1.0 sq ft max

6-9 kgs
3-7 M
0.09 sq M max

BALLAST AND PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
All light sources are clear unless otherwise indicated.

347, 120X347 220

220

240

Acrylic
IES
Distribution
Type

H
H
A
A

H
N/A
A
A

H
H,M
A
A

N/A
H
A
A

SN4
SN4
SN4
SN4

8047
8047
8051
8049

SN4
SN4
SN4
SN4

8046
8046
8050
8048

H, N
H, N
H, N

N/A
N/A
N/A

H,M
N/A
N/A

H
N/A
N/A

SN3
SN2
SN2

8053
8055
8057

SN3
SN2
SN2

8052
8054
8056

A
A

A
A

A
A

A
A

SN2
SN2

8055
8057

SN2
SN2

8054
8056

H
H
A
A

H
N/A
A
A

H
H,M
A
A

N/A
H
A
A

C/F
C/F
C/F
C/F

C/F
C/F
C/F
C/F

SN4
SN4
MN4
SS4

8476
8476
8477
8478

H, N
H, N
H, N

N/A
N/A
N/A

H,M
N/A
N/A

H
N/A
N/A

C/F
SN3
SN4

C/F
9122
9125

SS3
C/F
C/F

8479
C/F
C/F

A
A

A
A

A
A

A
A

SN3
SS3

450685
450686

C/F
C/F

C/F
C/F

Ballast Type/Voltage
60Hz

50Hz

Light
MultiWattage
Source
volt
120
208
240
277
480
W1LR MOGUL BASE WITHOUT LAMP
50
HPS
H
H, K, N H
H
H
N/A
70, 100, 150(55V) HPS
H, K
G,H,K,M G,H,M G,H,M G,H,M G,M
175
MH or Merc A
A
A
A
A
A
175
MH or Merc A
A
A
A
A
A
(Coated)
W1SR MEDIUM BASE WITH LAMP
70, 100, 150(55V) HPS
H, N
H, N
N/A
N/A
H, N
H
70, 100
MH (only)
H, N
H, N
H, N
N/A
H, N
H, N
70, 100
MH (only)
H, N
H, N
H, N
N/A
H, N
H, N
(Coated)
175
MH or Merc A
A
N/A
N/A
A
A
175
MH or Merc A
A
N/A
N/A
A
A
(Coated)
W1LG MOGUL BASE WITHOUT LAMP WITH INTERNAL GLARE SHIELD
50
HPS
H
H, K, N H
H
H
H
70, 100, 150(55V) HPS
H
G,H,K,M G,H,M G,H,M G,H,M G,M
175
MH or Merc A
A
A
A
A
A
175
MH or Merc A
A
A
A
A
A
(Coated)
W1SG MEDIUM BASE WITH LAMP WITH INTERNAL GLARE SHIELD
70, 100, 150(55V) HPS
H, N
H, N
N/A
N/A
H, N
H
70, 100
MH (only)
H, N
H, N
H, N
N/A
H, N
H, N
70, 100
MH (only)
H, N
H, N
H, N
N/A
H, N
H, N
(Coated)
175
MH or Merc A
A
N/A
N/A
A
A
175
MH or Merc A
A
N/A
N/A
A
A
(Coated)
NOTE: N/A = Not Available
C/F = Contact Factory

Photometric
Curve
Number
35-17----

Polycarbonate
IES
Photometric
Distri- Curve
bution Number
Type
35-17----

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/A-77

A

WALLIGHTER 70 LUMINAIRE

A

WALLIGHTER 70 AREA LIGHTING

APPLICATIONS
• Office and shopping complexes, schools, malls, parking garages, motels,
condominiums and residences
• Small, aesthetically attractive luminaire with the power saving advantage of
high-pressure sodium (HPS) lighting
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
•

/

1598 Listed

Suitable For Wet Locations
• Die-cast aluminum mounting base with dark
bronze paint finish
• Compact one-piece polycarbonate front
housing
• Versatile mounting provisions allow for
mounting to standard 4-in. (76mm or 102mm)
outlet boxes, 1/2-in. (13mm) conduit, or
directly onto any flat surface

• Easy access to optical and electrical
compartments affords quick
installation and maintenance
• Knockout for field installation of PE control
• Standard and tamper resistant hardware
included
• Medium base socket – E26 standard with
coated lamp
• NPF reactor ballast

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
WS

03

PRODUCT
IDENT
XX
WS =
Wallighter 70
Luminaire

WATTAGE

S

LIGHT
SOURCE
XX
X
03 =35
S = HPS
05 =50
07 =70
Standard: Lamp included
26 =26W CFL (2 x 13)

1

PE

VOLTAGE

PHOTOELECTRIC
CONTROL
XX
PE = PE if
required

X
1 = 120

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
A-78/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

WALLIGHTER 70 LUMINAIRE

WALLIGHTER 70 AREA LIGHTING

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

BACK VIEW

FRONT VIEW

SIDE VIEW

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Suggested Mounting Height

6 lbs
5-12 ft.

3 kgs
2-4 M

BALLAST AND PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
Photometric
Light
Ballast Type
Curve Number
Voltage
Source
120 Volt
IES Distribution Type
35-17 - - - 35, 50, 70 HPS (Coated) NPF Reactor Long Non-Cutoff Type IV 7604

REFERENCES
See Page A-93 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/A-79

A

WALLMOUNT TM 400 LUMINAIRE

A

WALLMOUNT 400 AREA LIGHTING

APPLICATIONS
• Building perimeter security, high-activity entrances, loading docks and small work
areas adjacent to buildings
• Wall mounted luminaire applications where high light levels and low costs are required
SPECIFICATION FEATURES

/ 1598 Listed
• Factory-installed UL Listed internal button
photoelectric control provides dusk-to-dawn
• Suitable for Wet Locations
operation. Field installed (Non-UL Listed) PE
• Die-cast aluminum housing means rugged,
kit is optional
long-lasting construction
• Dark Bronze polyester powder paint finish is • Enclosed and gasketed borosilicate glass
refractor provides long-lasting, non-yellowing
standard. Choice of colors is optional.
optics with high thermal and impact
Provides corrosion resistance with a
resistance.
decorative finish
• Easily removable, side-hinged, gasketed door • Mogul base porcelain lamp socket – E39
• Complete front access to lamp and ballast for standard
• Improved packaging design keeps glass
easy maintenance and relamping
refractor and die-cast housing separate to
• Multiple threaded conduit entrances
significantly reduce chances of glass fracture
during shipment
•

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
WMTS

40

S

0

DB

PE

PRODUCT
IDENT
XX
WMTS =
Wallmount 400
Luminaire

WATTAGE

LIGHT
SOURCE
X
S = HPS
M = MH or Merc

VOLTAGE

COLOR*

OPTIONS*

X
60 Hz
0 = 120/208/
240/277/
Multivolt
1 = 120
2 = 208
3 = 240
4 = 277
5 = 480
D = 347
F = 120x347

XX
DB =Dark Bronze
(standard)
GR =Gray
WH =White

XXX
PE = Factory-installed
button photoelectric
control. Discrete
voltage required —
specify 120, 208, 240,
277 or 347 volt.

XX
17= 175
25= 250
40= 400

Standard: Lamp not included

BALLAST AND PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
All light sources are clear unless otherwise indicated.
Wattage

Light
Source

Ballast Type/Voltage (60Hz)
Multivolt
480
120X347

Photometric Curve
Number 35-45 - - - -

250
400
175
250
250
400
400

HPS
HPS
MH
MH
MH (Coated)
MH
MH (Coated)

A
A
A
A
A
A
A

1134
1133
1137
1135
1136
1131
1132

A
A
A
A
A
A
A

A
A
A
A
A
A
A

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
A-80/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

*NOTE: Factory
installed PE and non
standard color
require longer lead
times. Contact
factory.

*NOTE: Not available in
120x347 or 480 volt.

WALLMOUNT TM 400 LUMINAIRE

WALLMOUNT 400 AREA LIGHTING

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Suggested Mounting Height

25-40 lbs
8-20 ft.

11-18 kgs
2-6 M

ACCESSORY DIMENSIONS
PHOTOELECTRIC CONTROL KIT

WIRE GUARD WG-WMTS

POLYCARBONATE VANDAL
SHIELD LVS-WMTS

REFERENCES
See Page A-89 for start of Accessories.
See Page A-93 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/A-81

A

WALLMOUNT TM 175 LUMINAIRE
APPLICATIONS
• Building perimeters, entrances, walkways, residential yards and loading docks
• Area lighting applications where a glass refractor is needed or desired
SPECIFICATION FEATURES

WALLMOUNT 175 AREA LIGHTING

A

•

/

1598 Listed

Suitable For Wet Locations
• UL listed to Canadian National Standards and
Codes
• Die-cast aluminum housing and door
• Prismatic borosilicate refractor
• Standard and tamper-resistant hardware
included
• Complete front acess to ballast and lamp
• Side-hinged front door
• Multiple junction box mounting patterns
(3.25 in. [83mm] octagonal, 4-in. [102mm]

octagonal, 2-in. X 4-in. [51X102mm]
rectangle)
• Top .5 in. (13mm) threaded conduit entrance
• “Snap-in” anodized aluminum reflector
• Electrocoat paint finish
• Knock-out for field installed photoelectric
control kit (Order kit separately)
• Two socket sizes available: mogul base –
E39 standard and medium base – E26
standard (lamp included with medium base)
• Enclosed and Gasketed

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
WM7M

15

S

1

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXXX
WM7M =
Wallmount 175
Luminaire (Mogul
Base E39 Socket
Standard without
Lamp)

WATTAGE

LIGHT
SOURCE
X
See Ballast
and
Photometric
Selection
Table

VOLTAGE

WM7S =
Wallmount 175
Luminaire
(Medium Base E26
Socket Standard
with Lamp)

XX
See Ballast
and
Photometric
Selection
Table
05 = 50
07 = 70
10 = 100
15 = 150
(55V)
17 = 175

S = HPS
M = MH

H

BALLAST
TYPE
X
X
See Ballast and See Ballast and
Photometric
Photometric
Selection Table Selection Table
60Hz
0 = 120/208/
240/277
Multivolt
1 = 120
2 = 208
3 = 240
4 = 277
5 = 480
D = 347
F = 120X347*
T = 220

1

SN4

DB

F

PE
FUNCTION
X
1 = None
3 = Internal PE
Control

IES DISTRIBUTION
TYPE
XXX
See Ballast
and Photometric Selection
Table

COLOR

OPTIONS*

XX
DB =Dark
Bronze

XXX
B = Time Delay
Automatically
Switched
Quartz
F = Fusing—Not
available with
multivolt or
120X347 volt
(Non-UL)
L = Latch on door
(Non-UL)
Q = Non-Time
Delay
Automatically
Switched
Quartz

A = Autoreg
H = HPF Reactor
or Lag
K = Hot Restart*
N = NPF Reactor
or Lag
*Available in
WM7M only.

50Hz
6 = 220
*NOTE:
120X347V
connected for
120V

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
A-82/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

SN4 =
Short, Non-cutoff, Type IV

GR =Gray

WALLMOUNT TM 175 LUMINAIRE

BACK VIEW

SIDE VIEW

FRONT VIEW

WALLMOUNT 175 AREA LIGHTING

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Suggested Mounting Height

20-25 lbs
8-20 ft

9-11 kgs
3-6 M

BALLAST AND PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
All light sources are clear unless otherwise indicated.
Ballast Type/Voltage
60Hz
Light
Wattage
Source Multivolt 120
WM7M Mogul Base Without Lamp

208, 240
480
277

347,
120X347 220

220

IES
Distribution
Type

50Hz

Photometric
Curve
Number
35-17 - - - -

50, 70, 100,
150 (55V) HPS

H, N

H, K, N

H, N

H, N

H

H

H

SN4

7576

175

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

SN4

7580

MH

WM7S Medium Base With Lamp
50, 70, 100,
150 (55V) HPS

H, N

H, N

N/A

H,N

N/A

N/A

H

SN4

7576

70, 100

MH

H

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A*

N/A

H

SN4

7580

175

MH

A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

SN4

7580

NOTE: N/A = Not Available.

*347 available “H”

REFERENCES
See Page A-89 for start of Accessories.
See Page A-93 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/A-83

A

WALLMOUNT TM 100 LUMINAIRE
APPLICATIONS
• Building perimeters, entrances, walkways and residential yards
• Any place a compact, wall mounted luminaire is required

A

WALLMOUNT 100 AREA LIGHTING

SPECIFICATION FEATURES
•

/

1598 Listed

Suitable For Wet Locations
• Heavy-Duty die-cast aluminum housing
• Knockout for field installed photoelectric control
kit (Order kit separately – see Accessories
Section)
• Specular anodized reflector

• UV stabilized polycarbonate refractor
• Complete front access to lamp and ballast
• .5 in. (13mm) NPS tapped top and sides for
conduit entrances
• Medium base socket – E26 standard
• Lamp included
• Molded silicone gasket

ORDERING NUMBERS
ORDERING NUMBER

WATTAGE

LIGHT SOURCE

VOLTAGE

BALLAST TYPE

PHOTOMETRIC
CURVE 35-17 - - - -

WM1M05S1N*
WM1M07S1N*
WM1M10S1N*
WM1M05M1N*
WM1M07M1N*
WM1M10MHN*

50
70
100
50
70
100

HPS
HPS
HPS
MH
MH
MH

120
120
120
120
120
120 X 277

NPF
NPF
NPF
NPF
NPF
NPF

9653
9653
9653
9654
9654
9654

*Add color choice to end of Ordering Number: DB = Bark Bronze, WH = White

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Suggested Mounting Height

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

7.5 lbs
8-20 ft.

3.4 kgs
2.5-6 M

ACCESSORIES
Mounting Plate MP-WMIM
Tamper-proof T-15 Center Pin
Torx-head screwdriver C740G989

REFERENCES
See Page A-89 for start of Accessories.
See Page A-93 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
A-84/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

WALLMOUNT TM LUMINAIRE

SPECIFICATION FEATURES
•

/

1598 Listed

/

1598 Listed

compartment for quick installation and
maintenance
• Lamp included
• Medium base socket for HPS lamps – E26
standard

Suitable For Wet Locations – Ceiling Mount

•

Suitable For Damp Locations – Wall Mount
• Dark Bronze finish
• Easy access to optical and electrical

ORDERING NUMBERS
ORDERING NUMBER

WATTAGE

LIGHT SOURCE

VOLTAGE

BALLAST TYPE

PHOTOMETRIC
CURVE 35-17 - - - -

WMV35S1NDB
WMV50S1NDB
WMV26F1NDB

35
50
26

HPS
HPS
Fluorescent (0°C)

120
120
120

NPF
NPF
NPF

9655
9655
9656

WALLMOUNT VANDAL-RESISTANT AREA LIGHTING

APPLICATIONS
• Office and shopping complexes, malls, parking garages, motels and condominiums
• Wall or ceiling mounted applications where a vandal-resistant luminaire is needed

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Suggested Mounting Height

6 lbs
5-12 ft.

2.7 kgs
1.5-3.5 M

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

ACCESSORIES
Tamper-resistant T-15 Center Pin
Torx-head screwdriver C740G989

13.78 in.
(350mm)

4.72
(120 4 in.
2.834mm)
(72mmin.
)

5.118 in.
(130mm)

REFERENCES
See Page A-89 for start of Accessories.
See Page A-93 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/A-85

A

WML WALLIGHTER LUMINAIRE

A

WML WALLIGHTER AREA LIGHTING

APPLICATIONS
• Building perimeters, entrances, walkways, residential yards, loading docks, garages and
apartments
• Wall mounted lighting applications where the ruggedness of polycarbonate material and the
energy saving potential of high pressure sodium (HPS) lighting is desired
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
•

/

• Medium base HPS lamp included – E26
standard
• Energy-efficient 120 volt NPF reactor ballast
• Knockout conduit entrance
• Field installed photoelectric control available –
see PEK kits in Accessories

1598 Listed

Suitable For Wet Locations
• Dark bronze paint finish
• Die-cast aluminum mounting plate
• One-piece polycarbonate front/lens
• Variety of mounting box patterns

ORDERING NUMBERS (MEDIUM BASE WITH LAMP)
ORDERING NUMBER

WATTAGE

LIGHT SOURCE

VOLTAGE

BALLAST TYPE

PHOTOMETRIC CURVE

WML07S
WML10S
WML15S

70
100
150

HPS
HPS
HPS

120
120
120

NPF
NPF
NPF

178315
178315
178315

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Suggested Mounting Height
Photometric Curve:
Clear Lamp 70-150W HPS

10-15 lbs
8-20 ft.

5-7 kgs
2.5-6 M

35-178315

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

REFERENCES
See Page A-89 for start of Accessories.
See Page A-93 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
A-86/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

SBW ® MULTIPURPOSE
LUMINAIRE

SPECIFICATION FEATURES
•

/

SBW MULTIPURPOSE AREA LIGHTING

APPLICATIONS
• For many wall and ceiling mounted lighting applications in commercial, institutional
and light industrial locations where the energy saving potential of high pressure
sodium (HPS) lamps is desired.
• Tamper-resistant hardware included
• Ceiling or wall mounting
• Mounts directly to outlet box
• Five-year fixture failure warranty
• HPF ballast available
• Photoelectric control available (field
installed)

1598 Listed

Suitable For Wet Locations
• Energy efficient medium base coated lamp
included – E26 standard
• Die-cast aluminum housing with electrocoat
dark bronze paint finish
• Vandal-resistant polycarbonate refractor

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
SBW

03

S

1

H

006

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXX
SBW = SBW Luminaire

WATTAGE

LIGHT
SOURCE
X
S = HPS

VOLTAGE

BALLAST
TYPE
X
H = HPF Reactor
N = NPF Reactor

PE CONTROL

XX
03 =35
05 =50
07 =70 (Wall-mounted horizontal
only)

X
1 = 120

Standard: Lamp included

XXX
006 = PE control

DATA
Approximate Net Weight

5 lbs

2.2 kgs

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

FRONT VIEW

SIDE VIEW

BACK VIEW

BALLAST, MOUNTING AND PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
Wattage
35, 50

Light
Source
HPS

70

HPS

Mounting
Ceiling or wall
(Horizontal or Vertical)
Wall only
(Horizontal only)

Photometric
Ballast Type Curve Number
120 Volt
35-17 - - - H, N
7239
H, N

7240

REFERENCES
See Page A-89 for start of Accessories.
See Page A-93 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/A-87

A

WP-50 HID FIXTURE
APPLICATIONS
• Idea for Security lighting, Walkways, Stairways, Entrance, Residential, Indoor gargage and
Residence perimeter

WP-50 AREA LIGHTING

A

SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• Sturdy die-casting aluminum housing with
architectural bronze polyester powder coating
• UV stabilized opal polycarbonate ball or
cylindrical lens
• Built-in photocell (Optional)
• Lamp Included

•

/

1598 Listed

Suitable for wet location
E178685 for HID fixture
E183509 for Fluorescent fixture

ORDERING NUMBERS
ORDERING NUMBER

WATTAGE

LAMP
SOURCE

VOLTAGE

PE
CONTROL

GLOBE

UPC

WP03S1CPE
WP03S1C
WP03S1BPE
WP03S1B
WP05S1CPE
WP05S1C
WP05S1BPE
WP05S1B
WP26CFL1CPE
WP26CFL1C

35
35
35
35
50
50
50
50
26 (2x13)
26 (2x13)

HPS
HPS
HPS
HPS
HPS
HPS
HPS
HPS
Fluorescent
Fluorescent

120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120

YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO

Cylindrical
Cylindrical
Ball
Ball
Cylindrical
Cylindrical
Ball
Ball
Cylindrical
Cylindrical

153594
153595
153596
153597
153598
153599
153600
153601
153602
153603

HPS
BALL

HPS
CYLINDRICAL

FLUORESCENT

6 3/8”
(161.9mm)

7”
(177.8mm)

6 3/8”
(161.9mm)
6 1/16”
(154mm)

4 3/8”
(111.1mm)

7 1 /4 ”
6 1/16”
(184.2mm) (154mm)

6 1/16”
7 5/16”
(154mm)
(185.8mm)

6”
4 3/8”
(152.4mm)
(111.1mm)

4 3/8”
(111.1mm)

REFERENCES
See Page A-93 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
A-88/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

FLUORESCENT
with PE

7”
8 3/8”
(212.7mm) (177.8mm)

4 1/2 ”
(114.3mm)

8 3/8”
(212.7mm)

AREA WALLIGHTER ACCESSORIES

LEGEND: ////////// = Accessory can be used.

INTERNAL GLARE CONTROL SHIELD
IGS-WL175
MOUNTING BRACKET (For PE)
MB-PECTL
/////// /////// ///////
PHOTOELECTRIC CONTROL
PEC0TL
////// //////
PEC1TL
////// //////
PEC5TL
////// //////
PHOTOELECTRIC CONTROL KIT
PEK-120
//////
PEK-120SBW
PEK-240
//////
PEK-277
//////
PEK-347
//////
POLE TOP ADAPTER (For PE Receptacle)
PTA-PECTL
/////// /////// ///////
POLYCARBONATE VANDAL SHIELD
LVS-V2FWP
///////
LVS-W40L001
///////
LVS-W40L002
///////
LVS-WMNS
LVS-WM7

/////// /////// ///////
/////// /////// ///////
/////// /////// ///////

///////

/////// /////// /////// ///////

SHORTING CAP
SCCL-PECTL
////// ///////
TOP AND SIDE VISOR
TSVDB-V2F
///////
TSVDB-WM7
TOP VISOR
TVDB-V2F
///////
TVAL-W40L
///////
TVDB-W40L
///////
TVGR-W40L
///////
VANDAL RESISTANT BAND
VRB-OWL
WIRE GUARD
WG-P4F
8
WG-V2FWP
9
WG-W40L
///////
WG-WMTS
WG-WM7

SBW

Wallmount 175

Wallmount 400

Wallighter 175
and 250 Cutoff

Wallighter 400

Versaflood II

Criterion Wallpack

SBW

/////// /////// /////// ///////

/////// /////// ///////

PRODUCT

ORDERING
NUMBER

///////

///////

LEGEND: ////////// = Accessory can be used.

INDEX

Wallmount 175

Wallmount 400

Wallighter 175
and 250 Cutoff

Wallighter 400

Versaflood II

ORDERING
NUMBER

PRODUCT

Criterion Wallpack

INDEX

///////

///////

AREA WALLIGHTER ACCESSORIES

REFER TO ACCESSORY INDEX TO MATCH ACCESSORY WITH PRODUCT.
ILLUSTRATIONS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL REPRESENTATIONS.

///////

///////

NOTE: 8 = Flat Glass Only. See Floodlight Accessories; 9 = Prismatic Refractor Only;

10 = Wallighter 175 only.

CRITERION ACCESSORIES
• ELS-CCDX
• ELS-CCSX
• ELS-CTDX
• ELS-CTMX
• ELS-CTSX
• WG-CCMX
• WG-CCSX
• WG-CTMX
• WG-CTSX

ELS-CCDX

ELS-CCMX

ELS-CCSX

ELS-CTMX

ELS-CTSX

WG-CCMX

WG-CCSX

WG-CTMX

ELS-CTDX

WG-CTSX

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/A-89

A

AREA WALLIGHTER ACCESSORIES

A

AREA WALLIGHTER ACCESSORIES

REFER TO ACCESSORY INDEX TO MATCH ACCESSORY WITH PRODUCT.
ILLUSTRATIONS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL REPRESENTATIONS.

INTERNAL GLARE CONTROL SHIELD
• IGS-WL175

IGS-WL175

MOUNTING BRACKET (For PE)
• MB-PECTL
With locking-type receptacle for use with photoelectric control
(Remove bracket to use with conduit.)
MB-PECTL

PHOTOELECTRIC CONTROL
•PEC0TL
120, 208, 240, 277, Multivolt—Turn and Lock
• PEC1TL
120 volt—Turn and Lock
• PEC5TL
480 volt—Turn and Lock

PEC

PHOTOELECTRIC CONTROL KIT
• PEK-120
120 volt—for field installation
• PEK-120SBW
120 volt—for field installation
• PEK-240
208 volt, 240 volt—for field installation
• PEK-277
277 volt—for field installation
• PEK-347
347 volt —for field installation

PEK

POLE TOP ADAPTER (For PE Receptacle)
POLE TOP ADAPTER (For PE Receptacle)
• PTA-PECTL

PTA-PECTL

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
A-90/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

AREA WALLIGHTER ACCESSORIES

POLYCARBONATE VANDAL SHIELD
• LVS-V2FWP Prismatic
• LVS-P4F Flat Stipple V2FW
• LVS-W40L001
General Duty
Cannot use with Top Visor (TVAL-W40L,
TVDB-W40L, TVGR-W40L)
• LVS-W40L002
Heavy Duty
Cannot use with Top Visor (TVAL-W40L,
TVDB-W40L, TVGR-W40L)
• LVS-WMTS
• LVS-WM7
May be used with Top and Side visor (TSVDB-WM7)
or Wire Guard (WG-WM7)

LVS-W40L001
LVS-W40L002

AREA WALLIGHTER ACCESSORIES

REFER TO ACCESSORY INDEX TO MATCH ACCESSORY WITH PRODUCT.
ILLUSTRATIONS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL REPRESENTATIONS.

LVS-WM7

SHORTING CAP (With standard three-prong plug)
• SCCL-PECTL

SCCL-PECTL

TOP AND SIDE VISOR
• TSVDB-V2F
Dark Bronze for Flat Glass
• TSVDB-WM7
Aluminum painted Dark Bronze. May be used with wire
guard (WG-WM7) or polycarbonate vandal shield (LVS-WM7).

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

TSVDB-WM7

TSVDB-V2F
2005/A-91

A

AREA WALLIGHTER ACCESSORIES

A

AREA WALLIGHTER ACCESSORIES

REFER TO ACCESSORY INDEX TO MATCH ACCESSORY WITH PRODUCT.
ILLUSTRATIONS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL REPRESENTATIONS.

TOP VISOR
• TVDB-V2F
Dark Bronze for square refractor

• TVDB-W40L
Dark Bronze

• TVAL-W40L
Aluminum

• TVGR-W40L
Gray
TVAL-W40L
TVDB-W40L
TVGR-W40L

WIRE GUARD
• WG-P4F
Use with optical choice “S”, flat glass only
• WG-V2FWP
Use with optical choice “P”, prismatic square refractor only
• WG-W40L
• WG-WMNT
• WG-WM7
Stainless steel. May be used with Top and Side Visor
(TSVDB-WM7)
Can be used with polycarbonate vandal shield
(LVS-WM7)

WG-W40L

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
A-92/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

WG-WM7

EXPLANATION OF OPTIONS
A = LIGHTNING ARRESTER, GROUNDING TYPE

J = LINE SURGE PROTECTOR, EXPULSION TYPE

A lightning arrester directs lightning to ground.

B = TIME DELAY AUTOMATICALLY SWITCHED QUARTZ

Most luminaires can be provided with automatically
switched quartz/instant on safety lighting where
momentary power interruptions or extreme voltage dips can
extinguish an HID lamp. A single-ended quartz lamp is
placed in the same reflector with the metal halide, mercury
or HPS lamp. The quartz lamp will remain on until the HID
lamp strikes and reaches approximately 60% light output.
This also means that the quartz lamp will come on when the
luminaire is initially energized and remain on until the HID
lamp reaches 60% light output. Caution should be used
when sizing branch circuits for luminaires with this option
since the luminaires will draw additional current during the
warm up period while both lamps (quartz and HID) are in
operation. Wiring for the quartz lamp is internal to the
ballast assembly and, therefore, the 120 volts to operate the
quartz lamp is independent of the lighting system voltage.
The 400 and 1000 watt luminaires have a socket for one 250
watt single-ended DC (Double Contact) bayonet base quartz
lamp. The 250 watt and lower wattage luminaires have a
socket for one 150 watt single-ended DC bayonet base
quartz lamp. The lamp is not included.

C = CHARCOAL FILTER

Charcoal filter helps keep optical assembly clean - cannot
be used with Forward Throw (FWT) or Vertical Type V (VTV)
opticals.

F = FUSING (not available with multivolt or dual voltage. )

If specified, fuse(s) should be rated three times maximum
current but less than branch circuit breaker (minimum of 5
amps for any fuse). Luminaires supplied with fuse holder(s)
will accept a fuse such as Bussman KTK type. Factory
installed fuse holder includes one fuse for 120V, 277V or two
fuses for 208V, 240V, 480V.

An expulsion device protects against transient surges caused
by lightning or distribution system switching.

L = LATCH ON DOOR OR LATCH ON CANOPY
(when latch is not standard)

On luminaires where this is an option, standard doors or
canopies are fastened with screws. With this option, latches
are used instead, allowing no-tool access.

N = VIBRATION RESISTANT

With this option, products are suitable for high vibration
applications, such as bridges and overpasses. They have
been tested to 3g vibration.

AREA WALLIGHTER LIGHTING

AREA WALLIGHTER DATA

P = PREWIRED WITH 6 FT. (2 METERS) #14/3

Luminaire is equipped with 6 feet (2 meters) of prewired #14/
3 cord.

Q = NON-TIME DELAY AUTOMATICALLY SWITCHED QUARTZ

This option is similar to option “B ” except the quartz lamp
extinguishes once the HID lamp strikes. During a cold start of
the HID lamp, the quartz lamp will not come on. This option
does not draw any additional current in the circuit.

R = NO MOUNTING ARM

The luminaire is normally supplied with a mounting arm but
can be ordered without one.

T = TERMINAL BOARD (when terminal board is not standard)
All internal wiring in the luminaire is completed. Internal and
external electrical connectors are made on a screw terminal
board.

U = UL LISTED and UL LISTED TO CANADIAN NATIONAL
STANDARDS AND CODES

Equipment has passed tests by Underwriters' Laboratories
and is UL 1572 Listed Suitable for Wet Locations. This option
applies only to luminaires with polycarbonate refractors.

048 = EXTERNAL SLIPFITTER

External slipfitter for 2 inch (51mm) diameter pipe mounting.

EXPLANATION OF OTHER TERMS USED
MULTIVOLT

The multivolt choice under “Voltage” in Ordering Number
Logic tables means that the customer can make the necessary connections to operate the luminaire at any one of
four voltages - 120, 208, 240 or 277.

PE CONTROL

A photoelectric (PE) control allows automatic dusk-to-dawn
operation of luminaires. With most luminaires, the “PE ”
choice includes a receptacle only; the PE itself must be
ordered separately. See product and accessory pages.

ROADWAY LIGHT DISTRIBUTION PATTERNS

There are three IES (Illuminating Engineering Society)
classifications used to describe the light distribution or
beam pattern of a roadway luminaire or one with roadway optics.
1. S (Short), M (Medium), or L (Long) indicates how far up
and down a street a luminaire directs light.
2. C (Cutoff), S (Semi-cutoff), or N (Non-cutoff) tells how
much light a luminaire directs above 80° and 90° vertical. A cutoff luminaire directs almost no light above

3.

90°; a semi-cutoff, some light; and a non-cutoff has no
restrictions on how much light might be emitted in any
direction.
Type designations I, II, III, IV are for asymmetrical
(non-circular) light distribution patterns and indicate
how far a luminaire directs light across the width of the
street; the higher the number, the further light is directed across the street. An IES Type V designation
signifies that light is emitted in a circular (symmetrical)
pattern.

FORWARD THROW (FWT) DISTRIBUTION TYPE

Forward throw is a special cutoff roadway distribution
similar to Type IV that projects more light transversely than
longitudinally. Thus, the distribution is similar to that of a
floodlight.

MOUNTING HEIGHT

Mounting height is generally the distance from the luminaire to the ground. For pole mounted luminaires, this may
not correspond to pole height, depending on whether the
luminaire is mounted directly on top of the pole, or on a
yoke.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/A-93

A

AREA LIGHTING

A

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
A-94/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

Flood Lighting
F-1
F-2
F-4
F-6
F-8
F-10
F-12
F-14
F-16
F-18
F-20
F-22
F-24
F-26
F-28
F-29
F-30
F-32
F-46
F-47
R-44
R-45

* For hazardous location ordering numbers, see Hazardous Location Lighting
Section, Page H-36 (P-154).

imagination at work

FLOOD LIGHTING

Products
Ultra★Sport™
Powr• Spot® ULC®
Powr• Spot® with Glare Reduction
Powr• Spot®
SportStar ™ Mobile Sportslighting
System
Criterion™ Floodlighting
PF-1000 Powerflood ®
Glarefighter ™ Asymmetric
HLU/VLU Powerflood®
PF-400® Powerflood®
Decaflood™ 400® Powerflood ®
PF-154™ Powerflood®
P-154 Powerflood® *
MPF Powerflood®
Quartz-Flood
SBF, SBN Powerflood®
Accessories
Component Ordering Logic
Data
Replacer Ignitor Kit
Replacer Ballast Kits

BACK TO MAIN INDEX

F

LOOK FOR
THIS TAB ON
ANY PAGE
TO RETURN
TO THE
FLOOD
LIGHTING
INDEX

FLOODLIGHT LUMINAIRES INDEX

PRODUCT ID.

Ultra★
★ Sport

ULTE, ULTI, ULTK
ULTO, ULTR, ULTS, ULTT

F-2

ULGC

F-4

Powr•Spot with
Glare Reduction

PSGN, PSGV

F-6

Powr•Spot

PSFA

F-8

TM

Powr•Spot ULC
®

®

PAGE

®

®

SportStar
Mobile Sportslighting
Service System

MSSP

Criterion Floodlighting

CFSX, CFMX, CFLX, CFSC, CFMC, CFLC F-12

PF-1000 Powerflood

PF1K

F-14

Glarefighter Asymmetric

GFPS

F-16

HLU/VLU Powerflood

HLUF, VLUF

F-18

PF4S, PF4T

F-20

DFT,DFS

F-22

PF1S, PF1T

F-24

P-154 Powerflood *

P54S

F-26

MPF Powerflood

MPF

F-28

QF1500, QF30, QF50

F-29

SBF, SBN

F-30

TM

TM

®

TM

PF-400 Powerflood
®

®

®

Decaflood 400 Powerflood
™

®

PF-154 Powerflood
TM

®

®

®

®

Quartz-Flood
SBF Powerflood

®

F-10

Accessories

F-32

Component Ordering Logic

F-46

Data

F-47

Replacer Ignitor Kit

R-44

Replacer Ballast Kits

GERB

FLOODLIGHTING INDEX

PRODUCT NAME

R-45

*For hazardous location ordering numbers, see Hazardous Location Lighting Section, Page H-36 (P-154).

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ F-1

F

ULTRA✭SPORT FLOODLIGHT
TM

F

ULTRA★
★ SPORT FLOODLIGHTING

APPLICATIONS
• IESNA Class III to major stadiums where premium quality lighting and excellent glare control are required.
• Large stadiums and indoor arenas where color TV (CTV) recording and broadcasting will be common, and
excellent color and vertical illumination are required.
• Sports fields and arenas where optional instant hot restart is desired.
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• / 1598 Listed
Suitable For Wet Locations
• High reflectance coated glass primary reflector,
ALGLAS® finish on 20-inch (508mm) diameter
aluminum front secondary reflector
• Optional internal glare/spill light control arc
cutoff skirts
• Rear re-lamping door with corrosion-resistant
fasteners and lamp power disconnect

• Broken Glass Shutdown Circuit
• Optional Instant Hot Restart
• Compact die-cast aluminum integral ballast
housing with thermally isolated optical
• Utilizes advanced 2000, 1500 and 1000 watt
double-ended metal halide lamps
• Hydro★Gard advanced filtering system
• Remote ballast system available—contact factory
• Magnapack packaging available
TM

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
ULTS

02

M

5

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXXX
✭ Sport
ULTS = Ultra✭
(See Note #1)
✭ Sport
ULTK = Ultra✭
with Instant Hot Restart
(See Note #1, 4, 5)
✭ Sport
ULTI = Ultra✭
Indoor Remote Ballast
(See Note #2)
✭ Sport
ULTR = Ultra✭
Indoor Remote Ballast
with Instant Hot
Restart Max. Ambient
40°C 1500W
(See Note #2, 4, 5)
✭ Sport
ULTO = Ultra✭
Outdoor Remote
Ballast (See Note #1)
✭ Sport
ULTT = Ultra✭
Outdoor Remote
Ballast with Instant
Hot Restart (See Note
#1, 2, 4, 5)
✭ Sport
ULTE = Ultra✭
with Integral
Encapsulated Ballast.
(See Note #3)
NOTE: Hot Restart
option available in
1500 watt and 2000
watt only.
2000 watt Remote
Ballast version is non-UL.
NOTE:
1. Outdoor Use only
2. Max 55°C ambient
3. Contact factory
4. Must have "P" option.
5. Multivolt not offered.

WATTAGE

LIGHT SOURCE

VOLTAGE

XX
51 = 1500
02 = 2000

X
M = MH
NOTE: Lamp
orientation is
horizontal ±4
degrees
Standard: Lamp
installed in
socket.

A

BALLAST
TYPE
X
X
See Ballast and
60Hz
0 = 120/208/ Photometric Selection
240/277 Table
Multivolt
A = Autoreg
1 = 120
2 = 208
B = System 2TM Bi-Level
3 = 240
Controls Autoreg
4 = 277
(see Technical
5 = 480
Section)
D = 347
NOTE: Not available
T = 220
with ULTK, ULTR,
or ULTT (Hot
50Hz
Restart)
6 = 220
R = 230
K
=
Hot
Restart for ULTE
Y = 240

M02

P

OPTICAL

OPTIONS

XXX
XXX
F = Fusing (Not available with
SO1 = Stadium Oval without Internal
multivolt nor with Instant
Glare Control (NEMA 4X2)
Hot Restart)
SO2 = Stadium Oval with Internal Glare
P = Pre-wired with 6-ft (2M)
Control (NEMA 4X2)
#14/3
MO1 = Medium Oval without Internal
Glare Control (NEMA 4X2)
MO2 = Medium Oval with Internal Glare
Control (NEMA 4X2)
WO1 = Wide Oval without Internal Glare
Control (NEMA 5X3)
WO2 = Wide Oval with Internal Glare
Control (NEMA 5X3)
WW1 = Extra wide oval without Internal
Glare Control (NEMA 5X4)
WW2 = Extra wide oval with Internal
Glare Control (NEMA 5X4)

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
F-2/ 2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

ULTRA✭SPORT

TM

FLOODLIGHT

★ SPORT FLOODLIGHTING
ULTRA★

DIMENSIONS

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
ULTS
ULTK, ULTE
Effective Projected Area
ULTO, ULTI
ULTT, ULTR

lbs
75
80
3.1 sq ft max
55
60

kgs
34
36.3
.29 sq M max
25
27.2

BALLAST AND PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
All light sources are clear unless otherwise indicated.
Light
Ballast Type Socket Photometric Curve Number 35-xxxxxx (Actual Beam Angle in Degrees)
Wattage Source

All Voltages

Position S01

S02

M01

M02

W01

W02

WW1

WW2

452811

452812

452813

452814

452815

452816

452817

1500

MH

A,B**

Fixed

452810

2000*

MH

A,B**

Fixed

179085(61x21) 179086(65x22) 179087(64x24) 179088(70x24) 179089(81x38) 179090(81x37) 179412(73x53) 179413(74x54)

NOTE: † Not available in 220 volt or in Hot Restart versions.
*Not available in multivolt or single 120 volt.
**Bi-Level not available with Instant Hot Restart

REFERENCES
See Page F-32 for start of Accessories.
See Pages F-47 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.
See Pole and Bracket Section Page P-2 for pole selection.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/F-3

F

POWR•SPOT ULC
®

®

F

POWR•SPOT FLOODLIGHTING

APPLICATIONS
• Recreational and competition sports fields at all levels.
• General floodlighting where long setbacks or high mountings require maximum optical performance.
• Especially suitable at sites requiring glare reduction and light trespass limitation.
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• / 1598 Listed
Suitable For Wet Locations
• Die-cast aluminum ballast housing with acrylic
electrocoat gray paint finish inside and out
• Enclosed, gasketed, filtered optical with
configured, ALGLAS® finish on 20-inch (508mm)
diameter aluminum reflector and tempered glass
closure
• Thermal separation of ballast from socket and lamp
• Removable cover for access to ballast and wiring
compartment

• No-weep-hole condensate drain when aimed
down
• Built-in cable and strain relief bushing
• Heavy gauge steel trunnion with aiming reset
stop
• Corrosion-resistant hardware
• Remote ballasted system available – contact
factory
• Mogul base socket – E39 standard

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
ULGC

51

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXXX
ULGC = Powr•Spot III
Floodlight with
20-in. (508mm)
diameter
Reflector with
Internal Light
Diverter and
External ULC
Visor Mounted
on Door

WATTAGE LIGHT SOURCE VOLTAGE

ULGN = Powr•Spot III
Floodlight with
20-in. (508mm)
diameter
Reflector with
Internal Light
Diverter only

XX
40= 400
75= 750
01= 1000
51= 1500

M

0

X
X
S = HPS
60Hz
M = MH
0 = 120/208/
Standard: Lamp
240/277
not included.
Multivolt
1 = 120
2 = 208
3 = 240
4 = 277
5 = 480
D = 347
T = 220

A

2

CO

HDO

P

BALLAST
TYPE
X
A = Autoreg

TRUNNION
TYPE
X
1 = Straight
2 = Angled
3 = Long
(for SportsStar)
4 = Straight
w/CAA-001

REFLECTOR
IDENT
XX
Select ID. from
Photometric
Selection Table.
B0
C0
D0
E0

OPTICAL
REFLECTOR
XXX
See Dimensions
HD0 = Heavy
Duty
20-in.
(508mm)
Diameter
GP0 = General
Purpose
20-in.
(508mm)
Diameter

OPTIONS

50Hz
6 = 220
Y = 240

ULGV = Powr•Spot III
Floodlight with
20-in. (508mm)
diameter
Reflector with
Standard
Reflector and
ULC Top Visor
Mounted on
Door

ULGC

ULGN

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
F-4/ 2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

ULGV

XXX
F = Fusing (Not available with
multivolt)
P = Pre-wired with 6-ft (2M)
#14/3

POWR•SPOT ULC
®

®

DIMENSIONS
DOTTED LINE–HEAVY DUTY OPTICAL
SOLID LINE–GENERAL PURPOSE OPTICAL

16.000 in.
(407mm)

12.531 in.
(318mm)

20.700 in.
(526mm)

10.42 in.
(265mm)

1.07in.
(27mm)

3.04in.
(77mm)

POWR•SPOT FLOODLIGHTING

7.969 in.
(202mm)

41.406 in.
(1051mm)

9.47 in.
(241mm)

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Effective Projected Area
ULGN
ULGV, ULGC
*When aimed 30° down

55-65 lbs

25-29 kgs

2.7* sq ft max
3.25 sq ft max

.24* sq M max
___ sq M max

BALLAST AND PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
All light sources are clear unless otherwise indicated.
Designate 20-inch (508mm) Reflector by Reflector ID.
Photometric curve number 35-xxxxxx and actual Beam Angle in
degrees

Product ID Wattage
ULGC
1000
1500

Light
Source
MH
MH

Ballast
Type All
Voltages* B0 = 3X3
A
452798(39X32)
A
452765(41X38)

452797(53X41) 452796(74X70)
452763(41X33) 452764(65X55)

452795(108X91)
452762(87X88)

ULGN

1000
1500

MH
MH

A
A

452799(40X32)
452769(42X34)

452800(54X43) 452801(71X68)
452768(54X43) 452767(65X60)

452802(106X109)
452766(104X103)

ULGV

1000
1500

MH
MH

A
A

452806(38X36)
452773(41X40)

452805(54X49) 452804(85X76)
452772(52X46) 452771(63X58)

452803(107X93)
452770(86X88)

NOTE:

N/A = Not Available
*347 volts not available in multivolt.

NOTES:

For indoor indirect lighting applications with 1000 watt or greater, GELS recommends
–replacing tempered front glass lens with wire guard accessory WG-PSFO.

C0 = 4X4

D0 = 5X5

E0 = 6X6

For facade or applications with aiming fixture above horizontal, contact factory.
NOTE:

Contact factory for other lamps and wattages.

REFERENCES
See Page F-32 for start of Accessories.
See Pages F-46 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Pages F-47 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.
See Pole and Bracket Section Page P-2 for pole selection.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/F-5

F

POWR•SPOT FLOODLIGHT
with Glare Reduction
®

F

POWR•SPOT FLOODLIGHTING

APPLICATIONS
• Recreational and competition sports fields at all levels.
• General floodlighting where long setbacks or high mountings require maximum optical performance.
• Especially suitable at sites requiring glare reduction and light trespass limitation.
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• / 1598 Listed
Suitable For Wet Locations
• Die-cast aluminum ballast housing with acrylic
electrocoat gray paint finish inside and out
• Enclosed, gasketed, filtered optical with
configured, ALGLAS® finish on 20-inch (508mm)
diameter aluminum reflector and tempered glass
closure
• Thermal separation of ballast from socket and lamp
• Removable cover for access to ballast and wiring
compartment

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
PSGN

51

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXXX
PSGN = Powr•Spot III
Floodlight with
20-in. (508mm)
diameter
Reflector and
with Internal
Glare Reduction
Louvers
Mounted on
Door

WATTAGE LIGHT SOURCE VOLTAGE

PSGV = Powr•Spot III
Floodlight with
20-in. (508mm)
diameter
Reflector and
with External
Glare Reduction
Visor Mounted
on Door

PSGV

M

0

A

BALLAST
TYPE
XX
X
X
X
40= 400 S = HPS
See Ballast and
60Hz
75= 750 M = MH
0 = 120/208/ Photometric
01= 1000 Standard: Lamp
240/277 Selection Table
51= 1500 not included.
Multivolt
A = Autoreg
1 = 120
2 = 208
3 = 240
4 = 277
5 = 480
D = 347
T = 220

2

CO

HDO

P

TRUNNION
TYPE
X
1 = Straight
2 = Angled
3 = Long
(for SportsStar)
4 = Straight
w/CAA-001

REFLECTOR
IDENT
XX
Select ID. from
Ballast and
Photometric
Selection Table.
B0
C0
D0
E0

OPTICAL
REFLECTOR
XXX
See Dimensions
HD0 = Heavy
Duty 20in.
(508mm)
Diameter
GP0 = General
Purpose
20-in.
(508mm)
Diameter

OPTIONS

50Hz
6 = 220
Y = 240

PSGN

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
F-6/ 2005

• No-weep-hole condensate drain when aimed
down
• Built-in cable and strain relief bushing
• Heavy gauge steel trunnion with aiming reset stop
• Corrosion-resistant hardware
• Position oriented socket available for “minimum”
tilt factor lamp–contact factory
• Remote ballasted system available – contact
factory
• Mogul base socket – E39 standard

www.gelightingsystems.com

XXX
F = Fusing (Not available with
multivolt nor with Instant
Hot Restart)
P = Pre-wired with 6-ft (2M)
#14/3

POWR•SPOT FLOODLIGHT
with Glare Reduction
®

DIMENSIONS

SOLID LINE
DOTTED LINE–HEAVY DUTY OPTICAL
12.531 in.
(318mm)

16.000 in.
(407mm)

20.700 in.
(526mm)
7.969 in.
(202mm)

10.42 in.
(265mm)

41.406 in.
(1051mm)

POWR•SPOT FLOODLIGHTING

1.07 in.
(27mm)

9.47 in.
(241mm)
3.04 in.
(77mm)

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Effective Projected Area
PSGN
PSGV, PSGC
*When aimed 30° down

55-65 lbs

25-29 kgs

2.7* sq ft max
3.25 sq ft max

.24* sq M max
.30 sq M max

BALLAST AND PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
All light sources are clear unless otherwise indicated.
All Ballast are Autoreg

Product ID Wattage
PSGN
400
750
400
1000
1500
PSGV
400
750
400
1000
1500

Light
Source
HPS
HPS
MH
MH
MH
HPS
HPS
MH
MH
MH

Designate 20-inch (508mm) Reflector by Reflector ID.
Photometric curve number 35-xxxxxx and Beam Angle in degrees
A2

B0

C0

D0

E0

N/A
N/A
N/A
452775 (23X22)
452742 (23X22)
N/A
N/A
N/A
452774 (23X23)
452747 (24X23)

450593(37X30)
N/A
450524(31X27)
452788 (39x36)
452754 (43X37)
450329(37X34)
N/A
450331(31X29)
452791(40X41)
452761 (41X40)

450401(50X39)
N/A
450337(54X19)
452787 (55X50)
452757 (60X49)
179263(52X47)
N/A
450332(57X48)
452792 (55X55)
452760 (57X53)

450575(60X49)
450535(73X53)
450529(99x74)
452790 (86X67)
452756 (61X52)
450327(61X57)
450533(79X75)
N/A
452794 (84X75)
452758 (62X59)

450560(76X64)
450538(105X78)
N/A
452789 (107x91)
452755 (104X91)
450328(81X74)
450536(105X96)
450330(90X79)
452793 (111X97)
452759 (94X91)

NOTE: N/A = Not Available
*347 volts not available in multivolt.
NOTES: For indoor indirect lighting applications with 1000 watt or greater, GELS recommends replacing tempered front glass lens with wire guard accessory WG-PSFO.
For facade or applications with aiming fixture above horizontal, contact factory.

REFERENCES
See Page F-32 for start of Accessories.
See Pages F-46 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Pages F-47 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.
See Pole and Bracket Section Page P-2 for pole selection.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/F-7

F

POWR•SPOT FLOODLIGHT
®

F

POWR•SPOT FLOODLIGHTING

APPLICATIONS
• Recreational and competition sports fields at all levels.
• General floodlighting where revolving reflectors are needed.
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• / 1598 Listed
Suitable For Wet Locations
• Die-cast aluminum ballast housing with acrylic
electrocoat gray paint finish inside and out
• Enclosed, gasketed, filtered optical with ALGLAS®
finish on aluminum reflector and tempered glass
closure
• Thermal separation of ballast from socket and
lamp
• Removable cover for access to ballast and wiring
compartment
• No-weep-hole condensate drain when aimed
down

• Built-in cable and strain relief bushing
• Heavy gauge steel trunnion with aiming
reset stop
• Mogul base socket – E39 standard with lamp
stabilizer 1000 & 1500 watt
• Corrosion-resistant hardware
• Position oriented socket available for
“minimum” tilt factor lamp – contact factory
• Field convertible glare reduction available.
See Accessories.
• Remote ballasted system available –
contact factory

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
PSFA

51

M

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXXX
PSFA = Standard
Powr•Spot
Floodlight all
opticals.

WATTAGE LIGHT SOURCE VOLTAGE

0

A

2

BALLAST
TYPE
XX
X
X
X
40= 400 S = HPS
See Ballast and
60Hz
75= 750 M = MH
0 = 120/208/ Photometric
01= 1000 Standard: Lamp
240/277 Selection Table
51= 1500 not included.
Multivolt
A = Autoreg
1 = 120
2 = 208
3 = 240
4 = 277
5 = 480
D = 347
T = 220

3

TRUNNION
TYPE
X
1 = Straight
2 = Angled
3 = Long
(for
SportsStarTM)
(13.750”)
4 = Straight
Trunnion with
CAA-001

NEMA TYPE
BEAM SPREAD
HORIZ X VERT
X
Select NEMA
Type from
Ballast and
Photometric
Selection Table.
Example:
3=3x3

50Hz
6 = 220
Y = 240

HDO

P

OPTICAL
REFLECTOR
XXX
See Dimensions
HD0 =Heavy Duty
20-in. (508mm)
Diameter
GP0 =General
Purpose 20-in.
(508mm)
Diameter
HD2 =Heavy Duty
22-in. (559mm)
Diameter
GP2 =General
Purpose 22-in.
(559mm)
Diameter

OPTIONS
XXX
F = Fusing (Not
available with
multivolt)
P = Pre-wired
with 6-ft (2M)
#14/3

OPTICAL COMPONENT LOGIC
OPTICAL
COMPONENT
LOGIC
A
B
C
D
E

MH
1500W
51
2
3
4
5
6

1000W
01
2
3
4
5
6

400W
40
1
3*
3
5
6

HPS
1000W
01
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
5

400W
40
N/A
3
4
5
6

750W
75
N/A
3
4
5
6

CHOOSE A, B, C, D, E, FROM
TABLE USING BEAM
SPREAD AND LAMP TYPE
HD2 or GP2
GPO or HDO

NOTE: *Not standard. Better equivalent distributions exist. N/A = Not Available

Heavy
Duty
General
Purpose

REFERENCES
See Page F-32 for start of Accessories.
See Pages F-46 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Pages F-47 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.
See Pole and Bracket Section Page P-2 for pole selection.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
F-8/ 2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

POWR•SPOT FLOODLIGHT
®

DIMENSIONS
SOLID LINE–HEAVY DUTY OPTICAL
DOTTED LINE–GENERAL PURPOSE OPTICAL
A DIA
23.000
584
20.700
526

B
7.969
203
7.969
203

C
12.625
321
12.531
318

D
23.050
586
22.250
565

Optical
22-in.
559mm
20-in.
508mm

Angled Trunnion

A DIA
23.000
584
20.700
526

B
12.438
316
12.575
319

C
17.875
454
18.000
457

D
34.312
872
31.312
795

Optical
22-in.
559mm
20-in.
508mm

*When aimed 30°/22-in. down

55-65 lbs

25-29 kgs

2.7* sq ft max
3.0 sq ft max

.24* sq M max
.28 sq M max

B
13.000
330
13.000
330

C Radius
9.000
229
9.000
229

D Min.
26.500
673
26.000
660

Remote Socket Holder

Straight Trunnion

Order Reflector Separate

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Effective Projected Area

A DIA
23.000
584
21.000
533

POWR•SPOT FLOODLIGHTING

Optical
22-in.
559mm
20-in.
508mm

OPTICAL/LAMP HOLDER
Does not include reflector
SELECTIONTABLE

Light
Ordering Maximum Separation
Wattage Source Number Optical andBallast
400
HPS
PSFC40S 10 ft (3 M)
750
HPS
PSFC75S 10 ft (3 M)
400
MH
PSFC40M NOTE*
1000/1500/ MH
PSFC95M NOTE*
NOTE: *No limitation except voltage drop in
the cable must not exceed five volts.
See "Components By Example" on page F-46
for Reflector/Optical Ordering Logic.

BALLAST AND PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
All light sources are clear unless otherwise indicated.

Wattage

Light
Source

Ballast
Type
All
Voltages***

Reflectors
Listed by Diameter, Photometric Curve Number 35-XXXXXX, and Actual Beam Angle in degrees
NEMA Type Beam Spread (Horizontal X Vertical)
22-in. (559mm) Diameter
20-in. (508mm) Diameter
1 = 1X1
2 = 2X2
3 = 3X3
4 = 4X4

5 = 5X5

6 = 6X6

400
HPS
A
175663 (12X12) 175664 (20X20)
177613 (38X34)
179262 (51X47) 177463 (61X57)
N/A
750
HPS
A**,H
N/A
179186
N/A
178177 (67X64) 178178 (77X76)
178179 (110X107)
400
MH
A
179871 (13X12) 175952 (27X27)
177468 (33X29) 179677 (60X48) 177466 (84X84) N/A
1000
MH
A
N/A
452777(23X23)* 452778(40X42)
452779(55X57) 452782(85X79)
452781(109X111)
1500***
MH
A
N/A
452746(23X22)* 452739(44X44)
452740(60X59) 452741(70X68)
452744(107X107)
NOTE: N/A = Not Available
NOTE: *Premium high performance 22-in. (559mm) NEMA Type 2 optical available – contact factory for photometric data.
**Multivolt not available
***347 volts not available in multivolt.
NOTES: For facade and indirect lighting applications with 1500 watt or greater, GELS recommends adding wire guard accessory WG-PSFO or
WG-PSFHD2.
For facade or applications with aiming fixture above horizontal, contact factory.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/F-9

F

SPORTSTAR

TM

MOBIL SPORTSLIGHTING SYSTEM
APPLICATIONS
• See product pages for details and specifications.

F

SPORTSTAR FLOODLIGHTING

SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• Sectioned, telescoping tapered steel shaft
• Prime painted, galvanized, weathering steel, or
concrete poles
• Shaft lengths from 40 to 150 feet
• Service hoist mounting of up to 27 floodlights

SERVICE PLATFORM
Each service platform consists of:
• mounting arms
• pre-wired ring
• headframe
• cover
• hoist cables
• platform can accept up to 27 GE Powr•Spot®
floodlights.

SUGGESTED FIXTURES

ULTRA✭
✭ SPORT™
Page F-2

PSGC
Glare Reduction
Page F-6

PF1K
Page F-14

PSFA
Page F-8

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
MSSP

TL

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXXX
MSSP = Mobil
Sportslighting
Service
Platform
System

LATCHING
XX
TL = Top
Latching

ID

100

POLE
DRIVE MOTOR
HEIGHT
(FT.)
XX
XXX
MD = Mobile
040 = 40
Drive
050 = 50
Motor
060 = 60
*ED = External 070 = 70
Drive
080 = 80
Motor
090 = 90
*ID = Internal
100 = 100
Drive
110 = 110
Motor
120 = 120
*Contact Factory 130 = 130
140 = 140
150 = 150

G

080

10

H

5

POLE
FINISH
X
G =Galvanized
P =Prime
Painted
W=Weathering
Steel
C =Concrete
X =Supplied By
Others

WIND
CRITERIA*
X
070 = 70
080 = 80
090 = 90
100 =
100
110 =
110

FIXTURES
PER POLE†
XX
02=2
03=3
04=4
05=5
06=6
07=7
08=8
09=9
10=10
11=11
12=12
13=13
14=14
15=15
16=16
17=17
18=18
19=19
20=20
21=21

TYPE OF
FIXTURE
X
F=Flood
X=Other

FIXTURE
VOLTAGE††
X
5 = 480

A

POLE BASE
POWER
WIRING††
X
See Electrical
Systems Table

-X-X-X
OPTIONS
-X-X-X
See Options Table

NOTES:
* Complies with specifications published in 1985 edition “Standard Specification for Structural Supports for Highway
Signs, Luminaires and Traffic Signals” published by the American Association of the State Highways and Transportation
Officials (AASHTO).
**Logic only. For additional details regarding the lowering device contact: Carolina High Mast Systems, P.O. Box 14069,
Haltom City, TX 76117, VOICE: (682) 286-0046, FAX: (682) 286-0086
†Contact factory for more than 21 fixtures per pole.
††Contact factory if voltage is other than 480V.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
F-10/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

SPORTSTAR
MOBIL SPORTSLIGHTING SYSTEM

TM

ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AVAILABLE
Two and three circuit systems are available.
POLE
BASE

VOLTAGE

L

480

PHASING
Three

CONDUCTORS
Including Ground
Conductor
4 Wire-60Hz

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
M
N
P
R
S
T
W
X

120
120/240
208
208
240
120/240
240/480
277
277/480
480
220
347
347/600
220
240
240/415
220/380
Other Special

Single
Three
Single
Three
Single
Single
Single
Single
Three
Single
Single
Single
Three
Single
Single
Three
Three

3
5
3
4
3
4
4
3
5
3
3
3
5
3
3
5
5

SPORTSTAR FLOODLIGHTING

NOTE: Consult factory for other than 480 volt 3 phase.
W ire-60Hz
W ire-60Hz
W ire-60Hz
W ire-60Hz
W ire-60Hz
W ire-60Hz
W ire-60Hz
W ire-60Hz
W ire-60Hz
W ire-60Hz
W ire-60Hz
W ire-60Hz
W ire-60Hz
W ire-50Hz
W ire-50Hz
W ire-50Hz
W ire-50Hz

OPTIONS TABLE
CODE

DESCRIPTION

HC4
WCS4

4=1/4-inch Stainless Steel
Winch Cable

WCS5

S4=1/4-inch Stainless Steel
S5=5/16-inch Stainless Steel

HSS

Hoist Sheaves

S=Stainless Steel

WS

Winch Support Drum

CG

Cable Guard

PEX

PE Control

MCX

Multi-Circuit X (X=Specific # of Circuits)

LA

Lightning Arrestor on Service Platform

LR

Lightning Rod

FAA-120

Single Aircraft Warning Light

FAA2-120

Double Aircraft Warning Light

SERVICE HOIST MODELS
Three separate High Mast service
platform models:
DESCRIPTION
Latching, Mobile Drive Unit
Latching, External Drive Unit
Latching, Internal Motor

MODEL NO.
C529GXXX
C522GXXX*
C528GXXX

NOTE: *Requires portable drive unit C408GXXX

FAA2TR-120 Double Aircraft Warning Light with Transfer Relay

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ F-11

F

CRITERION FLOODLIGHT
TM

Featuring SnapDrive

TM

APPLICATIONS
• General purpose to façade lighting, spotlighting to parking lot lighting
SPECIFICATION FEATURES

F

CRITERION FLOODLIGHTING

•

/ 1598 Listed
Suitable For Wet Locations
• UL listed and CUL listed to Canadian
Standards
• Die-cast aluminum housing for strength,
beauty and low maintenance
• Scaled family styling look for consistent
site enhancing look
• Concealed continuous gasket seals
against harmful dust, dirt, moisture and
insects
• Tool-less entry for easy, economical
maintenance
• Tamper-resistant option helps prevent
unauthorized entry for security and safety
• Activated charcoal breathe-way for clean
ventilation and long term maintained foot
candle levels
• Predrilled integral mounting surfaces
for quick installation of accessories

• 100w to 1000w MH, PMH and HPS lamp
operation (Consult ballast selection table
for availability)
• Asymmetric hydroformed reflectors for
vertical and horizontal surfaces
• Nema-type light distributions for general
purpose flood lighting
• Designed for compact lamps minimizing
EPA and pole costs
• Single & dual fusing
• Optional EZAdd button PE
• Optional Bilevel switching (250/400)
• Matched cross arm mounting Structures
available
• Full Line of visors and shields available

• Low-profile hinges & latches for a
clean look
• Choice of a palette of standard colors, 188
RAL colors, or your own custom color in
fade- and abrasion-resistant powder and
liquid paints
• Slipfitter with integrally sealed wiring box
conceals and protects wiring, saves
maintenance costs and maintains a clean
look optics
• Reflector section optimized for typical
applications–facilitates luminaire-toapplication matching
• Asymmetrical reflectors are computer
optimized for MH lamps to maximize
efficiency
• Rugged hydro-formed reflector for
consistent performance
• ALGLAS® coating seals reflectors from
contaminants for superior long term
performance

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
CFXX

40

PRODUCT
WATTAGE
IDENT
XX
XXXX
CFSX =Small
10 = 100 (S)
Flood
15 = 150 (S)
CFMX =Medium
(55V)
Flood
17 = 175 (S)
CFLX =Large
25 = 250 (M)
Flood
32 = 320 (M)
CFSC =Small
40 = 400 (M)
Flood for 01 = 1000 (L)
Canada
CFMC =Medium
Flood for S = Small
Canada M = Medium
L = Large
CFLC =Large
Flood for
Canada

M

0

A

2

LIGHT
SOURCE
X
S = HPS
M = MH
P = pulse
start
MH

VOLTAGE

BALLAST
TYPE
X
See Ballast
Selection
Table

PE CONTROL

Lamp
included

W

PHOTOMETRIC
DISTRIBUTION
X
X
X
1 = No PE
60Hz
W= Wide
0 = 120/208/240/
Flood
2 = With PE
277*
V = Vertical
Receptacle
MULTIVOLT
Surface
1 = 120
A =Autoreg
Flood
2 = 208
D = BiLevel III 3 = Button PE* M = Medium
3 = 240
H = HPF-LAG
Flood
4 = 277
N = Narrow
5 = 480
Flood
D = 347
4 = Spot
P = 120X277X347**
3 = Narrow
* Not
Spot
* Factory set to 277V
Available in
** Factory set to 347V
Multivolt

WHTE

K

XXX

COLOR

MOUNTING

OPTIONS

XXXX
Standard Colors
DKBZ = Dark
Bronze
BLCK = Black
WHTE = White

X
K = 2.38 in.
Slipfitter
V = Wall
Mount
S = 3.00 in.
Slipfitter

X
B = Time Delay
Automatically
Switched
Quartz**
F = Fusing*
XXX = Special Options
004 = Tamper-Resistant
Hardware

Special Colors
Insert four digit
color code from
RAL Color Chart

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
Housing Type
Small

Wattage

Lamp*

CFSX, CFSC

100
150
100
150
175
Wattage

HPS
HPS
PMH
PMH
MH
Lamp*

250
400
250
400
250
400
Wattage

HPS
HPS
PMH
PMH
MH
MH
Lamp*

Housing Type
Medium
CFMX, CFMC

Housing Type
Large

CFLX, CFLC
1000
MH
N/A = Not Available
*Distribution is non-symmetric, consult IES file.

Wide
Flood
7x6*
451792
451796
451800
451804
451812
Wide
Flood
7x6*
451816
451822
451828
451834
451840
451846
Wide
Flood
7x7
451852

Vertical
Surface Flood
6x5*
451793
451797
451801
451805
451813
Vertical
Surface Flood
6x5*
451817
451823
451829
451835
451841
451847
Vertical
Surface Flood
6x5
N/A

Medium
Flood
7x6
451791
451795
451799
451803
451811
Medium
Flood
7x6
451815
451821
451827
451833
451839
451845
Medium
Flood
7x7
451851

Narrow Spot
Flood
6x5
3x3
451790
451794
451798
451802
451810
Narrow Spot
Flood
6x5
4x4
451818 451814
451824 451820
451830 451826
451836 451832
451842 451838
451848 451844
Narrow Spot
Flood
6x5
3x4
N/A
N/A

NOTE: NEMA type listed is for highest wattage metal halide lamp.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
F-12/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

Narrow
Spot
3x2

Narrow
Spot
3x2
451819
451825
451831
451837
451843
451849
Narrow
Spot
3x2
N/A

* Not Available in
Multivolt
** Switched Quartz not
available in small
housing

CRITERION

TM

FLOODLIGHT
SLIPFITTER MOUNTED
(Standard)

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
MEDIUM FLOOD

10.2 in.
(258mm)

30.2 in.
(767mm)

8.8 in.
(223mm)

23.7 in.
(602mm)

18.1 in.
(459mm)

16.1 in.
(410mm)

9.5 in.
(241mm)

6.7in.
7.7 in. (171mm)
(196mm)

CRITERION FLOODLIGHTING

LARGE FLOOD

5.1 in.
(129mm)
11.9 in.
(301mm)

15.1 in.
(384mm)

SMALL FLOOD
7.2 in.
(183mm)

16.7 in.
(424mm)

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Small Flood
Medium Flood
Large Flood

lbs
22
39
55

kgs
10
18
25

10.9 in.
(276mm)

Effective Projected Area
Small Flood
Medium Flood
Large Flood

1.4 sq ft max
3.0 sq ft max
4.6 sq ft max

.13 sq M max
.28 sq M max
.43 sq M max

6.6 in.
(167mm)

5.1 in.
(129mm)
8.5 in.
(217mm)

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE

SUGGESTED CONFIGURATION

All HID light sources are clear unless otherwise indicated.
Housing Type
CFSX

Wattage
100, 150
100, 150
175
CFMX
250, 400
250, 400
250, 400
CFLX
1000
CFSC Canada 100, 150
100, 150
175
CFMC Canada 250, 400
250, 400
250, 400
CFLC Canada 1000

Source
HPS
PMH
MH
HPS
PMH
MH
MH
HPS
PMH
MH
HPS
PMH
MH
MH

Lamp Size
B17
BD17
BD17
ED18
ED28
ED28
BT37
B17
BD17
BD17
ED18
ED
ED28
N/A

Multivolt
H
H
A
A
A
A
A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

120
H
H
A
A
A
A
A
H
H
A
A
A
A
N/A

208
H
H
A
A
A
A
A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

240
H
H
A
A
A
A
A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

277
H
H
A
A
A
A
A
H
H
A
A
A
A
N/A

480
N/A
N/A
A
A
A
A
A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

347
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
H
H
A
A
A
A
N/A

120 x 277 x 347
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
H
H
A
A
A
A
N/A

NOTE: N/A = Not Available

GENERAL AREA LIGHTING
175 watt CFSX
17
400 watt CFMX
40
1000 watt CFLX
O1

M
M
M

O
O
O

A
A
A

1
1
1

M
M
M

DKBZ
DKBZ
DKBZ

K
K
K

TALL STRUCTURES AND SIGNS
175 watt CFSX
17
M
400 watt CFMX
40
M
1000 watt N/A

O
O

A
A

1
1

V
V

DKBZ
DKBZ

K
K

O
O
O

A
A
A

1
1
1

W
W
W

DKBZ
DKBZ
DKBZ

K
K
K

PARKING LOT
175 watt CFSX
400 watt CFMX
1000 watt CFLX

17
40
O1

M
M
M

REFERENCES
See Page F-32 for start of Accessories.
See Pages F-46 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Pages F-47 for Explanation of Options and
Other Terms Used.
See Pole and Bracket Section Page P-2 for pole
selection.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ F-13

F

PF-1000 POWERFLOOD FLOODLIGHT
®

APPLICATIONS
• Parking lots, industrial yards and sports stadiums
• Construction sites, high mast roadway interchanges, car lots and airport aprons

F

PF-1000 POWERFLOOD FLOODLIGHTING

SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• / 1598 Listed
Suitable For Wet Locations
• Heavy-duty (NEMA) die-cast housing
• Total front access via hinged and removable
door
• Enclosed, gasketed and sealed, and activated charcoal filtered optical assembly
• Heavy-gauge galvanized steel trunnion
• Corrosion resistant hardware

• Sight track for daytime aiming
• Aiming degree indicator
• NEMA lamp/wattage decal
• Mogul base socket – E39 standard
• Internal glare shield with cutoff optic
performance (HPS only) – see Accessories
• Vertical and horizontal lamp orientations
• Terminal board
• Heat & shock resistant tempered glass lens

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
PF1K

01

S

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXXX
PF1K = PF-1000
Powrflood
Floodlight

WATTAGE LIGHT SOURCE VOLTAGE
XX
X
75= 750 S = HPS
01= 1000 M = MH
Standard:
Lamp not
included.

0
X
60Hz
0 = 120/208/
240/277
Multivolt
1 = 120**
2 = 208
3 = 240
4 = 277
5 = 480
D = 347
F = 120X347*
T = 220

A

1

BALLAST
TYPE
X
See Ballast and
Photometric
Selection Table

PE
FUNCTION
X
1 = None
2 = PE Receptacle

A = Autoreg

NOTE:
Receptacle
connected same
voltage as unit.
Order PE Control
separately.

50Hz
6 = 220
R = 230
Y = 240
*Connected for
120V
**120V
1000MH A-Reg
not CSA or CUL

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
F-14/ 2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

6X2

NEMA TYPE
BEAM SPREAD
HORIZ X VERT
XXX
See Ballast and
Photometric
Selection Table.
6X2 = 6X2
6X3 = 6X3
6X5 = 6X5
6X6 = 6X6
6X7 = 6X7
7X7 = 7X7
7X6 = 7X6
(Vertical lamp)

DB

S

COLOR

OPTIONS

XX
DB =Dark Bronze
(Standard)
GR =Gray

XXX
F = Fusing (Not
available with
multivolt or
120X347V)
J = Line Surge
Protector,
Expulsion
Type
K = Knuckle
slipfitter for
1.9-2.38 inch
(48-60mm) OD
Tenon
L = Latch for door
P = Prewired with
6 ft (2M) #14/3
S = Knuckle
Slipfitter for
1.9-3.0 in. (4876mm) OD
Tenon
V = Knuckle Wall
mount

PF-1000 POWERFLOOD FLOODLIGHT
®

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
KNUCKLE WALL
MOUNTED (Option V)

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
750 watt
1000 watt

lbs
55-61
61-65

kgs
21-23
23-24

Effective Projected Area
Suggested Mounting Height

3.0 sq ft max
20-150 ft

.279 sq M max
7-50 M

SLIPFITTER MOUNTED
(Options K and S)

PF-1000 POWERFLOOD FLOODLIGHTING

TRUNNION MOUNTED
(Standard)

BALLAST AND PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
All light sources are clear unless otherwise indicated.
NEMA Type
Light
Ballast Type Beam Spread
Wattage
Source
All Voltages† Horiz X Vert (Degrees)

Photometric Curve
Number
35-17 - - - -

750
750
750

HPS
HPS
HPS

A**
A**
A**

6X5 (102X78)
9537
6X6 (127X108) vertical lamp 9867 vertical lamp
7X7 (132X143)
8681

1000
1000
1000
1000
1000

HPS
HPS
HPS
HPS
HPS

A
A
A
A
A

6X2 (106X20)
6X3 (108X37)
6X5 (109X81)
7X6 (133X117) vertical lamp
7X7 (135X145)

1000

MH

A
A
A

7X7 (139X139)
9497
7X6 (135X112) vertical lamp 9499 vertical lamp
6X5 (121X98)
9498

7749
7748
7799
9857 vertical lamp
7746

**Multivolt not available.
†220V, 60Hz and all 50Hz voltages available 1000 Watt Autoreg only.

REFERENCES
See Page F-32 for start of Accessories.
See Pages F-46 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Pages F-47 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.
See Pole and Bracket Section Page P-2 for pole selection.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ F-15

F

GLAREFIGHTER
ASYMMETRIC FLOODLIGHT
TM

F

GLAREFIGHTER FLOODLIGHTING

APPLICATIONS
• Parking lots, building security, shipping yards, rail yards, and many more floodlighting applications.
• Engineered for situations requiring high performance with low aiming angle and reduced
glare optics.
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• / 1598 Listed
Suitable For Wet Locations
• Die-cast aluminum housing with electrocoat
paint finish
• Enclosed, gasketed and activated-charcoal
filtered optical assembly
• Hydroformed aluminum reflector with ALGLAS®
finish
• Designed for low aiming angles and low glare
applications

• Heavy duty steel trunnion with degree
indicator
• Built-in “Sight-Track”, quick aiming sight
• Heat and shock resistant tempered glass lens
• Front access via hinged/removable door
• Corrosion-resistant external hardware
• Terminal board
• Mogul base socket – E39 standard

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
GFPS

24

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXXX
GFPS =
Glarefighter
Standard

WATTAGE

XX
15 = 150
(55V)
17 = 175
20 = 200
GFPT = With Tray 24 = 250/
400
Mounted
25 = 250
Ballast
NOTE: 200- 40 = 400
400W MagNOTE:
Reg not
available 250/400
connected
on tray.
for 250W
(HPS only)

S

0

A

LIGHT SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
S = HPS
M = MH
Standard:
Lamp not
included.

1

BALLAST
TYPE
X
X
See Ballast
60Hz
0 = 120/208/ Selection Table
240/277
Multivolt A = Autoreg
G = Mag-Reg
1 = 120
with
2 = 208
Grounded
3 = 240
Socket Shell
4 = 277
H = HPF Reactor Order PE Control
5 = 480
separately.
or Lag
D = 347
F = 120X347* M = Mag-Reg
T = 220
50Hz
6 = 220
R = 230
Y = 240

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
All light sources are clear unless otherwise indicated.
Wattage

NEMA Type
Beam Spread
Horizontal X Vertical (Degrees)

Photometric Curve
Number
35-17 - - - -

150 (55V) HPS
7X6 (131X108)
9872
200
HPS
6X6 (127X112)
9873
250
HPS
6X6 (126X113)
9874
400
HPS
6X6 (125X108)
9876
175
MH
7X6 (140X112)
9877
250
MH
7X6 (132X113)
9878
400*
MH
6X6 (130X144)
9879
NOTE: *Lamp for 400 watt MH must be E-18 or ED-28 (reduced envelope) only.
❉❉
For cutoff at aiming angles 15° or less, order accessory TSV❉
❉-P4F separately.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
F-16/2005

DB

NEMA TYPE
PE
COLOR
BEAM SPREAD
FUNCTION
HORIZ X VERT
X
XX
XXX
1 = None
Select NEMA
DB =Dark Bronze
2 = PE Receptacle Type from
(Standard)
Photometric
GR =Gray
NOTE:
Selection Table
Receptacle
connected same
Example:
voltage as unit.
6X6 = 6X6

*Connected for
120V

Light
Source

6X6

www.gelightingsystems.com

K
OPTIONS
XXX
F = Fusing (Not
available with
multivolt or
120X347V)
G = Top Trunnion
J = Line Surge Protector,
Expulsion Type
K = Knuckle Slipfitter for
1.9-in. to 2.38-in. (4860 mm) OD Tenon
L = Latch for door
P = Prewired with 6 ft (2
meters) #14/3
S = Knuckle Slipfitter for
1.9 to 3.0 in. (4876mm) OD Tenon
V = Knuckle Wall Mount
Y = Dual Wattage Units
Connect Higher
Wattage

GLAREFIGHTER
ASYMMETRIC FLOODLIGHT
TM

CAUTION: Position
illustrated is not
recommended for
Glarefighter applications.
This illustration should
only be used for
dimensional purposes.

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Effective Projected Area
Suggested Mounting Height

45 lbs
1.5 sq ft max
20-60 ft

20 kgs
.14 sq M max
6-18 M

GLAREFIGHTER FLOODLIGHTING

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE

Wattage

Light
Source

150 (55V) HPS

200
250
250/400
400
175
250
400

HPS
HPS
HPS
HPS
MH
MH
MH

Ballast Type/Voltage
60Hz
120, 208,
240, 277 347,
Multivolt 480
120X347 220
H

H, M*

H

A, M
A, M
N/A
A, M, G A, M, G A
A
A
N/A
A, M
A, M
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A

N/A
A
A
N/A
A
N/A
N/A
N/A

50Hz
220

230

240

N/A
A
A,H,N
A
A,H,N
N/A N/A
A,H,N H
N/A N/A
N/A N/A
N/A N/A
M

N/A
A
A
N/A
A,H,N
N/A
N/A
N/A

NOTE: N/A = Not Available
NOTE: *For 150W HPS, 480V use A or M ballast only.

REFERENCES
See Page F-32 for start of Accessories.
See Pages F-46 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Pages F-47 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.
See Pole and Bracket Section Page P-2 for pole selection.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ F-17

F

HLU/VLU POWERFLOOD
FLOODLIGHT

®

APPLICATIONS
• Parking lots, industrial yards, construction sites, recreational
areas, facade lighting, and other outdoor area applications.
• Particularly suited for high corrosion atmosphere, sea coast
and marine applications.

F

HLU/VLU POWERFLOOD FLOODLIGHTING

VLUF

HLUF
(Shown with optional
slipfitter)

SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• / 1598 Listed
Suitable For Wet Locations
• Heavy-duty corrosion-resistant fiberglass reinforced polyester housing
• Enclosed, gasketed and activated-charcoal filtered optical assembly
• Heavy-gauge steel trunnion
• Corrosion-resistant hardware
• Built-in aiming sight
• Removable ballast tray
• Hydroformed aluminum reflector with ALGLAS® finish
• Mogul base socket – E39 standard
• Heat and shock resistant tempered glass lens

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
HLUF

40

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXXX
HLUF = HLU
Powerflood
Floodlight
(HPS only)
VLUF = VLU
Powerflood
Floodlight

WATTAGE

S
LIGHT SOURCE

0
VOLTAGE

A

BALLAST
TYPE
XX
X
X
X
20 =200
S = HPS
See Ballast and
60Hz
24 = 250/ M = MH or Merc 0 = 120/208/ Photometric
400
Standard: Lamp
240/277 Selection Table
25 = 250
not included.
Multivolt
40 = 400*
A = Autoreg
1 = 120
NOTE:
(Standard)
2 = 208
250/400
G = Mag-Reg
3 = 240
connected
with
4 = 277
for 250W
Grounded
5 = 480
Socket Shell
D = 347
*NOTE:
M
=
Mag-Reg
F = 120X347*
400W HPS
(HPS only)
T = 220
Aiming
P = CWI with
Restriction
Grounded
50Hz
Horizontal
Socket Shell
6 = 220
±60°.
*Connected for
120V

1
PE
FUNCTION
X
1 = None
2 = PE Receptacle
4 = PE Receptacle
and Shorting
Cap
NOTE:
Receptacle
connected same
voltage as unit.
Order PE Control
separately.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
F-18/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

4X2

DB

NEMA TYPE
BEAM SPREAD COLOR
HORIZ X VERT
XX
XXX
Select NEMA
DB =Dark Bronze
Type from
Ballast and
Photometric
Selection Table
Example:
4X2 = 4X2

K
OPTIONS
XXX
B = Time Delay
Automatically
Switched Quartz
F = Fusing (Not
available with
multivolt)
G = Top Trunnion
K = Knuckle Slipfitter for
1.9-in. to 2.38-in. (4860 mm) OD Tenon
P = Prewired with 6 ft
(2 meters) #14/3
Q = Non-Time Delay
Automatically
Switched Quartz
S = Knuckle Slipfitter for
1.9 to 3.0 in. (4876mm) OD Tenon
V = Knuckle Wall Mount
Y = Dual Wattage Units
Connect Higher
Wattage

HLU/VLU POWERFLOOD
FLOODLIGHT
®

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
Trunnion Mounted (Standard)

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Effective Projected Area
From side
At 45° horizontal (normal aiming angle)
At 0° from horizontal
Suggested Mounting Height

43 lbs

20 kgs

1.0 sq ft max
3.0 sq ft max
4.3 sq ft max
20-60 ft

.09 sq M max
.28 sq M max
.4 sq M max
6-18 M

Wall Mounted
(Option V)

HLU/VLU POWERFLOOD FLOODLIGHTING

Slipfitter
Mounted
(Options K or S)

BALLAST AND PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
All light sources are clear unless otherwise indicated.
Ballast Type/Voltage
60Hz
120,208
240,277
480

50Hz

Photometric
Curve
Number
35-17---6592

Light
Source

Multivolt

200, 250, 400

HPS

A, G, M** A, G, M**

A*, G, M** A

A

4X2 (69X25)

200, 250, 400

HPS

A, G, M** A, G, M**

A*, G, M** A

A

6X5 (114X92) 6591

250

MH

A

A

A

A

A

C/F

200, 250, 400

HPS

A, M**

A, M**

A*, G, M** A

A

7X6 (154X126) 6588

250

MH

A

A

A

A

A

7X6

400

MH

A

A

A*, P

A

A

7X6 (151X102) 6589

400

Merc
(Coated)

A

A

A*

A

A

7X7 (156X140) 6590

Wattage

347,
120X347

NEMA Type
BeamSpread
HorizXVert
220 (Degrees)

220

HLUF

C/F

VLUF

NOTE: *200, 250/400 dual wattage HPS not available in 347 volt.
NOTE: **250/400 dual wattage fixture requires autoreg ballast

6593

REFERENCES
See Page F-32 for start of Accessories.
See Pages F-46 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Pages F-47 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.
See Pole and Bracket Section Page P-2 for pole selection.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ F-19

F

PF-400 POWERFLOOD
FLOODLIGHT
®

®

F

PF-400 POWERFLOOD FLOODLIGHTING

APPLICATIONS
• Parking lots, building security, building facade, shipping yards, rail yards, and many more
floodlighting applications.
• Engineered for situations requiring high performance and varied optics.
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• / 1598 Listed
Suitable For Wet Locations
• Die-cast aluminum housing with electrocoat
paint finish
• Enclosed, gasketed and activated-charcoal
filtered optical assembly
• Formed aluminum reflector with ALGLAS® finish
• Heavy duty steel trunnion with degree indicator
• Built-in “Sight-Track”, quick aiming sight

• Tray mounted ballast available
• Heat and shock resistant tempered glass lens
• Front access via hinged/removable door
• Corrosion-resistant external hardware
• Terminal board
• Mogul base socket – E39 standard

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
PF4S

24

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXXX
PF4S = PF-400
Standard
PF4T = PF-400
with Tray
Mounted
Ballast
NOTE:
200-400W
Mag-Reg
not
available
on tray.

WATTAGE

S
LIGHT SOURCE

0

A

1

VOLTAGE

BALLAST
TYPE
X
See Ballast
Selection Table

PE
FUNCTION
X
1 = None
2 = PE Receptacle

A = Autoreg
G = Mag-Reg
with
Grounded
Socket Shell
H = HPF Reactor
or Lag
K = Hot Restart
(Must Order
“P” Option)
Non-UL
M = Mag-Reg
N = NPF Reactor
or Lag
P = CWI with
Grounded
Socket Shell

NOTE:
Receptacle
connected same
voltage as unit.
Order PE Control
separately.

XX
15 = 150
(55V)
17 = 175
20 = 200
24 = 250/
400*
25 = 250
40 = 400

X
X
S = HPS
60Hz
M = MH
0 = 120/208/
Standard: Lamp
240/277
not included.
Multivolt
1 = 120
2 = 208
3 = 240
4 = 277
5 = 480
*Connected
D = 347
for 250W
F = 120X347*
T = 220
50Hz
6 = 220
R = 230
Y = 240
*Connected for
120V

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
F-20/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

6X6

DB

NEMA TYPE
COLOR
BEAM SPREAD
HORIZ X VERT
XX
XXX
Select NEMA
DB =Dark Bronze
Type from
(Standard)
Photometric
GR =Gray
Selection Table
Example:
6X6 = 6X6

K
OPTIONS
XXX
B = Time Delay
Automatically
Switched Quartz
F = Fusing (Not
available with
multivolt or 120X347V)
G = Top Trunnion
J = Line Surge Protector,
Expulsion Type PF4S
only
K = Knuckle Slipfitter for
1.9-in. to 2.38-in. (4860 mm) OD Tenon
L = Latch for door
P = Prewired with 6 ft
(2 meters) #14/3
Q = Non-Time Delay
Automatically
Switched Quartz
S = Knuckle Slipfitter for
1.9 to 3.0 in. (48-76mm)
OD Tenon
V = Knuckle Wall Mount
Y = Dual Wattage Units
Connect Higher
Wattage

PF-400 POWERFLOOD FLOODLIGHT
®

®

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
Trunnion Mounted
(Standard)

Wall Mounted
(Option V)

PF-400 POWERFLOOD FLOODLIGHTING

Slipfitter
Mounted
(Options K or S)

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Effective Projected Area
Suggested Mounting Height

45 lbs
20 kgs
1.5 sq ft max .14 sq M max
20-60 ft
6-18 M

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
All light sources are clear unless otherwise indicated.

Wattage

NEMAType
BeamSpread
Light HorizontalXVertical
Source (Degrees)

Photometric
Curve
Numbers
35-17 - - - -

LampOrientation

Vertical

Horizontal

150 (55V) HPS

7X6 (145X114)
6X6(119X111)

8196
7497
3X2 (38x22) 7495
4X2 (70X27) 7501
4X4 (49X46) 7491

200, 250,
400
HPS

175,250 MH

400

MH

7X6(154X126)
6X6 (127X119)

7632
7481
6X5 (114X92) 7699
6X4(101X67) 7487
5X4 (82X63) 7473
4X2 (61X25) 7475
3X2 (38X17) 7494
4X4 (50X47) 7490
4X2 (64X23) 7500
6X6(114X113)
7496
7X6 (131X110)
7478
6X5(109X80) 7484
4X4 (55X55) 7470
3X2 (31X24) 7474

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE

Wattage

Ballast Type/Voltage
60Hz
120, 208
Light Mulit- 240, 277 347,
Source volt
480
120X347

220

220

230

240

150 (55V)
200
250
250/400

HPS
HPS
HPS
HPS

H
A, M
A, M,G
A

H, M*
A, M
A, M,G
A

H
N/A
A
N/A

N/A
A
A
N/A

M

A
A
N/A

A,H,N

N/A
A,H,N
A,H,N
N/A

H

N/A
A
A
N/A

175, 250
400

MH
MH

A
A

A
A

A
A

N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A

400

HPS

A, M

A, K, M A

50Hz

A

A,H,N

NOTE: N/A = Not Available
NOTE: *For 150W HPS, 480V use A or M ballast only.

REFERENCES
See Page F-32 for start of Accessories.
See Pages F-46 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Pages F-47 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.
See Pole and Bracket Section Page P-2 for pole selection.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ F-21

F

DECAFLOOD 400
HID GENERAL PURPOSE FLOODLIGHTING
TM

HID Lamp Included

F

DECAFLOOD FLOODLIGHTING

APPLICATIONS
• Parking lots, building/area security, facade lighting, industrial yards, recreational areas, and
any other general purpose area lighting application.
SPECIFICATIONS
• / 1598 Listed
Suitable For Wet Locations
• Housing - Low copper content, die cast
aluminum
• Reflector - Corrosion resistance anodized coating
• Dark Bronze powder coated polyester paint
• Ballast - Multivolt (120, 208, 240, & 277V)
reconnectable autoregulator, connected 277V
• Mounting Variations - Units are available with:
• Trunnion - pre-wired with 6’ of #14/3 SEOW cord
• 2 3/8” maximum OD pipe slipfitter.

FEATURES
• Units are supplied with the lamp in the same
package.
• Unit incorporates an easy access stainless
steel “bail” type latch and comes with
provisions for tamper resistant screw closure hardware is included.
• Wide variety of accessories available for spill
and skyglow control.
• Units are available with standard twist-lock
photoelectric control receptacle (PE suffix).
• Small compact size and aesthetically pleasing
appearance.
• Wide beam optics for maximum area light
coverage.

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
DFS

40

M

PE

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXX
DFT = TRUNNION
DFS = SLIPFITTER

WATTAGE

LIGHT SOURCE

PE FUNCTION

XX
25 = 250
40 = 400

X
S = HPS
M = MH

XX
PE = PE RECEPTACLE (If required)

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
F-22/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

® Registered Trademark of General Electric Company
TM
Trademark of General Electric Company

DECAFLOOD 400 HID GENERAL
PURPOSE FLOODLIGHTING
TM

TRUNNION UNIT SUPPLIED WITH 6 FEET OF #14/3 SEOW CABLE

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Effective Projected Area
Suggested Mounting Height

DECAFLOOD FLOODLIGHTING

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

34 lbs
15.4 kgs
2.2 sq ft max .2 sq M max
20-60 ft
6-18 M

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
Wattage
400
250
400
250

Light Source
MH
MH
HPS
HPS

Photometric Curve Number
35-452936
35-452937
35-452938
35-452939

ACCESSORIES
Top and side visor
Full visor
Wire Guard
Barndoors

TSVADKBZ-CFS X
FVADKBZ-CFSX
WG-CFSX
BDADKBZ-CFSX

Lexan vandal shield
Cross arm mounting adapter

LVS-CFSX
CAA-001

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ F-23

F

PF-154 POWERFLOOD
FLOODLIGHT
TM

®

F

PF-154 POWERFLOOD FLOODLIGHTING

APPLICATIONS
• Parking lots, building security and building facade
• Anywhere a compact 70 to 400 watt, wide beam floodlight is needed.
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• / 1598 Listed (PF1S only)
Suitable For Wet Locations
• Heavy duty die-cast aluminum housing
• Enclosed, gasketed and activated-charcoal
filtered optical assembly
• Heavy duty steel trunnion with degree indicator
• One-piece hydroformed reflector with Alzak†
finish
• Knuckle slipfitter and wall mounting options

• Built-in “Sight-Track”, quick aiming sight
• Tray mounted ballast available
(150 watt maximum)
• Heat and shock resistant tempered glass lens
• Front access via hinged/removable door
• Electrocoat paint finish inside and out
• Corrosion-resistant external hardware
• Mogul base socket – E39 standard

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
PF1S

07

S

0

H

1

6X6

DB

NEMA TYPE
WATTAGE LIGHT SOURCE VOLTAGE
PRODUCT
BALLAST
PE
COLOR
BEAM SPREAD
IDENT
TYPE
FUNCTION
HORIZ X VERT
XX
X
XXXX
X
X
X
XX
XXX
07 = 70
S = HPS
PF1S = PF-154
See Ballast and 1 = None
Select NEMA
DB =Dark Bronze
60Hz
10 = 100
M = MH or Merc 0 = 120/208/ Photometric
Standard
2 = PE Receptacle Type from
NOTE: 150W Max 15 = 150
Photometric
240/277 Selection Table
(55V) CAUTION: For
NOTE:
Mag-Reg
Selection Table
Multivolt
17 = 175
400W MH, an E- 1 = 120
A = Autoreg
Receptacle
20 = 200
18 or ED-28
PF1T = PF-154
H = HPF Reactor connected same
Example:
2 = 208
Floodlight 24 = 250/ lamp must be
or Lag
voltage as unit.
6X6 = 6X6
3 = 240
400* used. Standard: 4 = 277
with Tray
M = Mag-Reg
Order PE Control
25 = 250
Lamp not
Mounted
N = NPF Reactor separately.
5 = 480
included.
Ballast 150 40 = 400
or Lag
D = 347
watt
F = 120X347*
maximum *Connected
T = 220
for 250W
NOTE: Mag-Reg
not available.
50Hz
6 = 220
R = 230
Y = 240
*Connected for
120V

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
F-24/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

L
OPTIONS
XXX
F = Fusing (Not
available with
multivolt or
120X347V)
K = Knuckle Slipfitter
for 1.9-in. to 2.38in. (48-60 mm) OD
Tenon
L = Latch for door
P = Prewired with 6 ft
(2 meters) #14/3
T = Terminal Board
V = Knuckle Wall
Mount
Y = Dual Wattage Units
Connect Higher
Wattage

PF-154

TM

POWERFLOOD FLOODLIGHT
®

PF-154 POWERFLOOD FLOODLIGHTING

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Effective Projected Area
Suggested Mounting Height

23-25 lbs
10-11 kgs
1.2 sq ft max .11 sq M max
20-60 ft
6-18 M

BALLAST AND PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
All light sources are clear unless otherwise indicated.
Ballast Type/Voltage
60Hz

50Hz

NEMA
BeamSpread

Photometric
Curve

HorizXVert

Number
35-17 - - - -

Multivolt

120,208
240,277 347,
480
120X347 220 220 230 240

70, 100, HPS
150 (55V)

H, N, A

H***, M H, G†

H,N H,N H,N H,N 6X6 (124X121) 8609
7X6 (141X123) 9888

200,
HPS
250, 400** HPS

A
A

A
A

N/A
A

N/A N/A N/A N/A 6X6 (120X114) 8610
A A A A
6X6 (120X114) 8610

175

MH or Merc A

A

A, P‡

A

A

A

A

250

MH or Merc A

A

A, P

A

A

A

A

400*

MH

A

A

A

A

A

A

Wattage

Light
Source

A

(Degrees)

6X6 (122X116)
7X6 (150X124)
6X6(122X116)
7X6 (143X115)
6X6(129X120)

8612
9889
8612
9892
8611

NOTE: N/A = Not Available
*Lamp for 400 watt MH fixture must be E-18 or ED-28 only
**250/400 dual wattage not available in 347 volt
***For 150 watt and below, 480 volt, use A or M ballast only.
† Not available in 120X347 or tray
‡ Not available in 347 volt or 120X347

REFERENCES
See Page F-32 for start of Accessories.
See Pages F-47 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.
See Pole and Bracket Section Page P-2 for pole selection.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ F-25

F

P-154 POWERFLOOD FLOODLIGHT
®

APPLICATIONS
• Parking lots, building security, building facades, recreation areas and many other outdoor area
applications
• Anywhere a compact 70 to 400 watt, floodlight is needed.
• Easy to hide for facade, entrance and identification sign lighting.

F

P-154 POWERFLOOD FLOODLIGHTING

SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• / 1598 Listed
Suitable For Wet Locations
• Heavy duty die-cast aluminum housing
• Heat and shock resistant tempered glass
• Heavy-gauge steel trunnion
• Corrosion-resistant hardware

• Hinged front door, secured with two
corrosion-resistant screws
• Mogul base socket – E39 standard
• Terminal board
• UL1572 Outdoor Salt Water Marine and
UL844 available – see Hazardous Location
Lighting Section

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
P54S

07

WATTAGE
PRODUCT
IDENT
XX
XXXX
P54S = P-154 07 = 70
10 = 100
15 = 150
(55V)
17 = 175
20 = 200
24 = 250/
400*
25 = 250
40 = 400

S
LIGHT SOURCE

0

H

VOLTAGE

X
X
S = HPS
60Hz
M = MH or Merc 0 = 120/208/
240/277
CAUTION: For
Multivolt*
400W MH, an E- 1 = 120
18 or ED-28
2 = 208
lamp must be
3 = 240
used. Standard: 4 = 277
Lamp not
5 = 480
included.
D = 347
F = 120X347*
*Connected
T = 220
for 250W.
Not
50Hz
available
6 = 220
Multivolt
R = 230
Y = 240

1

DB

NEMA TYPE
BALLAST
PE
COLOR
BEAM SPREAD
TYPE
FUNCTION
HORIZ X VERT
X
X
XX
XXX
See Ballast and 1 = None
Select NEMA
DB =Dark Bronze
Photometric
2 = PE Receptacle Type from
Selection Table
Photometric
NOTE:
Selection Table
A = Autoreg
Receptacle
G = Mag-Reg
connected same
Example:
with
voltage as unit.
7X6 = 7X6
Grounded
Order PE Control
Socket Shell separately.
H = HPF Reactor
or Lag
M = Mag-Reg
P = CWI with
Grounded
Socket Shell

*Connected for
120V
*250 X 400 HPS
or MH Multivolt
not available

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
F-26/2005

7X6

www.gelightingsystems.com

L
OPTIONS
XXX
F = Fusing (Not
available with
multivolt or
120X347 volt)
G = Top Trunnion
L = Latch for door
P = Prewired with 6 ft.
(2M) #14/3
Y = Dual Wattage Units
Connect Higher
Wattage

P-154 POWERFLOOD FLOODLIGHT
®

P-154 POWERFLOOD FLOODLIGHTING

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Effective Projected Area
Suggested Mounting Height

23-25 lbs
10-11 kgs
1.0 sq ft max .09 sq M max
15-60 ft
5-18 M

BALLAST AND PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
All light sources are clear unless otherwise indicated.
Ballast Type/Voltage

Light
Source

NEMA Type Photometric
Beam Spread Curve

60Hz

50Hz

120, 208,
240, 277, 347,
Multivolt 480
120x347

Horiz X Vert
220 230 240 (Degrees)

Wattage
220
70, 100,
150 (55V) HPS
H
H, M***
H, G
H
175,250 MH
A
A
A
A
175,250 MH
A
A
A
A
(Coated)
200
HPS
A
A
N/A
N/A
250,400 HPS
A, P
A, P
A, P
A
250/400** HPS
A
A
N/A
N/A
250
MH or
A
A
A
A
Merc
400*
MH
A
A
A
N/A
NOTE: *Lamp for 400 watt MH fixture must be E-18 or ED-28 only
**250/400 dual wattage not available in 347 volt
***For 150 watt and below, 480V - Use “M” ballast only.
N/A = Not Available

Number
35-17 - - - -

H H
H
6X6(126X128) 7346
N/A N/A N/A 7X6(136X129) 7344
N/A N/A N/A 7X7(144X145) 7345
N/A
A
N/A
A

N/A
A
N/A
A

N/A
A
N/A
A

7X6(134X127)
7X6(134X127)
7X6(134X127)
7X6(136X129)

7347
7347
7347
7344

N/A N/A N/A 7X6(131X120) 7455

REFERENCES
See Page F-32 for start of Accessories.
See Pages F-47 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.
See Pole and Bracket Section Page P-2 for pole selection.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ F-27

F

MPF POWERFLOOD
FLOODLIGHT

®

F

MPF POWERFLOOD FLOODLIGHTING

APPLICATIONS
• Residential, lower wattage commercial and industrial applications
• Building perimeters, entrances, building facades and sign lighting
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• / 1598 Listed
Suitable For Wet Locations
• Heavy-duty die-cast aluminum housing
• 1/2 inch threaded swivel mount fits all standard
boxes
• Medium base high pressure sodium and metal
halide lamps

• No-tool relamping
• Corrosion-resistant hardware
• Alzak† finish on reflector
• Lamp included
• Heat & shock resistant tempered glass

ORDERING NUMBERS
ORDERING
NUMBER

WATTAGE LIGHT SOURCE

VOLTAGE

TYPE
BALLAST

COLOR***

NEMA TYPE BEAM SPREAD
HORIZ X VERT (DEGREES)

PHOTOMETRIC
CURVE 35-17 - - - -

MPF05S1NDB
MPF07S1NDB
MPF10S1NDB
MPF15S1NDB
MPF07M1NDB

50
70
100
150
70

120
120
120
120
120

NPF
NPF
NPF
NPF
NPF

Dark Bronze
Dark Bronze
Dark Bronze
Dark Bronze
Dark Bronze

6X6 (110X119)
6X6 (110X119)
6X6 (110X119)
6X6 (110X119)
6X6 (117X123)

9637
9637
9637
9637
9638

HPS
HPS
HPS
HPS
MH

NOTE: * Change third letter “F” to “G” for floodlight with guard
DB = Dark Bronze
For PE Control field install PEK120 kit

DATA

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
MPF

Approximate Net Weight
Suggested Mounting Height

MPF-WG

8.00 in.
(20.3mm)

8.00 in.
(20.3mm)

6.75 in.
(71mm)

6.75 in.
(71mm)

9.00 in.
(229mm)
9.00 in.
(229mm)

REFERENCES
See Pages F-47 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
F-28/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

6 lbs (3 kgs)
0-20 ft (0-6 M)

QUARTZ-FLOOD FLOODLIGHT
APPLICATIONS
• Building facades, signs, sports fields, and other general floodlighting applications
• Emergency and temporary floodlighting applications
• Particularly suited where instant on light, high color rendition, or low initial cost is important.
• Alzak† finish on aluminum reflector
• One-half inch threaded swivel mount
• Dark bronze
• 25°C maximum ambient temperature

QUARTZ-FLOOD FLOODLIGHTING

SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• / 1598 Listed
Suitable For Wet Locations
• Die-cast aluminum construction
• Tempered glass door
• Hinged front door

ORDERING NUMBERS
ORDERING NUMBER

WATTAGE

LIGHT SOURCE

LAMP

COLOR

QF30DB
QF50DB
QF1500
* Lamp Determines Voltage

300
500
1500

Filament (Quartz-Halogen)
Filament (Quartz-Halogen)
Filament (Quartz-Halogen)

Included-120V
Included-120V
Not included*

Dark Bronze
Dark Bronze
Dark Bronze

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
QF30, QF50
QF1500
Effective Projected Area
QF30, QF50
QF1500

QF30,
QF50

kgs
1
4

.5 sq ft max
1.5 sq ft max

.46 sq M max
.10 sq M max

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
Wattage
300
500
1500

QF1500

lbs
2.5
8.0

Light
Source

NEMA Type Beam Spread
Horiz X Vert (Degrees)

Photometric Curve Number
35-17 - - - -

Q300T3/CL
Q500T3/CL/120
Q1500T3/CL/208
/240
/277

6X5 (110X89)
6X5 (117X89)
6X5 (126X88)
6X5 (126X88)
6X5 (126X88)

7546
6555
7357
7357
7357

REFERENCES
See Page F-32 for start of Accessories.
See Pages F-47 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ F-29

F

SBF, SBN POWERFLOOD
FLOODLIGHT

®

F

SBF, SBN POWERFLOOD FLOODLIGHTING

APPLICATIONS
• Signage, facades, landscape lighting, building mounted focal points and flag lighting
• Residential, small scale commercial and industrial applications
• Ideal for situations where an easy-to-conceal floodlight with either wide beam or narrow beam
photometrics is needed.
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• / 1598 Listed
Suitable For Wet Locations
• Heavy duty die-cast aluminum housing
• Dark bronze electrocoat paint finish inside and
out
• Enclosed and gasketed with Alzak† finished
aluminum reflector and tempered glass lens

• Wide beam and narrow beam optics for
medium base HID lamps
• HPF or NPF ballasts available
• 1/2-inch ID threaded swivel mount
• Medium base HPS or metal halide lamps
• Lamp included
• Corrosion-resistant hardware

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
SBF

15

S

0

H

PE

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXX
SBF = Wide Beam SBF
Powerflood Floodlight

WATTAGE

LIGHT SOURCE

VOLTAGE

PE FUNCTION

XX
03 = 35
05 = 50
07 = 70
10 = 100
15 = 150
(55V)
17 = 175

X
S = HPS
M = MH
Standard: Lamp
installed in
socket.

X
0 = 120/208/240/277
Multivolt
1 = 120
2 = 208
3 = 240
4 = 277
5 = 480
D = 347
F = 220x347

BALLAST
TYPE
X
See Ballast and Photometric
Selection Table

SBN = Narrow Beam SBF
Powerflood Floodlight

REFERENCES
See Page F-32 for start of Accessories.
See Pages F-47 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.
See Pole and Bracket Section Page P-2 for pole selection.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
F-30/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

A = Autoreg (175W Metal
Halide only)
H = HPF Reactor or Lag
N = NPF Reactor or Lag

X
PE = PE (if required)

SBF, SBN POWERFLOOD FLOODLIGHT
®

SBF, SBN POWERFLOOD FLOODLIGHTING

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Effective Projected Area
Suggested Mounting Height

10-15 lbs
.8 sq ft max
0-20 ft

4-6 kgs
.074 sq M max
0-6 M

BALLAST AND PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
All light sources are clear unless otherwise indicated.

Wattage

Ballast Type/Voltage
120, 208,
Light
Multi- 240, 277,
Source volt
480
347

NEMA Type
Beam Spread
Horiz X Vert (Degrees)

Photometric Curve
Number
35-17 - - - -

SBF
35**
HPS
50, 70, 100,
150 (55V) HPS

N/A

H, N*

N/A

6X6 (121X116)

7137

H, N

H, N

H,N

6X6 (126X116)

7138

70, 100

MH

H

H, N

H,N

6X6 (126X117)

7469

175

MH

A

A

A

6X6 (126X117)

7469

H, N*

N/A

C/F

C/F

SBN
35**

HPS

N/A

50, 70, 100,
150 (55V) HPS

H, N

H, N

H,N

3X4 (33X67)

8553

70, 100

MH

H

H, N

H,N

3X4 (34X56)

8572

175

MH

A

A

A

3X4 (34X56)

8572

NOTE: N/A = Not available C/F = Contact Factory
*120 volt only for 35 watt (480 volt available for all others)
**Not available in 347 volt or 120X347 volt

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ F-31

F

FLOODLIGHTING ACCESSORIES

REFER TO ACCESSORY INDEX TO MATCH ACCESSORY WITH PRODUCT.
ILLUSTRATIONS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL REPRESENTATIONS.

See following Accessory pages for dimension drawings and descriptions.
INDEX

F

FLOODLIGHTING ACCESSORIES

Ultra✭ Powr•
Ordering Number Sport Spot III

GlarePF-1000 fighter

PRODUCT

DecaHLU/VLU PF-400 Flood

CROSS ARM ADAPTER
CAA-SBF
CAA-001
//////// ////////
////////
//////// ////////
AUXILIARY CROSS ARM
CAB-001
////////
//////// ////////
FLAT SURFACE MOUNTING ADAPTER
FSMA-SBF
FLOODLIGHT BRACKET
FBSFA2TTPP
////////
//////// ////////
FBSFA2TTDB
////////
//////// ////////
FBSFA2TTGR
////////
//////// ////////
FBSUWH19.5X2GV
////////
////////
//////// ////////
FBSUWH31.5X2GV
////////
////////
//////// ////////
FBSUWH48.5X2GV
////////
////////
//////// ////////
FBSXA2TTPP
Cross-arm bracket with 2-inch vertical tenon for
FLOODLIGHT WIRING BOX
FWBSBFPP
For use with wall mounting bracket FBSFA2TTPP
GLARE REDUCTION
EVGC-PSFB
////////
IGLA-PF1K
////////
INGC-PS0
////////
INGC-PS2
1
IVGC-PS0
////////
LA-PF1K
////////
LINE SURGE PROTECTOR, EXPULSION TYPE
35-411749R01
////////
////////
POLYCARBONATE VANDAL SHIELD
LVS-CFSX
LVS-CFMX
LVS-PF1K
////////
LVS-PF1
LVS-P15
LVS-P4F
////////
LVS-PSFHD2
1
LVS-PSF0
////////
LVS-SBF
LVS-VLU
////////
MOUNTING BRACKET (FOR PE)
MB-PECTL
////////
MULTIPLE MOUNTING CHANNEL
MMC-HT001
MMC-SF001
MMC-SF002
MMC-SF003
MMC-WP001
MMC-WP002
MMC-WP003
PHOTOELECTRIC CONTROLS
PEC0TL
////////
//////// ////////
PEC1TL
////////
//////// ////////
PEC5TL
////////
//////// ////////
PHOTOELECTRIC CONTROL KIT
PEK-120
PEK-240
PEK-277
PEK-347
POLE TOP ADAPTER
PTADB-002
////////
////////
//////// ////////
PTAGR-002
////////
////////
//////// ////////

NOTE: 1 = PSFA, 22 in. (559mm) optical only

VPF/ SBF,
PF-154 P-154 MPF SBN

//////// //////// //////// ////////

QF30,
QF1500 QF50 CRITERION

/////// ///////

///////

///////

/////// ///////

///////

///////

//////// //////// //////// ////////

//////// //////// ////////
//////// //////// ////////
//////// //////// ////////
//////// //////// //////// ////////
//////// //////// //////// ////////
//////// //////// //////// ////////
mounting any floodlight with 2-inch slipfitter
(order separately)

2
////////
////////
////////
////////

////////

////////
/////// ///////
///////
///////
///////
///////
///////
///////
///////

///////
///////
///////
///////
///////
///////
///////

//////// //////// //////// ////////
////////
//////// ////////
//////// //////// //////// ////////
////////
////////
////////
////////
////////
////////

//////// ////////
//////// ////////

2 = PF4S only

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
F-32/2005

LEGEND: ////////// = Accessory can be used.

www.gelightingsystems.com

///////
///////
///////
///////
///////
///////
///////

///////
///////
///////
///////
///////
///////
///////

FLOODLIGHTING ACCESSORIES

REFER TO ACCESSORY INDEX TO MATCH ACCESSORY WITH PRODUCT.
ILLUSTRATIONS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL REPRESENTATIONS.

LEGEND: ////////// = Accessory can be used.

Ultra✭ Powr•
Ordering Number Sport Spot III

GlarePF-1000 fighter

SAFETY CHAIN
OSC-ULTS
/////// ///////
OSC-ULTS001
/////// ///////
SHORTING CAP
SCCL-PECTL
///////
SLIPFITTER ADAPTER
SFADB-001
/////// ///////
///////
SFAGR-001
/////// ///////
///////
SWIVEL MOUNTING ADAPTER
SMADB-SBF
SMAGR-SBF
TRUNNION MOUNT
TMDB-QF50
TMDB-QF1500
TMDB-SBF001
TMDB-SBF002
TMGR-SBF001
TMGR-SBF002
TOP AND TWO SIDES VISOR
TSVAXXXX-CFSX
TSVAXXXX-CFMX
TSVAXXXX-CFLX
TSVAL-PF1K
///////
TSVDB-PF1K
///////
TSVAL-PSFHD2
///////
TSVAL-PSF0
///////
TSVAL-P4F
TSVDB-P4F
TSVDB-PF1
TSVDB-PF1001
TSVDB-P15
TSVDB-SBF
TSVAL-SBF001
TSVAL-VLU
NEW FULL VISOR
FVAXXXX-CFSX
FVAXXXX-CFMX
NEW BARN DOOR
BDAXXXX-CFSX
BDAXXXX-CFMX
TOP VISOR
TVAL-PF1K
///////
TVDB-PF1K
///////
TVAL-VLU
VANDAL SHIELD LUMINAIRE PROTECTOR
PPS-PF1
PPS-PF4
VERTICAL MOUNTING ADAPTER
VMA-001
/////// ///////
///////
VSA-001
///////
///////
WIRE GUARD
WG-CFSX
WG-CFMX
WG-CFLX
WG-PF1K
///////
WG-P15
WG-P4F
WG-PF1
WG-PSF0
///////
WG-PSFHD2
///////
WG-VLU
WOOD/METAL POLE ADAPTER
WPA-001
///////
///////
WPB-002
///////
///////

PRODUCT

DecaHLU/VLU PF-400 Flood

VPF/ SBF,
PF-154 P-154 MPF SBN

///////

///////

///////

/////// ///////

///////
///////

///////
///////

///////
///////

///////
///////

QF30,
QF1500 QF50

CRITERION

/////// ///////
/////// ///////
/////// ///////
/////// ///////

///////
///////
///////
///////

/////// ///////
/////// ///////
///////

///////

///////
///////
///////

///////
///////

///////
///////

///////
///////

///////

///////

FLOODLIGHTING ACCESSORIES

INDEX

///////
///////
///////
///////
///////
///////

///////
///////
///////
///////

///////

///////
///////
///////

///////
///////

/////// ///////
/////// //////
///////
///////
///////

///////

///////

///////

///////

///////
///////
///////

///////
///////

///////
///////

///////
///////

/////// ///////
/////// ///////

///////
///////

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ F-33

F

FLOODLIGHTING ACCESSORIES

REFER TO ACCESSORY INDEX TO MATCH ACCESSORY WITH PRODUCT.
ILLUSTRATIONS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL REPRESENTATIONS.

CROSS ARM ADAPTER
• CAA-SBF
For horizontal trunnion mounting with degree scale for preset aiming
and 180-degree adjustment—suitable for floodlights up to 15 pounds
(7 kgs) approximate net weight only, (For use with swivel mounted
units, order Trunnion Mount accessory.)

F

FLOODLIGHTING ACCESSORIES

CAA-SBF

CROSS ARM ADAPTER
• CAA-001
For 35-degree trunnion mounting with degree scale for preset
aiming and 180-degree adjustment.
CAUTION: This accessory should not cantilever more than 2 inches
beyond front edge of support structure.
CAA-001

AUXILIARY CROSS ARM
• CAB-001
To allow mounting of two (maximum total weight 90 lbs [41 kgs] or
smaller) trunnion-mounted floodlights on upsweep brackets
(FBSUWH19.5X2GV, FBSUWH31.5X2GV, FBSUWH48.5X2GV).
(With hardware kit)

CAB-001

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
F-34/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

FLOODLIGHTING ACCESSORIES

REFER TO ACCESSORY INDEX TO MATCH ACCESSORY WITH PRODUCT.
ILLUSTRATIONS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL REPRESENTATIONS.

FLAT SURFACE MOUNTING ADAPTER
• FSMA-SBF
Flat mounting base for 4-inch (102mm) junction-box mounting

FLOODLIGHTING ACCESSORIES

NOTE: Also fits CPF Powerflood® Floodlight and Quartz Flood

FSMA-SBF

FLOODLIGHT BRACKET
For Wall or Flat Surface
• FBSFA2TTPP
Wall mounting bracket for mounting any floodlight with 2-inch
(51mm) slipfitter to flat, vertical or horizontal surface (Prime painted
steel)
FBS

• FBSFA2TTDB
Same as FBSFA2TTPP except painted Dark Bronze
• FBSFA2TTGR
Same as FBSFA2TTPP except painted Gray

For Trunnion Mounted Floodlights
• FBSUWH19.5X2GV
FBSUWH31.5X2GV
FBSUWH48.5X2GV
Galvanized steel upsweep brackets for vertical wood pole.
Accommodates trunnion mounting with a full 360-degree
adjustment. A 3/4-inch diameter bolt, nut and lock washer are
included to mount floodlight trunnion on flange. Maximum weight
allowed is 90 lbs (41 kgs).

FBSU

• FBSXA2TTPP
Cross-arm bracket with 2.375-inch (60mm) OD vertical tenon for mounting any floodlight with 2-inch (51mm) slipfitter (Prime painted steel)

FBSX

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ F-35

F

FLOODLIGHTING ACCESSORIES

REFER TO ACCESSORY INDEX TO MATCH ACCESSORY WITH PRODUCT.
ILLUSTRATIONS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL REPRESENTATIONS.

F

FLOODLIGHTING ACCESSORIES

FLOODLIGHT WIRING BOX
• FWBSBFPP
For use with wall mounting bracket FBSFA2TTPP (order
separately). Two 3/4-inch tapped conduit entrances for
thru-feed surface wiring. Gasketed wiring compartment
cover (prime painted steel).

FWBSBFPP

GLARE REDUCTION
•EVGC-PSFB
20 in. Door & Glass Assembly with external visor

EVGC-PSFB

• INGC-PS0
20 in. Door & Glass Assembly with internal louver
• INGC-PS2A-NEMA2
Internal Louver only for 22 in. (559mm) optical
(also known as "Bradley Louver")
• INGC-PS2B-NEMA3
• LAAL-PF1K
External Louver Assembly
for PF-1000

INGC-PSO
INGC-PS2A

IGLA-PF1K

LAAL-PF1K

• IGLA-PF1K
Assembly fits into hydroformed
reflector after lamping.
Assembly held in place by clips.
(For 1000w HPS only)

LINE SURGE PROTECTOR, EXPULSION TYPE
• 35-411749R01
Can be added to most fixture terminal boards.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
F-36/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

35-411749R01

FLOODLIGHTING ACCESSORIES

REFER TO ACCESSORY INDEX TO MATCH ACCESSORY WITH PRODUCT.
ILLUSTRATIONS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL REPRESENTATIONS.

POLYCARBONATE VANDAL SHIELD

LVS-PF1K

LVS-PF1

• LVS-PF1
Can use with wire guard WG-PF1
Can use with top and side visor TSVDB-PF1

• LVS-P15
Can use with top and side visor TSVDB-P15
Can use with wire guard WG-P15

LVS-P15

• LVS-CFSX
Can use Top & Side Visor TSVXXXX-CFSX

FLOODLIGHTING ACCESSORIES

• LVS-PF1K
Can use with Top and Side visor
45° Limit aim angle from nadir

• LVS-CFMX
Can use Top & Side Visor TSVXXXX-CFMX

• LVS-P4F
Can use with top and side visor TSVAL-P4F, TSVDB-P4F,
Can use with wire guard WG-P4F,
Can also be used on Versaflood® Wallighter luminaire

LVS-P4F

• LVS-PSFHD2 (400 Watt Max)
NEMA 2, for use with 400 watt Heavy Duty 22-inch (559mm) optical
only. Both vandal shield and top and side visor cannot be used at the
same time.

LVS-PSF

• LVS-PSF0 (400 Watt Max)
For 20-inch (508mm) Heavy Duty and General Purpose opticals, all
beam spreads, 400 watt max.
Cannot use with Top and Side Visor (TSVAL-PSF0) or External Glare
Control Louvers (EGCL-PS0N34, EGCL-PS0N56).
• LVS-SBF
Cannot use with top and side visor TSVDG-SBF

LVS-SBF

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ F-37

F

FLOODLIGHTING ACCESSORIES

REFER TO ACCESSORY INDEX TO MATCH ACCESSORY WITH PRODUCT.
ILLUSTRATIONS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL REPRESENTATIONS.

POLYCARBONATE VANDAL SHIELD

F

FLOODLIGHTING ACCESSORIES

• LVS-VLU
Can use with top and side visor TSVDB-VLU
Cannot use with wire guard WG-VLU

LVS-VLU

MOUNTING BRACKET
• MB-PECTL
With locking-type receptacle for use with photoelectric control (remove bracket to use with conduit)

MB-PECTL

MULTIPLE MOUNTING CHANNEL
Figure 1

• MMC-HT001
Horizontal Slipfitter similar to MMC-SF

MMC-SF

Length
Number of
Approximate
Maximum
Dimension
Floodlights
Net Weight
Effective
A
Accommodated
For Channels Only Projected Area
Ordering
Number
In.
mm
QF30 / QF50 QF1500 Lbs
Kgs
Sq Ft
Sq M
WITH VERTICAL SLIPFITTER TO MOUNT ON 1-7/8 TO 2-7/8 INCH OD PIPE (Fig. 1)
MMC-SF001 28.500 724
5
4
8.5
4
1.2
0.11
MMC-SF002 52.500 1,334 9
5
15.0 7
2.2
0.20
MMC-SF003 76.500 1,943 13
9
21.5 10
3.2
0.30
WITH WOOD POLE BRACKET (Fig. 2)
MMC-WP001 28.500 724
5
4
14.5 7
1.6
0.15
MMC-WP002 52.500 1,334 9
5
21.0 10
2.6
0.24
MMC-WP003 76.500 1,943 13
9
27.5 13
3.6
0.33

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
F-38/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

Figure 2

MMC-WP

FLOODLIGHTING ACCESSORIES

REFER TO ACCESSORY INDEX TO MATCH ACCESSORY WITH PRODUCT.
ILLUSTRATIONS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL REPRESENTATIONS.

PHOTOELECTRIC CONTROL
• PEC0TL
120, 208, 240, 277 Multivolt Turn and Lock
PEC
• PEC1TL
120 volt Turn and Lock

FLOODLIGHTING ACCESSORIES

• PEC5TL
480 volt Turn and Lock

PHOTOELECTRIC CONTROL KIT
• PEK-120
120 volt-for field installation
• PEK-240
208 volt, 240 volt-for field installation
• PEK-277
277 volt-for field installation
• PEK-347
347 volt-for field installation

POLE TOP ADAPTER

PEK
3/4 in. #10 BOLT

• PTADB-002
Dark Bronze, for 3-inch (76mm) OD pipe
• PTAGR-002
Gray, for 3-inch (76mm) OD pipe
PTA

SAFETY CHAIN
NEW

• OSC-ULTS
4 ft. (1.2 meters)

NEW

• OSC-ULTS001
6 ft. (1.8 meters)

OSC-ULTS

SHORTING CAP
• SCCL-PECTL

SCCLPECTL

SLIPFITTER ADAPTER
• SFADB-001
Dark Bronze, cast aluminum slipfitter for 30-degree mounting of trunnion on 1-1/2 to 2-1/2 inch pipe (1.9 to 2.875-inch [48 to 73mm] OD)
• SFAGR-001
Gray, cast aluminum slipfitter for 30-degree mounting of trunnion
on 1-1/2 to 2-1/2 inch pipe (1.9 to 2.875-inch [48 to 73mm] OD)
SFA

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ F-39

F

FLOODLIGHTING ACCESSORIES

REFER TO ACCESSORY INDEX TO MATCH ACCESSORY WITH PRODUCT.
ILLUSTRATIONS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL REPRESENTATIONS.

SWIVEL MOUNTING ADAPTER
• SMADB-SBF
Dark Bronze, slipfitter for mounting on 1-1/2 to 2-inch standard pipe (1.9 to 2.38-inch [48to 60 mm] OD)

F

FLOODLIGHTING ACCESSORIES

• SMAGR-SBF
Gray, slipfitter for mounting on 1-1/2 to 2-inch standard pipe
(1.9 to 2.38 [48 to 60mm] OD)
NOTE: Also fits VPF/MPF Powerflood® Floodlight and QuartzFlood.
SMA

TRUNNION MOUNT
• TMDB-SBF001
Dark Bronze, with single-cable entrance
NOTE: Can be used for SBF and
SBN luminaires
• TMDB-SBF002
Dark Bronze, with twin-cable entrance

TMDB-QF

• TMGR-SBF001
Gray, with single-cable entrance
• TMGR-SBF002
Gray, with twin-cable entrance
• TMDB-QF50
Dark Bronze, for QF300/500

TM❉❉-SBF

TOP AND TWO SIDES VISOR
• TSVAL-PF1K
Aluminum
TSV❉❉-PF1K

• TSVDB-PF1K
Dark Bronze
• TSVAL-PSFHD2
Aluminum, for Heavy Duty luminaires only, 22-inch (559mm) optical only
• TSVAL-PSF0
Aluminum, for Heavy Duty or General Purpose luminaires, 20-inch
(508mm) optical only. Mount visor on door.

TSVAL-PSF

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
F-40/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

FLOODLIGHTING ACCESSORIES

REFER TO ACCESSORY INDEX TO MATCH ACCESSORY WITH PRODUCT.
ILLUSTRATIONS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL REPRESENTATIONS.

TOP AND TWO SIDES VISOR

• TSVDB-P4F
Dark Bronze, can use with polycarbon
ate vandal shield LVS-P4F
Can use with wire guard WG-P4F

TSV❉❉-P4F

TSV❉❉-P4F053

• TSVDB-P4F053
Heavy duty visor
• TSVDB-PF1
Dark Bronze, can use with WG-PF1
wire guard
Can use with LVS-PF1 vandal shield
NEW

TSV❉❉-PF1

• TSVDB-PF1001
Dark Bronze, can use with WG-PF1
wire guard
Can use with LVS-PF1 vandal shield

TSV❉❉-PF1001

FLOODLIGHTING ACCESSORIES

• TSVAL-P4F
Aluminum

• TSVDB-P15
Dark Bronze, can use with LVS-P15
polycarbonate vandal shield

•TSVAL-SBF001
Aluminum

TSV❉❉-P15
TSV❉❉-SBF001

• TSVDB-SBF
Dark Bronze

• TSVAL-VLU
Aluminum, can use with LVS-VLU
polycarbonate vandal shield

TSV❉❉-SBF

TSV❉❉-VLU

TOP VISOR
• TVAL2-PF1K
Aluminum

TV❉❉-PF1K

• TVDB2-PF1K
Dark Bronze

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ F-41

F

FLOODLIGHTING ACCESSORIES

REFER TO ACCESSORY INDEX TO MATCH ACCESSORY WITH PRODUCT.
ILLUSTRATIONS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL REPRESENTATIONS.

TOP VISOR
• TVAL-VLU
Aluminum

TVAL-VLU

F

FLOODLIGHTING ACCESSORIES

POLYCARBONATE VANDAL SHIELD
• LVS-CFSX
GELS Criterion Accessory
• LVS-CFMX
GELS Criterion Accessory

LVS-CFMX

LVS-CFSX

VERTICAL MOUNTING ADAPTER

VMA-005

PPS-PF4

• VMA-005 (Can be used with Ultra★Sport)
Galvanized for mounting on vertical 1-1/2 to 2-1/2-inch
pipe (1.9 to 3.0-inch [48 to 76 mm]) OD on wood poles
and flat wall surfaces. Has degree scale for preset
aiming and 180-degree adjustment.
• VSA-001 (Do not use with Ultra★Sport)
For adjustable horizontal trunnion mounting on pole
clamp band (WPA-001) with degree scale for preset
aiming and 180-degree adjustment.

VSA-001

WOOD / METAL POLE ADAPTER
• WPA-001 (Galvanized Steel)
A 6.5 to 8-inch (165 to 203 mm) diameter pole clamp band
for mounting with other adapters up to four floodlights
NOTE: Must also order VSA-001 to mount floodlights
(One per floodlight)
• WPB-002 (Galvanized Steel)
Angle bracket for vertical trunnion mounting and full
360-degree adjustment

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
F-42/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

WPB-002
WPA-001

FLOODLIGHTING ACCESSORIES

REFER TO ACCESSORY INDEX TO MATCH ACCESSORY WITH PRODUCT.
ILLUSTRATIONS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL REPRESENTATIONS.

WIRE GUARD
14.000 in.
(356mm)
26.000 in.
(660mm)

WG-CFLX

1.500 in.
(38mm)

2.500 in.
(64mm)

19.250 in.
(489mm)

16.375 in.
(416mm)

2.000 in.
(51mm)

9.250 in.
(235mm)

14.375 in.
(365mm)

WG-CFSX
WG-CFMX
• WG-PF1K
Can use with polycarbonate vandal shield LVS-PF1K
Can use with top and side visors TSV❉❉-PF1K, TV❉❉-PF1K

WG-PF1K

FLOODLIGHTING ACCESSORIES

• WG-CFLX
• WG-CFMX
• WG-CFSX

• WG-P15
Can use with polycarbonate vandal shield LVS-P15
WG-P15
• WG-P4F
Can use with polycarbonate vandal shield LVS-P4F
Can use with top and side visors TSVAL-P4F, TSVDB-P4F,
TSV❉❉-P4F053

WG-P4F

• WG-PF1
Can use with polycarbonate vandal shield LVS-PF1
See visors for usage.
• WG-PSF0
Fits 20-inch (508mm) Heavy Duty or General Purpose
(Not Shown)

WG-PF1

• WG-PSFHD2
Fits 22-inch (559mm) Heavy Duty or General Purpose
(Not Shown)
WG-VLU

• WG-VLU
Cannot be used with LVS-VLU

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ F-43

F

FLOODLIGHTING ACCESSORIES

REFER TO ACCESSORY INDEX TO MATCH ACCESSORY WITH PRODUCT.
ILLUSTRATIONS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL REPRESENTATIONS.

REMOTE BALLASTED POWER SPOT III FLOODLIGHT
WITH OR WITHOUT GLARE CONTROL
INDOOR APPLICATION

F

FLOODLIGHTING ACCESSORIES

HPS lamps (seperated from ballast 10 feet (3 meters) or
less) or metal halide lamps.

STEP 3 - Ballast

Figure 1
STEP 2 - Optical/lamp Holder

(Figure 1) - choose one Ordering Number each from
STEPS 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5:
• STEP 1. From Floodlight Component page F-46, select
an Ordering Number for Optical Component for Power
Spot floodlight or Powr Spot floodlight or Powr Spot
floodlight with glare control.
EXAMPLE:
PSFBDHD0
PSFGCHD0
• STEP 2 From Optical/Lamp Holder Selection Table,
select an Ordering Number for Powr Spot floodlight
(same for both products). See Figure 2 for dimensions
of Powr Spot floodlight page F-36 for dimensions of
glare control assembly.
EXAMPLE:
PSFC95M
• STEP 3 From Industrial component page I-145 select
Ordering Number for Ballast Component of Filterglow
EXAMPLE:
FG6G01M0AN11

Figure 3 FG6 Large Ballast Housing

Wire by
Customer

STEP 1 - Optical

STEP 4 - Male Connector
Cord Diameter
0.500” - 0.625”

OPTICAL/LAMP HOLDER SELECTION TABLE
Maximum
Separation,
Light
Ordering
Optical and
Wattage
Source
Number
Ballast
200, 250, 400
HPS
PSFC40S
10ft (3M)
750
HPS
PSFC75S
10ft (3M
1000
HPS
PSFC01SC034
10ft (3M
400
Metal Halide
PSFC40M
NOTE*
1000/1500
Metal Halide
PSFC95M
NOTE*
NOTE: *No limitation except voltage drop in the cable must not exceed five
volts.
OTPICAL
22 in.
559mm
20 in.
508mm

Figure 2
14.00”
(355.6mm)

13.750”
(349mm)

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
F-44/2005

STEP 3 Ballast
Mounting
Bracket

www.gelightingsystems.com

A DIA.
23.000 in.
584mm
21.000 in.
533mm

B
13.000 in.
330mm
13.000 in.
330mm

C RADIUS
9.000 in.
229mm.
9.000 in.
229mm

D MIN.
26.500 in.
673mm
26.000 in.
660mm

Figure 4 – Encapsulated Ballast

• STEP 3a. For metal halide indoor and high temperature
applications (65°C), a special encapsulated ballast is
available which includes wiring box and conduit
entrance. See figure 4 for dimensions.
EXAMPLE:
ENC40M0A6018
ENC01M0A6018
ENC51M0A6018
• STEP 4 From Male Connector Selection Table, choose
an Ordering Number. Male connector mates with
receptacle on bottom of ballast housing.
EXAMPLE:
MCS-FGB
• STEP 5 From Ballast Mounting Bracket Selection
Table, select an Ordering Number for Ballast Mounting
Bracket for horizontal or vertical surface mounting. See
Figure 5 for dimensions. LARGE (FG6) Filterglow®
luminaire ballast housing must be used to fit bracket.
EXAMPLE:
HSM-FG6

MALE CONNECTOR SELECTION TABLE*
Ordering
Circuit
Number
Single
MCS-FGB
Dual for Automatically
MCD-FGB
Switched Quartz (500 watt
HPS
maximum)
NOTE: *Customer wiring required

Option
Add “W” suffix to any listed
Ordering Number for
connectors suitable for wet
location

FLOODLIGHTING ACCESSORIES

INDOOR APPLICATION (Continued)

BALLAST MOUNTING BRACKET SELECTION
Figure 5 – Mounting Brackets

Mounting Position
Horizontal Surface
Vertical Surface

HSM-FG6

Ordering Number
HSM-FG6
VSM-FG6

VSM-FG6

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ F-45

F

COMPONENT ORDERING LOGIC
As shown below, components can be ordered separately. The ordering
logic for components can be derived from the product ordering number
logic shown above each product grouping. The groupings explain the
procedure to derive component ordering numbers.

EXAMPLES:
POWR •SPOT ® FLOODLIGHTS

POWR •SPOT ® FLOODLIGHTS with Glare Reduction

COMPLETE UNIT NUMBER

F

FLOODLIGHTING
ORDERING
LOGIC
FLOODLIGHTING
ACCESSORIES

PSFA
PRODUCT ID.
XXXX

51
WATTAGE
XX

M
LIGHT
SOURCE
X

5

A

BALLAST
VOLTAGE TYPE
X
X

2

4

TRUNION
TYPE
X

NEMA TYPE
BEAM SPREAD
HORIZ X VERT
X

HD0
OPTICAL
REFLECTOR
XXX

BALLAST COMPONENT LOGIC

PSFD
PRODUCT ID.
XXXX

51

M

WATTAGE
XX

LIGHT
SOURCE
X

P
OPTIONS
XXX

COMPLETE UNIT NUMBER

PSGV

PRODUCT ID.
XXXX

51

WATTAGE
XX

M

LIGHT
SOURCE
X

5

BALLAST
VOLTAGE TYPE
X
X

5
VOLTAGE
X

A
BALLAST
TYPE
X

2

P

TRUNION
TYPE
X

PSFD

OPTIONS
XXX

PRODUCT ID.
XXXX

51

M

WATTAGE
XX

LIGHT
SOURCE
X

5
VOLTAGE
X

OPTICAL COMPONENT LOGIC

NEMA TYPE
BEAM SPREAD
HORIZ X VERT
X

NEMA TYPE
BEAM SPREAD
HORIZ X VERT
X

PRODUCT ID.
XXXX

C

HDO

PSGV

OPTICAL
REFLECTOR
XXX

MH
HPS
OPTICAL
COMPONENT
1500W
1000W
400W
1000W
LOGIC
51
01
40
01
A
2
2
1
N/A
B
3
3
3*
N/A
C
4
4
3
N/A
D
5
5
N/A
N/A
E
6
6
6
5
NOTE: *Not standard. Better equivalent distributions exist.

PRODUCT ID.
XXXX

400W
40
N/A
3
4
5
6

CHOOSE A,B,C,D,E FROM
750W
TABLE USING BEAM
75
SPREAD AND LAMP TYPE
N/A
HD2 or GP2
3
GP0 or HD0
4
5
6
N/A = Not Available

C

20-inch (508mm)
diameter glare
reduction reflector
without door

A
BALLAST
TYPE
X

TRUNION
TYPE
X

Choose reflector ID.
from Ballast and
Photometric Selection
Table on page F-9.

Decide whether to use
General Purpose (GP) or
Heavy Duty (HD) Optical

B = NEMA 3X3
C = NEMA 4X4
D = NEMA 5X5
E = NEMA 6X6
Note that this is also used as the reflector ID. It appears on a
decal on the outside bottom of each reflector and can be seen
from the ground.

IVGC-*

PSO

For Powr•Spot Floodlight
20-inch (508mm) reflector

*NOTE: Includes internal louver and external visor.
Change "V" to "N" for internal louver only (INGC).
Change "I" to "E" for external visor only (EVGC).

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

TRUNION
TYPE
X

OPTICAL
REFLECTOR
XXX

GP0 =General Purpose 20-inch
(508mm) Diameter Optical
HD0 =Heavy Duty 20-inch
(508mm) Diameter Optical

Internal Glare
Reduction Louvers and
External Visor Mounted
on Door Glass

2

GPO

EXTERNAL GLARE REDUCTION LOUVERS

F-46/2005

2

C0
NEMA TYPE
BEAM SPREAD
HORIZ X VERT
XX

BALLAST COMPONENT LOGIC

OPTICAL COMPONENT LOGIC

PSFB

A

P
OPTIONS
XXX

GD0
OPTICAL
REFLECTOR
XXX

P
OPTIONS
XXX

EXPLANATION OF OPTIONS
B = Time Delay Automatically Switched Quartz
Most luminaires can be provided with automatically switched
quartz/instant on safety lighting where momentary power
interruptions or extreme voltage dips can extinguish an HID
lamp. A single-ended quartz lamp is placed in the same
reflector with the metal halide, mercury or HPS lamp. The
quartz lamp will remain on until the HID lamp strikes and
reaches approximately 60% light output. This also means that
the quartz lamp will come on when the luminaire is initially
energized and remain on until the HID lamp reaches 60% light
output .
Caution should be utilized when sizing branch circuits for
luminaires with this option since the luminaire will draw
additional current during the warm up period while both lamps
(quartz and HID) are in operation.
Wiring for the quartz lamp is internal to the ballast assembly
and, therefore, the 120 volts to operate the quartz lamp is
independent of the lighting system voltage. The 400 and 1000
watt luminaires have a socket for one 250 watt single-ended
DC (Double Contact) bayonet base quartz lamp. The 250 watt
and lower wattage luminaires have a socket for one 150 watt
single-ended DC bayonet base quartz lamp. The lamp is not
included.
F = Fusing (not available with multivolt or dual voltage.)
If specified, fuse(s) should be rated three times maximum
current but less than branch circuit breaker (minimum of 5
amps for any fuse). Luminaires supplied with fuse holder(s) will
accept a fuse such as Bussman KTK type. Factory installed
fuse holder includes one fuse for 120V, 277V or two fuses for
208V, 240V, 480V.
G = Top Trunnion
Allows floodlight mounting with a trunnion above the
luminaire, rather than below.
J = Line Surge Protector, Expulsion Type
An expulsion device protects against transient surges caused
by lightning or distribution system switching.
K = Knuckle Slipfitter for 1.9-IN. to 2.38-in. (48 to 60mm) OD
Pipe
With a knuckle slipfitter, a luminaire is mounted directly to the
slipfitter, while with other types of slipfitters, the luminaire is
trunnion mounted. The luminaire is aimed by moving the
knuckle slipfitter, rather than by adjusting a trunnion. Wiring
is internal, giving a neater appearance. This option is available
for use on pipe with outside diameters (OD) of 1.9 to 2.38 inches
(48 to 60mm).

L = Latch on door or latch optical (when latch is not
standard)
With this option, latches are used instead of screws to allow
no-tool access.
P = Prewired with 6 feet (2 meters) of #14/3 cord
Luminaire is equipped with six feet (two meters) of prewired
#14/3 cord.
Q = Non-time Delay Automatically Switched Quartz
This option is similar to option “B ” except the quartz lamp
extinguishes once the HID lamp strikes. During a cold start of
the HID lamp the quartz lamp will not come on. This option
does not draw any additional current in the circuit.
S = Knuckle Slipfitter for 1.9-IN. to 3.0-IN. (48 to 76mm) OD
TENON
With other than knuckle slipfitters, a luminaire must be
equipped with a trunnion so that it can be aimed. With a
knuckle slipfitter, the luminaire is mounted directly to the
slipfitter. The luminaire is aimed by moving the knuckle on the
slipfitter, rather than by adjusting a trunnion. Wiring is
internal, giving a neater appearance. This option is available
for use on poles with top tenons.
T = Terminal Board (when terminal board is not standard)
All internal wiring in the luminaire is completed. Internal and
external electrical connectors are made on a screw terminal
board.
V = Knuckle Wall Mount
Luminaire can be mounted on a wall with a knuckle-type
mounting which allows luminaire aiming. See product pages
for availability.
Y = Dual wattage units connect higher wattage
Electrical connections for higher-wattage operation are made
at the factory for luminaires suitable for operation at either
one of two wattages.

FLOODLIGHTING
FLOODLIGHTING
ACCESSORIES
DATA

FLOODLIGHTING DATA

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ F-47

F

F

FLOODLIGHTING
ACCESSORIES
FLOODLIGHTING
DATA

EXPLANATION OF OTHER TERMS USED
Multivolt
The multivolt choice under “Voltage” in Ordering Number Logic
tables means that the customer can make the necessary
connections to operate the luminaire at any one of four
voltages – 120, 208, 240 or 277.
PE Control
A photoelectric (PE) control allows automatic dusk-to-dawn
operation of luminaires. With most luminaires, the “PE ” choice
includes a receptacle only; the PE itself must be ordered
separately. See product pages.
PE Control Kit
Some luminaires do not have provision for photoelectric
receptacles. In that case, there may be a knockout or other
provision for a field-installed PE Control Kit. Consult Accessories
Section to determine if kit of appropriate line voltage is
available.
Nema beam spread designations
The beam spread of floodlights can be described in degrees or
by the NEMA type (Fig. 1). Beam spread designations are based
on the angle to either side of the aiming point where
candlepower (light output) drops to 10% of its maximum value.
Symmetrical floodlights have the same horizontal and vertical
beam spreads and can therefore be classified with one NEMA
number. Asymmetrical (non-circular) beam spreads have a
horizontal and vertical designation (H, V); the horizontal (H)
value is always given first.

Outdoor Floodlight Luminaire Designations
Beam Spread Degrees

NEMA Type

10 up to 18
18 up to 29
29 up to 46
46 up to 70
70 up to 100
100 up to 130
130 up

1
2
3
4
5
6
7

Mounting Height
Mounting height is generally the distance from the luminaire
to the ground. For pole mounted luminaires, this may not
correspond to pole height, depending on whether the
luminaire is mounted directly on the pole, or on an upsweep
arm bracket that adds to mounting height.
UL Listing
Equipment has passed tests by Underwriters' Laboratories and
is UL listed (UL 1572 suitable for use in wet locations).

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
F-48/2005

Figure 1

www.gelightingsystems.com

Indoor Lighting

Product HID Fixtures
NuVation™

HID
FGE Filterglow ™ 400, HB
DGE Duraglow® 400, HB
OGE Omniglow ™ 400, HB
VSE Versabeam™ Disconnect,
HB/LB
VBE Versabeam™ 400, HB/LB
OBE Omnibeam™ 400, HB
UGE Uniglow ™ 400, HB
UWE Uniglow ™ 150, HB
LME Lowmount ® II, LB
UME Unimount™ 400, LB
UTE Unimount™ 150, LB
Gen5/Gen6 HID
FG6 Filterglow ® 1000, HB
FG5 Filterglow® 400, HB
DG6 Duraglow® 1000, HB
DG5 Duraglow® 400, HB
OG6 Omniglow ™ 1000, HB
OG5 Omniglow ™ 400, HB
VS5 Versabeam™ (Disconnect),
HB/LB
VB5 Versabeam™ (HID), HB/LB
OB6 Omnibeam™ 1000, HB
OB5 Omnibeam™ 400 (HID), HB
FP5 Food-Pro™, HB
UG6 Uniglow® 1000, HB

imagination at work

I-1
I-4
I-5
I-6
I-7
I-8
I-9

I-10
I-10
I-12
I-14
I-16
I-18
I-20
I-22
I-24
I-26
I-28
I-30
I-32
I-34
I-36
I-38
I-40
I-42
I-44
I-46
I-48
I-50
I-52
I-54

Gen5
I-56
UG5 Uniglow® 400, HB
I-58
UW5 Uniglow ® 150, HB
®
I-60
LM5 Lowmount II, LB
®
I-62
UM5 Unimount 400, LB
®
I-64
UT5 Unimount 150, LB
General Duty
I-66
MB4 Midbay™, HB/LB
I-68
OB4 Omnibeam™ 400, HB
I-70
UG4 Uniglow® 400, HB
®
I-72
GH4 GHB , HB
®
I-74
GW4 GHB Warehouse, HB
®
I-76
GP4 GHB Prismatic, HB
I-78
GL4 GLB™, LB
Charger™
CHH Charger ™ 1000, HB
I-80
I-82
CHB Charger ™, HB
CPH Charger ™ 1000 Prismatic,
HB
I-84
I-86
CPB Charger™ Prismatic, HB/LB
I-88
CLB Charger™, LB
Other/Low Bay
I-90
Jr. Versabeam™ (HID), LB
®
I-92
L4MD Lowmount 400, LB
®
I-94
L1M Lowmount 150, LB
I-96
C4S Conserva® 400, LB
I-98
C1S Conserva® 150, LB
™
MGA Mini-Gard , Industrial, LB I-100
V2G Versaglow® 150 and
250, LB
I-104
®
I-106
GGDC Garage-Gard , LB
I-108
MMI Minimite®, LB
®
I-110
MMN Minimount , LB
SCMM, SCM-175, LB
I-112
®
I-114
SBI Industrial, LB
®
I-116
V21W Versaflood II, LB
SCMA, LB
I-117
continued on next page

INDOOR LIGHTING

Index HID Fixtures
Optical Attachment/Description
Optical Flexibility
Ballast Description – NuVation™
Ballast Description –
Gen5/Gen6 EZ Connect™
Ballast Description – Gen4/Charger
Ballast Index

BACK TO MAIN INDEX

I

LOOK FOR
THIS TAB ON
ANY PAGE
TO RETURN
TO THE
INDOOR
LIGHTING
INDEX

Remote Ballast
Bi-Level™
Solo™ Dimming & System 3
Bi-Level Dimming Controls
Solo™ HID Dimming Control
Accessories
Component Ordering Logic
Industrial Data
Index Fluorescent Fixtures
Products
VBC Versabeam™ (CFL)
OBC Omnibeam™ (CFL)
UMC Unimount® 400 (CFL)
JVP Jr. Versabeam™ (CFL)
JVD Jr. Versabeam™ Induction
MGA Mini-Gard™, Fluorescent
MBC MidBay™ CFL
* Available after printing; please contact factory.

I-118
I-122
I-122
I-126
I-128
I-141
I-153
I-156
I-158
I-160
I-162
I-164
I-166
I-168
*

BACK TO MAIN INDEX

Industrial Fluorescent Index
Ultra Star™ F5-Series
Ultra Star™ F8-Series
Ultra Star™ M5-Series
Ultra Star™ C5-Series
Ultra Star™ E5-Series
Ultra Star™ E8-Series
Ultra Star™ S5-Series
Ultra Star™ S8-Series
Ultra Star™ A8-Series
Accessories

I-157
I-172
I-174
I-176
I-178
I-180
I-182
I-184
I-186
I-188
I-190

INDOOR LIGHTING

Indoor Lighting continued from previous page

I

LOOK FOR
THIS TAB ON
ANY PAGE
TO RETURN
TO THE
INDOOR
LIGHTING
INDEX

imagination at work

INDOOR LIGHTING INDEX

NuVation™ HID

Ballast & Optical Descriptions

page I-4

FGE Filterglow ™ 400, HB

page I-10

DGE Duraglow ® 400, HB

page I-12

OGE Omniglow ™ 400, HB

page I-14

Gen 5 / Gen 6 HID

VBE Versabeam ™ 400, HB/LB

page I-18

OBE Omnibeam ™ 400, HB

page I-20

UGE Uniglow ™ 400, HB

page I-22

UWE Uniglow ™ 150, HB

page I-24

LME Lowmount ® II, LB

page I-26

UME Unimount ™ 400, LB

page I-28

UTE Unimount ™ 150, LB

page I-30

FG6 Filterglow® 1000, HB

page I-32

FG5 Filterglow® 400, HB

page I-34

DG6 Duraglow® 1000, HB

page I-36

DG5 Duraglow® 400, HB

page I-38

OG6 OmniglowTM 1000, HB

page I-40

OG5 OmniglowTM 400, HB

page I-42

INDOOR LIGHTING INDEX

VSE Versabeam ™ Disconnect, HB/LB page I-16

VS5 VersabeamTM (Disconnect), HB/LB page I-44
VB5 VersabeamTM (HID), HB/LB

page I-46

OB6 OmnibeamTM 1000, HB

page I-48

OB5 OmnibeamTM 400 (HID), HB

page I-50

FP5 Food-ProTM, HB

page I-52

UG6 Uniglow® 1000, HB

page I-54

HB = High Bay, LB = Low Bay
® Registered Trademark of General Electric Company
™ Trademark of General Electric Company
Data subject to change without notice

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/I-1

I

page I-58

LM5 Lowmount ® II, LB

page I-60

UM5 Unimount ® 400, LB

page I-62

UT5 Unimount ® 150, LB

page I-64

MB4 Midbay ™, HB/LB

page I-66

OB4 Omnibeam ™ 400, HB

page I-68

UG4 Uniglow ® 400, HB

page I-70

GH4 GHB ®, HB

page I-72

GW4 GHB ® Warehouse, HB

page I-74

GP4 GHB ® Prismatic, HB

page I-76

GL4 GLB ™, LB

page I-78

CHHTM Charger 1000, HB

page I-80

CHBTM Charger, HB

page I-82

Gen 5

UW5 Uniglow® 150, HB

General Duty

page I-56

Charger™

UG5 Uniglow® 400, HB

CPH ChargerTM 1000 Prismatic, HB/LB page I-84
CPB ChargerTM Prismatic, LB

page I-86

CLB ChargerTM , LB

page I-88

Jr. VersabeamTM (HID), LB

page I-90

L4MD Lowmount® 400, LB

page I-92

L1M Lowmount® 150, LB

page I-94

C4S Conserva® 400, LB

page I-96

Other / Low Bay

I

INDOOR LIGHTING INDEX

INDOOR LIGHTING INDEX

HB = High Bay, LB = Low Bay

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-2/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

INDOOR LIGHTING INDEX

HB = High Bay, LB = Low Bay

Product Descriptions

page I-98

MGA Mini-GardTM, Industrial, LB

page I-100

V2G Versaglow® 150 and 250, LB

page I-104

GGDC Garage GardTM, LB

page I-106

MMI Minimite®, LB

page I-108

MMN Minimount®, LB

page I-110

SCMM, SCM-175, LB

page I-112

SBI® Industrial, LB

page I-114

V2IW Versaflood® II, LB

page I-116

SCMA, LB

page I-117

Remote Ballast

page I-118

Bi-LevelTM

page I-122

SoloTM HID Dimming Control

page I-126

Accessories

page I-128

Component Ordering Logic

page I-141

Industrial Data

page I-153

Fluorescent CFL Index

page I-156

Industrial Fluorescent Index

page I-157

Optical Attachment/Flexibility

INDOOR LIGHTING INDEX

Other / Low Bay

C1S Conserva® 150, LB

page I-4

NuVation - Ballast Housing Selection page I-6
Gen5 / Gen6 - Ballast Housing Selection
EZ ConnectTM Products
page I-7
GEN 4/ Charger

page I-8

Ballast Index

page I-9

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/I-3

I

INDOOR LIGHTING — OPTICAL ATTACHMENT
DESCRIPTION OFFERINGS
Disconnect Series:

NuVation, Gen 5 / Gen 6

The optical attaches to the ballast housing via a secondary electromechanical sliding disconnect. With this
series, the optical is easily installed or removed with the
optical disconnect attachment. The socket is located in
the removable optical assembly for easy relamping and
maintenance.

Surface-Mount Series:
The optical directly attaches to the ballast housing via
keyhole slots. The 8-position adjustable socket bracket is
directly mounted to the NuVation™ housing.

I

INDOOR LIGHTING

Bracket-Mount Series:

NuVation, Gen 5 / Gen 6, General Duty

General Duty

Reflector mounting brackets attach to the ballast in five
different positions. Socket is fixed.

Optical Flexibility
NuVation Electronic Ballast

Sliding Disconnect

Filterglow®

Duraglow®

Omniglow™

Versabeam™

Lowmount II®

Surface Mount

Versabeam™

Omnibeam™

Uniglow® 400

Uniglow® 150

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-4/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

Unimount® 400

Unimount® 150

INDOOR LIGHTING — OPTICAL FLEXIBILITY
Optical Flexibility - continued
Gen 5 / Gen 6
Sliding Disconnect

Filterglow

Duraglow

Omniglow Versabeam
(VS5)

Lowmount II

Versabeam Omnibeam
(VB5)

Uniglow Uniglow
UG5/UG6
150

INDOOR LIGHTING

Surface Mount

Unimount 400 Unimount 150
and GLB

General Duty - Die Cast Ballast
Bracket Mount

Surface Mount

MB4

OB4

UG4

GH4

GW4

GP4

GL4

Charger Ballast
Charger 400

CHB
High Bay

Charger 1000

CLB
Low Bay

CPB
Prismatic

CPH
Prismatic

CHH
High Bay

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/I-5

I

INDOOR LIGHTING — NUVATION
BALLAST HOUSING SELECTION
NuVation Electronic HID Ballast System

UL 1598 Listed

Features:
Universal slide-on wiring mounting box provides
for multiple mounting options including: 3/4” rigid
pendant, flexible pendant, ceiling-mount and thrufeed capability.
Die-cast aluminum housing with white polyester
paint for optimized protection.

INDOOR LIGHTING

I

Rotary wattage selector switch allows for
wattage
250, 320, 350, or 400 watts.
Note: Ballast comes with pre-selected
wattage choices.
Positive housing seal for optimized
component protection.
Ballast with optical post design provides air gap
between the optical and ballast , allowing for
cooler and improved component reliability.

55°C Ambient Rating

Available with sliding disconnect or surface
mount for optical mounting.

Benefits:
Improved lumen maintenance/fewer fixtures
• 13% higher lumen maintenance vs. PMH (.85 LLD vs. .75 LLD)
Fewer ballast losses/more energy efficient
• 50%+ reduction in ballast losses vs. CWA electromagnetic (428 vs. 460 input watts)
Improved lamp performance/better wattage regulation
• +/- 2% lamp wattage change for +/- 10% change in line voltage
120-volt tap for 250-watt emergency-switched quartz lighting
• Same ballast for all units
Simple/flexible offering selection
• Multi-watt (250, 320, 350, 400) — selectable
• Multi-watt (208, 240, 277) — automatic voltage sensing

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-6/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

INDOOR LIGHTING — GEN 5 / GEN 6
BALLAST HOUSING SELECTION
Gen 5 (400 watt and Below), Gen 6 (750 watt and Above)
with EZ Connect™

Features

Large wiring compartment
access for ease of installation.

Integral hook and
sliding mounting plate option
eliminates two piece assembly and
provides improved mechanical
strength.
Integral plug-in wiring harness eliminates
need for hard wiring of special options such
as fusing or modular drop cords. This
exclusive feature simplifies field
modifications and improves availability.

Aesthetic appeal:
The new hexagonal shape is
appealing and provides for a
symmetrical look when
installed. The smooth
housing finish is painted
with standard gray e-coat
or white polyester overcoat.

Interchangeable with existing optical
mountings by product family.

Single piece heavy-duty die-cast
aluminum housing meets stringent mechanical
and vibration test requirements.

INDOOR LIGHTING

Sliding mounting plate provides for simplified
positive mounting. Adapts to rigid or flexible
pendent and GE standard hook and loop assemblies.

Advanced Thermal Performance
Using advanced computer thermal modeling techniques, the overall temperature profile
of the ballast housing has been optimized. This design approach minimizes the effects
of high temperatures on key components within the lighting fixture. As shown in this
thermal image, wedging the ballast against the housing in isolated areas allows the
base of the housing to remain substantially cooler. This cooler region inside the ballast
housing is where the igniter (starting aid), switched quartz board, bi-level board, and
capacitor are located. Minimal temperature rise means greater reliability and longer
fixture life.

Maintenance Made Simple
The open construction of the new indoor ballast housing allows for easy maintenance
of all the internal components. After removing the bottom plate, the “top down”
assembly process allows for components to be easily removed and replaced. This
feature decreases the amount of time that is required to maintain the fixture, resulting in lower maintenance costs.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/I-7

I

INDOOR LIGHTING — GEN 4 / CHARGER
BALLAST HOUSING SELECTION
General Duty Die Cast
Features:
• Locking Hub Mounting:
2-Piece Nut & Hub Mounting Hardware for 3/4” Pendant or
Flex Pendant Mounting
• Wiring Compartment Access for Ease of Installation
• Rugged General Duty 2-Piece Aluminum Die Cast Housing
• Standard White Polyester Powder Coat Finish

I

INDOOR LIGHTING

• Adapts To “Surface Mount” and all “Bracket Mount” series
Opticals for Flexibility in Optical Selection

Charger™ Ballast Series
Features:
• Single-Piece twist-on Die Cast Mounting has for 3/4” rigid or
flexible pendant
• Optional steel hook for use with eye bolt hanging
• Heavy-duty steel housing with standard white paint finish
• 2-piece Optical Mounting Brackets for Charger™ Optical Series:
Allows for adjustable light distribution
• Charger™ 1000 includes 8-position socket for enhanced range of
photometric variation

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-8/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

INDOOR LIGHTING — BALLAST INDEX
PRODUCT ID.

PAGE

Nuvation Electronic Ballast

FGE, DGE, OGE, VSE,
VBE, OBE, UGE, UWE,
LME, UME, UTE

I-10 thru I-31

Gen 5 / Gen 6 Ballast

FG5, FG6, DG5, DG6,
OG5, OG6, VS5, VB5,
OB5, OB6, FP5, UG5,
UG6, UW5, LM5, UT5

I-32 thru I-65

General Duty Die Cast Ballast

MB4, OB4, GH4,
GW4, GP4, GL4

I-66 thru I-79

Charger Ballast

CHH, CHB, CPH
CPB, CLB

Speciality/ Low Bay

JVP, JVC, JVD,
L4MD, L4MU, L1M,
C4S, C1S, MGA,
V2G, GGDC, GGDD,
MMI, MMN, SCMM,
V2IW, SCMA, SBI

INDOOR LIGHTING

PRODUCT NAME

I-80 thru 89

I-90 thru I-117

See pages I-1 thru I-3 for total Indoor Product Selection Index
® Registered Trademark of General Electric Company
™ Trademark of General Electric Company
Data subject to change without notice

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/I-9

I

FGE FILTERGLOW ™ 400 LUMINAIRE
NUVATION ™ Electronic Ballast
High Bay, Enclosed – Optical Sliding Disconnect Series

APPLICATIONS
• For over 20 ft. (6 meter) applications in factories, foundries, machine shops, and other industrial
environments.

I

NUVATION INDOOR LIGHTING

SPECIFICATION FEATURES:
•
1598 Listed
Suitable for Damp Location
• Enclosed and gasketed optics
• Clear tempered door-glass lens
• Charcoal filtered optics
• Optical secondary electro-mechanical sliding
disconnect
• 55 C ambient, standard
• ALGLAS ® finish on faceted reflector.
• Nuvation ™ electronic ballast:
• Two piece heavy-duty die cast
aluminum housing
• Integral optical mounting design
for GELS “Sliding Disconnect”

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
FGE
PRODUCT
IDENT
XXX
FGE =
Filterglow
400
Disconnect
optical
with
NnVation
electronic
ballast

W

40

COLOR
WATTAGE
X
XX
W = White 25 = 250
Polyester 32 = 320
Powder 35 = 350
40 = 400

N

Exclusionary base socket is available for use with Metal Halide lamps in open
fixtures to comply with NEC 2005 regulations (GELS “S” Option)
Customer should consult or review local electrical codes for compliance.

G

LIGHT
SOURCE
X
N=
Ballast
will
operate
Pulse
Start or
Ceramic
Metal
Halide
Lamps
(See pg.
I-125)
Note:
Lamp is
vertical
base up.
Lamp is
not
included.

VOLTAGE
X
G = 208-277
Discrete
Voltages
must be
specified
when
ordering
cord & plug
assemblies:
2 = 208
3 = 240
4 = 277

E

E7

EX

11

X

BALLAST
TYPE
X
E=
Electronic

OPTICAL
CODE
XX
E7 =
Enclosed 17in. Reflector
E2 = Enclosed
22-in.
Reflector

PHOTOMETRY
CODE
XX
XX = Select
Code
Below

MOUNTING
CODE
XX
11= Pendant Slide on Box
13 = Pendant Slide on Box with Primary Electrical
Disconnect
15 = Prewire with Loop, Cord and Plug part “Power
Hook”. (Order Receptacle/Hook Box separately)

OPTIONS
X
Q = Automatic
switched quartz
W = Wet Location
(Available for use with
Mountings 11, 13 and
15 only)

Discrete Voltages must be specified when ordering
cord & plug assemblies below:
31 = Prewired with Hook, 3 ft. (0.9 meters) #16/3 Cord
and NEMA PLUG
33 = Prewired with Loop, 3 ft. (0.9 meters) #16/3 Cord
and NEMA PLUG (Order Locking Receptacle
Separately, if required)

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
E7 OPTICAL - Enclosed 17 in. Reflector
Wattage
250, 320*
320,350,400
320,350,400
320,350,400
320,350,400
320,350,400
320,350,400

Light
Source
MH, P
MH,P
MH,P
MH,P
MH,P (Coated)
MH,P (Coated)
MH,P (Coated)

Spacing
Criteria
1.3
1.1
1.3
1.6
1.0
1.5
1.9

Socket
Position
1
11
9
5
11
7
3

E2 OPTICAL - Enclosed 22 in. Reflector
Light
Wattage Source
350, 400 MH,P
350, 400 MH,P (Coated)

Spacing
Criteria
0.7
0.7

*320 watt, ED28 pulse start MH

Socket
Position
7
11

Photometric
Curve
176084
174961
174962
177096
174955
174957
174958

Optical
Code
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7

Photometry
Code
EM
EX
EU
EQ
EX
ES
EO

Photometric
Curve
174959
174953

Optical
Code
E2
E2

Photometry
Code
ES
EX

MODULAR PREWIRE
41 = ACS with 3 ft (.9 meter) cord & Hook
69 = ACS with 6 ft (1.8 meter) cord & Hook
43 = ACS with 3 ft (.9 meter) cord & Loop
70 = ACS with 6 ft (1.8 meter) cord & Loop
51 = Sentinel with 3 ft (.9 meter) cord & Hook
71 = Sentinel with 6 ft (1.8 meter) cord & Hook
53 = Sentinel with 3 ft (.9 meter) cord & Loop
72 = Sentinel with 6 ft (1.8 meter) cord & Loop
Note: ACS = Flex 3+
Sentinel = EZ Flex II (FSC)
F4 = GELS BayFlex with 6 ft cord & Hook - Bay Flex
GE-LT (no phase selection required)
F5 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook - Bay Flex
GE HLA (A phase)
F6 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook - Bay Flex
GE HLA (B phase)
F7 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook - Bay Flex
GE HLA (C phase)

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-10/2005

• Attractive round ballast housing
design with white polyester
paint finish
• Integral air gap between optical
mounting and ballast for optimum
temperature control and thermal
management
• Slide-on mounting box adaptor
with 3/4-in pendant and thru
feed capability for ease of installation
and mounting.
• External wattage selection port for
selection of 250, 320, 350 & 400 watt
choices.
• Safety chain provisions
• Mogul base socket – E39 standard

www.gelightingsystems.com

FGE FILTERGLOW 400 LUMINAIRE
NUVATION Electronic Ballast
™

™

High Bay, Enclosed – Optical Sliding Disconnect Series

DIMENSIONS
When optical assembly contains a quartz socket an additional
1.125 inches (29mm) must be added to the overall height due to
double stack disconnect.
NOTES
See explanation on “Optical Flexibility” Page I-4. See References.
REFERENCES
See Page I-128 for start of Accessories.
See Page I-142 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Page I-153 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
3/4 in. NPSC
Thread

15.00 in. Dia.
(381mm)

NUVATION INDOOR LIGHTING

Fixture Height
E7 - 30.50 in.
(775mm)
E2 - 30.68 in.
(779mm)

E7 - 18.00 in. Dia. (457mm)
E2- 23.68 in. Dia. (601mm)

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Ballast and Optical

lbs
21-36

kgs
10-16

BALLAST DATA

INPUT WATTAGE TABLE

* 13% improvement in Pulse Start Metal Halide lamp lumen maintenance vs. magnetic.
* 6% improvement in Ceramic Metal Halide lamp lumen maintenance vs. magnetic.
* 50% lower ballast losses than typical CWA magnetic HID ballast.
* Lamp wattage regulation of +/-2% change for +/-10% change in line voltage.
* Ballast is rated for use with voltage range between 208 and 277 with +/-10% line
voltage tolerance, 50/60 Hz, and will automatically sense voltage within specified
range.
* Ballast input current total harmonic distortion (THD) of less than 15% when operated at
nominal line voltage.
* Ballast is thermally protected to shut off when operating temperatures are above
unacceptable levels for the ballast safe and reliable operation.
* Ballast has an end-of-life detection and shutdown circuit.
* Minimum start temperature of –30 degrees C.
* Ballast is capable of operating pulse start metal halide or ceramic metal halide lamp
types.
* Five-Year Fixture Failure Warranty.
* Meets requirements of FCC rules and regulations, Title 47 CFR part 18 for nonconsumer equipment.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

Lamp
Wattage
400
400
400
350
350
350
320
320
320
250
250
250

Line
Voltage
277
240
208
277
240
208
277
240
208
277
240
208

Input
Watts
428
432
435
377
380
383
346
347
349
276
272
271

® Registered Trademark of General Electric Company
TM Trademark of General Electric Company
Data subject to change without notice

2005/I-11

I

DGE DURAGLOW ® 400 LUMINAIRE
NUVATION ™ Electronic Ballast
High Bay, Open – Optical Sliding Disconnect Series

APPLICATIONS
• For over 20 ft. (6 meter) applications. Assembly, maintenance or storage areas, hangers,
recreation centers, and other high bay applications.
• Integral air gap between optical
mounting and ballast for optimum
temperature control and thermal
management
• Slide-on mounting box adaptor
with 3/4-in pendant and thru
feed capability for ease of installation
and mounting.
• External wattage selection port for
selection of 250, 320, 350 & 400 watt
choices.
• Safety chain provisions
• Mogul base socket – E39 standard
• Shipped as components: Ballast,
Optical. Magnapack available
for ballast.

I

NUVATION INDOOR LIGHTING

SPECIFICATION FEATURES:
•
1598 Listed
Suitable for Damp Location
• Open, ventilated optical assembly
• Unique optical sliding disconnect
• 55 C ambient, standard
• ALGLAS ® finish on faceted reflector.
• Nuvation ™ electronic ballast:
• Two piece heavy-duty die cast
aluminum housing
• Integral optical mounting design
for GELS “Sliding Disconnect”
• Attractive round ballast housing
design with white polyester
paint finish

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
DGE
PRODUCT
IDENT
XXX
DGE =
Duraglow
400
Luminaire
Disconnect
optical
with
NnVation
electronic
ballast

W

40

COLOR
WATTAGE
X
XX
W = White 25 = 250
Polyester 32 = 320
Powder 35 = 350
40 = 400

N

Exclusionary base socket is available for use with Metal Halide lamps in open
fixtures to comply with NEC 2005 regulations (GELS “S” Option)
Customer should consult or review local electrical codes for compliance.

G

LIGHT
SOURCE
X
N=
Ballast
will
operate
Pulse
Start or
Ceramic
Metal
Halide
Lamps
Note:
Lamp is
vertical
base up.
Lamp is
not
included.

VOLTAGE
X
G = 208-277
Discrete
Voltages
must be
specified
when
ordering
cord & plug
assemblies:
2 = 208
3 = 240
4 = 277

E

V7

EX

11

X

BALLAST
TYPE
X
E=
Electronic

OPTICAL
CODE
XX
V7 = Open
and
ventilated
17-in.
Reflector
V2 = Open
and
ventilated
22-in.
Reflector
Note: Do not
use open
opticals with
lamps
specified for
use in
enclosed
opticals only

PHOTOMETRY
CODE
XX
XX = Select
Code
Below

MOUNTING
CODE
XX
11= Pendant Slide on Box
13 = Pendant Slide on Box with Primary Electrical
Disconnect
15 = Prewire with Loop, Cord and Plug part “Power
Hook”. (Order Receptacle/Hook Box separately)

OPTIONS
X
Q = Automatic
switched quartz
S = Exclusionary
mogul base socket for
MH open fixtures

Discrete Voltages must be specified when ordering
cord & plug assemblies below:
31 = Prewired with Hook, 3 ft. (0.9 meters) #16/3 Cord
and NEMA PLUG
33 = Prewired with Loop, 3 ft. (0.9 meters) #16/3 Cord
and NEMA PLUG (Order Locking Receptacle
Separately, if required)

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
V7 OPTICAL - Open & Ventilated 17 in. Reflector
Wattage
320,350,400
320,350,400
320,350,400
320,350,400
320,350,400
320,350,400

Light
Source
MH,P
MH,P
MH,P
MH(Coated),P
MH(Coated),P
MH(Coated),P

Spacing
Criteria
1.1
1.3
1.6
1.2
1.5
1.9

Socket
Position
11
9
5
11
9
5

Photometric
Curve
174980
174981
177098
175933
175320
175930

Optical
Code
V7
V7
V7
V7
V7
V7

Photometry
Code
EX
EU
EQ
EX
EU
EQ

Spacing
Criteria
0.7
0.9

Socket
Position
7
11

Photometric
Curve
174978
179165

Optical
Code
V2
V2

Photometry
Code
ES
EX

V2 OPTICAL - Open & Ventilated 22 in. Reflector
Light
Wattage Source
400
MH,P
400
MH,P

MODULAR PREWIRE
41 = ACS with 3 ft (.9 meter) cord & Hook
69 = ACS with 6 ft (1.8 meter) cord & Hook
43 = ACS with 3 ft (.9 meter) cord & Loop
70 = ACS with 6 ft (1.8 meter) cord & Loop
51 = Sentinel with 3 ft (.9 meter) cord & Hook
71 = Sentinel with 6 ft (1.8 meter) cord & Hook
53 = Sentinel with 3 ft (.9 meter) cord & Loop
72 = Sentinel with 6 ft (1.8 meter) cord & Loop
Note: ACS = Flex 3+
Sentinel = EZ Flex II (FSC)
F4 = GELS BayFlex with 6 ft cord & Hook - Bay Flex
GE-LT (no phase selection required)
F5 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook - Bay Flex
GE HLA (A phase)
F6 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook - Bay Flex
GE HLA (B phase)
F7 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook - Bay Flex
GE HLA (C phase)

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-12/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

DGE DURAGLOW 400 LUMINAIRE
NUVATION™ Electronic Ballast
®

High Bay, Open – Optical Sliding Disconnect Series

DIMENSIONS
When optical assembly contains a quartz socket an additional
1.125 inches (29mm) must be added to the overall height due to
double stack disconnect.
NOTES
See explanation on “Optical Flexibility” Page I-4. See References.
REFERENCES
See Page I-128 for start of Accessories.
See Page I-142 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Page I-153 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
3/4 in. NPSC
Thread

15.00 in. Dia.
(381mm)

V7 - 17.13 in. Dia. (434mm)
V2 - 22.80 in. Dia. (579mm)

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Ballast and Optical

NUVATION INDOOR LIGHTING

Fixture Height
V7 - 30.00 in.
(762mm)
V2 - 30.187 in.
(767mm)

lbs
16 - 31

kgs
7 - 14

BALLAST DATA

INPUT WATTAGE TABLE

* 13% improvement in Pulse Start Metal Halide lamp lumen maintenance vs. magnetic.
* 6% improvement in Ceramic Metal Halide lamp lumen maintenance vs. magnetic.
* 50% lower ballast losses than typical CWA magnetic HID ballast.
* Lamp wattage regulation of +/-2% change for +/-10% change in line voltage.
* Ballast is rated for use with voltage range between 208 and 277 with +/-10% line
voltage tolerance, 50/60 Hz, and will automatically sense voltage within specified
range.
* Ballast input current total harmonic distortion (THD) of less than 15% when operated at
nominal line voltage.
* Ballast is thermally protected to shut off when operating temperatures are above
unacceptable levels for the ballast safe and reliable operation.
* Ballast has an end-of-life detection and shutdown circuit.
* Minimum start temperature of –30 degrees C.
* Ballast is capable of operating pulse start metal halide or ceramic metal halide lamp
types.
* Five-Year Fixture Failure Warranty.
* Meets requirements of FCC rules and regulations, Title 47 CFR part 18 for nonconsumer equipment.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

Lamp
Wattage
400
400
400
350
350
350
320
320
320
250
250
250

Line
Voltage
277
240
208
277
240
208
277
240
208
277
240
208

Input
Watts
428
432
435
377
380
383
346
347
349
276
272
271

® Registered Trademark of General Electric Company
TM Trademark of General Electric Company
Data subject to change without notice

2005/I-13

I

OGE OMNIGLOW ™ 400 LUMINAIRE
NUVATION ™ Electronic Ballast

High Bay, Open or Enclosed – Optical Sliding Disconnect Series

APPLICATIONS
• Assembly lines, inspection areas, production bays, storage areas, warehouses and
commercial areas.

I

NUVATION INDOOR LIGHTING

SPECIFICATION FEATURES:
•
1598 Listed
Suitable for Damp Location
• Choice of open/ventilated or enclosed/filtered opticals
• Unique optical sliding disconnect
• 55 C ambient, standard
• Clear tempered door glass lens on enclosed units
• Borosilicate prismatic glass reflector with bright
zinc-plated corrosion-resistant steel frame
• Nuvation ™ electronic ballast:
• Two piece heavy-duty die cast
aluminum housing
• Integral optical mounting design
for GELS “Sliding Disconnect”
• Attractive round ballast housing
design with white polyester paint finish

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
OGE
PRODUCT
IDENT
XXX
OGE =
Omniglow
400
Luminaire
Disconnect
optical
with
NnVation
electronic
ballast

W

N

40

COLOR
WATTAGE
X
XX
W = White 25 = 250
Polyester 32 = 320
Powder 35 = 350
40 = 400

Exclusionary base socket is available for use with Metal Halide lamps in open
fixtures to comply with NEC 2005 regulations (GELS “S” Option)
Customer should consult or review local electrical codes for compliance.
G

LIGHT
SOURCE
X
N = Ballast will
operate Pulse
Start or Ceramic
Metal Halide
Lamps
Note: Lamp is
vertical base up.
Lamp is not
included.

VOLTAGE
X
G = 208-277
Discrete
Voltages
must be
specified
when
ordering
cord & plug
assemblies:
2 = 208
3 = 240
4 = 277

E

V4

ES

11

BALLAST
TYPE
X
E=
Electronic

OPTICAL
CODE
XX
V4 = Open and
ventilated 14-in.
V8 = Open and
ventilated 18-in.
E4 = Enclosed and
Filtered 14-in.
E8 = Enclosed and
Filtered 18-in.
Note: Do not use
open opticals with
lamps specified for
use in enclosed
opticals only

PHOTOMETRY
CODE
XX
XX = Select
Code from
Photometric
Selection Table

MOUNTING
CODE
XX
11= Pendant Slide on Box
13 = Pendant Slide on Box with Primary
Electrical Disconnect
15 = Prewire with Loop, Cord and Plug
part “Power Hook”. (Order Receptacle/
Hook Box separately)

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
V4 OPTICAL - Open 14 in. Reflector
Wattage
320,350,400
320,350,400
320,350,400

Light
Source
MH,P
MH,P
MH(Coated),P

Spacing
Criteria
1.2
1.7
1.6

Socket
Position
7
3
3

V8 OPTICAL - Open 18 in. Reflector
320,350,400
320,350,400
320,350,400
320,350,400

MH,P
MH,P
MH,P
MH(Coated),P

1.0
1.5
1.7
1.7

J
G
F
C

E4 OPTICAL - Enclosed 14 in. Reflector
250,320*
250,320*
320,350,400
320,350,400
320,350,400

MH,P
MH(Coated),P
MH,P
MH,P
MH,P

1.4
1.8
1.2
1.4
1.6

H
D
7
5
4

E8 OPTICAL - Enclosed 18 in. Reflector
320,350,400
320,350,400
320,350,400
320,350,400

MH,P
MH(Coated),P
MH(Coated),P
MH(Coated),P

1.6
1.0
1.2
1.5

F
H
F
D

Photometric
Curve
177978
177974
178003

Optical
Code
V4
V4
V4

Photometry
Code
ES
EO
EO

178757
178755
178754
178772

V8
V8
V8
V8

EJ
EG
EF
EC

177924
177931
177905
177903
177902

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4

EH
ED
ES
EQ
EP

178764
178779
178780
178777

E8
E8
E8
E8

EF
EH
EF
ED

*320 watt, ED28 pulse start MH

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-14/2005

• Integral air gap between optical
mounting and ballast for optimum
temperature control and thermal
management
• Slide-on mounting box adaptor
with 3/4-in pendant and thru
feed capability for ease of installation
and mounting.
• External wattage selection port for
selection of 250, 320, 350 & 400 watt
choices.
• Safety chain provisions
• Mogul base socket – E39 standard
• Shipped as components: Ballast,
Optical. Magnapack available
for ballast.

www.gelightingsystems.com

Discrete Voltages must be specified when
ordering cord & plug assemblies below:
31 = Prewired with Hook, 3 ft. (0.9 meters)
#16/3 Cord and NEMA PLUG
33 = Prewired with Loop, 3 ft. (0.9 meters)
#16/3 Cord and NEMA PLUG (Order
Locking Receptacle Separately, if
required)
MODULAR PREWIRE
41 = ACS with 3 ft (.9 meter) cord & Hook
69 = ACS with 6 ft (1.8 meter) cord & Hook
43 = ACS with 3 ft (.9 meter) cord & Loop
70 = ACS with 6 ft (1.8 meter) cord & Loop
51 = Sentinel with 3 ft (.9 meter) cord & Hook
71 = Sentinel with 6 ft (1.8 meter) cord & Hook
53 = Sentinel with 3 ft (.9 meter) cord & Loop
72 = Sentinel with 6 ft (1.8 meter) cord & Loop
Note: ACS = Flex 3+
Sentinel = EZ Flex II (FSC)
F4 = GELS BayFlex with 6 ft cord & Hook - Bay
Flex GE-LT (no phase selection required)
F5 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE HLA (A phase)
F6 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE HLA (B phase)
F7 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE HLA (C phase)

X
OPTIONS
X
Q = Automatic
switched quartz
S = Exclusionary
mogul base socket
for MH open fixtures

OGE OMNIGLOW 400 LUMINAIRE
NUVATION Electronic Ballast
™

™

High Bay, Open or Enclosed – Optical Sliding Disconnect Series

DIMENSIONS
When optical assembly contains a quartz socket an additional 1.125
inches (29mm) must be added to the overall height due to double
stack disconnect.
3/4 in. NPSC
Thread

15.00 in. Dia.
(381mm)

Fixture Height
V4 - 28.53 in.
(725mm)
E4 - 28.98 in.
(736mm)
V8 - 29.14 in.
(740mm)
E8- 25.59 in.
(752mm)

NUVATION INDOOR LIGHTING

NOTES
See explanation on “Optical Flexibility” Page I-4. See References.
REFERENCES
See Page I-128 for start of Accessories.
See Page I-142 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Page I-153 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

V4 - 15.21 in. Dia. (386mm)
E4 - 15.21 in. Dia. (386mm)
V8 - 20.22 in. Dia. (514mm)
E8- 20.22 in. Dia. (514mm)

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Ballast and Optical
Fixture w/14-in. Glass Optical
Fixture w/18-in. Glass Optical

lbs

kgs

24-39
30-58

11-18
14-26

INPUT WATTAGE TABLE

BALLAST DATA
* 13% improvement in Pulse Start Metal Halide lamp lumen maintenance vs. magnetic.
* 6% improvement in Ceramic Metal Halide lamp lumen maintenance vs. magnetic.
* 50% lower ballast losses than typical CWA magnetic HID ballast.
* Lamp wattage regulation of +/-2% change for +/-10% change in line voltage.
* Ballast is rated for use with voltage range between 208 and 277 with +/-10% line
voltage tolerance, 50/60 Hz, and will automatically sense voltage within specified
range.
* Ballast input current total harmonic distortion (THD) of less than 15% when operated at
nominal line voltage.
* Ballast is thermally protected to shut off when operating temperatures are above
unacceptable levels for the ballast safe and reliable operation.
* Ballast has an end-of-life detection and shutdown circuit.
* Minimum start temperature of –30 degrees C.
* Ballast is capable of operating pulse start metal halide or ceramic metal halide lamp
types.
* Five-Year Fixture Failure Warranty.
* Meets requirements of FCC rules and regulations, Title 47 CFR part 18 for nonconsumer equipment.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

Lamp
Wattage
400
400
400
350
350
350
320
320
320
250
250
250

Line
Voltage
277
240
208
277
240
208
277
240
208
277
240
208

Input
Watts
428
432
435
377
380
383
346
347
349
276
272
271

® Registered Trademark of General Electric Company
TM Trademark of General Electric Company
Data subject to change without notice

2005/I-15

I

VSE VERSABEAM ™ DISCONNECT LUMINAIRE
NUVATION ™ Electronic Ballast
High Bay or Low Bay Enclosed – Optical Sliding Disconnect Series
APPLICATIONS

I

NUVATION INDOOR LIGHTING

• For 15 to 35 ft. (5 to 11 meter) applications requiring high efficiency and the need for low glare with HID lighting.
• Especially useful in difficult assembly and machine situations
• Can be used in place of either high bay or low bay conventional luminaires
• Very effective in sites that have obstructions
• Integral optical mounting design
SPECIFICATION FEATURES:
for GELS “Sliding Disconnect”
•
1598 Listed
• Attractive round ballast housing design
Suitable for Damp Location
with white polyester paint finish
•
1598 Listed for metal halide lamps in polymeric
• Integral air gap between optical
lamp containment barriers.
mounting and ballast for optimum
• Enclosed and gasketed optics
temperature control and thermal
• Unique optical sliding disconnect
management
• Charcoal filtered optics
• Slide-on mounting box adaptor
•UV stabilized injection molded prismatic
with 3/4-in pendant and thru
refractor for low brightness
feed capability for ease of installation
•Refractor with combination of reflecting
and mounting.
and refracting prisms for high efficiency and good
• External wattage selection port for
brightness control.
selection of 250, 320, 350 & 400 watt choices.
• 55 C ambient, standard
• Safety chain provisions
®
• ALGLAS finish on reflector.
• Mogul base socket – E39 standard
• Nuvation ™ electronic ballast:
• Two piece heavy-duty die cast aluminum housing

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
VSE
PRODUCT
IDENT
XXX
VSE =
Versabeam
Disconnect
Luminaire
with
NnVation
electronic
ballast

W

40

COLOR
WATTAGE
X
XX
W = White 25 = 250
Polyester 32 = 320
Powder 35 = 350
40 = 400

N
LIGHT
SOURCE
X
N=
Ballast
will
operate
Pulse
Start or
Ceramic
Metal
Halide
Lamps
Note:
Lamp is
vertical
base up.
Lamp is
not
included.

G
VOLTAGE
X
G = 208-277
Discrete
Voltages
must be
specified
when
ordering
cord & plug
assemblies:
2 = 208
3 = 240
4 = 277

E

EA

VA

11

X

BALLAST
TYPE
X
E=
Electronic

OPTICAL
CODE
XX
EA =
Enclosed
Acrylic

PHOTOMETRY
CODE
XX
VA = Fixed

MOUNTING
CODE
XX
11= Pendant Slide on Box
13 = Pendant Slide on Box with Primary Electrical
Disconnect
15 = Prewire with Loop, Cord and Plug part “Power
Hook”. (Order Receptacle/Hook Box separately)

OPTIONS
X
Q = Automatic
switched quartz
W = Wet Location
(Available for use with
Mountings 11, 13 and
15 only)

Discrete Voltages must be specified when ordering
cord & plug assemblies below:
31 = Prewired with Hook, 3 ft. (0.9 meters) #16/3 Cord
and NEMA PLUG
33 = Prewired with Loop, 3 ft. (0.9 meters) #16/3 Cord
and NEMA PLUG (Order Locking Receptacle
Separately, if required)

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
EA OPTICAL - Enclosed Acrylic
Wattage
250
250
400
320 ED28*
320, 350
400

Light
Source
MH
MH
MH
P(MH)
P(MH)
P(MH)

*320 watt, ED28 pulse start MH

Photometric
Curve
178508
178508
178437
178508
178437
178437

Optical
Code
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA

Photometry
Code
VA
VA
VA
VA
VA
VA

MODULAR PREWIRE
41 = ACS with 3 ft (.9 meter) cord & Hook
69 = ACS with 6 ft (1.8 meter) cord & Hook
43 = ACS with 3 ft (.9 meter) cord & Loop
70 = ACS with 6 ft (1.8 meter) cord & Loop
51 = Sentinel with 3 ft (.9 meter) cord & Hook
71 = Sentinel with 6 ft (1.8 meter) cord & Hook
53 = Sentinel with 3 ft (.9 meter) cord & Loop
72 = Sentinel with 6 ft (1.8 meter) cord & Loop
Note: ACS = Flex 3+
Sentinel = EZ Flex II (FSC)
F4 = GELS BayFlex with 6 ft cord & Hook - Bay Flex
GE-LT (no phase selection required)
F5 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook - Bay Flex
GE HLA (A phase)
F6 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook - Bay Flex
GE HLA (B phase)
F7 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook - Bay Flex
GE HLA (C phase)

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-16/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

VSE VERSABEAM DISCONNECT LUMINAIRE
NUVATION Electronic Ballast
™

™

High Bay or Low Bay Enclosed – Optical Sliding Disconnect Series

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
15.00 in. Dia.
(381mm)
3/4 in. NPSC
Thread

24.88 in. Dia.
(632mm)

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Ballast and Optical

Fixture Height
30.40 in.
(772mm)

lbs
23-33

kgs
10-15

INPUT WATTAGE TABLE

BALLAST DATA
* 13% improvement in Pulse Start Metal Halide lamp lumen maintenance vs. magnetic.
* 6% improvement in Ceramic Metal Halide lamp lumen maintenance vs. magnetic.
* 50% lower ballast losses than typical CWA magnetic HID ballast.
* Lamp wattage regulation of +/-2% change for +/-10% change in line voltage.
* Ballast is rated for use with voltage range between 208 and 277 with +/-10% line
voltage tolerance, 50/60 Hz, and will automatically sense voltage within specified
range.
* Ballast input current total harmonic distortion (THD) of less than 15% when operated at
nominal line voltage.
* Ballast is thermally protected to shut off when operating temperatures are above
unacceptable levels for the ballast safe and reliable operation.
* Ballast has an end-of-life detection and shutdown circuit.
* Minimum start temperature of –30 degrees C.
* Ballast is capable of operating pulse start metal halide or ceramic metal halide lamp
types.
* Five-Year Fixture Failure Warranty.
* Meets requirements of FCC rules and regulations, Title 47 CFR part 18 for nonconsumer equipment.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

Lamp
Wattage
400
400
400
350
350
350
320
320
320
250
250
250

Line
Voltage
277
240
208
277
240
208
277
240
208
277
240
208

Input
Watts
428
432
435
377
380
383
346
347
349
276
272
271

NUVATION INDOOR LIGHTING

DIMENSIONS
When optical assembly contains a quartz socket an additional
1.125 inches (29mm) must be added to the overall height due to
double stack disconnect.
NOTES
See explanation on “Optical Flexibility” Page I-4. See References.
REFERENCES
See Page I-128 for start of Accessories.
See Page I-142 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Page I-153 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

® Registered Trademark of General Electric Company
TM Trademark of General Electric Company
Data subject to change without notice

2005/I-17

I

VBE VERSABEAM ™ 400 LUMINAIRE
NUVATION ™ Electronic Ballast

High Bay or Low Bay, Enclosed – Surface Mount Optical Series

I

NUVATION INDOOR LIGHTING

APPLICATIONS
• For 15 to 35 ft. (5 to 11 meter) applications requiring high efficiency and the need for low glare with HID lighting.
• Especially useful in difficult assembly and machine situations
• Can be used in place of either high bay or low bay conventional luminaires
• Very effective in sites that have obstructions
SPECIFICATION FEATURES:
•
1598 Listed
Suitable for Damp Location
•
1598 Listed for metal halide lamps
in polymeric lamp containment barriers
• Enclosed and Gasketed optics
• 55 C ambient, standard
• UV stabilized injection molded prismatic
refractor for low brightness
• Refractor with combination of reflecting
and refracting prisms for high
efficiency and good brightness control.
• Nuvation ™ electronic ballast:
• Two piece heavy-duty die cast aluminum housing
• Integral optical mounting design
for GELS “Surface Mount Opticals”

• Attractive round ballast housing
design with white polyester paint finish
• Integral air gap between optical
mounting and ballast for optimum
temperature control and thermal
management
• Slide-on mounting box adaptor
with 3/4-in pendant and thru feed
capability for ease of installation
and mounting.
• External wattage selection port for selection
of 250, 320, 350 & 400 watt choices.
• Safety chain provisions
• Mogul base socket – E39 standard
• Shipped as components: Ballast,
Optical. Magnapack available
for ballast.

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
VBE
PRODUCT
IDENT
XXX
VBE =
Versabeam
Luminaire
Surface
Mount
optical
with
Nuvation
Electronic
Ballast

W

40

COLOR
WATTAGE
X
XX
W = White 25 = 250
Polyester 32 = 320
Powder 35 = 350
40 = 400

N
LIGHT
SOURCE
X
N=
Ballast
will
operate
Pulse
Start or
Ceramic
Metal
Halide
Lamps
Note:
Lamp is
vertical
base up.
Lamp is
not
included.

G
VOLTAGE
X
G = 208-277
Discrete
Voltages
must be
specified
when
ordering
cord & plug
assemblies:
2 = 208
3 = 240
4 = 277

E

EA

AA

11

BALLAST
TYPE
X
E=
Electronic

OPTICAL
CODE
XX
EA =
Enclosed
Acrylic
Refractor

PHOTOMETRY
CODE
XX
XX = Select
Code
Below

MOUNTING
CODE
XX
11= Pendant Slide on Box
13 = Pendant Slide on Box with Primary Electrical
Disconnect
15 = Prewire with Loop, Cord and Plug part “Power
Hook”. (Order Receptacle/Hook Box separately)
Discrete Voltages must be specified when ordering
cord & plug assemblies below:
31 = Prewired with Hook, 3 ft. (0.9 meters) #16/3 Cord
and NEMA PLUG
33 = Prewired with Loop, 3 ft. (0.9 meters) #16/3 Cord
and NEMA PLUG (Order Locking Receptacle
Separately, if required)

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
EA OPTICAL - Enclosed Acrylic
Wattage
250
400
250
320* ED28
320, 350
400

Light
Source
MH
MH
P(MH)
P(MH)
P(MH)
P(MH)

Photometric
Curve
178508
178437
178508
178508
178437
178437

Optical
Code
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA

*320 watt, ED28 pulse start MH
NOTE: Socket position is fixed and not field adjustable.

Photometry
Code
AV
AA
AV
AV
AA
AA

MODULAR PREWIRE
41 = ACS with 3 ft (.9 meter) cord & Hook
69 = ACS with 6 ft (1.8 meter) cord & Hook
43 = ACS with 3 ft (.9 meter) cord & Loop
70 = ACS with 6 ft (1.8 meter) cord & Loop
51 = Sentinel with 3 ft (.9 meter) cord & Hook
71 = Sentinel with 6 ft (1.8 meter) cord & Hook
53 = Sentinel with 3 ft (.9 meter) cord & Loop
72 = Sentinel with 6 ft (1.8 meter) cord & Loop
Note: ACS = Flex 3+
Sentinel = EZ Flex II (FSC)
F4 = GELS BayFlex with 6 ft cord & Hook - Bay Flex
GE-LT (no phase selection required)
F5 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook - Bay Flex
GE HLA (A phase)
F6 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook - Bay Flex
GE HLA (B phase)
F7 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook - Bay Flex
GE HLA (C phase)

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-18/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

X
OPTIONS
X
Q = Automatic
switched quartz

VBE VERSABEAM 400 LUMINAIRE
NUVATION Electronic Ballast
™

™

High Bay or Low Bay, Enclosed – Surface Mount Optical Series

NOTES
See explanation on “Optical Flexibility” Page I-4. See References.
REFERENCES
See Page I-128 for start of Accessories.
See Page I-142 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Page I-153 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
3/4 in. NPSC
Thread

15.00 in. Dia.
(381mm)

24.88 in. Dia. (632mm)

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Ballast and Optical

lbs
26-29

kgs
12-13

BALLAST DATA

INPUT WATTAGE TABLE

* 13% improvement in Pulse Start Metal Halide lamp lumen maintenance vs. magnetic.
* 6% improvement in Ceramic Metal Halide lamp lumen maintenance vs. magnetic.
* 50% lower ballast losses than typical CWA magnetic HID ballast.
* Lamp wattage regulation of +/-2% change for +/-10% change in line voltage.
* Ballast is rated for use with voltage range between 208 and 277 with +/-10% line
voltage tolerance, 50/60 Hz, and will automatically sense voltage within specified
range.
* Ballast input current total harmonic distortion (THD) of less than 15% when operated at
nominal line voltage.
* Ballast is thermally protected to shut off when operating temperatures are above
unacceptable levels for the ballast safe and reliable operation.
* Ballast has an end-of-life detection and shutdown circuit.
* Minimum start temperature of –30 degrees C.
* Ballast is capable of operating pulse start metal halide or ceramic metal halide lamp
types.
* Five-Year Fixture Failure Warranty.
* Meets requirements of FCC rules and regulations, Title 47 CFR part 18 for nonconsumer equipment.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

Lamp
Wattage
400
400
400
350
350
350
320
320
320
250
250
250

Line
Voltage
277
240
208
277
240
208
277
240
208
277
240
208

Input
Watts
428
432
435
377
380
383
346
347
349
276
272
271

NUVATION INDOOR LIGHTING

Fixture Height
26.28 in.
(668mm)

® Registered Trademark of General Electric Company
TM Trademark of General Electric Company
Data subject to change without notice

2005/I-19

I

OBE OMNIBEAM ™ 400 LUMINAIRE
NUVATION ™ Electronic Ballast

High Bay, Open or Enclosed – Surface Mount Optical Series
APPLICATIONS
• For over 20-foot (6 meter) applications, assembly lines, inspection areas, production bays,
storage areas, warehouses, commercial and retail areas.

I

NUVATION INDOOR LIGHTING

SPECIFICATION FEATURES:
•
1598 Listed
Suitable for Damp Location
• Choice of open/ventilated or enclosed opticals with
choice of acrylic clear or prismatic lens.
• Prismatic acrylic reflector.
• 55 C ambient, standard
• Nuvation ™ electronic ballast:
• Two piece heavy-duty die cast
aluminum housing
• Integral optical mounting design
for GELS “Surface Mount Opticals”
• Attractive round ballast housing
design with white polyester paint finish

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
OBE
PRODUCT
IDENT
XXX
OBE =
Omnibeam
400
Luminaire
Surface
Mount
optical
with
Nuvation
Electronic
Ballast

W

40

COLOR
WATTAGE
X
XX
W = White 25 = 250
Polyester 32 = 320
Powder 35 = 350
40 = 400

• Integral air gap between optical
mounting and ballast for optimum
temperature control and thermal
management
• Slide-on mounting box adaptor
with 3/4-in pendant and thru
feed capability for ease of installation
and mounting.
• External wattage selection port for
selection of 250, 320, 350 & 400 watt
choices.
• Safety chain provisions
• Mogul base socket – E39 standard
• Shipped as components: Ballast,
Optical. Magnapack available
for ballast.

Exclusionary base socket is available for use with Metal Halide lamps in open
fixtures to comply with NEC 2005 regulations (GELS “S” Option)
Customer should consult or review local electrical codes for compliance.

N

G

LIGHT
SOURCE
X
N=
Ballast
will
operate
Pulse
Start or
Ceramic
Metal
Halide
Lamps
Note:
Lamp is
vertical
base up.
Lamp is
not
included.

E

BALLAST
VOLTAGE
TYPE
X
X
G = 208-277 E=
Discrete
Electronic
Voltages
must be
specified
when
ordering
cord & plug
assemblies:
2 = 208
3 = 240
4 = 277

V6

AC

11

X

OPTICAL
CODE
XX
E2 = Enclosed
22-in. with
clear flat
arcylic lens.
P2 = Enclosed
22-in. with
prismatic
conical acrylic
lens.
E6 = Enclosed
26-in. with flat
clear acrylic
lens.
V6 = Open and
ventilated 26in. acrylic.

PHOTOMETRY
CODE
XX
XX = Select
Code from
Photometric
Selection
Table

MOUNTING
CODE
XX
11= Pendant Slide on Box
13 = Pendant Slide on Box with Primary Electrical
Disconnect
15 = Prewire with Loop, Cord and Plug part “Power
Hook”. (Order Receptacle/Hook Box separately)

OPTIONS
X
Q = Automatic
switched quartz
S = Exclusionary
mogul base socket
for MH open fixtures.

For Alternative
Polymeric
Material not See opposing
shown above page
see table
below.

Discrete Voltages must be specified when ordering
cord & plug assemblies below:
31 = Prewired with Hook, 3 ft. (0.9 meters) #16/3 Cord
and NEMA PLUG
33 = Prewired with Loop, 3 ft. (0.9 meters) #16/3 Cord
and NEMA PLUG (Order Locking Receptacle
Separately, if required)
MODULAR PREWIRE
41 = ACS with 3 ft (.9 meter) cord & Hook
69 = ACS with 6 ft (1.8 meter) cord & Hook
43 = ACS with 3 ft (.9 meter) cord & Loop
70 = ACS with 6 ft (1.8 meter) cord & Loop
51 = Sentinel with 3 ft (.9 meter) cord & Hook
71 = Sentinel with 6 ft (1.8 meter) cord & Hook
53 = Sentinel with 3 ft (.9 meter) cord & Loop
72 = Sentinel with 6 ft (1.8 meter) cord & Loop
Note: ACS = Flex 3+
Sentinel = EZ Flex II (FSC)
F4 = GELS BayFlex with 6 ft cord & Hook - Bay Flex
GE-LT (no phase selection required)
F5 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook - Bay Flex
GE HLA (A phase)
F6 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook - Bay Flex
GE HLA (B phase)
F7 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook - Bay Flex
GE HLA (C phase)

SPECIAL OPTICAL CODES - ALTERNATIVE POLYMERIC MATERIAL
ADVANCED “ST” HID ACRYLIC - Enhanced Lamp Containment and Reduced Yellowing
S2
Advanced “ST” HID Acrylic
Enclosed 22” “ST” HID Acrylic Reflector with Clear Flat “ST” HID Acrylic Lens
T2
Advanced “ST” HID Acrylic
Enclosed 22” “ST” HID Acrylic Reflector with Prismatic Conical “ST” HID Acrylic Lens
S6
Advanced “ST” HID Acrylic
Enclosed 26” “ST” HID Acrylic Reflector with Clear Flat “ST” HID Acrylic Lens
Note: For above Optical Codes, use corresponding Acrylic Photometry Code listed in Photometric Selection Tables and associated photometric data.
Note: See page T-34 of Product Selection Guide, GEA 12000, for Alternative lens material explanation

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.

I-20/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

OBE OMNIBEAM 400 LUMINAIRE
NUVATION Electronic Ballast
™

™

High Bay, Open or Enclosed – Surface Mount Optical Series
FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
15.00 in. Dia.
(381mm)

3/4 in. NPSC
Thread

NOTES
See explanation on “Optical Flexibility” Page I-4. See References.
REFERENCES
See Page I-128 for start of Accessories.
See Page I-142 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Page I-153 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

Fixture Height
V2 - 27.08 in.
(688mm)
E2 - 27.38 in.
(695mm)
P2 - 29.23 in.
(742mm)
V6- 28.22 in.
(717mm)
E6- 28.52 in.
(724mm)

DATA
lbs
15-30

kgs
7-14

BALLAST DATA
* 13% improvement in Pulse Start Metal Halide lamp lumen maintenance vs.
magnetic.
* 6% improvement in Ceramic Metal Halide lamp lumen maintenance vs.
magnetic.
* 50% lower ballast losses than typical CWA magnetic HID ballast.
* Lamp wattage regulation of +/-2% change for +/-10% change in line voltage.
* Ballast is rated for use with voltage range between 208 and 277 with +/-10%
line voltage tolerance, 50/60 Hz, and will automatically sense voltage within
specified range.
* Ballast input current total harmonic distortion (THD) of less than 15% when
operated at nominal line voltage.
* Ballast is thermally protected to shut off when operating temperatures are
above
unacceptable levels for the ballast safe and reliable operation.
* Ballast has an end-of-life detection and shutdown circuit.
* Minimum start temperature of –30 degrees C.
* Ballast is capable of operating pulse start metal halide or ceramic metal
halide lamp types.
* Five-Year Fixture Failure Warranty.
* Meets requirements of FCC rules and regulations, Title 47 CFR part 18 for nonconsumer equipment.

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
V2 OPTICAL - Open 22in. Reflector

Light
Wattage Source
250
MH,P
250
MH,P
250
MH(Coated),P
250
MH(Coated),P
320,350,400 MH, P
320,350,400 MH(Coated),P

Max
Temp
55
55
55
55
55
55

Spacing
Criteria
1.3
1.5
1.3
1.5
1.6
1.6

Socket
Position
A
G
A
F
A
A

V6 OPTICAL - Open and Ventilated 26in. Reflector
Wattage
320,350,400
320,350,400
320,350,400

Light
Source
MH,P
MH(Coated),P
MH(Coated),P

Max
Temp
55
55
55

Spacing
Criteria
1.6
1.7
1.6

250
250
250
250
320*
320*
320,350,400

MH,P
MH,P
MH(Coated),P
MH(Coated),P
MH, P
MH(Coated),P
MH(Coated),P

40**
40**
40**
40**
40**
40**
40**

1.1
1.5
1.1
1.5
1.6
1.5
1.8

Socket
Position
B
C
B

*320 watt is ED28 Pulse Start MH
**Contact Factory for 55C availability

INPUT WATTAGE TABLE
Lamp
Wattage
400
400
400
350
350
350
320
320
320
250
250
250

Line
Voltage
277
240
208
277
240
208
277
240
208
277
240
208

Input
Watts
428
432
435
377
380
383
346
347
349
276
272
271

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
Photometric Optical
Curve
Code
452450
V2
452451
V2
452456
V2
452455
V2
452460
V2
452463
V2

Photometry
Code
AA
AG
AA
AF
AA
AA

Photometric Optical Photometry
Curve
Code
Code
178906
V6
AB
178976
V6
AC
178975
V6
AB

P2, T2 OPTICAL - Enclosed 22in. with Acrylic prismatic conical lens
A
H
A
G
A
A
A

V2 - 22.18 in. Dia. (563mm)
E2 - 22.50 in. Dia. (572mm)
P2 - 22.50 in. Dia. (572mm)
V6 - 25.56 in. Dia. (649mm)
E6 - 25.88 in. Dia. (657mm)

NUVATION INDOOR LIGHTING

Approximate Net Weight
Ballast and Optical

452441
452442
452446
452445
452454
452459
452464

P2
P2
P2
P2
P2
P2
P2

AA
AH
AA
AG
AA
AA
AA

E2, S2 OPTICAL - Enclosed 22in. with flat clear Acrylic lens
Wattage
250
250
250
250
320*
320*
320*
350, 400
350, 400

Light
Source
MH,P
MH,P
MH(Coated),P
MH(Coated),P
MH,P
MH,P
MH(Coated),P
MH,P
MH(Coated),P

Max Spacing
Temp Criteria
40** 1.0
40** 1.4
40** 1.0
40** 1.4
40** 1.3
40** 1.5
40** 1.3
40** 1.9
40** 1.6

Socket
Position
E
H
D
H
A
G
H
A
A

Photometric
Curve
452439
452440
452443
452444
452452
452453
452466
452462
452465

Optical
Code
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2

E6, S6 OPTICAL - Enclosed 26in. with flat clear Acrylic lens
350,400
350,400
350,400
350,400

MH,P
MH,P
MH(Coated),P
MH(Coated),P

55
55
55
55

1.6
1.8
1.6
1.9

*320 watt is ED28 Pulse Start MH
**Contact Factory for 55C availability

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

B
D
D
H

179849
179851
179852
179853

E6
E6
E6
E6

Photometry
Code
AE
AH
AD
AH
AA
AG
AH
AA
AA
AB
AD
AD
AH

® Registered Trademark of General Electric Company
TM Trademark of General Electric Company
Data subject to change without notice

2005/I-21

I

UGE UNIGLOW ™ 400 LUMINAIRE
NUVATION ™ Electronic Ballast

High Bay, Open or Enclosed – Surface Mount Optical Series
APPLICATIONS
• For over 20-foot (6 meter) applications, warehouses, handling, general assembly, manufacturing
and other indoor lighting areas where high intensity discharge (HID) light sources are applicable.

I

NUVATION INDOOR LIGHTING

SPECIFICATION FEATURES:
•
1598 Listed
Suitable for Damp Location
• Choice of open or enclosed opticals
• Clear tempered door glass lens on enclosed units
• 55 C ambient, standard
• Nuvation ™ electronic ballast:
• Two piece heavy-duty die cast aluminum housing
• Integral optical mounting design
for GELS “Surface Mount Opticals”
• Attractive round ballast housing
design with white polyester paint finish
• Integral air gap between optical
mounting and ballast for optimum
temperature control and thermal management

Exclusionary base socket is available for use with Metal Halide lamps in open
fixtures to comply with NEC 2005 regulations (GELS “S” Option)
Customer should consult or review local electrical codes for compliance.

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
UGE
PRODUCT
IDENT
XXX
UGE =
Uniglow
400
Luminaire
Surface
Mount
optical
with
NuVation
electronic
ballast

W

40

COLOR
WATTAGE
X
XX
W = White 25 = 250
Polyester 32 = 320
Powder 35 = 350
40 = 400

N

G

LIGHT
SOURCE
X
N=
Ballast
will
operate
Pulse
Start or
Ceramic
Metal
Halide
Lamps
Note:
Lamp is
vertical
base up.
Lamp is
not
included.

VOLTAGE
X
G = 208-277
Discrete
Voltages
must be
specified
when
ordering
cord & plug
assemblies:
2 = 208
3 = 240
4 = 277

E

E7

AA

11

BALLAST
TYPE
X
E=
Electronic

OPTICAL
CODE
XX
E7 =
Enclosed 17in. Reflector
V7 = Open
17-in.
Reflector
V2 = Open
22-in.
Reflector
Note: Do not
use open
opticals with
lamps
specified for
use in
enclosed
opticals
only.

PHOTOMETRY
CODE
XX
XX = Select
Code
Below

MOUNTING
CODE
XX
11= Pendant Slide on Box
13 = Pendant Slide on Box with Primary Electrical
Disconnect
15 = Prewire with Loop, Cord and Plug part “Power
Hook”. (Order Receptacle/Hook Box separately)
Discrete Voltages must be specified when ordering
cord & plug assemblies below:
31 = Prewired with Hook, 3 ft. (0.9 meters) #16/3 Cord
and NEMA PLUG
33 = Prewired with Loop, 3 ft. (0.9 meters) #16/3 Cord
and NEMA PLUG (Order Locking Receptacle
Separately, if required)

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
V2 OPTICAL - Open 22 in. Reflector
Light
Wattage Source
400
MH

Spacing
Criteria
1.0

Socket Photometric Optical
Position Curve
Code
E
177042
V2

V7 OPTICAL - Open 17 in. Reflector
320,350,400
320,350,400
320,350,400
320,350,400
320,350,400
320,350,400

MH
MH
MH(Coated)
P (MH)
P (MH)
P (MH) Coated

1.5
1.9
1.3
1.5
1.9
1.3

A
E
A
A
E
A

E7 OPTICAL - Enclosed 17 in. Reflector
250
MH
400
MH
250
P (MH)
320(ED28)* P (MH)
320, 350 P (MH)
400
P (MH)

1.1
1.5
1.1
1.1
1.5
1.5

G
A
G
G
A
A

Photometry
Code
AE

176791
177108
176788
176791
177108
176788

V7
V7
V7
V7
V7
V7

AA
AE
AA
AA
AE
AA

177105
177104
177105
177105
177104
177104

E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7

AG
AA
AG
AG
AA
AA

MODULAR PREWIRE
41 = ACS with 3 ft (.9 meter) cord & Hook
69 = ACS with 6 ft (1.8 meter) cord & Hook
43 = ACS with 3 ft (.9 meter) cord & Loop
70 = ACS with 6 ft (1.8 meter) cord & Loop
51 = Sentinel with 3 ft (.9 meter) cord & Hook
71 = Sentinel with 6 ft (1.8 meter) cord & Hook
53 = Sentinel with 3 ft (.9 meter) cord & Loop
72 = Sentinel with 6 ft (1.8 meter) cord & Loop
Note: ACS = Flex 3+
Sentinel = EZ Flex II (FSC)
F4 = GELS BayFlex with 6 ft cord & Hook - Bay Flex GELT (no phase selection required)
F5 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook - Bay Flex GE
HLA (A phase)
F6 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook - Bay Flex GE
HLA (B phase)
F7 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook - Bay Flex GE
HLA (C phase)

*320 watt, ED28 pulse start MH
Use open optical photometrics and reduce values by 10% for enclosed opticals

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-22/2005

• Slide-on mounting box adaptor
with 3/4-in pendant and thru
feed capability for ease of installation
and mounting.
• External wattage selection port for
selection of 250, 320, 350 & 400 watt
choices.
• Safety chain provisions
• Mogul base socket – E39 standard
• Shipped as components: Ballast,
Optical. Magnapack available
for ballast.

www.gelightingsystems.com

X
OPTIONS
X
Q = Automatic
switched quartz
S = Exclusionary
mogul base socket
for MH open fixtures
W = Wet Location
(Available for use
with Mountings 11,
13 and 15 only)

UGE UNIGLOW 400 LUMINAIRE
NUVATION Electronic Ballast
™

™

High Bay, Open or Enclosed – Surface Mount Optical Series

NOTES
See explanation on “Optical Flexibility” Page I-4. See References.
REFERENCES
See Page I-128 for start of Accessories.
See Page I-142 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Page I-153 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

3/4 in. NPSC
Thread

15.00 in. Dia.
(381mm)

Fixture Height
V7 - 27.25 in.
(692mm)
E7 - 27.75 in.
(705mm)

NUVATION INDOOR LIGHTING

V2- 27.65 in.
(702mm)

V7 - 17.13 in. Dia. (435mm)
E7 - 18.00 in. Dia. (457mm)
P2 - 22.80 in. Dia. (579mm)

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Ballast and Optical

lbs
15-30

kgs
7-14

BALLAST DATA

INPUT WATTAGE TABLE

* 13% improvement in Pulse Start Metal Halide lamp lumen maintenance vs. magnetic.
* 6% improvement in Ceramic Metal Halide lamp lumen maintenance vs. magnetic.
* 50% lower ballast losses than typical CWA magnetic HID ballast.
* Lamp wattage regulation of +/-2% change for +/-10% change in line voltage.
* Ballast is rated for use with voltage range between 208 and 277 with +/-10% line
voltage tolerance, 50/60 Hz, and will automatically sense voltage within specified
range.
* Ballast input current total harmonic distortion (THD) of less than 15% when operated at
nominal line voltage.
* Ballast is thermally protected to shut off when operating temperatures are above
unacceptable levels for the ballast safe and reliable operation.
* Ballast has an end-of-life detection and shutdown circuit.
* Minimum start temperature of –30 degrees C.
* Ballast is capable of operating pulse start metal halide or ceramic metal halide lamp
types.
* Five-Year Fixture Failure Warranty.
* Meets requirements of FCC rules and regulations, Title 47 CFR part 18 for nonconsumer equipment.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

Lamp
Wattage
400
400
400
350
350
350
320
320
320
250
250
250

Line
Voltage
277
240
208
277
240
208
277
240
208
277
240
208

Input
Watts
428
432
435
377
380
383
346
347
349
276
272
271

® Registered Trademark of General Electric Company
TM Trademark of General Electric Company
Data subject to change without notice

2005/I-23

I

UWE UNIGLOW ™ 150 LUMINAIRE
NUVATION ™ Electronic Ballast

High Bay, Open or Enclosed – Surface Mount Optical Series
APPLICATIONS
• For areas where low overhangs, low ceilings or preferred low foot-candle levels restrict the use of
larger high wattage units.

I

NUVATION INDOOR LIGHTING

SPECIFICATION FEATURES:
•
1598 Listed
Suitable for Damp Location
• Choice of open or enclosed opticals
• Clear tempered door glass lens on enclosed units
• 55 C ambient, standard
• Nuvation ™ electronic ballast:
• Two piece heavy-duty die cast
aluminum housing
• Integral optical mounting design
for GELS “Surface Mount Opticals”
• Attractive round ballast housing
design with white polyester
paint finish

• Integral air gap between optical
mounting and ballast for optimum
temperature control and thermal
management
• Slide-on mounting box adaptor
with 3/4-in pendant and thru-feed
capability for ease of installation
and mounting.
• Safety chain provisions
• Mogul base socket – E39 standard
• Shipped as components: Ballast,
Optical. Magnapack available
for ballast.

Exclusionary base socket is available for use with Metal Halide lamps in open
fixtures to comply with NEC 2005 regulations (GELS “S” Option)
Customer should consult or review local electrical codes for compliance.

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
UWE
PRODUCT
IDENT
XXX
UWE =
Uniglow
150
Luminaire
Surface
Mount
optical
with
NuVation
electronic
ballast

W

25

COLOR
WATTAGE
X
XX
W = White 25 = 250
Polyester
Powder

N

G

LIGHT
SOURCE
X
N=
Ballast
will
operate
Pulse
Start or
Ceramic
Metal
Halide
Lamps
Note:
Lamp is
vertical
base up.
Lamp is
not
included.

VOLTAGE
X
G = 208-277
Discrete
Voltages
must be
specified
when
ordering
cord & plug
assemblies:
2 = 208
3 = 240
4 = 277

E

E6

AD

11

BALLAST
TYPE
X
E=
Electronic

OPTICAL
CODE
XX
E6 =
Enclosed 16in. Reflector
V6 = Open
16-in.
Reflector
Note: Do not
use open
opticals with
lamps
specified for
use in
enclosed
opticals
only.

PHOTOMETRY
CODE
XX
XX = Select
Code
Below

MOUNTING
CODE
XX
11= Pendant Slide on Box
13 = Pendant Slide on Box with Primary Electrical
Disconnect
15 = Prewire with Loop, Cord and Plug part “Power
Hook”. (Order Receptacle/Hook Box separately)
Discrete Voltages must be specified when ordering
cord & plug assemblies below:
31 = Prewired with Hook, 3 ft. (0.9 meters) #16/3 Cord
and NEMA PLUG
33 = Prewired with Loop, 3 ft. (0.9 meters) #16/3 Cord
and NEMA PLUG (Order Locking Receptacle
Separately, if required)

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
E6 OPTICAL- Enclosed 16 in. Reflector
Light
Wattage Source
250
MH, P
250
MH, P (Coated)

Spacing
Criteria
1.7
1.9

Socket
Position
D
D

V6 Optical - Open 16 in. Reflector

Photometric
Curve
178358
178359

Optical
Code
E6
E6

Note: For V6 optical use E6 curves and increase ouput by 10%.
C/F = Contact Factory

Photometry
Code
AD
AD

MODULAR PREWIRE
41 = ACS with 3 ft (.9 meter) cord & Hook
69 = ACS with 6 ft (1.8 meter) cord & Hook
43 = ACS with 3 ft (.9 meter) cord & Loop
70 = ACS with 6 ft (1.8 meter) cord & Loop
51 = Sentinel with 3 ft (.9 meter) cord & Hook
71 = Sentinel with 6 ft (1.8 meter) cord & Hook
53 = Sentinel with 3 ft (.9 meter) cord & Loop
72 = Sentinel with 6 ft (1.8 meter) cord & Loop
Note: ACS = Flex 3+
Sentinel = EZ Flex II (FSC)
F4 = GELS BayFlex with 6 ft cord & Hook - Bay Flex GELT (no phase selection required)
F5 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook - Bay Flex GE
HLA (A phase)
F6 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook - Bay Flex GE
HLA (B phase)
F7 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook - Bay Flex GE
HLA (C phase)

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-24/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

X
OPTIONS
X
Q = Automatic
switched quartz
S = Exclusionary
mogul base socket for
MH open fixtures
W = Wet Location
(Available for use with
Mountings 11, 13 and
15 only)

UWE UNIGLOW 150 LUMINAIRE
NUVATION Electronic Ballast
™

™

High Bay, Open or Enclosed – Surface Mount Optical Series

NOTES
See explanation on “Optical Flexibility” Page I-4. See References.
REFERENCES
See Page I-128 for start of Accessories.
See Page I-142 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Page I-153 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

3/4 in. NPSC
Thread

15.00 in. Dia.
(381mm)

NUVATION INDOOR LIGHTING

Fixture Height
V6 - 23.81 in.
(605mm)
E6 - 24.31 in.
(617mm)

V6 - 15.35 in. Dia. (390mm)
E6 - 16.23 in. Dia. (412mm)

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Ballast and Optical

lbs
13-17

kgs
6-8

INPUT WATTAGE TABLE

BALLAST DATA
* 13% improvement in Pulse Start Metal Halide lamp lumen maintenance vs. magnetic.
* 6% improvement in Ceramic Metal Halide lamp lumen maintenance vs. magnetic.
* 50% lower ballast losses than typical CWA magnetic HID ballast.
* Lamp wattage regulation of +/-2% change for +/-10% change in line voltage.
* Ballast is rated for use with voltage range between 208 and 277 with +/-10% line
voltage tolerance, 50/60 Hz, and will automatically sense voltage within specified
range.
* Ballast input current total harmonic distortion (THD) of less than 15% when operated at
nominal line voltage.
* Ballast is thermally protected to shut off when operating temperatures are above
unacceptable levels for the ballast safe and reliable operation.
* Ballast has an end-of-life detection and shutdown circuit.
* Minimum start temperature of –30 degrees C.
* Ballast is capable of operating , pulse start metal halide or ceramic metal halide lamp
types.
* Five-Year Fixture Failure Warranty.
* Meets requirements of FCC rules and regulations, Title 47 CFR part 18 for nonconsumer equipment.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

Lamp
Wattage
250
250
250

Line
Voltage
277
240
208

Input
Watts
276
272
271

® Registered Trademark of General Electric Company
TM Trademark of General Electric Company
Data subject to change without notice

2005/I-25

I

LME LOWMOUNT ® II LUMINAIRE
NUVATION ™ Electronic Ballast
Low Bay Enclosed – Optical Sliding Disconnect Series

APPLICATIONS
• For 10-25 ft. (3-8 meter) applications in factories, canneries, textile, metal, chemical, rubber, food,
cement and other industrial applications.

I

NUVATION INDOOR LIGHTING

SPECIFICATION FEATURES:
•
1598 Listed
Suitable for Damp Location
•
1598 Listed for metal halide lamps in polymeric
lamp containment barriers.
• Enclosed and gasketed optical
• Unique optical sliding disconnect
• Charcoal filtered optics
• UV stabilized injection molded prismatic
refractor for low brightness
• Alzak finish on reflector.
• Stick relampable
• 55 C ambient, standard
• Nuvation ™ electronic ballast:
• Two piece heavy-duty die cast aluminum housing
• Integral optical mounting design for GELS
“Sliding Disconnect”

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
LME
PRODUCT
IDENT
XXX
LME =
Lowmount
II
Disconnect
Luminaire
with
NnVation
electronic
ballast

W

40

COLOR
WATTAGE
X
XX
W = White 25 = 250
Polyester 32 = 320
Powder 35 = 350
40 = 400

N
LIGHT
SOURCE
X
N=
Ballast
will
operate
Pulse
Start or
Ceramic
Metal
Halide
Lamps
Note:
Lamp is
vertical
base up.
Lamp is
not
included.

G
VOLTAGE
X
G = 208-277
Discrete
Voltages
must be
specified
when
ordering
cord & plug
assemblies:
2 = 208
3 = 240
4 = 277

E

EA

VE

BALLAST
TYPE
X
E=
Electronic

PHOTOMETRY
OPTICAL
CODE
CODE
XX
XX
EA =
VE = Fixed
Enclosed
Acrylic
w/Trap Door
ES =
Enclosed
Advanced “ST”
Acrylic
w/Trap Door
Note: See
page T-34
for Material
Explanation.

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
EA, EP, ES OPTICAL - Enclosed Acrylic/Polycarbonate with Trap Door

Light
Socket
Photometric Optical
Photometry
Wattage
Source
Position Curve
Code
Code
400
MH
2.1
177129
EA
VE
320, 350
P (MH)
2.1
177129
EA
VE
400
P (MH)
2.1
177129
EA
VE
Note: Lexan, Polycarbonate lens reduce light levels by 10%
Note: See page T-34 of Product Selection Guide, GEA-12000, for Alternative lens
material explanation
Note: Lexan is a registered Trademark of GE Plastic

11

X

MOUNTING
CODE
XX
11= Pendant Slide on Box
13 = Pendant Slide on Box with Primary Electrical
Disconnect
15 = Prewire with Loop, Cord and Plug part “Power
Hook”. (Order Receptacle/Hook Box separately)

OPTIONS
X
Q = Automatic
switched quartz
W = Wet Location
(Available for use with
Mountings 11, 13 and
15 only)

Discrete Voltages must be specified when ordering
cord & plug assemblies below:
31 = Prewired with Hook, 3 ft. (0.9 meters) #16/3 Cord
and NEMA PLUG
33 = Prewired with Loop, 3 ft. (0.9 meters) #16/3 Cord
and NEMA PLUG (Order Locking Receptacle
Separately, if required)
MODULAR PREWIRE
41 = ACS with 3 ft (.9 meter) cord & Hook
69 = ACS with 6 ft (1.8 meter) cord & Hook
43 = ACS with 3 ft (.9 meter) cord & Loop
70 = ACS with 6 ft (1.8 meter) cord & Loop
51 = Sentinel with 3 ft (.9 meter) cord & Hook
71 = Sentinel with 6 ft (1.8 meter) cord & Hook
53 = Sentinel with 3 ft (.9 meter) cord & Loop
72 = Sentinel with 6 ft (1.8 meter) cord & Loop
Note: ACS = Flex 3+
Sentinel = EZ Flex II (FSC)
F4 = GELS BayFlex with 6 ft cord & Hook - Bay Flex
GE-LT (no phase selection required)
F5 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook - Bay Flex
GE HLA (A phase)
F6 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook - Bay Flex
GE HLA (B phase)
F7 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook - Bay Flex
GE HLA (C phase)

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-26/2005

• Attractive round ballast housing
design with white polyester
paint finish
• Integral air gap between optical
mounting and ballast for optimum
temperature control and thermal
management
• Slide-on mounting box adaptor
with 3/4-in pendant and thru
feed capability for ease of installation
and mounting.
• External wattage selection port for
selection of 250, 320, 350 & 400 watt
choices.
• Safety chain provisions
• Mogul base socket – E39 standard
• Shipped as components: Ballast,
Optical. Magnapack available
for ballast.

www.gelightingsystems.com

LME LOWMOUNT II LUMINAIRE
NUVATION Electronic Ballast
®

™

Low Bay Enclosed – Optical Sliding Disconnect Series

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
3/4 in. NPSC
Thread

15.00 in. Dia.
(381mm)

Fixture Height
28.55 in.
(725mm)

29.98 in. Dia. (761mm)

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Ballast and Optical

lbs
23-33

kgs
10-15

INPUT WATTAGE TABLE

BALLAST DATA
* 13% improvement in Pulse Start Metal Halide lamp lumen maintenance vs. magnetic.
* 6% improvement in Ceramic Metal Halide lamp lumen maintenance vs. magnetic.
* 50% lower ballast losses than typical CWA magnetic HID ballast.
* Lamp wattage regulation of +/-2% change for +/-10% change in line voltage.
* Ballast is rated for use with voltage range between 208 and 277 with +/-10% line
voltage tolerance, 50/60 Hz, and will automatically sense voltage within specified
range.
* Ballast input current total harmonic distortion (THD) of less than 15% when operated at
nominal line voltage.
* Ballast is thermally protected to shut off when operating temperatures are above
unacceptable levels for the ballast safe and reliable operation.
* Ballast has an end-of-life detection and shutdown circuit.
* Minimum start temperature of –30 degrees C.
* Ballast is capable of operating pulse start metal halide or ceramic metal halide lamp
types.
* Five-Year Fixture Failure Warranty.
* Meets requirements of FCC rules and regulations, Title 47 CFR part 18 for nonconsumer equipment.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

Lamp
Wattage
400
400
400
350
350
350
320
320
320
250
250
250

Line
Voltage
277
240
208
277
240
208
277
240
208
277
240
208

Input
Watts
428
432
435
377
380
383
346
347
349
276
272
271

NUVATION INDOOR LIGHTING

DIMENSIONS
When optical assembly contains a quartz socket an additional
1.125 inches (29mm) must be added to the overall height due to
double stack disconnect.
NOTES
See explanation on “Optical Flexibility” Page I-4. See References.
REFERENCES
See Page I-128 for start of Accessories.
See Page I-142 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Page I-153 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

® Registered Trademark of General Electric Company
TM
Trademark of General Electric Company
Data subject to change without notice

2005/I-27

I

UME UNIMOUNT ™ 400 LUMINAIRE
NUVATION ™ Electronic Ballast
Low Bay, Enclosed – Surface Mount Optical Series

APPLICATIONS
• For 10-25 ft. (3-8 meter) applications in factories, foundries, canneries, textile, metal, chemical,
rubber, food, cement and other industrial applications
• Integral air gap between optical
mounting and ballast for optimum
temperature control and thermal
management
• Slide-on mounting box adaptor
with 3/4-in pendant and thru
feed capability for ease of installation
and mounting.
• External wattage selection port for selection
of 250, 320, 350 & 400 watt choices.
• Safety chain provisions
• Mogul base socket – E39 standard
• Shipped as components: Ballast,
Optical. Magnapack available
for ballast.

I

NUVATION INDOOR LIGHTING

SPECIFICATION FEATURES:
•
1598 Listed
Suitable for Damp Location
•
1598 Listed for metal halide lamps
in polymeric lamp containment barriers
• UV stabilized injection molded prismatic
refractor for low brightness
• Enclosed and gasketed optics
• 55 C ambient, standard
• Nuvation ™ electronic ballast:
• Two piece heavy-duty die cast aluminum housing
• Integral optical mounting design
for GELS “Surface Mount Opticals”
• Attractive round ballast housing
design with white polyester paint finish

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
UME
PRODUCT
IDENT
XXX
UME =
Unimount
400
Luminaire
Surface
Mount
optical
with
Nuvation
Electronic
Ballast

W

40

COLOR
WATTAGE
X
XX
W = White 25 = 250
Polyester 32 = 320
Powder 35 = 350
40 = 400

N

G

LIGHT
SOURCE
X
N = Ballast
will operate
Pulse Start
or Ceramic
Metal
Halide
Lamps
Note: Lamp
is vertical
base up.
Lamp is not
included.

VOLTAGE
X
G = 208-277
Discrete
Voltages
must be
specified
when
ordering
cord & plug
assemblies:
2 = 208
3 = 240
4 = 277

E

EA

AG

11

X

BALLAST
TYPE
X
E=
Electronic

OPTICAL
CODE
XX
EA = Enclosed Acrylic
Refractor
ES = Enclosed
Advanced “ST” HID
Acrylic Refractor
WA = Enclosed Acrylic
Refractor with inside of
Reflector Painted White
WS = Enclosed
Advanced “ST” HID
Acrylic Refractor with
inside of Reflector
Painted White

PHOTOMETRY
CODE
XX
XX = Select
Code
Below

MOUNTING
CODE
XX
11= Pendant Slide on Box
13 = Pendant Slide on Box with Primary
Electrical Disconnect
15 = Prewire with Loop, Cord and Plug
part “Power Hook”. (Order Receptacle/
Hook Box separately)

OPTIONS
X
Q = Automatic
switched quartz
W = Wet Location
(Available for use with
Mountings 11, 13 and
15 only)

Discrete Voltages must be specified when
ordering cord & plug assemblies below:
31 = Prewired with Hook, 3 ft. (0.9 meters)
#16/3 Cord and NEMA PLUG
33 = Prewired with Loop, 3 ft. (0.9 meters)
#16/3 Cord and NEMA PLUG (Order
Locking Receptacle Separately, if
required)

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
EA, ES OPTICAL - Enclosed Optical
Light
Wattage Source
250
MH
400
MH
400
MH(Coated)
250
P (MH)
320(ED28)* P (MH)
320, 350 P (MH)
400
P (MH)
400
P (MH)(Coated)
400
HPS

Spacing
Criteria
1.7
1.9
1.6
1.7
1.7
1.9
1.9
1.6
1.9

Socket
Position
G
A
A
G
G
A
A
A
F

Photometric
Curve
177155
177013
177014
177155
177155
177013
177013
177014
177011

Optical
Code
EA, ES
EA, ES
EA, ES
EA, ES
EA, ES
EA, ES
EA, ES
EA, ES
EA, ES

Photometry
Code
AG
AA
AA
AG
AG
AA
AA
AA
AF

WA, WS OPTICAL - Enclosed Optical with White Inside Reflector
Light
Wattage Source
250
MH
400
MH
400
MH (Coated)
250
P (MH)
320(ED28)* P (MH)
320, 350 P (MH)
400
P (MH)
400
P (MH)(Coated)

Spacing
Criteria
2.0
2.0
1.4
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
1.4

Socket
Position
H
A
A
H
H
A
A
A

Photometric
Curve
178672
178674
451384
178672
178672
178674
178674
451384

Optical
Code
WA, WS
WA, WS
WA, WS
WA, WS
WA, WS
WA, WS
WA, WS
WA, WS

Photometry
Code
AH
AA
AA
AH
AH
AA
AA
AA

*320 watt, ED28 pulse start MH
Note: See page T-34 of Product Selection Guide, GEA-12000, for Alternative lens
material explanation

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-28/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

MODULAR PREWIRE
41 = ACS with 3 ft (.9 meter) cord & Hook
69 = ACS with 6 ft (1.8 meter) cord & Hook
43 = ACS with 3 ft (.9 meter) cord & Loop
70 = ACS with 6 ft (1.8 meter) cord & Loop
51 = Sentinel with 3 ft (.9 meter) cord & Hook
71 = Sentinel with 6 ft (1.8 meter) cord & Hook
53 = Sentinel with 3 ft (.9 meter) cord & Loop
72 = Sentinel with 6 ft (1.8 meter) cord & Loop
Note: ACS = Flex 3+
Sentinel = EZ Flex II (FSC)
F4 = GELS BayFlex with 6 ft cord & Hook - Bay
Flex GE-LT (no phase selection required)
F5 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE HLA (A phase)
F6 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE HLA (B phase)
F7 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE HLA (C phase)

UME UNIMOUNT 400 LUMINAIRE
NUVATION Electronic Ballast
™

™

Low Bay, Enclosed – Surface Mount Optical Series

NOTES
See explanation on “Optical Flexibility” Page I-4. See References.
REFERENCES
See Page I-128 for start of Accessories.
See Page I-142 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Page I-153 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

3/4 in. NPSC
Thread

15.00 in. Dia.
(381mm)

31.44 in. Dia. (799mm)

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Ballast and Optical

lbs
27

kgs
12

BALLAST DATA

INPUT WATTAGE TABLE

* 13% improvement in Pulse Start Metal Halide lamp lumen maintenance vs. magnetic.
* 6% improvement in Ceramic Metal Halide lamp lumen maintenance vs. magnetic.
* 50% lower ballast losses than typical CWA magnetic HID ballast.
* Lamp wattage regulation of +/-2% change for +/-10% change in line voltage.
* Ballast is rated for use with voltage range between 208 and 277 with +/-10% line
voltage tolerance, 50/60 Hz, and will automatically sense voltage within specified
range.
* Ballast input current total harmonic distortion (THD) of less than 15% when operated at
nominal line voltage.
* Ballast is thermally protected to shut off when operating temperatures are above
unacceptable levels for the ballast safe and reliable operation.
* Ballast has an end-of-life detection and shutdown circuit.
* Minimum start temperature of –30 degrees C.
* Ballast is capable of operating pulse start metal halide or ceramic metal halide lamp
types.
* Five-Year Fixture Failure Warranty.
* Meets requirements of FCC rules and regulations, Title 47 CFR part 18 for nonconsumer equipment.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

Lamp
Wattage
400
400
400
350
350
350
320
320
320
250
250
250

Line
Voltage
277
240
208
277
240
208
277
240
208
277
240
208

Input
Watts
428
432
435
377
380
383
346
347
349
276
272
271

NUVATION INDOOR LIGHTING

Fixture Height
26.98 in.
(685mm)

® Registered Trademark of General Electric Company
TM Trademark of General Electric Company
Data subject to change without notice

2005/I-29

I

UTE UNIMOUNT ™ 150 LUMINAIRE
NUVATION ™ Electronic Ballast
Low Bay, Enclosed – Surface Mount Optical Series

APPLICATIONS
• For 8-20 ft. (2-6 meter) applications in factories, foundries, canneries, textile, metal, chemical,
rubber, food, cement and other industrial applications.
• Integral air gap between optical
mounting and ballast for optimum
temperature control and thermal
management
• Slide-on mounting box adaptor
with 3/4-in pendant and thru
feed capability for ease of installation
and mounting.
• Safety chain provisions
• Mogul base socket – E39 standard
• Shipped as components: Ballast,
Optical. Magnapack available
for ballast.

I

NUVATION INDOOR LIGHTING

SPECIFICATION FEATURES:
•
1598 Listed
Suitable for Damp Location
•
1598 Listed for metal halide lamps
in polymeric lamp containment barriers
• UV stabilized injection molded prismatic
refractor for low brightness
• Enclosed and gasketed optics
• 55 C ambient, standard
• Nuvation ™ electronic ballast:
• Two piece heavy-duty die cast aluminum housing
• Integral optical mounting design
for GELS “Surface Mount Opticals”
• Attractive round ballast housing
design with white polyester paint finish

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
UTE
PRODUCT
IDENT
XXX
UTE =
Unimount
150
Luminaire
Surface
Mount
optical
with
Nuvation
Electronic
Ballast

W

25

COLOR
WATTAGE
X
XX
W = White 25 = 250
Polyester
Powder

N

G

LIGHT
SOURCE
X
N=
Ballast
will
operate
Pulse
Start or
Ceramic
Metal
Halide
Lamps
Note:
Lamp is
vertical
base up.
Lamp is
not
included.

VOLTAGE
X
G = 208-277
Discrete
Voltages
must be
specified
when
ordering
cord & plug
assemblies:
2 = 208
3 = 240
4 = 277

E

EA

AG

11

X

BALLAST
TYPE
X
E=
Electronic

OPTICAL
CODE
XX
EA = Enclosed Acrylic
Refractor
ES = Enclosed
Advanced “ST” HID
Acrylic Refractor
WA = Acrylic Refractor
with inside & outside
of Reflector Painted
White
WS = Enclosed
Advanced “ST” HID
Acrylic Refractor with
inside & outside of
Reflector Painted
White

PHOTOMETRY
CODE
XX
XX = Select
Code
Below

MOUNTING
CODE
XX
11= Pendant Slide on Box
13 = Pendant Slide on Box with Primary
Electrical Disconnect
15 = Prewire with Loop, Cord and Plug
part “Power Hook”. (Order Receptacle/
Hook Box separately)

OPTIONS
X
Q = Automatic
switched quartz
W = Wet Location
(Available for use with
Mountings 11, 13 and
15 only)

Discrete Voltages must be specified when
ordering cord & plug assemblies below:
31 = Prewired with Hook, 3 ft. (0.9 meters)
#16/3 Cord and NEMA PLUG
33 = Prewired with Loop, 3 ft. (0.9 meters)
#16/3 Cord and NEMA PLUG (Order
Locking Receptacle Separately, if
required)

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
EA, ES OPTICAL - Enclosed Optical
Light
Wattage Source
250
MH, P

Spacing
Criteria
1.7

Socket Photometric Optical
Position Curve
Code
G
177017
EA,ES

Photometry
Code
AG

WA, WS OPTICAL - Optical with Inside & Outside Reflector White
250

MH, P

1.7

G

178824

WA,WS

AG

Note: See page T-34 of Product Selection Guide, GEA-12000, for Alternative lens
material explanation

MODULAR PREWIRE
41 = ACS with 3 ft (.9 meter) cord & Hook
69 = ACS with 6 ft (1.8 meter) cord & Hook
43 = ACS with 3 ft (.9 meter) cord & Loop
70 = ACS with 6 ft (1.8 meter) cord & Loop
51 = Sentinel with 3 ft (.9 meter) cord & Hook
71 = Sentinel with 6 ft (1.8 meter) cord & Hook
53 = Sentinel with 3 ft (.9 meter) cord & Loop
72 = Sentinel with 6 ft (1.8 meter) cord & Loop
Note: ACS = Flex 3+
Sentinel = EZ Flex II (FSC)
F4 = GELS BayFlex with 6 ft cord & Hook - Bay
Flex GE-LT (no phase selection required)
F5 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE HLA (A phase)
F6 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE HLA (B phase)
F7 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE HLA (C phase)

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-30/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

UTE UNIMOUNT 150 LUMINAIRE
NUVATION Electronic Ballast
™

™

Low Bay, Enclosed – Surface Mount Optical Series

NOTES
See explanation on “Optical Flexibility” Page I-4. See References.
REFERENCES
See Page I-128 for start of Accessories.
See Page I-142 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Page I-153 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

3/4 in. NPSC
Thread

15.00 in. Dia.
(381mm)

23.63 in. Dia. (600mm)

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Ballast and Optical

lbs
24

kgs
11

BALLAST DATA

INPUT WATTAGE TABLE

* 13% improvement in Pulse Start Metal Halide lamp lumen maintenance vs. magnetic.
* 6% improvement in Ceramic Metal Halide lamp lumen maintenance vs. magnetic.
* 50% lower ballast losses than typical CWA magnetic HID ballast.
* Lamp wattage regulation of +/-2% change for +/-10% change in line voltage.
* Ballast is rated for use with voltage range between 208 and 277 with +/-10% line
voltage tolerance, 50/60 Hz, and will automatically sense voltage within specified
range.
* Ballast input current total harmonic distortion (THD) of less than 15% when operated at
nominal line voltage.
* Ballast is thermally protected to shut off when operating temperatures are above
unacceptable levels for the ballast safe and reliable operation.
* Ballast has an end-of-life detection and shutdown circuit.
* Minimum start temperature of –30 degrees C.
* Ballast is capable of operating pulse start metal halide or ceramic metal halide lamp
types.
* Five-Year Fixture Failure Warranty.
* Meets requirements of FCC rules and regulations, Title 47 CFR part 18 for nonconsumer equipment.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

Lamp
Wattage
250
250
250

Line
Voltage
277
240
208

Input
Watts
276
272
271

NUVATION INDOOR LIGHTING

Fixture Height
24.12 in.
(613mm)

® Registered Trademark of General Electric Company
TM Trademark of General Electric Company
Data subject to change without notice

2005/I-31

I

FG6 FILTERGLOW ® 1000 LUMINAIRE

High Bay, Enclosed — Optical Sliding Disconnect Series
APPLICATIONS
• For over 30 ft. (9 meter) applications in factories, foundries, machine
shops, and other industrial environments

With

EZ Connect

TM

SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• 1598 Listed
Suitable For Damp Locations
• Listed to Canadian
Standards and codes
• Enclosed and gasketed optics
• Clear tempered door-glass
lens
• Charcoal filtered optics
• Unique optical sliding disconnect
• 55° C ambient, standard
• In-line EZ ConnectTM plug-in
adapter port allows for:

I

FILTERGLOW INDOOR LIGHTING

ORDERING NUMBER
FG6
01
M
LOGIC G
PRODUCT
IDENT
XXX
FG6 =
Filterglow
1000
Luminaire

COLOR

WATTAGE LIGHT
SOURCE
XX
X
40 = 400 M = MH
75 = 750 S = HPS
01 = 1000 P = Pulse
Start
MH

0
VOLTAGE

A

BALLAST
TYPE
X
X
See Ballast
60Hz
0 =120/208/ Selection
240/277
Table
MULTIVOLT A = Autoreg
1 = 120
D=
2 = 208
System 3
Note: Lamp 3 = 240
Bilevel
is vertical 4 = 277
Autoreg (See
5 = 480
base up.
Technical
D = 347
Lamp not
Section)
F=
included.
120X347 G =
CANADIAN
T = 220
Mag-Reg
(Grounded
50Hz
Socket Shell)
6 = 220
R= 230
H=
Y = 240
HPF Reactor
G= 380
or Lag
L=
Super Low
Loss Autoreg
M = Mag-Reg

• hook/loop, cord & NEMA plug
• plug-in modular wiring systems
• plug-in fuse kits
• Symmetrical heavy-duty
die-cast aluminum ballast
housing with electrocoat gray
or white polyester paint finish
• Single casting integral
hook/loop and mounting plate
is available
• Threaded slide-in mounting
adapter for easy mounting

E2

EX

OPTICAL
CODE
XX
E7=Enclosed
17 in.
Reflector

PHOTOMETRY
CODE
XX
XX = Select
Code
Below

11

• Adjustable mogul base
socket -E39 standard
• ALGLAS® finish on
faceted reflector
• Safety chain provisions
• Shipped as components:
Ballast, Optical. Magnapack
available for ballast
See Technical Section
• Pulse start system for metal
halide available. See Page I-155

B

MOUNTING
OPTIONS
CODE
X
X
XX
G = Gray
11 = Pendant mounting
A = 65°C maximum
Electro
12 = Pendant mounting for 1000w HPS
ambient
Coat
Multivolt (Not available with EZ Connect B = Time Delay
W = White
9-pin plug)
Automatically
PolyesE2=Enclosed
13 = Provision for Slide-on Primary Electrical
Switched
ter
22 in.
Disconnect. Order TWOBP Box (Thru Feed
Quartz
Powder
Reflector
Capability Only) Separately.
D = Severe Duty
14 = Provision for Slide-on Primary Electrical
(meets Wet
Disconnect. Order PED Box (Pendant and
Location)
Thru Feed Capability) Separately
(For use with
15 = Prewire with EZ-Loop, Cord and Plug Part of
Mounting Code
“Power Hook”. Order Receptacle/Hook Box
67 only)
Separately. (Not CSA/CUL)
F = Fusing (Not available
31 = Prewire with EZ-Hook, 3-ft (0.9 Meters)
with D or W option)
#16/3 Cord, and Nema Plug
G = Secondary Wiring
33 = Prewire with EZ-Loop, 3-ft (0.9 Meters)
Access 7/8 in. dia.
#16/3 Cord, and Nema Plug (Order locking
knockout
receptacle hook box separately.)
(Not available with D
67 = Pendant, Nut and Hanger Hub Mounting.
or W option)
(For use with “D” or “W”, Wet Locations
K = Encapsulated Ballast
Option, only) (See pages I-153 and I-154 Q = Non-Time Delay
for details)
Automatically
Switched Quartz
MODULAR PREWIRE
R = Non-Switched Quartz.
41 = ACS with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
69 = ACS with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
T = E40 / European
43 = ACS with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
Mogul Base Socket
70 = ACS with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
W = Wet Location
51 = Sentinel with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
(For use with
Mounting Code
71 = Sentinel with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
15 and 67 only)
53 = Sentinel with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
72 = Sentinel with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
E7 OPTICAL - Enclosed 17 in. Reflector
Note: See page I-128 for
Light
Spacing Socket Photometric Optical Photometry
Accessory Index and
Note: ACS = Flex 3 +
Wattage Source
Criteria Position Curve
Code
Code
Descriptions.
Sentinel = EZ Flex II (FSC)
400
MH,P
1.1
11
174961
E7
EX
400
MH,P
1.3
9
174962
E7
EU
Note: See page I-153 for
F4 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook 400
MH,P
1.6
5
177096
E7
EQ
Bay Flex GE-LT (no phase selection required) explanation of Options.
400
MH,P (Coated) 1.0
11
174955
E7
EX
F5 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook 400
HPS
1.0
5
174965
E7
EQ
Bay Flex GE HLA (A phase)
400
HPS
1.4
3
174966
E7
EO
F6 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook - Bay
E2 OPTICAL - Enclosed 22 in. Reflector
Flex GE HLA (B phase)
Light
Spacing Socket Photometric Optical Photometry F7 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook - Bay
Wattage Source
Criteria Position Curve
Code
Code
Flex GE HLA (C phase)
400
MH,P
0.7
7
174959
E2
ES
750
P
0.8
7
451908
E2
ES
750
P
1.0
L
451909
E2
EL
750
P
1.5
G
451911
E2
EG
1000*
MH
1.0
11
174969
E2
EX
1000*
MH
1.5
7
174970
E2
ES
1000*
MH (Coated)
1.3
7
174968
E2
ES
400
HPS
0.7
2
174963
E2
EN
750
HPS
0.9
1
178164
E2
EM
750
HPS
0.8
7
178163
E2
ES
1000
HPS
1.0
7
175275
E2
ES
*Note: When using 1000 W (PMH) Pulse Metal Halide BT37 lamp, use 400W MH
socket positions as listed.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-32/ 2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

■

Most commonly ordered

FG6 FILTERGLOW ® 1000 LUMINAIRE
High Bay, Enclosed

DIMENSIONS
• When optical assembly contains a quartz socket (switched or nonswitched), an additional 1.125 inches (29mm) must be added to the
overall height due to double stack disconnect.
FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

• For Wet Location dimensions 1.72 inches (44mm) must be added to
overall height.

3/4in NPSC thread

• 750 and 1000 watt with “A”, 65C Ambient Option, add 2.50 inches to
overall height.

REFERENCES
See Page I-128 for start of Accessories.
See Page I-142 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Page I-153 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

Installed Height

Fixture Height

E7 33.34in

E7 34.04in

(847mm)

(865mm)

E2 33.34in

E2 34.04in

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Ballast and Optical

lbs
42-52

kgs
19-24

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
Ballast Type / Voltage
60HZ
120, 208
Light
240, 277
Wattage Source Multivolt 480
347
400
HPS
A
A,D,G,L,M A,D,G,L
750
HPS
H
A,D*
A,D*
1000
HPS** A
A
A
400
MH
A
A,D,L
A,D,L
1000
MH
A
A***,D
A,D
PULSE START METAL HALIDE LIGHT SOURCE
BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
400
P (MH) A
A,D,G
A,D,G
750
P (MH) N/A
A
N/A

50HZ

120
x
347
A,G
N/A
N/A
A
N/A

220
A,H
N/A
A
A
A

220
A,H,M
N/A
N/A
A
A

230
A,H,M
N/A
N/A
A
A

240
A,H,M
N/A
N/A
A
A

380
M
N/A
N/A
N/A
A

A
N/A

N/A
N/A

A
N/A

A
N/A

A
N/A

N/A
N/A

E7 22in DIA

FILTERGLOW INDOOR LIGHTING

NOTES
See explanation on ”Optical Flexibility“ Page I-5. See References.

NOTE: N/A = Not Available
* Automatic Switch Quartz Option not available with Bilevel
**1000 watt HPS Multivolt not available with EZ Connect 9-pin plug. Order only with
special mounting code 12.
***120, 208 and 240 volt available as Multivolt only.
CANADIAN NOTES:
1. "A", Autoreg, and "D", Bilevel Autoreg available 120, 277 or 347 volts only
2. 1000 Watt Metal Halide and HPS available 120, 277 or 347 volt Autoreg only.
3. 208, 240, and 480 volts require CWI ballast. Use "G" when available. Contact factory for all others.
4. Multivolt not available.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ I-33

I

FG5 FILTERGLOW ® 400 LUMINAIRE

High Bay, Enclosed — Optical Sliding Disconnect Series
APPLICATIONS
• For over 20 ft. (6 meter) applications in factories, foundries, machine
shops, and other industrial environments

With

I

FILTERGLOW INDOOR LIGHTING

EZ Connect

TM

SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• 1598 Listed
Suitable For Damp Locations
• Listed to Canadian standards
and codes
• Enclosed and gasketed optics
• Clear tempered door-glass lens
• Charcoal filtered optics
• Unique optical sliding disconnect
• 55° C ambient, standard
• In-line EZ ConnectTM plug-in
adapter port allows for:
• hook/loop, cord & NEMA plug

ORDERING NUMBER
FG5
G
40
M
LOGIC
PRODUCT
IDENT
XXX
FG5 =
Filterglow
400
Luminaire

COLOR
X
G = Gray
Electro
Coat
W = White
Polyester
Powder

WATTAGE LIGHT
SOURCE
XX
X
25 = 250 M = MH
32 = 320 S = HPS
35 = 350 P = Pulse
40 = 400
Start
MH

• plug-in diagnostics capability
• plug-in modular wiring
systems
• plug-in fuse kits
• Symmetrical heavy-duty
die-cast aluminum ballast
housing with electrocoat gray
or white polyester paint finish
• Single casting integral
hook/loop and mounting plate
is available
• Threaded slide-in mounting
adapter for easy mounting

0

A

E7

EX

VOLTAGE

BALLAST
TYPE
X
See Ballast
Selection
Table
A = Autoreg

OPTICAL
CODE
XX
E7=Enclosed
17 in.
Reflector

PHOTOMETRY
CODE
XX
XX = Select
Code
Below

X
60Hz
0 = 120/
208/
240/277
MULTIVOLT
1 = 120
Note: Lamp 2 = 208
is vertical 3 = 240
base up.
4 = 277
Lamp not
5 = 480
included.
D = 347
F=
120X347
T = 220
50Hz
6 = 220
R= 230
Y = 240
G= 380

E2=Enclosed
D=
22 in.
System 3
Reflector
Bilevel
Autoreg (See
Technical
Section)
G=
CANADIAN
Mag-Reg
(Grounded
Socket Shell)
H=
HPF Reactor
or Lag
L=
Super Low
Loss Autoreg
M = Mag-Reg

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
E7 OPTICAL - Enclosed 17 in. Reflector
Wattage
250, 320*
350, 400
350, 400
350, 400
350, 400
350, 400
350, 400
250 - 400
250 - 400

Light
Source
MH, P
MH,P
MH,P
MH,P
MH,P (Coated)
MH,P (Coated)
MH,P (Coated)
HPS
HPS

Spacing
Criteria
1.3
1.1
1.3
1.6
1.0
1.5
1.9
1.0
1.4

Socket
Position
1
11
9
5
11
7
3
5
3

Photometric
Curve
176084
174961
174962
177096
174955
174957
174958
174965
174966

Optical
Code
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7

Wattage
350, 400
350, 400
250 - 400

Light
Source
MH,P
MH,P (Coated)
HPS

Spacing
Criteria
0.7
0.7
0.7

Socket
Position
7
11
2

Photometric
Curve
174959
174953
174963

Optical
Code
E2
E2
E2

E2 OPTICAL - Enclosed 22 in. Reflector

11

• Adjustable mogul base
socket -E39 standard
• ALGLAS® finish on
faceted reflector
• Safety chain provisions
• Shipped as components:
Ballast, Optical. Magnapack
available for ballast
See Technical Section
• Pulse start system for metal
halide available. See Page I-155

B

MOUNTING
OPTIONS
CODE
X
XX
A= 65°C maximum
XX = Select Code Below
ambient*
11 = Pendant mounting
13 = Provision for Slide-on Primary Electrical B= Time Delay
Automatically
Disconnect. Order TWOBP Box (Thru Feed
Switched Quartz
Capability Only) Separately.
C= Patrol™
(Not available with D and W option)
Intermittent
14 = Provision for Slide-on Primary Electrical
Automatic Lamp
Disconnect. (Pendant and Thru Feed
Shut-Off For Metal
Capability) Order PED Box Separately
Halide Lamps (see
(Not available with D and W option)
opposing page)
15 = Prewire with EZ-Loop, Cord and Plug Part of
“Power Hook”. Order Receptacle/Hook Box D= Severe Duty
(meets Wet
Separately. (Not CSA/CUL)
Location)
31 = Prewire with EZ-Hook, 3-ft (0.9 Meters)
(For use with Mounting
#16/3
Code 67 only)
Cord, and Nema Plug
F = Fusing (Not available
33 = Prewire with EZ-Loop, 3-ft (0.9 Meters)
with D or W option)
#16/3
K= Encapsulated
Cord, and Nema Plug (Order locking
Ballast (For use with
receptacle hook box separately.)
250 & 400 watt Auto
67 = Pendant, Nut and Hanger Hub Mounting.
Reg Ballast only)
(For use with “D” or “W”, Wet Locations
Option, only) (See pages I-153 and I-154 G = Secondary Wiring
Access. 7/8 in. dia.
for details)
knockout
(Not available with D or
MODULAR PREWIRE
W option)
41 = ACS with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
Q= Non-Time Delay
69 = ACS with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
Automatically
43 = ACS with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
Switched Quartz
70 = ACS with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
R= Non-Switched Quartz.
44 = ACS with 9-ft (2.7 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
T = E40 / European Socket
51 = Sentinel with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZW= Wet Location
Hook
Photometry
(For use with Mounting
71 = Sentinel with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZCode
Code 15 and 67 only)
Hook
EM
53 = Sentinel with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Loop Y = Solo Bilevel Port
EX
(See page I-126)
72 = Sentinel with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
EU
EQ
Note: ACS = Flex 3 +
EX
Note: See page I-128 for
Sentinel = EZ Flex II (FSC)
ES
Accessory Index and
EO
F4 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Descriptions.
EQ
Bay Flex GE-LT (no phase selection required)
EO
F5 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Note: See page I-153 for
Bay Flex GE HLA (A phase)
explanation of Options.
Photometry F6 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE HLA (B phase)
*65°C available for 250 and
Code
F7 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook 400 watt Auto Reg Ballast
ES
Bay Flex GE HLA (C phase)
only.
EX
EN

*320 watt, ED28 pulse start MH

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-34/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

■

Most commonly ordered

FG5 FILTERGLOW ® 400 LUMINAIRE
High Bay, Enclosed

DIMENSIONS
• When optical assembly contains a quartz socket (switched or nonswitched), an additional 1.125 inches (29mm) must be added to the
overall height due to double stack disconnect.
• For wet location dimensions 1.72 inches (44mm) must be added to
overall height.

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

NOTES
See explanation on ”Optical Flexibility“ Page I-5. See References.

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Ballast and Optical

lbs
30-45

kgs
14-20

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
Ballast Type / Voltage
60HZ
120, 208
Light
240, 277
Wattage Source Multivolt 480
347
250
HPS
A,M
A,D,G,L,M A,D,G,L
400
HPS
A,M
A,D,G,L,M A,D,G,L
250
MH
A
A,D,L
A,D,L
400
MH
A
A,D,L
A,D,L
PULSE START METAL HALIDE LIGHT SOURCE
BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
250
P (MH) A
A,D,G,M
A,D,G
320
P (MH) A
A,H*
A
350
P (MH) A
A,H*
A
400
P (MH) A
A,D,G,M
A,D,G

50HZ

120
x
347
A
A
A
A

220
A,H
A,H
A
A

220
A,H,M
A,H,M
A
A

230
A,H
A,H,M
A
A

240
A,H
A,H,M
A
A

380
M
M
N/A
N/A

A
N/A
N/A
A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
A

N/A
N/A
N/A
A

N/A
N/A
N/A
A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

FILTERGLOW INDOOR LIGHTING

REFERENCES
See Page I-128 for start of Accessories.
See Page I-142 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Page I-153 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

NOTE: N/A = Not Available
* H is HPF-Linear Reactor available as 277 volt only.
Cannot be used with Automatic Switch Quartz Option.
CANADIAN NOTES:
1. "A", Autoreg, and "D", Bilevel Autoreg available 120, 277 or 347 volts only
2. 208, 240, and 480 volts require CWI ballast. Use "G" when available. Contact factory for
all others.
3. Multivolt not available.
4. 208, 240 and 480 volts with “G” ballast not available with switched quartz.

“C” OPTION
Patrol™ - Intermittent Lamp Shut-Off For Metal Halide Lamps
Automatically shuts fixture off for 15 minutes every 120 hours of operation.
To conform to lamp manufacturers’ recommended safe lamp operation.
Available on the following offerings:
• 175 -400 watt
• Metal Halide, pulse Metal Halide, Ceramic Metal Halide
• Auto Reg (CWA) or Mag Reg ballasts
• 60 hz and corresponding voltages (as shown in table) only
Note: Used with Gen 6 ballast housing — adds 4.96” to overall height.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/I-35

I

DG6 DURAGLOW ® 1000 LUMINAIRE

High Bay, Open — Optical Sliding Disconnect Series
APPLICATIONS
• For over 30 ft. (9 meter) applications in factories, foundries, machine
shops, and other industrial environments

With

I

DURAGLOW INDOOR LIGHTING

EZ Connect

TM

SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• 1598 Listed
Suitable For Damp Locations
• Listed to Canadian
Standards and codes
• Open, ventilated optical
assembly
• Unique optical sliding
disconnect
• Threaded slide-in mounting
adapter for easy mounting
• 55° C ambient, standard

ORDERING NUMBER
DG6 G
01
M
LOGIC
PRODUCT
IDENT
XXX
DG6 =
Duraglow
1000
Luminaire

COLOR
X
G = Gray
Electro
Coat
W = White
Polyester
Powder

WATTAGE LIGHT
SOURCE
XX
X
40 = 400 M = MH
75 = 750 S = HPS
01 = 1000 P = Pulse
Start
MH

• In-line EZ Connect™ plug-in
adapter port allows for:
• hook/loop, cord & NEMA plug
• plug-in modular wiring
systems
• plug-in fuse kits
• Symmetrical heavy-duty
die-cast aluminum ballast
housing with electrocoat gray
or white polyester paint finish
• Single casting integral
hook/loop and mounting plate
is available

• Adjustable mogul base
socket -E39 standard
• ALGLAS® finish on
faceted reflector
• Safety chain provisions
• Shipped as components:
Ballast, Optical. Magnapack
available for ballast
See Technical Section
• Pulse start system for metal
halide available. See Page I-155

Exclusionary base socket is available for use with Metal Halide lamps in open
fixtures to comply with NEC 2005 regulations (GELS “S” Option)
Customer should consult or review local electrical codes for compliance.
0

A

V2

VOLTAGE

BALLAST
OPTICAL
TYPE
CODE
X
X
XX
V7= Open
60Hz
See Ballast
&Ventilated
0 =120/
Selection
17 in.
208/
Table
240/277 A = Autoreg Reflector
MULTIVOLT D = System 3
V2= Open
1 = 120
Bilevel
2 = 208
Autoreg (See &Ventilated
22 in.
Note: Lamp 3 = 240
Technical
Reflector
is vertical 4 = 277
Section)
base up.
5 = 480
CANADIAN
G
=
Lamp not
D = 347
included.
F = 120X347 Mag-Reg
(Grounded
T = 220
Socket Shell)
50Hz
H = HPF
6 = 220
Reactor or Lag
R= 230
L = Super Low
Y = 240
Loss Autoreg
G= 380
M = Mag-Reg

EX

11

B

PHOTOMETRY
CODE
XX
XX = Select
Code
Below

MOUNTING
CODE
XX
11 = Pendant mounting
12 = Pendant mounting for 1000w HPS
Multivolt (Not available with EZ Connect
9-pin plug)
13 = Provision for Slide-on Primary Electrical
Disconnect. Order TWOBP Box (Thru Feed
Capability Only) Separately.
14 = Provision for Slide-on Primary Electrical
Disconnect. Order PED Box (Pendant and
Thru Feed Capability) Separately
15 = Prewire with EZ-Loop, Cord and Plug Part of
“Power Hook”. Order Receptacle/Hook Box
Separately. (Not CSA/CUL)
31 = Prewire with EZ-Hook, 3-ft (0.9 Meters)
#16/3
Cord, and Nema Plug
33 = Prewire with EZ-Loop, 3-ft (0.9 Meters) #16/3
Cord, and Nema Plug (Order locking
receptacle hook box separately.)

OPTIONS

MODULAR PREWIRE
41 = ACS with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
69 = ACS with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
43 = ACS with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
V7 OPTICAL - Open &Ventilated 17 in. Reflector
70 = ACS with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
MH, requires “S” Option EX39 base socket
51 = Sentinel with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
Light
Spacing Socket
Photometric Optical
Photometry 71 = Sentinel with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
Wattage Source
Criteria Position Curve
Code
Code
53 = Sentinel with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
400
MH,P
1.1
11
174980
V7
EX
72 = Sentinel with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
400
MH,P
1.3
9
174981
V7
EU
400
MH,P
1.6
5
177098
V7
EQ
Note: ACS = Flex 3 +
400
HPS
1.0
5
174984
V7
EQ
Sentinel = EZ Flex II (FSC)
400
HPS
1.4
3
174985
V7
EO
F4 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook V2 OPTICAL - Open &Ventilated 22 in. Reflector
Bay Flex GE-LT (no phase selection required)
F5 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook MH, requires “S” Option EX39 base socket
Bay Flex GE HLA (A phase)
Light
Spacing Socket
Photometric Optical
Photometry
F6 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Wattage Source
Criteria Position Curve
Code
Code
Bay Flex GE HLA (B phase)
400
MH,P
0.7
7
174978
V2
ES
F7 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook 750
P
0.8
7
451975
V2
ES
Bay Flex GE HLA (C phase)
750
P
1.0
L
451978
V2
EL
750
P
1.4
G
451977
V2
EG
1000*
MH
1.0
11
174988
V2
EX
1000*
MH
1.5
7
174989
V2
ES
1000*
MH (Coated)
1.1
11
175576
V2
EX
1000*
MH (Coated)
1.4
7
175583
V2
ES
400
HPS
0.7
2
174982
V2
EN
750
HPS
0.9
9
178152
V2
EU
750
HPS
1.3
3
178155
V2
EO
1000
HPS
1.1
7
175274
V2
ES
*Note: When using 1000 W (PMH) Pulse Metal Halide BT37 lamp, use 400W MH
socket positions as listed.

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE

X
A = 65°C maximum
ambient
B = Time Delay
Automatically
Switched
Quartz
F = Fusing (Not
available with
D or W option)
G = Secondary Wiring
Access 7/8 in. dia.
knockout
(Not available with D
or W option)
K = Encapsulated Ballast
Q = Non-Time Delay
Automatically
Switched Quartz
R = Non-Switched Quartz.
S = Exclusionary mogul
base socket for MH
open fixtures
T = E40 / European
Mogul Base Socket
Note: See page I-128 for
Accessory Index and
Descriptions.
Note: See page I-153 for
explanation of Options.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-36/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

■

Most commonly ordered

DG6 DURAGLOW ® 1000 LUMINAIRE
High Bay, Enclosed

DIMENSIONS
• When optical assembly contains a quartz socket (switched or nonswitched), an additional 1.125 inches (29mm) must be added to the
overall height due to double stack disconnect.
• 750 and 1000 watt with “A”, 65C Ambient Option, add 2.50 inches to
overall height.

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

NOTES
See explanation on ”Optical Flexibility“ Page I-5. See References.

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Ballast and Optical

lbs
39-51

kgs
18-23

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
Ballast Type / Voltage
60HZ
120, 208
Light
240, 277
Wattage Source Multivolt 480
347
400
HPS
A
A,D,G,L,M A,D,G,L
750
HPS
N/A
A,D*
A,D*
1000
HPS** A
A
A
400
MH
A
A,D,L
A,D,L
1000
MH
A
A***,D
A,D
PULSE START METAL HALIDE LIGHT SOURCE
BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
400
P (MH) A
A,D,G
A,D,G
750
P (MH) N/A
A
N/A

50HZ

120
x
347
A,G
N/A
N/A
A
N/A

220
A,H
N/A
A
A
A

220
A,H,M
N/A
N/A
A
A

230
A,H,M
N/A
N/A
A
A

240
A,H,M
N/A
N/A
A
A

380
M
N/A
N/A
N/A
A

A
N/A

N/A
N/A

A
N/A

A
N/A

A
N/A

N/A
N/A

V7 17.13in DIA (434mm)
V2 22.80in DIA (579mm)

DURAGLOW INDOOR LIGHTING

REFERENCES
See Page I-128 for start of Accessories.
See Page I-142 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Page I-153 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

NOTE: N/A = Not Available
* Automatic Switch Quartz Option not available with Bilevel
**1000 watt HPS Multivolt not available with EZ Connect 9-pin plug. Order only with
special mounting code 12.
***120, 208 and 240 volt available as Multivolt only.
CANADIAN NOTES:
1. "A", Autoreg, and "D", Bilevel Autoreg available 120, 277 or 347 volts only
2. 1000 Watt Metal Halide and HPS available 120, 277 or 347 volt Autoreg only.
3. 208, 240, and 480 volts require CWI ballast. Use "G" when available. Contact factory for all others.
4. Multivolt not available.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/I-37

I

DG5 DURAGLOW ® 400 LUMINAIRE

High Bay, Open — Optical Sliding Disconnect Series
APPLICATIONS
• For over 20 ft. (6 meter) applications assembly, maintainance or storage
areas, hangers, recreation centers, and other high bay applications

With

I

DURAGLOW INDOOR LIGHTING

EZ Connect

TM

SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• 1598 Listed
• plug-in modular wiring
Suitable For Damp Locations
systems
• plug-in fuse kits
• Listed to Canadian standards
• Symmetrical heavy-duty
and codes
die-cast aluminum ballast
• Open, ventilated optical assembly
• Unique optical sliding disconnect housing with electrocoat gray
or white polyester paint finish
• Threaded slide-in mounting
• Single casting integral
adapter for easy mounting
hook/loop and mounting plate
• 55° C ambient, standard
is available
™
• In-line EZ Connect plug-in
•
Adjustable mogul base
adapter port allows for:
socket -E39 standard
• hook/loop, cord & NEMA plug

Exclusionary base socket is available for use with Metal Halide lamps in open
fixtures to comply with NEC 2005 regulations (GELS “S” Option)
Customer should consult or review local electrical codes for compliance.

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
DG5

G

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXX
DG5 =
Duraglow
400
Luminaire

COLOR

40

M

0

WATTAGE LIGHT
SOURCE
X
XX
X
G = Gray
25 = 250 M = MH
Electro 32 = 320 S = HPS
Coat
35 = 350 P = Pulse
W = White
40 = 400
Start
Polyester
MH
Powder
Note: Lamp
is vertical
base up.
Lamp not
included.

A

VOLTAGE

BALLAST
TYPE
X
X
0 = 120/
See Ballast
208/
Selection
240/277 Table
MULTIVOLT A =Autoreg
1 = 120
D=
2 = 208
Systems 3
3 = 240
Bilevel
4 = 277
Autoreg
5 = 480
(See
D = 347
Technical
F=
Section)
120X347 G =
T = 220
CANADIAN
Mag-Reg
50Hz
(Grounded
Socket
6 = 220
Shell)
R = 230
H = HPF
Y = 240
Reactor or
G = 380
Lag
L = Super
Low Loss
Autoreg
M = MagReg

V7

EX

11

B

OPTICAL
CODE
XX
V7= Open
and
ventilated
17-in.
Reflector

PHOTOMETRY
CODE
XX
XX = Select
Code
Below

MOUNTING
CODE
XX
XX = Select Code Below
11 = Pendant mounting
13 = Provision for Slide-on Primary Electrical
Disconnect. Order TWOBP Box (Thru Feed
Capability Only) Separately.
14 = Provision for Slide-on Primary Electrical
Disconnect. (Pendant and Thru Feed
Capability) Order PED Box Separately
15 = Prewire with EZ-Loop, Cord and Plug Part of
“Power Hook”. Order Receptacle/Hook Box
Separately. (Not CSA/CUL)
31 = Prewire with EZ-Hook, 3-ft (0.9 Meters) #16/3
Cord, and Nema Plug
33 = Prewire with EZ-Loop, 3-ft (0.9 Meters) #16/3
Cord, and Nema Plug (Order locking
receptacle hook box separately.)

OPTIONS

V2= Open
and
ventilated
22-in.
Reflector
Note: Do
not use
open
opticals
with lamps
specified
for use in
enclosed
opticals
only

MODULAR PREWIRE
41 = ACS with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
69 = ACS with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
43 = ACS with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
70 = ACS with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
51 = Sentinel with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
71 = Sentinel with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
53 = Sentinel with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
72 = Sentinel with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
Note: ACS = Flex 3 +
Sentinel = EZ Flex II (FSC)

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
V7 OPTICAL - Open & Ventilated 17 in. Reflector
MH, requires “S” Option EX39 base socket
Wattage
350, 400
350, 400
350, 400
350, 400
350, 400
350, 400
250 - 400
250 - 400
250 - 400

Light
Source
MH,P
MH,P
MH,P
MH(Coated),P
MH(Coated),P
MH(Coated),P
HPS
HPS
HPS

• ALGLAS® finish on faceted
reflector
• Safety chain provisions
• Shipped as components:
Ballast, Optical. Magnapack
available for ballast
See Technical Section
• Pulse start system for metal
halide available. See Page I-155

Spacing
Criteria
1.1
1.3
1.6
1.2
1.5
1.9
1.0
1.4
1.9

Socket
Position
11
9
5
11
9
5
5
3
1

Photometric
Curve
174980
174981
177098
175933
175320
175930
174984
174985
175641

Optical
Code
V7
V7
V7
V7
V7
V7
V7
V7
V7

F4 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE-LT (no phase selection required)
Photometry F5 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Code
Bay Flex GE HLA (A phase)
EX
F6 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook EU
Bay Flex GE HLA (B phase)
EQ
F7 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook EX
Bay Flex GE HLA (C phase)
EU
EQ
EQ
EO
EM

Optical
Code
V2
V2
V2

Photometry
Code
ES
EX
EN

X
A = 65°C maximum
ambient*
B = Time Delay
Automatically
Switched
Quartz
C= Patrol™
Intermittent
Automatic Lamp
Shut-Off For Metal
Halide Lamps (see
opposing page)
F = Fusing
K = Encapsulated
Ballast (For use
with 250 & 400 watt
Auto Reg Ballast
only)
G = Secondary Wiring
Access. 7/8 in. dia.
knockout
Q = Non-Time Delay
Automatically
Switched Quartz
R = Non-Switched Quartz.
S = Exclusionary mogul
base socket for MH
open fixtures
T = E40 / European Socket
Y = Solo Bilevel Port
(See page I-126)
Note: See page I-128 for
Accessory Index and
Descriptions.
Note: See page I-153 for
explanation of Options.
*65°C available for 250
and 400 watt Auto Reg
Ballast only.

V2 OPTICAL - Open & Ventilated 22 in. Reflector
MH, requires “S” Option EX39 base socket
Wattage
400
400
250 - 400

Light
Source
MH,P
MH,P
HPS

Spacing
Criteria
0.7
0.9
0.7

Socket
Position
7
11
2

Photometric
Curve
174978
179165
174982

NOTE: 320 watt available — contact factory

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-38/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

■

Most commonly ordered

DG5 DURAGLOW ® 400 LUMINAIRE
High Bay, Open

DIMENSIONS
When optical assembly contains a quartz socket (switched or nonswitched), an additional 1.125 inches (29mm) must be added to the
overall height due to double stack disconnect.
NOTES
See explanation on ”Optical Flexibility“ Page I-5. See References.

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Ballast and Optical

lbs
25-37

kgs
11-17

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
Ballast Type / Voltage
60HZ
120, 208
Light
240, 277
Wattage Source Multivolt 480
347
250
HPS
A,M
A,D,G,L,M A,D,G,L
400
HPS
A,M
A,D,G,L,M A,D,G,L
250
MH
A
A,D,L
A,D,L
400
MH
A
A,D,L
A,D,L
PULSE START METAL HALIDE LIGHT SOURCE
BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
250
P (MH) A
A,D,G,M
A,D,G
320
P (MH) A
A,H*
A
350
P (MH) A
A,H*
A
400
P (MH) A
A,D,G,M
A,D,G

50HZ

120
x
347
A
A
A
A

220
A,H
A,H
A
A

220
A,H,M
A,H,M
A
A

230
A,H
A,H,M
A
A

240
A,H
A,H,M
A
A

380
M
M
N/A
N/A

A
N/A
N/A
A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
A

N/A
N/A
N/A
A

N/A
N/A
N/A
A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

DURAGLOW INDOOR LIGHTING

REFERENCES
See Page I-128 for start of Accessories.
See Page I-142 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Page I-153 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

NOTE: N/A = Not Available
* H is HPF-Linear Reactor available as 277 volt only.
Cannot be used with Automatic Switch Quartz Option.
CANADIAN NOTES:
1. "A", Autoreg, and "D", Bilevel Autoreg available 120, 277 or 347 volts only
2. 208, 240, and 480 volts require CWI ballast. Use "G" when available. Contact factory for all others.
3. Multivolt not available.
4. 208, 240 and 480 volts with “G” ballast not available with switched quartz.

“C” OPTION
Patrol™ - Intermittent Lamp Shut-Off For Metal Halide Lamps
Automatically shuts fixture off for 15 minutes every 120 hours of operation.
To conform to lamp manufacturers’ recommended safe lamp operation.
Available on the following offerings:
• 175 -400 watt
• Metal Halide, pulse Metal Halide, Ceramic Metal Halide
• Auto Reg (CWA) or Mag Reg ballasts
• 60 hz and corresponding voltages (as shown in table) only
Note: Used with Gen 6 ballast housing — adds 4.96” to overall height.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/I-39

I

OG6 OMNIGLOW TM 1000 LUMINAIRE

High Bay, Enclosed or Open — Optical Sliding Disconnect Series
APPLICATIONS
• For over 30 ft. (9 meter) applications in assembly lines, inspection areas,
production bays, storage areas warehouses and commercial areas

With

I

OMNIGLOW INDOOR LIGHTING

EZ Connect

TM

SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• 1598 Listed
Suitable For Damp Locations
• Listed to Canadian standards
and codes
• Choice of open/ventilated or
enclosed/filtered opticals
• Clear tempered door-glass
lens on enclosed units
• Unique optical sliding disconnect
• 55° C ambient, standard
• Borosilicate prismatic glass
reflector with bright zinc-

ORDERING NUMBER
OG6 G
01
M
LOGIC
PRODUCT COLOR
IDENT
X
XXX
OG6 =
G = Gray
Omniglow
Electro
1000
Coat
Luminaire W = White
Polyester
Powder

WATTAGE LIGHT
SOURCE
XX
X
40 = 400 M = MH
75 = 750 S = HPS
01 = 1000 P = Pulse
Start
MH

plated, corrosion-resistant steel
frame
• In-line EZ Connect™ plug-in
adapter port allows for:
• hook/loop, cord & NEMA plug
• plug-in modular wiring systems
• plug-in fuse kits
• Symmetrical heavy-duty
die-cast aluminum ballast
housing with electrocoat gray
or white polyester paint finish
• Single casting integral

Exclusionary base socket is available for use with Metal Halide lamps in open
fixtures to comply with NEC 2005 regulations (GELS “S” Option)
Customer should consult or review local electrical codes for compliance.
0

A

BALLAST
TYPE
X
X
60Hz
See Ballast
0 =120/
Selection
208/
Table
240/277 A = Autoreg
MULTIVOLT D =
1 = 120
System 3
Note: Lamp 2 = 208
Bilevel
is vertical 3 = 240
Autoreg (See
base up.
4 = 277
Technical
Lamp not
5 = 480
Section)
included.
D = 347
F = 120X347 G = CANADIAN
Mag-Reg
T = 220
(Grounded
Socket Shell)
50Hz
6 = 220
H = HPF
R= 230
Reactor or
Y = 240
Lag
G= 380
L = Super
Low Loss
Autoreg
M = Mag-Reg

VOLTAGE

V8

ES

OPTICAL
CODE
XX
V4=Open and
Ventilated
14 in.
Reflector

PHOTOMETRY
CODE
XX
XX = Select
Code from
Photometric
Selection
Table

E4=Enclosed
and Filtered
14 in.
Reflector
V8=Open and
Ventilated
18 in.
Reflector
E8=Enclosed
and Filtered
18 in.
Reflector

11

MOUNTING
CODE
XX
11 = Pendant mounting
12 = Pendant mounting for 1000w HPS
Multivolt (Not available with EZ
Connect 9-pin plug)
13 = Provision for Slide-on Primary Electrical
Disconnect. Order TWOBP Box (Thru Feed
See opposing
Capability Only) Separately.
page.
14 = Provision for Slide-on Primary Electrical
Disconnect. Order PED Box (Pendant and
Thru Feed Capability) Separately
15 = Prewire with EZ-Loop, Cord and Plug Part
of “Power Hook”. Order Receptacle/Hook
Box Separately. (Not CSA/CUL)
31 = Prewire with EZ-Hook, 3-ft (0.9 Meters)
#16/3 Cord, and Nema Plug
33 = Prewire with EZ-Loop, 3-ft (0.9 Meters)
#16/3 Cord, and Nema Plug (Order
locking receptacle hook box separately.)

Note: Do not
use open
optical with
lamps
specified for
use with
enclosed
fixtures only.

MODULAR PREWIRE
41 = ACS with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
69 = ACS with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
43 = ACS with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
70 = ACS with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
51 = Sentinel with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
71 = Sentinel with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
53 = Sentinel with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
72 = Sentinel with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Loop

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
Ballast Type / Voltage
60HZ
120, 208
Light
240, 277
Wattage Source Multivolt 480
347
400
HPS
A
A,D,G,L,M A,D,G,L
750
HPS
N/A
A,D*
A,D*
1000
HPS** A
A
A
400
MH
A
A,D,L
A,D,L
1000**** MH
A
A***,D
A,D
PULSE START METAL HALIDE LIGHT SOURCE
BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
400
P (MH) A
A,D,G
A,D,G
750
P (MH) N/A
A
N/A

hook/loop and mounting plate
is available
• Threaded slide-in mounting
adapter for easy mounting
• Adjustable mogul base
socket -E39 standard
• Safety chain provisions
• Shipped as components:
Ballast, Optical. Magnapack
available for ballast
• Pulse start system for metal
halide available. See Page I-155

B
OPTIONS
X
A = 65°C maximum
ambient
B = Time Delay
Automatically
Switched
Quartz
F = Fusing
G = Secondary
Wiring Access 7/8 in.
dia. knockout
K = Encapsulated Ballast
Q = Non-Time Delay
Automatically
Switched Quartz
R = Non-Switched Quartz.
S = Exclusionary mogul
base socket for MH
open fixtures
T = E40 / European
Mogul Base Socket
Note: See page I-128 for
Accessory Index and
Descriptions.
Note: See page I-153 for
explanation of Options.

Note: ACS = Flex 3 +
Sentinel = EZ Flex II (FSC)
F4 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE-LT (no phase selection
required)
F5 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE HLA (A phase)
F6 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE HLA (B phase)
F7 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE HLA (C phase)

50HZ

120
x
347
A,G
N/A
N/A
A
N/A

220
A,H
N/A
A
A
N/A

220
A,H,M
N/A
N/A
A
N/A

230
A,H,M
N/A
N/A
A
N/A

240
A,H,M
N/A
N/A
A
N/A

380
M
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

A
N/A

N/A
N/A

A
N/A

A
N/A

A
N/A

N/A
N/A

NOTE: N/A = Not Available
* Automatic Switch Quartz Option not available with Bilevel
**1000 watt HPS Multivolt not available with EZ Connect 9-pin plug. Order only with
special mounting code 12.
***120, 208 and 240 volt available as Multivolt only
****When using 1000 W (PMH) Pulse Metal Halide BT37 lamp, use 400W MH
socket position as listed..

CANADIAN NOTES:
1. "A", Autoreg, and "D", Bilevel Autoreg available 120, 277 or 347 volts only
2. 1000 Watt Metal Halide and HPS available 120, 277 or 347 volt Autoreg only.
3. 208, 240, and 480 volts require CWI ballast. Use "G" when available.
Contact factory for all others.
4. Multivolt not available.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.

I-40/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

■

Most commonly ordered

OG6 OMNIGLOW TM 1000 LUMINAIRE
High Bay, Enclosed or Open

DIMENSIONS
• When optical assembly contains a quartz socket (switched or
non-switched), an additional 1.125 inches (29mm) must be added
to the overall height due to double stack disconnect.

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

• 750 and 1000 watt with “A”, 65C Ambient Option, add 2.50 inches
to overall height.
NOTES
See explanation on ”Optical Flexibility“ Page I-5. See References.

OMNIGLOW INDOOR LIGHTING

REFERENCES
See Page I-128 for start of Accessories.
See Page I-142 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Page I-153 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Ballast and Optical

lbs
37-66

kgs
17-30

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
(From Ordering Number Logic on previous page)

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
V4 OPTICAL - Open and Ventilated 14 in. Reflector
MH, requires “S” Option EX39 base socket
Wattage
350,400
350,400
350,400
200,250,400
200,250,400
200,250,400

Light
Source
MH,P
MH,P
MH (Coated),P
HPS
HPS
HPS

Spacing
Criteria
1.2
1.7
1.6
1.1
1.5
2.0

Socket
Position
7
3
3
K
J
G

Photometric
Curve
177978
177974
178003
177970
177969
177967

Optical
Code
V4
V4
V4
V4
V4
V4

Photometry
Code
ES
EO
EO
EK
EJ
EG

350,400
350,400
350,400
200,250,400
200,250,400

MH,P
MH,P
MH,P
HPS
HPS

1.2
1.4
1.6
1.0
1.7

7
5
4
K
H

177905
177903
177902
177948
177946

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4

ES
EQ
EP
EK
EH

E4 OPTICAL - Enclosed 14 in. Reflector

V8 OPTICAL - Open and Ventilated 18 in. Reflector
MH, requires “S” Option EX39 base socket
350,400
350,400
350,400
350,400
750
750
750
750
1000
200,250,400
750
750

MH,P
MH,P
MH,P
MH (Coated),P
P
P
P
P
MH,P
HPS
HPS
HPS

1.0
1.5
1.7
1.7
0.7
1.2
1.4
1.8
0.8
1.3
0.7
1.5

J
G
F
C
K
H
G
E
9
A
K
C

178757
178755
178754
178772
451979
451981
451982
451983
178705
178727
178746
178745

V8
V8
V8
V8
V8
V8
V8
V8
V8
V8
V8
V8

EJ
EG
EF
EC
EK
EH
EG
EE
EU
EA
EK
EC

V8 OPTICAL - Open and Ventilated 18 in. Reflector (Lamp extends below reflector)
MH, requires “S” Option EX39 base socket

Photometric Optical
Photometry
Curve
Code
Code
178707
V8
ES
178708
V8
ER
178710
V8
EP
178819
V8
ED
178818
V8
EB
V8 OPTICAL - Open and Ventilated 18 in. Reflector (Reduced envelope MH1000/U BT37)
Wattage
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000

Light
Source
MH
MH
MH
HPS
HPS

Spacing
Criteria
1.1
1.3
1.6
0.8
1.3

Socket
Position
7
6
4
D
B

MH, requires “S” Option EX39 base socket
1000
1000
1000

MH
MH
MH

1.1
1.3
1.6

Light
Source
MH,P
MH (Coated),P
MH (Coated),P
MH (Coated),P
P
P
P
P
MH,P
HPS
HPS
HPS

Spacing
Criteria
1.6
1.0
1.2
1.5
0.8
1.3
1.6
1.8
0.9
1.1
1.4
1.1

G
F
E

E8 OPTICAL - Enclosed 18 in. Reflector

178720
178719
178718

V8
V8
V8

Socket
Photometric Optical
Position Curve
Code
F
178764
E8
H
178779
E8
F
178780
E8
D
178777
E8
K
451984
E8
G
451986
E8
F
451987
E8
E
451988
E8
9
178786
E8
B
178743
E8
A
178742
E8
C
178747
E8
E8 OPTICAL - Enclosed 18 in. Reflector (Reduced envelope MH1000/U BT37)
1000
MH
1.0
G
178789
E8
1000
MH
1.5
E
178790
E8
1000
MH
1.7
D
178791
E8
Wattage
350,400
350,400
350,400
350,400
750
750
750
750
1000
200,250,400
200,250,400
750

EG
EF
EF
Photometry
Code
EF
EH
EF
ED
EK
EG
EF
EE
EU
EB
EA
EC
EG
EE
ED

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/I-41

I

OG5 OMNIGLOW TM 400 LUMINAIRE

High Bay, Enclosed or Open— Optical Sliding Disconnect Series
APPLICATIONS
• Assembly lines, inspection areas, production bays, storage areas warehouses and commercial areas

With

I

OMNIGLOW INDOOR LIGHTING

EZ Connect

TM

SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• 1598 Listed
Suitable For Damp Locations
• Listed to Canadian standards
and codes
• Choice of open/ventilated or
enclosed/filtered opticals
• Clear tempered door-glass
lens
on enclosed units
• Unique optical sliding
disconnect
• 55° C ambient, standard
• Borosilicate prismatic glass

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
OG5

G

40

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXX
OG5 =
Omniglow
400
Luminaire

COLOR

WATTAGE LIGHT
SOURCE
XX
X
25 = 250 M = MH
32 = 320 S = HPS
35 = 350 P = Pulse
40 = 400
Start MH

X
G = Gray
Electro
Coat
W = White
Polyester
Powder

M

Note: Lamp
is vertical
base up.
Lamp not
included.

reflector with bright zincplated, corrosion-resistant
steel frame
• In-line EZ Connect™ plug-in
adapter port allows for:
• hook/loop, cord & NEMA plug
• plug-in modular wiring systems
• plug-in fuse kits
• Symmetrical heavy-duty
die-cast aluminum ballast
housing with electrocoat gray
or white polyester paint finish
• Single casting integral
hook/loop and mounting plate

is available
• Threaded slide-in mounting
adapter for easy mounting
• Adjustable mogul base
socket -E39 standard
• Safety chain provisions
• Shipped as components:
Ballast, Optical. Magnapack
available for ballast
• Pulse start system for metal
halide available. See Page I-155

Exclusionary base socket is available for use with Metal Halide lamps in open
fixtures to comply with NEC 2005 regulations (GELS “S” Option)
Customer should consult or review local electrical codes for compliance.
0
VOLTAGE

A

V4

BALLAST
TYPE
X
X
60Hz
See Ballast
0 = 120/
Selection
208/
Table
240/277 A =Autoreg
MULTIVOLT D =
1 = 120
System 3
2 = 208
Bilevel
3 = 240
Autoreg
4 = 277
(See
5 = 480
Technical
D = 347
Section)
F=
G=
120X347
CANADIAN
T = 220
Mag-Reg
(Grounded
Socket Shell)
50Hz
H = HPF
6 = 220
Reactor or
R = 230
Lag
Y = 240
L = Super
G = 380
Low Loss
Autoreg
M = MagReg

ES

OPTICAL
CODE
XX
V4 = Open &
Ventilated
14-In.

PHOTOMETRY
CODE
XX
XX = Select
Code from
Photometric
Selection
V8 = Open & Table
Ventilated
18-In.
See opposing
page
E4 =
Enclosed
and Filtered
14-In.
E8 =
Enclosed
and Filtered
18-In.

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
Ballast Type / Voltage
60HZ
50HZ
120, 208
120
Light
240, 277
x
Wattage Source Multivolt 480
347
347 220 220
230
240
380
250
HPS
A,M
A,D,G,L,M A,D,G,L A
A,H A,H,M A,H
A,H
M
400
HPS
A,M
A,D,G,L,M A,D,G,L A
A,H A,H,M A,H,M A,H,M M
250
MH
A
A,D,L
A,D,L
A
A
A
A
A
N/A
400
MH
A
A,D,L
A,D,L
A
A
A
A
A
N/A
PULSE START METAL HALIDE LIGHT SOURCE
BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
250
P (MH) A
A,D,G,M
A,D,G
A
N/A N/A N/A
N/A
N/A
320
P (MH) A
A,H*
A
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
350
P (MH) A
A,H*
A
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
400
P (MH) A
A,D,G,M
A,D,G
A
N/A A
A
A
N/A
NOTE: N/A = Not Available
* H is HPF-Linear Reactor available as 277 volt only.
Cannot be used with Automatic Switch Quartz Option.
CANADIAN NOTES:
1. "A", Autoreg, and "D", Bilevel Autoreg available 120, 277 or 347 volts only
2. 208, 240, and 480 volts require CWI ballast. Use "G" when available. Contact factory for all others.
3. Multivolt not available.
4. 208, 240 and 480 volts with “G” ballast not available with switched quartz.

11

B

MOUNTING
CODE
XX
XX = Select Code Below
11 = Pendant mounting
13 = Provision for Slide on Primary Electrical
Disconnect. Order TWOBP Box (Thru Feed
Capability Only) Separately.
14 = Provision for Slide-on Primary Electrical
Disconnect. (Pendant and Thru Feed
Capability) Order PED Box Separately
15 = Prewire with EZ-Loop, Cord and Plug Part
of “Power Hook”. Order Receptacle/Hook
Box Separately. (Not CSA/CUL)
31 = Prewire with EZ-Hook, 3-ft (0.9 Meters) #16/3
Cord, and Nema Plug
33 = Prewire with EZ-Loop, 3-ft (0.9 Meters) #16/3
Cord, and Nema Plug (Order locking
receptacle hook box separately.)

OPTIONS

MODULAR PREWIRE
41 = ACS with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
69 = ACS with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
43 = ACS with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
70 = ACS with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
51 = Sentinel with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
71 = Sentinel with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
53 = Sentinel with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
72 = Sentinel with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
Note: ACS = Flex 3 +
Sentinel = EZ Flex II (FSC)
F4 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE-LT (no phase selection required)
F5 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE HLA (A phase)
F6 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE HLA (B phase)
F7 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE HLA (C phase)

X
A = 65°C maximum
ambient*
B = Time Delay
Automatically
Switched
Quartz
C= Patrol™
Intermittent
Automatic Lamp
Shut-Off For Metal
Halide Lamps (see
opposing page)
F = Fusing
G = Secondary
Wiring Access.
7/8 in. dia. knockout
K = Encapsulated
Ballast (For use with
250 & 400 watt Auto
Reg Ballast only)
Q = Non-Time Delay
Automatically
Switched Quartz
R = Non-Switched Quartz.
S = Exclusionary mogul
base socket for MH
open fixtures
T = E40 / European Socket
Y = Solo Bilevel Port
(See page I-126)
Note: See page I-128 for
Accessory Index and
Descriptions.
Note: See page I-153 for
explanation of Options.
* 65°C available for 250
and 400 watt Auto Reg
Ballast only.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-42/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

■

Most commonly ordered

OG5 OMNIGLOW TM 400 LUMINAIRE
High Bay, Enclosed or Open

DIMENSIONS
When optical assembly contains a quartz socket (switched or nonswitched), an additional 1.125 inches (29mm) must be added to the
overall height due to double stack disconnect.
NOTES
See explanation on ”Optical Flexibility“ Page I-5. See References.

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

OMNIGLOW INDOOR LIGHTING

REFERENCES
See Page I-128 for start of Accessories.
See Page I-142 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Page I-153 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
lbs
Ballast and 14-in. Glass Optical 33-48
Ballast and 18-in. Glass Optical 39-68

kgs
15-22
18-31

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
V4 OPTICAL - Open 14 in. Reflector
MH, requires “S” Option EX39 base socket
Wattage
350, 400
350, 400
350, 400
250, 400
250, 400
250, 400

Light
Source
MH,P
MH,P
MH(Coated),P
HPS
HPS
HPS

Spacing
Criteria
1.2
1.7
1.6
1.1
1.5
2.0

Socket
Position
7
3
3
K
J
G

Photometric
Curve
177978
177974
178003
177970
177969
177967

Optical
Code
V4
V4
V4
V4
V4
V4

Photometry
Code
ES
EO
EO
EK
EJ
EG

350, 400
350, 400
350, 400
350, 400
250, 400

MH,P
MH,P
MH,P
MH(Coated),P
HPS

1.0
1.5
1.7
1.7
1.3

J
G
F
C
A

178757
178755
178754
178772
178727

V8
V8
V8
V8
V8

EJ
EG
EF
EC
EA

250,320*
250,320*
350,400
350,400
350,400
250,400
250,400

MH,P
MH(Coated),P
MH,P
MH,P
MH,P
HPS
HPS

1.4
1.8
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.0
1.7

H
D
7
5
4
K
H

177924
177931
177905
177903
177902
177948
177946

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4

EH
ED
ES
EQ
EP
EK
EH

350,400
350,400
350,400
350,400
250,400
250,400

MH,P
MH(Coated),P
MH(Coated),P
MH(Coated),P
HPS
HPS

1.6
1.0
1.2
1.5
1.1
1.4

F
H
F
D
B
A

178764
178779
178780
178777
178743
178742

E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8

EF
EH
EF
ED
EB
EA

V8 OPTICAL - Open 18 in. Reflector
MH, requires “S” Option EX39 base socket

E4 OPTICAL - Enclosed 14 in. Reflector

E8 OPTICAL - Enclosed 18 in. Reflector

“C” OPTION
Patrol™ - Intermittent Lamp Shut-Off For Metal Halide Lamps
Automatically shuts fixture off for 15 minutes every 120
hours of operation.
To conform to lamp manufacturers’ recommended safe lamp
operation.
Available on the following offerings:
• 175 -400 watt
• Metal Halide, pulse Metal Halide, Ceramic Metal Halide
• Auto Reg (CWA) or Mag Reg ballasts
• 60 hz and corresponding voltages (as shown in table) only
Note: Used with Gen 6 ballast housing — adds 4.96” to
overall height.

*320 watt, ED28 pulse start MH

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/I-43

I

VS5 VERSABEAM TM DISCONNECT LUMINAIRE
High Bay or Low Bay, Enclosed —
Optical Sliding Disconnect Series

With

I

VERSABEAM INDOOR LIGHTING

EZ Connect

TM

APPLICATIONS
• For 15 to 35 ft. (5 to 11 meter) applications requiring high efficiency and the need for low glare
with HID lighting
• Especially useful in difficult assembly and machine situations
• Can be used in place of either high bay or low bay conventional luminaires
• Very effective in sites that have obstructions
• Refractor with combination of
housing with electrocoat gray
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
reflecting and refracting prisms
or white polyester paint finish
• 1598 Listed
for high efficiency and good
• Single casting integral
Suitable For Damp Locations
brightness control
hook/loop and mounting plate
• 1598 Listed for metal halide
• ALGLAS® finish on faceted
is available
lamps in polymeric lamp
reflector
• Threaded slide-in mounting
containment barriers
™
adapter for easy mounting
• Listed to Canadian standards • In-line EZ Connect plug-in
adapter
port
allows
for:
• Mogul base socket - E39
and codes
standard
• hook/loop, cord & NEMA plug
• Enclosed and gasketed optics
• Safety chain provisions
• plug-in modular wiring
• Unique optical sliding disconnect
systems
• Shipped as components:
• Charcoal filtered optics
Ballast, Optical. Magnapack
• plug-in fuse kits
• 55° C ambient, standard
available for ballast
• Symmetrical heavy-duty
• UV stabilized injection molded
• Pulse start system for metal
die-cast aluminum ballast
prismatic refractor for low
halide available. See Page I-155
brightness

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
VS5

G

40

M

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXX
VS5 =
Versabeam
Disconnect
Luminaire

COLOR

WATTAGE LIGHT
VOLTAGE BALLAST
SOURCE
TYPE
XX
X
X
X
17 = 175 M = MH
60Hz
See
20 = 200 S = HPS
0 = 120/
Ballast
25 = 250 P = Pulse
208/
Selection
32 = 320
Start MH 240/277 Table
35 = 350
MULTIVOLT A =Autoreg
40 = 400 Note: Lamp is 1 = 120
D=
vertical base 2 = 208
System 3
up. Lamp not 3 = 240
Bilevel
included.
4 = 277
Autoreg
5 = 480
(See
D = 347
Technical
F = 120X347 Section)
T = 220
G=
CANADIAN
50Hz
Mag-Reg
6 = 220
(Grounded
R = 230
Socket
Y = 240
Shell)
G = 380
H = HPF
Reactor or
Lag
L = Super
Low Loss
Autoreg
M = MagReg

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC

I-44/2005

0

A

EA

VA

OPTICAL
CODE
XX
EA =
Enclosed
Acrylic
ES = ST
Acrylic

PHOTOMETRY
CODE
XX
VA = FIXED

11

B

MOUNTING
OPTIONS
CODE
XX
X
XX = Select Code Below
A = 65°C maximum
11 = Pendant mounting
ambient*
13 = Provision for Slide-on Primary Electrical B = Time Delay
Disconnect. Order TWOBP Box (Thru Feed
Automatically
Capability Only) Separately.
Switch Quartz
(Not available with D or W option)
C= Patrol™
Intermittent
14 = Provision for Slide-on Primary Electrical
Automatic Lamp
Disconnect. (Pendant and Thru Feed
Shut-Off For Metal
Capability) Order PED Box Separately
Halide Lamps (see
(Not available with D and W option)
opposing page)
15 = Prewire with EZ Loop, Cord and Plug Part
of “Power Hook”. Order Receptacle/Hook D = Severe Duty
(meets Wet
Box Separately. (Not CSA/CUL)
Location)
31 = Prewire with EZ-Hook, 3-ft (0.9 Meters)
(For use with
#16/3 Cord, and Nema Plug
Mounting Code
33 = Prewire with EZ-Loop, 3-ft (0.9 Meters)
67 only)
#16/3 Cord, and Nema Plug (Order locking
F = Fusing (Not
receptacle hook box separately.)
available with
67 = Pendant, Nut and Hanger Hub Mounting.
D or W option)
(For use with “D” or “W”, Wet Locations
G = Secondary Wiring
Option, only)
Access. 7/8 in. dia.
(See pages I-153 and I-154 for details)
knockout
(Not available with D
MODULAR PREWIRE
or W option)
41 = ACS with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
K = Encapsulated
69 = ACS with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
Ballast (For use with
43 = ACS with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
250 & 400 watt Auto
70 = ACS with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
Reg Ballast only)
51 = Sentinel with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
EA OPTICAL - Enclosed Acrylic
71 = Sentinel with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Hook Q = Non-Time Delay
Light
Photometric
Optical
Photometry 53 = Sentinel with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
Automatically
Wattage
Source
Curve
Code
Code
Switched Quartz
72 = Sentinel with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
R = Non-Switched
175
P(MH)
178508
EA
VA
Quartz.
Note:
ACS
=
Flex
3
+
250
MH
178508
EA
VA
T = E40 / European
Sentinel = EZ Flex II (FSC)
400
MH
178437
EA
VA
Socket
320 ED28*
P(MH)
178508
EA
VA
W = Wet Location
F4 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook 350
P(MH)
178437
EA
VA
(For use with
Bay
Flex
GE-LT
(no
phase
selection
required)
400
P(MH)
178437
EA
VA
Mounting Code
F5 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook 200
HPS
178438
EA
VA
15 and 67 only)
Bay Flex GE HLA (A phase)
250
HPS
178438
EA
VA
Y = Solo Bilevel Port
F6 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook 400
HPS
178438
EA
VA
(See page I-126)
Bay Flex GE HLA (B phase)
F7 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook *320 watt, ED28 pulse start MH
Note: See page I-128 for
Bay Flex GE HLA (C phase)
Accessory Index and
Descriptions.
Note: See page
I-153 for explanation of
Options.
*65°C available for
250 watt Ballast
only.
GE Lighting Systems, Inc.

X
G = Gray
Electro
Coat
W = White
Polyester
Powder

www.gelightingsystems.com

■

Most commonly ordered

VS5 VERSABEAM TMDISCONNECT LUMINAIRE
High Bay or Low Bay, Enclosed

DIMENSIONS
• When optical assembly contains a quartz socket (switched or nonswitched), an additional 1.125 inches (29mm) must be added to the
overall height due to double stack disconnect.
• For wet location dimensions 1.72 inches (44mm) must be added to
overall height.

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

NOTES
See explanation on ”Optical Flexibility“ Page I-5. See References.

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Ballast and Optical

lbs
32-42

kgs
15-19

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
Ballast Type / Voltage
60HZ
120, 208
Light
240, 277
Wattage Source Multivolt 480
347
200
HPS
M
M
N/A
250
HPS
A,M
A,D,G,L,M A,D,G,L
310
HPS
M
M
N/A
400
HPS
A,M
A,D,G,L,M A,D,G,L
175
MH
A
A
A
250
MH
A
A,D,L
A,D,L
400
MH
A
A,D,L
A,D,L
PULSE START METAL HALIDE LIGHT SOURCE
BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
175
P (MH) N/A
A
A
250
P (MH) A
A,D,G,M
A,D,G
320
P (MH) A
A,H*
A
350
P (MH) A
A,H*
A
400
P (MH) A
A,D,G,M
A,D,G

50HZ

120
x
347
N/A
A
N/A
A
A
A
A

220
N/A
A,H
N/A
A,H
N/A
A
A

220
A
A,H,M
N/A
A,H,M
N/A
A
A

230
A
A,H
N/A
A,H,M
N/A
A
A

240
A
A,H
N/A
A,H,M
N/A
A
A

380
N/A
M
N/A
M
N/A
N/A
N/A

A
A
N/A
N/A
A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

NOTE: N/A = Not Available
* H is HPF-Linear Reactor available as 277 volt only.
Cannot be used with Automatic Switch Quartz Option.

VERSABEAM INDOOR LIGHTING

REFERENCES
See Page I-128 for start of Accessories.
See Page I-142 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Page I-153 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

“C” OPTION
Patrol™ - Intermittent Lamp Shut-Off For Metal Halide Lamps
Automatically shuts fixture off for 15 minutes every 120
hours of operation.
To conform to lamp manufacturers’ recommended safe
lamp operation.
Available on the following offerings:
• 175 -400 watt
• Metal Halide, pulse Metal Halide, Ceramic Metal Halide
• Auto Reg (CWA) or Mag Reg ballasts
• 60 hz and corresponding voltages (as shown in table)
only
Note: Used with Gen 6 ballast housing — adds 4.96” to
overall height.

CANADIAN NOTES:
1. "A", Autoreg, and "D", Bilevel Autoreg available 120, 277 or 347 volts only
2. 208, 240, and 480 volts require CWI ballast. Use "G" when available. Contact factory for
all others.
3. Multivolt not available.
4. 208, 240 and 480 volts with “G” ballast not available with switched quartz.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/I-45

I

VB5 VERSABEAMTM LUMINAIRE

High Bay or Low Bay, Enclosed — Surface Mount Optical Series
APPLICATIONS
• For 15 to 35 ft. (5 to 11 meter) applications requiring high efficiency and the need for low glare
with HID lighting
• Especially useful in difficult assembly and machine situations
• Can be used in place of either high bay or low bay conventional luminaires
• Very effective in sites that have obstructions

I

VERSABEAM INDOOR LIGHTING

SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• 1598 Listed
Suitable For Damp Locations
• 1598 Listed for metal halide
lamps in polymeric lamp
containment barriers
• Listed to Canadian standards
and codes
• Enclosed and gasketed optics
• Mag-Reg = 40°C GEN 5
Mag-Reg = 55° C GEN 6
• UV stabilized injection molded
prismatic refractor for low
brightness

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
VB5

G

40

M

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
PRODUCT COLOR
IDENT
X
XXX
VB5 =
G = Gray
Versabeam
Electro
Luminaire
Coat
W = White
Polyester
Powder

0

A

WATTAGE LIGHT
VOLTAGE BALLAST
SOURCE
TYPE
XX
X
X
X
17 = 175 M = MH
60Hz
See
25 = 250 S = HPS
0 = 120/
Ballast
32 = 320 P = Pulse
208/
Selection
35 = 350
Start MH 240/277
Table
40 = 400
MULTIVOLT A =Autoreg
Note: Lamp is 1 = 120
D=
vertical base 2 = 208
System 3
up. Lamp not 3 = 240
Bilevel
included.
4 = 277
Autoreg
5 = 480
(See
D = 347
Technical
F = 120X347 Section)
T = 220
G=
CANADIAN
50Hz
Mag-Reg
6 = 220
(Grounded
R = 230
Socket
Y = 240
Shell)
G = 380
H = HPF
Reactor or
Lag
L = Super
Low Loss
Autoreg
M = MagReg

Wattage
175
250
400
250
320* ED28
350
400
250
400

Light
Source
MH
MH
MH
P(MH)
P(MH)
P(MH)
P(MH)
HPS
HPS

Photometric
Curve
178508
178508
178437
178508
178508
178437
178437
178438
178438

• Single casting integral
hook/ loop and mounting plate
is available
• Threaded slide-in mounting
adapter for easy mounting
• Mogul base socket - E39
standard
• Safety chain provisions
• Shipped as components:
Ballast, Optical. Magnapack
available for ballast
• Pulse start system for metal
halide available. See Page I-155

EA

AA

OPTICALS

11

PHOTOMETRY MOUNTING
CODE
XX
XX = Select Code Below
11 = Pendant mounting
13 = Provision for Slide-on Primary Electrical
Disconnect. Order TWOBP Box (Thru Feed
Capability Only) Separately.
(Not available with D or W option)
14 = Provision for Slide-on Primary Electrical
Disconnect. (Pendant and Thru Feed
Capability) Order PED Box Separately
(Not available with D and W option)
15 = Prewire with EZ Loop, Cord and Plug Part
of “Power Hook”. Order Receptacle/Hook
Box Separately. (Not CSA/CUL)
31 = Prewire with EZ-Hook, 3-ft (0.9 Meters)
#16/3 Cord, and Nema Plug
33 = Prewire with EZ-Loop, 3-ft (0.9 Meters)
#16/3 Cord, and Nema Plug (Order locking
receptacle hook box separately.)

B
OPTIONS

XX
XX
EA=Enclosed XX = Select
Acrylic
Code Below
Refractor

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
EA OPTICAL - Enclosed Acrylic

• Refractor with combination of
reflecting and refracting
prisms for high efficiency and
good brightness and control
• In-line EZ Connect™ plug in
adapter port allows for:
• hook/loop, cord & NEMA plug
• plug-in modular wiring systems
• plug-in fuse kits
• Symmetrical heavy-duty
die-cast aluminum ballast
housing with electrocoat gray
or white polyester paint finish
• ALGLAS® finish on faceted reflector

Optical
Code
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA

X
A = 65°C maximum
ambient*
B = Time Delay
Automatically
Switch Quartz
C= Patrol™
Intermittent
Automatic Lamp
Shut-Off For Metal
Halide Lamps (see
opposing page)
F = Fusing
G = Secondary
Wiring Access.
7/8 in. dia. knockout
K = Encapsulated
Ballast (For use with
250 & 400 watt Auto
Reg Ballast only)
Q = Non-Time Delay
Automatically
MODULAR PREWIRE
Switched Quartz
41 = ACS with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
R = Non-Switched
69 = ACS with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
Quartz.
43 = ACS with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
T = E40 / European
70 = ACS with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
Socket
51 = Sentinel with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
71 = Sentinel with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Hook Y = Solo Bilevel Port
(See page I-126)
53 = Sentinel with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
72 = Sentinel with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
Note: See page I-128 for
Accessory Index and
Photometry Note: ACS = Flex 3 +
Descriptions.
Sentinel = EZ Flex II (FSC)
Code
AV
Note: See page I-153 for
F4
=
GELS
Bay
Flex
with
6
ft
cord
&
Hook
AV
Bay Flex GE-LT (no phase selection required) explanation of Options.
AA
F5 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook AV
*65°C available for 250
Bay Flex GE HLA (A phase)
AV
watt Ballast only.
F6 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook AA
Bay Flex GE HLA (B phase)
AA
F7 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook AG
Bay Flex GE HLA (C phase)
AG

*320 watt, ED28 pulse start MH
NOTE: Socket position is fixed and not field adjustable.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-46/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

■

Most commonly ordered

VB5 VERSABEAM TM LUMINAIRE
High Bay or Low Bay, Enclosed

REFERENCES
See Page I-128 for start of Accessories.
See Page I-142 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Page I-153 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.
NOTES
Previous Versabeam optical assembly VB-EA will not fit Generation 5
ballast housing assembly. Contact factory for adapter.

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Ballast and Optical

lbs
35-38

kgs
16-17

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
Ballast Type / Voltage
60HZ
120, 208
Light
240, 277
Wattage Source Multivolt 480
347
250
HPS
A,M
A,D,G,L,M A,D,G,L
400
HPS
A,M
A,D,G,L,M A,D,G,L
175
MH
A
A
A
250
MH
A
A,D,L
A,D,L
400
MH
A
A,D,L
A,D,L
PULSE START METAL HALIDE LIGHT SOURCE
BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
175
P (MH) N/A
A
A
250
P (MH) A
A,D,G,M
A,D,G
320
P (MH) A
A,H*
A
350
P (MH) A
A,H*
A
400
P (MH) A
A,D
A,D

50HZ

120
x
347
A
A
A
A
A

220
A,H
A,H
N/A
A
A

220
A,H,M
A,H,M
N/A
A
A

230
A,H
A,H,M
N/A
A
A

240
A,H
A,H,M
N/A
A
A

380
M
M
N/A
N/A
N/A

A
A
N/A
N/A
A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

NOTE: N/A = Not Available
* H is HPF-Linear Reactor available as 277 volt only.
Cannot be used with Automatic Switch Quartz Option.
CANADIAN NOTES:
1. "A", Autoreg, and "D", Bilevel Autoreg available 120, 277 or 347 volts only
2. 208, 240, and 480 volts require CWI ballast. Use "G" when available. Contact factory for
all others.
3. Multivolt not available.
4. 208, 240 and 480 volts with “G” ballast not available with switched quartz.
5. Mag-Reg ballast has a maximum Ambient of 40°C for GEN 5 ballast housing and maximum
Ambient of 55°C for GEN 6 ballast housing.

VERSABEAM INDOOR LIGHTING

NOTES
See explanation on ”Optical Flexibility“ Page I-5. See References.

“C” OPTION
Patrol™ - Intermittent Lamp Shut-Off For Metal Halide Lamps
Automatically shuts fixture off for 15 minutes every 120
hours of operation.
To conform to lamp manufacturers’ recommended safe
lamp operation.
Available on the following offerings:
• 175 -400 watt
• Metal Halide, pulse Metal Halide, Ceramic Metal Halide
• Auto Reg (CWA) or Mag Reg ballasts
• 60 hz and corresponding voltages (as shown in table)
only
Note: Used with Gen 6 ballast housing — adds 4.96” to
overall height.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/I-47

I

OB6 OMNIBEAM TM 1000 LUMINAIRE

High Bay, Enclosed or Open — Surface Mount Optical Series
APPLICATIONS
• For over 30-foot (9 meter) applications, assembly lines, inspection areas,
production bays, storage areas, warehouses, commercial and retail areas.

With

I

OMNIBEAM INDOOR LIGHTING

EZ Connect

TM

SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• 1598 Listed
Suitable For Damp Locations
• Listed to Canadian standards
and codes
• Open/ventilated or enclosed
opticals with choice of clear or
prismatic lens
• Acrylic reflector
• Enclosed 26 inch available for
wet location - Contact factory
• In-line EZ ConnectTM plug-in
adapter port allows for:

ORDERING NUMBER
OB6
W
01
M
LOGIC
PRODUCT COLOR
IDENT
X
XXX
OB6 =
W = White
Omnibeam
Polyester
1000
Powder
Luminaire

WATTAGE LIGHT
SOURCE
XX
X
40 = 400 M = MH
75 = 750 S = HPS
01 = 1000 P = Pulse
Start
MH

• hook/loop, cord & NEMA plug
• plug-in modular wiring systems
• plug-in fuse kits
• Symmetrical heavy-duty
die-cast aluminum ballast
housing with white polyester
paint finish
• Single casting integral
hook/loop and mounting plate
is available
• Threaded slide-in mounting
adapter for easy mounting

• 55° C ambient, standard,
except as noted in Photometric
Table
• Adjustable mogul base socket E39 standard
• Safety chain provisions
• Shipped as components:
Ballast, Optical. Magnapack
available for ballast
• Pulse start system for metal
halide available. See Page I-155

Exclusionary base socket is available for use with Metal Halide lamps in open
fixtures to comply with NEC 2005 regulations (GELS “S” Option)
Customer should consult or review local electrical codes for compliance.
0

A

VOLTAGE

BALLAST
TYPE
X
X
See Ballast
60Hz
Selection
0 =120/
Table
208/
240/277 A = Autoreg
MULTIVOLT D =
1 = 120
System 3
Note: Lamp 2 = 208
Bilevel
is vertical 3 = 240
Autoreg (See
base up.
4 = 277
Technical
Lamp not
5 = 480
Section)
included.
D = 347
F = 120X347 G =
CANADIAN
T = 220
Mag-Reg
(Grounded
50Hz
Socket Shell)
6 = 220
R= 230
H = HPF
Y = 240
Reactor or
G= 380
Lag
L = Super
Low Loss
Autoreg
M = Mag-Reg

V6

AC

11

OPTICAL
CODE
XX
V6=Open
and
Ventilated
26 in.
Reflector

PHOTOMETRY
CODE
XX
XX = Select
Code
Below

MOUNTING
OPTIONS
CODE
X
XX
11 = Pendant mounting
B = Time Delay
13 = Provision for Slide-on Primary Electrical
Automatically
Disconnect. Order TWOBP Box (Thru Feed
Switched
Capability Only) Separately.
Quartz
14 = Provision for Slide-on Primary Electrical F = Fusing
Disconnect. Order PED Box (Pendant and
G = Secondary
Thru Feed Capability) Separately
Wiring Access
15 = Prewire with EZ-Loop, Cord and Plug Part of
7/8 in. dia.
“Power Hook”. Order Receptacle/Hook Box
knockout
Separately. (Not CSA/CUL)
K = Encapsulated Ballast
31 = Prewire with EZ-Hook, 3-ft (0.9 Meters) #16/3 Q = Non-Time Delay
Cord, and Nema Plug
Automatically
33 = Prewire with EZ-Loop, 3-ft (0.9 Meters) #16/3
Switched Quartz
Cord, and Nema Plug (Order locking
R = Non-Switched Quartz.
receptacle hook box separately.)
S = Exclusionary mogul
base socket for MH
open fixtures
MODULAR PREWIRE
T = E40 / European
41 = ACS with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
Mogul Base Socket
69 = ACS with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
43 = ACS with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
Note: See page I-128 for
70 = ACS with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
Accessory Index and
51 = Sentinel with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Hook Descriptions.
71 = Sentinel with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
53 = Sentinel with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
Note: See page I-153 for
72 = Sentinel with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
explanation of Options.

Note: Do
not use
open
opticals
with lamps
specified
for use
with
enclosed
fixtures
only.

B

Note: ACS = Flex 3 +
Sentinel = EZ Flex II (FSC)

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
V6 OPTICAL- Open and Ventilated 26 in. Reflector
MH, requires “S” Option EX39 base socket

Light
Max Amb Spacing Socket Photometry Photometric
Wattage Source
Temp C
Criteria Position Curve #
Code
750
P
40
1.3
A
451994
AA
750
P
40
1.5
C
451995
AC
750
P
40
1.7
E
451996
AE
750
P
40
1.9
G
451997
AG
1000*
MH (Coated) 40
2.0
C
450759
AC
750
HPS
55
1.3
A
450748
AA
750
HPS
55
1.7
E
450752
AE
*Note: When using 1000 W (PMH) Pulse Metal Halide BT37 lamp, use 400W MH
socket positions as listed on OB5 Omnibeam 400 Luminaire, page I-51.

F4 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE-LT (no phase selection required)
F5 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE HLA (A phase)
F6 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE HLA (B phase)
F7 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE HLA (C phase)

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-48/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

■

Most commonly ordered

OB6 OMNIBEAM TM 1000 LUMINAIRE
High Bay, Enclosed or Open

NOTES
See explanation on ”Optical Flexibility“ Page I-5. See References.

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Ballast and Optical

lbs
35

kgs
16

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
Ballast Type / Voltage
60HZ
120, 208
Light
240, 277
Wattage Source Multivolt 480
347
400
HPS
A
A,D,G,L,M A,D,G,L
750
HPS
N/A
A,D*
A,D*
400
MH
A
A,D,L
A,D,L
1000
MH
A
A**,D
A,D
PULSE START METAL HALIDE LIGHT SOURCE
BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
400
P (MH) A
A,D,G
A,D,G
750
P (MH) N/A
A
N/A

50HZ

120
x
347
A,G
N/A
A
N/A

220
A,H
N/A
A
A

220
A,H,M
N/A
A
A

230
A,H,M
N/A
A
A

240
A,H,M
N/A
A
A

380
M
N/A
N/A
A

A
N/A

N/A
N/A

A
N/A

A
N/A

A
N/A

N/A
N/A

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

OMNIBEAM INDOOR LIGHTING

REFERENCES
See Page I-128 for start of Accessories.
See Page I-142 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Page I-153 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

NOTE: N/A = Not Available
* Automatic Switch Quartz Option not available with Bilevel
**120, 208 and 240 volt available as Multivolt only.
CANADIAN NOTES:
1. "A", Autoreg, and "D", Bilevel Autoreg available 120, 277 or 347 volts only
2. 1000 Watt Metal Halide available 120, 277 or 347 volt Autoreg only.
3. 208, 240, and 480 volts require CWI ballast. Use "G" when available. Contact factory for all others.
4. Multivolt not available.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/I-49

I

OB5 OMNIBEAM TM 400 LUMINAIRE

High Bay, Enclosed or Open — Surface Mount Optical Series
APPLICATIONS
• For over 20-foot (6 meter) applications, assembly lines, inspection areas,
production bays, storage areas, warehouses, commercial and retail areas.

With

I

OMNIBEAM INDOOR LIGHTING

EZ Connect

TM

SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• 1598 Listed
Suitable For Damp Locations
• Listed to Canadian standards
and codes
• Open/ventilated or enclosed
opticals with choice of clear or
prismatic lens
• Acrylic reflector
• Enclosed 26 inch available for
wet location - Contact factory
• In-line EZ ConnectTM plug-in

W

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXX
OB5 =
Omnibeam
400
Luminaire

COLOR

40

M

WATTAGE LIGHT
SOURCE
X
XX
X
W=
17 = 175 M = MH
White
25 = 250 S = HPS
Polyester 32 = 320 P = Pulse
Powder 35 = 350
Sart MH
40 = 400
Note: Lamp
is vertical
base up.
Lamp not
included.

• 55° C ambient, standard,
except as noted in Photometric
Table
• Adjustable mogul base
socket -E39 standard
• Safety chain provisions
• Shipped as components:
Ballast, Optical. Magnapack
available for ballast
• Pulse start system for metal
halide available. See Page I-155

Exclusionary base socket is available for use with Metal Halide lamps in open
fixtures to comply with NEC 2005 regulations (GELS “S” Option)
Customer should consult or review local electrical codes for compliance.

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
OB5

adapter port allows for:
• hook/loop, cord & NEMA plug
• plug-in modular wiring systems
• plug-in fuse kits
• Symmetrical heavy-duty
die-cast aluminum ballast
housing with white polyester
paint finish
• Single casting integral
hook/loop and mounting plate
is available
• Threaded slide-in mounting
adapter for easy mounting

0

A

V6

AC

VOLTAGE

BALLAST
OPTICAL
PHOTOMETRY
TYPE
CODE
X
XX
X
XX
See Ballast E2=Enclosed 22 XX = Select
60Hz
in.
with
clear
0 = 120/208/ Selection
Code from
flat acrylic lens Photometric
240/277
Table
MULTIVOLT A =Autoreg E6=Enclosed 26 Selection
in. with clear
1 = 120
D=
Table
2 = 208
System 3 flat acrylic lens
P2=Enclosed
3 = 240
Bilevel
4 = 277
Autoreg with prismatic
conical lens 22
5 = 480
(See
D = 347
Technical in. Optical
F = 120X347 Section) V6=Open and
ventilated
T = 220
G=
CANADIAN 26 in. acrylic
V2=
open
50Hz
Mag-Reg
(Grounded 22 in. acrylic
6 = 220
Socket Shell)
R = 230
H = HPF
Y = 240
Reactor or
G = 380
Lag
L = Super
Low Loss
Autoreg
M = MagSee
Reg
Photometeric
For Alternative table on next
Polymeric
See
page.
Material not
Ballast
Next Page shown above see
table below

11

B

MOUNTING
CODE
XX
XX = Select Code Below
11 = Pendant mounting
13 = Provision for Slide-on Primary Electrical
Disconnect. Order TWOBP Box (Thru Feed
Capability Only) Separately.
14 = Provision for Slide-on Primary Electrical
Disconnect. (Pendant and Thru Feed
Capability) Order PED Box Separately
15 = Prewire with EZ-Loop, Cord and Plug Part
of “Power Hook”. Order Receptacle/Hook
Box Separately. (Not CSA/CUL)
31 = Prewire with EZ-Hook, 3-ft (0.9 Meters) #16/3
Cord, and Nema Plug
33 = Prewire with EZ-Loop, 3-ft (0.9 Meters) #16/3
Cord, and Nema Plug (Order locking
receptacle hook box separately.)

OPTIONS

MODULAR PREWIRE
41 = ACS with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
69 = ACS with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
43 = ACS with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
70 = ACS with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
51 = Sentinel with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
71 = Sentinel with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
53 = Sentinel with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
72 = Sentinel with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
Note: ACS = Flex 3 +
Sentinel = EZ Flex II (FSC)
F4 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE-LT (no phase selection required)
F5 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE HLA (A phase)
F6 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE HLA (B phase)
F7 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE HLA (C phase)

X
B= Time Delay
Automatically
Switched Quartz
C= Patrol™
Intermittent
Automatic Lamp
Shut-Off For Metal
Halide Lamps (see
opposing page)
F = Fusing
G = Secondary
Wiring
Access.
7/8 in. dia.
knockout
K = Encapsulated
Ballast (For use with
250 & 400 watt Auto
Reg Ballast only)
Q = Non-Time Delay
Automatically
Switched Quartz
R= Non Switch Quartz.
S = Exclusionary mogul
base socket for MH
open fixtures
T = E40 / European Socket
Y = Solo Bilevel Port
(See page I-126)
Note: See page I-128 for
Accessory Index and
Descriptions.
Note: See page I-153 for
explanation of Options.

SPECIAL OPTICAL CODES - ALTERNATIVE POLYMERIC MATERIALS
ADVANCED “ST” HID ACRYLIC - Enhanced Lamp Containment and Reduced Yellowing
S2
T2
S6

Advanced “ST” HID Acrylic
Advanced “ST” HID Acrylic
Advanced “ST” HID Acrylic

Enclosed 22” “ST” HID Acrylic Reflector with Clear Flat “ST” HID Acrylic Lens
Enclosed 22” “ST” HID Acrylic Reflector with Prismatic Conical “ST” HID Acrylic Lens
Enclosed 26” “ST” HID Acrylic Reflector with Clear Flat “ST” HID Acrylic Lens

Note: For above Optical Codes, use corresponding Acrylic Photometry Code listed in Photometric Selection Tables and associated photometric data.
Note: See page T-34 for Alternative lens material explanation

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-50/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

■

Most commonly ordered

OB5 OMNIBEAM TM 400 LUMINAIRE
High Bay, Enclosed or Open

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE

380
M
M
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Ballast and Optical

lbs
37

kgs
17

DIMENSIONS
For wet location dimensions 1.72 inches (44mm) must be added to overall
height .
NOTES
See explanation on ”Optical Flexibility“ Page I-5. See References.
REFERENCES
See Page I-128 for start of Accessories.
See Page I-142 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Page I-153 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

“C” OPTION
Patrol™ - Intermittent Lamp Shut-Off For Metal Halide Lamps
Automatically shuts fixture off for 15 minutes every 120
hours of operation.
To conform to lamp manufacturers’ recommended safe
lamp operation.
Available on the following offerings:
• 175 -400 watt
• Metal Halide, pulse Metal Halide, Ceramic Metal Halide
• Auto Reg (CWA) or Mag Reg ballasts
• 60 hz and corresponding voltages (as shown in table) only
Note: Used with Gen 6 ballast housing — adds 4.96” to
overall height.

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
(From Ordering Number Logic on previous page)
PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
E2, S2 OPTICAL - Enclosed 22in. with flat clear Acrylic lens
Light
Wattage Source
175
MH,P
175
MH,P
175
MH(Coated),P
175
MH(Coated),P
250
MH,P
250
MH,P
250
MH(Coated),P
250
MH(Coated),P
320*
MH,P
320*
MH,P
320*
MH(Coated),P
350, 400 MH,P
350, 400 MH(Coated),P
250-400 HPS

Max Spacing
Temp Criteria
55
1.0
55
1.5
55
1.0
55
1.4
40** 1.0
40** 1.4
40** 1.0
40** 1.4
40** 1.3
40** 1.5
40** 1.3
40** 1.9
40** 1.6
40** 1.5

Socket
Position
D
H
C
H
E
H
D
H
A
G
H
A
A
A

Photometric
Curve
452431
452432
452435
452436
452439
452440
452443
452444
452452
452453
452466
452462
452465
452448

E6, S6 OPTICAL - Enclosed 26in. with flat clear Acrylic lens
350,400
350,400
350,400
350,400
250-400
250-400
250-400

MH,P
MH,P
MH(Coated),P
MH(Coated),P
HPS
HPS
HPS

55
55
55
55
55
55
55

1.6
1.8
1.6
1.9
1.3
1.4
1.5

*320 watt is ED28 Pulse Start MH
**Contact Factory for 55C availability

B
D
D
H
E
E
G

179849
179851
179852
179853
179861
179862
179863

Optical
Code
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2

Photometry
Code
AD
AH
AC
AH
AE
AH
AD
AH
AA
AG
AH
AA
AA
AA

E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6

AB
AD
AD
AH
AE
AE
AG

OMNIBEAM INDOOR LIGHTING

Ballast Type / Voltage
60HZ
50HZ
120, 208
120
Light
240, 277
x
Wattage Source Multivolt 480
347
347 220 220
230
240
250
HPS
A,M
A,D,G,L,M A,D,G,L A
A,H A,H,M A,H
A,H
400
HPS
A,M
A,D,G,L,M A,D,G,L A
A,H A,H,M A,H,M A,H,M
175
MH
A
A
A
A
N/A N/A
N/A
N/A
250
MH
A
A,D,L
A,D,L
A
A
A
A
A
400
MH
A
A,D,L
A,D,L
A
A
A
A
A
PULSE START METAL HALIDE LIGHT SOURCE
BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
175
P (MH) N/A
A
A
A
N/A N/A N/A
N/A
250
P (MH) A
A,D,G,M
A,D,G
A
N/A N/A
N/A
N/A
320
P (MH) A
A,H*
A
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
350
P (MH) A
A,H*
A
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
400
P (MH) A
A,D,G,M
A,D,G
A
N/A A
A
A
NOTE: N/A = Not Available
* H is HPF-Linear Reactor available as 277 volt only.
Cannot be used with Automatic Switch Quartz Option.
CANADIAN NOTES:
1. "A", Autoreg, and "D", Bilevel Autoreg available 120, 277 or 347 volts only
2. 1000 Watt Metal Halide and HPS available 120, 277 or 347 volt Autoreg only.
3. 208, 240, and 480 volts require CWI ballast. Use "G" when available.
Contact factory for all others.
4. Multivolt not available.

V2 OPTICAL - Open 22in. Reflector, MH, requires “S” Option EX39 base socket
Wattage
175,250
175,250
175,250
175,250
350, 400
350, 400
250, 400

Light
Source
MH,P
MH,P
MH(Coated),P
MH(Coated),P
MH, P
MH(Coated),P
HPS

Max
Temp
55
55
55
55
55
55
55

Spacing
Criteria
1.3
1.5
1.3
1.5
1.6
1.6
1.5

Socket
Position
A
G
A
F
A
A
A

Photometric
Curve
452450
452451
452456
452455
452460
452463
452447

Optical
Code
V2
V2
V2
V2
V2
V2
V2

Photometry
Code
AA
AG
AA
AF
AA
AA
AA

Photometric
Curve
178906
178976
178975
178905
178969

Optical
Code
V6
V6
V6
V6
V6

Photometry
Code
AB
AC
AB
AE
AG

V6 OPTICAL - Open and Ventilated 26in. Reflector
MH, requires “S” Option EX39 base socket
Wattage
350, 400
350, 400
350, 400
250-400
250-400

Light
Source
MH,P
MH(Coated),P
MH(Coated),P
HPS
HPS

Max
Temp
55
55
55
55
55

Spacing
Criteria
1.6
1.7
1.6
1.3
1.7

175
175
175
175
250
250
250
250
320*
320*
350, 400
250-400

MH,P
MH,P
MH(Coated),P
MH(Coated),P
MH,P
MH,P
MH(Coated),P
MH(Coated),P
MH, P
MH(Coated),P
MH(Coated),P
HPS

55
55
55
55
40**
40**
40**
40**
40**
40**
40**
55

1.1
1.6
1.2
1.5
1.1
1.5
1.1
1.5
1.6
1.5
1.8
1.7

Socket
Position
B
C
B
E
G

P2, T2 OPTICAL - Enclosed 22in. with Acrylic prismatic conical lens
A
G
A
F
A
H
A
G
A
A
A
A

452434
452433
452437
452438
452441
452442
452446
452445
452454
452459
452464
452449

P2
P2
P2
P2
P2
P2
P2
P2
P2
P2
P2
P2

AA
AG
AA
AF
AA
AH
AA
AG
AA
AA
AA
AA

*320 watt is ED28 Pulse Start MH
**Contact Factory for 55C availability

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/I-51

I

FP5 FOOD-PROTM LUMINAIRE
High Bay, Enclosed

APPLICATIONS
• For 20-foot (6 meter) or higher food processing applications
and other areas requiring hosedown capability.

With

EZ Connect

TM

SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• 1598 Listed
Suitable For Wet Locations.
• Listed to Canadian standards
and codes
• Will withstand 1000 p.s.i.
hosedown spray
• Enclosed optical
• Acrylic reflector
• Polypropylene reflector cover

• In-line EZ ConnectTM plug-in
adapter port allows for:
• hook/loop, cord & NEMA plug
• Symmetrical heavy-duty
die-cast aluminum ballast
housing with white polyester
paint finish
• 55° C ambient, standard
• Threaded hub for easy mounting
• Adjustable mogul base

socket -E39 standard
• Safety chain provisions
• Shipped as components:
Ballast, Optical. Magnapack
available for ballast.
• Pulse start system for metal
halide available. See Page I-155

I

FOOD-PRO INDOOR LIGHTING

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
FP5

W

40

PRODUCT COLOR
IDENT
X
XXX
FP5 =
W = White
Food-Pro
Polyester
Powder

M

0

WATTAGE LIGHT
SOURCE
XX
X
25 = 250 M = MH
32 = 320 S = HPS
35 = 350 P = Pulse
40 = 400
Start MH

A

VOLTAGE

D6

BALLAST
TYPE
X
X
See Ballast
60Hz
0 = 120/208/ Selection
240/277
Table
MULTIVOLT A =Autoreg
1 = 120
D=
Note: Lamp is 2 = 208
System 3
vertical base 3 = 240
Bilevel
up. Lamp not 4 = 277
Autoreg
5 = 480
included.
(See
D = 347
Technical
F = 120X347 Section)
T = 220
G=
CANADIAN
50Hz
Mag-Reg
6 = 220
(Grounded
Socket Shell)
R = 230
H = HPF
Y = 240
Reactor or
G = 380
Lag
L = Super
Low Loss
Autoreg
M = MagReg

AA

OPTICAL
PHOTOMETRY
CODE
CODE
XX
XX
D6=Enclosed XX = Select
26 in.
Code
acrylic w/
Below
reflector
cover

67

B

MOUNTING
CODE
XX
XX = Select Code Below
67 = Pendant, Nut and Hanger Hub Mounting
(See pages I-153 and I-154 for details)
35 = Prewired with grommeted hook,
3-ft (0.9 meters) #16/3 Cord, and Nema
Plug Daniel Woodhead Watertight*
(not available in 347 and 480 volt)

OPTIONS

* Watertight is a registered trademark of
Woodhead Industries, Inc.

D6 OPTICAL - Enclose 26 in. Reflector with Dust Cover
Spacing
Criteria
1.3
1.4
1.6
1.8
1.3
1.3
1.4
1.6
1.8
1.4
1.6
1.8
1.3
1.5
1.6
1.3
1.5
1.6

Socket
Position
H
A
C
F
H
H
A
C
F
A
C
F
E
G
H
E
G
H

Note: See page I-128 for
Accessory Index and
Descriptions.
Note: See page I-153 for
explanation of Options.

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
Light
Wattage Source
250
MH
400
MH
400
MH
400
MH
250
P(MH)
320(ED28)* P(MH)
350
P(MH)
350
P(MH)
350
P(MH)
400
P(MH)
400
P(MH)
400
P(MH)
250
HPS
250
HPS
250
HPS
400
HPS
400
HPS
400
HPS

X
B= Time Delay
Automatically Switch
Quartz
C= Patrol™
Intermittent
Automatic Lamp
Shut-Off For Metal
Halide Lamps (see
opposing page)
K = Encapsulated Ballast
(For use with
250 & 400 watt
Auto Reg
Ballast only)
Q = Non-Time Delay
Automatically Switch
Quartz
R= Non Switch Quartz.
T = E40 / European Socket

Photometric
Curve
179881
179508
179510
179513
179881
179881
179508
179510
179513
179508
179510
179513
179504
179506
179507
179504
179506
179507

Optical
Code
D6
D6
D6
D6
D6
D6
D6
D6
D6
D6
D6
D6
D6
D6
D6
D6
D6
D6

Photometry
Code
AH
AA
AC
AF
AH
AH
AA
AC
AF
AA
AC
AF
AE
AG
AH
AE
AG
AH

*320 watt, ED28 pulse start MH

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-52/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

■

Most commonly ordered

FP5 FOOD-PROTM LUMINAIRE
High Bay, Enclosed

REFERENCES
See Page I-128 for start of Accessories.
See Page I-142 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Page I-153 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.
See Page H-34 for FoodPro II-UL844 and NSF certified offering.
FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Ballast and Optical

lbs
37

kgs
17

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
Ballast Type / Voltage
60HZ
120, 208
Light
240, 277
Wattage Source Multivolt 480
347
250
HPS
A,M
A,D,G,L,M A,D,G,L
400
HPS
A,M
A,D,G,L,M A,D,G,L
250
MH
A
A,D,L
A,D,L
400
MH
A
A,D,L
A,D,L
PULSE START METAL HALIDE LIGHT SOURCE
BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
250
P (MH) A
A,D,G,M A,G
320
P (MH) A
A,H*
A
350
P (MH) A
A,H*
A
400
P (MH) A
A,D,G,M A,G

50HZ

120
x
347
A
A
A
A

220
A,H
A,H
A
A

220
A,H,M
A,H,M
A
A

230
A,H
A,H,M
A
A

240
A,H
A,H,M
A
A

380
M
M
N/A
N/A

A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
A

N/A
N/A
N/A
A

N/A
N/A
N/A
A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

NOTE: N/A = Not Available
* H is HPF-Linear Reactor available as 277 volt only.
Cannot be used with AutomaticSwitch Quartz Option.
CANADIAN NOTES:
1. "A" ,Autoreg, and "D",Bilevel Autoreg available 120, 277 or 347 volts only
2. 208, 240, and 480 volts require CWI ballast. Use "G" when available.
Contact factory for all others.
3. Multivolt not available.
4. 208, 240 and 480 volts with “G” ballast not available with switched quartz.

“C” OPTION
Patrol™ - Intermittent Lamp Shut-Off For Metal Halide Lamps
Automatically shuts fixture off for 15 minutes every 120
hours of operation.
To conform to lamp manufacturers’ recommended safe
lamp operation.
Available on the following offerings:
• 175 -400 watt
• Metal Halide, pulse Metal Halide, Ceramic Metal Halide
• Auto Reg (CWA) or Mag Reg ballasts
• 60 hz and corresponding voltages (as shown in table) only
Note: Used with Gen 6 ballast housing — adds 4.96” to
overall height.

FOOD-PRO INDOOR LIGHTING

3/4 in. NPSC Thread

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/I-53

I

UG6 UNIGLOW ® 1000 LUMINAIRE

High Bay, Enclosed or Open — Surface Mount Optical Series
APPLICATIONS
• For over 30-foot (9 meter) applications, warehouses, handling, general
assembly, manufacturing and other indoor lighting areas where high
intensity discharge (HID) light sources are preferable

With

I

UNIGLOW INDOOR LIGHTING

EZ Connect

TM

SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• 1598 Listed
Suitable For Damp Locations
• Listed to Canadian standards
and codes
• Open or enclosed optical
assembly (clear tempered door
lens on enclosed unit)
• Threaded slide-in mounting
adapter for easy mounting
• In-line EZ ConnectTM plug-in

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
UG6

G

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXX
UG6 =
Uniglow
1000
Luminaire

COLOR

01

M

WATTAGE LIGHT
SOURCE
X
XX
X
G = Gray
40 = 400 M = MH
Electro 75 = 750 S = HPS
Coat
01 = 1000 P = Pulse
W = White
Start
Polyester
MH
Powder
Note: Lamp
is vertical
base up.
Lamp not
included.

adapter port allows for:
• hook/loop, cord & NEMA plug
• plug-in modular wiring systems
• plug-in fuse kits
• Symmetrical heavy-duty
die-cast aluminum ballast
housing with electrocoat gray or
white polyester paint finish
• Single casting integral
hook/loop and mounting plate
is available

• 55° C ambient, standard
• Alzak† finish on aluminum
faceted reflector
• Adjustable mogul base
socket -E39 standard
• Safety chain provisions
• Shipped as components: Ballast,
Optical. Magnapack available
for ballast.
• Pulse start system for metal
halide available. See Page I-155

Exclusionary base socket is available for use with Metal Halide lamps in open
fixtures to comply with NEC 2005 regulations (GELS “S” Option)
Customer should consult or review local electrical codes for compliance.
0
VOLTAGE

A

BALLAST
TYPE
X
X
See Ballast
60Hz
0 = 120/208/ Selection
240/277
Table
MULTIVOLT A =Autoreg
1 = 120
D=
2 = 208
System 3
3 = 240
Bilevel
4 = 277
Autoreg
5 = 480
(See
D = 347
Technical
F = 120X347 Section)
T = 220
G=
CANADIAN
50Hz
Mag-Reg
6 = 220
(Grounded
R = 230
Socket
Y = 240
Shell)
G = 380
H = HPF
Reactor or
Lag
L = Super
Low Loss
Autoreg
M=
Mag-Reg

V2

AA

OPTICAL
CODE
XX
V2= Open &
Ventilated
22-in.
Reflector

PHOTOMETRY
CODE
XX
XX = Select
Code from
Photometric
Selection
Table

11

MOUNTING
CODE
XX
XX = Select Code Below
11 = Pendant mounting
12 = Pendant mounting for 1000w HPS
Multivolt (Not available with EZ Connect
9-pin plug)
E2=Enclosed
13 = Provision for Slide on Primary Electrical
22 in.
See opposing
Disconnect. Order TWOBP Box (Thru Feed
Reflector
page
Capability Only) Separately.
(Not available with D or W option)
V7= Open &
14 = Provision for Slide-on Primary Electrical
Ventilated
Disconnect. (Pendant and Thru Feed
17-in.
Capability) Order PED Box Separately
Reflector
(Not available with D and W option)
15 = Prewire with EZ-Loop, Cord and Plug Part
E7=Enclosed
of “Power Hook”. Order Receptacle/Hook
17 in.
Box Separately. (Not CSA/CUL)
Reflector
31 = Prewire with EZ-Hook, 3-ft (0.9 Meters) #16/3
Cord, and Nema Plug
33 = Prewire with EZ-Loop, 3-ft (0.9 Meters) #16/3
Cord, and Nema Plug (Order locking
receptacle hook box separately.)
67 = Pendant, Nut and Hanger Hug Mounting.
(For use with “D” or “W”, Wet Locations
Option, only) (See pages I-153 and I-154
for details)
MODULAR PREWIRE
41 = ACS with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
69 = ACS with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
43 = ACS with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
70 = ACS with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
51 = Sentinel with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
71 = Sentinel with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
53 = Sentinel with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
72 = Sentinel with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Loop

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
Ballast Type / Voltage
60HZ
50HZ
120, 208
120
Light
240, 277
x
Wattage Source Multivolt 480
347
347 220 220
230
240
380
400
HPS
A
A,D,G,L,M A,D,G,L A,G A,H A,H,M A,H,M A,H,M M
750
HPS
N/A
A,D*
A,D*
N/A N/A N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
1000
HPS** A
A
A
N/A A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
400
MH
A
A,D,L
A,D,L
A
A
A
A
A
N/A
1000
MH
A
A***,D
A,D
N/A A
A
A
A
A
PULSE START METAL HALIDE LIGHT SOURCE
BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
400
P (MH) A
A,D,G
A,D,G
A
N/A A
A
A
N/A
750
P (MH) N/A
A
N/A
N/A N/A N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
NOTE: N/A = Not Available
* Automatic Switch Quartz Option not available with Bilevel
**1000 watt HPS Multivolt not available with EZ Connect 9-pin plug. Order only with
special mounting code 12.
***120, 208 and 240 volt available as Multivolt only.

Note: ACS = Flex 3 +
Sentinel = EZ Flex II (FSC)

B
OPTIONS
X
A = 65°C maximum
ambient
B = Time Delay
Automatically
Switched Quartz
F = Fusing (Not
available with
W option)
G = Secondary
Wiring Access.
7/8 in. dia. knockout
(Not available with W
option)
H = Charcoal Filtering
Gasket (not available
with wet location)
K = Encapsulated Ballast
Q = Non-Time Delay
Automatically
Switched Quartz
R= Non-Switched Quartz.
S = Exclusionary mogul
base socket for MH
open fixtures
T = E40 / European Mogul
Base Socket
W= Wet Location
(Not available with H)
(For enclosed opticals
only)
(For use with
Mounting Code 15 and
67 only)
Note: See page I-128 for
Accessory Index and
Descriptions.

Note: See page I-153 for
explanation of Options.
F4 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE-LT (no phase selection required)
F5 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE HLA (A phase)
F6 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE HLA (B phase)
F7 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE HLA (C phase)
CANADIAN NOTES:
1. "A", Autoreg, and "D", Bilevel Autoreg available 120, 277 or 347 volts only
2. 1000 Watt Metal Halide and HPS available 120, 277 or 347 volt Autoreg only.
3. 208, 240, and 480 volts require CWI ballast. Use "G" when available.
Contact factory for all others.
4. Multivolt not available.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-54/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

■

Most commonly ordered

UG6 UNIGLOW ® 1000 LUMINAIRE
High Bay, Enclosed or Open
DIMENSIONS
For Wet Location dimiensions 1.72 inches (44mm) must be added to overall height.
750 and 100 watt with “A”, 65C Ambient Option, add 2.50 inches to overall height.
NOTES
See explanation on “Optical Flexibility” Page I-5. See References.
FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

UNIGLOW INDOOR LIGHTING

REFERENCES
See Page I-128 for start of Accessories.
See Page I-142 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Page I-153 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Ballast and Optical

lbs
21-56

kgs
10-25

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
(From Ordering Number Logic on previous page)

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE

V2 OPTICAL - Open and Ventilated 22 in. Reflector
MH, requires “S” Option EX39 base socket

E2 OPTICAL - Enclosed 22 in. Reflector

Wattage
400
1000
1000
750
400
1000

Light
Source
MH, P
MH
MH(Coated)
P
HPS
HPS

Spacing
Criteria
1.0
2.0
1.2
1.0
0.7
1.1

Socket
Position
E
A
A
B
F
A

Photometric
Curve
177042
177003
176789
452002
177004
176790

Optical
Code
V2
V2
V2
V2
V2
V2

Photometry
Code
AE
AA
AA
AB
AF
AA

Spacing
Criteria
1.5
1.9
1.3
1.0
1.5
1.7
1.6

Socket
Position
A
E
A
A
F
H
A

Photometric
Curve
176791
177108
176788
176782
176775
176777
177115

Optical
Code
V7
V7
V7
V7
V7
V7
V7

Photometry
Code
AA
AE
AA
AA
AF
AH
AA

V7 OPTICAL - Open and Ventilated 17 in. Reflector
MH, requires “S” Option EX39 base socket
Light
Wattage Source
400
MH, P
400
MH, P
400
MH(Coated), P
400
HPS
400
HPS
400
HPS
1000
HPS
CF = Contact Factory

Wattage
750
1000*
750
750

Light
Source
P
MH
HPS
HPS

Spacing
Criteria
1.0
1.8
0.8
0.9

Socket
Position
A
A
E
H

Photometric
Curve
452008
177139
178175
178176

Optical
Code
E2
E2
E2
E2

Photometry
Code
AA
AA
AE
AH

E7 OPTICAL - Enclosed 17 in. Reflector

Light
Spacing Socket
Photometric Optical
Photometry
Wattage Source
Criteria Position Curve
Code
Code
400
MH, P
1.5
A
177104
E7
AA
400
HPS
1.0
A
177120
E7
AA
400
HPS
1.5
F
177119
E7
AF
400
HPS
1.7
H
177122
E7
AH
*Note: When using 1000 W (PMH) Pulse Metal Halide BT37 lamp, use 400W MH
socket positions as listed.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/I-55

I

UG5 UNIGLOW ® 400 LUMINAIRE

High Bay, Enclosed or Open — Surface Mount Optical Series
APPLICATIONS
• For over 20-foot (6 meter) applications, warehouses, handling, general assembly, manufacturing and
other indoor lighting areas where high intensity discharge (HID) light sources are applicable

With

I

UNIGLOW INDOOR LIGHTING

EZ Connect

TM

SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• 1598 Listed
Suitable For Damp Locations.
• Listed to Canadian standards
and codes
• Open or enclosed optical
assembly (clear tempered door
lens on enclosed unit)
• Threaded slide-in mounting
adapter for easy mounting
• In-line EZ ConnectTM plug-in
adapter port allows for:
• hook/loop, cord & NEMA plug

• Adjustable mogul base
socket -E39 standard
• Safety chain provisions
• Shipped as components: Ballast,
Optical. Magnapack available
for ballast.
• Pulse start system for metal
halide available. See Page I-155

Exclusionary base socket is available for use with Metal Halide lamps in open
fixtures to comply with NEC 2005 regulations (GELS “S” Option)
Customer should consult or review local electrical codes for compliance.

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
UG5

G

40

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXX
UG5 =
Uniglow
400
Luminaire

COLOR

WATTAGE LIGHT
SOURCE
XX
X
25 = 250 M = MH
32 = 320 S = HPS
35 = 350 P = Pulse
Start MH
40 = 400

X
G = Gray
Electro
Coat
W = White
Polyester
Powder

• plug-in modular wiring systems
• plug-in fuse kits
• Symmetrical heavy-duty
die-cast aluminum ballast
housing with electrocoat gray or
white polyester paint finish
• Single casting integral
hook/loop and mounting plate
is available
• 55° C ambient, standard
• Alzak† finish on aluminum
faceted reflector

M

0

A

E7

VOLTAGE

BALLAST
OPTICAL
TYPE
CODE
X
X
XX
E7=
See Ballast
60Hz
Enclosed
0 = 120/208/ Selection
17 in.
240/277
Table
Reflector
MULTIVOLT A =Autoreg
1 = 120
D =System 3 V2= Open
22-in.
Note: Lamp is 2 = 208
Bilevel
Reflector
vertical base 3 = 240
Autoreg
up. Lamp not 4 = 277
(See Technical V7= Open
17-in.
included.
5 = 480
Section)
Reflector
D = 347
G = CANADIAN
Note: Do
F = 120X347 Mag-Reg
not use
T = 220
(Grounded
open
Socket Shell) opticals
50Hz
H = HPF
with
6 = 220
Reactor or
lamps,
specified
R = 230
Lag
Y = 240
L = Super Low for use in
G = 380
Loss Autoreg enclosed
opticals
M = Mag- Reg only.

AA

11

B

PHOTOMETRY
CODE
XX
XX = Select
Code
Below

MOUNTING
CODE
XX
XX = Select Code Below
11 = Pendant mounting
13 = Provision for Slide on Primary Electrical
Disconnect. Order TWOBP Box (Thru Feed
Capability Only) Separately.
(Not available with W option)
14 = Provision for Slide-on Primary Electrical
Disconnect. (Pendant and Thru Feed
Capability) Order PED Box Separately
(Not available with W option)
15 = Prewire with EZ-Loop, Cord and Plug Part
of “Power Hook”. Order Receptacle/Hook
Box Separately. (Not CSA/CUL)
31 = Prewire with EZ-Hook, 3-ft (0.9 Meters) #16/3
Cord, and Nema Plug
33 = Prewire with EZ-Loop, 3-ft (0.9 Meters) #16/3
Cord, and Nema Plug (Order locking
receptacle hook box separately.)
67 = Pendant, Nut and Hanger Hub Mounting.
(For use with “D” or “W”, Wet Locations
Option, only) (See pages I-153 and I-154
for details)

OPTIONS

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
V2 OPTICAL - Open 22 in. Reflector
MH, requires “S” Option EX39 base socket
Wattage
250,400
400

Light
Source
HPS
MH

Spacing
Criteria
0.7
1.0

Socket
Position
F
E

Photometric
Curve
177004
177042

Optical
Code
V2
V2

Photometry
Code
AF
AE

400
400
400
400
400
400
250,400
250,400
250,400

MH
MH
MH(Coated)
P (MH)
P (MH)
P (MH) Coated
HPS
HPS
HPS

1.5
1.9
1.3
1.5
1.9
1.3
1.0
1.5
1.7

A
E
A
A
E
A
A
F
H

176791
177108
176788
176791
177108
176788
176782
176775
176777

V7
V7
V7
V7
V7
V7
V7
V7
V7

AA
AE
AA
AA
AE
AA
AA
AF
AH

V7 OPTICAL - Open 17 in. Reflector
MH, requires “S” Option EX39 base socket

E7 OPTICAL - Enclosed 17 in. Reflector

250
MH
1.1
G
177105
E7
AG
400
MH
1.5
A
177104
E7
AA
250
P (MH)
1.1
G
177105
E7
AG
320(ED28)* P (MH)
1.1
G
177105
E7
AG
350
P (MH)
1.5
A
177104
E7
AA
400
P (MH)
1.5
A
177104
E7
AA
250,400 HPS
1.0
A
177120
E7
AA
250,400 HPS
1.5
F
177119
E7
AF
250,400 HPS
1.7
H
177122
E7
AH
*320 watt, ED28 pulse start MH
Use open optical photometrics and reduce values by 10% for enclosed opticals

MODULAR PREWIRE
41 = ACS with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
69 = ACS with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
43 = ACS with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
70 = ACS with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
51 = Sentinel with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
71 = Sentinel with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
53 = Sentinel with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
72 = Sentinel with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
Note: ACS = Flex 3 +
Sentinel = EZ Flex II (FSC)
F4 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE-LT (no phase selection required)
F5 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE HLA (A phase)
F6 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE HLA (B phase)
F7 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE HLA (C phase)

X
A = 65°C maximum
ambient*
B = Time Delay
Automatically
Switched Quartz
C= Patrol™
Intermittent
Automatic Lamp
Shut-Off For Metal
Halide Lamps (see
opposing page)
F = Fusing (Not
available with
W option)
G = Secondary Wiring
Access. 7/8 in. dia.
knockout
(Not available with W
option)
H = Charcoal Filtering
Gasket (not available
with wet location)
K = Encapsulated
Ballast (For use with
250 & 400 watt Auto
Reg Ballast only)
Q = Non-Time Delay
Automatically
Switched Quartz
R= Non-Switched Quartz.
S = Exclusionary mogul
base socket for MH
open fixtures
T = E40 / European Socket
W= Wet Location
(Not available with H)
(For enclosed opticals
only)
(Use with Mounting
Codes 15 & 67 only)
Y = Solo Bilevel Port
(See page I-126)
Note: See page I-128 for
Accessory Index and
Descriptions.
Note: See page I-153 for
explanation of Options.
*65°C available for 250
and 400 watt Auto Reg
Ballast only.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-56/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

■

Most commonly ordered

UG5 UNIGLOW ® 400 LUMINAIRE
High Bay, Enclosed or Open

DIMENSIONS
For wet location dimensions 1.72 inches (44mm) must be added to
overall height.

REFERENCES
See Page I-128 for start of Accessories.
See Page I-142 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Page I-153 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Ballast and Optical

lbs
23-58

kgs
10-26

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
Ballast Type / Voltage
60HZ
120, 208
Light
240, 277
Wattage Source Multivolt 480
347
250
HPS
A,M
A,D,G,L,M A,D,G,L
400
HPS
A,M
A,D,G,L,M A,D,G,L
250
MH
A
A,D,L
A,D,L
400
MH
A
A,D,L
A,D,L
PULSE START METAL HALIDE LIGHT SOURCE
BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
250
P (MH) A
A,D,G,M
A,D,G
320
P (MH) A
A,H*
A
350
P (MH) A
A,H*
A
400
P (MH) A
A,D,G,M
A,D,G

50HZ

120
x
347
A
A
A
A

220
A,H
A,H
A
A

220
A,H,M
A,H,M
A
A

230
A,H
A,H,M
A
A

240
A,H
A,H,M
A
A

380
M
M
N/A
N/A

A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
A

N/A
N/A
N/A
A

N/A
N/A
N/A
A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
3/4 in. NPSC Thread

UNIGLOW INDOOR LIGHTING

NOTES
See explanation on “Optical Flexibility” Page I-5. See References.

NOTE: N/A = Not Available
* H is HPF-Linear Reactor available as 277 volt only.
Cannot be used with AutomaticSwitch Quartz Option.
CANADIAN NOTES:
1. "A" ,Autoreg, and "D",Bilevel Autoreg available 120, 277 or 347 volts only
2. 208, 240, and 480 volts require CWI ballast. Use "G" when available.
Contact factory for all others.
3. Multivolt not available.
4. 208, 240 and 480 volts with “G” ballast not available with switched quartz.

“C” OPTION
Patrol™ - Intermittent Lamp Shut-Off For Metal Halide Lamps
Automatically shuts fixture off for 15 minutes every 120 hours of operation.
To conform to lamp manufacturers’ recommended safe lamp operation.
Available on the following offerings:
• 175 -400 watt
• Metal Halide, pulse Metal Halide, Ceramic Metal Halide
• Auto Reg (CWA) or Mag Reg ballasts
• 60 hz and corresponding voltages (as shown in table) only
Note: Used with Gen 6 ballast housing — adds 4.96” to overall height.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/I-57

I

UW5 UNIGLOW ® 150 LUMINAIRE

High Bay, Enclosed or Open — Surface Mount Optical Series
APPLICATIONS
• For areas where low overhangs, low ceilings or preferred low
footcandle levels restrict the use of larger high wattage units

With

I

UNIGLOW INDOOR LIGHTING

EZ Connect

TM

SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• 1598 Listed
Suitable For Damp Locations
• Listed to Canadian standards
and codes
• Open or enclosed optical
assembly (clear tempered door
lens on enclosed unit)
• 55° C ambient, standard
• Threaded slide-in mounting
adapter for easy mounting
• In-line EZ Connect™ plug-in

G

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXX
UW5 =
Uniglow
150
Luminaire

COLOR

25

M

0

WATTAGE LIGHT
SOURCE
X
XX
X
G = Gray
07 = 70
M = MH
Electro 10 = 100 K = Ceramic
Coat
15 = 150
MH
W = White
(55v) S = HPS
Polyester 17 = 175 P = Pulse
Powder 25 = 250
Start
MH
Note: Lamp
is vertical
base up.
Lamp not
included.

A

VOLTAGE

BALLAST
TYPE
X
X
See Ballast
60Hz
0 = 120/208/ Selection
240/277
Table
MULTIVOLT A =Autoreg
1 = 120
2 = 208
D = System
3 = 240
3 Bilevel
4 = 277
Autoreg
5 = 480
(See
D = 347
Technical
F = 120X347 Section)
T = 220
H = HPF
50Hz
Reactor or
6 = 220
Lag
R = 230
Y = 240
K = Hot
G = 380
restart
(Contact
factory)

E6

AD

11

B

OPTICAL
CODE
XX
E6
=Enclosed
16 in.
Reflector

PHOTOMETRY
CODE
XX
XX = Select
Code
Below

MOUNTING
CODE
XX
XX = Select Code Below
11 = Pendant mounting
13 = Provision for Slide on Primary Electrical
Disconnect. Order TWOBP Box (Thru Feed
Capability Only) Separately.
(Not available with D or W option)
14 = Provision for Slide-on Primary Electrical
Disconnect. (Pendant and Thru Feed
Capability) Order PED Box Separately
(Not available with D and W option)
15 = Prewire with EZ-Loop, Cord and Plug Part
of “Power Hook”. Order Receptacle/Hook
Box Separately. (Not CSA/CUL)
31 = Prewire with EZ-Hook, 3-ft (0.9 Meters) #16/3
Cord, and Nema Plug
33 = Prewire with EZ-Loop, 3-ft (0.9 Meters) #16/3
Cord, and Nema Plug (Order locking
receptacle hook box separately.)
67 = Pendant, Nut and Hanger Hub Mounting.
(For use with “D” or “W”, Wet Locations
Option, only) (See pages I-153 and I-154
for details)

OPTIONS

V6 = Open
16 in.
Reflector
Note: Do not
use open
opticals
with lamps
specified
for use in
enclosed
opticals
only.

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
E6 OPTICAL- Enclosed 16 in. Reflector
Wattage
70, 100
150
175
175
250
250
70
100
150(55V)

Light
Source
MH, CMH
MH
MH, P
MH, P (Coated)
MH, P
MH, P (Coated)
HPS
HPS
HPS

Spacing
Criteria
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.9
1.7
1.9
1.7
1.7
1.7

Socket
Position
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D

Photometric
Curve
178451
178451
178358
178359
178358
178359
178361
178361
178361

Optical
Code
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6

V6 Optical - Open 16 in. Reflector
MH, requires “S” Option EX39 base socket
Wattage
70
100
150(55V)

Light
Source
HPS
HPS
HPS

• Alzak† finish on aluminum
faceted reflector
• Adjustable mogul base
socket -E39 standard
• Safety chain provisions
• Shipped as components:
Ballast, Optical. Magnapack
available for ballast.
• Pulse start system for metal
halide available. See Page I-155

Exclusionary base socket is available for use with Metal Halide lamps in open
fixtures to comply with NEC 2005 regulations (GELS “S” Option)
Customer should consult or review local electrical codes for compliance.

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
UW5

adapter port allows for:
• hook/loop, cord & NEMA plug
• plug-in modular wiring systems
• plug-in fuse kits
• Symmetrical heavy-duty
die-cast aluminum ballast
housing with electrocoat gray
or white polyester paint finish
• Single casting integral
hook/loop and mounting plate
is available

Spacing
Criteria
1.8
1.8
1.8

Socket
Position
D
D
D

Photometric
Curve
178360
178360
178360

Optical
Code
V6
V6
V6

MODULAR PREWIRE
41 = ACS with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
69 = ACS with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
43 = ACS with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
70 = ACS with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
51 = Sentinel with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
Photometry 71 = Sentinel with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
53 = Sentinel with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
Code
72 = Sentinel with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
AD
AD
Note: ACS = Flex 3 +
AD
Sentinel = EZ Flex II (FSC)
AD
AD
F4
=
GELS
Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook AD
Bay Flex GE-LT (no phase selection required)
AD
F5 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook AD
Bay Flex GE HLA (A phase)
AD
F6 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE HLA (B phase)
F7 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE HLA (C phase)
Photometry
Code
AD
AD
AD

X
B= Time Delay
Automatically
Switch Quartz
C= Patrol™
Intermittent
Automatic Lamp
Shut-Off For Metal
Halide Lamps (see
opposing page)
F = Fusing (Not
available with
W option)
G = Secondary
Wiring Access.
7/8 in. dia. knockout
(Not available with W
option)
H = Charcoal filtering
gasket
(Not available
with Wet Location)
K = Encapsulated
Ballast (For use with
250 watt Auto Reg
Ballast only)
Q= Non-Time Delay
Automatically
Switch Quartz
R= Non-Switched Quartz.
S = Exclusionary mogul
base socket for MH
open fixtures
T = E40 / European Mogul
Base Socket
W= Wet Location
(Not available with H)
(For enclosed opticals
only)
(For use with
Mounting Code 15 and
67 only)
Y = Solo Bilevel Port
(See page I-126)
Note: See page I-128 for
Accessory Index and
Descriptions.
Note: See page I-153 for
explanation of Options.

C/F = Contact Factory

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-58/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

■

Most commonly ordered

UW5 UNIGLOW ® 150 LUMINAIRE
High Bay, Enclosed or Open
DIMENSIONS
For Wet Location dimiensions 1.72 inches (44mm) must be added to overall height..
NOTES
See explanation on “Optical Flexibility” Page I-5. See References.
FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
3/4 in. NPSC Thread

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Ballast and Optical

lbs
22-26

kgs
10-12

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
Ballast Type / Voltage
60HZ
120, 208
Light
240, 277
Wattage Source Multivolt 480
347
70
HPS
H,K***
G,H,K*** G,H
100
HPS
H,K***
G,H,K*** G,H
150(55V) HPS
H,K***
G,H,K*** G,H
70*
Cer, MH H
H
H
100*
Cer, MH H
H
H
70*
MH
H
H
H
100*
MH
H
H
H
175
MH
A
A
A
250
MH
A
A,D
A,D
PULSE START METAL HALIDE LIGHT SOURCE
BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
150*
P (MH) N/A
H**
H
175
P (MH) N/A
A
A
250
P (MH) A
A,D,G
A,D,G

120
x
347
H
H
H
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
A
A

50HZ
220
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
A

220
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
A

230
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
A

240
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
A

380
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A N/A N/A
A
N/A N/A
A
N/A N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A

“C” OPTION
Patrol™ - Intermittent Lamp Shut-Off For Metal Halide Lamps
Automatically shuts fixture off for 15 minutes every 120
hours of operation.
To conform to lamp manufacturers’ recommended safe
lamp operation.
Available on the following offerings:
• 175 -400 watt
• Metal Halide, pulse Metal Halide, Ceramic Metal Halide
• Auto Reg (CWA) or Mag Reg ballasts
• 60 hz and corresponding voltages (as shown in table) only
Note: Used with Gen 6 ballast housing — adds 4.96” to
overall height.

UNIGLOW INDOOR LIGHTING

REFERENCES
See Page I-128 for start of Accessories.
See Page I-142 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Page I-153 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

NOTE: N/A = Not Available
* Medium base socket (Lamp not included)
** 480 Volt not available
*** Hot Restrike supplied in Large Ballast Housing. Contact Factory.
CANADIAN NOTES:
1. "A" ,Autoreg, "D",Bilevel Autoreg and "H" HPS/HPF available 120, 277 or 347 volts only
2. 208, 240, and 480 volts require CWI ballast. Use "G" when available. Contact factory
for all others.
3. Multivolt not available.
4. "K" Hot Restart not available.
5. 208, 240 and 480 volts with “G” ballast not available with switched quartz.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/I-59

I

LM5 LOWMOUNT ® II LUMINAIRE

Low Bay, Enclosed — Optical Sliding Disconnect Series

With

EZ Connect

TM

APPLICATIONS
• For 10-25 ft. (3-8 meter) applications in factories, foundries, canneries and textile,
metal, chemical, rubber, food,cement, and other industrial applications
• Alzak† finish on reflector
adapter port allows for:
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
•
hook/loop,
cord
&
NEMA
plug
•
Stick relampable
• 1598 Listed
• plug-in modular wiring systems
• Safety chain provisions
Suitable For Damp Locations
• plug-in fuse kits
• Base-up Mogul base
• 1598 Listed for metal halide
• Symmetrical heavy-duty
socket -E39 standard allowing
lamps in polymeric lamp
die-cast aluminum ballast
maximum efficiency
containment barriers
housing with electrocoat gray
• Shipped as components:
• Listed to Canadian standards
or white polyester paint finish
Ballast, Optical
and codes
• UV stabilized injection molded
• Magnapack available
• 55° C ambient, standard
prismatic refractor for low
for ballast.
• Threaded slide-in mounting
brightness
• Pulse start system for metal
adapter for easy mounting
halide available. See Page I-155
• Unique optical sliding disconnect • Enclosed with activated
charcoal filter
• In-line EZ ConnectTM plug-in

I

LOWMOUNT INDOOR LIGHTING

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
LM5

G

40

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXX
LM5 =
Lowmount
II
Luminaire

COLOR

WATTAGE LIGHT
SOURCE
XX
X
35 = 350 M = MH
40 = 400 S = HPS
P = Pulse
Start MH

X
G = Gray
Electro
Coat
W = White
Polyester
Powder

M

Note: Lamp
is vertical
base up.
Lamp not
included.

0

A

VOLTAGE

BALLAST
TYPE
X
X
See Ballast
60Hz
0 = 120/208/ Selection
240/277
Table
MULTIVOLT A=Autoreg
1 = 120
D=System
2 = 208
3 Bilevel
3 = 240
Autoreg
4 = 277
(See
5 = 480
Technical
D = 347
Section)
F = 120X347 G =
T = 220
CANADIAN
Mag-Reg
50Hz
(Grounded
6 = 220
Socket
R = 230
Shell)
Y = 240
H = HPF
G = 380
Reactor or
Lag
L = Super
Low Loss
Autoreg
M = MagReg

EA

VE

11

B

OPTICAL
CODE
XX
EA =
Enclosed
Acrylic
w/TrapDoor

PHOTOMETRY
CODE
XX
VE = Fixed

MOUNTING
CODE
XX
XX = Select Code Below
11 = Pendant mounting
13 = Provision for Slide-on Primary Electrical
Disconnect. Order TWOBP Box (Thru Feed
Capability Only) Separately.
(Not available with W option)
14 = Provision for Slide-on Primary Electrical
Disconnect. (Pendant and Thru Feed
Capability) Order PED Box Separately
(Not available with W option)
15 = Prewire with EZ-Loop, Cord and Plug Part
of “Power Hook”. Order Receptacle/Hook
Box Separately. (Not CSA/CUL)
31 = Prewire with EZ-Hook, 3-ft (0.9 Meters) #16/3
Cord, and Nema Plug
33 = Prewire with EZ-Loop, 3-ft (0.9 Meters) #16/3
Cord, and Nema Plug (Order locking
receptacle hook box separately.)

OPTIONS

ES =
Enclosed
Advanced
“ST” HID
Acrylic w/
trap door

Note: See
page T-34
for
Material
explanation

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
EA, EP, ES OPTICAL - Enclosed Acrylic with Trap Door

Light
Socket
Photometric Optical
Wattage
Source
Position Curve
Code
400
MH
2.1
177129
EA
350
P (MH)
2.1
177129
EA
400
P (MH)
2.1
177129
EA
250
HPS
2.0
178351
EA
400
HPS
2.0
178351
EA
Note: See page T-34 for Alternative lens material explanation

Photometry
Code
VE
VE
VE
VE
VE

X
B= Time Delay
Automatically
Switched Quartz
C= Patrol™
Intermittent
Automatic Lamp
Shut-Off For Metal
Halide Lamps (see
opposing page)
F = Fusing (Not
available with
W option)
G = Secondary
Wiring Access.
7/8 in. dia. knockout
(Not available with W
option)
K = Encapsulated
Ballast (For use with
250 & 400 watt Auto
67 = Pendant, Nut and Hanger Hub Mounting.
Reg Ballast only)
(For use with “D” or “W”, Wet Locations
Q = Non-Time Delay
Option, only)
Automatically
(See pages I-153 and I-154 for details)
Switched Quartz
R= Non-Switched Quartz.
MODULAR PREWIRE
T = E40 / European Socket
41 = ACS with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
W= Wet Location (For use
69 = ACS with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
with Mounting Code
43 = ACS with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
15 and 67 only)
70 = ACS with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
51 = Sentinel with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Hook Y = Solo Bilevel Port
(See page I-126)
71 = Sentinel with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
53 = Sentinel with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
72 = Sentinel with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Loop Note: See page I-128 for
Accessory Index and
Descriptions.
Note: ACS = Flex 3 +
Sentinel = EZ Flex II (FSC)
Note: See page I-153 for
explanation of Options.
F4 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE-LT (no phase selection required)
F5 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE HLA (A phase)
F6 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE HLA (B phase)
F7 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE HLA (C phase)

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-60/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

■

Most commonly ordered

LM5 LOWMOUNT ® II LUMINAIRE
Low Bay, Enclosed

DIMENSIONS
For wet location dimensions 1.72 inches (44mm) must be added
to overall height.

REFERENCES
See Page I-128 for start of Accessories.
See Page I-142 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Page I-153 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Ballast and Optical

lbs
32-42

kgs
15-19

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
Ballast Type / Voltage
60HZ
120, 208
Light
240, 277
Wattage Source Multivolt 480
347
250
HPS
A,M
A,D,G,L,M A,D,G,L
400
HPS
A,M
A,D,G,L,M A,D,G,L
400
MH
A
A,D,L
A,D,L
PULSE START METAL HALIDE LIGHT SOURCE
BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
350
P (MH) A
A,H*
A
400
P (MH) A
A,D,G,M
A,D,G

120
x
347
A
A
A

50HZ
220
A,H
A,H
A

220
A,H,M
A,H,M
A

N/A N/A N/A
A
N/A A

230
A,H
A,H,M
A

240
A,H
A,H,M
A

380
M
M
N/A

N/A
A

N/A
A

N/A
N/A

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
3/4 in. NPSC Thread

LOWMOUNT INDOOR LIGHTING

NOTES
See explanation on “Optical Flexibility” Page I-5. See References.

NOTE: N/A = Not Available
* H is HPF-Linear Reactor available as 277 volt only.
Cannot be used with Automatic Switch Quartz Option.
CANADIAN NOTES:
1. "A", Autoreg, and "D", Bilevel Autoreg available 120, 277 or 347 volts only
2. 208, 240, and 480 volts require CWI ballast. Use "G" when available.
Contact factory for all others.
3. Multivolt not available.
4. 208, 240 and 480 volts with “G” ballast not available with switched quartz.

“C” OPTION
Patrol™ - Intermittent Lamp Shut-Off For Metal Halide Lamps
Automatically shuts fixture off for 15 minutes every 120 hours of operation.
To conform to lamp manufacturers’ recommended safe lamp operation.
Available on the following offerings:
• 175 -400 watt
• Metal Halide, pulse Metal Halide, Ceramic Metal Halide
• Auto Reg (CWA) or Mag Reg ballasts
• 60 hz and corresponding voltages (as shown in table) only
Note: Used with Gen 6 ballast housing — adds 4.96” to overall height.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/I-61

I

UM5 UNIMOUNT ® 400 LUMINAIRE

Low Bay, Enclosed — Surface Mount Optical Series
APPLICATIONS
• For 10-25 ft. (3-8 meter) applications in factories, foundries, canneries and textile,
metal, chemical, rubber, food, cement, and other industrial applications

With

EZ Connect

TM

SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• 1598 Listed
Suitable For Damp Locations
• 1598 Listed for metal halide
lamps in polymeric lamp
containment barriers
• Listed to Canadian standards
and codes
• UV stabilized injection molded
prismatic refractor for low
brightness
• Enclosed and gasketed optics

• In-line EZ ConnectTM plug-in
adapter port allows for:
• hook/loop, cord & NEMA plug
• plug-in modular wiring systems
• plug-in fuse kits
• Symmetrical heavy-duty
die-cast aluminum ballast
housing with electrocoat gray
or white polyester paint finish
• Threaded slide-in mounting
adapter for easy mounting
• 55° C ambient, standard

• Alzak† finish on reflector
• Safety chain provisions
• Mogul base socket -E39
standard
• Shipped as components:
Ballast, Optical
• Magnapack available
for ballast
• Pulse start system for metal
halide available. See Page I-155

I

UNIMOUNT INDOOR LIGHTING

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
UM5

G

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXX
UM5 =
Unimount
400
Luminaire

COLOR

25

M

0

WATTAGE LIGHT
VOLTAGE
SOURCE
X
XX
X
X
G = Gray
17 = 175 M = MH
60Hz
0 = 120/208/
Electro 25 = 250 S = HPS
240/277
Coat
32 = 320 P = Pulse
W = White
35 = 350
Start MH MULTIVOLT
1 = 120
Polyester 40 = 400
Powder
Note: Lamp 2 = 208
3 = 240
is vertical
4 = 277
base up.
5 = 480
Lamp not
D = 347
included.
F = 120X347
T = 220

A

EA

AG

BALLAST
TYPE
X
See Ballast
Selection
Table
A =Autoreg
D=
System 3
Bi Level
Autoreg
See
technical
info
G=
(CANADIAN)
Mag-reg
with
grounded
socket
shell
H = HPF
Reactor or
Lag
L = Super
Low Loss
Autoreg

OPTICAL
CODE
XX
EA = Enclosed
Acrylic
Refractor

PHOTOMETRY
CODE
XX
XX = Select
Code Below

11

MOUNTING
CODE
XX
XX = Select Code Below
11 = Pendant mounting
13 = Provision for Slide-on Primary Electrical
Disconnect. Order TWOBP Box (Thru Feed
ES = Enclosed
Capability Only) Separately.
Advanced
“ST”HID
(Not available with W option)
Refractor
14 = Provision for Slide-on Primary Electrical
Disconnect. (Pendant and Thru Feed
WA = Acrylic
Capability). Order PED Box Separately
Refractor
(Not available with W option)
with inside of
Reflector
15 = Prewire with EZ-Loop, Cord and Plug Part
Painted White
of “Power Hook”. Order Receptacle/Hook
Box Separately. (Not CSA/CUL)
WS =
50Hz
31 = Prewire with EZ-Hook, 3-ft (0.9 Meters) #16/3
Advanced
“ST” HID
6 = 220
Cord, and Nema Plug
Acrylic with
R = 230
33 = Prewire with EZ-Loop, 3-ft (0.9 Meters) #16/3
inside
of
Y = 240
Cord, and Nema Plug (Order locking
ReflectorPainted
G = 380
receptacle hook box separately.)
White
67 = Pendant, Nut and Hanger Hub Mounting.
(For use with “D” or “W”, Wet Locations
Option, only)
(See pages I-153 and I-154 for details)
MODULAR PREWIRE
41 = ACS with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
69 = ACS with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
43 = ACS with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
70 = ACS with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
EA, ES OPTICAL - Enclosed Optical
51 = Sentinel with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
Light
Spacing Socket Photometric Optical
Photometry 71 = Sentinel with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
Wattage Source
Criteria Position Curve
Code
Code
53 = Sentinel with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
72 = Sentinel with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
175,250 MH
1.7
G
177155
EA ,ES
AG
400
MH
1.9
A
177013
EA ,ES
AA
Note: ACS = Flex 3 +
400
MH(Coated)
1.6
A
177014
EA ,ES
AA
Sentinel = EZ Flex II (FSC)
175,250 P (MH)
1.7
G
177155
EA ,ES
AG
320(ED28)* P (MH)
1.7
G
177155
EA ,ES
AG
F4 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook 350
P (MH)
1.9
A
177013
EA ,ES
AA
Bay Flex GE-LT (no phase selection required)
400
P (MH)
1.9
A
177013
EA ,ES
AA
F5 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook 400
P (MH)(Coated) 1.6
A
177014
EA ,ES
AA
Bay Flex GE HLA (A phase)
250
HPS
1.9
F
177011
EA ,ES
AF
F6 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook 400
HPS
1.9
F
177011
EA ,ES
AF
Bay Flex GE HLA (B phase)
WA, WS OPTICAL - Enclosed Optical with White Inside Reflector
F7 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Light
Spacing Socket Photometric Optical
Photometry
Bay Flex GE HLA (C phase)
Wattage Source
Criteria Position Curve
Code
Code
WA, WS
AH
175,250 MH
2.0
H
178672
WA, WS
AA
400
MH
2.0
A
178674
WA, WS
AA
400
MH (Coated)
1.4
A
451384
WA, WS
AH
175,250 P (MH)
2.0
H
178672
WA, WS
AH
320(ED28)* P (MH)
2.0
H
178672
WA, WS
AA
350
P (MH)
2.0
A
178674
WA, WS
AA
400
P (MH)
2.0
A
178674
WA, WS
AA
400
P (MH)(Coated) 1.4
A
451384
WA, WS
AF
250
HPS
2.0
F
178673
WA, WS
AF
400
HPS
2.0
F
178673
*320 watt, ED28 pulse start MH
Note: See page T-34 for Alternative lens material explanation

B
OPTIONS
X
A = 65°C maximum
ambient*
B = Time Delay
Automatically
Switched Quartz
C= Patrol™
Intermittent
Automatic Lamp
Shut-Off For Metal
Halide Lamps (see
opposing page)
F = Fusing (Not available
with W option)
G = Secondary
Wiring Access.
7/8 in. dia.
knockout
(Not available with W
option)
H = Charcoal Filtering
Gasket (Not available
with wet location)
K = Encapsulated
Ballast (For use with
250 & 400 watt Auto
Reg Ballast only)
Q = Non-Time Delay
Automatically
Switched Quartz
R = Non-Switched
Quartz.
T = E40 / European Socket
W = Wet Location
(For use with
Mounting Code
15 and 67 only)
Y = Solo Bilevel Port
(See page I-126)
Note: See page I-128 for
Accessory Index and
Descriptions.
Note: See page I-153
for explanation of Options.
*65°C available for 250
and 400 watt Auto Reg
Ballast and WA optical
only.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-62/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

■

Most commonly ordered

UM5 UNIMOUNT ® 400 LUMINAIRE
Low Bay Enclosed

DIMENSIONS
For wet location dimensions 1.72 inches (44mm) must be added to
overall height.

REFERENCES
See Page I-128 for start of Accessories.
See Page I-142 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Page I-153 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Ballast and Optical

lbs
36

kgs
16

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
Ballast Type / Voltage
60HZ
120, 208
Light
240, 277
Wattage Source Multivolt 480
347
250
HPS
A
A,D,G,L
A,D,L
400
HPS
A
A,D,G,L
A,D,L
175
MH
A
A
A
250
MH
A
A,D,L
A,D
400
MH
A
A,D,L
A,D,G,L
PULSE START METAL HALIDE LIGHT SOURCE
BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
175
P (MH) N/A
A
A
250
P (MH) A
A,D,G,M A,D
320
P (MH) A
A,H*
A
350
P (MH) A
A,H*
A
400
P (MH) A
A,D,G,M A,D

50HZ

120
x
347
A
A
A
A
A

220
A,H
A,H
A
A
A

220
A,H,M
A,H,M
N/A
A
A

230
A,H
A,H,M
N/A
A
A

240
A,H
A,H,M
N/A
A
A

380
M
M
N/A
N/A
N/A

A
A
A
A
A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
3/4 in. NPSC Thread

UNIMOUNT INDOOR LIGHTING

NOTES
See explanation on “Optical Flexibility” Page I-5. See References.

NOTE: N/A = Not Available
* H is HPF - Linear Reactor available as 277V only.
Cannot be used with switched quartz option.
CANADIAN NOTES:
1. "A", Autoreg, and "D", Bilevel Autoreg available 120, 277 or 347 volts only
2. 208, 240, and 480 volts require CWI ballast. Use "G" when available. Contact factory for
all others.
3. Multivolt not available.
4. 208, 240 and 480 volts with “G” ballast not available with switched quartz.

“C” OPTION
Patrol™ - Intermittent Lamp Shut-Off For Metal Halide Lamps
Automatically shuts fixture off for 15 minutes every 120 hours of operation.
To conform to lamp manufacturers’ recommended safe lamp operation.
Available on the following offerings:
• 175 -400 watt
• Metal Halide, pulse Metal Halide, Ceramic Metal Halide
• Auto Reg (CWA) or Mag Reg ballasts
• 60 hz and corresponding voltages (as shown in table) only
Note: Used with Gen 6 ballast housing — adds 4.96” to overall height.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/I-63

I

UT5 UNIMOUNT ® 150 LUMINAIRE

Low Bay, Enclosed— Surface Mount Optical Series
APPLICATIONS
• For 8-20 ft. (2-6 meter) applications in factories, canneries, textile, metal, chemical, ruger, cement
and other industrial applications

With

EZ Connect

TM

SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• 1598 Listed
Suitable For Damp Locations
• 1598 Listed for metal halide
lamps in polymeric lamp
containment barriers
• Listed to Canadian standards
and codes
• UV stabilized injection molded
prismatic refractor for low
brightness
• In-line EZ Connect™ plug-in

adapter port allows for:
• hook/loop, cord & NEMA plug
• plug-in modular wiring systems
• plug-in fuse kits
• Symmetrical heavy-duty
die-cast aluminum ballast
housing with electrocoat gray
or white polyester paint finish
• Threaded slide-in mounting
adapter for easy mounting
• 55° C ambient, standard
(except 40° C for 250 watt)

• Alzak† finish on reflector
• Safety chain provisions
• Mogul base socket -E39
standard
• Shipped as components:
Ballast, Optical
• Magnapack available
for ballast
• Pulse start system for metal
halide available. See Page I-155

I

UNIMOUNT INDOOR LIGHTING

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
UT5

G

25

PRODUCT COLOR
WATTAGE
IDENT
XXX
X
XX
UT5 =
G = Gray 07 = 70
Unimount Electro
10 = 100
150
Coat
15 = 150
Luminaire W = White 17 = 175
Polyester 25 = 250
Powder

M

0

LIGHT
SOURCE
X
M = MH
K = Ceramic
MH
S = HPS
P = Pulse
Start MH

VOLTAGE

Note: Lamp
is vertical
base up.
Lamp not
included.

A

EA

AG

BALLAST
OPTICAL
PHOTOMETRY MOUNTING
TYPE
CODE
CODE
CODE
X
X
XX
XX
XX
See Ballast EA = Enclosed
60Hz
XX = Select XX = Select Code Below
Acrylic
Refractor
0 = 120/208/ Selection
Code Below 11 = Pendant mounting
240/277
Table
13 = Provision for Slide-on Primary Electrical
= Enclosed
MULTIVOLT A =Autoreg ES
Disconnect. Order TWOBP Box (Thru Feed
Advanced “ST” HID
1 = 120
D=
Capability Only) Separately.
Acrylic Refractor
2 = 208
Systems 3
(Not available with W option)
WA = Acrylic
3 = 240
Bilevel
14 = Provision for Slide-on Primary Electrical
with
4 = 277
Autoreg Refractor
Disconnect. (Pendant and Thru Feed
Inside & Outside
5 = 480
(See
Capability). Order PED Box Separately
of Reflector
D = 347
Technical Painted White
(Not available with W option)
F = 120X347 Section)
15 = Prewire with EZ-Loop, Cord and Plug Part
WS = Advanced
T = 220
H = HPF
of “Power Hook”. Order Receptacle/Hook
HID Acrylic
Reactor or “ST”
Box Separately. (Not CSA/CUL)
with Inside &
50Hz
Lag
31 = Prewire with EZ-Hook, 3-ft (0.9 Meters) #16/3
Outside of
6 = 220
M=
Cord, and Nema Plug
Reflector Painted
R = 230
Mag-reg White
33 = Prewire with EZ-Loop, 3-ft (0.9 Meters) #16/3
Y = 240
K=
Cord, and Nema Plug (Order locking
G = 380
Hot restart
receptacle hook box separately.)
(Contact
67 = Pendant, Nut and Hanger Hub Mounting.
factory)
(For use with “D” or “W”, Wet Locations
Option, only)
(See pages I-153 and I-154 for details)

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE (Continued on next page)
EA, ES, EP OPTICAL - Enclosed Optical
Wattage
175
250
150
70
100
150 (55V)
250

Light
Source
MH, P
MH, P
P (MH)
HPS
HPS
HPS
HPS

11

Spacing
Criteria
1.7
1.7
C/F
1.8
1.8
1.8
2.0

Socket
Position
G
G
C/F
G
G
G
F

Photometric
Curve
177017
177017
C/F
177016
177016
177016
177162

Optical
Code
EA,ES
EA,ES
C/F
EA,ES
EA,ES
EA,ES
EA,ES

WA, WS, WP OPTICAL - Optical with Inside & Outside Reflector White

175
MH, P
1.7
G
178824
WA, WS
WA, WS
250
MH, P
1.7
G
178824
150
P (MH)
C/F
C/F
C/F
C/F
WA, WS
70
HPS
1.7
G
178822
WA, WS
100
HPS
1.7
G
178822
WA, WS
150 (55V) HPS
1.7
G
178822
WA, WS
250
HPS
1.7
F
178823
Note: C/F = Call Factory
Note: See page T-34 for Alternative lens material explanation

Photometry
Code
AG
AG
C/F
AG
AG
AG
AF
AG
AG
C/F
AG
AG
AG
AF

MODULAR PREWIRE
41 = ACS with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
69 = ACS with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
43 = ACS with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
70 = ACS with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
51 = Sentinel with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
71 = Sentinel with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
53 = Sentinel with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
72 = Sentinel with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
Note: ACS = Flex 3 +
Sentinel = EZ Flex II (FSC)
F4 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE-LT (no phase selection required)
F5 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE HLA (A phase)
F6 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE HLA (B phase)
F7 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE HLA (C phase)

B
OPTIONS
X
B = Time Delay
Automatically
Switched Quartz
C= Patrol™
Intermittent
Automatic Lamp
Shut-Off For Metal
Halide Lamps (see
opposing page)
F = Fusing (Not available
with W option)
G = Secondary
Wiring Access.
7/8 in. dia.
knockout(Not
available with W
option)
H = Charcoal Filtering
Gasket (not available
with wet location)
K = Encapsulated
Ballast (For use with
250 watt Auto Reg
Ballast only)
Q = Non-Time Delay
Automatically
Switched Quartz
R = Non-Switched Quartz.
T = E40 / European Socket
W = Wet Location (For use
with Mounting Code
15 and 67 only)
Y = Solo Bilevel Port
(See page I-126)
Note: See page I-128 for
Accessory Index and
Descriptions.
Note: See page I-153 for
explanation of Options.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-64/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

■

Most commonly
ordered

UT5 UNIMOUNT ® 150 LUMINAIRE
Low Bay Enclosed
DIMENSIONS
For wet location dimensions 1.72 inches (44mm) must be added
to overall height
NOTES
See explanation on “Optical Flexibility” Page I-5. See References.
FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
3/4 in. NPSC Thread

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Ballast and Optical

lbs
33

kgs
15

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
Ballast Type / Voltage
60HZ
120, 208
Light
240, 277
Wattage Source Multivolt 480
347
70
HPS
H,K***
H,K***
H
100
HPS
H,K***
H,K***
H
150(55V) HPS
H,K***
H,K***
H
250
HPS
A
A
A
70*
Cer, MH H
H
H
100*
Cer, MH H
H
H
70*
MH
H
H
H
100*
MH
H
H
H
175
MH
A
A
A
250
MH
A
A,D
A,D
PULSE START METAL HALIDE LIGHT SOURCE
BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
150*
P (MH) N/A
H**
H
175
P (MH) N/A
A
A
250
P (MH) A
A,D
A,D

120
x
347
H
H
H
A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
A
A

50HZ
220
N/A
N/A
A,H
A,H
H
H
N/A
N/A
A
A

220
M
H,M
H
A,H,M
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A N/A N/A
A
N/A N/A
A
N/A N/A

230
N/A
H,M
H
A,H
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

240
N/A
H
H
A,H
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

380
N/A
N/A
N/A
M
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A

“C” OPTION
Patrol™ - Intermittent Lamp Shut-Off For Metal Halide Lamps
Automatically shuts fixture off for 15 minutes every 120
hours of operation.
To conform to lamp manufacturers’ recommended safe
lamp operation.
Available on the following offerings:
• 175 -400 watt
• Metal Halide, pulse Metal Halide, Ceramic Metal Halide
• Auto Reg (CWA) or Mag Reg ballasts
• 60 hz and corresponding voltages (as shown in table) only
Note: Used with Gen 6 ballast housing — adds 4.96” to
overall height.

UNIMOUNT INDOOR LIGHTING

REFERENCES
See Page I-128 for start of Accessories.
See Page I-142 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Page I-153 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

NOTE: N/A = Not Available
* Medium base socket (Lamp not included)
** 480 Volt not available
*** Hot Restart supplied in Large Ballast Housing — contact factory
CANADIAN NOTES:
1. "A", Autoreg, and "D", Bilevel Autoreg available 120, 277 or 347 volts only
2. 208, 240, and 480 volts require CWI ballast. Use "G" when available. Contact factory for
all others.
3. Multivolt not available.
4. "K" Hot Restart not available.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/I-65

I

MB4 MIDBAYTM LUMINAIRE High Bay or Low Bay, Enclosed

— Surface Mount Optical Series, General Die-Cast Ballast Housing

APPLICATIONS
• For 15 to 30 ft. mounting height applications requiring high efficiency, good vertical illumination
on stacks or vertical surfaces. Uplight provides for elimination of dark ceilings.
• General purpose lighting, assembly areas, distribution warehouse and industrial applications.

I

MIDBAY INDOOR LIGHTING

SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• 1598 Listed
Suitable For Damp Locations
• 1598 Listed for metal halide
lamps in polymeric lamp
containment barriers
• Listed to Canadian standards
and codes
• Enclosed and gasketed optics
• 55° C ambient, standard
• UV stabilized injection molded
prismatic refractor for low
brightness

• Heavy-duty die-cast aluminum
ballast housing with white
polyester paint finish
• Aluminum reflector with high
reflectivity UV stablized white
polyester paint
• Mogul base socket - E39 standard
• Safety chain provisions
• Shipped as components: Ballast,
Optical. Magnapack available for
ballast
• Pulse start system for metal
halide available. See Page I-155

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
MB4

W

40

M

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXX
MB4 =
MidBay
Luminaire
with
General
Die-Cast
Housing

COLOR

WATTAGE LIGHT
SOURCE
XX
X
25 = 250 M = MH
32 = 320 S = HPS
35 = 350 P = Pulse
40 = 400
Start
MH

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
X
W = White
Polyester
Powder

Note: Lamp
is vertical
base up.
Lamp not
included.

0

A

BALLAST
VOLTAGE TYPE
X
X
60Hz
A =Autoreg
0 = 120/
208/
240/277
MULTIVOLT
Discrete
voltages
only
available
when
ordering
cord & plug
or fusing.
Specify
voltage
when
ordering
these
options.
1 = 120
2 = 208
3 = 240
4 = 277
5 = 480
F = 120X347

EA

AA

OPTICALS
XX
EA=Enclosed
Acrylic
Refractor
EP=Enclosed
Poycarbonate

PHOTOMETRY
XX
XX = Select
Code Below

Wattage
250
400
250
320* ED28
350
400
250
400

Light
Source
MH
MH
P(MH)
P(MH)
P(MH)
P(MH)
HPS
HPS

Photometric
Curve
453263
453262
453266
453265
453264
453269
453268
453267

MOUNTING
CODE
XX
XX = Select Code Below
11 = Pendant mounting
13 = Provision for Slide-on Primary Electrical
Disconnect. Order TWOBP Box (Thru Feed
Capability Only) Separately.
14 = Provision for Slide-on Primary Electrical
Disconnect. (Pendant and Thru Feed
Capability) Order PED Box Separately
15 = Prewire with Loop, Cord and Plug Part
of “Power Hook”. Order Receptacle/Hook
Box Separately. (Not CSA/CUL)
31 = Prewire with Hook, 3-ft (0.9 Meters)
#16/3 Cord, and Nema Plug
33 = Prewire with Loop, 3-ft (0.9 Meters)
#16/3 Cord, and Nema Plug (Order locking
receptacle hook box separately.)

B
OPTIONS
X
B = Time Delay
Automatically
Switch Quartz
F = Fusing
Y = Solo Bilevel Port
(See page I-126)
Note: See page I-128 for
Accessory Index and
Descriptions.
Note: See page I-153 for
explanation of Options.

MODULAR PREWIRE
41 = ACS with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & Hook
69 = ACS with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & Hook
43 = ACS with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & Loop
70 = ACS with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & Loop
51 = Sentinel with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & Hook
71 = Sentinel with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & Hook
53 = Sentinel with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & Loop
72 = Sentinel with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & Loop

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
EA OPTICAL - Enclosed Acrylic

11

Note: ACS = Flex 3 +
Sentinel = EZ Flex II (FSC)
Optical
Code
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA

Photometry
Code
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA

F4 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE-LT (no phase selection required)
F5 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE HLA (A phase)
F6 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE HLA (B phase)
F7 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE HLA (C phase)

*320 watt, ED28 pulse start MH
NOTE: Socket position is fixed and not field adjustable.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-66/ 2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

■

Most commonly ordered

MB4 MIDBAYTM LUMINAIRE
High Bay or Low Bay, Enclosed — Surface Mount Optical Series
General Die-Cast Housing

NOTES
See explanation on “Optical Flexibility” Page I-5. See References.
REFERENCES
See Page I-128 for start of Accessories.
See Page I-142 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Page I-153 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
9.06 in
(230mm)

NOTE
Compact Fluorescent (CFL)
available after printing.
For CFL contact factory.

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Ballast and Optical

lbs
35-38

kgs
16-17

22.84 in
(580mm)

MIDBAY INDOOR LIGHTING

26.82 in
(681mm)
FIXTURE HEIGHT

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ I-67

I

OB4 OMNIBEAM TM 400 LUMINAIRE

High Bay, Enclosed or Open — Surface Mount Optical Series
General Die-Cast Housing
APPLICATIONS
• For over 20-foot (6 meter) applications, assembly lines, inspection areas,
production bays, storage areas, warehouses, commercial and retail areas.
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• 1598 Listed
Suitable For Damp Locations
• Listed to Canadian standards
and codes
• Open/ventilated or enclosed
opticals with choice of clear or
prismatic lens
• Acrylic reflector

OMNIBEAM INDOOR LIGHTING

I

W

40

M

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXX
OB4 =
Omnibeam
400
Luminaire
with
General
Die-Cast
Housing

COLOR

WATTAGE LIGHT
SOURCE
X
M = MH
S = HPS
P = Pulse
Start
MH

X
XX
W=
25 = 250
White
32 = 320
Polyester 35 = 350
Powder 40 = 400

Note: Lamp
is vertical
base up.
Lamp not
included.

• Shipped as components:
Ballast, Optical. Magnapack
available for ballast
• Pulse start system for metal
halide available. See Page I-155

Exclusionary base socket is available for use with Metal Halide lamps in open
fixtures to comply with NEC 2005 regulations (GELS “S” Option)
Customer should consult or review local electrical codes for compliance.

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
OB4

• Heavy-duty
die-cast aluminum ballast
housing with white polyester
paint finish
• 55° C ambient, standard,
except as noted in Photometric
Table
• Adjustable mogul base
socket -E39 standard
• Safety chain provisions

0

A

V6

AC

11

B

BALLAST
OPTICAL
PHOTOMETRY
TYPE
CODE
X
X
XX
XX
E2=Enclosed
22
A =Autoreg
60Hz
XX = Select
in. with clear flat Code from
0 = 120/
acrylic lens
208/
Photometric
E6=Enclosed 26 Selection
240/277
in.
with
clear
flat
MULTIVOLT
Table
acrylic lens
Discrete
P2=Enclosed
voltages
with prismatic
only
conical lens 22
available
in. Optical
when
V6=Open and
ordering
ventilated
cord &
26 in. acrylic
plug or
V2= open
fusing.
22 in. acrylic
Specify
voltage
when
ordering
these
options.
1 = 120
2 = 208
See
3 = 240
Photometeric
4 = 277
For
Alternative
table on next
5 = 480
Polymeric
page.
F = 120X347
Material not
T = 220
See
shown above see
Ballast
50Hz
Next Page table below

MOUNTING
CODE
XX
XX = Select Code Below
11 = Pendant mounting
13 = Provision for Slide-on Primary Electrical
Disconnect. Order TWOBP Box (Thru Feed
Capability Only) Separately.
14 = Provision for Slide-on Primary Electrical
Disconnect. (Pendant and Thru Feed
Capability) Order PED Box Separately
15 = Prewire with Loop, Cord and Plug Part
of “Power Hook”. Order Receptacle/Hook
Box Separately. (Not CSA/CUL)
31 = Prewire with Hook, 3-ft (0.9 Meters) #16/3
Cord, and Nema Plug
33 = Prewire with Loop, 3-ft (0.9 Meters) #16/3
Cord, and Nema Plug (Order locking
receptacle hook box separately.)

OPTIONS

6 = 220
R = 230
Y = 240

F4 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE-LT (no phase selection required)
F5 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE HLA (A phase)
F6 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE HLA (B phase)
F7 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE HLA (C phase)

VOLTAGE

X
B= Time Delay
Automatically
Switched Quartz
F = Fusing
S = Exclusionary
mogul base
socket for MH
open fixtures
Y = Solo Bilevel Port
(See page I-126)
Note: See page I-128 for
Accessory Index and
Descriptions.
Note: See page I-153 for
explanation of Options.

MODULAR PREWIRE
41 = ACS with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & Hook
69 = ACS with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & Hook
43 = ACS with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & Loop
70 = ACS with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & Loop
51 = Sentinel with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & Hook
71 = Sentinel with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & Hook
53 = Sentinel with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & Loop
72 = Sentinel with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & Loop
Note: ACS = Flex 3 +
Sentinel = EZ Flex II (FSC)

SPECIAL OPTICAL CODES - ALTERNATIVE POLYMERIC MATERIALS
ADVANCED “ST” HID ACRYLIC - Enhanced Lamp Containment and Reduced Yellowing
S2
T2
S6

Advanced “ST” HID Acrylic
Advanced “ST” HID Acrylic
Advanced “ST” HID Acrylic

Enclosed 22” “ST” HID Acrylic Reflector with Clear Flat “ST” HID Acrylic Lens
Enclosed 22” “ST” HID Acrylic Reflector with Prismatic Conical “ST” HID Acrylic Lens
Enclosed 26” “ST” HID Acrylic Reflector with Clear Flat “ST” HID Acrylic Lens

Note: For above Optical Codes, use corresponding Acrylic Photometry Code listed in Photometric Selection Tables and associated photometric data.
Note: See page T-34 for Alternative lens material explanation

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-68/ 2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

■

Most commonly ordered

OB4 OMNIBEAM TM 400 LUMINAIRE
High Bay, Enclosed or Open — Surface Mount Optical Series
General Die-Cast Housing

OMNIBEAM INDOOR LIGHTING

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Ballast and Optical

lbs
37

kgs
17

NOTES
See explanation on ”Optical Flexibility“ Page I-5. See References.
REFERENCES

See Page I-128 for start of Accessories.
See Page I-142 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Page I-153 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.
PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
(From Ordering Number Logic on previous page)
PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE

E2, S2 OPTICAL - Enclosed 22in. with flat clear Acrylic
Wattage
250
250
250
250
320*
320*
320*
350, 400
350, 400
250-400

Light
Source
MH,P
MH,P
MH(Coated),P
MH(Coated),P
MH,P
MH,P
MH(Coated),P
MH,P
MH(Coated),P
HPS

Max Spacing
Temp Criteria
40** 1.0
40** 1.4
40** 1.0
40** 1.4
40** 1.3
40** 1.5
40** 1.3
40** 1.9
40** 1.6
40** 1.5

Socket
Position
E
H
D
H
A
G
H
A
A
A

Photometric
Curve
452439
452440
452443
452444
452452
452453
452466
452462
452465
452448

E6, S6 OPTICAL - Enclosed 26in. with flat clear Acrylic
350,400
350,400
350,400
350,400
250-400
250-400
250-400

MH,P
MH,P
MH(Coated),P
MH(Coated),P
HPS
HPS
HPS

55
55
55
55
55
55
55

1.6
1.8
1.6
1.9
1.3
1.4
1.5

*320 watt is ED28 Pulse Start MH
**Contact Factory for 55C availability

B
D
D
H
E
E
G

179849
179851
179852
179853
179861
179862
179863

Optical
Code
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6

Photometry
Code
AE
AH
AD
AH
AA
AG
AH
AA
AA
AA
AB
AD
AD
AH
AE
AE
AG

V2 OPTICAL - Open 22in. Reflector — MH requires “S” option EX39 socket
Wattage
250
250
250
250
350, 400
350, 400
250, 400

Light
Source
MH,P
MH,P
MH(Coated),P
MH(Coated),P
MH, P
MH(Coated),P
HPS

Max
Temp
55
55
55
55
55
55
55

Spacing
Criteria
1.3
1.5
1.3
1.5
1.6
1.6
1.5

Socket
Position
A
G
A
F
A
A
A

V6 OPTICAL - Open and Ventilated 26in. Reflector —
MH requires “S” option EX39 socket
Wattage
350, 400
350, 400
350, 400
250-400
250-400

Light
Source
MH,P
MH(Coated),P
MH(Coated),P
HPS
HPS

Max
Temp
55
55
55
55
55

Spacing
Criteria
1.6
1.7
1.6
1.3
1.7

Socket
Position
B
C
B
E
G

Photometric
Curve
452450
452451
452456
452455
452460
452463
452447

Optical
Code
V2
V2
V2
V2
V2
V2
V2

Photometry
Code
AA
AG
AA
AF
AA
AA
AA

Photometric
Curve
178906
178976
178975
178905
178969

Optical
Code
V6
V6
V6
V6
V6

Photometry
Code
AB
AC
AB
AE
AG

P2, T2 OPTICAL - Enclosed 22in. with Acrylic prismatic conical lens

250
250
250
250
320*
320*
350, 400
250-400

MH,P
MH,P
MH(Coated),P
MH(Coated),P
MH, P
MH(Coated),P
MH(Coated),P
HPS

40**
40**
40**
40**
40**
40**
40**
55

1.1
1.5
1.1
1.5
1.6
1.5
1.8
1.7

A
H
A
G
A
A
A
A

452441
452442
452446
452445
452454
452459
452464
452449

P2
P2
P2
P2
P2
P2
P2
P2

AA
AH
AA
AG
AA
AA
AA
AA

*320 watt is ED28 Pulse Start MH
**Contact Factory for 55C availability

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ I-69

I

UG4 UNIGLOW ® 400 LUMINAIRE

High Bay, Enclosed or Open — Surface Mount Optical Series
General Die-Cast Housing
APPLICATIONS
• For over 20-foot (6 meter) applications, warehouses, handling, general assembly, manufacturing and
other indoor lighting areas where high intensity discharge (HID) light sources are applicable
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• 1598 Listed
Suitable For Damp Locations.
• Listed to Canadian standards
and codes
• Open or enclosed optical
assembly (clear tempered door
lens on enclosed unit)

• Heavy-duty die-cast aluminum
ballast housing with white
polyester paint finish
• 55° C ambient, standard
• Alzak† finish on aluminum
faceted reflector
• Adjustable mogul base
socket -E39 standard

• Safety chain provisions
• Shipped as components: Ballast,
Optical. Magnapack available
for ballast.
• Pulse start system for metal
halide available. See Page I-155

Exclusionary base socket is available for use with Metal Halide lamps in open
fixtures to comply with NEC 2005 regulations (GELS “S” Option)
Customer should consult or review local electrical codes for compliance.

I

UNIGLOW INDOOR LIGHTING

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
UG4

W

40

PRODUCT COLOR
IDENT
X
XXX
UG4 =
W = White
Uniglow
Polyester
400
Powder
Luminaire
with
General
Die-Cast
housing

M

WATTAGE LIGHT
SOURCE
XX
X
25 = 250 M = MH
32 = 320 S = HPS
35 = 350 P = Pulse
Start
40 = 400
MH
Note: Lamp
is vertical
base up.
Lamp not
included.

0

A

E7

VOLTAGE

BALLAST
TYPE
X
A =Autoreg

OPTICAL
PHOTOMETRY
CODE
CODE
XX
XX
E7=Enclosed XX = Select
17 in.
Code
Reflector
Below

X
60Hz
0 = 120/208/
240/277
MULTIVOLT
Discrete
voltages
only
available
when
ordering
cord &
plug or
fusing.
Specify
voltage
when
ordering
these
options.
1 = 120
2 = 208
3 = 240
4 = 277
5 = 480
F = 120X347

AA

V2= Open
22-in.
Reflector
V7= Open
17-in.
Reflector
Note: Do not
use open
opticals
with lamps,
specified
for use in
enclosed
opticals
only.

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE

11

B

MOUNTING
CODE
XX
XX = Select Code Below
11 = Pendant mounting
13 = Provision for Slide on Primary Electrical
Disconnect. Order TWOBP Box (Thru Feed
Capability Only) Separately.
14 = Provision for Slide-on Primary Electrical
Disconnect. (Pendant and Thru Feed
Capability) Order PED Box Separately
15 = Prewire with Loop, Cord and Plug Part
of “Power Hook”. Order Receptacle/Hook
Box Separately. (Not CSA/CUL)
31 = Prewire with Hook, 3-ft (0.9 Meters) #16/3
Cord, and Nema Plug
33 = Prewire with Loop, 3-ft (0.9 Meters) #16/3
Cord, and Nema Plug (Order locking
receptacle hook box separately.)

OPTIONS
X
B = Time Delay
Automatically
Switched Quartz
F = Fusing
S = Exclusionary mogul
base socket for MH
open fixtures
Y = Solo Bilevel Port
(See page I-126)
Note: See page I-128 for
Accessory Index and
Descriptions.
Note: See page I-153 for
explanation of Options.

MODULAR PREWIRE
41 = ACS with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & Hook
69 = ACS with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & Hook
43 = ACS with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & Loop
70 = ACS with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & Loop
51 = Sentinel with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & Hook
71 = Sentinel with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & Hook
53 = Sentinel with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & Loop
72 = Sentinel with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & Loop

V2 OPTICAL - Open 22 in. Reflector—MH requires “S” option EX39 base socket

Note: ACS = Flex 3 +
Photometry
Sentinel = EZ Flex II (FSC)
Code
AF
F4 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook AE
Bay Flex GE-LT (no phase selection required)
F5 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook V7 OPTICAL - Open 17 in. Reflector—MH requires “S” option EX39 base socket
Bay Flex GE HLA (A phase)
400
MH
1.5
A
176791
V7
AA
F6 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook 400
MH
1.9
E
177108
V7
AE
Bay Flex GE HLA (B phase)
400
MH(Coated)
1.3
A
176788
V7
AA
F7 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook 400
P (MH)
1.5
A
176791
V7
AA
Bay Flex GE HLA (C phase)
400
P (MH)
1.9
E
177108
V7
AE
400
P (MH) Coated 1.3
A
176788
V7
AA
250,400 HPS
1.0
A
176782
V7
AA
250,400 HPS
1.5
F
176775
V7
AF
250,400 HPS
1.7
H
176777
V7
AH
Wattage
250,400
400

Light
Source
HPS
MH

Spacing
Criteria
0.7
1.0

Socket
Position
F
E

Photometric
Curve
177004
177042

Optical
Code
V2
V2

E7 OPTICAL - Enclosed 17 in. Reflector

250
MH
1.1
G
177105
E7
AG
400
MH
1.5
A
177104
E7
AA
250
P (MH)
1.1
G
177105
E7
AG
320(ED28)* P (MH)
1.1
G
177105
E7
AG
350
P (MH)
1.5
A
177104
E7
AA
400
P (MH)
1.5
A
177104
E7
AA
250,400 HPS
1.0
A
177120
E7
AA
250,400 HPS
1.5
F
177119
E7
AF
250,400 HPS
1.7
H
177122
E7
AH
*320 watt, ED28 pulse start MH
Use open optical photometrics and reduce values by 10% for enclosed opticals

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.

I-70/ 2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

■

Most commonly ordered

UG4 UNIGLOW ® 400 LUMINAIRE
High Bay, Enclosed or Open—Surface Mount Optical Series
General Die-Cast Housing

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Ballast and Optical

lbs
23-58

kgs
10-26

NOTES
See explanation on “Optical Flexibility” Page I-5. See References.
REFERENCES
See Page I-128 for start of Accessories.
See Page I-142 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Page I-153 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

UNIGLOW INDOOR LIGHTING

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ I-71

I

GH4 GHB ® LUMINAIRE

High Bay, Open — Bracket Mount Optical Series
General Die-Cast Housing
APPLICATIONS
• For over 20 ft. (6 meter) applications, warehouses, assembly plants, material handling, maintenance
areas, manufacturing inspection areas, hangars, and other areas where economics and energyefficient light sources are important

I

GHB INDOOR LIGHTING

SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• 1598 Listed
Suitable For Damp Locations
• Listed to Canadian
standards and codes
• 55° C ambient, standard
• Flexible Spacing Criterion (SC)
–five-position mounting
bracket allows field- adjustable light distribution
• Heavy-duty die-cast

aluminum ballast housing with
white polyester paint finish
• Mogul base socket -E39
standard
• Safety chain provisions
• Shipped as components:
Ballast, Optical. Magnapack
available for ballast.
• Pulse start system for metal
halide available. See Page I-155

Exclusionary base socket is available for use with Metal Halide lamps in open
fixtures to comply with NEC 2005 regulations (GELS “S” Option)
Customer should consult or review local electrical codes for compliance.

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
GH4

W

PRODUCT COLOR
IDENT
XXX
X
GH4 = GHB W = White
Luminaire
Polyester
with
Powder
General
Die-Cast
Housing

40

M

0

WATTAGE LIGHT
SOURCE
XX
X
25 = 250 M = MH
32 = 320 S = HPS
35 = 350 P = Pulse
40 = 400
Start
MH
Note: Lamp
is vertical
base up.
Lamp not
included.

A

V6

NA

VOLTAGE

BALLAST
OPTICAL
PHOTOMETRY
TYPE
CODE
CODE
X
X
XX
XX
60Hz
A =Autoreg V6 = Open
NA = Not
0 = 120/208/
ventilated
Applicable
240/277
16-inch
MULTIVOLT
Reflector.
(Reflector
Discrete
(Do not use open position is
voltages
optical with
set at
only
lamps marked installation)
available
for
use
in
when
enclosed
ordering
fixtures only.)
cord &
plug or
D6 = 16-inch
fusing.
Reflector with
Specify
voltage
door glass kit
when
included. (Note:
ordering
See table for
these
door glass
options.
limitations)
1 = 120
2 = 208
3 = 240
4 = 277
5 = 480
F = 120X347

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
V6 OPTICAL - Open 16 in. Reflector —
MH requires “S” option EX39 base socket

Light
Spacing Reflector
Wattage Source
Criteria Position
400
MH
1.2
1
400
MH
1.5
2*
400
MH
1.7
3*
400
MH
2.0
4*
400
MH
2.3
5*
400
MH, (Coated) 1.1
1
400
MH, (Coated) 1.3
2*
400
MH, (Coated) 1.5
3*
400
MH (Coated)
1.6
4*
350,400 P (MH)
1.2
1
400
P (MH)
1.5
2*
400
P (MH)
1.7
3*
400
P (MH)
2.0
4*
400
P (MH)
2.3
5*
350,400 P (MH Coated) 1.1
1
400
P (MH Coated) 1.3
2*
400
P (MH Coated) 1.5
3*
400
P (MH Coated) 1.6
4*
250,400 HPS
1.0
3
250,400 HPS
1.1
4
250,400 HPS
1.4
5
* Cannot use with door glass accessory

I-72/ 2005

Photometric
Curve
179646
179642
179643
179644
179645
179647
179648
179649
179650
179646
179642
179643
179644
179645
179647
179648
179649
179650
179639
179640
179641

Optical
Code
V6
V6
V6
V6
V6
V6
V6
V6
V6
V6
V6
V6
V6
V6
V6
V6
V6
V6
V6
V6
V6

Photometry
Code
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA

11

B

MOUNTING
CODE
XX
XX = Select Code Below
11 = Pendant mounting
13 = Provision for Slide-on Primary Electrical
Disconnect. Order TWOBP Box (Thru Feed
Capability Only) Separately.
14 = Provision for Slide-on Primary Electrical
Disconnect. (Pendant and Thru Feed
Capability) Order PED Box Separately
15 = Prewire with Loop, Cord and Plug Part
of “Power Hook”. Order Receptacle/Hook
Box Separately. (Not CSA/CUL)
31 = Prewire with Hook, 3-ft (0.9 Meters) #16/3
Cord, and Nema Plug
33 = Prewire with Loop, 3-ft (0.9 Meters) #16/3
Cord, and Nema Plug (Order locking
receptacle hook box separately.)

OPTIONS

MODULAR PREWIRE
41 = ACS with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & Hook
69 = ACS with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & Hook
43 = ACS with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & Loop
70 = ACS with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & Loop
51 = Sentinel with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & Hook
71 = Sentinel with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & Hook
53 = Sentinel with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & Loop
72 = Sentinel with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & Loop

X
B= Time Delay
Automatically
Switch Quartz
F = Fusing
S = Exclusionary
mogul base
socket for MH
open fixtures
Y= Solo Bilevel
Port
(See page I-126)
Note: See page
I-128 for Accessory
Index and
Descriptions.
Note: See page
I-153 for explanation
of Options.

Note: ACS = Flex 3 +
Sentinel = EZ Flex II (FSC)
F4 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE-LT (no phase selection required)
F5 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE HLA (A phase)
F6 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE HLA (B phase)
F7 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE HLA (C phase)

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE

D6 OPTICAL - Ventilated 16 in. Reflector with Flat Clear Door Glass
D6
Light
Spacing
Wattage Source
Criteria
250
MH
1.1
250
P (MH)
1.1
320* (ED28) P (MH)
1.1
350
P (MH)
1.1
350
P (MH Coated) 1.1
400
P (MH)
1.1
400
P (MH Coated) 1.1
N/A = Not Available
* 320 watt, ED28 pulse start MH

Reflector
Position
5
5
5
1
1
1
1

Photometric
Curve
179651
179651
179651
450780
450782
450780
450782

Optical
Code
D6
D6
D6
D6
D6
D6
D6

Photometry
Code
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

■

Most commonly ordered

GH4 GHB ® LUMINAIRE
High Bay, Open — Bracket Mount Optical Series
General Die-Cast Housing

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Ballast and Optical

lbs
22

kgs
10

NOTES
See explanation on “Optical Flexibility” Page I-5. See References.
REFERENCES
See Page I-128 for start of Accessories.
See Page I-142 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Page I-153 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

GHB INDOOR LIGHTING

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ I-73

I

GW4 GHB ® WAREHOUSE LUMINAIRE
High Bay, Open — Bracket Mount Optical Series
General Die-Cast Housing
APPLICATIONS
• For over 20 ft. (6 meter) applications, warehouse isle lighting
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• 1598 Listed
Suitable For Damp Locations
• Listed to Canadian standards and codes
• 55° C ambient, standard
• Heavy-duty
die-cast aluminum ballast
housing with white polyester
paint finish

• Flexible Spacing Criterion (SC) –
five-position mounting bracket
allows field-adjustable light
distribution
• Safety chain provisions
• Mogul base socket
-E39 standard
• Shipped as components:
Ballast, Optical

• Magnapack available
for ballast.
• Pulse start system for metal
halide available. See Page I-155

Exclusionary base socket is available for use with Metal Halide lamps in open
fixtures to comply with NEC 2005 regulations (GELS “S” Option)
Customer should consult or review local electrical codes for compliance.

I

GHB INDOOR LIGHTING

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
GW4

W

PRODUCT COLOR
IDENT
X
XXX
GW4 =
W = White
GHBW
Polyester
Luminaire
Powder
with
General
Die-Cast
Housing

40

M

0

WATTAGE LIGHT
VOLTAGE
SOURCE
XX
X
X
25 = 250 M = MH
60Hz
0 = 120/208/
32 = 320 S = HPS
240/277
35 = 350 P = Pulse
40 = 400
Start MH MULTIVOLT
Discrete
Note: Lamp is voltages
vertical base only
up. Lamp not available
when
included.
ordering
cord &
plug or
fusing.
Specify
voltage
when
ordering
these
options.
1 = 120
2 = 208
3 = 240
4 = 277
5 = 480
F = 120X347

A

V6

NA

11

B

BALLAST
TYPE
X
A =Autoreg

OPTICAL
CODE
XX
V6 = Open
ventilated
16-inch
Reflector.

PHOTOMETRY
CODE
XX
NA = Not
Applicable

MOUNTING
CODE
XX
XX = Select Code Below
11 = Pendant mounting
13 = Provision for Slide-on Primary Electrical
Disconnect. Order TWOBP Box (Thru Feed
Capability Only) Separately.
14 = Provision for Slide-on Primary Electrical
Disconnect. (Pendant and Thru Feed
Capability) Order PED Box Separately
15 = Prewire with Loop, Cord and Plug Part
of “Power Hook”. Order Receptacle/Hook
Box Separately. (Not CSA/CUL)
31 = Prewire with Hook, 3-ft (0.9 Meters) #16/3
Cord, and Nema Plug
33 = Prewire with Loop, 3-ft (0.9 Meters) #16/3
Cord, and Nema Plug (Order locking
receptacle hook box separately.)

OPTIONS

(Do not
use open
optical
with lamps
marked
for use in
enclosed
fixtures
only.)

(Reflector
position is
set at
installation)

Note: ACS = Flex 3 +
Sentinel = EZ Flex II (FSC)

V6 OPTICAL - Ventilated GHBW 16 in. Reflector —
Photometric
Curve
178294
178294
178280
178280

Note: See page I-128 for
Accessory Index and
Descriptions.
Note: See page I-153 for
explanation of Options.

MODULAR PREWIRE
41 = ACS with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & Hook
69 = ACS with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & Hook
43 = ACS with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & Loop
70 = ACS with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & Loop
51 = Sentinel with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & Hook
71 = Sentinel with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & Hook
53 = Sentinel with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & Loop
72 = Sentinel with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & Loop

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
MH requires “S” option EX39 base socket
Light
Socket
Wattage Source
Position
400
MH
2*
400
P(MH)
2*
250
HPS
4
400
HPS
4
*Cannot use door glass assembly

X
B= Time Delay
Automatically
Switched Quartz
F = Fusing
S = Exclusionary
mogul base
socket for MH
open fixtures
Y = Solo Bilevel Port
(See page I-126)

Optical
Code
V6
V6
V6
V6

V6 OPTICAL - Ventilated GHBW 16 in. Reflectors with door glass —
MH requires “S” option EX39 base socket
Light
Socket
Photometric Optical
Wattage Source
Position
Curve
Code
400
MH
1
450747
V6**
400
P(MH)
1
450747
V6**
**Order DGA6-GHBB separately

Photometry
Code
NA
NA
NA
NA

F4 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE-LT (no phase selection required)
F5 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE HLA (A phase)
F6 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE HLA (B phase)
F7 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE HLA (C phase)

Photometry
Code
NA
NA

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-74/ 2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

■

Most commonly ordered

GW4 GHB ® WAREHOUSE LUMINAIRE
High Bay, Open — Bracket Mount Optical Series
General Die-Cast Housing

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Ballast and Optical

lbs
22

kgs
10

NOTES
See explanation on “Optical Flexibility” Page I-5. See References.
REFERENCES
See Page I-128 for start of Accessories.
See Page I-142 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Page I-153 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

GHB INDOOR LIGHTING

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ I-75

I

GP4 GHB ® PRISMATIC LUMINAIRE
(Acrylic or Glass) High Bay, Open — Bracket Mount
Optical Series, General Die-Cast Housing

APPLICATIONS
• Assembly lines, inspection areas, production bays, storage areas, warehouses and commercial areas
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• 1598 Listed
Suitable For Damp Locations
• Listed to Canadian
standards and codes
• 55° C ambient, standard
• Heavy-duty
die-cast aluminum ballast
housing with white polyester
paint finish
• UV stabilized acrylic reflector,

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC

I

GHB INDOOR LIGHTING

GP4

W

PRODUCT COLOR
IDENT
XXX
X
GP4 =
W = White
GHBP
Polyester
Luminaire
Powder
with
General
Die-Cast
Housing

40

M

WATTAGE LIGHT
SOURCE
XX
X
17 = 175 M = MH
25 = 250 S = HPS
32 = 320 P = Pulse
35 = 350
Start MH
40 = 400
Note: Lamp
is vertical
base up.
Lamp not
included.

Advanced “ST” HID Acrylic
reflector or Borosilicate Glass
reflector
• Flexible Spacing Criterion (SC) –
five-position mounting bracket
allows field-adjustable light
distribution
• Safety chain provisions
• Mogul base socket -E39
standard
• Shipped as components:

Ballast, Optical. Magnapack
available for ballast.
• Pulse start system for metal
halide available. See Page I-155

Exclusionary base socket is available for use with Metal Halide lamps in open
fixtures to comply with NEC 2005 regulations (GELS “S” Option)
Customer should consult or review local electrical codes for compliance.
0

A

V6

NA

VOLTAGE

BALLAST
OPTICAL
PHOTOMETRY
TYPE
CODE
CODE
X
X
XX
XX
A =Autoreg V4 = Open
NA = Not
60Hz
ventilated
Applicable
0 = 120/
14-inch glass (Reflector
208/
position is
240/277
D4 = 14-inch
MULTIVOLT
glass with door set at
installation)
Discrete
glass kit
voltages
V6
=
Open
See opposing
only
ventilated
page.
available
16-inch acrylic
when
V2 = Open ventilated
ordering
22-inch acrylic
cord &
plug or
S6 = Open Ventilated 16in
fusing.
Advanced “ST” HID Acrylic
Specify
S2 = Open Ventilated 22in
voltage
Advanced “ST” HID Acrylic
when
NOTE: Do not use open opticals
ordering
with lamps specified for use in
these
enclosed fixtures only.
options.
Note: Lens assemblies’
1 = 120
available.
2 = 208
3 = 240
4 = 277
5 = 480
F = 120X347

11

B

MOUNTING
CODE
XX
XX = Select Code Below
11 = Pendant mounting
13 = Provision for Slide-on Primary Electrical
Disconnect. Order TWOBP Box (Thru Feed
Capability Only) Separately.
14 = Provision for Slide-on Primary Electrical
Disconnect. (Pendant and Thru Feed
Capability) Order PED Box Separately
15 = Prewire with Loop, Cord and Plug Part
of “Power Hook”. Order Receptacle/Hook
Box Separately. (Not CSA/CUL)
31 = Prewire with Hook, 3-ft (0.9 Meters) #16/3
Cord, and Nema Plug
33 = Prewire with Loop, 3-ft (0.9 Meters) #16/3
Cord, and Nema Plug (Order locking
receptacle hook box separately.)

OPTIONS
X
B= Time Delay
Automatically Switch
Quartz
F = Fusing
S = Exclusionary mogul
base socket
for MH open
fixtures
Y = Solo Bilevel Port
(See page I-126)
Note: See page I-128 for
Accessory Index and
Descriptions.
Note: See page I-153 for
explanation of Options.

MODULAR PREWIRE
41 = ACS with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & Hook
69 = ACS with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & Hook
43 = ACS with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & Loop
70 = ACS with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & Loop
51 = Sentinel with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & Hook
71 = Sentinel with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & Hook
53 = Sentinel with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & Loop
72 = Sentinel with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & Loop
Note: ACS = Flex 3 +
Sentinel = EZ Flex II (FSC)
F4 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE-LT (no phase selection required)
F5 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE HLA (A phase)
F6 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE HLA (B phase)
F7 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE HLA (C phase)

NOTES
See explanation on “Optical Flexibility” Page I-5. See References.
REFERENCES
See Page I-128 for start of Accessories.
See Page I-142 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Page I-153 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-76/ 2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

■

Most commonly ordered

GP4 GHB ® PRISMATIC LUMINAIRE
(Acrylic or Glass) High Bay, Open — Bracket Mount
Optical Series, General Die-Cast Housing

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

Lens Assemblies

For Acrylic/Polycarbonate opticals only (Order separately)
• E*L2-GHBP
Clear acrylic lens for 22-in. (559mm) optical
(40°C max. ambient on 400 watt fixtures)
• E*L6-GHBP
Clear acrylic lens for 16-in (406mm) optical
(40°C max. ambient on 250 watt fixtures)
• E*PL2-GHBP
Clear acrylic prismatic conical lens for 22-in (559mm) optical
(40°C max. ambient on 400 watt fixtures)
• E*PL6-GHBP
Clear acrylic prismatic conical lens for 16-inch optical
(40°C maximum ambient on 250W fixtures)
• E*RL6-GHBP
Clear prismatic drop lens for 16-inch optical
(40°C maximum ambient on 250W fixtures)
* Select Lens material (Example EAL2-GHBP = Standard Acrylic)
A = Standard Acrylic
S = Advanced “ST” HID Acrylic for enhanced lamp containment
and reduced yellowing.

E*PL2E*PL6-

lbs
22-32

kgs
10-15

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE

V4 OPTICAL - Open & Ventilated 14in. Prismatic Glass Reflector

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE

MH requires “S” option EX39 base socket
Light
Max Spacing Reflect. Photometric Optical Photometry
Wattage
Source Temp Criteria Position Curve
Code Code
350,400
MH,P 55
1.5
9
450161
V4
NA
350,400
MH,P 55
1.8
7
450159
V4
NA
350,400
MH,P 55
2.0
5
450157
V4
NA
350,400, Coated MH,P 55
1.3
8
450169
V4
NA
350,400, Coated MH,P 55
1.5
6
450167
V4
NA
350,400, Coated MH,P 55
2.0
2
450163
V4
NA
250
HPS
55
1.5
3
450175
V4
NA
250
HPS
55
1.8
2
450177
V4
NA
400
HPS
55
1.7
2
450153
V4
NA
D4 OPTICAL - Enclosed & Ventilated 14in. Prismatic Glass Reflector with Flat Glass Lens
250,320(ED28)
MH, P 55
1.4
2
450196
D4
NA
250,320(ED28)
Coated
MH, P 55
1.3
2
450207
D4
NA
350,400, Coated MH, P 55
1.3
9
450190
D4
NA
350,400, Coated MH, P 55
1.7
5
450187
D4
NA
350,400, Coated MH, P 55
1.9
3
450185
D4
NA
V6 OPTICAL - Open & Ventilated 16in. Acrylic Prismatic Reflector
MH requires “S” option EX39 base socket
350, 400
MH,P 40 2.0
3
179381
V6
NA
350, 400, Coated MH,P 40
1.9
3
179382
V6
NA
250
HPS
55
1.7
4
178415
V6
NA
250
HPS
55
1.9
5
178413
V6
NA
V6 OPTICAL - Ventilated 16in. Acrylic Prismatic Reflector with E*L6-GHBP Flat Polymeric Lens**
MH requires “S” option EX39 base socket
250
MH, P 40
1.5
4
179274
V6
NA
250
MH, P 40
1.7
5
179271
V6
NA
250, Coated
MH, P 40
1.5
4
179273
V6
NA
250, Coated
MH, P 40
1.7
5
179272
V6
NA
V6 OPTICAL - Ventilated 16in. Acrylic with E*PL6-GHBP Prismatic Conical Polymeric Lens**
MH requires “S” option EX39 base socket
175
MH, P 40
1.5
3
450246
V6
NA
175
MH, P 40
1.7
4
450247
V6
NA
175
MH, P 40
2.0
5
450248
V6
NA
175, Coated
MH, P 40
1.5
3
450226
V6
NA
175, Coated
MH, P 40
1.7
4
450229
V6
NA
175, Coated
MH, P 40
1.9
5
450232
V6
NA
250
MH, P 40
1.5
3
450237
V6
NA
250
MH, P 40
1.7
4
450238
V6
NA
250
MH, P 40
2.0
5
450239
V6
NA
250, Coated
MH, P 40
1.4
3
450217
V6
NA
250, Coated
MH, P 40
1.6
4
450220
V6
NA
250, Coated
MH, P 40
1.8
5
450223
V6
NA
** Ordered separately
* Select Lens material (Example EAL2-GHBP = Standard Acrylic)

V6 OPTICAL - Ventilated 16in. Acrylic with E*RL6-GHBP Drop Polymeric Lens**

MH requires “S” option EX39 base socket
Light
Max Spacing Reflect. Photometric Optical Photometry
Wattage
Source Temp Criteria Position Curve
Code Code
250
MH, P 40
1.3
3
450240
V6
NA
250
MH, P 40
1.5
4
450241
V6
NA
250
MH, P 40
1.7
5
450242
V6
NA
250, Coated
MH, P 40
1.2
3
450218
V6
NA
250, Coated
MH, P 40
1.4
4
450221
V6
NA
250, Coated
MH, P 40
1.6
5
450224
V6
NA
V2 OPTICAL - Open & Ventilated 22in. Prismatic Acrylic Reflector
MH requires “S” option EX39 base socket
250,320(ED28)
MH, P 55
0.8
5
451942
V2
NA
250,320(ED28)
Coated
MH
55
1.0
5
451943
V2
NA
350,400
MH, P 55
1.5
5
451948
V2
NA
350,400, Coated MH
55
1.4
5
451949
V2
NA
400
HPS
55
0.9
4
451954
V2
NA
400
HPS
55
1.2
5
451955
V2
NA
V2 OPTICAL - Ventilated 22in. Prismatic Acrylic Reflector with E*PL2GHBP Prismatic Conical Polymeric Lens**
MH requires “S” option EX39 base socket
250,320(ED28)
MH, P 40
1.0
3
451946
V2
NA
250,320(ED28)
Coated
MH
40
1.0
3
451947
V2
NA
350,400
MH, P 40
1.5
4
451952
V2
NA
350,400 Coated MH
40
1.5
5
451953
V2
NA
V2 OPTICAL - Ventilated 22in. Prismatic Acrylic Reflector with E*L2-GHBP
Flat Clear Polymeric Lens**
MH requires “S” option EX39 base socket
250,320(ED28)
MH, P 40
0.8
5
451944
V2
NA
350,400
MH, P 40
1.5
4
451950
V2
NA
350,400, Coated MH
40
1.4
5
451951
V2
NA
** Ordered separately
* Select Lens material (Example EAL2-GHBP = Standard Acrylic)

GHB INDOOR LIGHTING

E*RL6-

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Ballast and Optical

E*L2E*L6-

Note 1: For Advanced “ST” HID Acrylic, use corresponding Acrylic Photometry
Code listed in Photometric Section and associated photometric data.
Note 2: See page T-34 for Alternative Material explanation.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ I-77

I

GL4 GLB TM LUMINAIRE

Low Bay, Enclosed — Surface Mount Optical Series
General Die-Cast Housing
APPLICATIONS
• For 10-25 ft. (3-8 meter) applications in warehouses, assembly plants, material handling, maintenance,
manufacturing, inspection, and other areas where economics and energy-efficient light sources are important
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• 1598 Listed
Suitable For Damp Locations
• 1598 Listed for metal halide
lamps in polymeric lamp
containment barriers
• Listed to Canadian standards
and codes
• UV stabilized injection molded
prismatic refractor for low
brightness
• Enclosed and gasketed optics

• Heavy-duty die-cast aluminum
ballast housing with white
polyester paint finish
• 40° C ambient, standard
• Alzak† finish on reflector
• Safety chain provisions
• Mogul base socket -E39
standard
• Shipped as components:
Ballast, Optical

• Magnapack available
for ballast
• Pulse start system for metal
halide available. See Page I-155

I

GLB INDOOR LIGHTING

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
GL4

W

25

PRODUCT COLOR
IDENT
X
XXX
GL4= GLB W = White
Luminaire
Polyester
with
Powder
General
Die-Cast
Housing

M

0

WATTAGE LIGHT
SOURCE
XX
X
25 = 250 M = MH
32 = 320 S = HPS
35 = 350 P = Pulse
40 = 400
Start MH
Note: Lamp
is vertical
base up.
Lamp not
included.

A

VOLTAGE

BALLAST
TYPE
X
X
See Ballast
60Hz
0 = 120/208/ Selection
240/277
Table
MULTIVOLT A =Autoreg
Discrete
voltages
only
available
when
ordering
cord &
plug or
fusing.
Specify
voltage
when
ordering
these
options.
1 = 120
2 = 208
3 = 240
4 = 277
5 = 480
F = 120X347

EA

AH

11

B

OPTICAL
CODE
XX
EA =
Enclosed
Acrylic

PHOTOMETRY
CODE
XX
XX = Select
Code Below

MOUNTING
CODE
XX
XX = Select Code Below
11 = Pendant mounting
13 = Provision for Slide-on Primary Electrical
Disconnect. Order TWOBP Box (Thru Feed
Capability Only) Separately.
14 = Provision for Slide-on Primary Electrical
Disconnect. (Pendant and Thru Feed
Capability) Order PED Box Separately
15 = Prewire with Loop, Cord and Plug Part
of “Power Hook”. Order Receptacle/Hook
Box Separately. (Not CSA/CUL)
31 = Prewire with Hook, 3-ft (0.9 Meters) #16/3
Cord, and Nema Plug
33 = Prewire with Loop, 3-ft (0.9 Meters) #16/3
Cord, and Nema Plug (Order locking
receptacle hook box separately.)
67 = Pendant, Nut and Hanger Hub Mounting.
(See pages I-153 and I-154 for details)

OPTIONS

SA =
Enclosed
Advance
“ST” HID
Acrylic

Light
Wattage Source
250
MH
400
MH
400
MH (Coated)
250
HPS
400
HPS
250
P (MH)
320(ED28)* P (MH)
350
P (MH)
400
P (MH)

Spacing
Criteria
1.9
1.8
1.7
1.8
1.8
1.9
1.9
1.8
1.8

Socket
Position
H
A
A
F
F
H
H
A
A

Note: See page I-128 for
Accessory Index and
Descriptions.
Note: See page I-155 for
explanation of Options.

MODULAR PREWIRE
41 = ACS with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & Hook
69 = ACS with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & Hook
43 = ACS with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & Loop
70 = ACS with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & Loop
51 = Sentinel with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & Hook
71 = Sentinel with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & Hook
53 = Sentinel with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & Loop
72 = Sentinel with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & Loop
Note: ACS = Flex 3 +
Sentinel = EZ Flex II (FSC)

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
EA, SA OPTICAL - Enclosed Optical

X
B = Time Delay
Automatically
Switch Quartz
F = Fusing
Y = Solo Bilevel Port
(See page I-126)

Photometric
Curve
178999
178195
178194
178193
178193
178999
178999
178195
178195

Optical
Code
EA,SA,PA
EA,SA,PA
EA,SA,PA
EA,SA,PA
EA,SA,PA
EA,SA,PA
EA,SA,PA
EA,SA,PA
EA,SA,PA

Photometry
Code
AH
AA
AA
AF
AF
AH
AH
AA
AA

F4 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE-LT (no phase selection required)
F5 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE HLA (A phase)
F6 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE HLA (B phase)
F7 = GELS Bay Flex with 6 ft cord & Hook Bay Flex GE HLA (C phase)

*320 watt, ED28 pulse start MH

Note: Polycarbonate lens reduce light levels by 10%
Note: See page T-34 for Alternative lens material explanation

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-78/ 2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

■

Most commonly ordered

GL4 GLB TM LUMINAIRE
Low Bay Enclosed — Surface Mount Optical Series
General Die-Cast Housing
FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
DIMENSIONS
For wet location dimensions 1.72 inches (44mm) must be added to
overall height.
NOTES
See explanation on “Optical Flexibility” Page I-5. See References.

GLB INDOOR LIGHTING

REFERENCES
See Page I-128 for start of Accessories.
See Page I-142 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Page I-153 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Ballast and Optical

lbs
36

kgs
16

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ I-79

I

CHH CHARGER TM 1000 LUMINAIRE
High Bay, Open or Enclosed

APPLICATIONS
• For over 30 ft. (9 meter) applications including distribution centers, warehouses, general assembly,
manufacturing and inspection areas where economical and energy efficient lighting is required
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• 1598 Listed certified for Indoor applications
• Listed to Canadian standards and codes
• 55° C ambient, standard
• Heavy-duty steel ballast housing with standard
white paint finish
• Easy to install threaded, twist-on bushing

• Alzak† finish aluminum faceted reflector
• Optional steel hook for use with eye bolt
hanging
• Adjustable mogul base socket - E39 standard
• Safety chain provisions
• Shipped as components: Ballast, Optical.
• 2 year warranty

I

CHARGER INDOOR LIGHTING

Exclusionary base socket is available for use with Metal Halide lamps in open
fixtures to comply with NEC 2005 regulations (GELS “S” Option)
Customer should consult or review local electrical codes for compliance.

ORDERING NUMBER
CHH W
01
M
LOGIC

P

PRODUCT COLOR
WATTAGE LIGHT VOLTAGE
IDENT
SOURCE
X
XX
X
XXX
X
CHH =
W = White 01 = 1000 M = MH P = Tri-volt
Charger
S = HPS (120/277/347)
1 = 120
High Bay
4 = 277
5 = 480
D = 347
*single voltage
selection for 120,
277 or 347
available only
when ordering
installed cord
sets (15, 25, 33 or
36) or fusing.
Otherwise order
“P” for Tri-volt.
Tri-voltage, 120,
277 and 347
approved for
UL/cUL.
480 volt UL
approved only.

A

V2

AA

12

Q

BALLAST
TYPE
X
A = CWA

OPTICAL
CODE
XX
V2 = 22”
Open
Reflector

PHOTOMETRY
CODE
XX
AA = Pre-set
Soc. Pos. A

MOUNTING
CODE
XX
12 = 3/4” Pendant with Twist-on bushing

OPTIONS

E2 = 22”
Enclosed
Reflector

X
Q = Non-Time Delay
Automatically
A VOLTAGE MUST BE SPECIFIED WHEN
Switched Quartz
ORDERING THE FOLLOWING:
F = Fusing (Voltage must
15 = Loop (alum.), cord and plug part of power
be specified)
hook. Order receptacle/hook box
S = Exclusionary mogul
separately (not cUL)
base socket
25 = Hook (steel), 3 ft. #16/3 cord and no plug
33 = Loop (alum.) 3 ft. #16/3 cord and NEMA
plug
36 = Hook (steel), 3 ft. #16/3 cord and NEMA
plug
G4 = GELS BayFlex Modular with 6 ft cord &
Steel Hook - Bay Flex GE-LT (no phase
selection required)
G5 = GELS BayFlex Modular with 6 ft cord &
Steel Hook - Bay Flex GE HLA (A phase)
G6 = GELS BayFlex Modular with 6 ft cord &
Steel Hook - Bay Flex GE HLA (B phase)
G7 = GELS BayFlex Modular with 6 ft cord &
Steel Hook - Bay Flex GE HLA (C phase)

Note: shaded represents most commonly ordered.

1000 High Bay (CHH 1000)

V2 OPTICAL — MH, requires “S” Option EX39 base socket

Light
Wattage Source
1000
MH
1000
MH (coated)
1000
MH
1000
HPS
CF = Contact Factory

Spacing
Criteria
1.5
CF
1.5
1.2

Socket
Position
A
A
A
A

Photometric
Curve
452733
CF
452732
452735

Optical
Code
V2
V2
E2
V2

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-80/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

■

Most commonly ordered

CHH CHARGER TM 1000 LUMINAIRE
High Bay, Open or Enclosed
FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Ballast and Optical

lbs
47

Wattage

Light
Source

Ballast Type / Voltage
60HZ
Trivolt
120, 277, 120, 277,
347
480
347

1000

MH/HPS

A

kgs
21

Steel Hook Mounting Option

A

A

CHARGER INDOOR LIGHTING

31.60in HPS Max
(802mm)
30.5in MH Max
(774mm)

Steel Hook as referred to in Mounting Code

Steel hook for use with steel 1-in. diameter eye bolt.
Not for use with LOOPM or LOOPF
Note:

When steel hook is ordered, it is supplied factory
installed in lieu of threaded 3/4” twist-on housing.
Cord exits side of ballast housing.
Note:

To order as an accessory use catalog
number - HOOKS.

For field installed hook, cord, plug, see accessories.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/I-81

I

CHB CHARGER TM LUMINAIRE
High Bay, Open/Enclosed

APPLICATIONS
• For over 20 ft. (6 meter) applications in distribution centers, assembly plants, material handling,
maintenance, manufacturing, inspection and other areas where economical and energy-efficient
lighting are required
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• 1598 Certified for Indoor
Locations
• Certified for Indoor
Locations
• Heavy-duty steel ballast
housing with standard white
paint finish
• Easy to install, threaded,
hanger hub

• Formed aluminum reflector
with Alzak† finish providing
uniform lighting distribution for
high bay lighting
• Optional steel hook for use
with eye bolt hanging
• Flexible Spacing Criterion (SC)
allows field adjustable light
distribution

• Safety chain provisions
• Mogul base socket -E39
standard
• Shipped as components:
Ballast, Optical.
• Unit pack option available See Readi-Stock information
• 2 Year Standard warranty
• Pulse start system for metal
halide available. See Page I-155

I

CHARGER INDOOR LIGHTING

Exclusionary base socket is available for use with Metal Halide lamps in open
fixtures to comply with NEC 2005 regulations (GELS “S” Option)
Customer should consult or review local electrical codes for compliance.

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
CHB

W

PRODUCT COLOR
IDENT
XXX
X
CHB =
W = White
Charger
High Bay
Luminaire

40

M

WATTAGE LIGHT
SOURCE
XX
X
25 = 250 M = MH
32 = 320 S = HPS
40 = 400 P = Pulse
Start MH
Note: Lamp
is vertical
base up.
Lamp not
included.

0

A

V6

NA

12

VOLTAGE

BALLAST
TYPE
X
See Ballast
Selection
Table
A =Autoreg

OPTICAL
CODE
XX
V6=Open
ventiated
16-in.
(406mm)
Reflector

PHOTOMETRY
CODE
XX
NA = Not
Applicable

MOUNTING
OPTIONS
CODE
XX
X
12 = Pendant mounting with Charger hanger F = Fusing
hub
Q= Non-Time Delay
15 = Aluminum Loop, Cord and Plug Part of
Automatically
“Power Hook”. Order Receptacle/Hook Box
Switch Quartz
Separately. (Not CSA/CUL)
S = Exclusionary mogul
33 = Prewire with Loop, 3-ft (0.9 Meters) #16/3
base socket for MH
Cord, and Nema Plug (Order locking
open fixtures
receptacle hook box separately.)
T = E40 / European Socket
36 = Hook - Steel with 3 ft.(0.9 meters) #16/3 Y = Solo Bilevel Port
Cord and NEMA Plug
(See page I-126)

X
60Hz
0 = 120/208/
240/277
MULTIVOLT
1 = 120
2 = 208
3 = 240
4 = 277
5 = 480
D = 347
F = 120X347

D6=16-in.
(406mm)
reflector
with door
glass kit
included

50Hz
6 = 220
R = 230
Y = 240
G = 380

Note: Do not
use open
opticals
with lamps
specified
for use in
enclosed
fixtures
only

V6 OPTICAL - Open and Ventilated 16 in. Reflector
MH, requires “S” Option EX39 base socket
Light
Source
HPS
HPS
HPS
HPS
MH,P
MH,P
MH,P
MH,P

Spacing
Criteria
1.7
1.6
1.4
1.3
0.9
1.7
0.8
1.4

Reflector
Position
W
W
N
N
W
W
N
N

Ambient
°C
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55

Photometric
Curve
451937
451930
451934
451933
451922
451929
451925
451926

D6 OPTICAL - 16 in. Reflector with door glass kit
250
HPS
1.7
400
HPS
1.6
250
HPS
1.4
400
HPS
1.3
250, 320* MH,P
0.9
400
MH,P
1.7
250, 320* MH,P
0.8
400
MH,P
1.4
*320 watt is ED Pulse Start MH
I-82/2005

W
W
N
N
W
W
N
N

55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55

451936
451931
451935
451932
451923
451928
451924
451927

MODULAR PREWIRE
45 = ACS with 3-ft (0.9 meters) cord & SteelHook
55 = Sentinel with 3-ft (0.9 meters) cord &
Steel-Hook
65 = ACS with 6-ft (1.8 meters) cord & SteelHook
66 = Sentinel with 6-ft (1.8 meters) cord &
Steel-Hook
Note: Steel hook for use with steel 1-in.
diameter eye bolt. Not for use with LOOPM or
LOOPF
G4 = GELS BayFlex Modular with 6 ft cord &
Steel Hook - Bay Flex GE-LT (no phase
selection required)
G5 = GELS BayFlex Modular with 6 ft cord &
Steel Hook - Bay Flex GE HLA (A phase)
G6 = GELS BayFlex Modular with 6 ft cord &
Steel Hook - Bay Flex GE HLA (B phase)
G7 = GELS BayFlex Modular with 6 ft cord &
Steel Hook - Bay Flex GE HLA (C phase)

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE

Wattage
250
400
250
400
250, 320*
400
250, 320*
400

Q

REFERENCES
See Page I-128 for start of Accessories.
See Page I-142 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Page I-153 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

■

Most commonly ordered

CHB CHARGER TM LUMINAIRE
High Bay, Open/Enclosed
FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
Ballast Type / Voltage
60HZ
120, 208
Light
240, 277
Wattage Source Multivolt 480
347
250
HPS
A
A
A
400
HPS
A
A
A
250
MH
A
A
A
400
MH
A
A
A
PULSE START METAL HALIDE LIGHT SOURCE
BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
250
P (MH) A
A
A
320
P (MH) A
A*
C/F
400
P (MH) A
A
A
NOTE: N/A = Not Available
C/F = Contact Factory
CANADIAN NOTES:
*480 volt, Consult Factory
1. "A", Autoreg available 120, 277 or 347 volts only
2. Multivolt not available.

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Ballast and Optical

lbs
18-20

kgs
8-9

Steel Hook Mounting Option

50HZ

120
x
347
A
N/A
A
A

220
N/A
N/A
C/F
C/F

220
N/A
N/A
C/F
C/F

230
N/A
N/A
C/F
C/F

240
N/A
N/A
C/F
C/F

380
N/A
N/A
C/F
C/F

A
C/F
A

N/A
C/F
C/F

N/A
C/F
C/F

N/A
C/F
C/F

N/A
C/F
C/F

N/A
N/A
C/F

CHARGER INDOOR LIGHTING

D6 OPTICAL

V6 OPTICAL

Steel Hook as refered to in Mounting Code

Steel hook for use with steel 1-in. diameter eye bolt.
Not for use with LOOPM or LOOPF
Note:

When steel hook is ordered, it is supplied factory
installed in lieu of threaded 3/4” twist-on housing.
Cord exits side of ballast housing.
Note:

Note:

For field installed hook, cord, plug, see accessories.

To order as an accessory use catalog
number - HOOKS.
For gymnasium applications see Accessories:
Page 107 for Optical Retention Clip - CHB-GC
Page 108 for Wireguard - H2000-NE

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/I-83

I

CPH CHARGERTM 1000 PRISMATIC LUMINAIRE
High Bay, Open

APPLICATIONS
• For over 30 ft. (9 meter) applications including commercial areas, multipurpose, distribution centers,
warehouses, general assembly, manufacturing and inspection areas where economical and energy
efficient lighting is required
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• UL 1598 Listed certified for Indoor applications • Optional steel hook for use with eye bolt
hanging
• Listed to Canadian standards and codes
•
Adjustable mogul base socket - E39 standard
• 40° C ambient, standard
• Heavy-duty steel ballast housing with standard • Safety chain provisions
• Shipped as components: Ballast, Optical.
white paint finish
• 2 year warranty
• Easy to install threaded, twist-on bushing
• Open UV stabilized acrylic reflector

I

CHARGER INDOOR LIGHTING

Exclusionary base socket is available for use with Metal Halide lamps in open
fixtures to comply with NEC 2005 regulations (GELS “S” Option)
Customer should consult or review local electrical codes for compliance.

ORDERING NUMBER
CPH
W
01
M
LOGIC

P

PRODUCT COLOR
WATTAGE LIGHT VOLTAGE
IDENT
SOURCE
X
XX
X
XXX
X
CPH =
W = White 01 = 1000 M = MH P = Tri-volt
Acrylic
S = HPS (120/277/347)
1 = 120
Prismatic
4 = 277
5 = 480
D = 347
*single voltage
selection for 120,
277 or 347
available only
when ordering
installed cord
sets (15, 25, 33 or
36) or fusing.
Otherwise order
“P” for Tri-volt.
Tri-voltage, 120,
277 and 347
approved for
UL/cUL.
480 volt UL
approved only.

A

V6

AA

12

Q

BALLAST
TYPE
X
A = CWA

OPTICAL
CODE
XX
V6 = 26”
Open/Vent.
Acrylic

PHOTOMETRY
CODE
XX
AA = Pre-set
Soc. Pos. A

MOUNTING
CODE
XX
12 = 3/4” Pendant with Twist-on bushing

OPTIONS
X
Q = Non-Time Delay
Automatically
Switched Quartz

A VOLTAGE MUST BE SPECIFIED WHEN
ORDERING THE FOLLOWING:
15 = Loop (alum.), cord and plug part of power F = Fusing (Voltage must
hook. Order receptacle/hook box
be specified)
separately (not CSA/UL)
S = Exclusionary mogul
25 = Hook (steel), 3 ft. #16/3 cord and no plug
base socket
33 = Loop (alum.) 3 ft. #16/3 cord and NEMA
plug
36 = Hook (steel), 3 ft. #16/3 cord and NEMA
plug
G4 = GELS BayFlex Modular with 6 ft cord &
Steel Hook - Bay Flex GE-LT (no phase
selection required)
G5 = GELS BayFlex Modular with 6 ft cord &
Steel Hook - Bay Flex GE HLA (A phase)
G6 = GELS BayFlex Modular with 6 ft cord &
Steel Hook - Bay Flex GE HLA (B phase)
G7 = GELS BayFlex Modular with 6 ft cord &
Steel Hook - Bay Flex GE HLA (C phase)
Note: shaded represents most commonly ordered.

1000 High Bay (CHH 1000)

V6 OPTICAL — MH, requires “S” Option EX39 base socket

Light
Wattage Source
1000
MH
1000
MH (Coated)
1000
HPS
CF = Contact Factory

Spacing
Criteria
2.6
CF
1.9

Socket
Position
A
A
A

Photometric
Curve
452737
450758R
452736

Optical
Code
V6
V6
V6

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-84/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

■

Most commonly ordered

CPH CHARGER TM 1000 PRISMATIC LUMINAIRE
High Bay, Open

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Ballast and Optical

lbs
47

Wattage

Light
Source

Ballast Type / Voltage
60HZ
Trivolt
120, 277, 120, 277
347
480
347

1000*

MH/HPS

A

kgs
21

Steel Hook Mounting Option

A

A

CHARGER INDOOR LIGHTING

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

Steel Hook as referred to in Mounting Code

Steel hook for use with steel 1-in. diameter eye bolt.
Not for use with LOOPM or LOOPF
Note:

When steel hook is ordered, it is supplied factory
installed in lieu of threaded 3/4” twist-on housing.
Cord exits side of ballast housing.
Note:

To order as an accessory use catalog
number - HOOKS.

For field installed hook, cord, plug, see accessories.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/I-85

I

CPB CHARGER TM PRISMATIC LUMINAIRE
High Bay/Low Bay, Open or Enclosed

APPLICATIONS
• Commercial and retail areas, assembly lines, inspection areas, production bays, storage and
warehouse areas

I

CHARGER INDOOR LIGHTING

SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• 1598 Certified for Indoor
Locations
• Certified for Indoor
Locations
• UV Stabilized acrylic reflector
• Heavy-duty steel ballast
housing with standard white
paint finish
• Easy to install, threaded,
hanger hub

• Optional steel hook for use
with eye bolt hanging
• Bracket mount version allows
for field adjustable light
distribution - flexible spacing
criterion (SC)
• Flush mounted version with
conical lens for low bay
applications

• Safety chain provisions
• Mogul base socket -E39
standard
• Shipped as components:
Ballast, Optical.
• 2 Year Standard warranty
• Pulse start system for metal
halide available. See Page I-155

Exclusionary base socket is available for use with Metal Halide lamps in open
fixtures to comply with NEC 2005 regulations (GELS “S” Option)
Customer should consult or review local electrical codes for compliance.

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
CPB

W

PRODUCT COLOR
IDENT
XXX
X
CPB =
W = White
Charger
Prismatic
Luminaire

40

M

WATTAGE LIGHT
SOURCE
XX
X
25 = 250 M = MH
32 = 320 S = HPS
40 = 400 P = pulse
start MH
Note: Lamp
is vertical
base up.
Lamp not
included.

0

A

V2

NA

12

VOLTAGE

BALLAST
TYPE
X
See Ballast
Selection
Table
A =Autoreg

OPTICAL
CODE
XX
V2=Open,
ventilated
22-in. bracketmount Acrylic
Prismatic
Reflector

PHOTOMETRY
CODE
XX
NA = Not
Applicable

MOUNTING
OPTIONS
CODE
XX
X
12 = Pendant mounting with Charger hanger F = Fusing
hub
Q= Non-Time
15 = Aluminum Loop, Cord and Plug Part of
Delay
“Power Hook”. Order Receptacle/Hook Box
Automatically
Separately. (Not CSA/CUL)
Switch Quartz
33 = Prewire with Loop, 3-ft (0.9 Meters) #16/3 S = Exclusionary mogul
Cord, and Nema Plug (Order locking
base socket for MH
receptacle hook box separately.)
open fixtures
36 = Hook - Steel with 3 ft.(0.9 meters) #16/3 T = E40 / European Socket
Cord and NEMA Plug
Y = Solo Bilevel Port
(See page I-126)
MODULAR PREWIRE
45 = ACS with 3-ft (0.9 meters) cord & SteelHook
55 = Sentinel with 3-ft (0.9 meters) cord &
Steel-Hook
65 = ACS with 6-ft (1.8 meters) cord & SteelHook
66 = Sentinel with 6-ft (1.8 meters) cord &
Steel-Hook

X
60Hz
0 = 120/208/
240/277
MULTIVOLT
1 = 120
2 = 208
3 = 240
4 = 277
5 = 480
D = 347
F = 120X347

C2 = 22-in.
flush-mount
Acrylic
Prismatic
Reflector with
conical lens
(included)

50Hz
6 = 220
R = 230
Y = 240
G = 380

Note: Do not
use open
opticals with
lamps
specified for
use in enclosed
fixtures only.
Note: Lens
assemblies
available.

Q

Note: Steel hook for use with steel 1-in.
diameter eye bolt. Not for use with LOOPM or
LOOPF
G4 = GELS BayFlex Modular with 6 ft cord &
Steel Hook - Bay Flex GE-LT (no phase
selection required)
G5 = GELS BayFlex Modular with 6 ft cord &
Steel Hook - Bay Flex GE HLA (A phase)
G6 = GELS BayFlex Modular with 6 ft cord &
Steel Hook - Bay Flex GE HLA (B phase)
G7 = GELS BayFlex Modular with 6 ft cord &
Steel Hook - Bay Flex GE HLA (C phase)

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE

V2 OPTICAL - Open & Ventilated Bracket Mounted 22 in. Reflector
MH, requires “S” Option EX39 base socket
Light
Ambient Spacing
Socket
Photometric
Source
°C
Criterion
Position
Curve
MH,P
55
0.6
HPS-W
452052
MH (Coated)
55
0.8
HPS-W
452053
MH,P
55
1.0
MH-W
452054
MH,P
55
1.4
HPS-W
452056
MH (Coated)
55
1.0
MH-N
452055
MH (Coated)
55
1.5
HPS-W
452057
HPS
55
0.7
HPS-N
452078
HPS
55
0.9
HPS-W
452079
HPS
55
0.9
HPS-N
452080
HPS
55
1.0
HPS-W
452081
C2 OPTICAL - Flush Mounted 22-in. Reflector with Acrylic Prismatic Conical Lens
Light
Ambient Spacing
Reflector Photometric
Wattage Source
°C
Criterion
Position
Curve
250, 320* MH (Coated)
55
1.9
Fixed
452075
400
MH (Coated)
40
2.3
Fixed
452076
*320 watt is ED Pulse Start MH
Wattage
250, 320*
250, 320*
400
400
400
400
250
250
400
400

NOTES
See explanation on “Optical Flexibility” Page I-5.
See References.
REFERENCES
See Page I-128 for start of Accessories.
See Page I-142 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Page I-153 for Explanation of Options and
Other Terms Used.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.

I-86/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

■

Most commonly ordered

CPB CHARGER TM PRISMATIC LUMINAIRE
High Bay/Low Bay, Open or Enclosed

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
V2 OPTICAL - Bracket Mount

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Ballast and Optical

lbs
21-25

kgs
9.5-11.5

Door Assemblies (Order Seperately)

•EAL2-GHBP
•EAPL2-GHBP
Clear acrylic lens for 22-in. (559mm)
Clear acrylic prismatic conical
optical (40°C max. ambient on 400 watt lens for 22-in. (559mm) optical
fixtures)
(40°C max. ambient on 400 watt
fixtures)

Steel Hook Mounting Option

When steel hook is ordered, it is supplied factory
installed in lieu of threaded 3/4” twist-on housing.
Cord exits side of ballast housing.

Ballast Type / Voltage
60HZ
120, 208
Light
240, 277
Wattage Source Multivolt 480
347
250
HPS
A
A
A
400
HPS
A
A
A
250
MH
A
A
A
400
MH
A
A
A
PULSE START METAL HALIDE LIGHT SOURCE
BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
250
P (MH) A
A
A
320
P (MH) A
A*
C/F
350
P (MH) A
A*
C/F
400
P (MH) A
A
A
NOTE: N/A = Not Available
C/F = Contact Factory

50HZ

120
x
347
A
A
A
A

220
C/F
C/F
C/F
C/F

220
C/F
C/F
C/F
C/F

230
C/F
C/F
C/F
C/F

240
C/F
C/F
C/F
C/F

380
C/F
C/F
C/F
C/F

A
C/F
C/F
A

N/A
C/F
C/F
C/F

N/A
C/F
C/F
C/F

N/A
C/F
C/F
C/F

N/A
C/F
C/F
C/F

N/A
N/A
N/A
C/F

CHARGER INDOOR LIGHTING

C2 OPTICAL - Flush Mount

CANADIAN NOTES:
*480 volt, Consult Factory
1. "A", Autoreg available 120, 277 or 347 volts only
2. Multivolt not available.

Steel Hook as referred to in Mounting Code

Steel hook for use with steel 1-in. diameter eye bolt.
Not for use with LOOPM or LOOPF
Note:

To order as an accessory use catalog
number - HOOKS.

Note: For field installed hook, cord, plug, see
accessories.
GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/I-87

I

CLB CHARGER TM LUMINAIRE
Low Bay, Enclosed

APPLICATIONS
• For 10 - 25 ft. (3-8 meter) applications in warehouses, assembly plants, material handling,
maintenance, manufacturing, inspection and other areas where economical and energy-efficient light
sources are important

I

CHARGER INDOOR LIGHTING

SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• 1598 Certified for Indoor
Locations
• Listed for metal halide
lamps in polymeric lamp
containment barriers
• Certified for Indoor
Locations
• UV Stabilized injection molded
prismatic refractor for low
brightness

• Heavy-duty steel ballast
housing with standard white
paint finish
• Optional steel hook for use
with eye bolt hanging
• Easy to install, threaded,
hanger hub
• Alzak† finish on reflector
• Safety chain provisions

• Mogul base socket -E39
standard
• Shipped as components:
Ballast, Optical
• 1 Year Standard warranty
• Pulse start system for metal
halide available. See Page I-155

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
CLB

W

40

PRODUCT COLOR
IDENT
XXX
X
CLB =
W = White
Charger
Low Bay
Luminaire

M

WATTAGE LIGHT
SOURCE
XX
X
25 = 250 S = HPS
32 = 320 M = MH or
40 = 400 P = Pulse
Start MH

0

A

EA

NA

12

VOLTAGE

BALLAST
TYPE
X
See Ballast
Selection
Table
A =Autoreg

OPTICAL
CODE
XX
EA=
Enclosed
Acrylic

PHOTOMETRY
CODE
XX
NA = Not
Applicable

MOUNTING
OPTIONS
CODE
XX
X
12 = Pendant mounting with Charger hanger F = Fusing
hub
Q= Non-Time
15 = Aluminum Loop, Cord and Plug Part of
Delay
“Power Hook”. Order Receptacle/Hook Box
Automatically
Separately. (Not CSA/CUL)
Switch Quartz
33 = Prewire with Loop, 3-ft (0.9 Meters) #16/3 T = E40 / European Socket
Cord, and Nema Plug (Order locking
Y = Solo Bilevel Port
receptacle hook box separately.)
(See page I-126)
36 = Hook - Steel with 3 ft.(0.9 meters) #16/3
Cord and NEMA Plug

X
60Hz
0 = 120/208/
240/277
MULTIVOLT
1 = 120
Note: Lamp is 2 = 208
vertical base 3 = 240
up. Lamp not 4 = 277
5 = 480
included.
D = 347
F = 120X347

Q

MODULAR PREWIRE
45 = ACS with 3-ft (0.9 meters) cord & SteelHook
55 = Sentinel with 3-ft (0.9 meters) cord &
Steel-Hook
65 = ACS with 6-ft (1.8 meters) cord & SteelHook
66 = Sentinel with 6-ft (1.8 meters) cord &
Steel-Hook

50Hz
6 = 220
R = 230
Y = 240
G = 380

Note: Steel hook for use with steel 1-in.
diameter eye bolt. Not for use with LOOPM or
LOOPF
Note: For flush mount prismatic low bay, see
Charger Prismatic offering

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
EA OPTICAL - Enclosed Acrylic

Light
Ambient
Wattage Source
°C
250
HPS
55
400
HPS
40
250, 320* MH,P
55
400
MH,P
40
*320 watt, ED28 Pulse Start MH

Spacing
Criteria
2.1
2.0
1.8
2.1

Photometric
Curve
451919
451918
451921
451920

G4 = GELS BayFlex Modular with 6 ft cord &
Steel Hook - Bay Flex GE-LT (no phase
selection required)
G5 = GELS BayFlex Modular with 6 ft cord &
Steel Hook - Bay Flex GE HLA (A phase)
G6 = GELS BayFlex Modular with 6 ft cord &
Steel Hook - Bay Flex GE HLA (B phase)
G7 = GELS BayFlex Modular with 6 ft cord &
Steel Hook - Bay Flex GE HLA (C phase)

NOTES
See explanation on “Optical Flexibility” Page I-5. See References.
REFERENCES
See Page I-128 for start of Accessories.
See Page I-142 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Page I-153 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-88/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

■

Most commonly ordered

CLB CHARGER TM LUMINAIRE
Low Bay, Enclosed

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
Ballast Type / Voltage
60HZ
120, 208
Light
240, 277
Wattage Source Multivolt 480
347
250
HPS
A
A
A
400
HPS
A
A
A
250
MH
A
A
A
400
MH
A
A
A
PULSE START METAL HALIDE LIGHT SOURCE
BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
250
P (MH) A
A
A
320
P (MH) A
A*
C/F
350
P (MH) A
A*
C/F
400
P (MH) A
A
A
NOTE: N/A = Not Available
C/F = Contact Factory

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Ballast and Optical

lbs
32

kgs
14.5

50HZ

120
x
347
A
N/A
A
A

220
N/A
N/A
C/F
C/F

220
N/A
N/A
C/F
C/F

230
N/A
N/A
C/F
C/F

240
N/A
N/A
C/F
C/F

380
N/A
N/A
C/F
C/F

A
N/A
N/A
A

N/A
N/A
N/A
C/F

N/A
N/A
N/A
C/F

N/A
N/A
N/A
C/F

N/A
N/A
N/A
C/F

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

CHARGER INDOOR LIGHTING

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

CANADIAN NOTES:
1. "A", Autoreg available 120, 277 or 347 volts only
2. Multivolt not available.
* Cunsult Factory for 480 volt

Steel Hook Mounting Option

Steel Hook as referred to in Mounting Code

Steel hook for use with steel 1-in. diameter eye
bolt. Not for use with LOOPM or LOOPF

When steel hook is ordered, it is supplied factory
installed in lieu of threaded 3/4” twist-on housing.
Cord exits side of ballast housing.
Note: For field installed hook, cord, plug, see accessories.

Note: To order as an accessory use catalog
number - HOOKS.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/I-89

I

JR. VERSABEAM TM LUMINAIRE — HID
Low Bay, Enclosed

APPLICATIONS
• For 8 to 16 ft. (2 to 4 meter) mounting heights.
• For applications requiring high efficiency and optimized vertical and horizontal light levels.
• Industrial, commercial and retail low bay applications, including multipurpose commercial, aisle
lighting, display shelving, walkways, and parking garages.
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• 1598 Listed
Suitable For Damp Locations
• 1598 Listed suitable for wet
locations depending on
mounting configuration ordered
• Listed to Canadian
standards and codes
• Sleek, clean housing with
teardrop refractor has a low
profile and is architecturally
appealing

• Available in custom colors for
architectural design
considerations
• Decorative stripe adds custom
color designs to the high
quality die cast housing
• Pulse Metal Halide, Ceramic
MH, Metal Halide, HPS
• Lamp included: Medium base
with HID, Mogul where listed
• Photometrics provide optimum
light levels on vertical and
horizontal surfaces

• Advanced refractor technology
minimizes glare while
maximizing light efficiency
• Mounting options provide
flexibility and ease of
installation
• Excellent choice for spaces
with numerous obstructions
• Sealed optics allow for use in
wet locations and dirty
environments

I

JR. VERSABEAM INDOOR LIGHTING

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
JVD

17

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXX
JVS = Jr.
Versabeam
with standard
ceiling
mounting

WATTAGE LIGHT
SOURCE
XX
X
HID
K = Ceramic
03 = 35 Metal Halide
05 = 50 M = MH
07 = 70 S = HPS
10 = 100 P = Pulse
15 = 150
Start
(55V)
MH
17 = 175
25 = 250 Lamp
included

JVD = Jr.
Versabeam
with Sliding
Disconnect
Mounting
JVP = Jr.
Versabeam
with Pendant
Mounting

M

0

A

VOLTAGE

4

BALLAST
TYPE
X
X
See Ballast
60Hz
0 = 120/208/ Selection
240/277
Table
MULTIVOLT
1 = 120
A = Autoreg
2 = 208
3 = 240
H = HPF
4 = 277
Reactor
5 = 480
or Lag
D = 347
F=
K = Hot
120X347
Restart
(Mogul
base
socket)

A5

AMBIENT OPTICAL
°C
XX
X
4 = 40
A5 = Acrylic
Type V Clear
Lamp
C5 = Acrylic
Type V Coated
Lamp
AA = Acrylic
Asymmetrical
Clear Lamp

WH

N

02

Q

HOUSING
COLOR
XX
Standard
WH=White
GR= Gray
Electro
Coat
BL= Black
RD= Fire Red
BU= Vivid Blue
GN= Forest
Green
YE= Yellow

STRIPE
COLOR
X
N = None
1 = White
2 = Black
3 = Red
4 = Blue
5 = Green
6 = Yellow

MOUNTING

OPTIONS

(See NOTE
below)

A5 & P5 OPTICAL - Enclosed Acrylic/Polycarbonate Type V Clear Lamp
Socket
Size
Medium
Medium
Medium
Medium
Mogul
Medium
Medium
Medium
Medium
Medium
Medium

Light
Source
MH
MH
MH, P
MH, P
MH, P
Ceramic MH
Ceramic MH
HPS
HPS
HPS
HPS

Spacing
Criteria
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.2
1.4
1.5
1.4
1.5
1.6

C5 OPTICAL - Enclosed Acrylic Type V Coated Lamp
Wattage
70
100
175
250

Socket
Size
Medium
Medium
Medium
Mogul

Light
Source
MH
MH
MH, P
MH, P

Spacing
Criteria
1.2
1.1
1.2
1.2

Curve
Number
451618
451619
451620
451606
452479
451609
451623
451610
451611
451612
451613
Curve
Number
452477
452478
451608
452481

AA & AP OPTICAL - Enclosed Acrylic/Polycarbonate, Asymmetrical, Clear Lamp

Socket
Light
Spacing
Wattage
Size
Source
Criteria
150
Medium
HPS
SS2
175
Medium
MH, P
SN2
Note: C/F = Call Factory
Note: See page T-34 for Alternative lens material explanation

Curve
Number
452872
452873

X
B = Time Delay
Automatically
Switch Quartz
F = Fusing
Q = Non-Time
Delay
Automatically
Switch Quartz
Y = Solo Bilevel Port
(See page I-126)
Note: See page I-153for
explanation of Options.

JVP
01 = 3/4” Rigid pendant*
Wet Locations
04 = 3/4” Flex Pendant
(Externally adjustable)
Wet Location
15 = Prewire with Loop, Cord
and plug part of “Power
Hook” Order
Receptacle Hook Box
Separately. Damp
Locations
(Not CUL)
31 = Prewire with Hook, 3-ft
(0.9 Meters) #16-3 Cord
and Nema Plug.
Damp Locations
* JVD and JVP require that
Flexible Pendant Mounting
selection be used if unit is not
rigidly mounted otherwise
unit may not hang straight.

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
Wattage
70
100
150
175
250
70
100
50
70
100
150

X
JVS
01 = Ceiling Mount
Wet Location
JVD
01 = MPM-C
Damp Locations
02 = MPM-3PR*
Damp Locations
03 = MPM-3PRW*
Locations
See NOTE 04 = Wet
MPM-3PF
below.
Damp Locations
05 = MPM-3PRTFW*
wet Locations
06 = MPM-WW
Wet Locations
Note:
• See page I-134 for MPM
descriptions of JVD
mounting adapters.
• Mounting adapters included
with fixture

HOUSING COLOR NOTE:
Colors listed above correspond to the following RAL equivalent:
White
= RAL 9016
Black
= RAL 9017
Fire Red
= RAL 3001
Vivid Blue = RAL 5005
Forest Green = RAL 6016
Yellow
= RAL 1023
Standard polyester powder paint finish applied over electrostatic
anticorrosion underlayer. Gray (GR) offered in e-coat as standard.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-90/ 2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

■

Most commonly ordered

JR. VERSABEAM TM LUMINAIRE — HID
Low Bay, Enclosed
FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
JVD Sliding Disconnect Mounting

NOTE: *JVD and JVP require that Flexible Pendant
Mounting selection be used if unit is not rigidly mounted
otherwise unit may not hang straight.
DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Total Fixture

lbs
16-20

kgs
10-11

JVP-4 Flexible Pendant Mounting

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
Light
Wattage Source
35
HPS
50
HPS
70
HPS
100
HPS
150 (55v) HPS
70
Cer. MH
100
Cer. MH
70
MH
100
MH
175
MH
250
MH
150
PLS MH
175
PLS MH
250
PLS MH

Ballast Type and Voltage
60 hz
Multi 120
208 220
H
H
H
H
A,H,K A,H,K A,K
A
A,H
A,H,K A
H
A,H,K A,H,K A,K
A
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
H
H
A
A
A
A
A
-

240
H
A,K
A
A,K
H
H
H
H
A
A
H
A
A

277
H
A,K
A
A,K
H
H
H
H
A
A
H
A
A

347
H
A
A
A
H
H
H
H
A
A
H
A
A

480
H,A
A
A
H
H
H
H
A
A
A
A

50 hz
110
H
H
H
H
A
-

220
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
A
-

230
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
A
-

240
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
A
-

Ballast Type
Light Source
A = Auto Reg
HPS = High Pressure Sodium
H = HPF Reactor or Lag
MH = Metal Halide
K = Hot Restrike
PLS MH = Plulse Start Metal Halide
All HID light sources are clear unless otherwise indicated.

JR. VERSABEAM INDOOR LIGHTING

JVP-1 Pendant Mounting

JVS Surface Mounting

REFERENCES
See Page I-128 for start of Accessories.
See Pages I-153 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ I-91

I

L4MD LOWMOUNT ® 400 LUMINAIRE
Low Bay, Enclosed

APPLICATIONS
• For 10-25 ft. (3-8 meter) applications in factories, foundries, canneries and textile,
metal, chemical, rubber, food, cement, and other industrial applications
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• 1598 Listed
Suitable For Damp Locations
• 1598 Listed for metal halide
lamps in polymeric lamp
containment barriers
•

Listed to Canadian
Standards
• Standard construction is IP52
Wet location option meets IP54
• Enclosed and gasketed optics
• Efficient Vertical “Base Up”
Socket on “L4MU”

• Mogul base socket -E39
standard
• Shipped as components:
Ballast, Optical
• Magnapack available
for ballast
• Pulse start system for metal
halide available. See Page I-155

• Low Glare Vertical “Base
Down” Socket on “L4MD”
• Charcoal filtered optics
• Alzak† finish on reflector
• Threaded hub for easy mounting
• Die-cast aluminum ballast
housing with electrocoat gray
paint finish
• UV stabilized injection molded
prismatic refractor for low
brightness
• Safety chain provisions

I

LOWMOUNT INDOOR LIGHTING

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
L4MD

40

M

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXXX
L4MU =
Lowmount
400
Luminaire
(Lamp Base
Up)

WATTAGE LIGHT
SOURCE
XX
X
25 = 250 M = MH
40 = 400 S = HPS
P = Pulse
Start MH

Note:
Lamp is
vertical
base up.
Lamp not
included.
L4MD =
Lowmount
400
Luminaire
(Lamp Base
Down) with
Optical
Disconnect

0

A

VOLTAGE

BALLAST
TYPE
X
X
60Hz
See Ballast Selection
0 = 120/
Table
208/
A = Autoreg
240/277
G = Mag-Reg with
MULTIVOLT
Grounded Socket
1 = 120
Shell
2 = 208
H = HPF Reactor or Lag
3 = 240
L = Super Low Loss
4 = 277
Autoreg
5 = 480
M = Mag-Reg
D = 347
P = CWI with Grounded
F=
Socket Shell
120X347
T = 220

5

17

AD

B

AMBIENT
DEG. C
X
4 = 40
5 = 55

SPACING
CRITERIA
XX
15 = 1.5
17 = 1.7
19 = 1.9

OPTICAL
CODE
XX
See Lens Material
Table and Optical
Selection Table

OPTIONS

50Hz
6 = 220
R = 230
Y = 240
G = 380

Note:
Lamp is
vertical
base
down. Lamp
not
included.

See Optical Code
table on next page.
See
Photometric
table below

X
B = Time Delay Automatically Switch Quartz
D = Severe Duty (Meets Wet location)
E = Provision for slide on Primary
Electrical Disconnect. Order
TWOBP Box (Thru feed
capability only) separately. (Not
available with D or W option).
F = Fusing
J = Prewire with Loop, cord, and
plug part of Power Hook.
Order Receptacle/Hook Box
separately, (Not CSA/CUL)
M = Prewire with Loop, 3-ft (0.9 meters)
#16-3 Cord, and Nema Plug.
(Order Locking Receptacle
Hook Box Separately)
N = Provision for slide on primary
Electrical
Disconnect. Order PED Box (Pendant
and thru feed capability) separately.
(Not available with D or W option)
P = Prewire with Hook, 3-ft (0.9 meters)
#16/3 Cord and Nema Plug
Q = Non-Time Delay Automatically
Switch Quartz
W = Wet Location
Note: See page I-128 for Accessory
Index and Descriptions.
Note: See page I-153 for explanation of
Options.

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
Lowmount 400
Wattage

250
400
250
400
400
400
400

Light
Source

Maximum Spacing
Ambient Criteria or IES
Distribution
Type
HPS
55C
1.9
HPS
55C
1.9
MH
55C
1.7
MH
55C
1.7
MH(Coated) 55C
1.5
PMH
55C
1.7
PMH(Coated) 55C
1.5

Photometric Photometric
Curve
Curve
Base-Up
Base-Down
175935
175935
177700
177891
177892
177891
177892

175089
175089
N/A
175087
175557
175087
175557

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-92/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

■

Most commonly ordered

L4MD LOWMOUNT ® 400 LUMINAIRE
Low Bay, Enclosed

REFERENCES
See Page I-128 for start of Accessories.
See Page I-142 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Page I-153 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

LOWMOUNT INDOOR LIGHTING

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Ballast and Optical

lbs
42-53

kgs
19-24

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
Ballast Type / Voltage
60HZ
50HZ
120, 208
120
Light
240, 277
x
Wattage Source Multivolt 480
347
347 220 220
230
240
380
250
HPS
A,M
A,G,L,M
A,G,L
A
A
A
A
A
M
400
HPS
A,M
A,G,L,M
A,G,L
A
N/A A
A
A
M
250
MH
A
A,L
A
A
A
A
A
A
N/A
400
MH
A
A,L
A,L
A
A
A
A
A
N/A
PULSE START METAL HALIDE LIGHT SOURCE
BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
250
P (MH) A
A,G,M
A,G
A
N/A N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
400
P (MH) A
A*,G,M
A,G
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
NOTE: N/A = Not Available
* 480 volt not available
CANADIAN NOTES:
1. "A", Autoreg available 120, 277 or 347 volts only
2. 208, 240, and 480 volts require CWI ballast. Use "G" when available. Contact factory for all others.
3. Multivolt not available.
4. 208, 240 and 480 volts with “G” ballast not available with switched quartz.

LENS SELECTION TABLE

OPTICAL SELECTION TABLE

STANDARD ACRYLIC

Optical
Code
AN
AC
AT
AD

Material
Standard Acrylic
Standard Acrylic
Standard Acrylic
Standard Acrylic

LOWMOUNT 400

Optical Configuration
Base-Up Lamp
Base-Up Lamp w/Optical Disconnect
Base-Up Lamp w/Relamp Door
Base-Down Lamp

ADVANCED “ST” HID ACRYLIC (Enhanced Lamp Containment & Reduced Yellowing)
Optical
Code
SN
SC
ST
SD

Material
Advanced “ST” HID Acrylic
Advanced “ST” HID Acrylic
Advanced “ST” HID Acrylic
Advanced “ST” HID Acrylic

Wattage
250
400
250
400

Light
Source
HPS
HPS
MH
MH

Base-Up Lamp
AN, SN
AC, SC
AN, SN
AC, SC
AN, SN
AC, SC
AN, SN
AC, SC

AT, ST
AT, ST
-----------AT, ST

Base-Down Lamp
AD, SD
AD, SD
-------------AD, SD

See page T-34 for Alternative lens material explanation.

Optical Configuration
Base-Up Lamp
Base-Up Lamp w/Optical Disconnect
Base-Up Lamp w/Relamp Door
Base-Down Lamp

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/I-93

I

L1M LOWMOUNT ® 150 LUMINAIRE
Low Bay, Enclosed

APPLICATIONS
• Low mounting height 8-20 ft. (2-6 meters) applications in factories, foundries, canneries and textile,
metal, chemical, rubber, food, cement, and other industrial applications
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• 1598 Listed
Suitable For Damp Locations
• 1598 Listed for metal halide
lamps in polymeric lamp
containment barriers
Listed to Canadian Standards
•
• Enclosed and gasketed optics
• Charcoal filtered optics

• Alzak† finish on reflector
• Die-cast aluminum ballast
housing with electrocoat gray
paint finish
• UV stabilized injection molded
prismatic refractor for low
brightness
• Safety chain provisions
• Mogul base socket -E39 standard

• Shipped as components:
Ballast, Optical
• Magnapack available
for ballast.

I

LOWMOUNT INDOOR LIGHTING

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
L1M

25

S

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXX
L1M =
Lowmount
150
Luminaire

WATTAGE LIGHT
SOURCE
XX
X
07 = 70
S = HPS
10 = 100
15 = 150 M = MH
(55V)
17 = 175 NOTE:
25 = 250 Lamp is tilted
base up 20°
above
horizontal
except 175
watt metal
halide is
vertical base
up. Lamp not
included.

0

A

VOLTAGE

BALLAST
TYPE
X
X
See Ballast Selection
60Hz
0 = 120/208/ Table
240/277
A = Autoreg
MULTIVOLT G = Mag-Reg with
1 = 120
Grounded Socket
2 = 208
Shell
3 = 240
H = HPF Reactor or Lag
4 = 277
K = Hot Restart
5 = 480
M = Mag-Reg
D = 347
F = 120X347

4

17

TA

D

AMBIENT
DEG. C
X
4 = 40
5 = 55

SPACING
CRITERIA
XX
15 = 1.5
17 = 1.7

OPTICAL
CODE
XX
TA = Enclosed
Acrylic

OPTIONS

NOTE: Limit
40°C for 250
watt and all
severe duty

SA = Enclosed
Advanced “ST”
HID Acrylic

50Hz
6 = 220
R = 230
Y = 240

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
Lowmount 150
Wattage

Light
Source

Maximum
Ambient

70, 100, 150
250
175
250
175
250

HPS
HPS
MH
MH
MH(Coated)
MH(Coated)

55C
40C
55C
40C
55C
40C

Spacing
Criteria or IES
Distribution
Type
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.5
1.5
1.5

Photometric
Curve

X
B = Time Delay Automatically Switch
Quartz
D = Severe Duty (Meets Wet location)
E = Provision for slide on Primary
Electrical Disconnect. Order
TWOBP Box (Thru feed
capability only) separately. (Not
available with D or W option).
F = Fusing
J = Prewire with Loop, cord, and
plug part of Power Hook.
Order Receptacle/Hook Box
separately, (Not CSA/CUL)
M = Prewire with Loop, 3-ft (0.9 meters)
#16-3 Cord, and Nema Plug.
(Order Locking Receptacle
Hook Box Separately)
N = Provision for slide on primary Electrical
Disconnect. Order PED Box (Pendant
and thru feed capability) separately.
(Not available with D or W option)
P = Prewire with Hook, 3-ft (0.9 meters)
#16/3 Cord and Nema Plug
Q = Non-Time Delay Automatically
Switch Quartz
W = Wet Location
Note: See page I-128 for Accessory Index
and Descriptions.
Note: See page I-153 for explanation of
Options.

175762
175851
175838
177180
175916
175839

Note: See page T-34 for Alternative lens material explanation

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-94/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

■

Most commonly ordered

L1M LOWMOUNT ® 150 LUMINAIRE
Low Bay, Enclosed
REFERENCES
See Page I-128 for start of Accessories.
See Page I-142 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Page I-153 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Ballast and Optical

lbs
25-33

kgs
11-15

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
Ballast Type / Voltage
60HZ
120, 208
Light
240, 277
Wattage Source Multivolt 480
347
70
HPS
A,H,K
G,K,M
H,G
100
HPS
A,H,K
G,K,M
H,G
150(55V) HPS
A,H,K
G,K,M
H,G
250
HPS
M
M,G
A,G
175
MH
A
A
A
250
MH
A
A
A

120
x
347
H
H
H
A
A
A

50HZ
220
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

220
N/A
N/A
N/A
A,H
N/A
A

230
N/A
N/A
N/A
A,H
N/A
A

240
N/A
N/A
N/A
A,H
N/A
A

380
N/A
N/A
N/A
M
N/A
N/A

LOWMOUNT INDOOR LIGHTING

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

NOTE: N/A = Not Available
* 480 volt not available
CANADIAN NOTES:
1. "A", Autoreg, 120, 277 or 347 volts only
2. 208, 240, and 480 volts require CWI ballast. Use "G" when available. Contact factory for
all others.
3. Multivolt not available.
4. "K" Hot Restart not available.
5. 208, 240 and 480 volts with “G” ballast not available with switched quartz.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/I-95

I

C4S CONSERVA ® 400 LUMINAIRE
Low Bay, Enclosed

APPLICATIONS
• Low mounting height 10-25 ft. (3-8 meter) applications, assembly lines, manufacturing areas,
food processing plants, warehouses and parking garages
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• 1598 Listed Suitable for Wet
or Damp locations depending
on mounting hardware used.
• 1598 Listed for metal halide
lamps in polymeric lamp
containment barriers
• CUL Listed to Canadian
Standards & Codes
• Standard construction is IP52
• Die-cast aluminum ballast
housing and aluminum
reflector painted white (C4SW)

• Die-cast aluminum ballast
housing with electrocoat gray
paint finish and aluminum
reflector with Alzak† finish
(C4S)
• Maximum seal reliability for
clean optical component
• UV stabilized injection molded
prismatic refractor for low
brightness with clampband
• Primary quick disconnect for
easy mounting

• Safety chain provisions
• Mogul base socket -E39
standard
• Shipped as components:
Ballast, Optical
• Magnapack available
for ballast
• Pulse start system for metal
halide available.
(See Page I-155)

I

CONSERVA INDOOR LIGHTING

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
C4S

40

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXX
C4S =
Conserva
400
Luminaire

WATTAGE LIGHT
SOURCE
XX
X
17 = 175 S = HPS
25 = 250 M = MH or
32 = 320 P = Pulse
35 = 350
Start MH
40 = 400
Note: Lamp is
vertical base
up. Lamp not
included.

C4SW =
Conserva
400
Luminaire
with
reflector
(inside/
outside) and
Ballast
Housing
painted
white

S

0

A

VOLTAGE

BALLAST
TYPE
X
X
See Ballast Selection
60Hz
0 = 120/208/ Table
240/277
A = Autoreg
MULTIVOLT
1 = 120
2 = 208
3 = 240
4 = 277
5 = 480
D = 347
F = 120X347
T = 220

4

EA

AMBIENT
DEG. C
X
4 = 40
5 = 55

OPTICAL

50Hz
6 = 220
R = 230
Y = 240
G = 380

2

Q

MOUNTING
RECEPTICAL
XX
X
1 = Ceiling
EA = Enclosed
(MPM-C)
Acrylic Refractor
250 watt max
3
2 = /4-in. Pendant,
SA = Enclosed
Rigid*
Advanced “ST”
(MPM-3PR)
HID Acrylic
3 = 3/4-in. Pendant,
Rigid, Wet
WA = Enclosed
Locations*
Acrylic w/white
(MPM-3PRW)
reflector
4 = 3/4-in. Pendant,
Rigid, with Thru
WS = Enclosed
Feed, Wet
“ST” Acrylic w/
Locations*
white reflector
(MPM-3PRTFW)
5 = 3/4-in. Pendant,
Flexible
(MPM-3PF)
6 = Outlet
Box Cover
(MPM-OBC)
250 watt max

OPTIONS
X
B = Time Delay Automatically Switch Quartz
F = Fusing
Q = Non-Time Delay Automatically
Switch Quartz
Y = Solo Bilevel Port
(See page I-126)

Note: See page I-128 for Accessory Index
and Descriptions.
Note: See page I-153 for explanation of
Options.
Note: Wet location determined by mounting
receptacle

*NOTE: Flexible pendant mounting
receptacle must be used if unit is not rigidly
mounted or fixture will not hang straight.

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
EA, SA Enclosed Conserva 400 (C4S)

Light
Maximum
Spacing
Wattage
Source
Temperature
Criteria
175
MH
40C
2.3
175(COATED)
MH
40C
1.9
250
MH
40C
2.3
250(COATED)
MH
40C
1.9
400
MH
40C
2.3
400(COATED)
MH
40C
1.9
175,250
P(MH)
40C
2.3
175,250(COATED)
P(MH)
40C
1.9
320*
P(MH)
40C
2.3
320*(COATED)
P(MH)
40C
1.9
350
P(MH)
40C
2.3
350(COATED)
P(MH)
40C
1.9
250
HPS
55C
2.2
400
HPS
40C
2.2
*320 watt, ED28 Pulse Start MH
Note: C/F = Call Factory
Note: See page T-34 for Alternative lens material explanation

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
Photometric
Curve #
177597
177598
177597
177598
177597
177598
177597
177598
177597
177598
177597
177598
177596
177596

WA, WS Enclosed Conserva 400 (White Reflector) (C4SW)
Wattage
175
175(COATED)
250
250(COATED)
400
400(COATED)
175,250
175,250(COATED)
320*
320*(COATED)
350
350(COATED)
250
400

Light
Source
MH
MH
MH
MH
MH
MH
P(MH)
P(MH)
P(MH)
P(MH)
P(MH)
P(MH)
HPS
HPS

Maximum
Temperature
40C
40C
40C
40C
40C
40C
40C
40C
40C
40C
40C
40C
55C
40C

Spacing
Criteria
1.8
1.7
1.8
1.7
2.0
C/F
2.0
C/F
2.0
C/F
2.0
C/F
2.0
2.0

Photometric
Curve #
452951
452950
452953
452952
178678
C/F
178678
C/F
178678
C/F
178678
C/F
178677
178677

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-96/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

■

Most commonly ordered

C4S CONSERVA ® 400 LUMINAIRE
Low Bay, Enclosed

REFERENCES
See Page I-128 for start of Accessories.
See Page I-142 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Page I-153 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Ballast and Optical

lbs
33-36

kgs
15-16

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
Ballast Type / Voltage
60HZ
120, 208
Light
240, 277
Wattage Source Multivolt 480
347
250
HPS
A
A
A
400
HPS
A
A
A
175
MH
N/A
A
A
250
MH
A
A
A
400
MH
A
A
A
PULSE START METAL HALIDE LIGHT SOURCE
BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
175
P (MH) N/A
A
A
250
P (MH) A
A
A
320
P (MH) A
A
A
350
P (MH) A
A
A

50HZ

120
x
347
A
A
A
A
A

220
N/A
N/A
N/A
A
A

220
A,H
A
N/A
N/A

230
A,H
N/A
N/A
N/A

240
A,H
N/A
N/A
N/A

380
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

A
A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

CONSERVA INDOOR LIGHTING

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

NOTE: N/A = Not Available
CANADIAN NOTES:
1. "A", Autoreg, available 120, 277 or 347 volts only
2. 208, 240, and 480 volts require CWI ballast. Contact factory.
3. Multivolt not available.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/I-97

I

C1S CONSERVA ® 150 LUMINAIRE
Low Bay, Enclosed

APPLICATIONS
• Low mounting height 8-20 ft. (2-6 meter) applications, assembly lines, manufacturing areas, food
processing plants, warehouses and parking garages, other industrial applications
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• 1598 Listed Suitable for Wet
or Damp locations depending
on mounting receptacle used
• 1598 Listed for metal halide
lamps in polymeric lamp
containment barriers
• CUL Listed to Canadian
Standards & Codes
• Standard construction is IP52
• Maximum seal reliability for
clean optical component

• UV stabilized injection molded
prismatic refractor for low
brightness
• Die-cast aluminum ballast
housing with electrocoat gray
paint finish and aluminum
reflector with Alzak† finish (C1S)
• Die-cast aluminum ballast
housing and aluminum
reflector painted white (C1SW)
• Primary quick disconnect for
easy mounting

• Mogul base socket -E39
standard
• Safety chain provisions
• Shipped as components:
Ballast, Optical, Mounting
Receptacle
• Magnapack available
for ballast
• Pulse start system for metal
halide available. See Page I-155

I

CONSERVA INDOOR LIGHTING

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
C1S

25

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXX
C1S =
Conserva
150
Luminaire

WATTAGE LIGHT
SOURCE
XX
X
07 = 70
S = HPS
10 = 100 M = MH
15 = 150 K = Ceramic
(55V)
MH
17 = 175 P = Pulse
25 = 250
Start MH

C1SW =
Conserva
150
Luminaire
with
reflector
(inside/
outside) and
ballast
housing
painted
white

M

0

A

VOLTAGE

BALLAST
TYPE
X
X
See Ballast Selection
60Hz
0 = 120/208/ Table
240/277
A = Autoreg
MULTIVOLT G = Mag-Reg with
1 = 120
Grounded Socket
2 = 208
Shell
3 = 240
H = HPF Reactor or Lag
K = Hot Restart
Note: Lamp is 4 = 277
M = Mag-Reg
vertical base 5 = 480
up. Lamp not D = 347
F = 120X347
included.
T = 220

4

TA

2

B

AMBIENT
DEG. C
X
See
Ballast and
Photometric
Selection
Tables

OPTICAL

MOUNTING
RECEPTICAL
X

OPTIONS

4 = 40
5 = 55

XX
TA = Enclosed
Acrylic
TS = Enclosed
Advanced “ST”
HID Acrylic

X
B = Time Delay Automatically Switch Quartz
F = Fusing
Q = Non-Time Delay Automatically
2 = 3/4-in. Pendant,
Switch Quartz
Rigid (MPM-3PR)* Y= Solo Bilevel Port
(See page I-126)

1 = Ceiling
(MPM-C)

3 = 3/4-in. Pendant,
Rigid, Wet
Locations
(MPM-3PRW)*

Note: See page I-128 for Accessory Index

4 = 3/4-in. Pendant, and Descriptions.
Rigid, with Thru
Note: See page I-153 for explanation of
Feed, Wet
Options.
Locations
Note: Wet location determined by mounting
(MPM-3PRTFW)*

50Hz
6 = 220
Y = 240
G = 380

5 = 3/4-in. Pendant,
Flexible (MPM-3PF)

receptacle

6 = Outlet Box
Cover (MPM-OBC)
*NOTE: Flexible pendant mounting receptacle
must be used if unit is not rigidly mounted or
fixture will not hang straight.

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
CIS

Wattage

Light
Maximum
Spacing
Source
Ambient
Criteria
70*
MH
40C
1.6
100*
MH
40C
1.7
175
MH
40C
1.7
175(COATED)
MH
40C
1.9
250
MH
40C
1.7
250(COATED)
MH
40C
1.9
70*
Ceramic MH 40C
1.6
100*
Ceramic MH 40C
1.7
150*
P(MH)
40C
1.6
175,250
P(MH)
40C
1.7
175,250(COATED)
P(MH)
40C
1.9
70,100
HPS
55C
1.8
150(55V)
HPS
55C
1.8
250
HPS
40C
1.8
* Medium base socket. (Lamp not included)
Note: C/F = Call Factory
Note: See page T-34 for Alternative lens material explanation

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
Photometric
Curve
452584
452583
175836
175924
175836
175924
452585
452586
452582
175836
175924
175835
175835
175842

CISW

Wattage
70, 100*
175
175(COATED)
250
250(COATED)
70 ,100*
150*
175,250
175,250(COATED)
70,100
150(55V)
250

Light
Source
MH
MH
MH
MH
MH
Ceramic MH
P(MH)
P(MH)
P(MH)
HPS
HPS
HPS

Maximum
Ambient
40C
40C
40C
40C
40C
40C
40C
40C
40C
55C
55C
40C

Spacing
Criteria
C/F
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
C/F
C/F
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0

Photometric
Curve
C/F
178670
178671
178670
178671
C/F
C/F
178670
178671
178669
178669
178668

* Medium base socket. (Lamp not included)

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-98/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

■

Most commonly ordered

C1S CONSERVA ® 150 LUMINAIRE
Low Bay, Enclosed
REFERENCES
See Page I-128 for start of Accessories.
See Page I-142 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Page I-153 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Ballast and Optical

lbs
21-32

kgs
10-15

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
Ballast Type / Voltage
60HZ
120, 208
Light
240, 277
Wattage Source Multivolt 480
347
70
HPS
H,K
G,H**,K,M G,H,K
100
HPS
H,K
G,H**,K,M G,H,K
150(55V) HPS
H,K
G,H**,K,M G,H,K
250
HPS
A
A
A
70*
Cer, MH H
H
H
100*
Cer, MH H
H
H
70*
MH
H
H
H
100*
MH
H
H
H
175
MH
A
A
A
250
MH
A
A
A
PULSE START METAL HALIDE LIGHT SOURCE
BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
150*
P (MH) N/A
H**
H
175
P (MH) N/A
A
A
250
P (MH) A
A
A

120
x
347
H,K
H,K
H,K
A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
A
A

50HZ
220
N/A
N/A
A,M
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
A
A

220
N/A
H,M
H
H
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

230
M
H,M
H
H,A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

240
N/A
H
H
H,A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

380
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A N/A N/A
A
N/A N/A
A
N/A N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A

CONSERVA INDOOR LIGHTING

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

NOTE: N/A = Not Available
* Medium base socket (Lamp not included)
** 480 Volt not available
CANADIAN NOTES:
1. "A" ,Autoreg, and "H", HPF available 120, 277 or 347 volts only
2. 208, 240, and 480 volts require CWI ballast. Use "G" when available. Contact factory for
all others.
3. Multivolt not available.
4. "K" Hot Restart not available.
5. 208, 240 and 480 volts with “G” ballast not available with switched quartz.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/I-99

I

MGA MINI-GARD TM INDUSTRIAL LUMINAIRE
Low Bay, Enclosed or Open

APPLICATIONS
• Low mounting heights 8-20 ft. (2-6 meter) manufacturing assembly areas,
commercial locations and parking garages
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• 1598 Listed
Suitable For Wet Locations
• 1598 Listed for metal halide
lamps in polymeric lamp
containment barriers
• Listed to Canadian
standards and codes
• Multiple optical assemblies
• Multiple mounting
arrangements
• Lamp type and wattage label

• Medium base socket -E26
standard
• Electro-epoxidized gray paint
finish inside and outside
• Shipped as components:
Ballast, Mounting, Optical,
Accessories
• Low copper aluminum alloys
• Charcoal filter
(enclosed units only)
• Safety chain provisions

I

MINI-GARD INDOOR LIGHTING

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
MGA

17

M

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXX
MGA =
Mini•Gard
Luminaire
General
NonHazardous
SUITABLE
FOR WET
LOCATIONS

WATTAGE LIGHT
SOURCE
XX
X
05 = 50
S = HPS
07 = 70
10 = 100 M = MH
15 = 150
(55V) P = Pulse
17 = 175 Start MH

NOTE: Lamp
Not
Included.

0

A

4

VOLTAGE

BALLAST
TYPE
X
X
See Ballast
60Hz*
0 = 120/208/ Selection Table
240/277
A = Autoreg
MULTIVOLT H = HPF Reactor
1 = 120
or Lag
2 = 208
3 = 240
4 = 277
5 = 480
D = 347
F=
120X347
NOTE:
*Contact
factory for
50Hz

3P

AMBIENT MOUNTING
DEG. C
XX
X
3C = 3/4 in.
4 = 40
Ceiling
4C = 1 in. Ceiling
3F = 3/4 in.
Flexible
4F = 1 in.
Flexible
3P = 3/4 in.
Pendant*
4P = 1 in.
Pendant*
5S = 1-1/4 in.
Straight
stanchion
6S = 1-1/2 in
Straight
stanchion
3W =3/4 in. Wall
4W =1 in. Wall

A5G

Q

OPTICAL

OPTIONS

XX(X)
See Optical Eligibility and
Photometric Selection Table
Below

X
F = Fusing
Q = Time Delay Automatically
Switched Quartz

A5G=12-in. (305mm) Acrylic
Refractor Type V with Guard
A5N=12-in (305mm) Acrylic
Refractor Type V
A2G=12-in. (305mm) Acrylic
Refractor Type II with Guard Note: See page I-128 for Accessory
Index and Descriptions.
A2N=12-in (305mm) Acrylic
Note: See page I-153 for explanation of
Refractor Type II
Options.
GE= 14-in. (356mm) Borosilicate
Glass Reflector Enclosed
GV= 14-in. (356mm) Borosilicate
Glass Reflector Open*
AE= 16-in. (406mm) Acrylic
Reflector Enclosed
* Note: Flexible
pendant mounting AV= 16-in. (406mm) Acrylic
Reflector Open*
cover must be used
if unit is not rigidly
mounted or fixture *Do not use with lamps
specified for use in enclosed
will not hang
fixtures only.
straight.

OPTICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
Clear Light Source

Coated Light Source

Mini•Gard Luminaire

50, 70, 100,
150W(55V)HPS

70W
MH

100W
MH

175W
MH & PMH

50,70,100,
150W(55V)HPS

70W
MH

100W
MH

175W
MH&PMH

Acrylic Refractor Type V A5N
Acrylic Refractor Type V with Guard A5G

179733
179734

179753
179754

179745
179746

179737
179738

N/A
179730

179757
179758

179749
179750

179741
179742

Acylic Refractor Type II A2N
Acylic Refractor Type II with Guard A2G

179735
179736

179755
179756

179747
179748

179739
179740

179731
179732

179759
179760

179751
179752

179743
179744

Borosilicate Glass Reflector - Enclosed GE
Borosilicate Glass Reflector - Open GV

450117
450118

450119
450120

450121
450122

450123
N/A

450125
450126

450127
450128

450129
450130

450131
N/A

Acrylic Reflector - Enclosed AE
Acrylic Reflector - Open AV

450133
450134

450135
450136

450137
450138

450139
N/A

450141
450142

450143
450144

450145
450146

450147
N/A

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-100/ 2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

■

Most commonly ordered

MGA MINI-GARD TM INDUSTRIAL LUMINAIRE
Low Bay, Enclosed or Open

DIMENSIONS
See next page.
REFERENCES
See Page I-128 for start of Accessories.
See Page I-142 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Page I-153 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

DATA
Approximate Net Weights
BALLAST HOUSING ASSEMBLY
Wattage
50
70
100
150 (55V)
175
OPTICAL
A5G,A5N,A2G,A2N - Refractor
GE - Glass Reflector
GV - Glass Reflector
AE,AV - Acrylic Reflector
MOUNTINGS
3P/4P Pendant
3C/4C Ceiling
3F/4F Flexible Pendant
5S/6S Straight Stanchion
3W/4W Wall

Pounds

Kilograms

14.0
13.0 - 19.2
13.5 - 20.5
14.5 - 21.1
14.4 - 15.5

6
6-9
6-9
7 - 10
7

8.4
17
14
5.7

4
8
6
3

3.0
5.0
3.5
5.0
8.0

1
2
3
2
3

Wattage
50
70, 100
150 (55V)
70*, 100
175
175

Light
Source
HPS
HPS
HPS
MH
MH
PMH

Ballast Type/Voltage
60Hz
Multivolt 120
208
H
H
N/A
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
A
A
A
A
A

240
N/A
H
H
H
A
A

277
N/A
H
H
H
A
A

NOTE: Maximum ambient is 40° C unless otherwise indicated.
N/A = Not Available
* 70 watt MH not available in 120x347 volt
A = Autoreg
H = HPF Reactor or Lag

480
N/A
A
A
H
A
N/A

120x347
N/A
H
H
H
A
A

347
N/A
H
H
H
A
A

MINI-GARD INDOOR LIGHTING

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ I-101

I

MGA MINI-GARD TM INDUSTRIAL LUMINAIRE
Low Bay, Enclosed or Open
FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
3/4 or 1 in.
CONDUIT

Reflector:
Open Glass (GV)
Closed Glass (GE)

10.88 in. DIA
(276mm DIA)

12.88 in.
(327mm)

PENDANT MOUNT
A (inches)
15.88
16.50

A(mm)
403
419
17.63 in.
(448mm)

I

MINI-GARD INDOOR LIGHTING

A

15.98 in.
(406mm)

13.50 in.
(343mm)

15.13 in.
(384mm)
16.13 in.
(410mm)

Glass Reflector (GE, GV)
Dotted Line (---) = Acrylic Reflector (AE, AV)

Acrylic Refractor
(A5G, A5N, A2G, A2N)

FLEXIBLE PENDANT MOUNT
Reflector:
Open Glass (GV)
Closed Glass (GE)

12.88 in.
(327mm)

A (inches)
17.13
17.75

3/4 or 1 in.
CONDUIT

A(mm)
435
451

3/4 or 1 in. CONDUIT

1.88 in. (48mm)
ADJUSTMENT

10.88 in. DIA
(276mm DIA)

17.22 in.
(437mm)

18.89 in.
(480mm)

A

15.13 in.
(384mm)
16.13 in.
(410mm)

13.50 in.
(343mm)

Acrylic Refractor
(A5G, A5N, A2G, A2N)

Glass Reflector (GE, GV)
Dotted Line (---) = Acrylic Reflector (AE, AV)

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-102/ 2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

■

Most commonly ordered

MGA MINI-GARD TM INDUSTRIAL LUMINAIRE
Low Bay, Enclosed or Open

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

12.50 in.
(318mm)

2.75 in.
(70mm)

WIRING ACCESS

STRAIGHT STANCHION MOUNT
Reflector:
Open Glass (GV)
Closed Glass (GE)

A (inches)
17.67
18.30

A(mm)
449
465

SET SCREW

9.94 in.
(252mm)

1-1/4 or
1-1/2 in. NPT

17.76 in.
(451mm)

A
19.42 in.
(493mm)

13.50 in.
(343mm)

15.13 in.
(384mm)

0.157 in. R (4mm R)

Glass Reflector (GE, GV)
Dotted Line (---) = Acrylic Reflector (AE, AV)

25°

11.62 in. DIA
(295mm DIA)

Acrylic Refractor
(A5G, A5N, A2G, A2N)

16.13 in.
(410mm)

45° TYP

0.157 in. R (4mm R)

0.96 in.
(24mm)

10.88 in. DIA
(276mm DIA)

CEILING MOUNT
A
19.32 in.
(491mm)

17.65 in.
(448mm)

Reflector:
Open Glass (GV)
Closed Glass (GE)

A (inches)
17.55
18.17

A(mm)
446
462

MINI-GARD INDOOR LIGHTING

3/4 or 1 in. CONDUIT
5 PLACES

13.50 in.
(343mm)

15.13 in.
(384mm)

Acrylic Refractor
(A5G, A5N, A2G, A2N)

16.13 in.
(410mm)

Glass Reflector (GE, GV)
Dotted Line (---) = Acrylic Reflector (AE, AV)

WALL MOUNT
Reflector:
Open Glass (GV)
Closed Glass (GE)

A (inches)
17.00
17.61

A(mm)
432
447

Glass Reflector (GE, GV)
Dotted Line (---) = Acrylic Reflector (AE, AV)

Acrylic Refractor
(A5G, A5N, A2G,
A2N)

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ I-103

I

VERSAGLOW ® 150 and 250 LUMINAIRE
Low Bay, Enclosed

APPLICATIONS
• Low mounting height 8-20 ft. (2-6 meter) applications where uplight component is desired,
classrooms, offices, cafeterias and storage rooms
• Die-cast aluminum ballast
• Standard ambient is 40°C
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
housing with electrocoat gray
• Shipped as components:
• 1598 Listed
paint finish
Ballast, Optical, Mounting,
Suitable For Damp Locations
• Primary quick disconnect for
Receptacle
• 1598 Listed for metal halide
easy mounting
• Magnapack available
lamps in polymeric lamp
• Uses energy-conserving high
for ballast.
containment barriers
intensity discharge lamps
• Pulse start system for metal
• CUL Listed to Canadian
• Mogul base socket -E39
halide available. See Page I-155
Standards & Codes
standard
• UV stabilized injection molded
• Safety chain provisions for
prismatic refractor for low
ballast housing
brightness

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC

I

VERSAGLOW INDOOR LIGHTING

V2G
PRODUCT
IDENT
XXX
V1G =
Versaglow
150
Luminaire

17

M

0

WATTAGE LIGHT
SOURCE
XX
X
05 = 50
S = HPS
07 = 70
10 = 100 M = MH
15 = 150
(55V) K = Ceramic
V2G =
17 = 175
MH
Versaglow 25 = 250
250
P = Pulse
Luminaire
Start MH

A

VOLTAGE

BALLAST
TYPE
X
X
See Ballast Selection
60Hz
0 = 120/208/ Table
240/277
A = Autoreg
MULTIVOLT G = Mag-Reg with
1 = 120
Grounded Socket
2 = 208
Shell
3 = 240
H = HPF Reactor or Lag
4 = 277
K = Hot Restart
5 = 480
M = Mag-Reg
D = 347
Note: Lamp is F = 120X347
vertical base T = 220
up. Lamp not
50Hz
included.
6 = 220
Y = 240
G = 380

4

EA

2

Q

AMBIENT
DEG. C
X
4 = 40

OPTICAL

MOUNTING
RECEPTICAL
X
1 = Ceiling
(MPM-C)
2 = 3/4-in. Pendant,
Rigid
(MPM-3PR)*
5 = 3/4-in. Pendant,
Flexible
(MPM-3PF)
6 = Outlet
Box Cover
(MPM-OBC)

OPTIONS

XX
EA = Enclosed
Acrylic for V2G
ES = Enclosed
Advanced “ST”
HID Acrylic for
V2G
TA = Acrylic
Refractor for
V1G
TS = Advanced
“ST” HID Acrylic
for V1G

X
B = Time Delay Automatically Switched
Quartz
F = Fusing
Q = Non-Time Delay Automatically
Switched Quartz
Note: See page I-128 for Accessory
Index and Descriptions.
Note: See page I-153 for
explanation of Options.

*NOTE: Flexible
pendant
mounting
receptacle must
be used if unit is
not rigidly
mounted or
fixture will not
hang straight.

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
Versaglow 150

Wattage

70*
70*
100*
100*
150*
50, 70, 100, 150

Light
Source
MH
Ceramic MH
MH
Ceramic MH
MH
HPS

Spacing
Criteria
1.7
1.7
1.8
1.8
1.7
1.5

Photometric
Curve
452589
452588
452590
452587
452591
175764

MH
Ceramic MH
MH
Ceramic MH
MH
MH, P (MH)
MH, P (MH)
HPS
HPS

1.8
1.7
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.6
1.6
1.0
1.6

452597
452599
452596
452598
452595
175751
175921
175715
175752

Versaglow 250
70*
70*
100*
100*
150*
175(COATED)
250(COATED)
70, 100, 150
250

*Medium base socket. (Lamp not included)
Note: See page T-34 for Alternative lens material explanation

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-104/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

■

Most commonly ordered

VERSAGLOW ® 150 and 250 LUMINAIRE
Low Bay, Enclosed

REFERENCES
See Page I-128 for start of Accessories.
See Page I-142 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Page I-153 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

DATA
lbs
22-36

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

kgs
10-16

VERSAGLOW INDOOR LIGHTING

Approximate Net Weight
Ballast and Optical

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
V1G VERSAGLOW 150
Ballast Type / Voltage
60HZ
120, 208
Light
240, 277
Wattage Source Multivolt 480
347
50
HPS
H,K
H,K
H,K
70
HPS
H,K
G,H**,K,M G,H,K
100
HPS
H,K
G,H**,K,M G,H,K
150(55V) HPS
H,K
G,H**,K,M G,H,K
70*
Cer, MH H
H
H
100*
Cer, MH H
H
H
70*
MH
H
H
H
100*
MH
H
H
H

120
x
347
H,K
G,H,K
G,H,K
G,H,K
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

Versaglow 150

50HZ
220
N/A
N/A
N/A
A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

220
N/A
N/A
H,M
H
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

230
N/A
M
H,M
H
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

240
N/A
N/A
H
H
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

380
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

NOTE:
Flexible pendant mounting receptacle must be used if
unit is not rigidly mounted.

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
V2G VERSAGLOW 250
Ballast Type / Voltage
60HZ
120, 208
Light
240, 277
Wattage Source Multivolt 480
347
50
HPS
H,K
H,K
H,K
70
HPS
H,K
G,H**,K,M G,H,K
100
HPS
H,K
G,H**,K,M G,H,K
150(55V) HPS
H,K
G,H**,K,M G,H,K
250
HPS
A
A
A
70*
Cer, MH H
H
H
100*
Cer, MH H
H
H
70*
MH
H
H
H
100*
MH
H
H
H
175
MH
A
A
A
250
MH
A
A
A
PULSE START METAL HALIDE LIGHT SOURCE
BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
150*
P (MH) N/A
H**
H
175
P (MH) N/A
A
A
250
P (MH) A
A
A

120
x
347
H,K
G,H,K
G,H,K
G,H,K
A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
A
A

50HZ
220
N/A
N/A
N/A
A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
A
A

220
N/A
N/A
H,M

230
N/A
M
H,M

240
N/A
N/A
H

380
N/A
N/A
N/A

H
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

H,A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

H,A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A N/A N/A
A
N/A N/A
A
N/A N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A

Versaglow 250

NOTE: N/A = Not Available
* Medium base socket (Lamp not included)
** 480 Volt not available
NOTE: 208, 240 and 480 volts with “G” ballast not available with switched quartz.
CANADIAN NOTES:
1. "A" ,Autoreg, and "H", HPF available 120, 277 or 347 volts only
2. 208, 240, and 480 volts require CWI ballast. Use "G" when available. Contact factory for
all others.
3. Multivolt not available.
4. "K" Hot Restart not available.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ I-105

I

GARAGE-GARD ® LUMINAIRE
Low Bay, Enclosed

APPLICATIONS
• Parking garages, warehouses, entranceways, assembly lines,
stairways, service stations and work areas/task lighting
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• 1598 Listed Suitable for Damp
or Wet Locations depending on
mounting receptacle used
• Enclosed units 1598 Listed
for metal halide lamps in
polymeric lamp containment
barriers
• CUL Listed to Canadian
Standards & Codes
• Wide light distribution with
uplight component

• Enclosed and gasketed
• UV stabilized injection molded
acrylic refractor for low
brightness
• Heavy-duty die-cast aluminum
ballast housing with electrocoat
gray paint finish
• Vandal-resistant external
hardware (TORX T-20) standard
• Variety of mounting receptacles
available

• Standard ambient is 40°C
• Medium base socket -E26
standard
• Safety chain provisions
• Shipped as complete luminaire
with lamp in socket and
mounting receptacle in carton
• Pulse start system for metal
halide available. See Page I-155

I

GARAGE-GARD INDOOR LIGHTING

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
GGDC

15

PRODUCT WATTAGE
IDENT
XX
XXXX
GGDC =
05 = 50
Garage-Gard 07 = 70
Luminaire 10 = 100
with outlet 15 = 150
box
(55V)
mounting 17 = 175
plate
GGDD =
Garage-Gard
Luminaire
with sliding
electrical
disconnect

S

0

LIGHT
SOURCE
X
S = HPS

VOLTAGE

H

BALLAST
TYPE
X
X
See Ballast Selection
60Hz
0 = 120/208/ Table
240/277
A = Autoreg
M = MH or
MULTIVOLT G = Mag-Reg with
Merc
1 = 120
Grounded Socket
Shell
K = Ceramic 2 = 208
3 = 240
H = HPF Reactor or Lag
MH
4 = 277
K = Hot Restart
5 = 480
P = Pulse
M = Mag-Reg
Start MH D = 347
F = 120X347
Medium base T = 220
lamp
installed in 50Hz
6 = 220
socket.
Y = 240

4

E5A

1

Q

AMBIENT
DEG. C
X
4 = 40

OPTICAL
REFRACTOR
XXX
See Photometric
Selection Table

MOUNTING
RECEPTICAL
X
1 = Standard GGDC:
Outlet Box Mounting Plate
DAMP LOCATION ONLY

OPTIONS

E2A = Enclosed
Asymmetric Acrylic
E5A = Enclosed Type
5 Acrylic

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
Garage-Gard
Wattage

Light
Source

Spacing
Optical
Criteria or IES
Refractor
Distribution
Type
70,100
MH
SN2, ASYM
E2A
70,100
MH
2.2, SYM
E5A
175
MH
ASYM
E2A
175
MH
2.2, SYM
E5A
70,100
Cer,MH
SN2, ASYM
E2A
70,100
Cer,MH
2.2, SYM
E5A
150
P(MH)
SN2, ASYM
E2A
150
P(MH)
2.2, SYM
E5A
50
HPS
ASYM
E2A
50
HPS
2.4, SYM
E5A
70,100.150(55V)
HPS
ASYM
E2A
70,100.150(55V)
HPS
2.4, SYM
E5A
NOTE:ASYM = Asymmetrical; SYM = Symmetrical.
Note: See page T-34 for Alternative lens material explanation

Photometric
Curve
178461
177861
179900
177861
178461
177861
178461
177861
179899
177857
179899
177857

GGDD included with fixture
when choosing 2-9 below
2 = 3/4-in. Pendant, Rigid
(MPM-3PR)*
DAMP LOCATION
3 = 3/4-in. Pendant, Rigid
(MPM-3PRW)*
WET LOCATION
3
4 = /4-in. Pendant, Rigid, with
Thru Feed, (MPM-3PRTFW)*
WET LOCATION
3
5 = /4-in. Pendant, Flexible
(MPM-3PF)
DAMP LOCATION
6 = Outlet Box Cover
(MPM-OBC)
DAMP LOCATION
7 = Angled Stanchion Mount
(MPM-5ASW) WET LOCATION
8 = Wall Bracket with Thru
Feed, (MPM-W3TFW)
WET LOCATION
9 = Wall Bracket (MPM-WW)
WET LOCATION

X
B = Time Delay
Automatically
Switched Quartz
with quartz lamp installed
F = Fusing
Q = Non-Time Delay
Automatically Switched
Quartz (with lamp
installed)

Note: See page I-128 for
Accessory Index and
Descriptions.
Note: See page I-153 for
explanation of Options.

NOTE: Flexible pendant
mounting receptacle must
be used if unit is not
rigidly mounted or fixture
will not hang straight.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-106/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

■

Most commonly ordered

GARAGE-GARD ® LUMINAIRE
Low Bay, Enclosed

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Ballast and Optical

lbs
10-17

kgs
5-8

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
Ballast Type / Voltage
60HZ
120, 208
Light
240, 277
Wattage Source Multivolt 480
347
50
HPS
H
H
H
70
HPS
A,H,K
G,H**,K,M G,H
100
HPS
A,H,K
G,H**,K,M G,H
150(55V) HPS
A,H
G,H**,M G,H
70
Cer, MH H
H
H
100
Cer, MH H
H
H
70
MH
H
H
H
100
MH
H
H
H
175
MH
A
A
N/A
PULSE START METAL HALIDE LIGHT SOURCE
BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
150*
P (MH) N/A
H**
H

120
x
347
H
G,H
G,H
G,H
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

50HZ
220
N/A
A
N/A
A,M
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

220
N/A
N/A
H,M
H
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

230
N/A
M
H,M
H
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

240
N/A
N/A
N/A
H
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

380
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A N/A N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

GGDD
NOTE: Flexible pendant
mounting receptacle must be
used if unit is not rigidly
mounted

GARAGE-GARD INDOOR LIGHTING

GGDC

NOTE: N/A = Not Available
** 480 Volt not available
CANADIAN NOTES:
1. "A" ,Autoreg, and "H", HPF available 120, 277 or 347 volts only
2. 208, 240, and 480 volts require CWI ballast. Use "G" when available. Contact factory for
all others.
3. Multivolt not available.
4. "K" Hot Restart not available.
5. 208, 240 and 480 volts with “G” ballast not available with switched quartz.

REFERENCES
See Page I-128 for start of Accessories.
See Pages I-153 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ I-107

I

MINIMITE ® LUMINAIRE
Low Bay, Enclosed or Open

APPLICATIONS
• Low mounting height 8-20 ft (2-6 meter) applications, parking garages, aisles, entranceways,
catwalks, warehouses (low ceilings) and other areas with existing incandescent circuits.
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• 1598 Listed Suitable for Damp or Wet
Locations depending on mounting
receptacle used
• Enclosed units 1598 Listed for metal
halide lamps in polymeric lamp
containment barriers
• CUL Listed to Canadian Standards &
Codes
• Precision-designed refractor for low
brightness
• Heavy-duty die-cast aluminum ballast
housing with electrocoat gray paint finish

MMI

I

MINIMITE INDOOR LIGHTING

MML

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
MMI

07

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXXX
MMI =
Minimite
Luminaire

WATTAGE LIGHT
SOURCE
XX
X
07 = 70 S = HPS
10 = 100
15 = 150 M = MH or
(55V)
Merc
17 = 175
25 = 250 K = Ceramic
MH

MML =
Minimite
Luminaire
with 16
inch
diameter
optical

S

0

Exclusionary base socket is available for use with Metal Halide lamps in open
fixtures to comply with NEC 2005 regulations (GELS “S” Option)
Customer should consult or review local electrical codes for compliance.
H

X

BALLAST
AMBIENT
TYPE
DEG. C
X
X
X
See Ballast Selection See
60Hz
0 = 120/208/ Table
Photometric
240/277
Selection
A = Autoreg
MULTIVOLT G = Mag-Reg with
Table
1 = 120
Grounded Socket
2 = 208
X = Ambient
Shell
3 = 240
determined
H = HPF Reactor
4 = 277
by Optical
or Lag
5 = 480
P = Pulse
K = Hot Restart
Start MH D = 347
M = Mag-Reg
F = 120X347
T = 220

VOLTAGE

50Hz
6 = 220
Y = 240

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
MINIMITE-MMI
Wattage

Light
Source

• Primary quick disconnect for easy
mounting
• Mogul base socket -E39 standard
• Safety chain provisions
• Shipped as components:
Ballast, Optical, Mounting, Receptacle
• Magnapack available for ballast
• Pulse start system for metal
halide available. See Page I-155

Optical
Maximum
Refractor Ambient

Spacing
Criteria or IES
Distribution
Type
SN2, ASYM
1.3, SYM
1.2, SYM
1.2, SYM
1.3, SYM
SN2, ASYM
1.3, SYM
1.2, SYM
SN2, ASYM
1.3, SYM
1.2, SYM
1.2, SYM
MN2, ASYM
1.9, SYM
1.1, SYM
2.0, SYM

70,100*
MH
E2A,S
40C
70,100*
MH
E5A,S
40C
70,100*
MH
E5G
55C
175, 250
MH
E5G
40C
175, 250(Coated) MH
E5G
40C
70,100*
Cer,MH
E2A,S
40C
70,100*
Cer,MH
E5A,S
40C
70,100*
Cer,MH
E5G,S
55C
150*
P(MH)
E2A,S
40C
150*
P(MH)
E5A,S
40C
150*
P(MH)
E5G
40C
175, 250
P(MH)
E5G
40C
70,100.150(55V) HPS
E2A,S
40C
70,100.150(55V) HPS
E5A,S
40C
70,100.150(55V) HPS
E5G
55C
70,100.150(55V) HPS
V5A
55C
* Medium base socket (lamp not included)
Note: ASYM = Asymmetrical; SYM = Symmetrical
Note: C/F = Call Factory
Note: See page T-34 for Alternative lens material explanation

Photometric
Curve
179124
179123
176686
176686
176683
179124
179123
176686
179124
179123
176686
176686
177158
176025
176684
175620

E5A

2

Q

OPTICAL
REFRACTOR
XXX
See Photometric
Selection Table
E2A = Enclosed Type 2
Acrylic
E5A = Enclosed Type 5
Acrylic
E2S = Enclosed Type 2
Advanced “ST” HID
Acrylic
E5S = Enclosed Type 5
Advanced “ST” HID
Acrylic
E5G = Enclosed Type 5
Glass (Cannot be used
with MML)
V2A = Open Type 2
Acrylic
V5A = Open type 5
Acrylic

MOUNTING
RECEPTICAL
X
1 = Ceiling (MPM-C)
DAMP LOCATION
2 = 3/4-in. Pendant, Rigid
(MPM-3PR)*
DAMP LOCATION
3
3 = /4-in. Pendant, Rigid
(MPM-3PRW)*
WET LOCATION
4 = 3/4-in. Pendant, Rigid, with
Thru Feed, (MPM-3PRTFW)*
WET LOCATION
5 = 3/4-in. Pendant, Flexible
(MPM-3PF) DAMP LOCATION
6 = Outlet Box Cover
(MPM-OBC)
DAMP LOCATION
7 = Angled Stanchion Mount
(MPM-5ASW)
WET LOCATION
8 = Wall Bracket with Thru
Feed, (MPM-W3TFW)
WET LOCATION
9 = Wall Bracket (MPM-WW)
WET LOCATION

OPTIONS

Note: Do not use open
opticals with lamps
specified for use in
enclosed fixtures.

X
B = Time Delay
Automatically Switched
Quartz
F = Fusing
Q = Non-Time Delay
Automatically Switched
Quartz
Y = Solo Bilevel Port
(See page I-126)

Note: See page I-128 for
Accessory Index and
Descriptions.
Note: See page I-153 for
explanation of Options.

*NOTE: Flexible pendant
mounting receptacle must
be used if unit is not rigidly
mounted or fixture will not
hang straight.

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
MINIMITE-MML
Wattage

Light
Source

175,250
175,250(COATED)
175,250
175,250
175,250(COATED)
175,250
70,100.150(55V)
250
250

MH
MH
MH
P(MH)
P(MH)
P(MH)
HPS
HPS
HPS

Optical
Spacing
Refractor Criteria or IES
Distribution
Type
E5A,S
1.3, SYM
E5A,S
1.5, SYM
E2A,S
MN2, ASYM
E5A,S
1.3, SYM
E5A,S
1.5, SYM
E2A,S
MN2, ASYM
E5A,S
1.4, SYM
E5A,S
1.4, SYM
E2A,S
LN2, ASYM

Maximum
Ambient

Photometric

40C
40C
40C
40C
40C
40C
40C
40C
40C

178247
178251
178274
178247
178251
178274
178243
178255
178276

Note: ASYM = Asymmetrical; SYM = Symmetrical
Note: C/F = Call Factory

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-108/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

■

Most commonly ordered

MINIMITE ® LUMINAIRE
Low Bay, Enclosed or Open

REFERENCES
See Page I-128 for start of Accessories.
See Page I-142 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Page I-153 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.
FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
NOTE: Flexible pendent mounting receptacle must be used if
unit is not rigidly mounted.

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Ballast and Optical

lbs
20-32

kgs
9-15

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
MMI MINIMITE
Ballast Type / Voltage
60HZ
120, 208
Light
240, 277
Wattage Source Multivolt 480
347
70
HPS
H,K
G,H**,K,M G,H,K
100
HPS
H,K
G,H**,K,M G,H,K
150(55V) HPS
H,K
G,H**,K,M G,H,K
70*
Cer, MH H
H
H
100*
Cer, MH H
H
H
70*
MH
H
H
H
100*
MH
H
H
H
175
MH
A
A
A
250
MH
A
A
A
PULSE START METAL HALIDE LIGHT SOURCE
BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
150*
P (MH) N/A
H**
H
175
P (MH) N/A
A
A
250
P (MH) A
A
A

120
x
347
G,H,K
G,H,K
G,H,K
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
A
A

MMI Open

50HZ
220
N/A
N/A
A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

220
N/A
H,M
H
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

230
M
H,M
H
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

240
N/A
H
H
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A N/A N/A
A
N/A N/A
A
N/A N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A

380
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

MINIMITE INDOOR LIGHTING

MMI Enclosed

MML MINIMITE
Ballast Type / Voltage
60HZ
120, 208
Light
240, 277
Wattage Source Multivolt 480
347
70
HPS
H,K
G,H**,K,M G,H,K
100
HPS
H,K
G,H**,K,M G,H,K
150(55V) HPS
H,K
G,H**,K,M G,H,K
250
HPS
A
A
A
70*
Cer, MH H
H
H
100*
Cer, MH H
H
H
70*
MH
H
H
H
100*
MH
H
H
H
175
MH
A
A
A
250
MH
A
A
A
PULSE START METAL HALIDE LIGHT SOURCE
BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
150*
P (MH) N/A
H**
H
175
P (MH) N/A
A
A
250
P (MH) A
A
A

120
x
347
G,H,K
G,H,K
G,H,K
A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
A
A

50HZ
220
N/A
N/A
A,M
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
A
A

MML

220
N/A
H,M
H
H
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

230
M
H,M
H
H,A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

240
N/A
H
H
H,A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

380
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A N/A N/A
A
N/A N/A
A
N/A N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A

NOTE: N/A = Not Available
* Medium base socket (Lamp not included
** 480 Volt not available
CANADIAN NOTES:
1. "A" ,Autoreg, and "H", HPF available 120, 277 or 347 volts only
2. 208, 240, and 480 volts require CWI ballast. Use "G" when available. Contact factory for all others.
3. Multivolt not available.
4. "K" Hot Restart not available.
5. 208, 240 and 480 volts with “G” ballast not available with switched quartz.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ I-109

I

MINIMOUNT ® LUMINAIRE
Low Bay, Enclosed

APPLICATIONS
• Low mounting height 8-20 ft. (2-6 meter) applications, parking garages, working
areas, service stations, walkways, entrances, stairways, lobbies and storerooms
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
•

1598 Listed Suitable for
Damp or Wet Locations
depending on mounting
receptacle used
• Aluminum housing
• Alzak† finish on high-efficiency
reflector

• Heat, shock-resistant, stippled glass
hinged lens
• Primary quick disconnect
• Mogul base socket -E39 standard
• Shipped as components:
Luminaire and Mounting Receptacle

I

MINIMOUNT INDOOR LIGHTING

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
MMN 15

S

0

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXX
MMN =
Minimount
Luminaire

LIGHT
SOURCE
X
S = HPS

VOLTAGE

WATTAGE
XX
07 = 70
10 = 100
15 = 150
(55V)
17 = 175
25 = 250

H

5

BALLAST
TYPE
X
X
See Ballast Selection
60Hz
Table
0 = 120/
M = MH or
A = Autoreg
208/
Merc
G = Mag-Reg with
240/277
K = Ceramic MULTIVOLT
Grounded Socket
MH
Shell
1 = 120
H = HPF Reactor or Lag
2 = 208
NOTE: Lamp 3 = 240
K = Hot start
is vertical
M = Mag-Reg
4 = 277
base up.
5 = 480
Standard:
D = 347
Lamp not
F = 120X347
T = 220
included.

20

AMBIENT
DEG. C
X
4 = 40
5 = 55

SPACING
CRITERIA
XX
See
Ballast
and
(Standard) PhotoNOTE:
metric
Limit 40°C Selection
for 250
Tables
watt
19 = 1.9
20 = 2.0

50Hz
6 = 220
R = 230
Y = 240

DB

2

COLOR

MOUNTING
RECEPTACLE
XX
X
1 = Ceiling (MPM-C)
BL= Black
DAMP LOCATION
DB= Dark
2 = 3/4-in. Pendant, Rigid
Bronze
(MPM-3PR)*
(Standard)
DAMP LOCATION
GR= Gray
3
3 = /4-in. Pendant, Rigid
(MPM-3PRW)*
WET LOCATION
3
4 = /4-in. Pendant, Rigid,
with Thru Feed,
(MPM-3PRTFW)*
WET LOCATION
3
5 = /4-in. Pendant, Flexible
(MPM-3PF) DAMP
LOCATION
6 = Outlet Box Cover
(MPM-OBC)
DAMP LOCATION
0 = Wall Bracket
(MPM-WW01)
WET LOCATION

Q
OPTIONS
X
B = Time Delay
Automatically Switched
Quartz with quartz lamp
installed
F = Fusing
Q = Non-Time Delay
Automatically Switched
Quartz

Note: See page I-128 for
Accessory Index
and Descriptions.
Note: See page I-153 for
explanation of
Options.

*NOTE: Flexible pendant
mounting receptacle
must be used if unit is
not rigidly mounted or
fixture will not hang
straight.

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
MMN Minimount
Wattage

Light
Source

70
100
150 (55)
250
70, 100*
175
250

HPS
HPS
HPS
HPS
MH, K
MH
MH

Spacing
Criteria or IES
Distribution
Type
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
1.9
2.0
2.0

Maximum
Ambient

Photometric
Curve

55C
55C
55C
40C
55C
55C
40C

175618
175618
175618
175241
178863
175243
175243

* Medium base socket(lamp not included)

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-110/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

■

Most commonly ordered

MINIMOUNT ® LUMINAIRE
Low Bay, Enclosed

REFERENCES
See Page I-128 for start of Accessories.
See Pages I-153 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

DATA
Approximate Net Weight

22-36 lbs

10-16 kgs

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
Ballast Type / Voltage
60HZ
120, 208
Light
240, 277
Wattage Source Multivolt 480
347
70
HPS
A,H,K
G,K,M
G,H
100
HPS
A,H,K
G,K,M
G,H
150(55V) HPS
A,H,K
G,K,M
G,H
250
HPS
A
A
A
70*
Cer, MH H
H
H
100*
Cer, MH H
H
H
70*
MH
H
H
H
100*
MH
H
H
H
175
MH
A
A
A
250
MH
A
A
A

120
x
347
G,H
G,H
G,H
A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
A
A

50HZ
220
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
A
A

220
N/A
H,M
H
H
N/A
N/A

230
M
H,M
H
H,A
N/A
N/A

240
N/A
H
H
H,A
N/A
N/A

380
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A

with specified
hanging hardware

dimension A
(Inches)

dimension A
(Millimeters)

MPM-3PR and MPM-3PRW
MPM-3PF
MPM-OCB
MPM-WW

16.500
16.625
14.750
15.750

419
422
375
400

MINIMOUNT INDOOR LIGHTING

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

NOTE: Flexible pendant mounting receptacle must be used if unit is not
rigidly mounted.

NOTE: N/A = Not Available
* Medium base socket (Lamp not included)
CANADIAN NOTES:
1. "A" ,Autoreg, and "H", HPF available 120, 277 or 347 volts only
2. 208, 240, and 480 volts require CWI ballast. Use "G" when available. Contact factory
for all others.
3. Multivolt not available.
4. "K" Hot Restart not available.
5. 208, 240 and 480 volts with “G” ballast not available with switched quartz.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ I-111

I

SCM-175 LUMINAIRE
Low Bay, Enclosed

APPLICATIONS
• Entranceways, under mezzanines, stairways, parking garages, service
stations, warehouses, assembly lines and working areas/task lighting

I

SCM INDOOR LIGHTING

SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• 1598 Listed Suitable for
Damp or Wet locations
depending on mounting
receptacle used
• Listed to Canadian
standards and codes
• Cutoff optics
• Enclosed and gasketed

• Heat and impact resistant
tempered flat glass lens
(standard)
• Heavy-duty die-cast aluminum
housing and door frame
• Tamper-resistant hardware
standard (TORX T-20 standard)
• Shipped assembled with

medium base lamp installed in
socket -E26 standard.
• Optional mogul base socket - E39
(no lamp included) MC3 only
• Mounting/mounting receptacle
in carton with luminaire.
Primary Electrical Disconnect
included with SDMM only.

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
SCMM 15

S

0

H

1

G

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXXX
SCMM =
Square
Ceiling
Mount

LIGHT
SOURCE
X
S = HPS

VOLTAGE

BALLAST
TYPE
X
See Ballast
Selection Table
A = Autoreg

MOUNTING

LENS
IES DISTRITYPE
BUTION TYPE
X
XXX
A=Acrylic See Ballast and
2-in. Drop Photometric
Selection Table
Lens

WATTAGE

XX
05 = 50
07 = 70
10 = 100
15 = 150
(55V)
SDMM = 17 = 175
Square
Ceiling
with
Sliding
Electrical
Disconnect
STMM =
Square
Ceiling
with
Trunnion
Mount

X
60Hz
0 = 120/
M = MH or
208/
Merc
240/277
MULTIVOLT
Standard:
1 = 120
Medium base 2 = 208
lamp
3 = 240
installed in 4 = 277
socket
5 = 480
D = 347
F = 120X347
NOTE:
120x347
connected
for 120V

X
1 = Standard SCMM:
Outlet Box Mounting Plate
DAMP LOCATION
1 =Standard STMM:
G = Mag-Reg with
8-in. to 14-in.
Grounded
Adjustable Trunnion Height
Socket Shell
DAMP LOCATION
H = HPF Reactor or SDMM Only:
Lag
2 = 3/4-in. Pendant, Rigid
(MPM-3PR)*
DAMP LOCATION
M= Mag-Reg
3 = 3/4-in. Pendant, Rigid
(MPM-3PRW)*
WET LOCATION
3
4 = /4-in. Pendant, Rigid, with
Thru Feed, (MPM-3PRTFW)*
WET LOCATION
6 = Outlet Box Cover
(MPM-OBC)
DAMP LOCATION
*NOTE:Flexible pendant
mounting receptacle (Not
available with this
product)
NOTE: Fiture must be mounted
rigidly
NOTE: Choices 2,3,4 and 6
include Primary
Electrical Disconnect
packed with luminaire
(SDMM only)
NOTE: For Wet Locations select
mounting receptacle for
Wet Locations

SC5

DB

F

COLOR

OPTIONS

XX
X
BL =Black F = Fusing
DB =Dark
Bronze
GR =Gray
MC3 =Medium WH =White
G=Flat
Tempered Cutoff Type III
Glass
SC5 =Short
Polycar- Cutoff Type V
Note: See page I-128 for
bonate
Accessory Index
See opposing
Lens
and Descriptions.
page.
availNote: See page I-153 for
ableexplanation of
contact
Options.
factory.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-112/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

■

Most commonly ordered

SCM-175 LUMINAIRE
Low Bay, Enclosed
FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
SCMM

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
SCMM
SDMM
STMM

lbs
20
20
25

kgs
9
9
11

BALLAST AND PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
Ballast Type / Voltage
60HZ
120, 208
Light
240, 277 347
Amb.
Wattage Source Multivolt 480
120x347 °C
50
HPS
H
H*
H
40
70, 100,
150 (55V) HPS
A, H
A,H**,G,M A,H,G*** 40
70, 100 MH
H
H
N/A
40
175
MH
A
A
A
40

STMM

Photometric Curve
Number 35-17 - - - Flat Glass
MC3 SC5
8265 8302

2-in. Drop Acrylic
SC5
8304

8265 8302
8271 8308
8271 8308

8304
8310
N/A

SCM INDOOR LIGHTING

SDMM

NOTE: N/A = Not Available
* 120 volt only
** 480 volt must be “A” or “M”
*** 347 volt
CANADIAN NOTES:
1. "A" ,Autoreg, and "H", HPF available 120, 277 or 347 volts only
2. 208, 240, and 480 volts require CWI ballast. Use "G" when available. Contact factory for
all others.
3. Multivolt not available.

REFERENCES
See Page I-128 for start of Accessories.
See Pages I-153 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ I-113

I

SBI ® INDUSTRIAL LUMINAIRE
Low Bay, Enclosed or Open

APPLICATIONS
• For under 20 ft. (6 meter) applications in industrial plants, garages, gymnasiums, docks,
warehouses and incandescent or fluorescent replacements

SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• 1598 Listed
Suitable for Damp Locations
• 1598 Listed for metal halide
lamps in polymeric lamp
containment barriers
•
Listed to Canadian
Stan dard & Codes
• Die-cast aluminum ballast
housing with electrocoat dark
bronze paint finish
• Versatile junction box
mounting (octagonal, square,
rectangular)

Ventilated Industrial
Acrylic Reflector
VIA

I

SBI INDOOR LIGHTING

Low Bay Refractor
LBR

• Pendant and flexible mounting
available as an option
• Multiple optical choices
• Medium base high pressure
sodium (HPS) or metal halide
lamp included
• Shipped as components:
Ballast and Lamp, Optical

Ventilated
Industrial Reflector
VIR

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
SBI

15

S

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXXX
SBI = SBI
Luminaire

WATTAGE LIGHT
SOURCE
XX
X
S = HPS
05 = 50
M = MH
07 = 70
10 = 100
15 = 150 Note: Lamp is
(55V) vertical base
up. Lamp
included.
NOTE:
Ambient
for 150W,
40°C;
100W MH,
40°C; all
others,
55°C.

0

N

LBR

DB

N

VOLTAGE

BALLAST
TYPE
X
See Ballast,
Optical and
Photometric
Selection Table

OPTICAL

COLOR

OPTION

XXX
See Ballast, Optical and Photometric Selection
Table

XX
DB = Dark Bronze
WH = White

X
N = Provision for slide-on
primary electrical
disconnect. (no CSA
availble)

X
60Hz
0 = 120/208/
240/277
MULTIVOLT
1 = 120
2 = 208
3 = 240
4 = 277
D = 347
F = 120X347

H = HPF Reactor
or Lag
N = NPF Reactor

LBR =Low Bay Refractor (Enclosed, Acrylic)
VIA =Ventilated Industrial Acrylic Reflector
VIR =Ventilated Industrial Reflector (Metallic)
NOTE: Do not use open opticals with lamps
specified “For use in enclosed fixtures
only”.

Order MPM-3PF Flexible
Pendant Mounting
Capability Separately.

NOTE:
Metal
halide is
available
in multivolt
only.

BALLAST, OPTICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
Wattage
50*, 70, 100, 150 (55V)
50*, 70, 100, 150 (55V)
50*, 70, 100, 150 (55V)
70, 100

Light
Source
HPS
HPS
HPS
MH

Ballast Type All
Voltages — 60Hz
H, N “Coated”
H, N “Coated”
H, N “Coated”
H** “Clear”

Optical
LBR
VIA
VIR
LBR

Photometric Curve
Number 35-17---7145
8417
7146
7843

NOTE: *50W HPS available multivolt and 120V only
**Not available in 347 volt or 120X347 volts

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-114/ 2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

n

Most commonly ordered

SBI ® INDUSTRIAL LUMINAIRE
Low Bay, Enclosed or Open
FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

MOUNTING PLATE
(Enlarged to show detail)

holes
A, A
B, B
C, C

Dimension
between holes
3.500 in. (89mm)
3.300 in. (84mm)
4.750 in. (121mm)

fits the
following box
4 in. (102mm) OCTAGONAL
2x4 in. (51x102mm) UTILITY
4 in. (102mm) JUNCTION

REFERENCES
See Page I-142 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Pages I-153 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

INDUSTRIAL REFLECTOR
VIR

SBI INDOOR LIGHTING

LOW BAY REFRACTOR
LBR

DATA
Approximate Net Weight

12 lbs

5 kgs

SBI WITH “N” OPTION
SLIDING DISCONNECT OPTION

VENTILATED INDUSTRIAL
ACRYLIC REFLECTOR
VIA

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ I-115

I

VERSAFLOOD ® II
INDUSTRIAL WALLIGHTER
Enclosed

APPLICATIONS
• For use from 0-20 ft. (0-6 meters).
• Wall mounted industrial luminaire for use in paper mills, power plants, wastewater
treatment and other applications requiring lighting from the side
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• 1598 Listed
Suitable For Wet Locations
•
Listed to Canadian Standard
& Codes
• Heavy-duty die-cast
aluminum housing

• Protected inside and out with
an electrocoat paint finish
• Formed reflector with
ALGLAS ® finish
• Sealed and activatedcharcoal filtered optical
assembly

• Corrosion resistant hardware
• Mogul base socket - E39
standard
• 3/4-inch threaded conduit
openings–top and sides for
through wiring

I

VERSAFLOOD INDOOR LIGHTING

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
V2IW

40

S

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXXX
V2IW =
Versaflood
II Industrial
Walllighter

WATTAGE LIGHT
SOURCE
XX
X
25 = 250 S = HPS
40 = 400
M = MH or
Merc
Standard:
Lamp not
included.

1
VOLTAGE

L

4

BALLAST
TYPE
X
X
60Hz
See Ballast and
0 = 120/208/ Photometric Selection
240/277
Table
MULTIVOLT A = Autoreg
1 = 120
L = Super Low Loss
2 = 208
Autoreg
3 = 240
4 = 277
5 = 480

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

PWA

AMBIENT
DEG. C
X
4 = 40
5 = 55

OPTICAL
CONFIGURATION
XXX
PWA = Square
Refractor, Wide
Optics, Socket
NOTE:
Position (Factory
Limit 40°C for Selected
400 watt
Optimum)

GR

B

COLOR

OPTIONS

XX
X
GR = Gray
B = Time Delay Automatically
DG = Dark Gray for
Switched Quartz
Severe Duty
F = Fusing (See page 153 for
Locations
limitations)
L = Latch on door
Q = Non-Time Delay Automatically
Switched Quartz

DATA
Approximate Net Weight

27-45 lbs

12-20 kgs

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
Ballast Type / Voltage
60HZ
Wattage
250
400
250
400

Light
Source
MH
MH
HPS
HPS

Multivolt
A
N/A
A
N/A

120-480
A
L
A
L

Ambient
°C
55
40
55
40

Optical
Congiguration
PWA
PWA
PWA
PWA

IES
Photometric
Distribution Curve Number
Type
35-17- - - SN2
8579
SN2
8580
SN2
8577
SN2
8577

NOTE: N/A = Not Available

REFERENCES
See Page I-128 for start of Accessories.
See Pages I-153 for Explanation of Options and Other
Terms Used.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-116/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

■

Most commonly ordered

SCMA-50 LUMINAIRE
Low Bay, Enclosed

APPLICATIONS
• For 8-15 ft. (2-5 meter) new and retrofit installations in apartment/
office complexes, schools, malls, parking garages and motel/hotels
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• 1598 Listed
Suitable For Damp Locations
• Listed to Canadian Standard &
Codes
• Dark bronze molded
polycarbonate housing

• Vandal-resistant prismatic
polycarbonate refractor
• Medium base 35- or 50-watt
high pressure sodium (HPS)
clear lamp included.
• Shipped as complete luminaire
with lamp

ORDERING
NUMBER

WATTAGE

LIGHT
SOURCE

VOLTAGE

BALLAST
TYPE

LENS
TYPE

LENS
TYPE

SCMA03S
SCMA05S

35
50

HPS
HPS

120
120

NPF Reactor
NPF Reactor

Polycarbonate
Polycarbonate

25
25

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
Wattage
35, 50

Light
Source
HPS

Ballast Type
All Voltages
NPF Reactor

Photometric Curve
# 35-17---7869

All light sources are clear unless otherwise indicated.

SCMA-50 INDOOR LIGHTING

ORDERING NUMBERS

DATA
Approximate Net Weight

5 lbs

2 kgs

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ I-117

I

GE LIGHTING SYSTEMS
REMOTE BALLAST

I

REMOTE BALLAST INDOOR LIGHTING

APPLICATIONS
• Remote ballasting
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• 1598 Listed
Suitable For Damp Locations
• Autoreg(CWA) 60Hz HPS or
metal halide or 50Hz metal
halide Ballast 55°C Ambient
operation (65°C available Contact Factory)
• Die-cast aluminum ballast
housing with electrocoat gray
paint finish
• Corrosion-resistant wall
mounting bracket
• Thru-feed wiring compartment
• High pressure sodium
assemblies operate lamps up
to fifty feet from the ballast
(60Hz only)

RB6
Large Housing

RB5
Generation 5
Housing

ORDERING NUMBERS
ORDERING NUMBER

WATTAGE

LIGHT SOURCE

VOLTAGE

HERTZ

BALLAST TYPE

AMBIENT °C

HOUSING SIZE

RB5G25S0A
RB5G25S5A
RB5G40S0A
RB5G40S5A
RB6G01S0A
RB6G01S5A
RB5G25M0A
RB5G25M5A
RB5G25MTA
RB5G40M0A
RB5G40M5A
RB5G40MTA
RB6G01M0A
RB6G01M5A
RB6G01MTA
RB5G25M6A
RB5G25MRA
RB5G25MYA
RB5G25MGA
RB5G40M6A
RB5G40MRA
RB5G40MYA
RB6G01M6A
RB6G01MRA
RB6G01MYA

250
250
400
400
1000
1000
250
250
250
400
400
400
1000
1000
1000
250
250
250
250
400
400
400
1000
1000
1000

HPS
HPS
HPS
HPS
HPS
HPS
MH
MH
MH
MH
MH
MH
MH
MH
MH
MH
MH
MH
MH
MH
MH
MH
MH
MH
MH

120X208X240X277
480
120X208X240X277
480
120X208X240X277
480
120X208X240X277
480
220
120X208X240X277
480
220
120X208X240X277
480
220
220
230
240
380
220
230
240
220
230
240

60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50

Autoreg (CWA)
Autoreg (CWA)
Autoreg (CWA)
Autoreg (CWA)
Autoreg (CWA)
Autoreg (CWA)
Autoreg (CWA)
Autoreg (CWA)
Autoreg (CWA)
Autoreg (CWA)
Autoreg (CWA)
Autoreg (CWA)
Autoreg (CWA)
Autoreg (CWA)
Autoreg (CWA)
Autoreg (CWA)
Autoreg (CWA)
Autoreg (CWA)
Autoreg (CWA)
Autoreg (CWA)
Autoreg (CWA)
Autoreg (CWA)
Autoreg (CWA)
Autoreg (CWA)
Autoreg (CWA)

55*
55*
55*
55*
55
55
55*
55*
55
55*
55*
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55

RB5
RB5
RB5
RB5
RB6
RB6
RB5
RB5
RB5
RB5
RB5
RB5
RB6
RB6
RB6
RB5
RB5
RB5
RB5
RB5
RB5
RB5
RB6
RB6
RB6

*Available with 65°C ambient rating. Add “A” option. Example: RB5G40M0A to RB5G40M0AA. (All other configurations consult factory)
NOTE:
1. F (Fuse), B (Time delay automatically switched quartz), Q (Non-time delay automatically switched quartz) are available. Add F, B, or Q to end of ordering number when desired.
2. System 3 Bi-level available. Contact factory.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-118/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

GE LIGHTING SYSTEMS REMOTE BALLAST
FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

REMOTE BALLAST INDOOR LIGHTING

RB5 – Generation 5 Housing

RB6 – Large Housing

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ I-119

I

REMOTE BALLAST GUIDELINES
for GE Lighting Systems Remote Ballast
Use the following Remote Ballast Guidelines when installing GE Lighting Systems Remote
Ballasts. See Page 109 for Start of Optical Component Ordering Number Logic.
NOTES: 1.Refer to optical product pages for optical ambient and wattage limitations.
2.Socket position may need adjusting. Refer to product pages.
3.Distance from lamp to RB5 or RB6: Metal halide—no limit provided no more than five volt drop in
cable between remote ballast and optical; High Pressure Sodium—fifty feet.
4.Wiring (by others) between optical and RB5 or RB6 should be 600 volt.
5.Pulse start metal halide, limited to 10 feet.
Overall Height Bottom of Optical to Top of Remote Optical Mounting Box
in.
(mm) 17-in. (mm) Dia. 22-in. (mm) Dia. 14-in. (mm) Dia. 18-in. (mm) Dia.
Filterglow
22.375 (568)* 22.625 (575)*
Duraglow
22.125 (562)* 22.375 (568)*
Omniglow(open)
20.125 (511)* 21.000 (533)*
Omniglow (encl)
20.750 (527)* 21.625 (549)*
Versabeam (VBD) 22.875(581)*
LowmountII
21.500(546)*

RB5/RB6
Ballast
Housing

See Note 4
above.

RBOMB-FDG =
Remote
Ballasted
Optical
Mounting Box.
(Required to
install/wire
optical. See
Accessories for
ordering information.) Usable
with opticals
pictured.

I

REMOTE BALLAST INDOOR LIGHTING

*Add 1.125 inches (29mm) when quartz socket supplied.

FILTERGLOW

OMNIGLOW

DURAGLOW

Overall Height Bottom of Optical to Top of Remote Optical Mounting Box
in. (mm) 17-in. (mm) Dia.
22-in. (mm) Dia.
Versabeam (VB)
19.250(489)
Omnibeam
21.875(556)
Uniglow400(Enclosed)
21.000(533)
23.125(587)
Uniglow400(Open)
20.500(521)
22.625(575)
Uniglow150(Enclosed)
15.875(403)
Uniglow150(Open)
15.625(397)
Unimount400
20.375(518)
Unimount150
17.125(435)
GLB
20.000(508)

VERSABEAM
(direct mount)

OMNIBEAM

UNIGLOW
1000

Overall Height Bottom of Optical to Top of Remote Optical Mounting
Box
High Pressure Sodium
MetalHalide

GHBB
GHBW
GHBP--16”Open
GHBP--22”Open

Minimum
in. (mm)
14.500(368)
13.500(343)
16.500(419)
18.250(464)

Maximum
in. (mm)
16.750(425)
15.500(394)
18.000(457)
19.750(502)

GHBB

RB5/
RB6
Ballast
Housing

UNIGLOW
400

UNIGLOW
150

RBOMBA-UGUM =
Remote Ballasted Optical
Mounting Box. (Required
to install/wire optical. See
Accessories for ordering
information.) Usable with
opticals pictured.

See Note 4
above.

UNIMOUNT 400

RB5/RB6
Ballast
Housing

UNIMOUNT 150

GHBW

www.gelightingsystems.com

GLB

RBOMB-GHBB = Remote
Ballasted Optical
Mounting Box. (Required
to install/wire optical.
See Accessories for
ordering information.)
Usable with opticals
pictured.

See Note 4
above.

in. (mm)
16.750(425)
15.500(394)
18.000(457)
19.750(502)

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-120/2005

LOWMOUNT II

VERSABEAM
(Disconnect)

GHBP

REMOTE BALLAST GUIDELINES
for Pendant Mounted Filterglow Ballast
and Single Remote Power Connector
Shown below are remote mounting components for GE Lighting Systems Industrial Products.
Use this GE Lighting Systems Product Catalog to select optical and ballast ordering numbers.
See Page 224 for Start of Component Ordering Number Logic.
NOTES: 1. Refer to optical product pages for optical ambient and wattage limitations.
2. Socket position may need adjusting. Refer to product pages.

FG5/FG6
Filterglow Ballast

SRPC3-FDG =
Typical Single
Remote Power
Connector. (See
Accessories for
ordering numbers.)
Usable with
opticals pictured.

*Add 1.125 inches (29mm) when quartz socket supplied.

FILTERGLOW

DURAGLOW

OMNIGLOW

OMNIBEAM

UNIGLOW
1000

UNIGLOW
400

SRPC3A-UG = Typical Single
Remote Power Connector. (See
Accessories for ordering numbers.)
Usable with opticals pictured.

UNIGLOW
150

Overall Height Bottom of Optical to Top of Remote Optical Mounting Box
High Pressure Sodium
MetalHalide
Minimum
Maximum
in. (mm)
in. (mm)
in. (mm)
GHBB
14.500(368)
16.750(425)
16.750(425)
GHBW
13.500(343)
15.500(394)
15.500(394)
GHBP--16”Open
16.500(419)
18.000(457)
18.000(457)
GHBP--22”Open
18.250(464)
19.750(502)
19.750(502)

GHBB

LOWMOUNT II

FG5/FG6
Filterglow ballast

Overall Height Bottom of Optical to Top of Remote Optical Mounting Box
in. (mm)
17-in. (mm) Dia. 22-in. (mm) Dia.
Versabeam (VB)
19.250(489)
Omnibeam
21.875(556)
Uniglow400(Enclosed)
21.000(533)
23.125(587)
Uniglow400(Open)
20.500(521)
22.625(575)
Uniglow150(Enclosed)
15.875(403)
Uniglow150(Open)
15.625(397)
Unimount400
20.375(518)
Unimount150
17.125(435)
GLB
20.000(508)

VERSABEAM
(direct mount)

VERSABEAM
(Disconnect)

UNIMOUNT 400

FG5/FG6
Filterglow ballast

GHBW

UNIMOUNT 150

REMOTE BALLAST INDOOR LIGHTING

Overall Height Bottom of Optical to Top of Remote Optical Mounting Box
in.
(mm) 17-in. (mm) Dia. 22-in. (mm) Dia. 14-in. (mm) Dia. 18-in. (mm) Dia.
Filterglow
22.375(568)*
22.625(575)*
Duraglow
22.125(562)*
22.375(568)*
Omniglow(open)
20.125(511)*
21.000(533)*
Omniglow (encl)
20.750(527)*
21.625(549)*
Versabeam (VBD) 22.875(581)*
LowmountII
21.500(546)*

GLB

SRPC3-GHBB = Typical Single
Remote Power Connector.
(See Accessories for
ordering numbers.)

GHBP

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ I-121

I

BI-LEVEL DIMMING CONTROLS
HID stepped dimming reduces energy load when
unoccuped or manually controlled

I

BI-LEVEL INDOOR LIGHTING

ZONAL CONTROL - SYSTEM 3 BI-LEVELTM
•New installation
•Lowest initial cost
•Sensor controls multiple fixtures

INDIVIDUAL FIXTURE CONTROL - SOLOTM BI-LEVEL
•New or existing installations
•Sensor with each fixture location
•Simplified cost reduced installation
•Potential for greater energy savings

PatrolTM – Intermittent automatic metal halide lamp shut-off control
• Reduces risk of metal halide
lamp non-passive failure by
complying with lamp
manufacturers recommended
operation of lamp
• Reduces inconvenience of
complete lighting system
shut-down.
• Maintains uniform light output
in continuous burn
applications.

An optional control luminaire control system designed to comply with lamp
manufacturers recommendations for lamp operation and concerns of non-passive
lamp failure:
PatrolTM is an automatic intermittent lamp cut-off control integrating a timer and
relay within the electro magnetic ballast that automatically switches off the
luminaire for 15 minutes and then restarts once per week (approx. every 120 hours of
operation). The turn off time is random and designed so that all units on a circuit will
not cycle simultaneously thus reducing the chance of two adjacent luminaires being
off at the same time.
Operates metal halide, pulse metal halide and ceramic metal halide lamps from 175
to 400 watt (contact factory for higher wattage requirements). Can withstand up to 25
amps and is suitable for 120-480 volts
Available on all luminaires with Gen 5 CWA or Mag-Reg ballast offerings. Supplied
with additional bottom casting which increases Gen 5 height by 4.96".
• Filterglow (FGP)
• Duraglow (DGP)
• Versabeam (Disconnect & Surface Mount versions – VSP or VBP)
• Omniglow (OGP)
• Omnibeam (OBP)
• Uniglow (UGP)
• Unimount (UMP)
• LowMount II (LMP)

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-122/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

SYSTEM 3 BI-LEVELTM CONTROL
Manual high-override can be accomplished by
inserting a wall switch in one leg of the 24 volt control
circuit between the Control Module and luminaires. When
the 24 volt signal is broken by the wall switch, the
luminaires remain in high-mode until the switch is closed
to resume the 24 volt signal to the luminaire. Reference
Figure 1.
Figure 1

(OPTIONAL)
Line power and fixture
ground to luminaire not
shown.

MANUAL, TIMER, PE AND ENERGY MANAGEMENT
CONTROL
Bi-level luminaires may be controlled with manual
switches, timers, PE controls or energy management
systems by utilizing a Manual Control Module. The Manual
Control Module provides two necessary functions. It
converts line power into the 24 volt AC control signal
required to switch Bi-level luminaires, and it provides a
"Start at High" timer. When line power is applied to the
Manual Control Module, it converts it to the 24 volt AC
control signal required to switch Bi-level luminaires. The 24
volt control signal coming out of the Manual Control
Module is routed through a manual switch, PE control,
timer or energy management system. These devices are
not supplied by GELS, however, they are readily available
from other sources. For proper operation in the low mode,
a 24 volt AC signal must be applied to the Bi-level
luminaire. The 24 volt signal must be stopped for the
luminaire to switch to the high mode.
Reference Figure 2.
Note: Contact factory for recommended PE control.

BI-LEVEL INDOOR LIGHTING

SYSTEM 3™ BI-LEVEL CONTROL: A system 3 Bi-Level control
provides two-level operation of high pressure sodium (HPS) and
metal halide (MH) lamps. High pressure sodium can be supplied
in 250, 400 and 750 watt, and metal halide controls in 250, 400
and 1000 watt and 250, 320, 350, 400, and 750 watt pulse start
Metal Halide. High pressure sodium lamps are reduced to
approximately one-third wattage while metal halide lamps are
reduced to one-half wattage.
An infrared motion detector senses motion in the detection
area and, through hard wiring to the luminaires, switches the
luminaires to high wattage immediately. The luminaires remain
at high wattage until the detector senses no motion in the area
for five minutes. Then the luminaire will switch to its lower
wattage. The luminaire will remain at reduced wattage until
motion is detected in the area again.
See specific product
page for fixture availability.
HOW SYSTEM 3 BI-LEVEL WORKS: The GELS Bi-level luminaire is
switched from high to low mode simply by applying a 24 volt AC
control signal on control leads. Control wire must be Class 1 wire
into Bi-level luminaire and Control Modules. Note: Class 1 control
wires may be run in same conduit with line power. When the 24
volt signal is applied, the luminaire stays in the low mode. When
the 24 volt signal is removed, it switches to the high mode. About
60% of the high light level is instantaneous, the remainder of the
light level change can take approximately one minute.
The heart of the System 3 Bi-level System is a Control Module
that converts 120, 208, 240, 277, 347 or 480 volts of line power
into the 24 volt AC control signal that may be applied to the
Bi-level luminaire utilizing motion detectors, manual switches,
timers, PE controls or energy management systems. Each of
these functions will be described below. Control Modules are
housed in a Nema 1 metal box with mounting legs which is
available in four models to provide a wide range of control
options. Reference Figure 5.
Each control zone must have a Control Module. Each Control
Module will control up to 20 Bi-level luminaires. Additional
luminaires may be controlled through the Control Module by
utilizing a Power Boost Module. Each Power Boost Module allows
for an additional 20 units. Reference Figure 1.
AUTOMATIC OPERATION WITH MOTION DETECTORS: For
automatic operation of the Bi-level control system, a passive
infrared (PIR) motion detector is utilized to detect motion in its
control zone. When an occupant enters the detector's control
zone, it removes the 24 volt AC control signal supplied from the
Control Module. When the 24 volt signal is removed from the Bilevel luminaire, it switches to the high mode. Every time the
occupant moves, the detector reacts by resetting a timer that
controls the amount of time the fixture stays in the high mode.
When motion is not detected for a preset time, the detector
switches luminaires to low mode by applying the 24 volt signal
to the control circuit. The timer is factory set for 5 minutes but is
field adjustable from 30 seconds to 20 minutes. The PIR
detectors cannot detect motion through solid objects. Therefore
the space in the detection zone must be free of obstructions. PIR
detectors respond to temperature changes as well as motion in
their detection zone. Consequently, they should be positioned so
that heaters, air conditioners, outside windows and lighting
fixtures are not in direct view of the detection zone.

Figure 2

Manual, PE or External Control Multiple Fixtures

(OPTIONAL)

ADDITIONAL
POWER
BOOST MODULES

Line power and fixture ground
to luminaire not shown

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ I-123

I

I

BI-LEVEL INDOOR LIGHTING

SYSTEM 3 BI-LEVELTM CONTROL
CONTROL SYSTEMS COMPONENTS
Long Range Motion Detector:
• Mounting provision: Mounts into 2x4 J-box (by others).
2x4
J-box with knuckle mount (JB2X4KL) is available as
accessory. Reference Figure 3A.
• Range: approx 100 feet when mounted 20 feet off floor.
Reference Figure 3.
• Control Module required: Long Range Control Module.
Reference Figure 5.
Note: "Start at High" timer is provided in Long Range
Motion Detector.
Long Range Control Module:
To be used in conjunction with Long Range Motion
Detector only.
• Mounting provision: Nema 1 sheet metal box.
Reference Figure 5.
• Voltage specific. Reference Figure 9 for catalog
numbers.
Note: "Start at High" timer is provided with Long Range
Motion Detector. Can accommodate up to 20 Bilevel luminaires. Additional luminaires may be
added with the use of a Power Boost Module for
every 20 additional fixtures. Reference Figure 1.
Manual Control Module:
To be used in conjunction with manual switches, timers,
PE controls or energy management systems, (by others).
• Mounting provision: Nema 1 sheet metal box.
Reference Figure 5.
• Voltage specific. Reference Figure 9 for catalog
numbers.
• Can accommodate up to 20 Bi-level luminaires.
Additional luminaires may be added with the use of a
Power Boost Module for every 20 additional fixtures.
Reference Figure 2.
Note: "Start at High" timer included
Power Boost Module:
Use a Power Boost Module for every 20 Bi-level luminaires
above the 20 luminaires accommodated by Control
Module. Reference Figures 1 & 3.
• Mounting provision: Nema 1 sheet metal box.
Reference Figure 5.
• Voltage specific. Reference Figure 9 for catalog
numbers.
Note: "Start at High" timer not included.
Sub Control Module:
• Mounting provision: Nema 1 sheet metal box.
Reference Figure 5.
• Sub Control Module must be used in conjunction with a
Control Module and allows split control zones. A Control
Module switches an entire group of luminaires (up to 20).
The Sub Control Module allows for independent
switching of luminaires that are controlled by a specific
Control Module. This is an alternative when a separate
control zone is required within a group of 20 luminaires
such as an aisle. The Sub Control Module receives
control voltage from the Control Module.
• A total of 20 Bi-level luminaires may be controlled by a
Control Module/Sub Control Module combination. Note
that the Sub Control Module does not allow for
additional luminaires to be controlled from a Control
Module. A Power Boost Module is required for additional
luminaires. (20 luminaires per Power Boost Module). Not
voltage specific. Reference Figure 9 for catalog number.
Note: "Start at High" timer not included.
Optional 2x4 Junction Box with knuckle mount:
• 2x4 inch junction box with knuckle mount.
Reference Figures 3A.
• 2x4 junction box accommodates motion detector.
Reference
Figure 9 for catalog number. (Knuckle mount to allow
aiming
detector).

Figure 3

Long Range Motion Detector

Top View

Side View

Figure 3A

Long Range Motion Detector

GE CAt. JB2X4KL
Optional Detector Mtg. (Order Separately)

Figure 5

Long Range Control Module
Nema Type 1 Enclosure

System 3 Bi-level Control is available for “Freezer” applications.
Consult factory for details. All HID ballasts will provide
satisfactory lamp starting to -20F (-40F for HPS) minimum over
recommended line-voltage variation.
HID Lamp Stabilization:
HID lamp manufactures require that lamps be operated in high
mode for 15 minutes at cold start. This requirement is
accomplished by means of a "Start at High" timer. This timer is
provided as part of the GELS motion detector or Control Module
as listed below. Line power to Bi-level luminaires and the Control
Module do not have to be on the same circuit. However, it is
recommended that power to all circuits be turned on at the same
time if they are not on same circuit. This will eliminate the
possibility of Bi-level luminaires starting in low mode at cold
start. Cold starting in low mode will result in shortened lamp life
and loss of lamp warranty. Follow National Electrical Code and
any applicable local codes in fixture circuit design.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-124/2005

GE CAt. BL3D-L
Long Range Detector

www.gelightingsystems.com

BI-LEVEL INDOOR LIGHTING

SYSTEM 3 BI-LEVELTM CONTROL

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ I-125

I

SOLO HID DIMMING CONTROL
TM

I

SOLO INDOOR LIGHTING

APPLICATIONS
• With the SOLO HID Dimming Control Module each fixture is controlled
individually, maximizing energy savings. The SOLO decreases installation time
and reduces total cost of HID control 50% to 60%. “Plug and Play” connection
makes for quick and easy installation between fixtures. Recommended mounting
height for the SOLO module corresponds with the mounting height of the 400
watt fixture.
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• 1598 Listed
Suitable For Damp Locations
• Listed to Canadian standards
and codes
• Integral autonomous HID
dimming.
• Ballast type: For use with CWA
(Constant Wattage AutoTransformer ballast’s only).
• Lamp type: For use with
Metal Halide & High Pressure
Sodium
• Wattage reduction: Input
wattage is reduced depending
on lamp type and wattage
• Lamp warm-up: Microprocessor
lamp current monitoring for
guaranteed 15 minute lamp
warm-up based on lamp
manufacturers recommendations

• Extended dim lamp protection:
The microprocessor monitors
continuous dim time of the
lamp Each lamp bright cycle
resets this timer. If lamp is
dimmed continuously for 24
hours, lamp is automatically
cycled to full power for 15
minutes to increase lamp life
• PIR Motion Sensor: 9.6 square
inches of optical lens at 2.15”
focal length
• Sensor timer settings: 2, 4, 8,
16, 64 min. time interval
adjusts sensitivity for optimum
performance
• Field replaceable lens: Color
coded removable /
interchangeable lens available
to match control application

• Sensor laser alignment: accurate
aiming of sensor pattern to within
+/- 2 degrees
• Forced dim option: after lamp warmup, optional setting allows sensor to
be disabled for continuous dim mode
• Self diagnostics test button:
momentary push button initiates
self diagnostic to verify control
module is operating properly
• Mounting: 3/4” threaded conduit
adapter with security set screw
• Power cord: 6” length standard
with adapter plug included
• Operating temperature range: 22° F to +149° F (-30° C to +65° C)
• Dimensions: 13.25” H x 5.5” W x
2.6”D (33.6 x 14.0 x 6.6cm)
• Housing material: impact
resistant, injection-molded plastic

SIMPLE 4 COMPONENT SYSTEM
STEP 3:
Sensor Lens

STEP 1:
SOLO port option in GELS fixture order logic (See product page)

Product ID
ABLM-

ProductCatalogOption
Y

Y = SOLO port in ballast housing with jumper plug included

STEP 2:
Control Module

Product ID
ABLM
ABLM

Wattage
40
25 = 250
32 = 320
35 = 350
40 = 400

Light Source
P
M = MH
P = PMH
S = HPS

Cord Length
6
6 = 6 Ft. Length

Lens Type
LB10
LB07 = .7 x .16 Pattern
LB10 = 1.0 x .23 Pattern
LB15 = 1.5 x .23 Pattern
LB0806 = .8 x .6 Pattern

STEP 4:
Laser Alignment tool (Optional) 1 per job

Product ID
ABLM-

Laser Type
LAT-1

Note: See page I-99 for Energy Savings

STANDARD TEMPERATURE RATINGS CURRENTLY AVAILABLE

MH
pMH
HPS

250

320

350

400

65 deg. C

NA

NA

65 deg. C

65 deg. C

65 deg. C

65 deg. C

65 deg. C

65 deg. C

NA

NA

55 deg. C*

* Contact factory for 400 watt HPS 65C

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-126/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

SOLO ® HID DIMMING CONTROL
Autonomous Bi-Level

With SOLO Bi-level, each fixture is ordered with a ABL port
(item 1) in the fixture option of GELS fixture order logic.
The "Y" option includes a jumper insert plug that allows
the fixture to be operated normally when left in. If Bi-level
is desired, the jumper plug is removed and the SOLO
Control Module is plugged into the fixture SOLO port (Y
option). The control module is powered by the fixture. No
additional electrical wiring is needed. The SOLO Control
Module is provided with a 3/4" threaded mounting
adapter and must be rigid mounted.
Item 2 and Item 3 attach together
2
to make a complete SOLO BiLevel unit. The SOLO unit plugs
into the fixtures "Y" option port
3
(Item 1).

Typical Configuration
• SOLO Control Module is rigid mounted and
powered by fixture.
Distance between fixture & 3/4in threaded
mounting pipe 6 feet max.

1

Lens field of view

4
Portable laser alignment tool snaps on for quick
and easy alignment, only one needed per project.
Laser Alignment Tool

SOLO INDOOR LIGHTING

SIMPLE 3 COMPONENT SYSTEM:
1). SOLO Port in fixture (“Y” option in catalog order logic)
2). SOLO Control module with connector
3). SOLO Sensor lens
* Each ordered separately
4). SOLO Laser Alignment Tool optional
(Removable - one per project)

SOLO Module Control

LENS SPECIFICATIONS
LENS SELECTION
ABLM-LB10 = 1.0 x .23 Pattern (L) x (W)
ABLM-LB07 = .70 X .16 Pattern
ABLM-LB15 = 1.5 X .23 Pattern
ABLM-LB0806 = .80 X .60 Pattern
PATTERN:
(L) Length X Mounting Height = Sensor Pattern
Length in one direction.
(W) Width X Mounting Height = Sensor Pattern
Width in one direction.

ABLM-LB10 = 1.0 x .23 Pattern At 35’ MH
L = Mounting Height x 1.0

W

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

= Mounting Height x .23
2005/ I-127

I

ACCESSORIES

REFER TO ACCESSORY INDEX BELOW TO MATCH ACCESSORY WITH PRODUCT. ILLUSTRATIONS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL REPRESENTATIONS.

See following Accessory pages for dimension drawings and descriptions.
INDEX

I

INDOOR LIGHTING ACCESSORIES

Ordering
Number

LEGEND: ////////// = Accessory can be used.

PRODUCT

Uni- Uni- CHB GHB GHB Low- Low- Con- GLB MID- Low- Con- Versa-GarFilter- Dura- Omni- Versa-Omni- glow glow CLB Ware- Pris- mount mount serva Uni- BAY mount serva glow age Mini- Miniglow glow glow beam beam 400/1000 150 CPB
400 400 mount
150 150 150,250 Gard mite mount
GHB house matic II

HOOK
HOOKF
//////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// 1
HOOKFG
//////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// 1
HOOKM
//////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// 1
HOOKMG
//////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// 1
LOOP
LOOPF
//////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// 1
LOOPFG
//////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// 1
LOOPM
//////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// 1
LOOPMG
//////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// 1
HOOK (MALE), CORD AND PLUG
HCP120
//////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// 1
HCP250
//////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// 1
HCP277
//////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// 1
HCP347
//////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// 1
HCP480
//////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// 1
LOOP (MALE), CORD AND PLUG (Can be used with Locking Receptacle Hook Box)
LCP120
//////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// 1
LCP250
//////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// 1
LCP277
//////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// 1
LCP347
//////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// 1
LCP480
//////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// 1
RECEPTACLE HOOK/BOX (Called ”Power Hook“ when used with appropriate Loop, Cord and Power Hook Plug)
RHBTF
//////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// ////////
RHBNTF
//////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// ////////
LOOP, CORD AND POWER HOOK PLUG (For use with Receptacle Hook/Box)
LCP-RHB
//////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// ////////
LCPFH-F1
//////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// ////////
LCPFH-F2
//////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// ////////
LOCKING RECEPTACLE HOOK BOX
LRHB120
//////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// ////////
LRHB250
//////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// ////////
LRHB277
//////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// ////////
LRHB347
//////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// ////////
LRHB480
//////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// ////////
TWIN MOUNTING ARM
TMA-HB
//////// //////// //////// //////// ////////` //////// //////// //////// //////// ////////
THRU-WIRE OUTLET BOX
TWOB-ACC
//////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// ////////
TWOBP-IND
//////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// 6
//////// //////// //////// ////////
SAFETY CHAIN
SFC-O
//////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// ////////
SFC3-B
//////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// ////////
SFC5-B
//////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// ////////
SFC7-B
//////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// ////////
SFC10-B
//////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// //////// ////////
WIRE GUARD
*FWG-GEN5S
////////
22"
////////
*FWG-GEN5L
//////// 26"
*FWG-CPB
CPB
H2000-NE
//////// 2
////////
WGLB-22
WGLB-30
//////// ////////
WGNH-17E
////////
////////
WGNH-17V
////////
////////
WGNH-22E
////////
////////
WGNH-22V
////////
////////
WGNH-MMN
WGRH-17V
////////
////////
WGRH-22V
////////
////////
WGRH-OMG14
////////
7
WGRH-OMG18
////////
WGRH-OMB26
////////
MULTI-PURPOSE MOUNTINGS
MPM-C
////////
MPM-3PR
////////
MPM-3PRW
////////
MPM-3PRTFW
////////
MPM-3PF
////////
MPM-OBC
////////
MPM-5ASW
MPM-W3TFW
MPM-WW
MPM-WW01

////////
////////
////////
////////

////////
////////
////////
////////

////////
////////
////////
////////

1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1

////////
////////
////////
////////

////////
////////
////////
////////

////////
////////
////////
////////

1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1

////////
////////
////////
////////
////////

////////
////////
////////
////////
////////

////////
////////
////////
////////
////////

1
1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1
1

////////
////////
////////
////////
////////

////////
////////
////////
////////
////////

////////
////////
////////
////////
////////

1
1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1
1

////////
////////
////////
////////

////////
////////
////////
////////

////////
////////
////////
////////

////////
////////
////////
////////

//////// //////// ////////
//////// //////// ////////
//////// //////// ////////
//////// //////// ////////
//////// //////// ////////
////////
////////
////////
////////
////////

////////
////////
////////
////////
////////

////////
////////
////////
////////
////////

//////// ////////
//////// //////// ////////
//////// //////// ////////
////////
////////
////////
////////
////////

////////
////////
////////
////////
////////

////////
////////
////////
////////
////////

CF

4
5

//////// ////////

////////

////////
////////
////////
////////
////////
////////

//////// 3
//////// 3
3
3
//////// 3
//////// 3
3
3
3

////////
////////
////////
////////
////////
////////
////////
////////
////////

////////
////////
////////
////////
////////
////////

////////

1–Requires use of MPM-3PF. 2–For GHB and CHB only. Requires use of Gym Clip, CHB-GC, on CHB. 3–Requires ballast with primary disconnect.
4–Used for Unimount 150 only. 5–Used for Unimount 400 only 6–Used for GHB 7–Used for 14" Glass Reflector only. Open or enclosed.
* Wireguard for Gen5 only

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.

I-128/ 2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

ACCESSORIES

REFER TO ACCESSORY INDEX BELOW TO MATCH ACCESSORY WITH PRODUCT.
ILLUSTRATIONS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL REPRESENTATIONS.
See following Accessory pages for dimension drawings and descriptions.
LEGEND: ////////// = Accessory can be used.

INDEX

Ordering
Number

Filterglow

Duraglow

Omniglow

Versabeam

Omnibeam

PRODUCT

Uniglow Uniglow CHB,CLB GHB
GHB
Lowmount Lowmount Unimount MIDBAY Lowmount
400/1000 150
CPB,GHB Warehouse Prismatic II
400
GLB
150
Garage Gard

DOOR ASSEMBLIES
DGD4-GHBP
EAL2-GHBP
EAL6-GHBP
EAPL2-GHBP
EAPL6-GHBP
EARL6-GHBP
DOOR GLASS

/////////5

/////////8

/////////5

/////////8

DGA6-GHBB
EXTERNAL LIGHT SHIELD
ELS-GGD
FUSE KITS
FK1-IND
FK2-IND

1

/////////4
/////////5
/////////6
/////////5
/////////6
/////////6

2
/////////

///////// ///////// ///////// ///////// ///////// ///////// ///////// 3
///////// ///////// ///////// ///////// ///////// ///////// ///////// 3

///////// ///////// ///////// ///////// ///////// ///////// /////////
///////// ///////// ///////// ///////// ///////// ///////// /////////

HIGH BAY REFLECTOR RETENTION CLIP (Required on CHB reflector when using H2000-NE)
CHB-GC
7

CRANE MOUNTED REMOTE BALLAST
HSM-FGL
///////// /////////
VERTICAL SURFACE MOUNTING BRACKET (For Remote Mounting Filterglow Luminaire large ballast housing)
VSM-FGL
///////// /////////

REMOTE BALLAST - MOUNTING
MALE CONNECTOR (For Remote Mounting Filterglow Luminaire ballast housing)
MCS-FGB
MCD-FGB

///////// ///////// ///////// VBSD
///////// ///////// ///////// VBSD

OPTICAL VIBRATION ISOLATION ASSEMBLY
OVIA
///////// /////////
PRIMARY ELECTRICAL DISCONNECT BOX
PEDBGR-FDG
///////// ///////// ///////// ///////// ///////// ///////// ///////// 3

///////// ///////// ///////// ///////// ///////// ///////// /////////

REMOTE BALLASTED OPTICAL MOUNTING BOX (NOTE: HPS lamps require an ignitor to be within 10 feet.)
RBOMB-FDG
///////// ///////// ///////// VBSD
RBOMB-FDGQ
///////// ///////// ///////// VBSD
RBOMBA-UGUM
VBS
RBOMBA-UGUMQ
VBS
RBOMBF-UGUM
VBS
RBOMBF-UGUMQ
VBS
RBOMB-GHBB
RBOMB-GHBBQ

SINGLE REMOTE POWER CONNECTOR
SRPC3-FDG
SRPC5-FDG
SRPC7-FDG
SRPC10-FDG
SRPC3A-UG
SRPC5A-UG
SRPC7A-UG
SRPC10A-UG
SRPC3F-UG
SRPC5F-UG
SRPC7F-UG
SRPC10F-UG
SRPC3-GHBB
SRPC5-GHBB
SRPC7-GHBB
SRPC10-GHBB

/////////
/////////
/////////
/////////

/////////
/////////
/////////
/////////

/////////
/////////
/////////
/////////

VBSD
VBSD
VBSD
VBSD
VBS
VBS
VBS
VBS

/////////
/////////
/////////
/////////

/////////
/////////
/////////
/////////

/////////
/////////
/////////
/////////

/////////
/////////
/////////
/////////

INDOOR LIGHTING ACCESSORIES

HORIZONTAL SURFACE MOUNTING BRACKET (For Remote Mounting Filterglow® Luminaire large ballast housing)

3
///////// /////////
3
///////// /////////
(For dual plug connector for use with automatically switched quartz, change prefix “S” to “D ”)
(For connectors suitable for wet locations, add “W” suffix to end of ordering number)
(Wet location available only for FDG)
/////////
/////////
/////////
/////////
///////// /////////
///////// /////////
///////// /////////
///////// /////////
///////// /////////
///////// /////////
///////// /////////
///////// /////////
///////// /////////
///////// /////////
///////// /////////
///////// /////////
///////// /////////
///////// /////////
///////// /////////
///////// /////////
3
///////// /////////
3
///////// /////////
3
///////// /////////
3
///////// /////////

1–See Page I-38 for GH5 & GW5 Door Glass Limitation Table.
2–See Page I-40 for Door Glass Limitation Table.
3–Used for GHB only.
4–14" Glass Reflector only.
5–22" Acrylic Reflector only. 6–16" Acrylic Reflector only.
7–Use for CHB only.
8–CPB-V2 only.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ I-129

I

GENERATION 5 / GENERATION 6
BALLAST HOUSING ACCESSORIES

I

INDOOR LIGHTING ACCESSORIES

REFER TO ACCESSORY INFORMATION BELOW TO DETERMINE
AVAILABILITY IN CONJUNCTION WITH GENERATION 5 PRODUCTS.
THE ACCESSORIES LISTED BELOW ARE FOR GENERATION 5 ONLY.

SLIDING DISCONNECT

DIRECT OPTICAL MOUNT

FG5FG6DG5DG6OG5OG6VS5LM5-

VB5OB5OB6UG5UG6UW5UM5UT5FP5-

Filterglow 400
Filterglow 1000
Duraglow 400
Duraglow 1000
Omniglow 400
Omniglow 1000
Versabeam
Lowmount II

Versabeam
Omnibeam 400
Omnibeam 1000
Uniglow 400
Uniglow 100
Uniglow 150
Unimount 400
Unimount 150
Foodpro

EZ CONNECTTM HOOK (MALE) CORD AND PLUG — GEN 5 & GEN 6 ONLY
Intergral hook, 3 ft (0.9 meters) usable cable #16-3, 105°C. This accessory
easily plugs into the GEN 5 plug-in connector. Works only with the new GEN 5
fixtures listed above. Additional height from fixture is 3.6 in.
• EZHCP120
• EZHCP347
120V (Plug NEMA Line #L5-15)
347V (20 amp plug) (P&S
• EZHCP250
L3720P)
208V & 240V (Plug NEMA Line #L6-15) • EZHCP480
• EZHCP277
480V (Plug NEMA Line #L8-20)
277V (Plug NEMA Line #L7-15)
Note: Not for use with
Multivolt fixtures

EZ CONNECTTM LOOP (MALE) CORD AND PLUG — GEN 5 & GEN 6 ONLY
Intergral loop, 3 ft (0.9 meters) usable cable #16-3, 105°C. This accessory easily
plugs into the GEN 5 plug-in connector. Works only with the new GEN 5 fixtures
listed above. Additional height from fixture is 3.6 in.
• EZLCP120
• EZLCP347
120V (Plug NEMA Line #L5-15)
347V (20 amp plug) (P&S L3720P)
• EZLCP250
• EZLCP480
208V & 240V (Plug NEMA Line #L6-15)
480V (Plug NEMA Line #L8-20)
• EZLCP277
277V (Plug NEMA Line #L7-15)
Note: Not for use with Multivolt fixtures

EZ CONNECTTM FUSE KITS — GEN 5 & GEN 6 ONLY
This accessory easily plugs into the GEN 5 plug-in connector.
Works only with the new GEN 5 fixtures listed above.
• EZFK1-IND
Single Fuse Holder (pictured)
• EZFK2-IND
Double Fuse Holder

Note: Not for use with
Multivolt fixtures

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-130/ 2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

Single Fuse Holder

ACCESSORIES

REFER TO ACCESSORY INDEX TO MATCH ACCESSORY WITH PRODUCT.
ILLUSTRATIONS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL REPRESENTATIONS.

EZ CONNECTTM LCP-RHB — GEN 5 & GEN 6 ONLY
Loop, Cord and Power Hook Plug with Generation 5 plug-in
connector. For use with Receptacle/Hook Box RHBTF or
RHBNTF (see next page).
Ordering numbers shown are UL Listed for load make/
break. Note: Available as suitable for wet locations. Add "W" suffix
to end of ordering number.
• EZLCP-RHB
120V, 208V, 240V, 277V, 480V unfused
• EZLCP-RHBF1
120V or 277V with single fuseholder (less fuse)
• EZLCP-RHBF2
Loop, Cord and Power Hook Plug
208V, 240V or 480V with double fuseholders (less fuses)
* NOTE: Not for use with Multivolt Fixtures
• HOOKF
Female
• HOOKFG
Female Grommeted
• HOOKM
Male
• HOOKMG
Male Grommeted

INDOOR LIGHTING ACCESSORIES

HOOK

HOOK

LOOP
• LOOPF
Female
• LOOPFG
Female Grommeted
• LOOPM
Male
• LOOPMG
Male Grommeted

LOOP

HOOK (MALE) CORD AND PLUG

LOOP (MALE), CORD AND PLUG

3 ft (0.9 meters) usable cable #16-3, 105°C
(Contact factory for use with fixtures with
line current greater than 8 amps.)
• HCP120
120V
(Plug NEMA Line #L5-15)
• HCP250
208V & 240V
(Plug NEMA Line #L6-15)
• HCP277
277V
(Plug NEMA Line #L7-15)
• HCP347
347V (20 amp plug)
(P&S L3720P)
• HCP480
480V
(Plug NEMA Line #L8-20)

3 ft (0.9 meters) usable cable #16-3, 105°C
(Contact factory for use with fixtures with
line current greater than 8 amps.)
• LCP120
120V
(Plug NEMA Line #L5-15)
• LCP250
208V & 240
(Plug NEMA Line #L6-15)
• LCP277
277V
(Plug NEMA Line #L7-15)
• LCP347
347V (20 amp plug)
(P&S L3720P)
• LCP480
480V
(Plug NEMA Line #L8-20)

HCP

LCP

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ I-131

I

ACCESSORIES

REFER TO ACCESSORY INDEX TO MATCH ACCESSORY WITH PRODUCT.
ILLUSTRATIONS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL REPRESENTATIONS.
FIG. 1– TYPICAL POWER HOOK
See Fig. 2 or Fig. 3 for
details

–called “Power Hook” (Figure 1D) when used with
appropriate Loop, Cord and Power Hook PLug

RECEPTACLE HOOK/BOX — POWER HOOK
(For use with Loop, Cord and Power Hook Plug)

Provisions for 3/4-in. rigid pendant mounting with
3/4-in. Thru Feed Capability (Figure 2):

1B
RECEPTACLE HOOK/BOX

• RHBTF (Thru Feed) (Figure 1A):
120V, 208V, 240V, 277V, 480V
NOTE: Available as suitable for wet locations.
Add "W" suffix to end of ordering number

Compatible Components

INDOOR LIGHTING ACCESSORIES

I

0R

1A

=

+

1C

1D

• RHBNTF (Non-Thru Feed) (Figure 1B):
120V, 208V, 240V, 277V, 480V
POWER HOOK

LOOP, CORD AND POWER HOOK PLUG

LOOP, CORD AND POWER HOOK PLUG
(For use with Receptacle Hook/Box)

Fig. 2–Thru Feed

Ordering numbers shown are
2A
UL Listed for load make/break.
NOTE: Available as suitable for wet locations.
Add "W" suffix to end of ordering number

2B
2C

• LCP-RHB (Figure 1C)
120V, 208V, 240V, 277V, 480V unfused
• LCPFH-F1 (Figure 1C)
120Vor 277V with single fuseholder
(Less fuse)

TOP VIEW

Fig. 3–Non-Thru Feed

3A

3B

• LCPFH-F2 (Figure 1C)
208V, 240V or 480V with double
fuseholders
(Less fuses)

LOCKING RECEPTACLE HOOK BOX (For use with Loop, Cord and Plug (see previous page)
Provisions for 3/4-in. rigid pendant mounting with
3/4-in.
Thru Feed Capability
• LRHB120
120V (Locking Receptacle NEMA L5-15R)
• LRHB250
208V & 240V (Locking Receptacle NEMA L6-15R)
• LRHB277
277V (Locking Receptacle NEMA L7-15R)
LRHB
• LRHB347
347V (Locking Receptacle P&S L3720-R)
• LRHB480
480V (Locking Receptacle NEMA L8-20R)
GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-132/ 2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

3C

ACCESSORIES

REFER TO ACCESSORY INDEX TO MATCH ACCESSORY WITH PRODUCT.
ILLUSTRATIONS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL REPRESENTATIONS.

HIGH BAY REFLECTOR RETENTION CLIP
• CHB-GC
Required on CHB reflector when using H2000-NE.
NOTE: N/A with Prismatic Optical

GYM CLIP

• TMA-HB
Use to tandem mount any two luminaires (must be of
same weight if arm is suspended by hook or loop).
Arm is painted steel with two male 3/4-in. pipe couplings for luminaire mounting and one female 3/4-in.
NPT pipe coupling for hook, loop or direct circuit
mounting. Arm has bottom snap-in closure strip for
wiring ease. Eyebolt for field addition of safety
chain(s) is provided.

THRU-WIRE OUTLET BOX
• TWOB-ACC
Surface mounted Thru-Wire outlet box

• TWOBP-IND
Mountings for use with luminaires having Mounting
Code 13 (provisions for slide-on primary disconnect)

INDOOR LIGHTING ACCESSORIES

TWIN MOUNTING ARM

SAFETY CHAIN
• SFC-O
For optical component, single unit, 14-in. (356mm)
• SFC3-B
For ballast component, 3 ft (0.9 meters)
• SFC5-B
OPTICAL
For ballast component, 5 ft (1.5 meters)
• SFC7-B
For ballast component, 7 ft (2.1 meters)
• SFC10-B
For ballast component, 10 ft (3 meters)
• SFC3-B310
For Jr. Versabeam, 3 ft (1 meter)
(not shown)

BALLAST

SFC-0

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

*

SFC -B
2005/ I-133

I

ACCESSORIES

REFER TO ACCESSORY INDEX TO MATCH ACCESSORY WITH PRODUCT.
ILLUSTRATIONS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL REPRESENTATIONS.

I

INDOOR LIGHTING ACCESSORIES

WIRE GUARD
• FWG-GEN5S
Full wire guard for optical up to 22 inches in diameter OG5, OB5
• FWG-GEN5L
Full wire guard for optical larger than 22" up 26 inches in
diameter OB5, OB6, VB5, VS5, FP5
• FWG-CPB
Full wire guard for Charger Prismatic (CPB)
• H2000-NE
FWG-GEN5S / FWG-GEN5L
With relamp hole for Uniglow® 150 GH5, GW5, luminaires 16-inch
(406mm) optical open or enclosed aluminum reflector. (NOTE: With
GHB luminaires, 400 watt metal halide limited to reflector position 1.)
Can be used with CHB if CHB-GC is used.
• WGLB-22
Wire guard without relamp hole, for low bay 22-in. (559mm) opticals
• WGLB-30
Wire guard without relamp hole, for low bay 30-in. (672mm) opticals
• WGNH-17E
No relamp hole, for 17-in. (432mm) enclosed optical component
• WGNH-17V
WGNH-MMN
No relamp hole, for 17-in. (432mm) open optical component
• WGNH-22E
TO FIT OPTICAL
No relamp hole, for 22-in. (559mm) enclosed optical component
(Not for Prismatic opticals)
• WGNH-22V
No relamp hole, for 22-in. (559mm) open optical component
(Not for Prismatic opticals)
• WGNH-MMN
For Minimount® luminaire
• WGRH-17V
With relamp hole, for 17-in. (432mm) open optical component
• WGRH-22V
With relamp hole, for 22-in. (559mm) open optical component
(Not for Prismatic opticals)
• WGRH-OMG14
WGRH - With relamp hole
With relamp hole, for 14-in. (356mm) open or enclosed optical
component
• WGRH-OMG18
With relamp hole, for 18-in. (457mm) open or enclosed optical
component
• WGRH-OMB26
With relamp hole, for 26-in. (660mm) open component
MPM-C
NOTE: FLEXIBLE Luminaire Mounting recommended

MULTI-PURPOSE MOUNTINGS
• MPM-C
Ceiling (or surface)
• MPM-3PR
3/4-in. Pendant, (Rigid) Mounting–3/4-in.
NPSC with wiring compartment
• MPM-3PRW
3/4-in. Pendant, (Rigid) Mounting–3/4-in. NPSC
with wiring compartment. Enclosed luminaires
suitable for wet locations application when
used with this hanging hardware.
• MPM-3PRTFW
3/4-in. Pendant, (Rigid) Mounting–3/4-in.
NPSC with wiring compartment and Thru
Feed. Suitable for Wet Locations.

MPM-3PRTFW

MPM-3PR
MPM-3PRW

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-134/ 2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

FWG-CPB

WGLB-22/30

WGNH - Without
relamp hole

ACCESSORIES

REFER TO ACCESSORY INDEX TO MATCH ACCESSORY WITH PRODUCT.
ILLUSTRATIONS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL REPRESENTATIONS.

MULTI-PURPOSE MOUNTINGS
• MPM-3PF
3/4-in. Pendant, (Flexible) Mounting–
Pendant hanging hardware for 3/4-in.
NPSC with wiring compartment

MPM-3PF

MPM-0BC

• MPM-5ASW
Angled Stanchion Mount–enclosed
luminaire suitable for wet location
applications when used with this bracket.
Gray.
MPM-5ASW

INDOOR LIGHTING ACCESSORIES

• MPM-OBC
Outlet Box Cover–for 4-in. (102mm)
octagonal junction box

• MPM-W3TFW
Wall Bracket with Thru-Feed–enclosed
luminaire suitable for wet locations
when used with this bracket.
MPM-W3TFW

• MPM-WW
Wall Bracket–enclosed luminaire
suitable for wet locations when
used with this bracket.

• MPM-WW01
Wall Bracket–enclosed luminaire
suitable for wet locations when used
with this bracket. Dark Bronze

MPM-WW &
MPM-WW01

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ I-135

I

ACCESSORIES

REFER TO ACCESSORY INDEX TO MATCH ACCESSORY WITH PRODUCT.
ILLUSTRATIONS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL REPRESENTATIONS.

I

INDOOR LIGHTING ACCESSORIES

DOOR ASSEMBLIES
• DGD4-GHBP
Clear tempered door glass assembly for 14-in. (336mm) GHBP glass
reflector.
• E*L2-GHBP
Clear Acrylic Lens for 22-in. (559mm) optical (40°C max. ambient on 400
watt fixtures)
• E*L6-GHBP
Clear Acrylic Lens for 16-in (406mm) optical (40°C max. ambient on 250
watt fixtures)
• E*PL2-GHBP
Clear Acrylic Prismatic Conical Lens for 22-in (559mm) optical (40°C
max. ambient on 400 watt fixtures)
• E*PL6-GHBP
Clear Acrylic Prismatic Conical Lens for 16-in (406mm) optical (40°C
max. ambient on 250 watt fixtures)
• E*RL6-GHBP
Clear prismatic drop lens for 16-inch optical (40°C maximum ambient
on 250W fixtures)
* Select lens material (Example EAL2-GHBP = Standard Acrylic)
A = Standard Acrylic
S = Advanced "ST" HID Acrylic for enhanced lamp containment and
reduced yellowing.

DGD4-GHBP

E*L2-GHBP
E*L6-GHBP

E*PL2-GHBP
E*PL6-GHBP

E*RL6-GHBP

DOOR GLASS (Clear Tempered Glass Lens)
• DGA6-GHBB
(See page I-38 for GHBB Door Glass Limitations)
(See page I-40 for GHBW Door Glass Limitations)

DGA6-GHBB

EXTERNAL LIGHT SHIELD
• ELS-GGD
For use with Garage•Gard luminaire

FUSE KITS
• FK1-IND
Single fuse holder
• FK2-IND
Double fuse holders

ELS-GGD

FK1-IND

FK2-IND

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-136/ 2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

ACCESSORIES

REFER TO ACCESSORY INDEX TO MATCH ACCESSORY WITH PRODUCT.
ILLUSTRATIONS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL REPRESENTATIONS.

CRANE MOUNTED REMOTE BALLAST

HORIZONTAL SURFACE MOUNTING BRACKET
• HSM-FG6
For mounting FG6 Filterglow® ballast housing

INDOOR LIGHTING ACCESSORIES

NOTE: For indoor use only. Do not use
with encapsulated ballasts or
ballasts heavier than 40 lbs.

HSM-FG6

VERTICAL SURFACE MOUNTING BRACKET
• VSM-FG6
For mounting FG6 Filterglow® ballast housing

VSM-FG6

REMOTE BALLAST-MOUNTING

MALE CONNECTOR
Can be obtained as separate accessory or as part of Single Remote
Power Connector. Mates with receptacle on bottom of ballast housing.
NOTE: HPS lamps require an ignitor within ten feet of lamps.
• MCS-FGB
For Filterglow®/Duraglow® luminaire ballast, single circuit
• MCD-FGB
For Filterglow®/Duraglow® luminaire ballast, dual circuit
(for Automatically Switched Quartz)

*

MC -FGB

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ I-137

I

ACCESSORIES

REFER TO ACCESSORY INDEX TO MATCH ACCESSORY WITH PRODUCT.
ILLUSTRATIONS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL REPRESENTATIONS.

OPTICAL VIBRATION ISOLATION ASSEMBLY

I

INDOOR LIGHTING ACCESSORIES

• OVIA
Use with Remote Ballasted Optical Mounting Box or Single
Remote Power Connector.
(Recommended for use with RBOMB-FDG orSRPCXFDGonly.)

OVIA

PRIMARY ELECTRICAL DISCONNECT BOX
• PEDBGR-FDG
Mounting for use with luminaires
having Mounting Code 14 or "N" option (Provisions for
slide-on Primary Disconnect)

PEDBGR-FDG

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-138/ 2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

ACCESSORIES

REFER TO ACCESSORY INDEX TO MATCH ACCESSORY WITH PRODUCT.
ILLUSTRATIONS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL REPRESENTATIONS.

REMOTE BALLASTED OPTICAL MOUNTING BOX

• RBOMB-FDGQ
Same as RBOMB-FDG except for
quartz socket
for load make/
break

LISTED

LISTED

INDOOR LIGHTING ACCESSORIES

for load make/break
• RBOMB-FDG
For mounting sliding disconnect
opticals — reference page I-3 (can
be obtained as separate accessory
or as part of Single Remote Power
Connector)

• RBOMBA-UGUM
For mounting Direct Mount Opticals
— reference page I-3. Set in Socket
Position "A". No connecting cable
included.
• RBOMBA-UGUMQ
Same as RBOMBA-UGUM except
with quartz socket
• RBOMBF-UGUM
Set in Socket Position "F".
No connecting cable included
• RBOMBF-UGUMQ
Same as RBOMBF-UGUM except
with quartz socket

NOTE: For field adjustment of socket position for a specific lamp type and
wattage, refer to product's Ballast and Photometric Selection Table.

• RBOMB-GHBB
For mounting Bracket Mount
Opticals — reference page I-3.
No connecting cable included.
• RBOMB-GHBBQ
Same as RBOMB-GHBB except
with quartz socket

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ I-139

I

ACCESSORIES

REFER TO ACCESSORY INDEX TO MATCH ACCESSORY WITH PRODUCT.
ILLUSTRATIONS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL REPRESENTATIONS.

SINGLE REMOTE POWER CONNECTOR
Provides electrical connections between ballast and optical
when they are mounted separately.
Mates with Filterglow®,
Duraglow®, VersabeamTM (VS5),
Lowmount® II and OmniglowTM
luminaire opticals.

NOTE: For dual plug Connector for use with automatically
switched quartz, change “S” to “D”
NOTE: Connectors are available which are suitable for wet
locations. Add “W” suffix to end of accessory ordering
numbers. (FDG only)

I

INDOOR LIGHTING ACCESSORIES

LISTED

Mates with receptacle
on bottom of FG5 or FG6
ballast housing.

• SRPC3-FDG • SRPC5-FDG • SRPC7-FDG • SRPC10-FDG
3 ft cable
5 ft cable
7 ft cable
10 ft cable
(0.9 meters) (1.5 meters) (2.1 meters) (3 meters)

• SRPC3A-UG
• SRPC3F-UG
3 ft (0.9 meters) cable, 3 ft (0.9 meters) cable,
A socket position
F socket position
• SRPC5A-UG
• SRPC5F-UG
5 ft (1.5 meters) cable, 5 ft (1.5 meters) cable,
A socket position
F socket position
• SRPC7A-UG
• SRPC7F-UG
7 ft (2.1 meters) cable, 7 ft (2.1 meters) cable,
A socket position
F socket position
• SRPC10A-UG
10 ft (3 meters) cable,
A socket position

• SRPC3-GHBB
3 ft (0.9 meters) cable
• SRPC5-GHBB
5 ft (1.5 meters) cable
• SRPC7-GHBB
7 ft (2.1 meters) cable
• SRPC10-GHBB
10 ft (3 meters) cable

Mates with Versabeam™ (VB5), Unimount® 400,
Unimount 150, Uniglow® 400/1000, Uniglow 150
and GLBTM luminaire opticals.
Mates with receptacle
on bottom of FG5 or
FG6 ballast housing.
NOTE: For field adjustment of
socket position for a
specific lamp type and
wattage, refer to product's
Ballast and Photometric
Selection Table.

• SRPC10F-UG
10 ft (3 meters) cable,
F socket position

Mates with GHB® (GH4, GP4, GW4) luminaire optical.

Mates with receptacle
on bottom of FG5 or FG6
ballast housing.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-140/ 2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

COMPONENT ORDERING LOGIC
As shown below, components can be ordered separately. The ordering logic for
components can
beOFTEN
derivedSHIPPED
from theSEPARATELY.
product ordering
number
logic shown
above each
COMPONENTS
ARE
SEE THE
FOLLOWING
EXAMPLES
TO
product grouping.
The
groupings explain
procedure
to derive
DETERMINE
WHICH
COMPONENTS
MAKEthe
EACH
COMPLETE
PART component
NUMBER. ordering
EXAMPLE:
numbers. BALLAST + OPTICAL = COMPLETE UNIT NUMBER

Ballast Component
FG5G40M0AN11

Complete Assembly
Ordering Number
FG5G40M0AE7EX11

Optical Component
FG-G07E7

INDOOR LIGHTING COMPONENT ORDERING LOGIC

EXAMPLES:

As shown on the following pages, components can be ordered separately. The
ordering logic for components can be derived from the product ordering
number logic shown above each product grouping. The groupings explain the
procedure to derive component ordering numbers.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ I-141

I

COMPONENT ORDERING LOGIC — NUVATION
As shown below, components can be ordered separately. The ordering logic for
components can be derived from the product ordering number logic shown above each
product grouping. The groupings explain the procedure to derive component ordering
numbers.

EXAMPLES:
DURAGLOW ® 400 LUMINAIRE — NUVATION

FILTERGLOW 400 LUMINAIRE — NUVATION
®

HIGH BAY ENCLOSED

HIGH BAY ENCLOSED

COMPLETE UNIT NUMBER

FGE W 40

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

N

G

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

COLOR WATTAGE
X
XX

BALLAST COMPONENT LOGIC

FGE W 40

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

COLOR
X

E

N

G

E

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

WATTAGE
XX

BALLAST
TYPE
X

BALLAST
TYPE
X

E7

EX

OPTICAL
CODE
XX

PHOTOMETRY
XX

N

11

SOCKET
POSITION
X

MOUNTING
CODE
XX

11

Q

MOUNTING
CODE
OPTIONS
XX
X

COMPLETE UNIT NUMBER

DGE W 40

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

COLOR
X

WATTAGE
XX

N

G

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

BALLAST COMPONENT LOGIC

Q

FGE W 40

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

OPTIONS
X

COLOR
X

WATTAGE
XX

N

E
BALLAST
TYPE
X

G

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

E
BALLAST
TYPE
X

V7

EX

OPTICAL
CODE
XX

PHOTOMETRY
XX

N
SOCKET
POSITION
X

11
MOUNTING
CODE
XX

Limited to
Q,W,S

OPTICAL COMPONENT LOGIC

I

INDOOR LIGHTING COMPONENT ORDERING LOGIC

FG-

G

PRODUCT ID.
XX

COLOR
X

11

E7

SOCKET
POSITION
XX

OPTICAL COMPONENT LOGIC

DG-

OPTIONS

G

PRODUCT ID.
XX

COLOR
X

Limited to
D, Q, T

Opticals ordered by socket
position. See Photometric
Selection Table on product
page for socket position for
spacing criterion.

Q

Q
OPTIONS
X
Limited to
Q,S

Q

OPTICAL
XX

11

MOUNTING
CODE
OPTIONS
XX
X

11

V7

SOCKET
POSITION
XX

OPTICAL
XX

Opticals ordered by socket
position. See Photometric
Selection Table on product
page for socket position for
spacing criterion.

INTERCHANGEABILITY OF STANDARD OPTICALS–FILTERGLOW LUMINAIRE

Q
OPTIONS
Limited to
Q, S, T

INTERCHANGEABILITY OF STANDARD OPTICALS–DURAGLOW LUMINAIRE

The only variation between standard optical assemblies of the same size (17- or 22-inch [432
or 559mm]) is socket setting. If the SC desired is not shown under Ordering information, refer
to Photometric Data table. Find the desired SC, socket setting, reflector size and select proper
optical assembly from Photometric Data table. The combination of proper ballast assembly and
this optical will give desired photometrics. Order the ballast and optical components both.
If optical assembly selected is not a stock item, socket position on standard stockable
optical assembly can be easily changed in the field to desired position for small lots.

The only variation between standard optical assemblies of the same size (17- or 22-inch [432
or 559mm]) is socket setting. If the SC desired is not shown under Ordering information, refer
to Photometric Data table. Find the desired SC, socket setting, reflector size and select proper
optical assembly from Photometric Data table. The combination of proper ballast assembly and
this optical will give desired photometrics. Order the ballast and optical components both.
If optical assembly selected is not a stock item, socket position on standard stockable
optical assembly can be easily changed in the field to desired position for small lots.

VERSABEAM DISCONNECT™ 400 LUMINAIRE — NUVATION

VERSABEAM ™ LUMINAIRE — NUVATION

HIGH BAY ENCLOSED

COMPLETE UNIT NUMBER

VSE W 40

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

N

G

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

COLOR WATTAGE
X
XX

BALLAST COMPONENT LOGIC

FGE W 40

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

COLOR
X

N

G

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

WATTAGE
XX

E
BALLAST
TYPE
X

E
BALLAST
TYPE
X

EA

VA

OPTICAL
CODE
XX

PHOTOMETRY
XX

N

11

SOCKET
POSITION
X

MOUNTING
CODE
XX

11

Q

MOUNTING
CODE
OPTIONS
XX
X

Q
OPTIONS
X
Limited to
Q,W,S

OPTICAL COMPONENT LOGIC

VBD-

PRODUCT ID.
XX

A

SOCKET
POSITION
X

EA

OPTICAL
XX

Opticals ordered by socket
position. See Photometric
Selection Table on product
page for socket position for
spacing criterion.

Q

OPTIONS
X
Limited to
D, Q, T

HIGH BAY ENCLOSED

COMPLETE UNIT NUMBER

VSE W 40

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

COLOR
X

BALLAST COMPONENT LOGIC

UGE W 40

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

COLOR
X

WATTAGE
XX

VBF-

PRODUCT ID.
XXX
VBF=VERSABEAM
OPTICAL FOR
GEN5 DIRECT
MTG

EA

LENS
TYPE
XX
EA=
Enclosed
Acrylic

www.gelightingsystems.com

G

N

G

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

OPTICAL COMPONENT LOGIC

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-142/2005

WATTAGE
XX

N

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

E
BALLAST
TYPE
X

E
BALLAST
TYPE
X

EA

AA

OPTICAL
CODE
XX

PHOTOMETRY
XX

A
SOCKET
POSITION
X

11
MOUNTING
CODE
XX

A = 400 Watt MH & 350 Watt
PMH (ED37)
G = 200 to 400 watt HPS
V = 175, 250 Watt MH & 320 Watt
PMH(ED28)

11

Q

MOUNTING
CODE
OPTIONS
XX
X

Q
OPTIONS
X
Limited to
Q,S

Note: Previous VB-EA optical used with
previous small industrial housing (Generation
4) is not adaptable to Gen 5 ballast. Order
VBF-EA when optical is used with Generation
5 ballast. Order Generation 5, Versabeam
reflector assembly 35-965240-09 to reuse
existing lens/clampband assembly.
Note: VBM-EA 40°C max ambient required for
use with Mag Rag Ballast.

COMPONENT ORDERING LOGIC — NUVATION
As shown below, components can be ordered separately. The ordering logic for
components can be derived from the product ordering number logic shown above each
product grouping. The groupings explain the procedure to derive component ordering
numbers.

EXAMPLES:
UNIGLOW® 150 LUMINAIRE — NUVATION

OMNIGLOW TM 400 LUMINAIRE — NUVATION

OGE W 40

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

COLOR
X

N

WATTAGE
XX

FGE W 40
COLOR
X

N

WATTAGE
XX

G

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

BALLAST COMPONENT LOGIC

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

HIGH BAY

ENCLOSED OR OPEN

COMPLETE UNIT NUMBER

G

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

V4

ES

OPTICAL
CODE
XX

PHOTOMETRY
XX

N

11

E
BALLAST
TYPE
X

E
BALLAST
TYPE
X

SOCKET
POSITION
X

MOUNTING
CODE
XX

PRODUCT ID.
XXXX

Opticals ordered by socket
position. See Photometric
Selection Table on product
page for socket position for
spacing criterion.

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

OPTIONS
XXX

UGE W 40

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

N

COLOR WATTAGE
X
XX

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

BALLAST COMPONENT LOGIC

UGE W 40

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

N

COLOR WATTAGE
X
XX

E7

PRODUCT ID.
XX

OPTICAL
XX

G

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

OPTICAL COMPONENT LOGIC

UG-

G

W

OPTIONS
X

WATTAGE
XX

COLOR
X

WATTAGE
XX

PRODUCT ID.
XXXX

OPTICAL
XX

BALLAST
TYPE
X

G

E

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

BALLAST
TYPE
X

E6

AD

OPTICAL
CODE
XX

PHOTOMETRY
XX

D

11

SOCKET
POSITION
X

MOUNTING
CODE
XX

11

W

MOUNTING
CODE
OPTIONS
XX
XXX

W
OPTIONS
XXX
Limited to
Q,W

OPTIONS
X
Limited to
H or W

OMNIBEAMTM 400 LUMINAIRE — NUVATION
HIGH BAY

E

BALLAST
TYPE
X

W

Limited to
Q, S, T

BALLAST
TYPE
X

E

VOLTAGE
X

N

U1GA- E6

OPTIONS
X

E

G

OPTICAL COMPONENT LOGIC

ENCLOSED OR OPEN

COMPLETE UNIT NUMBER

COLOR
X

N

LIGHT
SOURCE
X

UGE W 25

UNIGLOW® 400 LUMINAIRE — NUVATION
HIGH BAY

UWE W 25

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

BALLAST COMPONENT LOGIC

Q

07 V14G Q
SOCKET
POSITION OPTICAL
XX
XXXX

COLOR
X

Q

Limited to
Q

OPTICAL COMPONENT LOGIC

OMGA-(14)
OMGB-(18) G

11

MOUNTING
CODE
OPTIONS
XX
XXX

ENCLOSED OR OPEN

COMPLETE UNIT NUMBER

E7

AA

OPTICAL
CODE
XX

PHOTOMETRY
XX

A

11

SOCKET
POSITION
X

MOUNTING
CODE
XX

11

W

MOUNTING
CODE
OPTIONS
XX
XXX

W
OPTIONS
XXX
Limited to
Q,W

ENCLOSED OR OPEN

COMPLETE UNIT NUMBER

OBE W 40

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

COLOR
X

WATTAGE
XX

N

G

BALLAST COMPONENT LOGIC

UGE W 40

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

COLOR
X

WATTAGE
XX

N

PRODUCT ID.
XXXX

V

26

OPTICAL
TYPE
X

OPTICAL
SIZE
XX

A

LENS
TYPE
X
A = Acrylic

Limited to
H or W
OPTICAL
OMB
OMBE
OMBF
OMBP
OMBJ
OMBH
OMBK
OMBV

SIZE
26"
26"
22"
22"
22"
22"
22"
22"

OPEN OR ENCLOSED
Open
Enclosed
Enclosed
Enclosed
Enclosed
Enclosed
Open
Open

BALLAST
TYPE
X

G

E

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

OPTICAL COMPONENT LOGIC

OMB-

E

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

BALLAST
TYPE
X

V6

AB

OPTICAL
CODE
XX

PHOTOMETRY
XX

B
SOCKET
POSITION
X

11
MOUNTING
CODE
XX

Q

Q
OPTIONS
XXX
Limited to
F,K,Q,
R,S,T,W,Y

1
REFLECTOR
FILL
X
1 = Clear

TYPE
Open
Flat Clear Lens
Flat Clear Lens
Prismatic Conical Lens
Flat Clear Lens
Prismatic Conical Lens
Open
Open

11

MOUNTING
CODE
OPTIONS
XX
XXX

INDOOR LIGHTING COMPONENT ORDERING LOGIC

HIGH BAY

WATTAGE
All
All
175-250 watt max
175-250 watt max
320-400 watt max
320-400 watt max
320-400 watt max
175-250 watt max

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ I-143

I

COMPONENT ORDERING LOGIC — NUVATION
As shown below, components can be ordered separately. The ordering logic for
components can be derived from the product ordering number logic shown above each
product grouping. The groupings explain the procedure to derive component ordering
numbers.

EXAMPLES:
LOWMOUNT ® II LUMINAIRE
COMPLETE UNIT NUMBER

LME W 40

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

COLOR
X

WATTAGE
XX

N

BALLAST COMPONENT LOGIC

UGE W 40

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

COLOR
X

WATTAGE
XX

G

E

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

N

BALLAST
TYPE
X

G

E

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

UNIMOUNT® 150 LUMINAIRE — NUVATION

LOW BAY ENCLOSED

BALLAST
TYPE
X

EA

VE

OPTICAL
CODE
XX

PHOTOMETRY
XX

N

11

SOCKET
POSITION
X

LOW BAY ENCLOSED

11

MOUNTING
CODE
OPTIONS
XX
XXX

MOUNTING
CODE
XX

PRODUCT ID.
XXXX

OPTICAL
XX

Limited to
Q,W

INDOOR LIGHTING COMPONENT ORDERING LOGIC

I

UNIMOUNT 400 LUMINAIRE
®

UME W 40
COLOR
X

WATTAGE
XX

N

UGE W 40

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

COLOR WATTAGE
X
XX

G

N

LOW BAY

E

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

BALLAST COMPONENT LOGIC

COLOR
X

G

BALLAST
TYPE
X

E

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

BALLAST
TYPE
X

EA

AG
PHOTOMETRY
XX

G

11

SOCKET
POSITION
X

MOUNTING
CODE
XX

OPTICAL COMPONENT LOGIC

U4MU4MW- EA
PRODUCT ID.
XXX
W=
Inside reflector
painted white.

OPTICAL
XX

11

OPTICAL
X

W

MOUNTING
CODE
OPTIONS
XX
XXX

W
OPTIONS
XXX
Limited to
A,B,F,K,
Q,R,T,W,Y

W
OPTIONS
X
Limited to
H or W

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-144/2005

N

WATTAGE
XX

U1MU1MW- TA
W=
Inside reflector
painted white.

ENCLOSED

OPTICAL
CODE
XX

WATTAGE
XX

www.gelightingsystems.com

G

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

G

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

OPTICAL COMPONENT LOGIC

PRODUCT ID.
XXX

Limited to Q, T

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

COLOR
X

N

UGE W 25

OPTIONS
X

COMPLETE UNIT NUMBER

UTE W 25

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

OPTIONS
XXX

Q

COMPLETE UNIT NUMBER

BALLAST COMPONENT LOGIC

Q

OPTICAL COMPONENT LOGIC

L42M- AT

Q

W
OPTIONS
X
Limited to
H or W

E
BALLAST
TYPE
X

E
BALLAST
TYPE
X

EA

AG

OPTICAL
CODE
XX

PHOTOMETRY
XX

G
SOCKET
POSITION
X

11
MOUNTING
CODE
XX

11

W

MOUNTING
CODE
OPTIONS
XX
XXX

W
OPTIONS
XXX
Limited to
B,F,K,
Q,R,T,W,Y

COMPONENT ORDERING LOGIC — GEN 5 & GEN 6
As shown below, components can be ordered separately. The ordering logic for
components can be derived from the product ordering number logic shown above each
product grouping. The groupings explain the procedure to derive component ordering
numbers.

EXAMPLES:
COMPLETE UNIT NUMBER

FG6 G

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

01

COLOR WATTAGE
X
XX

M

0

BALLAST COMPONENT LOGIC

FG6 G

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

COLOR
X

01

WATTAGE
XX

A

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

M

BALLAST
TYPE
X

0

A

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

BALLAST
TYPE
X

DURAGLOW ® 1000 LUMINAIRE

HIGH BAY ENCLOSED

E2

EX

OPTICAL
CODE
XX

PHOTOMETRY
XX

N

11

SOCKET
POSITION
X

MOUNTING
CODE
XX

11

B

MOUNTING
CODE
OPTIONS
XX
X

COMPLETE UNIT NUMBER

DG6 G

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

01

COLOR WATTAGE
X
XX

M

0

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

BALLAST COMPONENT LOGIC

B

FG6 G

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

OPTIONS
X

01

COLOR WATTAGE
X
XX

M

A
BALLAST
TYPE
X

0

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

HIGH BAY

E2

EX

OPTICAL
CODE
XX

PHOTOMETRY
XX

N

A
BALLAST
TYPE
X

ENCLOSED

SOCKET
POSITION
X

11

11
MOUNTING
CODE
XX

B
OPTIONS
X

Limited to
A,B,D,F,K,
Q,R,W

OPTICAL COMPONENT LOGIC

FG-

PRODUCT ID.
XX

G

COLOR
X

11

E2

SOCKET
POSITION
XX

Limited to
A,B,F,K,
Q,R,S

OPTICAL COMPONENT LOGIC

Q

OPTICAL
XX

DG-

OPTIONS

PRODUCT ID.
XX

Limited to
D, Q, T

Opticals ordered by socket
position. See Photometric
Selection Table on product
page for socket position for
spacing criterion.

B

MOUNTING
CODE
OPTIONS
XX
X

G

COLOR
X

11

V2

SOCKET
POSITION
XX

OPTICAL
XX

OPTIONS
Limited to
Q, S, T

Opticals ordered by socket
position. See Photometric
Selection Table on product
page for socket position for
spacing criterion.

INTERCHANGEABILITY OF STANDARD OPTICALS–FILTERGLOW LUMINAIRE

Q

INTERCHANGEABILITY OF STANDARD OPTICALS–DURAGLOW LUMINAIRE

The only variation between standard optical assemblies of the same size (17- or 22-inch [432
or 559mm]) is socket setting. If the SC desired is not shown under Ordering information, refer
to Photometric Data table. Find the desired SC, socket setting, reflector size and select proper
optical assembly from Photometric Data table. The combination of proper ballast assembly and
this optical will give desired photometrics. Order the ballast and optical components both.
If optical assembly selected is not a stock item, socket position on standard stockable
optical assembly can be easily changed in the field to desired position for small lots.

The only variation between standard optical assemblies of the same size (17- or 22-inch [432
or 559mm]) is socket setting. If the SC desired is not shown under Ordering information, refer
to Photometric Data table. Find the desired SC, socket setting, reflector size and select proper
optical assembly from Photometric Data table. The combination of proper ballast assembly and
this optical will give desired photometrics. Order the ballast and optical components both.
If optical assembly selected is not a stock item, socket position on standard stockable
optical assembly can be easily changed in the field to desired position for small lots.

FILTERGLOW ® 400 LUMINAIRE

DURAGLOW ® 400 LUMINAIRE

COMPLETE UNIT NUMBER

FG5 G

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

40

COLOR WATTAGE
X
XX

M

0

BALLAST COMPONENT LOGIC

FG5 G

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

COLOR
X

40

WATTAGE
XX

M

PRODUCT ID.
XX

G

COLOR
X

07

SOCKET
POSITION
XX

Opticals ordered by socket
position. See Photometric
Selection Table on product
page for socket position for
spacing criterion.

E7

OPTICAL
XX

BALLAST
TYPE
X

0

A

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

OPTICAL COMPONENT LOGIC

FG-

A

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

BALLAST
TYPE
X

HIGH BAY

ENCLOSED

E7

EX

OPTICAL
CODE
XX

PHOTOMETRY
XX

N

11

SOCKET
POSITION
X

MOUNTING
CODE
XX

11

B

MOUNTING
CODE
OPTIONS
XX
X

B
OPTIONS
X
Limited to
A,B,D,F,K,
Q,R,W, Y

Q
OPTIONS
Limited to
D, Q, T

COMPLETE UNIT NUMBER

DG5 G

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

40

COLOR WATTAGE
X
XX

M

0

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

BALLAST COMPONENT LOGIC

FG5 G

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

40

COLOR WATTAGE
X
XX

M

OPTICAL COMPONENT LOGIC

DG-

PRODUCT ID.
XX

G

COLOR
X

07

V7

SOCKET
POSITION
XX

OPTICAL
XX

Opticals ordered by socket
position. See Photometric
Selection Table on product
page for socket position for
spacing criterion.

A
BALLAST
TYPE
X

0

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

HIGH BAY ENCLOSED

A
BALLAST
TYPE
X

V7

EX

OPTICAL
CODE
XX

PHOTOMETRY
XX

N

11

SOCKET
POSITION
X

MOUNTING
CODE
XX

11

B

MOUNTING
CODE
OPTIONS
XX
X

B

INDOOR LIGHTING COMPONENT ORDERING LOGIC

FILTERGLOW ® 1000 LUMINAIRE

OPTIONS
X
Limited to
A,B,F,K,
Q,R, Y

Q
OPTIONS
Limited to
Q, S, T

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ I-145

I

COMPONENT ORDERING LOGIC — GEN 5 & GEN 6
As shown below, components can be ordered separately. The ordering logic for
components can be derived from the product ordering number logic shown above each
product grouping. The groupings explain the procedure to derive component ordering
numbers.

EXAMPLES:
OMNIGLOW TM 1000 LUMINAIRE
OPEN
COMPLETE UNIT NUMBER

OG6 G

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

COLOR
X

01

WATTAGE
XX

M

FG6 G

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

01

COLOR WATTAGE
X
XX

HIGH BAY OR LOW BAY ENCLOSED

0

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

BALLAST COMPONENT LOGIC

M

BALLAST
TYPE
X

0

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

V8

EX

OPTICAL
CODE
XX

PHOTOMETRY
XX

N

11

A

A
BALLAST
TYPE
X

SOCKET
POSITION
X

MOUNTING
CODE
XX

I

INDOOR LIGHTING COMPONENT ORDERING LOGIC

PRODUCT ID.
XXXX

COLOR
X

SOCKET
POSITION OPTICAL
XX
XXXX

COMPLETE UNIT NUMBER

COLOR
X

40

WATTAGE
XX

M

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

40

COLOR WATTAGE
X
XX

0

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

BALLAST COMPONENT LOGIC

FG5 G

PRODUCT ID.
XXXX

COLOR
X

B

M

0

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

Opticals ordered by socket
position. See Photometric
Selection Table on product
page for socket position for
spacing criterion.

40

COLOR
X

WATTAGE
XX

FG5 G

OPTIONS
X

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

WATTAGE
XX

A
SOCKET
POSITION
X

0

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

M

0

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

A
BALLAST
TYPE
X

A
BALLAST
TYPE
X

EA

VA

OPTICAL
CODE
XX

PHOTOMETRY
XX

N

11

SOCKET
POSITION
X

11

ENCLOSED OR OPEN

V4

ES

OPTICAL
CODE
XX

PHOTOMETRY
XX

N

11

A

A

SOCKET
POSITION
X

MOUNTING
CODE
XX

11

B

MOUNTING
CODE
OPTIONS
XX
XXX

B
OPTIONS
XXX
Limited to
B,F,K,
Q,R, Y

OPTIONS
X
Limited to
Q, S, T

VERSABEAM

Q

OPTICAL
XX

OPTIONS
X

MOUNTING
CODE
OPTIONS
XX
XXX

B

MOUNTING
CODE
XX

OPTIONS
XXX

Limited to
D, Q, T

LUMINAIRE

TM

COMPLETE UNIT NUMBER

VB5 G

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

40

COLOR
X

WATTAGE
XX

M

UG5 G

40

COLOR
X

WATTAGE
XX

M

PRODUCT ID.
XXX
VBF=VERSABEAM
OPTICAL FOR
GEN5 DIRECT
MTG

EA

LENS
TYPE
XX
EA=
Enclosed
Acrylic

www.gelightingsystems.com

0

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

OPTICAL COMPONENT LOGIC

VBF-

0

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

BALLAST COMPONENT LOGIC

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

B

Limited to
B,D,F,K,
Q,R,W, Y

EA

A = 400 Watt MH & 350 Watt
PMH (ED37)
G = 200 to 400 watt HPS
V = 175, 250 Watt MH & 320 Watt
PMH(ED28)

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-146/2005

M

40

COLOR
X

PRODUCT ID.
XXX

07 V14G Q
SOCKET
POSITION OPTICAL
XX
XXXX

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

G

VBD-

HIGH BAY

BALLAST
TYPE
X

VS5

BALLAST COMPONENT LOGIC

Limited to
Q, S, T

BALLAST
TYPE
X

COMPLETE UNIT NUMBER

OPTICAL COMPONENT LOGIC

OPTICAL COMPONENT LOGIC

OMGA-(14)
OMGB-(18) G

MOUNTING
CODE
OPTIONS
XX
X

OPTIONS
X

OMNIGLOW TM 400 LUMINAIRE

OG5 G

B

11 E18G Q

Opticals ordered by socket
position. See Photometric
Selection Table on product
page for socket position for
spacing criterion.

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

11

Limited to
A,B,F,K,
Q,R,S

OPTICAL COMPONENT LOGIC

OMGA-(14)
OMGB-(18) G

VERSABEAM DISCONNECTTM400 LUMINAIRE

HIGH BAY ENCLOSED OR

HIGH BAY OR LOW BAY

A
BALLAST
TYPE
X

A
BALLAST
TYPE
X

EA

AA

OPTICAL
CODE
XX

PHOTOMETRY
XX

A
SOCKET
POSITION
X

11
MOUNTING
CODE
XX

A = 400 Watt MH & 350 Watt
PMH (ED37)
G = 200 to 400 watt HPS
V = 175, 250 Watt MH & 320 Watt
PMH(ED28)

ENCLOSED

11

B

MOUNTING
CODE
OPTIONS
XX
XXX

B
OPTIONS
XXX
Limited to
B,F,K,
Q,R,T,W, Y

Note: Previous VB-EA optical used with
previous small industrial housing (Generation
4) is not adaptable to Gen 5 ballast. Order
VBF-EA when optical is used with Generation
5 ballast. Order Generation 5, Versabeam
reflector assembly 35-965240-09 to reuse
existing lens/clampband assembly.
Note: VBM-EA 40°C max ambient required for
use with Mag Rag Ballast.

COMPONENT ORDERING LOGIC — GEN 5 & GEN 6
As shown below, components can be ordered separately. The ordering logic for
components can be derived from the product ordering number logic shown above each
product grouping. The groupings explain the procedure to derive component ordering
numbers.

EXAMPLES:
COMPLETE UNIT NUMBER

OB6 W 01

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

COLOR WATTAGE
X
XX

M

0

UG6 W 01

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

COLOR WATTAGE
X
XX

M

PRODUCT ID.
XXX

A

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

V

26

OPTICAL
TYPE
X

OPTICAL
SIZE
XX

A

BALLAST
TYPE
X

OB5 W 40
COLOR
X

WATTAGE
XX

M

UG5 W 40

0

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

COLOR
X

WATTAGE
XX

M

OMB-

PRODUCT ID.
XXXX

V

26

OPTICAL
TYPE
X

OPTICAL
SIZE
XX

SIZE
26"
26"
22"
22"
22"
22"
22"
22"

OPEN OR ENCLOSED
Open
Enclosed
Enclosed
Enclosed
Enclosed
Enclosed
Open
Open

MOUNTING
CODE
XX

LENS
TYPE
X

COLOR
X

HIGH BAY

A
BALLAST
TYPE
X

V6

AB
PHOTOMETRY
XX

OPTIONS
X

B

11

SOCKET
POSITION
X

MOUNTING
CODE
XX

11

B

OPTIONS
XXX

1

COLOR
X

WATTAGE
XX

E

26
OPTICAL
SIZE
XX

A
BALLAST
TYPE
X

0

A
BALLAST
TYPE
X

D6
OPTICAL
CODE
XX

A
SOCKET
POSITION
X

AA
PHOTOMETRY
XX

11
MOUNTING
CODE
XX

UG6 G

COLOR
X

01

UG6 G

COLOR
X

01

M

WATTAGE
XX

0

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

BALLAST COMPONENT LOGIC

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

B
OPTIONS
XXX

B1

M

WATTAGE
XX

B

OPTICAL
MATERIAL
X

COMPLETE UNIT NUMBER

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

11

MOUNTING
CODE
OPTIONS
XX
XXX

Limited to
B,D,F,K,
Q,R,W

UNIGLOW ® 1000 LUMINAIRE

0

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

HIGH BAY

A
BALLAST
TYPE
X

A
BALLAST
TYPE
X

ENCLOSED OR OPEN

V2

AA

OPTICAL
CODE
XX

PHOTOMETRY
XX

A
SOCKET
POSITION
X

11
MOUNTING
CODE
XX

11

B

MOUNTING
CODE
OPTIONS
XX
X

B
OPTIONS
X
Limited to
A,B,F,K

OPTICAL COMPONENT LOGIC

PRODUCT ID.
XXXX

V2

OPTICAL
X

1 = Clear

TYPE
Open
Flat Clear Lens
Flat Clear Lens
Prismatic Conical Lens
Flat Clear Lens
Prismatic Conical Lens
Open
Open

M

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

OPTICAL
TYPE
X

UG-

REFLECTOR
FILL
X

0

ENCLOSED

OPTICAL COMPONENT LOGIC

MOUNTING
CODE
OPTIONS
XX
XXX

B

WATTAGE
XX

FP5 W 40

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

ENCLOSED OR OPEN

OPTICAL
CODE
XX

M

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

BALLAST COMPONENT LOGIC

B

Limited to
B,F,K,Q,
R,S,T,W,Y

A

FP5 W 40

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

PRODUCT ID.
XXX

BALLAST
TYPE
X

0

A = Acrylic
OPTICAL
OMB
OMBE
OMBF
OMBP
OMBJ
OMBH
OMBK
OMBV

SOCKET
POSITION
X

HIGH BAY

COMPLETE UNIT NUMBER

FPR-

A

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

OPTICAL COMPONENT LOGIC

11

B

1 = Clear

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

BALLAST COMPONENT LOGIC

C

11

MOUNTING
CODE
OPTIONS
XX
X

Limited to
A,B,F,K,
Q,R,S

OMNIBEAMTM 400 LUMINAIRE

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

AC
PHOTOMETRY
XX

FOODPROTM LUMINAIRE

OPEN

REFLECTOR
FILL
X

A = Acrylic

COMPLETE UNIT NUMBER

V6
OPTICAL
CODE
XX

1

LENS
TYPE
X

OMB = Omnibeam 26"
Optical Open
OMBE = Omnibeam 26"
Optical Enclosed

BALLAST
TYPE
X

0

OPTICAL COMPONENT LOGIC

OMB-

A

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

BALLAST COMPONENT LOGIC

HIGH BAY

W

INDOOR LIGHTING COMPONENT ORDERING LOGIC

OMNIBEAM TM 1000 LUMINAIRE

OPTIONS
X
Limited to
H or W

WATTAGE
All
All
175-250 watt max
175-250 watt max
320-400 watt max
320-400 watt max
320-400 watt max
175-250 watt max

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ I-147

I

COMPONENT ORDERING LOGIC — GEN 5 & GEN 6
As shown below, components can be ordered separately. The ordering logic for
components can be derived from the product ordering number logic shown above each
product grouping. The groupings explain the procedure to derive component ordering
numbers.

EXAMPLES:
UNIGLOW® 400 LUMINAIRE
COMPLETE UNIT NUMBER

UG5 G

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

40

M

COLOR WATTAGE
X
XX

BALLAST COMPONENT LOGIC

UG5 G

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

40

M

COLOR WATTAGE
X
XX

0

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

0

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

HIGH BAY ENCLOSED OR OPEN

A
BALLAST
TYPE
X

A
BALLAST
TYPE
X

E7

AA

OPTICAL
CODE
XX

PHOTOMETRY
XX

A

11

SOCKET
POSITION
X

11

MOUNTING
CODE
XX

E7

W

PRODUCT ID.
XX

OPTICAL
XX

OPTIONS
X

INDOOR LIGHTING COMPONENT ORDERING LOGIC

I

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

25

M

COLOR WATTAGE
X
XX

UG5 G

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

25

M

COLOR WATTAGE
X
XX

0

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

BALLAST COMPONENT LOGIC

OPTIONS
XXX

0

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

A
BALLAST
TYPE
X

A
BALLAST
TYPE
X

E6

AD

OPTICAL
CODE
XX

PHOTOMETRY
XX

D

11

WATTAGE
XX

25

COLOR
X

M

WATTAGE
XX

U4MU4MW- EA

W

MOUNTING
CODE
OPTIONS
XX
XXX

11

SOCKET
POSITION
X

M

OPTICAL
XX

A
BALLAST
TYPE
X

EA

AG

OPTICAL
CODE
XX

PHOTOMETRY
XX

G
SOCKET
POSITION
X

11

OPTICAL
XX

Limited to
H or W

COMPLETE UNIT NUMBER

UT5 G

25

COLOR
X

M

WATTAGE
XX

UG5 G

OPTIONS
X

COLOR
X

M

WATTAGE
XX

0

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

25

U1MU1MW- TA

Limited to
H or W

LOWMOUNT ® II LUMINAIRE
COMPLETE UNIT NUMBER

LM5 G

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

40

COLOR WATTAGE
X
XX

M

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

BALLAST COMPONENT LOGIC

FG5 G

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

40

COLOR WATTAGE
X
XX

M

PRODUCT ID.
XXXX

OPTICAL
XX

0

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

OPTICAL COMPONENT LOGIC

L42M- AT

0

Q

OPTIONS
X
Limited to Q, T

LOW BAY

A
BALLAST
TYPE
X

A
BALLAST
TYPE
X

VE

OPTICAL
CODE
XX

PHOTOMETRY
XX

N

11

SOCKET
POSITION
X

PRODUCT ID.
XXX

ENCLOSED

EA

MOUNTING
CODE
XX

11

B

MOUNTING
CODE
OPTIONS
XX
XXX

B
OPTIONS
XXX
Limited to
B,F,K,
Q,R,W, Y

0

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

LOW BAY

A
BALLAST
TYPE
X

A
BALLAST
TYPE
X

ENCLOSED

EA

AG

OPTICAL
CODE
XX

PHOTOMETRY
XX

G
SOCKET
POSITION
X

OPTICAL
X

GL4 G

25

COLOR
X

WATTAGE
XX

UG4 G

25

COLOR
X

Limited to
B,F,K,
Q,R,T,W,Y

M

WATTAGE
XX

0

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

M

0

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

TA

OPTICAL
XX

TA = Enclosed Acrylic

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.

A
BALLAST
TYPE
X

A
BALLAST
TYPE
X

EA
OPTICAL
CODE
XX

H
SOCKET
POSITION
X

AH
PHOTOMETRY
XX

11
MOUNTING
CODE
XX

11

B

MOUNTING
CODE
OPTIONS
XX
XXX

B
OPTIONS
XXX
Limited to
B,F,K,
Q,R,T,W,Y

OPTICAL COMPONENT LOGIC

www.gelightingsystems.com

OPTIONS
XXX

LOW BAY ENCLOSED

BALLAST COMPONENT LOGIC

GLB-

W

Limited to
H or W

COMPLETE UNIT NUMBER

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

MOUNTING
CODE
OPTIONS
XX
XXX

11
MOUNTING
CODE
XX

W

OPTIONS
X

GLBTM LUMINAIRE

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

11

W

W=
Inside reflector
painted white.

PRODUCT ID.
XXX

I-148/2005

OPTIONS
XXX
Limited to
A,B,F,K,
Q,R,T,W,Y

UNIMOUNT® 150 LUMINAIRE

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

Limited to
B,F,K,Q,R,
T,W,Y

W

W

MOUNTING
CODE
XX

OPTICAL COMPONENT LOGIC
PRODUCT ID.
XXXX

11

MOUNTING
CODE
OPTIONS
XX
XXX

OPTIONS
X

BALLAST COMPONENT LOGIC
OPTIONS
XXX

W

0

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

A
BALLAST
TYPE
X

W

W=
Inside reflector
painted white.

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

W

MOUNTING
CODE
XX

0

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

LOW BAY ENCLOSED

OPTICAL COMPONENT LOGIC

ENCLOSED OR OPEN

OPTICAL COMPONENT LOGIC

U1GA- E6

COLOR
X

PRODUCT ID.
XXX

HIGH BAY

25

UG5 G

Limited to
A,B,F,K,Q,
R,T,W,Y

UNIGLOW® 150 LUMINAIRE

UW5 G

UM5 G

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

Limited to
H or W

COMPLETE UNIT NUMBER

COMPLETE UNIT NUMBER

BALLAST COMPONENT LOGIC

W

OPTICAL COMPONENT LOGIC

UG-

W

MOUNTING
CODE
OPTIONS
XX
XXX

UNIMOUNT® 400 LUMINAIRE

OPTIONS
X
LIMITED TO "W"

COMPONENT ORDERING LOGIC — GENERAL DUTY BALLAST
As shown below, components can be ordered separately. The ordering logic for
components can be derived from the product ordering number logic shown above each
product grouping. The groupings explain the procedure to derive component ordering
numbers.

EXAMPLES:
COMPLETE UNIT NUMBER

MB4 W 40

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

COLOR WATTAGE
X
XX

M

UG4 W 40

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

COLOR WATTAGE
X
XX

0

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

BALLAST COMPONENT LOGIC

M

0

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

EA

AA

OPTICAL
CODE
XX

PHOTOMETRY
XX

A

11

A
BALLAST
TYPE
X

A
BALLAST
TYPE
X

SOCKET
POSITION
X

MOUNTING
CODE
XX

PRODUCT ID.
XX

EA

UG4 W 40

COLOR WATTAGE
X
XX

M

40

COLOR WATTAGE
X
XX

0

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

BALLAST COMPONENT LOGIC

UG5 G

UG-

E7

PRODUCT ID.
XX

OPTICAL
XX

M

0

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

E7

AA

OPTICAL
CODE
XX

PHOTOMETRY
XX

A

11

A

OPTIONS
XXX

BALLAST
TYPE
X

A
BALLAST
TYPE
X

SOCKET
POSITION
X

MOUNTING
CODE
XX

GH4 W 40

COLOR WATTAGE
X
XX

M

COLOR WATTAGE
X
XX

M

OPTICAL
XX

0

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

OPTICAL COMPONENT LOGIC

GHBB- V6

0

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

BALLAST COMPONENT LOGIC

GH4 W 40

11

COLOR
X

A

A
BALLAST
TYPE
X

WATTAGE
XX

M

V6

NA
PHOTOMETRY
XX

N

11

MOUNTING
CODE
OPTIONS
XX
XXX

SOCKET
POSITION
X

MOUNTING
CODE
XX

COMPLETE UNIT NUMBER

GP4 W 40

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

COLOR
X

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

COLOR
X

WATTAGE
XX

M

WATTAGE
XX

0

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

M

0

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

GL4 W 25
COLOR
X

WATTAGE
XX

UG4 W 25
COLOR
X

A
BALLAST
TYPE
X

A
BALLAST
TYPE
X

V2

NA

OPTICAL
CODE
XX

PHOTOMETRY
XX

N

11

SOCKET
POSITION
X

MOUNTING
CODE
XX

11

B

MOUNTING
CODE
OPTIONS
XX
XXX

B
OPTIONS
XXX
Limited to
B,F,S,Y

M

WATTAGE
XX

GLB-

TA

0

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

M

0

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

OPTICAL COMPONENT LOGIC

PRODUCT ID.
XXX

OPTIONS
XXX

LOW BAY ENCLOSED

BALLAST COMPONENT LOGIC

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

B

OPTICAL
XXXX

COMPLETE UNIT NUMBER

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

B

HIGH BAY OPEN

GHBP- V22A

B

Limited to
B,F,S,Y

11
MOUNTING
CODE
XX

OPTICAL COMPONENT LOGIC

MOUNTING
CODE
OPTIONS
XX
XXX

11

MOUNTING
CODE
OPTIONS
XX
XXX

Limited to
B,F,S,Y

GHB® PRISMATIC LUMINAIRE

GH4 W 40

OPTIONS
XXX

OPTIONS
XXX

N
SOCKET
POSITION
X

NA
PHOTOMETRY
XX

OPTICAL
XX

BALLAST COMPONENT LOGIC

B

B

A
BALLAST
TYPE
X

V6
OPTICAL
CODE
XX

GHBW- V6

B

11

A
BALLAST
TYPE
X

0

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

GLBTM LUMINAIRE

OPTICAL
CODE
XX

0

HIGH BAY OPEN

OPTICAL COMPONENT LOGIC

OPEN

BALLAST
TYPE
X

WATTAGE
XX

M

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

GH4 W 40

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

Limited to
B,F,S,Y

HIGH BAY

COMPLETE UNIT NUMBER

PRODUCT ID.
XX

COLOR
X

PRODUCT ID.
XXXX

GHB® LUMINAIRE

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

GW4 W 40

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

BALLAST COMPONENT LOGIC

B

HIGH BAY ENCLOSED OR OPEN

OPTICAL COMPONENT LOGIC

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

COMPLETE UNIT NUMBER

PRODUCT ID.
XXXX

COMPLETE UNIT NUMBER

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

B

OPTICAL
XX

UNIGLOW® 400 LUMINAIRE

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

11

MOUNTING
CODE
OPTIONS
XX
XXX

Limited to
B,F,Y

OPTICAL COMPONENT LOGIC

MB5-

GHB® WAREHOUSE LUMINAIRE

HIGH BAY ENCLOSED OR OPEN

A
BALLAST
TYPE
X

A
BALLAST
TYPE
X

EA
OPTICAL
CODE
XX

H
SOCKET
POSITION
X

AH
PHOTOMETRY
XX

11
MOUNTING
CODE
XX

11

B

MOUNTING
CODE
OPTIONS
XX
XXX

B

INDOOR LIGHTING COMPONENT ORDERING LOGIC

MIDBAY® LUMINAIRE

OPTIONS
XXX
Limited to
B,F,S,Y

OPTICAL
XX

TA = Enclosed Acrylic

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ I-149

I

COMPONENT ORDERING LOGIC —
GENERAL
DUTY BALLAST
As
shown below, components
can be ordered separately. The ordering logic for

components
can components
be derived from
number
logic shown
As shown below,
canthe
be product
orderedordering
separately.
The ordering
logicabove
for each
product
grouping.
The
groupings
explain
the
procedure
to
derive
component
ordering
components can be derived from the product ordering number logic shown above
each
numbers.
product grouping. The groupings explain the procedure to derive component ordering

numbers.
EXAMPLES:
EXAMPLES:
OMNIBEAMTM 400 LUMINAIRE
COMPLETE UNIT NUMBER

OB4 W 40

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

COLOR
X

WATTAGE
XX

M

0

UG4 W 40

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

COLOR
X

WATTAGE
XX

A

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

BALLAST COMPONENT LOGIC

M

HIGH BAY ENCLOSED OR OPEN

BALLAST
TYPE
X

0

A

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

BALLAST
TYPE
X

V6

AB

OPTICAL
CODE
XX

PHOTOMETRY
XX

B
SOCKET
POSITION
X

11

11
MOUNTING
CODE
XX

B

MOUNTING
CODE
OPTIONS
XX
XXX

B
OPTIONS
XXX
Limited to
B.F.S,Y

OPTICAL COMPONENT LOGIC

OMB-

I

INDOOR LIGHTING COMPONENT ORDERING LOGIC

PRODUCT ID.
XXXX

V

26

OPTICAL
TYPE
X

OPTICAL
SIZE
XX

A

1

LENS
TYPE
X

REFLECTOR
FILL
X

A = Acrylic
OPTICAL
OMB
OMBE
OMBF
OMBP
OMBJ
OMBH
OMBK
OMBV

SIZE
26"
26"
22"
22"
22"
22"
22"
22"

OPEN OR ENCLOSED
Open
Enclosed
Enclosed
Enclosed
Enclosed
Enclosed
Open
Open

1 = Clear

TYPE
Open
Flat Clear Lens
Flat Clear Lens
Prismatic Conical Lens
Flat Clear Lens
Prismatic Conical Lens
Open
Open

WATTAGE
All
All
250 watt max
250 watt max
320-400 watt max
320-400 watt max
320-400 watt max
250 watt max

COMPONENT ORDERING LOGIC — CHARGER
CHH ® CHARGER 1000 LUMINAIRE
COMPLETE UNIT NUMBER

CHH W 01

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

COLOR
X

WATTAGE
XX

M

BALLAST COMPONENT LOGIC

CHH W 01

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

COLOR WATTAGE
X
XX

M

PRODUCT ID.
XXXX

V2
OPTICAL
XX

P

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

OPTICAL COMPONENT LOGIC

UG

P

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

A
BALLAST
TYPE
X

A
BALLAST
TYPE
X

CHB ® CHARGER LUMINAIRE

HIGH BAY OPEN

V2

AA

OPTICAL
CODE
XX

PHOTOMETRY
XX

A

12

SOCKET
POSITION
X

MOUNTING
CODE
XX

12

Q

MOUNTING
CODE
OPTIONS
XX
X

Q
OPTIONS
X
Limited to
F,Q,S

COMPLETE UNIT NUMBER

CHB W 40

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

COLOR
X

BALLAST COMPONENT LOGIC

CHB W 40

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

COLOR
X

WATTAGE
XX

EHBA- V6
PRODUCT ID.
XXXX

OPTICAL
XX

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

0

M

0

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

OPTICAL COMPONENT LOGIC

UG = E2-Enclosed
with door glass

I-150/2005

WATTAGE
XX

M

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

HIGH BAY

A
BALLAST
TYPE
X

A
BALLAST
TYPE
X

V6
OPTICAL
CODE
XX

N
SOCKET
POSITION
X

OPEN

NA
PHOTOMETRY
XX

12
MOUNTING
CODE
XX

12

Q

MOUNTING
CODE
OPTIONS
XX
X

Q
OPTIONS
X
Limited to
F,Q,S,T,Y

COMPONENT ORDERING LOGIC — CHARGER
As shown below, components can be ordered separately. The ordering logic for
components can be derived from the product ordering number logic shown above each
product grouping. The groupings explain the procedure to derive component ordering
numbers.

EXAMPLES:
CLB TM CHARGER LUMINAIRE
COMPLETE UNIT NUMBER

CLB W 40

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

COLOR
X

WATTAGE
XX

M

0

BALLAST COMPONENT LOGIC

CHB W 40

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

COLOR
X

WATTAGE
XX

M

EA

A

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

BALLAST
TYPE
X

0

BALLAST
TYPE
X

NA

OPTICAL
CODE
XX

PHOTOMETRY
XX

N

12

A

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

SOCKET
POSITION
X

12

EA

PRODUCT ID.
XXX

OPTICAL
X

Q

MOUNTING
CODE
OPTIONS
XX
X

MOUNTING
CODE
XX

CPB W 40

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

COLOR
X

M

WATTAGE
XX

0

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

CHB W 40

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

OPTIONS
X
Limited to
F, Q,Y

Q

COMPLETE UNIT NUMBER

BALLAST COMPONENT LOGIC

Q

OPTICAL COMPONENT LOGIC

CLBA-

CPB TM CHARGER LUMINAIRE

LOW BAY ENCLOSED

OPTIONS
X

COLOR
X

M

WATTAGE
XX

V2

A
BALLAST
TYPE
X

0

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

PRISMATIC

OPTICAL
CODE
XX

N

A
BALLAST
TYPE
X

NA

SOCKET
POSITION
X

12

PHOTOMETRY
XX

12

Q

MOUNTING
CODE
XX

OPTIONS
X

OPTICAL COMPONENT LOGIC

CHBP- CV
PRODUCT ID.
XXX

OPTICAL
XX

Limited to
F, Q, S,Y

Q

CPBA-V2A = V2A 22" open and ventilated prismatic acrylic
reflector (bracket mounted)
CHBP-CV = Direct mount prismatic acrylic reflector
(Requires EAPL2-GHBP lens. Order separately.)

CHBP only
Limited to Q

OPTIONS
X

Q

MOUNTING
CODE
OPTIONS
XX
X

CPH ® CHARGER 1000 LUMINAIRE
COMPLETE UNIT NUMBER

CPH W 01

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

COLOR WATTAGE
X
XX

M

P

BALLAST COMPONENT LOGIC

CHH W 01

PRODUCT
IDENT.
XXX

COLOR WATTAGE
X
XX

M

PRISMATIC OPEN

V6

AA

OPTICAL
CODE
XX

PHOTOMETRY
XX

A

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

BALLAST
TYPE
X

P

A

A

LIGHT
SOURCE VOLTAGE
X
X

BALLAST
TYPE
X

SOCKET
POSITION
X

12

Q

MOUNTING
CODE
OPTIONS
XX
X

12

Q

MOUNTING
CODE
XX

OPTIONS
X
Limited to
F,Q,S

OPTICAL COMPONENT LOGIC

CPH V2GA
PRODUCT ID.
XXXX

INDOOR LIGHTING COMPONENT ORDERING LOGIC

Limited to Q

OPTICAL
XX

UG = E2-Enclosed
with door glass

COMPONENT ORDERING LOGIC — OTHER/LOW BAY
LOWMOUNT ® 400 LUMINAIRE
COMPLETE UNIT NUMBER

L4MU

PRODUCT ID.
XXXX

40

WATTAGE
XX

S

LIGHT
SOURCE
X

0
VOLTAGE
X

M

5

19

BALLAST
TYPE
X

AMBIENT
°C
X

SPACING
CRITERION
XX

BALLAST COMPONENT LOGIC

L4MU
L4MD
PRODUCT ID.
XXX

40
WATTAGE
XX

S
LIGHT
SOURCE
X

PRODUCT ID.
XXXX

OPTICAL
XX

AD
OPTICAL
XX

D
OPTIONS
XXX

COMPLETE UNIT NUMBER

L1M

PRODUCT ID.
XXX

07

WATTAGE
XX

0

M

5

D

BALLAST
VOLTAGE TYPE
X
X

AMBIENT
°C
X

OPTIONS
XXX

D
OPTIONS
X

Limited to D,W*
NOTE: *Required for L4MD only

Limited to
B,D,E,F,J,
N,P,Q,W

L1M

PRODUCT ID.
XXX

07

WATTAGE
XX

4

17

TA

AMBIENT
°C
X

SPACING
CRITERION
XX

OPTICAL
XX

H

4

17

D

BALLAST
VOLTAGE TYPE
X
X

AMBIENT
°C
X

SPACING
CRITERION
XX

OPTIONS
XXX

OPTICAL COMPONENT LOGIC

L1M-

PRODUCT ID.
XXX

TA

OPTICAL
XX

ENCLOSED

H

0

S

LIGHT
SOURCE
X

LOW BAY

BALLAST
VOLTAGE TYPE
X
X

S

LIGHT
SOURCE
X

BALLAST COMPONENT LOGIC

OPTICAL COMPONENT LOGIC

L4MU- AN
L4MD- AD

LOWMOUNT ® 150 LUMINAIRE

LOW BAY ENCLOSED

D

0

D
OPTIONS
XXX

Limited to
B,D,E,F,J,
N,P,Q,W

OPTIONS
X
Limited to D, W

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ I-151

I

COMPONENTORDERING
COMPONENT
ORDERINGLOGIC
LOGIC— OTHER/LOW BAY
As shown below, components can be ordered separately. The ordering logic for
components can be derived from the product ordering number logic shown above each
product grouping. The groupings explain the procedure to derive component ordering
numbers.

EXAMPLES:
CONSERVA® 400 LUMINAIRE

LOW BAY

VERSAGLOW® 150 AND 250 LUMINAIRE

ENCLOSED

COMPLETE UNIT NUMBER

C4S
C4SW
PRODUCT ID.
XXX

40
WATTAGE
XX

S
LIGHT
SOURCE
X

0

A

4

BALLAST
VOLTAGE TYPE
X
X

AMBIENT
°C
X

2

EA
OPTICAL
REFRACTOR
XX

Q

MOUNTING
RECEPTACLE OPTIONS
X
XXX

BALLAST COMPONENT LOGIC

C4S
C4SW
PRODUCT ID.
XXX

40
WATTAGE
XX

S
LIGHT
SOURCE
X

INDOOR LIGHTING COMPONENT ORDERING LOGIC

I

PRODUCT ID.
XXXX

0

A

X

Q

BALLAST
VOLTAGE TYPE
X
X

AMBIENT
°C
X

OPTIONS
XXX

PRODUCT ID.
XXX

WATTAGE
XX

V1GPRODUCT ID.
XXX

See Mounting Receptacle Column on product page for
ordering nomenclature.
Example:2=MPM-3PR.

LOW BAY

PRODUCT ID.
XXX

WATTAGE
XX

0

H

BALLAST
VOLTAGE TYPE
X
X

S
LIGHT
SOURCE
X

5
AMBIENT
°C
X

2

TA

Q

MOUNTING
RECEPTACLE OPTIONS
X
XXX

OPTICAL
XX

PRODUCT ID.
XXXX

0

H

X

Q

BALLAST
VOLTAGE TYPE
X
X

AMBIENT
°C
X

OPTIONS
XX

PRODUCT ID.
XXX

WATTAGE
XX

PRODUCT ID.
XXX

15
WATTAGE
XX

S
LIGHT
SOURCE
X

1
VOLTAGE
X

PRODUCT ID.
XX

UL1572 SUITABLE FOR WET LOCATIONS

H
BALLAST
TYPE
X

4
AMBIENT
°C
X

1

3P

GG

INCLUDES
BALLASTCOVER

XX

4

Q

BALLAST
VOLTAGE TYPE
X
X

AMBIENT
°C
X

OPTIONS
XXX

OPTICAL
XX(X)

WATTAGE
XX

S
LIGHT
SOURCE
X

0

Q

MOUNTING
RECEPTACLE OPTIONS
X
XXX

OPTICAL
XX

H

X

Q

BALLAST
VOLTAGE TYPE
X
X

AMBIENT
°C
X

OPTIONS
XXX
Limited to
B,F,Q

TA

MOUNTING COMPONENT LOGIC
See Mounting Receptacle Table on product page for ordering
nomenclature. Example: 1=MPM-C.

OPTICAL
XX

07

WATTAGE
XX

S

LIGHT
SOURCE
X

0

LOW BAY

ENCLOSED OR OPEN

H

X

E5A

BALLAST
VOLTAGE TYPE
X
X

AMBIENT
°C
X

OPTICAL
REFRACTOR
XXX

07
WATTAGE
XX

S
LIGHT
SOURCE
X

0

H

X

Q

BALLAST
VOLTAGE TYPE
X
X

AMBIENT
°C
X

OPTIONS
XXX

2

Q

MOUNTING
RECEPTACLE OPTIONS
X
XXX

Limited to
B,F,Q,Y

MOUNTING COMPONENT LOGIC
See Mounting Receptacle Table on product page for ordering
nomenclature. Example: 2=MPM-3PR.

OPTICAL
XXX

SBI ® INDUSTRIAL LUMINAIRE

OPTIONS
XXX

SBI
PRODUCT ID.
XXX

SBI
PRODUCT ID.
XXX

OPTICAL COMPONENT LOGIC

MGAPRODUCT ID.
XXXXX

I-152/2005

F

MOUNTING

H

3P
MOUNTING
XX

15

LOW BAY ENCLOSED OR OPEN

15
WATTAGE
XX

S
LIGHT
SOURCE
X

0

N

BALLAST
VOLTAGE TYPE
X
X

LBR
OPTICAL
TYPE
XXX

BALLAST COMPONENT LOGIC

MOUNTING COMPONENT LOGIC

MG-

AMBIENT
°C
X

1

BALLAST COMPONENT LOGIC

PRODUCT ID.
XXX

BALLAST COMPONENT LOGIC

MGA

BALLAST
VOLTAGE TYPE
X
X

TA

COMPLETE UNIT NUMBER

S

LIGHT
SOURCE
X

4

MMIMML- E5A

See Mounting Receptacle Column on product page for
ordering nomenclature.
Example:2=MPM-3PR.

COMPLETE UNIT NUMBER

15

H

OPTICAL COMPONENT LOGIC

Limited to
B,F,Q,Y

MINI•GARD ™ LUMINAIRE

MGA

PRODUCT ID.
XXX

PRODUCT ID.
XXX

MOUNTING COMPONENT LOGIC

OPTICAL
XX

MMI

MPB

OPTICAL COMPONENT LOGIC

C1SC1SW- TA

LIGHT
SOURCE
X

0

MINIMITE® LUMINAIRE

ENCLOSED

BALLAST COMPONENT LOGIC

MPB
MPBW 15

WATTAGE
XX

S

COMPLETE UNIT NUMBER

S
LIGHT
SOURCE
X

15

OPTICAL COMPONENT LOGIC

COMPLETE UNIT NUMBER

15

PRODUCT ID.
XXX

PRODUCT ID.
XXX

Limited to
B,F,Q,Y

CONSERVA® 150 LUMINAIRE

C1S
C1SW

V1G
V2G

MPB

MOUNTING COMPONENT LOGIC

OPTICAL
XX

ENCLOSED

BALLAST COMPONENT LOGIC

OPTICAL COMPONENT LOGIC

C4SC4SW- EA

LOW BAY

COMPLETE UNIT NUMBER

AE
AV
GE
GV
OPTICAL
XX

15
WATTAGE
XX

S
LIGHT
SOURCE
X

0

OPTICAL COMPONENT LOGIC

SBIPRODUCT ID.
XXX

LBR
OPTICAL
XXX

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

N

BALLAST
VOLTAGE TYPE
X
X

DB
COLOR
XX

DB
COLOR
XX

N
OPTIONS
X

INDUSTRIAL DATA

EXPLANATION OF OPTIONS

D = SEVERE DUTY (Meets wet locations)
UL 1598 Listed SUITABLE FOR WET LOCATIONS. This
construction modifies units for application in wet, dusty
and corrosive environments using severe-duty construction techniques. The following measures are taken:
1. Gaskets are provided at all points where water entry is
probable, including the ballast housing, mounting bushing, wiring access cover plate and electrical disconnect
(Filterglow® and VersabeamTM Disconnect luminaires).
2. All exposed screws and /or rivets are of corrosion
resistant material.
3. Paint finish is special dark gray epoxy powder overcoat
electrostatically applied on all exposed die-cast parts
and on the door glass clamp band assembly (Filterglow
luminaire) and refractor (Versabeam Disconnect
luminaire).
4. Lowmount® luminaire reflector has ALGLAS® finish.
(See “W” Wet Location Option for construction details)
E (or Mounting Code 13) = PROVISIONS FOR SLIDE-ON
PRIMARY ELECTRICAL DISCONNECT (Thru-Feed capability
only)
Electrical and mechanical connections between the
ballast and the electrical power supply can be
accomplished with this slide-on arrangement, with no
additional wiring required. Order mounting separately
(Primary Electrical Disconnect Box, TWOBP-IND “ThruFeed Capability Only”–see Industrial Accessory pages).
E (Only for JR Versabeam Compact Fluorescent series) =
EMERGENCY BATTERY BACK-UP One or two lamp back-up

battery works in conjunction with an AC fluorescent ballast
that automatically switches on when power is interrupted.
Provides 300-750 lumens for up to 90 minutes.
F = FUSING (Not available with multivolt or dual voltage.
/CUL)
Not available 208, 240, 480, 600 volt with
If specified, fuse(s) should be rated three times maximum
current but less than branch circuit breaker (minimum of 5
amps for any fuse). Luminaires supplied with fuse
holder(s) will accept a fuse such as Bussman KTK type.
Factory installed fuse holder includes one fuse for these
voltages; 120, 220, 277,347volts (60Hz), and 220, 230,
240volts (50Hz); or two fuses for these voltages: 208, 240,
480volts (60Hz) and 380volts (50Hz).
G = SECONDARY WIRING ACCESS
7/8 inch diameter knockout in wiring box opposite wiring
box door for secondary wiring circuit. (Not available with
“W” Wet Location Option or “D” Severe Duty Option.)
H = CHARCOAL FILTERING GASKETING
Luminaires are equipped with dacron felt gasketing
material impregnated with charcoal granules. The
charcoal helps prevent gaseous contaminants from
entering the optical assembly.
J (or Mounting Code 15) = PREWIRED LOOP, CORD AND
PLUG PART OF POWER HOOK
Electrical connections are already made between the
ballast and the loop, cord, and plug half of the power
hook mounting arrangement. Order receptacle hook/box
separately (see Industrial Accessory pages).
K = ENCAPSULATED BALLAST FOR QUIET OPERATION
The ballast is encased and encapsulated in the ballast
housing.

INDOOR LIGHTING INDUSTRIAL DATA

B = TIME DELAY AUTOMATICALLY SWITCHED QUARTZ
Most luminaires can be provided with automatically
switched quartz/instant-on safety lighting where
momentary power interruptions or extreme voltage dips
can extinguish an HID lamp. A single-ended quartz lamp
is placed in the same reflector with the metal halide,
mercury or HPS lamp. The quartz lamp will remain on until
the HID lamp strikes and reaches approximately 60% light
output. This also means that the quartz lamp will come on
when the luminaire is initially energized and remain on
until the HID lamp reaches 60% light output.
Caution should be used when sizing branch circuits for
luminaires with this option since the luminaires will
draw additional current during the warm-up period
while both lamps (quartz and HID) are in operation.
Wiring for the quartz lamp is internal to the ballast
assembly and the 120 volts to operate the quartz lamp is
supplied by the ballast. The 350, 400, 750 and 1000 watt
luminaires have a socket for one 250 watt single-ended
DC (Double Contact) bayonet base quartz lamp. The 320
watt and lower wattage luminaires have a socket for one
150 watt single-ended DC bayonet base quartz lamp. The
lamp is not included.
Caution: Quartz lamps could unexpectedly shatter,
resulting in the discharge of hot glass particles. A
suitable lens is recommended.

L = LOW PROFILE (Filterglow, Duraglow® or OmniglowTM
luminaires only)
A low profile luminaire is the lowest possible height
available with an integral ballast. Rigid mounting is
necessary to assure level operating position. (See
product pages for low profile dimensions.)
M (or Mounting Code 33) = PREWIRED WITH LOOP, 3-FOOT
(0.9 METER) #16/3 CORD, NEMA PLUG
Luminaire is prewired with a loop mounting arrangement,
three feet (0.9 meters) of cord and a NEMA plug (different
for each voltage).
N (or Mounting Code 14) = PROVISIONS FOR SLIDE-ON
PRIMARY ELECTRICAL DISCONNECT (Pendant and Thru-Feed
Capability)
Electrical and mechanical connections between the
ballast and electrical power supply can be accomplished
with a slide-on arrangement, with no additional wiring
required. Order mounting separately (Primary Electrical
Disconnect Box, PEDBGR-FDG which has “Pendant and
Thru-Feed Capability”–see Industrial Accessory pages).

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ I-153

I

INDUSTRIAL DATA

EXPLANATION OF OPTIONS (Continued)

I

INDOOR LIGHTING INDUSTRIAL DATA

P (or Mounting Code 31) = PREWIRED WITH HOOK, 3-FOOT
(0.9 METER) #16/3 CORD, NEMA PLUG
Luminaire is prewired with hook mounting arrangement,
three feet of cord and a NEMA plug (different for each
voltage).
Q = NON-TIME DELAY AUTOMATICALLY SWITCHED QUARTZ
This option is similar to option “B ” except the quartz lamp
extinguishes once the HID lamp strikes. During a cold
start of the HID lamp, the quartz lamp will not come on.
This option does not draw any additional current in the
circuit.
Caution: Quartz lamps may unexpectedly shatter,
resulting in the discharge of hot glass particles. A
suitable lens is recommended.

hardware is corrosion-resistant material. The charcoal
filter (on applicable units) is left free to breathe in the
normal fashion. When Wet Location option “W” or Severe
Duty “D” option are selected on Generation 5/6 products
with EZ-Connect an additional casting is used on top of
the ballast housing with the “Nut and Hanger Hub”
mounting assembly used on GELS industrial products
prior to January 2001. See detail below. There is an
additional 1.72 inches (44mm) added to the overall height
of the fixture. Severe Duty option, “D” is only available
with Ordering Number Logic Mounting Code “67” Wet
Location option, “W”, is only available with Ordering
Number Logic Mounting Code “15” or “67”.

R = NON-SWITCHED QUARTZ
UL Listed provision for single ended DC (double contact)
bayonet base quartz lamp (not included) for 120 volt
external power source.
Caution: Quartz lamps may unexpectedly shatter,
resulting in the discharge of hot glass particles. A
suitable lens is recommended.
S = EXCLUSIONARY MOGUL-BASE SOCKET FOR METAL
HALIDE “OPEN FIXTURES”
Mogal-base metal halide lamps featuring an internal
protective arc tube shield are now available for use in
“Open-Bottom” light fixtures. These open-rated lamps
minimize risk of “Non-Passive Lamp Failure.” Some lamp
manufacturers produce their open-rated lamps with an
exclusionary base. This “Special Socket” is designed for
use with open-rated lamps that have the special
exclusionary base.
This Exclusionary, EX-39, Mogul-base socket for metal
halide “Open Fixtures” insures only open-rated lamps with
exclusionary base may be used. Contact lamp
manufacturer for availability of lamps with exclusionary
base. Order this option to insure that only open-rated
lamps are used with your fixture.
Per NEC 2005 Regulations, open optical fixtures using Metal
Halide lamps must use lamps rated for “open use” in combination with exclusionary base sockets (GELS “S” option).
Reference Lamp Technical Data in back of main catalog
for Metal Halide Lamp Classifications.
T = E-40 EUROPEAN LAMP SOCKET
This socket accepts European E-40 base lamps. These
lamps differ from Domestic E-39 lamps in that they have
metric screw shell threads and a taller porcelain outer
shell.
W = WET LOCATION
These luminaires are UL1598 Listed SUITABLE FOR WET
LOCATIONS. They are of gasketed construction making
them suitable for dust and moisture laden environments
or weatherproof applications. Gaskets are provided at all
points where water or dust entry is probable. All external

Standard “Sliding Mounting Adapter” Mounting
Code 11

“Nut & Hanger Hub”
Mounting Code 15/67
WITH WET LOCATION “W” OPTION
Y = SOLO BI-LEVEL PORT
This option provides a port that accepts SOLO
Autonomous Bi-Level Module which allows individual BiLevel control for each fixture without extra control circuits.
(See page I-100 for details)
TEFLON LENS
Teflon lens available in place of tempered glass on
Filterglow and Uniglow luminaires. Order similar to
specified catalog number except with Teflon lens in place
of glass (example: Similar to FG5G40S4AE7EQ11 except
with Teflon lens in place of glass).

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-154/ 2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

INDUSTRIAL DATA

EXPLANATION OF OTHER TERMS USED

HOT RESTART
The hot lamp restart feature is a “K” ballast choice for
some HPS luminaires. (See product pages for availability.)
During initial energization (cold start) HPS lamps have a
two to three minute warm-up period. After stabilization, a
momentary power interruption may cause the lamp to go
out and it will not restrike for some period of time,
approximately one minute for HPS lamps. Under normal
conditions there is a delay of two to three minutes before
full light output is achieved after a momentary power
interruption. “Hot restart” will restart an HPS lamp
instantly after power is restored and at essentially the
same lumen output even after outages of up to ten (10)
seconds. For outages of up to thirty (30) seconds, it will
restart the HPS lamp instantly but at slightly reduced
lumens for a short period of time. This feature does not
affect, or accelerate, initial cold start.
PULSE START SYSTEMS FOR METAL HALIDE
Metal halide pulse start ballast system specifically
designed to operate pulse-rated metal halide lamps that
require an ignitor. Select “P” in light source field of
Catalog Ordering Number Logic. Ballast system is
available with “M”, Mag Reg; “A”, Auto Reg; or “H” Linear
Reactor ballast types—see individual product pages for
availability. This lamp/ballast combination offers
increased lumen output, longer lamp life, improved lumen
maintenance, faster hot lamp restart and better color
stability than traditional systems.
Due to the rapid evolution of pulse start metal halide
lamps, consult lamp and luminaire manufacturer for lamp
and ballast compatibility.
The combination of top-performing luminaires from GE
Lighting Systems, GE high-quality ballasts with pulse
ignitors, and state-of-the-art metal halide lamps offer clear
advantages:
• More Light — GE pulse start metal halide systems deliver
higher initial and higher maintained lumens, providing more
light over lamp life, than traditional systems.
• 50% Longer Lamp Life — 400-watt pulse start metal
halide lamps are rated at 30,000 hours when operated at
120 hours per start, with one hour off before restarting the
cycle. Longer lamp life reduces the annualized costs
associated with relamping.
• Improved Color Stability — Pulse start metal halide
systems shift less in color over life than standard metal
halide, giving a more pleasing, uniform appearance to an
installation.

• Faster Hot Restart Time — Pulse start systems will
restrike in approximately 4 minutes, rather than the 10 to 15
minutes needed for other metal halide lamps. This can be
important in applications where a longer hot restart time is
unacceptable.
• Fewer Fixtures and a Lower Connected Lighting Load —
Because pulse start metal halide systems deliver more light
and better lumen maintenance, you need fewer fixtures to
reach a given footcandle level. With less fixtures, you save
on initial costs and energy costs.
Because of the clear metal halide advantage, pulse start
lighting systems are becoming a factor in industrial and
retail lighting applications. The arc tube shape, fill material
and starting method for new metal halide lamps are
dramatically different, with resulting improvements in
performance and color stability. GE Lighting Systems is
developing new metal halide ballast and pulse ignitor
technology for the 21st century.
Older lamp technology was based on that of mercury
lamps, with starting circuitry positioned within the lamp
itself. With new pulse start metal halide lamps, a pulse
ignitor outside of the lamp provides the high voltage
pulse needed for starting.
GE Lighting Systems makes a number of luminaires that
accommodate ballasts with pulse ignitors. See product
pages for availability.
SPACING CRITERION
Spacing Criterion (SC) is a term used on many of the
product pages. The SC of a luminaire is a number
assigned to a specific combination of luminaire, lamp,
reflector size, and socket position. SC is the maximum
spacing to mounting height ratio that will still produce
uniform lighting when that luminaire is used. For
example, if the SC of a luminaire is 1.3, it means that for
good lighting this luminaire should be spaced at a
distance no more than 1.3 times its actual mounting
height.

INDOOR LIGHTING INDUSTRIAL DATA

MULTIVOLT
The multivolt choice under “Voltage” in Ordering Number
Logic tables means that the customer can make the
necessary connections to operate the luminaire at any
one of four voltages - 120, 208, 240 or 277.

MOUNTING HEIGHT
For indoor industrial applications, mounting height is
generally considered to be the distance from the
luminaire to a work plane about 3 feet (0.9 meters) from
the floor–the height at which most work is done.
LOW BAY AND HIGH BAY
Industrial areas can be divided into low bay and high bay
applications. A low bay area is generally one where
mounting heights are 20 feet (6 meters) or less, and a
high bay area, is one where mounting heights are over 20
feet (6 meters). High bay luminaires use reflectors to
direct light downward. Low bay luminaires generally
include a refractor to spread out the light for even light
distribution and low luminaire brightness. The refractor
may be used alone or in combination with a reflector.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ I-155

I

I

INDOOR LIGHTING INDEX

INDOOR LIGHTING INDEX—CFL
VBC VersabeamTM CFL

page I-158

OBC OmnibeamTM (CFL)

page I-160

UMC Unimount® 400 (CFL)

page I-162

JVP Jr. VersabeamTM (CFL)

page I-164

JVD Jr. VersabeamTM Induction

page I-166

MGA Mini-GardTM, Fluorescent page I-168

MBC MidBayTM CFL - available after printing - Contact Factory

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-156/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

Ultra StarTM F5-Series

page I-172

Ultra StarTM F8-Series

page I-174

Ultra StarTM M5-Series

page I-176

Ultra StarTM C5-Series

page I-178

Ultra StarTM E5-Series

page I-180

Ultra StarTM E8-Series

page I-182

Ultra StarTM S5-Series

page I-184

Ultra StarTM S8-Series

page I-186

Ultra StarTM A8-Series

page I-188

Fluorescent Accessories

page I-190

INDOOR LIGHTING INDEX

INDUSTRIAL FLUORESCENT INDEX

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/I-157

I

VBC VERSABEAM TM COMPACT FLUORESCENT LUMINAIRE
High Bay or Low Bay, Enclosed — Surface Mount Optical Series

APPLICATIONS
• Commercial / Retail applications where color rendering and instant-on characteristics are desired. For
use in multipurpose, gymnasium, auditorium environments where multiple light levels and high
quality of lighting are critical. For light industrial, assembly and general purpose applications where
lighting control and consistent light output is required.

With

I

VERSABEAM INDOOR LIGHTING

EZ Connect

TM

ORDERING NUMBER
VBC
W
48
LOGIC
PRODUCT
COLOR
WATTAGE
IDENT
X
XX
XXX
VBC =
W = Polyester See Table
Versabeam
Powder Below
Compact
White
Fluorescent
Luminaire

SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• 1598 Listed
Suitable For Damp Locations
• Listed to Canadian
standards and codes
• Enclosed and gasketed optics
• 40 deg, C. ambient rating
standard
• UV stabilized injection molded
refractor for low brightness.
• Refractor with combination of
reflecting and refracting
prisms for high efficiency and
good brightness control
F

0

LIGHT
SOURCE
X
F=
Fluorescent
4100K
Color Temp
4-Pin Biax
Lamps
Included

F

VOLTAGE
X
60Hz
0=
120/208/
240/277
Mulitvolt
1 = 120
2 = 208
3 = 240
4 = 277

*Single voltage
selection for
120, 208, 240,
277 available
only when
ordering
installed cord
sets, (31, 33
and Modular
Prewire), or
Fusing.
Otherwise
order “0” for
Multivolt 120/
208/240/277

50Hz
6 = 220
R = 230
Y = 240

• In line EZ Connect TM plug-in
adapter port allows for:
• Quick, easy fixture
installation and removal
• Hook, Loop, cord and plug
options
• Plug-in modular wiring
systems
• Adaptable to EZ Connect TM
accessories
• Symmetrical, hexagonal heavy
duty die-cast aluminum

EA

VA

ballast housing with white
polyester paint standard
• ALGLAS finish on faceted
reflector
• Standard threaded slide-in
mounting adapter for easy
installation
• Supplied with lamps (not
installed)
• Shipped as components:
Ballast, Optical and CFL Socket
adapter reflector pan

11

BALLAST
MOUNTING
OPTICAL
PHOTOMETRY STYLE
TYPE
XX
XX
X
XX = Select Code Below
F = Standard EA = Enclosed VA = Fixed
11 = Pendant Mounting / EZ Connect
Electronic
13 = Provision for Slide-on Primary Electrical
Acrylic
D = Diming
Disconnect. Order TWOBP Box (Thru Feed
Refractor
(Contact
Capability) separately
Factory)
14 = Provision for Slide-on Primary Electrical
Disconnect. (Pendant and Thru Feed Capability)
Order PED Box separately
15 = Prewire with EZ Loop, Cord and Plug Part or
“Power Hook” (Order Receptacle/Hook Box
Separately) (Not CSA/CUL)
31 = Prewire with EZ-Hook, 3-ft (0.9 Meters) #16/3
Cord, and Nema Plug
33 = Prewire with EZ-Loop, 3-ft (0.9 Meters) #16/3
Cord, and Nema Plug (Order locking receptacle
hook box separately.)
92 = Individual ballast leads provided for switched
light levels / individual ballast circuiting
MODULAR PREWIRE
41 = ACS with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
69 = ACS with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
43 = ACS with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
70 = ACS with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
51 = Sentinel with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
71 = Sentinel with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
53 = Sentinel with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
72 = Sentinel with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Loop

OPTIONS
XXX
F = Fusing
(Fuse
Option not
available
with
Multivolt)
(Dual Fusing,
208-240 volt, not
available with
CUL Listing)
G = Secondary
Wiring
Access 7/8 in.
diameter
knockout
R = “Pre-wired for
emergency
battery
back-up
(supplied by
others) with
7/8” OD
customer access

Note: ACS = Flex 3 +
Sentinel = EZ Flex II (FSC)

FLUORESCENT WATTAGE ORDER INFORMATION
EA, Optical - Enclosed Acrylic
Wattage
Order Code
36
38
43
44
48
73
74
76

Wattage
32
32
42
42
42
70
70
70

Number
of Lamps
6
8
3
4
8
3
4
6

SC
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.8
1.8
1.8

Photo
Curve
452892
452892
452892
452892
452892
452893
452893
452893

*Lumen
Multiplier
.52
.69
.38
.50
1.00
.61
.81
1.22
* Multiply rated lumens from curve listed by “Lumen Multiplier” to
provide accurate lumen value for corresponding lamp combination

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-158/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

■

Most commonly ordered

VBC VERSABEAM TM COMPACT FLUORESCENT LUMINAIRE
High Bay or Low Bay, Enclosed — Surface Mount Optical Series
FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
3/4 in. NPSC Thread

Fixture Height

Installed Height

25.72 in.
(653mm)

25.02 in.
(636mm)

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Total Fixture

lbs
31 - 34

kgs
14 - 15

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
Single
Lamp
Wattage
32
42
70

Ballast Type and Voltage
60 hz
Light
Source
CFL
CFL
CFL

Multi
Yes
Yes
Yes

120
Yes
Yes
Yes

208
Yes
Yes
Yes

50 hz
240
Yes
Yes
Yes

277
Yes
Yes
Yes

220
Yes
Yes
Yes

230
Yes
Yes
Yes

240
Yes
Yes
Yes

VERSABEAM INDOOR LIGHTING

24.88 in. DIA (632mm)

CFL = Compact Fluorescent
Compact Fluorescent provided with electronic ballast. 4-pin biax lamp included.

COMPACT FLUORESCENT BENEFITS:
• Instant on - Compact fluorescent lamps produce light instantly. This allows for the system to be turned
off and on as required for optimized energy savings
• Instant restrike - Compact fluorescent lamps come on as soon as they are energized with no delayed
restrike time. The need for emergency switched quartz restrike feature is eliminated.
• Color Rendering - White light with a color rendering index (CRI) of 82 provides for constant, uniform
color over the life of the lamp. High CRI allows for brighter, clearer, more vibrant color recognition
• Elimination of UV - Compact fluorescent lamps eliminate the concerns of ultraviolet radiation.
• Improved lumen maintenance - Compact fluorescent lamps have less lumen depreciation at mean life
than typical metal halide lamp types. This results in more consistent light output over the life of the lamp.
• Low noise - Compact fluorescent electronic ballasts used do not produce perceptible noise.
Sound Rating A.
• Switchable Light Levels - Multiple ballasts provide the opportunity to independently switch lamp pairs
for multiple, stepped light levels. Optional wiring for circuited versions is available.
• Emergency battery back-up - Battery back-up allows for emergency lighting without the need for an
auxiliary power back-up system
• Multiple lamp back-up - The use of multiple lamps insures that with the independent failure of a single
lamp, the fixture continues to provide light until relamping occurs.
• Safe Operation - Compact fluorescent light sources do not require specific operation guidelines for
safe operation.
GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ I-159

I

OBC OMNIBEAM TM COMPACT FLUORESCENT LUMINAIRE
High Bay Prismatic Acrylic Open /Enclosed —
Surface Mount Optical Series

APPLICATIONS
• Commercial / Retail applications where color rendering and instant-on characteristics are desired. For
use in multipurpose, gymnasium, auditorium environments where multiple light levels and high
quality of lighting are critical. For light industrial, assembly and general purpose applications where
lighting control and consistent light output is required.

With

EZ Connect

TM

• In-line EZ ConnectTM plug-in
• Standard threaded slide-in
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
adapter port allows for:
mounting adapter for easy
• 1598 Listed
• Quick, easy fixture installation
installation
Suitable For Damp Locations
and removal
• Supplied with lamps (not
• Listed to Canadian standards
• Hook, Loop, cord & plug options
installed)
and codes
• 26” Open/ventilated or enclosed • Plug-in modular wiring systems • Shipped as components:
• Plug-in fuse kits
Ballast, Optical and CFL Socket
opticals with clear acrylic lens
• Symmetrical, hexagonal heavy
adapter reflector pan
• 40 deg, C. ambient rating
duty die-cast aluminum ballast
standard
housing with white polyester
• UV stabilized injection molded
paint standard
prismatic acrylic reflector

I

OMNIBEAM INDOOR LIGHTING

ORDERING NUMBER
OBC
W
48
F
LOGIC
PRODUCT
COLOR
WATTAGE
IDENT
X
XX
XXX
OBC =
W=Polyester See Table
Omnibeam
Powder Below
Compact
White
Fluorescent
Luminaire

0

LIGHT
SOURCE
X
F=
Fluorescent
4100K
Color Temp
4-Pin Biax
Lamps
Included

VOLTAGE
X
60Hz
0=
120/208/
240/277
Mulitvolt
1 = 120
2 = 208
3 = 240
4 = 277

F

V6

BALLAST
TYPE
X
F = Standard
Electronic
D = Diming
Contact
Factory

MOUNTING
OPTICAL
PHOTOMETRY STYLE
XX
XX
XX
11 = Pendant Mounting / EZ Connect
V6 = Open and VA = Fixed
13 = Provision for Slide-on Primary Electrical
Ventilated
Disconnect. Order TWOBP Box (Thru Feed
26 in.
Capability)
Reflector
14 = Provision for Slide-on Primary Electrical
E6 = Enclosed
Disconnect. (Pendant and Thru Feed Capability)
26 in
Order PED Box separately
15 = Prewire with EZ Loop, Cord and Plug Part or
with
“Power Hook” (Order Receptacle/Hook Box
clear flat
Separately) (Not CSA/CUL)
acrylic
31 = Prewire with EZ-Hook, 3-ft (0.9 Meters) #16/3
lens
Cord, and Nema Plug
Note: see
33 = Prewire with EZ-Loop, 3-ft (0.9 Meters) #16/3
Selection
Cord, and Nema Plug (Order locking receptacle
hook box separately.)
Table Below
92 = Individual ballast leads provided for switched
light levels / individual ballast circuiting
Note: Contact
MODULAR PREWIRE
Factory for
41
=
ACS
with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
LEXAN ®
69 = ACS with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
polycarbon43 = ACS with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
70 = ACS with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
ate
51 = Sentinel with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
71 = Sentinel with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
53 = Sentinel with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
72 = Sentinel with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Loop

*Single
voltage
selection for
120, 208, 240,
277 available
only when
ordering
installed cord
sets, (31, 33
and Modular
Prewire), or
Fusing.
Otherwise
order “0” for
Multivolt
120/208/240/
277

50Hz
6 = 220
R = 230
Y = 240

VA

11

Note: ACS = Flex 3 +
Sentinel = EZ Flex II (FSC)

OPTIONS
XXX
F = Fusing (Fuse
Option not
available with
Multivolt) (Dual
Fusing, 208 240 volt, not
available
with CUL
listing)
G = Secondary
Wiring Access
7/8 in. dia
knockout
R = “Pre-wired
for emergency
battery
back-up
(supplied by
others) with
7/8” OD
customer access

FLUORESCENT WATTAGE ORDER INFORMATION

Omnibeam Open
V6 Optical - Open and Ventilated 26 Inch Reflector
Wattage
Order code
36
38
43
44
48
73
74
76

Wattage
32
32
42
42
42
70
70
70

Number
of Lamps
6
8
3
4
8
3
4
6

SC
2.7
2.7
2.7
2.7
2.7
2.9
2.9
2.9

Photo
Curve
452884
452884
452884
452884
452884
452885
452885
452885

*Lumen
Multiplier
.52
.69
.38
.50
1.00
.61
.81
1.22

Omnibeam Enclosed
E6 Optical - Enclosed 26 Inch Reflector with Flat Acrylic Lens
Wattage
Number
Photo
Order Code
Wattage
of Lamps
SC
Curve
36
32
6
2.6
452886
38
32
8
2.6
452886
43
42
3
2.6
452886
44
42
4
2.6
452886
48
42
8
2.6
452886
73
70
3
2.7
452887
74
70
4
2.7
452887
76
70
6
2.7
452887
* Multiply rated lumens from curve listed by “Lumen Multiplier” to
provide accurate lumen value for corresponding lamp combination

*Lumen
Multiplier
.52
.69
.38
.50
1.00
.61
.81
1.22

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-160/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

■

Most commonly ordered

OBC OMNIBEAM ™ COMPACT FLUORESCENT LUMINAIRE
High Bay Prismatic Acrylic - Open/Enclosed — Surface Mount Optical Series
FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
3/4 in. NPSC Thread

Installed Height

Fixture Height

V6 26.96 in.
(685mm)

V6 27.66 in.
(703mm)

E6 27.26 in.
(692mm)

E6 27.96 in.
(710mm)

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Total Fixture

lbs
35 - 40

kgs
16 - 18

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
Ballast Type and Voltage
60 hz

Single
50 hz
Lamp
Light
Wattage Source Multi 120
208
240
277
220
230
32
CFL
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
42
CFL
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
70
CFL
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
CFL = Compact Fluorescent
Compact Fluorescent provided with electronic ballast. 4-pin biax lamp included.

240
Yes
Yes
Yes

OMNIBEAM INDOOR LIGHTING

V6 25.56 in. DIA (649mm)
E6 25.88 in. DIA (657mm)

COMPACT FLUORESCENT BENEFITS:
• Instant on - Compact fluorescent lamps produce light instantly. This allows for the system to be turned
off and on as required for optimized energy savings
• Instant restrike - Compact fluorescent lamps come on as soon as they are energized with no delayed
restrike time. The need for emergency switched quartz restrike feature is eliminated.
• Color Rendering - White light with a color rendering index (CRI) of 82 provides for constant, uniform
color over the life of the lamp. High CRI allows for brighter, clearer, more vibrant color recognition
• Elimination of UV - Compact fluorescent lamps eliminate the concerns of ultraviolet radiation.
• Improved lumen maintenance - Compact fluorescent lamps have less lumen depreciation at mean life
than typical metal halide lamp types. This results in more consistent light output over the life of the lamp.
• Low noise - Compact fluorescent electronic ballasts used do not produce perceptible noise
• Switchable Light Levels - Multiple ballasts provide the opportunity to independently switch lamp pairs
for multiple, stepped light levels. Optional wiring for circuited versions is available.
• Emergency battery back-up - Battery back-up allows for emergency lighting without the need for an
auxiliary power back-up system
• Multiple lamp back-up - The use of multiple lamps insures that with the independent failure of a single
lamp, the fixture continues to provide light until relamping occurs.
• Safe Operation - Compact fluorescent light sources do not require specific operation guidelines for
safe operation.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ I-161

I

UMC UNIMOUNT ® COMPACT FLUORESCENT LUMINAIRE
Low Bay, Enclosed/Open — Surface Mount Optical Series

APPLICATIONS
• Commercial / Retail applications where color rendering and instant-on characteristics are desired. For
use in multipurpose, gymnasium, auditorium environments where multiple light levels and high
quality of lighting are critical. For light industrial, assembly and general purpose applications where
lighting control and consistent light output is required.

With

I

UNIMOUNT INDOOR LIGHTING

EZ Connect

TM

ORDERING NUMBER
UMC
W
48
LOGIC
PRODUCT
COLOR
IDENT
X
XXX
UMC =
W=
Unimount 400 Polyester
Compact
Powder
Fluorescent White
Luminaire

SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• 1598 Listed
Suitable For Damp Locations
• Listed to Canadian standards
and codes
• 40 deg, C. ambient rating
standard
• Open optical or enclosed with
UV stabilized injection molded
prismatic acrylic refractor for
low brightness

F

0

LIGHT
WATTAGE SOURCE
XX
X
See Table F =
Below
Fluorescent
4100 K
Color Temp
4-Pin Biax
Lamps
Included

F

VOLTAGE
X
60Hz
0=
120/208/
240/277
Mulitvolt
1 = 120
2 = 208
3 = 240
4 = 277

*Single voltage
selection for
120, 208, 240,
277 available
only when
ordering
installed cord
sets, (31, 33 and
Modular
Prewire), or
Fusing.
Otherwise
order “0” for
Multivolt 120/
208/240/277

• In line EZ Connect™ plug-in
adapter port allows for:
• Quick, easy fixture installation
and removal
• Hook, Loop, cord & plug options
• Plug-in modular wiring systems
• Adaptable to EZ Connect™
accessories
• Symmetrical, hexagonal heavy
duty die-cast aluminum

EA

VA

BALLAST
OPTICAL
TYPE
XX
X
F = Standard EA = Enclosed
Acrylic
Electronic
Refractor
D = Diming
VF = Open/No
(Contact
lens
Factory)
EL = Enclosed
LEXAN®
polycarbonate
refractor
Note:
See Selection
Table Below

50Hz
6 = 220
R = 230
Y = 240

ballast housing with white
polyester paint standard
• Standard threaded slide-in
mounting adapter for easy
installation
• Supplied with lamps (not
installed)
• Shipped as components:
Ballast, Optical and CFL Socket
adapter reflector pan

11

MOUNTING
PHOTOMETRY STYLE
XX
XX= Select Code Below
11 = Pendant Mounting / EZ Connect
VA = Fixed
13 = Provision for Slide-on Primary Electrical
Disconnect. Order TWOBP Box (Thru Feed
Capability)
14 = Provision for Slide-on Primary Electrical
Disconnect. (Pendant and Thru Feed Capability)
Order PED Box separately
15 = Prewire with EZ Loop, Cord and Plug Part or “Power
Hook” Order Receptacle/Hook Box Separately
(Not CSA/CUL)
31 = Prewire with EZ-Hook, 3-ft (0.9 Meters) #16/3 Cord,
and Nema Plug
33 = Prewire with EZ-Loop, 3-ft (0.9 Meters) #16/3 Cord,
and Nema Plug (Order locking receptacle hook box
separately.)
92 = Individual ballast leads provided for switched light
levels / individual ballast circuiting
MODULAR PREWIRE
41 = ACS with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
69 = ACS with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
43 = ACS with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
70 = ACS with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
51 = Sentinel with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
71 = Sentinel with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Hook
53 = Sentinel with 3-ft (0.9 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
72 = Sentinel with 6-ft (1.8 meter) cord & EZ-Loop
Note: ACS = Flex 3 +
Sentinel = EZ Flex II (FSC)

OPTIONS
XXX
F = Fusing (Fuse
Option not
available
with
Multivolt)
(Dual
Fusing, 208240 volt, not
available with
CUL Listing.
G = Secondary
Wiring
Access 7/8 in.
diameter
knockout
R = “Pre-wired
for emergency
battery
back-up
(supplied by
others) with
7/8” OD
customer
access

FLUORESCENT WATTAGE ORDER INFORMATION
VF Optical - Open Optical
Wattage
Order Code
36
38
43
44
48
73
74
76

Wattage
32
32
42
42
42
70
70
70

Number
of Lamps
6
8
3
4
8
3
4
6

SC
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.1
2.1
2.1

Photo
Curve
452888
452888
452888
452888
452888
452889
452889
452889

*Lumen
Multiplier
.52
.69
.38
.50
1.00
.61
.81
1.22

SC
2.1
2.1
2.1
2.1
2.1
1.8
1.8
1.8

Photo
Curve
452890
452890
452890
452890
452890
452891
452891
452891

*Lumen
Multiplier
.52
.69
.38
.50
1.00
.61
.81
1.22

EA, EL Optical - Enclosed Optical
Wattage
Order Code
36
38
43
44
48
73
74
76

Wattage
32
32
42
42
42
70
70
70

Number
of Lamps
6
8
3
4
8
3
4
6

* Multiply rated lumens from curve listed by “Lumen Multiplier” to
provide accurate lumen value for corresponding lamp combination
Note: “EL” LEXAN® polycarbonate lens reduce light levels by 10%.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-162/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

■

Most commonly ordered

UMC UNIMOUNT® COMPACT FLUORESCENT LUMINAIRE
Low Bay, Enclosed/Open — Surface Mount Optical Series
FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
3/4 in. NPSC Thread

3/4 in. NPSC Thread

Installed Height

Fixture Height

25.72 in.
(653mm)

26.42 in.
(671mm)
Installed Height

Fixture Height

21.86 in.
(555mm)

22.56 in.
(573mm)

31.44 in. DIA (799mm)

31.44 in. DIA (799mm)

Open

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Total Fixture

lbs
30 - 32

kgs
14 - 15

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
Ballast Type and Voltage
Single
60 hz
50 hz
Lamp
Light
Wattage Source Multi 120
208
240
277
220
230
32
CFL
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
42
CFL
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
70
CFL
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
CFL = Compact Fluorescent
Compact Fluorescent provided with electronic ballast. 4-pin biax lamp included.

240
Yes
Yes
Yes

UNIMOUNT INDOOR LIGHTING

Enclosed

COMPACT FLUORESCENT BENEFITS:
• Instant on - Compact fluorescent lamps produce light instantly. This allows for the system to be
turned off and on as required for optimized energy savings
• Instant restrike - Compact fluorescent lamps come on as soon as they are energized with no delayed
restrike time. The need for emergency switched quartz restrike feature is eliminated.
• Color Rendering - White light with a color rendering index (CRI) of 82 provides for constant, uniform
color over the life of the lamp. High CRI allows for brighter, clearer, more vibrant color recognition
• Elimination of UV - Compact fluorescent lamps eliminate the concerns of ultraviolet radiation.
• Improved lumen maintenance - Compact fluorescent lamps have less lumen depreciation at mean life
than typical metal halide lamp types. This results in more consistent light output over the life of the lamp.
• Low noise - Compact fluorescent electronic ballasts used do not produce perceptible noise.
Sound Rating A.
• Switchable Light Levels - Multiple ballasts provide the opportunity to independently switch lamp pairs
for multiple, stepped light levels. Optional wiring for circuited versions is available.
• Emergency battery back-up - Battery back-up allows for emergency lighting without the need for an
auxiliary power back-up system
• Multiple lamp back-up - The use of multiple lamps insures that with the independent failure of a
single lamp, the fixture continues to provide light until relamping occurs.
• Safe Operation - Compact fluorescent light sources do not require specific operation guidelines for
safe operation.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ I-163

I

JR. VERSABEAM TM
COMPACT FLUORESCENT LUMINAIRE — CFL
Low Bay, Enclosed

APPLICATIONS
• For 8 to 16 ft. (2 to 4 meter) mounting heights.
• For applications requiring high efficiency and optimized vertical and horizontal light levels
• Industrial, commercial and retail low bay applications, including multipurpose commercial, aisle
lighting, display shelving, walkways, and parking garages

I

JR. VERSABEAM INDOOR LIGHTING

SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• 1598 Listed
Suitable For Damp Locations
• 1598 Listed suitable for wet
locations depending on
mounting configuration ordered
• Listed to Canadian
standards and codes
• Sleek, clean housing with
teardrop refractor has a low
profile and is architecturally
appealing

• Compact fluorescent lamps
provide
- Instant-On
- High color rendering index
• Available in custom colors for
architectural design
considerations
• Decorative stripe adds custom
color designs to the high quality
die cast housing
• Lamp included: 4-pin with CFL
• Photometrics provide optimum

light levels on vertical and
horizontal surfaces
• Advanced refractor technology
minimizes glare while
maximizing light efficiency
• Mounting options provide
flexibility and ease of
installation
• Excellent choice for spaces
with numerous obstructions
• Sealed optics allow for use in
wet locations and dirty
environments

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
JVP

44

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXX
JVS = Jr.
Versabeam with
standard ceiling
mounting

WATTAGE LIGHT
SOURCE
XX
X
Fluores- F = Compact
cent
Fluorescent
See table
below
Lamp
included

JVD=Jr.
Versabeam with
Sliding
Disconnect
Mounting

F

O

F

VOLTAGE

BALLAST
TYPE
X
X
See Ballast
60Hz
0 = 120/208/ Selection
240/277
Table
MULTIVOLT
F=
Fluorescent

2

A5

AMBIENT
°C
X
2 = 25
5 = 55

OPTICAL

JVP=Jr.
Versabeam with
Pendant
Mounting

WH

HOUSING
COLOR
XX
XX
A5 = Acrylic Standard
Type V
WH=White
GR= Gray
Electro
Coat
BL= Black
RD= Fire Red
BU= Vivid Blue
GN= Forest
Green
YE= Yellow
(See NOTE
below)

A5 & P5 OPTICAL - Enclosed Acrylic/Polycarbonate Type V
Wattage
26
32
42
70
26
42
26
32
42
70

Number of Lamps
1
1
1
1
3
3
4
4
4
3

Max.
Ambient
55
55
55
25
25
25
25
25
25
25

Note: C/F = Call Factory
Note: See page T-34 for Alternative lens material explanation

SC
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.4
1.6
1.6
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.4

Photo
Curve
451749
451749
451749
452819
451747
451747
451748
451748
451748
452818

04

F

STRIPE
COLOR
X
N = None
1 = White
2 = Black
3 = Red
4 = Blue
5 = Green
6=
Yellow

MOUNTING

OPTIONS

X
JVS
01 = Ceiling Mount
Wet Location
JVD
01 = MPM-C
Damp Locations
02 = MPM-3PR*
Damp Locations
03 = MPM-3PRW*
Wet Locations
04 = MPM-3PF
See NOTE
Damp Locations
below.
05 = MPM-3PRTFW*
wet Locations
06 = MPM-WW
Wet Locations
Note:
• See page I-134 for MPM
descriptions of JVD
mounting adapters.
• Mounting adapters included
with fixture
JVP
01 = 3/4” Rigid pendant*
Wet Locations
04 = 3/4” Flex Pendant
(Externally adjustable)
15 = Prewire with Loop, Cord
and plug part of “Power
Hook” Order
Receptacle Hook Box
Separately.
Damp Locations
(Not CUL)
31 = Prewire with Hook, 3-ft
(0.9 Meters) #16-3 Cord
and Nema Plug.
Damp Locations
* JVD and JVP require that
Flexible Pendant Mounting
selection be used if unit is not
rigidly mounted otherwise
unit may not hang straight,

COMPACT FLUORESCENT ORDER INFORMATION
Wattage order code
21
31
41
71
23
43
24
34
44
73

N

X
E = Emergency
Battery
Back-Up
Note: Not
available with
wattage order
codes 44 or 73
F = Fusing

Note: See page
I-128-140 for
Accessory Index
and Descriptions.
Note: See page
I-153-155 for
explanation of
Options.

HOUSING COLOR NOTE:
Colors listed above correspond to the following RAL equivalent:
White
= RAL 9016
Black
= RAL 9017
Fire Red
= RAL 3001
Vivid Blue = RAL 5005
Forest Green = RAL 6016
Yellow
= RAL 1023
Standard polyester powder paint finish applied over electrostatic
anticorrosion underlayer. Gray (GR) offered in e-coat as standard.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-164/ 2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

■

Most commonly ordered

JR. VERSABEAM TM
COMPACT FLUORESCENT LUMINAIRE — CFL
Low Bay, Enclosed
FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
JVD Sliding Disconnect Mounting

JVP-1 Pendant Mounting

NOTE: *JVD and JVP require that Flexible Pendant
Mounting selection be used if unit is not rigidly mounted
otherwise unit may not hang straight.

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Total Fixture

lbs
16-20

kgs
10-11

JVP-4 Flexible Pendant Mounting

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
Light
Wattage Source
26
CFL
32
CFL
42
CFL
70
CFL

Ballast Type and Voltage
60 hz
Multi 120
208
240
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

277
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

50 hz
Multi
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

110
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

220
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

230
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

240
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

JR. VERSABEAM INDOOR LIGHTING

3/4 in. NPSC Thread

CFL = Compact Fluorescent
Compact Fluorescent provided with electronic ballast. 4-pin lamp included.

JVS Surface Mounting

REFERENCES
See Page I-128 for start of Accessories.
See Pages I-153-155 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.
Consult factory for polycarbonate.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ I-165

I

JR. VERSABEAM TM LUMINAIRE — INDUCTION
Low Bay, Enclosed

APPLICATIONS
• For 8 to 16 ft. (2 to 4 meter) mounting heights.
• For applications requiring high efficiency and optimized vertical and horizontal light levels.
• Industrial, commercial and retail low bay applications, including multipurpose commercial, aisle
lighting, display shelving, walkways, and parking garages.
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• 1598 Listed
Suitable For Damp Locations
• 1598 Listed suitable for wet
locations depending on
mounting configuration ordered
• Listed to Canadian
standards and codes
• Sleek, clean housing with
teardrop refractor has a low
profile and is architecturally
appealing
• Available in custom colors for

architectural design
considerations
• Decorative stripe adds custom
color designs to the high
quality die cast housing
• Lamp included
• Photometrics provide
light levels on vertical and
horizontal surfaces
• Advanced refractor technology
minimizes glare while
maximizing light efficiency

• Mounting options provide
flexibility and ease of
installation
• Excellent choice for spaces
with numerous obstructions
• Sealed optics allow for use in
wet locations and dirty
environments

I

JR. VERSABEAM INDOOR LIGHTING

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
JVD

17

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXX
JVS = Jr.
Versabeam
with standard
ceiling
mounting

WATTAGE LIGHT
SOURCE
XX
X
HID
Q = 85 watt
03 = 35 QL Induction
05 = 50 Lamp/
07 = 70 Ballast
08 = 85 System
10 = 100
15 = 150
(55V)
17 = 175
25 = 250

JVD = Jr.
Versabeam
with Sliding
Disconnect
Mounting

Q

1

E

VOLTAGE

BALLAST
AMBIENT
TYPE
°C
X
X
4 = 40
E=
Electronic
Ballast

X
1 = 120
G = 200
277 Volt

4

50/60Hz
AC/DC

A5

WH

N

02

Q

OPTICAL

HOUSING
COLOR
XX
Standard
WH=White
GR= Gray
Electro
Coat

STRIPE
COLOR
X
N = None
1 = White
2 = Black
3 = Red
4 = Blue
5 = Green
6 = Yellow

MOUNTING

OPTIONS

XX
A5 = Acrylic
Type V
AA = Acrylic
Asymmetrical

JVP = Jr.
Versabeam
with Pendant
Mounting

X
X
JVS
F = Fusing
01 = Ceiling Mount
Wet Location
JVD
01 = MPM-C
Damp Locations
02 = MPM-3PR*
Damp Locations
03 = MPM-3PRW*
Locations
See NOTE 04 = Wet
MPM-3PF
below.
Damp Locations
05 = MPM-3PRTFW*
wet Locations
06 = MPM-WW
Wet Locations
Note:
• See page I-134 for MPM
descriptions of JVD
mounting adapters.
• Mounting adapters included
with fixture
JVP
01 = 3/4” Rigid pendant*
Wet Locations
04 = 3/4” Flex Pendant
(Externally adjustable)
Wet Location
15 = Prewire with Loop, Cord
and plug part of “Power
Hook” Order
Receptacle Hook Box
Separately. Damp
Locations
(Not CUL)
31 = Prewire with Hook, 3-ft
(0.9 Meters) #16-3 Cord
and Nema Plug.
Damp Locations
* JVD and JVP require that
Flexible Pendant Mounting
selection be used if unit is not
rigidly mounted otherwise
unit may not hang straight.

INDUCTION LAMP/BALLAST SYSTEM FEATURES:
• 80+CRI
• Lamp/ballast system life is rated 100,00 hours
(vs 24,000 for HPS)
• Instant On and Instant Restrike
• 4000K Color Temperature
• 5 year warranty
• Minimum Start -30° F
• Max ambient 55°C

Standard polyester powder paint finish applied over electrostatic
anticorrosion underlayer. Gray (GR) offered in e-coat as standard.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-166/ 2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

■

Most commonly ordered

JR. VERSABEAM TM LUMINAIRE — INDUCTION
Low Bay, Enclosed
FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
JVD Sliding Disconnect Mounting

NOTE: *JVD and JVP require that Flexible Pendant
Mounting selection be used if unit is not rigidly mounted
otherwise unit may not hang straight.
DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Total Fixture

lbs
16-20

kgs
10-11

JVP-4 Flexible Pendant Mounting

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
All light sources are clear unless otherwise indicated.
A5 & P5 Optical
Light
Wattage
Source
85
QL
Induction
AA & PA Optical
Light
Wattage
Source
85
QL
Induction

Curve
Number

JR. VERSABEAM INDOOR LIGHTING

JVP-1 Pendant Mounting

453260

Curve
Number
453261

JVS Surface Mounting
REFERENCES
See Page I-128 for start of Accessories.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ I-167

I

MGA MINI-GARD TM FLUORESCENT LUMINAIRE

UL 1598 Suitable for Wet Locations (Enclosed and Gasketed)
APPLICATIONS
• For adverse and severe duty locations
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• 1598 Listed General
Non-Hazardous
Suitable For Wet Locations.
• Listed to Canadian standards and codes
• Standard construction is IP55
• Multiple optical assemblies

• Shipped as components:
Ballast, Mounting, Optical,
Accessories (lamp shipped with
ballast)
• Low copper aluminum alloys
• Charcoal filter
• Safety chain provisions

• Multiple mounting
arrangements
• Lamp type and wattage label
• Biaxial fluorescent
socket/lamp included
• Electro-epoxidized gray paint
finish inside and outside

I

MINI-GARD INDOOR LIGHTING

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
MGA

26

F

1

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXX
MGA =
Mini•Gard
Luminaire
General
NonHazardous
SUITABLE
FOR WET
LOCATIONS

WATTAGE LIGHT
VOLTAGE
SOURCE
XX
X
X
13 = 13
F =Fluorescent 1 = 120
(1 lamp)
4 = 277
Note: Lamp
D = 347
26 = 26
included
(1 lamp)

H

4

3P

FG

F

BALLAST
TYPE
X
See Ballast Selection
Table
H = HPF Reactor or Lag
N = NPF Reactor or Lag

AMBIENT
DEG. C
X
4 = 40
(Standard)

MOUNTING

OPTICAL

OPTIONS

XX
3C = 3/4 in. Ceiling
4C = 1 in. Ceiling
3F = 3/4 in. Flexible
4F = 1 in. Flexible
5J = 1-1/4 in. Angle stanchion
6J = 1-1/2 in. Angle stanchion
3P = 3/4 in. Pendant*
4P = 1 in. Pendant*
5S = 1-1/4 in. Straight stanchion
6S = 1-1/2 in Straight stanchion
3W =3/4 in. Wall
4W =1 in. Wall

XX
See Optical and
Photometric
Selection Table
Below

X
F = Fusing

52 = 52
(two
26-watt
lamps)

* Note: Flexible pendant
mounting cover must be
used if unit is not
rigidlymounted or fixture
will not hang straight.

FG = Large Globe
and Guard
FN = Large Globe
Note: See page I-128-140 for
Accessory Index and
Descriptions.
Note: See page I-153-155 for
explanation of Options.

OPTICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
Optical/Photometric curve number 35-17 - - - Mini•Gard Luminaire

13W
Fluorescent

26W
Fluorescent

52W
Fluorescent

Globe and guard

(FG)
9447

(FG)
9455

(FG)
9470

Globe and guard
and dome reflector (H2000-001)

(FG)
9448

(FG)
9456

(FG)
9471

Globe and guard
and deep dome reflector (H2000-006)

(FG)
9449

(FG)
9457

(FG)
9472

Globe and guard
and angle dome reflector (H2000-002)

(FG)
9452

(FG)
9459

(FG)
9474

Angle Stanchion (5J or 6J)
with globe and guard

(FG)
9453

(FG)
9460

(FG)
9475

Angle Stanchion (5J or 6J)
with globe and guard
and dome reflector (H2000-001)

(FG)
9454

(FG)
9461

(FG)
9476

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-168/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

■

Most commonly ordered

MGA MINI-GARD TM FLUORESCENT LUMINAIRE
UL 1598 Suitable for Wet Locations (Enclosed and Gasketed)
DIMENSIONS
See next page.
REFERENCES
See Page I-128 for start of Accessories.
See Page I-142 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Page I-153 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

DATA

Wattage
13
26
52

Approximate Net Weight
BALLAST HOUSING ASSEMBLY
Wattage
13/26/52 (Fluorescent)
OPTICAL
FG - Globe/Guard
MOUNTINGS
3P/4P Pendant
3C/4C Ceiling
3F/4F Flexible Pendant
5J/6J Angle Stanchion
5S/6S Straight Stanchion
3W/4W Wall

Pounds

Kilograms

14.0

6

3.7

2

3.0
5.0
3.5
5.0
5.0
8.0

1
2
2
2
2
3

Lamp
Base
Gx23
G24D
G24D

Minimum
Start
32°F
+25°F
+25°F

Ballast Type/Voltage
120
277
H, N
H
H, N
H
H, N
H

347
N/A
N/A
N/A

NOTE: Maximum ambient temperature is 40° unless otherwise indicated.
N/A = Not Available
* 70 watt MH not available in 120x347 volt
N = NPF Reactor or Lag
H = HPF Reactor or Lag

MINI-GARD INDOOR LIGHTING

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ I-169

I

MGA MINI-GARD TM FLUORESCENT LUMINAIRE

UL 1598 Suitable for Wet Locations (Enclosed and Gasketed)
FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

PENDANT MOUNT
Globe:
Dim. 9.00 in. (229mm)
A
13.59 in.(345mm)
B
15.11 in.(384mm)

I

MINI-GARD INDOOR LIGHTING

w/ guard

FLEXIBLE PENDANT MOUNT

CEILING MOUNT

Globe:
Dim. 9.00 in. (229mm)
A
4.84 in.(377mm)
B
15.94 in.(405mm)

Globe:
Dim. 9.00 in. (229mm)
A
15.27 in.(388mm)
B
16.36in.(416mm)
w/ guard

Solid Line (—) = Dome Reflector H2000-001
Dotted Line (. . . .) = Deep Dome Reflector H2000-006
Dashed Line (. . . —) = Angled Dome Reflector H2000-002

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-170/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

■

Most commonly ordered

MGA MINI-GARD TM FLUORESCENT LUMINAIRE
UL 1598 Suitable for Wet Locations (Enclosed and Gasketed)

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
WALL MOUNT
Globe:
Dim.
A
B

w/ guard

9.00 in. (229mm)
15.38 in. (391mm)
14.95 in. (380mm)

MINI-GARD INDOOR LIGHTING

STRAIGHT STANCHION
MOUNT
Globe:
Dim. 9.00 in.
(229mm)
A
15.38 in.
(391mm)
B
16.47 in.
w/ guard (418mm)

ANGLE STANCHION MOUNT
Globe:
Dim.
A
B
E
F

9.00 in. (229mm)
12.67 in.(322mm)
13.73 in.(349mm)
14.55 in. (370mm)
16.12 in. (409mm)

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ I-171

I

ULTRA STAR ™ “F5 – SERIES” FLUORESCENT
INDUSTRIAL LIGHTING
4 Foot– T5 X 4 or 6 Lamp

APPLICATIONS
• Warehouse, light industrial, commercial / retail and general areas where high
efficiency, consistent light output, white light, color rendering, instant-on and
lighting control may be required.
• Applications where heavy duty construction or impact resistance may be required.
• Lens options used where lamp protection, cold temperature (<60F) or protection from airborne
particulate is required.

FLUORESCENT INDOOR

I

SPECIFICATIONS:
• Body and end caps are .040 thick aluminum
painted white.
• End caps are riveted to housing for strength and
rigidity.
• Precision formed aluminum reflectors are held in
place with quarter
turn locks and pinch tabs. No tools required for
ballast access.
• Suitable for chain hang or single point mounting.
• Concealed top mounted lamp option available for
ceiling illumination.
• Electronic ballast standard. T5 – HO, Program
Start ballast, Rated class P.
• Listing – /
listed as fluorescent fixture
suitable for dry or damp location.
• GE lamps shipped installed when fixture ordered
with lamps – see order logic to order with lamps
included.
• 95% reflective specular aluminum reflector
material — MIRO IV ™
• Recommended for 50 degree C. ambient
environment on standard product. Contact factory
regarding ambient rating with special options.
(F Series 4 lamp = 55°C)

FEATURES:
• Instant restrike
• Uplight option
• No color shift
• Improved lumen maintenance
• Higher CRI
• Occupancy Sensor and battery options
available
• 480 Volt option
• Open or enclosed options available
• Heavy duty housing construction

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
F5

4

4

5

NUMBER OF
PRODUCT UNIT
LAMP
LAMPS
IDENT
LENGTH DOWN
WATTS
XX
X
X
XXX
F5 = T5 4 = 4'
4=4
5 = 54W
6=6
8=8

0

0

UPLIGHT/
LAMP
DISTRIBUTION
COLOR/TEMP SELECTION
X
XXX
0 = No Lamp 0 = No
A = 4100K
Uplight/
E = 5000K
Standard
Distribution
2 = 2 Lamp
Uplight/
Standard
Distribution
P = 5% Uplight
Slots

1st Digit - Ballast Type
R = Electronic Ballast-Program Start
NOTE: For Dimming Ballast Contact Factory

R1N

0

AD

BALLAST
MOUNTING
TYPE
SELECTION VOLTAGE OPTIONS
X
XX
XXX
0 = Univ AA = No
Voltage Mounting
(120 Hardware
277V)
AB = Access
Discrete Box 3/4"
Voltages: Single
See
Pendant
Notes
Mount
Below
AD = V1 = 120 Hanger w/3'
2 = 208 Chain
3 = 240 AK = V4 = 277 Hanger
H = 347 Only. (No
to 480
Chain)
Note:
Contact
Factory for
other
mounting
configurations.

2nd Digit - Ballast Factor
1 = Standard - Offering
High Ballast Factor 1.00

SPECIAL NOTES:
1. Occupancy sensor requires discrete voltage. Line voltage operation standard.
2. Cord and NEMA plug require discrete voltage.
3. Option J Battery Backup: 1 Lamp at 1150 Lumens for 90 minutes. Discrete voltage 120 to 277 only.
4. Ballast supplier can vary for 480 volt fixtures.

■ NOTE: Shaded Logic indicates Standard Offering

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-172/ 2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

00

0

A

CORD
LENGTH
XX
00 = No
Cord
03 = 3'
06 = 6'
08 = 8'

CORD
CONDUCTOR
X
0 = None
3 = AWG 18-3
6 = Stow 16-3
Note: Stow
Required For
480 Volt

PLUG
TYPE
X
A = No Plug
Discrete Voltage
must be specified
when ordering
following:
B = NEMA Straight
Plug 15 AMP
C = NEMA Twistlock
Plug 15 AMP
E = NEMA Twistlock
Plug 20 AMP

3rd Digit - Type/Combination
B = 2/2/2 = (3) 2-Lamp Ballasts
M = 4/4 = (2) 4-Lamp Ballast
N = 4 = (1) 4-Lamp Ballast
K = 4/2 = (1) 4-Lamp Ballast, (1) 2-Lamp Ballast

XXX
OPTIONS
XXX
C = Occupancy Sensor
(For Open area)
J = Emergency Battery
Back-up. (Available
only as 120 to 277
discrete voltage
only)
H = Steel door frame,
w/clear lens
K = Piano-hinged steel
door frame w/clear
acrylic lens
L = Occupancy Sensor
(For Aisle use)
P = Steel door frame w/
pattern 12 lens
V = Steel door frame w/
prismatic “V” bottom
lens
W = Wire Guard

ULTRA STAR “F5-SERIES” FLUORESCENT
INDUSTRIAL LIGHTING
™

T5 - 4 or 6 Lamp

T5 - 4 LAMP
FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

(1) 2 in. Knock Out

(3) 7/8 in. Knock Outs

5 3/4”

16 in.

24 1/4”

(4) Lamp Curve # 35-452969

25
18
19
21
23
25
27
29
31

* Calculations based on T5 HO lamps at 4,500 mean lumens.
Actual results may vary depending on application conditions.
Quick reference chart based on version without Up-Light

FLUORESCENT INDOOR

50’ High
45’ High
40’ High
35’ High
30’ High
25’ High
20’ High
15’ High

4x54 T5 HO, 234W
20
Maintained Footcandles*
55
29
58
31
62
34
65
36
68
38
70
41
75
43
78
45
15

4 in.

36 in. Y Hanging
Hardware Mount
48 in.

QUICK REFERENCE GUIDE
Fixture Spacing

16.5 in.

3.5 in.

PHOTOMETRY

Efficiency = 97.6%
S/MH = 1.9

T5 - 6 LAMP
FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

(1) 2 in. Knock Out

(3) 7/8 in. Knock Outs

5 3/4”
16 in.
16.5 in.

3.5 in.

24 1/4”

4 in.

PHOTOMETRY
36 in. Y Hanging
Hardware Mount

(6) Lamp Curve # 35-452977

48 in.

QUICK REFERENCE GUIDE
Fixture Spacing
50’ High
45’ High
40’ High
35’ High
30’ High
25’ High
20’ High
15’ High

6x54 T5 HO, 351W
20
Maintained Footcandles*
82
46
88
50
94
54
100
57
108
60
115
63
120
68
15

25
25
28
32
35
38
43
47

* Calculations based on T5 HO lamps at 4,500 mean lumens.
Actual results may vary depending on application conditions.
Quick reference chart based on version without Up-Light

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

Efficiency = 98.2%
S/MH = 1.7
® Registered Trademark of General Electric Company
TM Trademark of General Electric Company
Data subject to change without notice

2005/ I-173

I

ULTRA STAR ™ “F8 – SERIES” FLUORESCENT
INDUSTRIAL LIGHTING

I

FLUORESCENT INDOOR

4 Foot– T8 X 6 Lamp

APPLICATIONS
• Warehouse, light industrial, commercial / retail and general areas where high efficiency,
consistent light output, white light, color rendering, instant-on and lighting control may be
required.
• Applications where heavy duty construction or impact resistance may be required.
• Lens options used where lamp protection, cold temperature (<60F) or protection from airborne
particulate is required.
SPECIFICATIONS
FEATURES
• Body and end caps are 22 gauge C.R.S painted white. • Instant restrike
• Uplight option
• End caps are riveted to housing for strength and
• Lower component replacement parts
rigidity.
• No color shift
• Precision formed aluminum reflectors are held in
• Improved lumen maintenance
place with quarter turn locks and pinch tabs.
• Higher CRI
No tools required for lamp or ballast access.
• Occupancy Sensor and battery options
• Suitable for chain hang or single point mounting.
available
• Concealed top mounted lamp option available for
• 480 Volt option
ceiling illumination.
• Open or enclosed options available
• Electronic ballast standard. T8 - GE Ultramax
• Heavy duty housing construction
ballast, high power factor (1.15),
instant start standard. Rated class P.
• Listing – / listed as fluorescent fixture suitable
for dry or damp location.
• GE lamps shipped installed when fixture ordered with
lamps – see order logic to order with lamps included.
• 95% reflective specular aluminum reflector material
— MIRO IV ™
• Recommended for 50 degree C. ambient
environment on standard product. Contact factory
regarding ambient rating with special options.

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
F8

4

6

3

NUMBER OF
PRODUCT UNIT
LAMP
LAMPS
WATTS
IDENT
LENGTH DOWN
X
XX
X
XXX
F8 = T8 4 = 4'
6=6
3 = 32W

1st Digit - Ballast Type
E = Electronic Ballast-Instant Start
NOTE: For Dimming Ballast Contact Factory

0

0

UPLIGHT/
LAMP
DISTRIBUTION
COLOR/TEMP SELECTION
X
X
0 = No Lamp 0 = No
A = 4100K
Uplight/
E = 5000K
Standard
Distribution
2 = 2 Lamp
Uplight/
Standard
Distribution
P = 5% Uplight
Slots

E1J

0

AD

BALLAST
MOUNTING
TYPE
SELECTION VOLTAGE OPTIONS
X
XX
XXX
0 = Univ AA = No
Voltage Mounting
(120 Hardware
277V)
AB = Access
Discrete Box 3/4"
Voltages: Single
See
Pendant
Notes
Mount
Below
AD = V1 = 120 Hanger w/3'
2 = 208 Chain
3 = 240 AK = V4 = 277 Hanger
5 = 480 Only. (No
Chain)
Note:
Contact
Factory for
other
mounting
configurations.

2nd Digit - Ballast Factor
1 = Standard - Offering
GE Ultramax High Ballast Factor 1.15
High Ballast Factor 1.15
2 = UltraMax Normal Ballast Factor .87

SPECIAL NOTES:
1. Occupancy sensor requires discrete voltage. Line voltage operation standard.
2. Cord and NEMA plug require discrete voltage.
3. Option E Battery Back: 1 Lamp at 550 Lumens for 90 minutes. Discrete voltage 120 to 277 only.
4. Ballast supplier can vary for 480 volt fixtures.

■ NOTE: Shaded Logic indicates Standard Offering
I-174/ 2005

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

00

0

A

CORD
LENGTH
XX
00 = No
Cord
03 = 3'
06 = 6'
08 = 8'

CORD
CONDUCTOR
X
0 = None
3 = AWG 18-3
6 = Stow 16-3

PLUG
TYPE
X
A = No Plug
Discrete Voltage
must be specified
when ordering
following:
B = NEMA Straight
Plug 15 AMP
C = NEMA Twistlock
Plug 15 AMP
E = NEMA Twistlock
Plug 20 AMP

XXX
OPTIONS
XXX
C = Occupancy Sensor
(For Open area)
E = Emergency Battery
Back-up. (Available
only as 120 to 277
discrete voltage
only)
H = Steel door frame,
w/clear lens
K = Piano-hinged steel
door frame w/clear
acrylic lens
L = Occupancy Sensor
(For Aisle use)
P = Steel door frame
w/pattern 12 lens
V = Steel door frame
w/prismatic “V”
bottom lens
W = Wire Guard

3rd Digit - Type/Combination
J = (2) 3-Lamp Ballasts to Operate (6) Lamps
Contact Factory for different Lamp Ballast Combinations.

ULTRA STAR “F8-SERIES” FLUORESCENT
INDUSTRIAL LIGHTING
™

T8 - 6 Lamp

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

(1) 2” K.O.’S
(3) 7/8” K.O.’S
5 3/4”
16”

24 1/4”

16 1/2”

3-1/2”

4”

36” Y HANGING
HARDWARE MOUNT

FLUORESCENT INDOOR

48”

PHOTOMETRY
(6) Lamp Curve # 35-452973

QUICK REFERENCE
Fixture Spacing

50’ High
45’ High
40’ High
35’ High
30’ High
25’ High
20’ High
15’ High

6x32 T8 Normal, 174W
15
20
25
Maintained Footcandles*
46
26
16
48
28
17
51
30
18
56
32
19
58
33
20
60
34
22
62
36
24
64
37
26

6x32 T8 High Light, 224W
15
20
25
Maintained Footcandles*
57
31
21
60
33
22
64
35
24
68
37
25
70
39
26
72
41
27
77
44
29
81
46
31

* Calculations based on Extended Performance T8 lamps at 2,820 mean lumens.
Actual results may vary depending on application conditions.
Quick reference chart based on version without Up-Light

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

Efficiency = 85.9%
S/MH = 1.2

® Registered Trademark of General Electric Company
TM Trademark of General Electric Company
Data subject to change without notice

2005/ I-175

I

ULTRA STAR ™ “M5 – SERIES” FLUORESCENT
INDUSTRIAL LIGHTING

I

FLUORESCENT INDOOR

4 Foot– T5 X 4 Lamp

APPLICATIONS
• Warehouse, light industrial, stack aisle, commercial / retail and general areas where high
efficiency, consistent light output, white light, color rendering, instant-on and lighting control
may be required.
• Applications where heavy duty construction or impact resistance may be required.
• Lens options used where lamp protection, cold temperature (<60F) or protection from airborne
particulate is required.
SPECIFICATIONS:
FEATURES:
• Instant restrike
• Body and end caps are 0.40 thick aluminum
• No color shift
painted white.
• Improved uniform illumination
• End caps are riveted to housing for strength and
• Higher CRI
rigidity.
• Higher vertical footcandles
• Suitable for chain hang or single point mounting.
• Replace up to 400 watt HID
• Precision formed aluminum reflectors are held in
• Occupancy Sensor and emergency options
place with quarter turn locks and pinch tabs.No
available
tools required for lamp or ballast access.
• Improved lumen maintenance
• Housing ballast chamber vented for extended
• Extended lamp life
ballast life.
• 480 Volt option
• Electronic ballast standard. T5 - HO, Program
• Open or enclosed options available
Start ballast, Rated class P.
• Heavy duty housing construction
• Listing – / listed as fluorescent fixture
suitable for dry or damp location.
• GE lamps shipped installed when fixture ordered
with lamps – see order logic to order with lamps
included.
• 95% reflective specular aluminum reflector
material — MIRO IV ™
• Recommended for 55 degree C. ambient
environment on standard product. Contact factory
regarding ambient rating with special options.

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
M5

4

4

5

NUMBER OF
PRODUCT UNIT
LAMP
LAMPS
IDENT
LENGTH DOWN
WATTS
XX
X
X
X
M5 = T5 4 = 4'
4=4
5 = 54W

1st Digit - Ballast Type
R = Electronic Ballast-Program Start
NOTE: For Dimming Ballast Contact Factory

0

0

UPLIGHT/
LAMP
DISTRIBUTION
COLOR/TEMP SELECTION
X
X
0 = No Lamp 0 = No Uplight
A = 4100K
E = 5000K

R1N

0

AD

BALLAST
MOUNTING
TYPE
SELECTION VOLTAGE OPTIONS
X
XX
XXX
0 = Univ AA = No
Voltage Mounting
(120 Hardware
277V)
AB = Access
Discrete Box 3/4"
Voltages: Single
See
Pendant
Notes
Mount
Below
AD = V1 = 120 Hanger w/3'
2 = 208 Chain
3 = 240 AK = V4 = 277 Hanger
H = 347 Only. (No
to 480
Chain)
Note:
Contact
Factory for
other
mounting
configurations.

2nd Digit - Ballast Factor
1 = Standard - Offering
High Ballast Factor 1.00

SPECIAL NOTES:
1. Occupancy sensor requires discrete voltage. Line voltage operation standard.
2. Cord and NEMA plug require discrete voltage.
3. Option J Battery Backup: 1 Lamp at 1150 Lumens for 90 minutes. Discrete voltage 120 to 277 only.
4. Ballast supplier can vary for 480 volt fixtures.

■ NOTE: Shaded Logic indicates Standard Offering

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-176/ 2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

00

0

A

CORD
LENGTH
XX
00 = No
Cord
03 = 3'
06 = 6'
08 = 8'

CORD
CONDUCTOR
X
0 = None
3 = AWG 18-3
6 = Stow 16-3
Note: Stow
required for
480 Volt

PLUG
TYPE
X
A = No Plug
Discrete Voltage
must be specified
when ordering
following:
B = NEMA Straight
Plug 15 AMP
C = NEMA Twistlock
Plug 15 AMP
E = NEMA Twistlock
Plug 20 AMP

3rd Digit - Type/Combination
N = 4 = (1) 4-Lamp Ballast
G = 2/2 = (2) 2-Lamp Ballasts

XXX
OPTIONS
XXX
C = Occupancy Sensor
(For Open area)
J = Emergency Battery
Back-up. (Available
only as 120 to 277
discrete voltage
only)
H = Steel door frame,
w/clear lens
K = Piano-hinged steel
door frame w/clear
acrylic lens
L = Occupancy Sensor
(For Aisle use)
P = Steel door frame
w/pattern 12 lens
W = Wire Guard

ULTRA STAR “M5-SERIES” FLUORESCENT
INDUSTRIAL LIGHTING
™

T5 - 4 Lamp

PHOTOMETRY
(4) Lamp Curve # 35-452979

HIGH BAY REPLACEMENT GUIDE - QUICK REFERENCE
System
Application
Fixture Spacing
50’ High
40’ High
30’ High
20’ High

4x54 T5 HO, 234W
6 Ft. Wide Stack Aisle
15
20
25
30
Maintained Footcandles*
18
15
12
8
24
18
15
12
35
27
21
17
54
42
33
25

4x54 T5 HO, 234W
Open Area
15
20
25
30
Maintained Footcandles*
58
33
20
18
66
36
23
20
72
40
26
23
78
45
28
25

FLUORESCENT INDOOR

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

* Calculations based on T5 HO lamps at 4,500 lumens.
Horizontal Footcandles at 2.5 Feet.
Actual results may vary depending on application conditions.

Efficiency = 94.8%
Spacing 0 DEG. = 1.26
Spacing 90 DEG. = 1.0

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

® Registered Trademark of General Electric Company
TM Trademark of General Electric Company
Data subject to change without notice

2005/ I-177

I

ULTRA STAR ™ “C5 – SERIES” FLUORESCENT
INDUSTRIAL LIGHTING
4 Foot– T5 X 4 Lamp, 8 Foot– T5 X 6 Lamp and 8 Lamp

I

FLUORESCENT INDOOR

APPLICATIONS
• Warehouse, light industrial, stack aisle, commercial / retail and general areas where high
efficiency, consistent light output, white light, color rendering, instant-on and lighting control
may be required.

SPECIFICATIONS:
• Body and end caps are 22gauge C.R.S. painted white.
• End caps are riveted to housing for strength and rigidity.
• Suitable for chain hang or single point mounting
(4’ length only).
• Reflector hinged to housing for ballast access. No
tools required.
• Precision formed aluminum reflectors are held in
place with quarter turn locks and pinch tabs.
• Ample knockouts and access plate provided for
power supply.
• Electronic ballast standard. T5 - HO, Program Start
ballast, Rated class P.
• Listing – / listed as fluorescent fixture suitable
for dry or damp location.
• GE lamps shipped installed when fixture ordered with
lamps – see order logic to order with lamps included.
• 95% reflective specular aluminum reflector material
— MIRO IV ™
• Recommended for 50 degree C. ambient
environment on standard product. Contact factory
regarding ambient rating with special options.

FEATURES:
• Instant restrike
• No color shift
• Improved uniform illumination
• Higher CRI
• Higher vertical footcandles
• Occupancy Sensor and emergency options
available
• Improved lumen maintenance
• Extended lamp life
• 480 Volt option

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
C5

4

4

NUMBER
PRODUCT UNIT
OF LAMPS
IDENT
LENGTH DOWN
XX
X
X
C5 = T5 4 = 4'
2=2
8 = 8’
4=4
6=6
Note:
Available in
8’ length
only
8=8
Note:
Available in
8’ length
only

5

E

0

UPLIGHT/
LAMP
LAMP
DISTRIBUTION
WATTS COLOR/TEMP SELECTION
X
X
X
5 = 54W 0 = No Lamp 0 = No Uplight
A = 4100K
E = 5000K

R1N

0

AD

BALLAST
MOUNTING
TYPE
SELECTION VOLTAGE OPTIONS
X
XX
XXX
0 = Univ AA = No
Voltage Mounting
(120 Hardware
277V)
AB = Access
Discrete Box 3/4"
Voltages: Single
See
Pendant
Notes
Mount Note:
Below
Available on
1 = 120V 4’ length only
2 = 208 AD = V3 = 240 Hanger w/3'
4 = 277V Chain
H = 347 AK = Vto 480
Hanger Only.
(No Chain)

00

0

A

XXX

CORD
LENGTH
XX
00 = No
Cord
03 = 3'
06 = 6'
08 = 8'

CORD
CONDUCTOR
X
0 = None
3 = AWG 18-3
6 = Stow 16-3
Note: Stow
required for
480 Volt

PLUG
TYPE
X
A = No Plug
Discrete Voltage
must be specified
when ordering
following:
B = NEMA Straight
Plug 15 AMP
C = NEMA Twistlock
Plug 15 AMP
E = NEMA Twistlock
Plug 20 AMP

OPTIONS
XXX
C = Occupancy Sensor
(For Open area)
J = Emergency Battery
Back-up. (Available
only as 120 to 277
discrete voltage
only)
L = Occupancy Sensor
(For Aisle use)
W = Wire Guard

Note: Contact
Factory for
other
mounting
configurations.

1st Digit - Ballast Type
R = Electronic Ballast-Program Start
NOTE: For Dimming Ballast Contact Factory

2nd Digit - Ballast Factor
1 = Standard - Offering
High Ballast Factor 1.00

SPECIAL NOTES:
1. Occupancy sensor requires discrete voltage. Line voltage operation standard.
2. Cord and NEMA plug require discrete voltage.
3. Option J Battery Backup: 1 Lamp at 1150 Lumens for 90 minutes. Discrete voltage 120 to 277 only.
4. Ballast supplier can vary for 480 volt fixtures.

■ NOTE: Shaded Logic indicates Standard Offering
I-178/ 2005

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

3rd Digit - Type/Combination
B = 2/2/2 = (3) 2-Lamp Ballasts
H = 1 = (1) 2-Lamp Ballast
M = 4/4 = (2) 4-Lamp Ballast
N = 4 = (1) 4-Lamp Ballast
K = 4/2 = (1) 4-Lamp Ballast, (1) 2-Lamp Ballast

ULTRA STAR “C5-SERIES” FLUORESCENT
INDUSTRIAL LIGHTING
™

T5 - 4 Lamp, 8 Foot– T5 X 6 Lamp and 8 Lamp
FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
4 LAMP

7/8” K.O.
Access plate

2 3/4 in.
4 ft.
8 ft.

12 in.

48 in.
96 in.

Access Plate with (2) 7/8 in. Knock Out

6 LAMP
11 7/8 in.
2 3/4 in.
2 3/4 in.

4 5/8 in.
92 1/2 in. Y Hanging
Hardware Mount
96 in.
Access Plate with (2) 7/8 in. Knock Out

4-8 LAMP
2 3/4 in.

FLUORESCENT INDOOR

11 7/8 in.

4 5/8 in.
2 3/4 in.

44 1/2 in. Y Hanging
Hardware Mount
48 in.
Access Plate with (2) 7/8 in. Knock Out

2 3/4 in.
4 5/8 in.
92 1/2 in. Y Hanging
Hardware Mount
96 in.

C544
4 LAMP

C546
6 LAMP

C548
8 LAMP

Curve # 453270

Curve # 453280

Curve # 453281

ZONAL LUMEN SUMMARY

ZONAL LUMEN SUMMARY

ZONAL LUMEN SUMMARY

Zone Lumens %Lamp %Fixt
0-30
3883
21
26
0-40
6554
36
45
0-60
11177
62
77
0-90
14473
80
100
90-120
0
0
0.0
90-130
0
0
0.0
90-150
0
0
0.0
90-180
0
0
0.0
0-180
14473
80
100
Total Luminaire Efficiency = 80%
Spacing Along = 1.2
Spacing Across = 1.6

Zone Lumens %Lamp %Fixt
0-30
6880
25
28
0-40
11251
41
46
0-60
18682
69
77
0-90
24224
89
100
90-120
0
0
0.0
90-130
0
0
0.0
90-150
0
0
0.0
90-180
0
0
0.0
0-180
24224
89
100
Total Luminaire Efficiency = 89.7%
Spacing Along = 1.2
Spacing Across = 1.3

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

Zone Lumens %Lamp %Fixt
0-30
7645
21
26
0-40
12955
36
45
0-60
22188
61
7
0-90
28737
79
100
90-120
0
0
0.0
90-130
0
0
0.0
90-150
0
0
0.0
90-180
0
0
0.0
0-180
28737
79
100
Total Luminaire Efficiency = 79%
Spacing Along = 1.2
Spacing Across = 1.6
® Registered Trademark of General Electric Company
TM Trademark of General Electric Company
Data subject to change without notice

2005/ I-179

I

ULTRA STAR ™ “E5 – SERIES” FLUORESCENT
INDUSTRIAL LIGHTING
4 Foot– T5 X 4 or 6 Lamp

I

FLUORESCENT INDOOR

APPLICATIONS
• Warehouse, light industrial, commercial / retail and general areas where high
efficiency, consistent light output, white light, color rendering, instant-on and
lighting control may be required.
SPECIFICATIONS
FEATURES
• Instant restrike
• Reflector housing is .032 inch thick aluminum
• Heavy gauge steel lamp holder brackets are riveted • Uplight option
• Slim design, 3” high
to housing for strength
• No color shift
• Suitable for chain hang or single point mounting
• Improved lumen maintenance
• Uplight slots available for ceiling illumination
• Higher CRI
• Ballast cover held in place with turn locks.
• Occupancy Sensor and battery options
No tools required for ballast access.
available
• Upper channel vented extending ballast life.
• Electronic ballast standard. T5 – HO, Program Start • 480 Volt option
• Open ventilated construction
ballast, Rated class P..
• Listing – / listed as fluorescent fixture suitable
for dry or damp location.
• GE lamps shipped installed when fixture ordered with
lamps – see order logic to order with lamps included.
• 95% reflective specular aluminum reflector material
— MIRO IV ™
• Recommended for 50 degree C. ambient
environment on standard product. Contact factory
regarding ambient rating with special options.

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
E5

4

4

NUMBER OF
PRODUCT UNIT
LAMPS
IDENT
LENGTH DOWN
XX
X
XXX
E5 = T5
4 = 4'
4=4
6=6

5
LAMP
WATTS
X
5 = 54W

0

0

R1N

0

AD

BALLAST
LAMP
UPLIGHT
MOUNTING
TYPE
COLOR/TEMP SELECTION SELECTION VOLTAGE OPTIONS
X
XX
X
X
XXX
0 = No Lamp 0 = No
0 = Univ AA = No
A = 4100K
Uplight
Voltage Mounting
E = 5000K
P = 5%
(120 Hardware
Uplight
277V)
AB = Access
Slots
Discrete Box 3/4"
Note:
Voltages: Single
Contact
See
Pendant
Factory for
Notes
Mount
other uplight
Below
AD = Vconfigurations
1 = 120 Hanger w/3'
2 = 208 Chain
3 = 240 AK = V4 = 277 Hanger
H = 347 Only. (No
to 480
Chain)
Note:
Contact
Factory for
other
mounting
configurations.

1st Digit - Ballast Type
R = Electronic Ballast-Program Start
NOTE: For Dimming Ballast Contact Factory

2nd Digit - Ballast Factor
1 = Standard - Offering
High Ballast Factor 1.00

SPECIAL NOTES:
1. Occupancy sensor requires discrete voltage. Line voltage operation standard.
2. Cord and NEMA plug require discrete voltage.
3. Option J Battery Backup: 1 Lamp at 1150 Lumens for 90 minutes. Discrete voltage 120 to 277 only.
4. Ballast supplier can vary for 480 volt fixtures.

■ NOTE: Shaded Logic indicates Standard Offering

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-180/ 2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

00

0

A

XXX

CORD
LENGTH
XX
00 = No
Cord
03 = 3'
06 = 6'
08 = 8'

CORD
CONDUCTOR
X
0 = None
3 = AWG 18-3
6 = Stow 16-3
Note: Stow
Required For
T5 - 480 VOLT

PLUG
TYPE
X
A = No Plug
Discrete Voltage
must be
specified when
ordering
following:
B = NEMA Straight
Plug 15 AMP
C = NEMA Twistlock
Plug 15 AMP
E = NEMA Twistlock
Plug 20 AMP

OPTIONS
XXX
C = Occupancy Sensor
(For Open area)
J = Emergency Battery
Back-up. (Available
only as 120 to 277
discrete voltage
only)
L = Occupancy Sensor
(For Aisle use)
W = Wire Guard

3rd Digit - Type/Combination
B = 2/2/2 = (3) 2-Lamp Ballasts
N = 4 = (1) 4-Lamp Ballast
K = 4/2 = (1) 4-Lamp Ballast, (1) 2-Lamp Ballast
G = 2/2 = (2) 2-Lamp Ballasts

ULTRA STAR “E5-SERIES” FLUORESCENT
INDUSTRIAL LIGHTING
™

T5 - 4 or 6 Lamp

T5 - 4 LAMP
FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
3”

18”

PHOTOMETRY
(4) Lamp Curve # 35-452956

ACCESS PLATE WITH (2) 7/8” K.O.

ZONAL LUMEN SUMMARY
Zone Lumens %Lamp %Fixt
0-30 5755.51
32.0
32.9
0-40 8749.21
48.6
50.0
0-60 13564.35
75.4
77.6
0-90 17476.64
97.1
99.9
90-120
8.14
0
0
90-130
8.59
0
0
90-150
9.29
0.1
0.1
90-180
9.71
0.1
0.1
0-180 17486.35
97.1
100.0
Total Luminaire Efficiency = 97.10%

6 3/4 in.

6 3/4 in.

SC (ALONG): 1.2
SC (ACROSS): 1.0

46.5 in.

* Calculations based on T5 HO lamps at 4,500 mean
lumens.
Horizontal Footcandles at 2.5 Feet.
Actual results may vary depending on application
conditions.

QUICK REFERENCE GUIDE
System
Application
Fixture Spacing

4x54 T5 HO, 234W
6 FT WIDE STACK AISLE
15
20
25
30
Maintained Footcandles*
16
13
11
8
22
17
14
11
33
25
20
17
52
39
30
24

50’ High
40’ High
30’ High
20’ High

4x54 T5 HO, 234W
OPEN AREA
15
20
25
30
Maintained Footcandles*
55
31
18
64
34
21
70
38
24
76
43
26

T5 - 6 LAMP
FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

FLUORESCENT INDOOR

40 3/4” Y Hanging
Hardware Mount

ACCESS PLATE WITH (2) 7/8” K.O.

3”

8 in.

25”

PHOTOMETRY

8 in.

(6) Lamp Curve # 35-452959
QUICK REFERENCE GUIDE
System
Fixture Spacing
50’ High
45’ High
40’ High
35’ High
30’ High
25’ High
20’ High

6x54 T5 HO, 351W
15
20
Maintained Footcandles*
81
45
87
48
93
52
99
55
106
59
112
62
118
67

25
23
27
31
34
36
42
46

ZONAL LUMEN SUMMARY
Zone Lumens %Lamp %Fixt
0-30
7927.8
29.4
30.9
0-40 13017.8
48.2
50.7
0-60 20908.4
77.4
81.4
0-90 25672.9
95.1
100.0
90-120
0.0
0.0
0.0
90-130
0.0
0.0
0.0
90-150
0.0
0.0
0.0
90-180
0.0
0.0
0.0
0-180 25672.9
95.1
100.0
Total Luminaire Efficiency = 97.10%

*Calculations based on Extended Performance T8 lamps at 2,820 mean lumens.
Horizontal Footcandles at 2.5 Feet.
Actual results may vary depending on application conditions.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

44 3/4” Y Hanging
Hardware Mount
48 in.

SC (ALONG): 1.2
SC (ACROSS): 1.4
® Registered Trademark of General Electric Company
TM
Trademark of General Electric Company
Data subject to change without notice

2005/ I-181

I

ULTRA STAR ™ “E8 – SERIES” FLUORESCENT
INDUSTRIAL LIGHTING
4 Foot– T8 X 6 Lamp

I

FLUORESCENT INDOOR

APPLICATIONS
• Warehouse, light industrial, commercial / retail and general areas where high
efficiency, consistent light output, white light, color rendering, instant-on and
lighting control may be required.
SPECIFICATIONS:
FEATURES:
• Instant restrike
• Reflector housing is .032 inch thick aluminum
• Heavy gauge steel lamp holder brackets are riveted • Uplight option
to housing for strength
• Slim design, 3” high
• Suitable for chain hang or single point mounting
• No color shift
• Uplight slots available for ceiling illumination
• Improved lumen maintenance
• Ballast cover held in place with turn locks. No tools • Higher CRI
required for ballast access.
• Occupancy Sensor and battery options
• Upper channel vented extending ballast life.
available
• Electronic ballast standard. T8 – GE Ultramax
• 480 Volt option
ballast, high power factor (1.15), instant start
• Open ventilated construction
standard. Rated class P.
• Listing – / listed as fluorescent fixture suitable
for dry or damp location.
• GE lamps shipped installed when fixture ordered with
lamps – see order logic to order with lamps included.
• 95% reflective specular aluminum reflector material
— MIRO IV ™
• Recommended for 50 degree C. ambient
environment on standard product. Contact factory
regarding ambient rating with special options.

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
E8

4

6

NUMBER OF
PRODUCT UNIT
LAMPS
IDENT
LENGTH DOWN
XX
X
X
E8 = T8
4 = 4'
6=6

3
LAMP
WATTS
X
3 = 32W

0

0

E1J

0

AD

BALLAST
LAMP
UPLIGHT
MOUNTING
TYPE
COLOR/TEMP SELECTION SELECTION VOLTAGE OPTIONS
X
XX
X
X
XXX
0 = No Lamp 0 = No
0 = Univ AA = No
A = 4100K
Uplight
Voltage Mounting
E = 5000K
P = 5%
(120 Hardware
Uplight
277V)
AB = Access
Slots
Discrete Box 3/4"
Note:
Voltages: Single
Contact
See
Pendant
Factory for
Notes
Mount
other uplight
Below
AD = Vconfigurations
1 = 120V Hanger w/3'
2 = 208 Chain
3 = 240 AK = V4 = 277V Hanger
5 = 480 Only. (No
Chain)
Note:
Contact
Factory for
other
mounting
configurations.

1st Digit - Ballast Type
E = Electronic Ballast-Instant Start
NOTE: For Dimming Ballast Contact Factory

2nd Digit - Ballast Factor
1 = Standard - Offering GE
Ultramax High Ballast Factor 1.15
2 = UltraMax Normal Ballast
Factor .87

SPECIAL NOTES:
1. Occupancy sensor requires discrete voltage. Line voltage operation standard.
2. Cord and NEMA plug require discrete voltage.
3. Option E Battery Back up: 1 Lamp at 550 Lumens for 90 minutes. Discrete voltage 120 to 277 only.
4. Ballast supplier can vary for 480 volt fixtures.

■ NOTE: Shaded Logic indicates Standard Offering

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-182/ 2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

00

0

A

CORD
LENGTH
XX
00 = No
Cord
03 = 3'
06 = 6'
08 = 8'

CORD
CONDUCTOR
X
0 = None
3 = AWG 18-3
6 = Stow 16-3

PLUG
TYPE
X
A = No Plug
Discrete Voltage
must be
specified when
ordering
following:
B = NEMA Straight
Plug 15 AMP
C = NEMA Twistlock
Plug 15 AMP
E = NEMA Twistlock
Plug 20 AMP

XXX
OPTIONS
XXX
C = Occupancy Sensor
(For Open area)
E = Emergency Battery
Back-up. (Available
only as 120 to 277
discrete voltage
only)
L = Occupancy Sensor
(For Aisle use)
W = Wire Guard

3rd Digit - Type/Combination
J = (2) 3-Lamp Ballasts to Operate (6) Lamps
Contact Factory for different Lamp Ballast Combinations.

ULTRA STAR “E8-SERIES” FLUORESCENT
INDUSTRIAL LIGHTING
™

T8 – 6 Lamp

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
25 in.

3 in.

Access Plate with (2) 7/8” Knock Out

9 in.

8 in.
44 3/4 in. Y Hanging
Hardware Mount

PHOTOMETRY
SC (ALONG): 1.26
SC (ACROSS): 1.34

(6) Lamp Curve # 35-452957

HIGH BAY REPLACEMENT GUIDE - QUICK REFERENCE
Fixture Spacing

50’ High
45’ High
40’ High
35’ High
30’ High
25’ High
20’ High
15’ High

6x32 T8 Normal, 174W
15
20
25
Maintained Footcandles*
47
27
17
49
30
18
52
32
19
57
34
21
59
34
23
61
35
24
63
37
25
65
38
27

6x32 T8 High Light, 224W
15
20
25
Maintained Footcandles*
59
33
22
62
35
23
66
37
26
70
40
27
71
41
28
73
42
29
79
45
31
82
47
33

ZONAL LUMEN SUMMARY
Zone Lumens %Lamp %Fixt
0-30
7927.8
29.4
30.9
0-40 13017.8
48.2
50.7
0-60 20908.4
77.4
81.4
0-90 25672.9
95.1
100.0
90-120
0.0
0.0
0.0
90-130
0.0
0.0
0.0
90-150
0.0
0.0
0.0
90-180
0.0
0.0
0.0
0-180 25672.9
95.1
100.0
Total Luminaire Efficiency = 95.10%

FLUORESCENT INDOOR

46 1/2 in.

* Calculations based on Extended Performance T8 lamps at 2,820 mean
lumens.
Horizontal Footcandles at 2.5 Feet.
Actual results may vary depending on application conditions.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

® Registered Trademark of General Electric Company
TM
Trademark of General Electric Company
Data subject to change without notice

2005/ I-183

I

ULTRA STAR “S5 – SERIES” FLUORESCENT
INDUSTRIAL LIGHTING
TM

8 Foot– T5 X 2, 4 or 6 Lamp

I

FLUORESCENT INDOOR

APPLICATIONS
• High, 25 feet plus, narrow, 12 feet wide or less, stack aisle for warehouse, light industrial,
commercial / retail areas where high efficiency, consistent light output, white light, color
rendering, instant-on and lighting control may be required.
SPECIFICATIONS
• Unibody aluminum construction in .032 inch thick.
• Lampholder brackets secured to housing with
machine screws adding strength.
• Ballast chamber vented for heat removal
increasing ballast life.
• Suitable for chain hang or surface mounting.
• Ballast cover held in place with turn locks. No tools
required for ballast access.
• Lampholders are injection molded rotating camlock
design holding lamps firmly in place.
• Electronic ballast standard. T5 – HO, Program Start
ballast, Rated class P.
• Listing –
/ listed as fluorescent fixture
suitable for dry or damp location.
• GE lamps shipped installed when fixture ordered
with lamps – see order logic to order with lamps
included.
• 95% reflective specular aluminum reflector material
— MIRO IV ™
• Recommended for 50 degree C. ambient
environment on standard product. Contact factory
regarding ambient rating with special options.

FEATURES
• Instant Restrike
• Uplight Option
• Unibody Construction
• No Color Shift
• Improved Lumen Maintenance
• Higher CRI
• Improved Lumen Maintenance
• Occupancy Sensor and Battery
Options Available
• 480 Volt Option
• Open Ventilated Construction

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
S5

8

4

NUMBER OF
PRODUCT UNIT
LAMPS
IDENT
LENGTH DOWN
XXXX
X
XXX
S5 = T5
8 = 8'
2=2
4=4
6=6

5
LAMP
WATTS
X
5 = 54W

0

N

R1N

0

AD

BALLAST
LAMP
UPLIGHT
MOUNTING
TYPE
COLOR/TEMP SELECTION SELECTION VOLTAGE OPTIONS
X
XX
X
X
XXX
0 = No Lamp N = No
0 = Univ AA = No
A = 4100K
Uplight/
Voltage Mounting
E = 5000K
Narrow
(120 Hardware
Distribution
277V)
AD = VP = 5%
Discrete Hanger w/3'
Uplight
Voltages: Chain
Slots
See
AK = VNote:
Notes
Hanger
Contact
Below
Only. (No
Factory for
1 = 120 Chain)
other uplight
2 = 208
configurations
3 = 240
4 = 277
H = 347
to 480

1st Digit - Ballast Type
R = Electronic Ballast-Program Start
NOTE: For Dimming Ballast Contact Factory

2nd Digit - Ballast Factor
1 = Standard - Offering
High Ballast Factor 1.00

SPECIAL NOTES:
1. Occupancy sensor requires discrete voltage. Line voltage operation standard.
2. Cord and NEMA plug require discrete voltage.
3. Option J Battery Back Bup: 1 Lamp at 1150 Lumens for 90 minutes. Discrete voltage 120 to 277 only.
4. Ballast supplier can vary for 480 volt fixtures.

■ NOTE: Shaded Logic indicates Standard Offering

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-184/ 2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

00

0

A

CORD
LENGTH
XX
00 = No
Cord
03 = 3'
06 = 6'
08 = 8'

CORD
CONDUCTOR
X
0 = None
3 = AWG 18-3
6 = Stow 16-3
Note: Stow
Required for
480 Volt

PLUG
TYPE
X
A = No Plug
Discrete Voltage
must be
specified when
ordering
following:
B = NEMA Straight
Plug 15 AMP
C = NEMA Twistlock
Plug 15 AMP
E = NEMA Twistlock
Plug 20 AMP

3rd Digit - Type/Combination
B = 2/2/2 = (3) 2-Lamp Ballasts
H =1 = (1) 2-Lamp Ballast
N = 4 = (1) 4-Lamp Ballast
K = 4/2 = (1) 4-Lamp Ballast, (1) 2-Lamp Ballast
G = 2/2 = (2) 2-Lamp Ballasts

XXX
OPTIONS
XXX
J = Emergency Battery
Back-up. (Available
only as 120 to 277
discrete voltage
only)
L = Occupancy Sensor
(For Aisle Use)
W =Wire Guard

ULTRA STAR TM “S5 – SERIES” FLUORESCENT
INDUSTRIAL LIGHTING
T5 - 2, 4 or 6 Lamp

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
(2) 7/8 in. Knock Outs
6 in.

84 in.

3 1/4 in.

13 1/2 in.

6 1/2 in.

88 in. Y Hanging Hardware Mount
96 in.

PHOTOMETRY

FLUORESCENT INDOOR

(2) Lamp Curve # 35-452960
(4) Lamp Curve # 35-452985

HIGH BAY REPLACEMENT GUIDE - QUICK REFERENCE
Fixture Spacing
50’ High
45’ High
40’ High
35’ High
30’ High
25’ High

(2) Lamp Fixture 117 Watts
8 Ft. Wide Stack Aisle
15
20
25
Maintained Footcandles*
12
9
7
14
11
9
15
13
11
20
15
12
23
18
15
28
23
18

(4) Lamp Fixture Task* 234 Watts
8 Ft. Wide Stack Aisle
15
20
25
Maintained Footcandles*
25
20
16
28
23
18
34
26
21
40
31
24
49
38
30
60
46
36

* (4) lamp fixture calculated using two (2) lamp fixtures side by side.
* Horizontal footcandles calculated at 2.5 ft. Reflectances ceiling .5, walls .3, floor .1
* Calculations based on 4,500 lumens.
Actual results may vary depending on application conditions.

(2) LAMP FIXTURE Spacing
Criteria along = 1.24
Spacing Criteria across = 0.48

® Registered Trademark of General Electric Company
TM
Trademark of General Electric Company
Data subject to change without notice

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ I-185

I

ULTRA STAR ™ “S8 – SERIES” FLUORESCENT
INDUSTRIAL LIGHTING
8 Foot– T8 X 2, 4 or 6 Lamp

I

FLUORESCENT INDOOR

APPLICATIONS
• High, 25 foot plus, narrow, 12 feet wide or less, stack aisles in warehouses, light industrial,
commercial/retail and general areas where high efficiency, consistent light output, white light,
color rendering, instant-on and lighting control may be required.
SPECIFICATIONS:
• Unibody aluminum construction in .032 inch thick.
• Lampholder brackets secured to housing wth
machine screws adding strength.
• Ballast chamber vented for heat removal
increasing ballast life.
• Suitable for chain hang or surface mounting.
• Ballast cover held in place with turn locks. No tools
required for ballast access.
• Lampholders are injection molded rotating camlock
design holding lamps firmly in place.
• Electronic ballast standard. T8 - GE Ultramax
ballast, high power factor (1.15),
instant start. Rated class P.
• Listing –
/
listed as fluorescent fixture
suitable for dry or damp location.
• GE lamps shipped installed when fixture ordered
with lamps – see order logic to order with lamps
included.
• 95% reflective specular aluminum reflector material
— MIRO IV ™
• Recommended for 50 degree C. ambient
environment on standard product. Contact factory
regarding ambient rating with special options.

FEATURES:
• Instant restrike
• Uplight option
• Unibody construction
• No color shift
• Improved lumen maintenance
• Higher CRI
• Occupancy Sensor and battery options
available
• 480 Volt option
• Open ventilated construction

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
S8

8

6

NUMBER
PRODUCT UNIT
OF LAMPS
IDENT
LENGTH DOWN
XX
X
X
S8 = T8 8 = 8'
2=2
4=4
6=6

3

E

0

LAMP
WATTS
X
3 = 32W

LAMP
COLOR/TEMP
X
0 = No Lamp
A = 4100K
E = 5000K

UPLIGHT
SELECTION
X
0 = No Uplight/
Standard
Distribution
P = 5% Uplight
Slots/Standard
Distribution
Note: Contact
Factory for
other uplight
configurations.

1st Digit - Ballast Type
E = Electronic Ballast-Instant Start
NOTE: For Dimming Ballast Contact Factory

E1J

0

AD

BALLAST
MOUNTING
TYPE
SELECTION VOLTAGE OPTIONS
X
XX
XXX
0 = Univ AA = No
Voltage Mounting
(120 Hardware
277V)
AD = VDiscrete Hanger w/3'
Voltages: Chain
See
AK = VNotes
Hanger
Below
Only. (No
1 = 120 Chain)
2 = 208
3 = 240
4 = 277
5 = 480

2nd Digit - Ballast Factor
1 = Standard - Offering
GE Ultramax High Ballast Factor 1.15
2 = UltraMax Normal Ballast Factor .87

SPECIAL NOTES:
1. Occupancy sensor requires discrete voltage. Line voltage operation standard.
2. Cord and NEMA plug require discrete voltage.
3. Option E Battery Backup: 1 Lamp at 550 Lumens for 90 minutes. Discrete voltage 120 to 277 only.
4. Ballast supplier can vary for 480 volt fixtures.

■ NOTE: Shaded Logic indicates Standard Offering
I-186/ 2005

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

00

0

A

XXX

CORD
LENGTH
XX
00 = No
Cord
03 = 3'
06 = 6'
08 = 8'

CORD
CONDUCTOR
X
0 = None
3 = AWG 18-3
6 = Stow 16-3

PLUG
TYPE
X
A = No Plug
Discrete Voltage
must be specified
when ordering
following:
B = NEMA Straight
Plug 15 AMP
C = NEMA Twistlock
Plug 15 AMP
E = NEMA Twistlock
Plug 20 AMP

OPTIONS
XXX
C = Occupancy Sensor
(For Open area)
E = Emergency Battery
Back-up. (Available
only as 120 to 277
discrete voltage
only)
L = Occupancy Sensor
(For Aisle use)
W = Wire Guard

3rd Digit - Type/Combination
H = 1 = (1) 2-Lamp Ballast
J = 3/3= (2) 3-Lamp Ballasts
N = 4 = (1) 4-Lamp Ballast
G = 2/2 = (2) 2-Lamp Ballasts

ULTRA STAR “S8-SERIES” FLUORESCENT
INDUSTRIAL LIGHTING
™

8 Foot T8 X 2, 4 or 6 Lamp
Standard Distribution
Shown

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
PHOTOMETRY
(2) Lamp Curve # 35-452987

3 1/4 in.

2 – LAMP FIXTURE

PHOTOMETRY
(4) Lamp Curve # 35-452961

3 1/4 in.

4 – LAMP FIXTURE
10 1/4 in.

Total Luminaire Efficiency = 92%
Spacing Criteria:
0 DEG. = 1.3
90 DEG. = 2.0

FLUORESCENT INDOOR

6 1/4 in.

Total Luminaire Efficiency = 95%
Spacing Criteria:
0 DEG. = 1.1
90 DEG. = 1.7

PHOTOMETRY
(6) Lamp Curve # 35-452965

3 1/4 in.

6 – LAMP FIXTURE

10 1/4 in.

Total Luminaire Efficiency = 92%
Spacing Criteria:
0 DEG. = 1.3
90 DEG. = 1.9

(2) 7/8 in.
Knock Outs
6 in.

84 in.

88 in. Y Hanging Hardware Mount
96 in.
® Registered Trademark of General Electric Company
TM
Trademark of General Electric Company
Data subject to change without notice

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ I-187

I

ULTRA STAR ™ “A8 – SERIES” FLUORESCENT
INDUSTRIAL LIGHTING
8 Foot– T8 X 6 Lamp

I

FLUORESCENT INDOOR

APPLICATIONS
• High, 25 foot plus, narrow, 12 feet wide or less, stack aisles in warehouses, light industrial,
commercial/retail and general areas where high efficiency, consistent light output, white light,
color rendering, instant-on and lighting control may be required.
SPECIFICATIONS:
FEATURES:
• Instant restrike
• Unibody construction in .032 inch thick.
• Heavy gauge steel lamp holder brackets are riveted • Uplight option
• Unibody construction
to housing for strength and rigidity
• No color shift
• Suitable for chain hang or single point mounting
• Improved lumen maintenance
• Uplight slots available for ceiling illumination
• Ballast cover held in place with turn locks. No tools • Higher CRI
• Occupancy Sensor and battery options
required for ballast access.
available
• Electronic ballast standard. T8 – GE Ultramax
• 480 Volt option
ballast, high power factor (1.15), instant start
• Open ventilated construction
standard. Rated class P.
• Listing – / listed as fluorescent fixture suitable
for dry or damp location.
• GE lamps shipped installed when fixture ordered with
lamps – see order logic to order with lamps included.
• 95% reflective specular aluminum reflector material
— MIRO IV ™
• Recommended for 50 degree C. ambient
environment on standard product. Contact factory
regarding ambient rating with special options.

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
A8

8

6

NUMBER
PRODUCT UNIT
OF LAMPS
IDENT
LENGTH DOWN
XX
X
X
A8 = T8
8 = 8'
6=6

3
LAMP
WATTS
X
3 = 32W

0

0

E1J

0

AD

BALLAST
LAMP
UPLIGHT
MOUNTING
TYPE
COLOR/TEMP SELECTION SELECTION VOLTAGE OPTIONS
X
XX
X
X
XXX
0 = No Lamp 0 = No
0 = Univ AA = No
A = 4100K
Uplight
Voltage Mounting
E = 5000K
P = 5%
(120 Hardware
Uplight
277V)
AD = VSlots
Discrete Hanger w/3'
Note:
Voltages: Chain
Contact
See
AK = VFactory for
Notes
Hanger
other uplight
Below
Only. (No
configurations
1 = 120 Chain)
2 = 208
3 = 240
4 = 277
5 = 480

1st Digit - Ballast Type
E = Electronic Ballast-Instant Start
NOTE: For Dimming Ballast Contact Factory

2nd Digit - Ballast Factor
1 = Standard - Offering GE
Ultramax High Ballast
Factor 1.15
2 = UltraMax Normal
Ballast Factor .87

SPECIAL NOTES:
1. Occupancy sensor requires discrete voltage. Line voltage operation standard.
2. Cord and NEMA plug require discrete voltage.
3. Option E Battery Back up: 1 Lamp at 550 Lumens for 90 minutes. Discrete voltage 120 to 277 only.
4. Ballast supplier can vary for 480 volt fixtures.

■ NOTE: Shaded Logic indicates Standard Offering

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-188/ 2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

00

0

A

CORD
LENGTH
XX
00 = No
Cord
03 = 3'
06 = 6'
08 = 8'

CORD
CONDUCTOR
X
0 = None
3 = AWG 18-3
6 = Stow 16-3

PLUG
TYPE
X
A = No Plug
Discrete Voltage
must be
specified when
ordering
following:
B = NEMA Straight
Plug 15 AMP
C = NEMA Twistlock
Plug 15 AMP
E = NEMA Twistlock
Plug 20 AMP

XXX
OPTIONS
XXX
E = Emergency Battery
Back-up. (Available
only as 120 to 277
discrete voltage
only)
L = Occupancy Sensor
(For Aisle use)
W = Wire Guard

3rd Digit - Type/Combination
J = (2) 3-Lamp Ballasts to Operate (6) Lamps
Contact Factory for different Lamp Ballast Combinations.

ULTRA STAR “A8-SERIES” FLUORESCENT
INDUSTRIAL LIGHTING
™

8 Foot –T8 X 6 Lamp

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

3 1/2 in.

10.5 in.
19 in.

75 in.

(2) 7/8 in.
Knock
Outs

8 in.
88 in. Y Hanging
Hardware Mount
96 in.

PHOTOMETRY

HIGH BAY REPLACEMENT GUIDE - QUICK REFERENCE
Fixture Spacing
50’ High
45’ High
40’ High
35’ High
30’ High
25’ High

Example 9 Ft. Wide Stack Aisle
20
25
30
Maintained Footcandles*
18
15
12
21
17
14
23
19
16
27
21
18
32
25
20
36
28
22

Example 6 Ft. Wide Stack Aisle
20
25
30
Maintained Footcandles*
16
13
10
19
15
12
21
17
14
25
19
16
30
23
18
34
26
20

FLUORESCENT INDOOR

(6) Lamp Curve # 35-452955

* Horizontal footcandles calculated at 2.5 ft.. Reflectances: ceiling .5, walls .3, floor .1
* Calculations based on 2,915 mean lumens with Miro-4 reflector, ballast factor 1.15.
Actual results may vary depending on application conditions
Quick reference chart based on versions without Up-Light

90 DEG PLANE

TOTAL LUMINAIRE EFFICIENCY = 90.1%
SPACING CRITERIA: 0 DEG =1.2 90 DEG = .7

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

® Registered Trademark of General Electric Company
TM Trademark of General Electric Company
Data subject to change without notice

2005/ I-189

I

ACCESSORIES

REFER TO ACCESSORY INDEX TO MATCH ACCESSORY WITH PRODUCT.
ILLUSTRATIONS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL REPRESENTATIONS.

LENS TYPES AVAILABLE
• V Option
Patterned V Acrylic (F Series only)
• P Option
Patterned Flat Acrylic (F,M only)
• M Option
Clear Flat Acrylic (F,M only)

"V"Option
Patterned V Acrylic
(F Series only)

"P"Option
Patterned Flat Acrylic
(F,M Series only)

"M" Option
Clear Flat Acrylic
(F,M Series only)

"W"Option
Wireguard Ext. Mount
(M,C Series)

"W"Option
Wireguard Ext. Mount
(E,A,S Series)

"AD"Option
V Hanger & Chain Mount

"AB" Option
Large Wiring Box
(F,M,C Series)

"AB" Option
Small Wiring Box
(E,A,S Series)

"C"Option
Occupancy
Sensor
(F,M,C Series)

"C"Option
Occupancy
Sensor
(E,A,S Series)

WIREGUARDS (W OPTION)
• W Option
Wireguard & Chain Mount (F Series)
• W Option
Wireguard Ext. Mount (M,C Series)
• W Option
Wireguard Ext. Mount (E,A,S Series)

"W"Option
Wireguard Mount
(F Series)

I

I NDOOR LI GHTI NG ACCE SSOR I E S

MOUNTING OPTIONS
• AD Option
V Hanger & Chain Mount
• AB Option
3/4" Access Box
• AK
V Hanger only (no chain)

OCCUPANCY OPTIONS
• C Option
Occupancy Sensor (F,M,C Series)
• C Option
Occupancy Sensor (E,A,S Series)

UPLIGHT
• 2 Option
Two lamps up (F Series)
•P Option
5% Uplight slots (F,E,S,A Series)
(Not shown)
• O Option
No uplight

ACCESSORY ORDER INFORMATION
(When ordering seperately)
CatalogNumber
Description
XT-VCHAIN-FME4
Y hanger for "F", "M", "E" w/3ft Chain
XT-VCHAIN-S4
Y hanger for "S" w/3ft Chain
XT-Y-FME
Y hanger only "F", "M", "E"
XT-3PR-FM
Access box 3/4" pendant mount - "F", "M"
XT-3PR-ES
Access box 3/4" pendant mount - "E", "S"
XT-SDA-F4
Clear acrylic lens steel door frame "F"
XT-SDA-M4
Clear acrylic lens steel door frame "M"
XT-WG11-F4
Wireguard "F" 4 ft.
XT-WG11-S4
Wireguard "S" 4 ft.
XT-WG11-M4
Wireguard "M" 4 ft.
XT-WG11-C4
Wireguard "C" 4 ft.
XT-WG11-E44
Wireguard "E" 4 ft. - 4 lamp version
XT-WG11-E46
Wireguard "E" 4 ft. - 6 lamp version
XT-OCS-360
Occupancy Sensor For Open Areas - 360 deg
XT-OCS-AISLE
Occupancy Sensor For Aisle - Asymmetric

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
I-190/ 2005

"2"Option
Uplight
(F Series Two
Uplights)

www.gelightingsystems.com

Hazardous Location Lighting
H-1
H-2
H-4
H-5
H-6
H-7
H-14
H-18
H-20
H-21
H-22
H-28
H-32
H-34
H-36
H-38
H-43
H-44

HAZARDOUS
LOCATION LIGHTING

Product and Selection Guidelines
Selection Considerations
Definition and Classification
of Hazardous Location
Commonly Encountered
Hazardous Materials
Typical Adverse Location
Environments
Temperature Profile Data
Powr•Gard and Class 1
Powr•Gard, Class 1,
Division 1 Floodlight
H4 Fluorescent
H8 Incandescent
H7 Enclosed and Gasketed
Filtr•Gard®
Mini•Gard™
Perma•Gard®
Food-Pro™ II
P-154-Class I, Division 2
Accessories
Component Ordering Logic
Data

BACK TO MAIN INDEX

H

LOOK FOR
THIS TAB ON
ANY PAGE
TO RETURN
TO THE
HAZARDOUS
LOCATION
LIGHTING
INDEX

imagination at work

HAZARDOUS LOCATION LIGHTING INDEX
(For Adverse, Severe Duty and Hazardous Classifications)

PRODUCT NAME

PRODUCT ID.

REFERENCE: SEPARATE PUB

Selection Considerations
Hazardous Classifications
Commonly Encountered
Hazardous Materials
Typical Adverse
Location Environments
Temperature Profile Data
Powr•Gard and Class I,

PAGE
H-2
H-4
H-5
H-6
H-7

Powr•Gard H9
Class 1, Division 1 Floodlight H9*

LSP-1037

LSP-1115(Can)* H-14

H4 Fluorescent

H4

LSP-1100

—

H-18

H8 Incandescent

H8

LSP-1058

—

H-20

H7 Enclosed and Gasketed

H7

LSP-1093

—

H-21

Filtr•Gard

H2*, H2U*

LSP-1038

LSP-1108(Can)* H-22

MGH*, MGHU* OLP-2575

OLP-2604(Can)*H-28

PMGA

—

®

Mini•Gard

TM

Perma•Gard

®

Food-Pro II

FP2

P-154-Class I, Division 2

P54H*

TM

LSP-1039

H-32

HAZARDOUS LOCATION LIGHTING

®

H-34

LSP-1052

LSP-1120(Can)* H-36

Accessories

H-38

Component Logic
Data

H-43
H-44

* These products have different ordering number logic for Candian UL ( ) applications. Contact
factory for information, or refer to the appropriate product publication, as listed in this table.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ H-1

H

SELECTION CONSIDERATIONS FOR
HAZARDOUS LOCATION LUMINAIRES

TO SATISFY THE LIGHTING NEEDS OF AN AREA HAVING A
HAZARDOUS, POTENTIALLY HAZARDOUS, OR AN ADVERSE
ENVIRONMENT, THE OWNER, RESPONSIBLE INSURANCE COMPANY,
AND THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION MUST HAVE CERTAIN
KNOWLEDGE AND MUST USE THAT KNOWLEDGE TO DEFINE THE
NEEDS OF THE AREA BEFORE SPECIFYING A LUMINAIRE.
Included in this knowledge should be a full understanding of
National Electrical Code® (NEC®), National Fire Protection
Association (NFPA), Factory Mutual (FM), Underwriters Laboratories
Listings (UL Listing), National Electrical Manufacturers Association
(NEMA), and other governing body codes and standards and
testing procedures. Also, this knowledge must include an
awareness and understanding of testing methods and local codes,
the physical and chemical properties of the environments, and the
testing procedures applicable to the application and product.
With this knowledge, a qualified individual can then begin to
determine the proper code(s) and code requirements that a
lighting system for a hazardous or adverse location must meet.
Here's a step-by-step summary of certain considerations that the
qualified individual should include when making the decision.

H

HAZARDOUS LOCATION LIGHTING

CONSIDER THE APPLICABLE CERTIFICATIONS/STANDARDS

Of all the certifications and standards from the organizations mentioned above, the most commonly used are UL Listings. When used
in connection with the NEC Classifications of Hazardous Locations,
the UL Listing is the key to specifying and selecting the correct
luminaire for a hazardous or adverse location. Here is a summary of
the tests required by applicable UL Listings and the NEMA 4X Rating.

COMPARISON OF TESTS REQUIRED BY UL
TEST
HEAT RUN–measures
temperatures of ballast, capacitor,
socket, customer wire.
HEAT RUN–measures temperature of lamp.
HEAT RUN–measures temperatures of
all external surfaces: without dust
with dust
RAIN EXPOSURE–(Wet Locations)
EXPLOSION PRESSURE–minimum
of 15 explosions using vapor from
Group(s) desired.
FLAME PROPAGATION–minimum of
15 explosions using vapor from
Group(s) desired.
HYDROSTATIC–pressure of four(4)
times max. measured explosion pressure.
DUST PENETRATION–(magnesium dust).
30 hours with 6 heating cycles
10 hours with 2 heating cycles
DUST BLANKET–(grain dust)
measures temperatures of external
surfaces.
VIBRATION–35 hours
GASKET ACCELERATED AGING–
temperature and time equivalent to
50-year life.
CORROSION RESISTANCE OF
MATERIALS
MOISTURE RESISTANCE–hose down
DUST BLAST OR ATOMIZED WATER
EXTERNAL ICING
SALT FOG–corrosion test

UL1598 UL1598
(WET
LOCATIONS)
X
X

UL1598
UL844
NEMA
(OUTDOOR NEC CLASS AND DIVISION
4X
SALT WATER) CLASS I CLASS I CLASS II CLASS II
DIVISION1 DIVISION2 DIVISION1 DIVISION2
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

X

X

X
X

X

X
X

X
X

X
X
X

X

X

X

X
X

X
X

X
X

X
X

X

The various UL Listings and NEMA 4X rating cover the following:
• UL1598–Standard for Safety for High Intensity Discharge Lighting
Fixtures–covers general use in ordinary locations.
• UL1598, Suitable for Wet Locations–is for fixtures suitable for installation in rain, locations subject to salt spray, and similar situations.
• UL1598, Outdoor Salt Water–requires all UL1598 testing plus other
testing for many fixture classifications: Inside type fixtures, Inside
dripproof-type fixtures, Inside recessed-type fixtures, Inside dripproof
recessed-type fixtures, Outside-type fixtures (freshwater), and Outsidetype fixtures (salt water).
• UL844, Electric Lighting Fixtures for Hazardous Locations–is used in
conjunction with National Electrical Code Classes, Divisions, and
Groups of atmospheres for the selection of fixtures for normally and
not normally hazardous locations where volatile flammable liquids,
flammable gases, and combustible materials may be present in the
atmosphere. The SUMMARY OF HAZARDOUS ATMOSPHERES TABLE
defines the NEC Classes, Divisions, and Groups by Atmospheres and
Temperatures.
NEMA 4X, Electric Lighting Fixtures for Installation Aboard Ship in
Accordance with U.S. Coast Guard Electrical Regulations–indicates that
luminaires provide protection from windblown dust and rain, splashing
water, external icing, and hose-directed water.
For hazardous locations, the UL844 Listing is the key to luminaire
selection and procedure as follows:

SELECTING UL844 LISTED LUMINAIRES
If the SUMMARY OF HAZARDOUS ATMOSPHERES TABLE calls for
the luminaire to be UL844 Listed, the selection process is critical.
THE CLASSIFICATION OF A GIVEN AREA AS TO CLASS, DIVISION,
AND GROUP IS SOLELY THE JUDGEMENT OF THE OWNER, RESPONSIBLE INSURANCE COMPANY, AND THE AUTHORITY HAVING
JURISDICTION. And the process of specifying a luminaire type,
lamp wattage, lamp type, etc., is an exacting job that requires
THEM to take the following steps:
STEP 1. Determine the normally hazardous or not normally hazardous atmosphere(s) present in the area to be lighted.
STEP 2. Use the information from STEP 1 and the SUMMARY OF
HAZARDOUS ATMOSPHERES TABLE to determine:
–NEC Class, Division, and Group
–Location of temperature (exterior and interior)
measurement on the luminaire.
–Limiting temperature value (if specified) in °C.
–General type of GE luminaire suitable for the application.
STEP 3. Determine the maximum ambient temperature in the area
to be lighted.
STEP 4. For NEC Class I, Division 1, Groups C & D, All Class II
Divisions and Groups and All Class III Divisions: Determine the Limiting Value Temperature from the SUMMARY
OF HAZARDOUS ATMOSPHERES TABLE.
For NEC Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C, and D: Consult the TABLE OF COMMONLY ENCOUNTERED
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS to determine the AUTOIGNITION
TEMPERATURES for any materials that are normally or may
be present in the atmosphere of the area to be lighted.

X
X
X
X

Note: National Electrical Code® and NEC® are Registered Trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association, Inc.
Quincy, MA 02269.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
H-2/ 2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

SELECTION CONSIDERATIONS FOR
HAZARDOUS LOCATION LUMINAIRES

EXAMPLE 1. LIGHT A STORAGE SHED CONTAINING PROPANE TANKS.
STEP 1. Because the propane is stored in closed containers and will not be used
in the area, the Authority, absent other factors, might classify the area
as “Not Normally Hazardous” under the NEC.
STEP 2. Given the Authority's classification, the area fits the NEC Class I, Division
2, Group D with a maximum ambient of 40°C and the maximum operating temperature is measured on the interior of the luminaire.
–GE H2 Filtr•Gard® luminaires are suitable
STEP 3. The maximum ambient temperature in the shed is 40°C.
STEP 4. Autoignition Temperature of Propane is 450°C
STEP 5. From the Luminaire Temperature Profile Data, the maximum luminaire
operating temperature measured on the interior of the luminaire is
Temperature Code T2/300c for 175 watt mercury in a large globe and
guard (Type FG) and Temperature Code T2A/280c for 150 watt high
pressure (HPS) in a large globe (Type FG).

STEP 6. Because the maximum interior temperature of the luminaire with
applicable lamp type or wattage is below the autoignition temperature of propane, Filtr•Gard luminaire with a globe and guard and the
reflector designated in the Luminaire Temperature Profile table might
be specified for use in the storage building.
All that now needs to be done is to specifically select the lamp type, lamp wattage and optical configuration for the H2 Filtr•Gard luminaire that will light the
area to the desired level in the most cost effective manner.

EXAMPLE 2. LIGHT A COVERED GASOLINE PUMPING AREA.
STEP 1. Because the gasoline is pumped in the area, it could be
present in the atmosphere and therefore the Authority might
classify the area as “Normally Hazardous” under the NEC.
STEP 2. Given the Authority's classification, the area fits the NEC
Class I, Division 1, Group D with a maximum ambient of 40°C
and the maximum operating temperature is measured on
the exterior of the luminaire.
STEP 3. The maximum ambient temperature in the shed is 40°C. GE
H9 Powr•Gard® luminaires are suitable
STEP 4. Note the Limiting Value from SUMMARY OF HAZARDOUS
ATMOSPHERES TABLE is 280°C.
STEP 5. From the Luminaire Temperature Profile Data, the maximum
luminaire operating temperature as measured on the exterior of the luminaire is 165°C (Temperature Code T3B) for
250 watt mercury in a globe and guard (Type JJ) with or
without specific reflectors and 160°C (Temperature Code T3C)
for 250 watt high pressure sodium (HPS) in a globe and
guard (Type JJ) with or without specific reflectors.
STEP 6. Because the maximum exterior temperature of the luminaire
with any applicable lamp type or wattage up to 250 watts is
below Limiting Value, any Powr•Gard luminaire with up to
250 watt lamps and the reflector designated in the Luminaire Temperature Profile table can be specified for use in
the pumping building.
All that needs to be done is to specifically select the lamp type,
lamp wattage and optical configuration for the H9 Powr•Gard luminaire that will light the area to the desired level in the most cost
effective manner.

SELECTING UL1598 LISTED AND NEMA 4X LUMINAIRES.
If an application calls for lighting systems with UL1598, UL1598
Suitable for Wet Locations, luminaire selection is relatively easy.
Just look in this lighting catalog to see which luminaire has the
appropriate listing or certification and place the order.
Where non-hazardous corrosive atmospheres are present, luminaires must meet UL1598 Outdoor Salt Water (formerly UL595)
Listing and/or NEMA 4X Rating. Typical corrosive atmospheres can
include: acids (nitric, hydrochloric, sulfuric, etc.), bases (soda caustic,
caustic potash), gases (chlorine, sulfur dioxide, etc.), salts, and other
adverse atmospheres such as steam, salt water, and dust which are
common by-products of many chemical and manufacturing facilities
such as refining, ceramic making, metal finishing, plating, fertilizer
production, paper and pulp plants, ore conversion operations, etching, etc.
For these applications, a luminaire constructed of reinforced nonmetallic materials having no exposed exterior metal surfaces is the
best choice. Consider the GE Perma•Gard® luminaire, which combines these features and the appropriate UL1598 Listing and NEMA
4X Rating.

HAZARDOUS LOCATION LIGHTING

STEP 5. Consult the LUMINAIRE TEMPERATURE PROFILE DATA TABLES to
determine the maximum operating temperature of the
luminaire that is UL844 listed for the appropriate NEC Class,
Division, and Group. Also make sure that the temperature is
measured at the appropriate location stipulated in the
SUMMARY OF HAZARDOUS ATMOSPHERES TABLE for the
applicable NEC Class, Division, and Group.
The importance of this decision cannot be overstated and merits
further clarification before proceeding to the next step.
For instance, for Class I, Division 1, All Groups and for All Class II
Divisions, and Groups and All Class III Divisions, the maximum
temperature, as indicated in the table by “Maximum exterior
temp...”, is measured on the exterior of the luminaire. The
maximum temperature that a given combination of lamp
wattage, optical configuration and ballast housing produces
while operating in a specific ambient temperature environment
MUST BE LESS than the Limiting Value specified for that Class,
Division and Group.
For Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C, and D, the maximum
temperature of the luminaire is measured inside the luminaire
(usually on the lamp wall surface) as indicated in the table by
“Maximum interior temp...”. This is because the gases in the
area could infiltrate the luminaire, contact the lamp wall, and
could ignite or explode if their autoignition temperatures are
below that of the lamp wall. These luminaires are not designed
to contain the ignition and it could propagate out into the
surrounding atmosphere.
THE OWNER, RESPONSIBLE INSURANCE COMPANY, AND THE
AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION have the responsibility of
selecting a luminaire that has a maximum operating
temperature (measured at the appropriate location and in the
specified ambient temperature of normal luminaire operation)
that is lower than the lowest autoignition temperature of any
combustible material in the atmosphere of the area being
lighted. Note that different luminaire optical configurations have
different maximum temperatures and this should be taken into
consideration when making the luminaire selection.
STEP 6. Specify the luminaire type–including lamp type and wattage,
optical configuration, and mounting arrangement–that meets
the temperature requirements and NEC Class, Division, and
Group restrictions; and is listed for that NEC Class.
Now determine the number of luminaires needed to produce the
desired lighting level.
Here are some examples of how the OWNER, RESPONSIBLE INSURANCE
COMPANY, AND THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION (the “Authority”)
can use the STEP-BY-STEP method to specify a luminaire having a
UL844 listing for lighting a hazardous location.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ H-3

H

DEFINITION AND CLASSIFICATION
OF HAZARDOUS LOCATION
WHAT CONSTITUTES A HAZARDOUS LOCATION?
The classification of a given area as to Class, Division, and Group is solely the
judgment of THE OWNER, INSURANCE COMPANY, AND THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION.
Articles 500-517 of the National Electrical Code define, categorize and provide
the basic ground rules of the application and installation of lighting fixtures in
hazardous locations.
Hazardous locations are defined in terms of Class, Division and Group, per the
NEC. The definition of each is as follows:
“CLASS I locations are those in which flammable Gases or Vapors are or
may be present in the air in quantities sufficient to produce explosive or ignitable
mixtures.”
“CLASS II locations are those that are hazardous because of the presence of
Combustible Dust.”
“CLASS III locations are those that are hazardous because of the presence of
easily ignitable Fibers or Flyings, but in which such fibers or flyings are

not likely to be in suspension in the air in quantities sufficient to produce ignitable
mixtures.”
Each “CLASS” is further defined as either Division 1 or Division 2.
DIVISION 1 is an environment that is Normally Hazardous.
DIVISION 2 is an environment that is Not Normally Hazardous.
Each Division may be further classified according to the particular gas, vapor or
dust, by defining the areas by groups, see table below.
Don't confuse UL844 with UL1598 which meets the standards for those locations
which require only enclosed and gasketed products.
You can't readily differentiate between UL1598 and UL844 listed luminaires by
examining the product. So how do you tell one from the other? THE BEST WAY TO
BE SURE OF A UL844 LISTING IS TO EXAMINE THE LABEL AND SEE THE WORDS
“LISTED ELECTRIC LIGHTING FIXTURES FOR HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS” OR
“LISTED ELECTRIC LIGHTING FIXTURES FOR HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS” IN CLOSE
PROXIMITY TO THE CIRCULAR UL LOGO.
UL844 IS THE ONLY UL STANDARD FOR HAZARDOUS LOCATION
LIGHTING

SUMMARY OF HAZARDOUS ATMOSPHERES*
NEC
CLASS

DIVISION

TYPICAL ATMOSPHERE AND
GROUP AUTOIGNITION TEMPERATURES

I
GASES,
VAPORS

1
A
Normally
hazardous B

C

H

HAZARDOUS LOCATION LIGHTING

D

2**
Not
normally
hazardous

A
B
C
D

TEMPERATURE
MEASURED

Acetylene (305°C, 581°F)

Maximum
exterior
Hydrogen (502°C, 986°F) manufactured temperature in
gases containing more than 30%
40°C ambient.
hydrogen (by volume)
H8 is in 25°C
ethylene (450°C, 842°F)
ambient
cyclopropane (503°C, 938°F)
hexanes (225°C, 437 °F)
butane (288°C, 550°F)
propane (450°C, 842°F
acetone (465°C, 869°F)
benzene (420°C, 788°F
gasoline (280-471°C, 536-880°F)
Same as Division 1
Max interior
Same as Division 1
temperature in
Same as Division 1
40°C ambient.
Same as Division 1
PF4HandP54Hare
in 25°C ambient

LIMITING
VALUE

GE TYPE
ORDERING NUMBER

280°C (536°F) and
Not Available
Articles 500-503 of NEC
280°C (566°F) and
Articles 500-503 of NEC
180°C (356°F) and
Articles 500-503 of NEC
280°C (526°F) and
Articles 500-503 of NEC

H4

H8

H9
Max temp of luminaire
not to exceed the autoignition temp (°C) of gas H2
or vapor involved. Ref.
Articles 500-503 of NEC

PMGA

P54H

MGH
II
COMBUSTIBLE
DUSTS

III
EASILY
IGNITIBLE
FIBERS AND
FLYINGS

1
E
Normally
hazardous
F

Metal dust, including aluminum,
magnesium, and their commercial alloys,
and other metals of similarly hazardous
characteristics
Carbon black, coal, coke dust

G

Flour, starch, grain dusts.

2**
G
Not
normally
hazardous
1, 2

Same as Division 1

Same as Class II, Division 2

Max exterior
temperature in
40°C ambient
with a dust
blanket.
H8 is in 25°C
ambient.
Max exterior
temp under
conditions of
use
Same as Class
II, Div. 2

200°C (392°F) and
Articles 500-503 of NEC
H2
200°C (392°F) and
Articles 500-503 of NEC
165°C (329°F) and
Articles 500-503 of NEC
165°C (329°F) and
Articles 500-503 of NEC

MGH
H9

H4

H8
FP2
165°C (329°F) and
Articles 500-503 of NEC
H2
MGH

* Information for this table is extracted from the National Electrical Code (NEC), Article 500, and from the National Fire Prevention Association's “National Electrical Code Handbook,” (reference to
NFPA 497M).
** Not normally hazardous means that the gases or dusts are not normally present.
The classification of a given area as to Class, Division, and Group is solely the judgement of THE OWNER, INSURANCE COMPANY, AND THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
H-4/ 2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

COMMONLY ENCOUNTERED
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
As a guide for THE OWNER, RESPONSIBLE INSURANCE COMPANY,
AND THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION in determining the
proper NEC Group classification for a flammable gas, to use the following table is
reprinted from the “Manual for Classification of Gases, Vapors and Dusts for
Electrical Equipment in Hazardous (Classified) Locations” NFPA 497M and lists
the Autoignition Temperature (AIT) of gases and vapors of liquids with Flash
Points below 100°F (37°C). It also lists Group Classifications for the gases as
determined by tests (indicated by *) or based on analogy with tested materials
and on chemical structure. While the classification of the untested materials
represents the best judgement of two groups of experts, it is conceivable that the
Group Classification of any particular untested material may be incorrect.

In certain instances, therefore, it may be advisable to submit untested materials
to a qualified testing laboratory for verification of the assigned Group
Classification.
NOTE: The temperature and Group Classifications are subject to change. Consult
the latest edition of NFPA 497M for the most recent information.
NOTE: Reprinted with permission from NFPA 497M, Classification of Class I
Hazardous Locations for Electrical Installations, National Fire Protection Association, Quincy, MA 02269. This reprinted material is not the complete and official
position of the NFPA on the referenced subject which is represented only by the
standard in its entirety.

MATERIAL
ACETALDEHYDE
ACETONE
ACETONITRILE
ACETYLENE
ACROLEIN (INHIBITED)
ACRYLONITRILE
ALLYL ALCOHOL
ALLYL CHLORIDE
AMMONIA
N-AMYL ACETATE
SEC-AMYL ACETATE
BENZENE
1,3-BUTADIENE
BUTANE
1-BUTANOL
2-BUTANOL
N-BUTYL ACETATE
ISO-BUTYL ACETATE
SEC-BUTYL ACETATE
BUTYLAMINE
BUTYLENE
BUTYL MERCAPTAN
N-BUTYRALDEHYDE
CARBON DISULFIDE
CARBON MONOXIDE
CHLOROBENZENE
CHLOROPRENE
CROTONALDEHYDE
CUMENE
CYCLOHEXANE
CYCLOHEXENE
CYCLOPROPANE
1,1-DICHLOROETHANE
1,2-DICHLOROETHYLENE
1,3,-DICHLOROPROPENE
DICYCLOPENTADIENE
DIETHYL ETHER
DIETHYLAMINE
DI-ISOBUTYLENE
DI-ISOPROPYLAMINE
DIMETHYLAMINE
1,4-DIOXANE
DI-N-PROPYLAMINE
EPICHLOROHYDRIN
ETHANE
ETHANOL

AIT
GROUP °F
C*
347
D*
869
D
975
A*
581
B(C)* 455
D*
898
C*
713
D
905
928
D*
D
680
D
–
D*
928
B(D)* 788
D*
550
D*
650
D*
761
D*
790
D*
790
D
–
D
594
D
725
C
–
C*
425
194
-*
C*
1128
D
1099
D
–
C*
450
D
795
D
473
D
471
D*
938
D
820
D
860
D
–
C
937
C*
320
C*
594
D*
736
C
600
C
752
C
356
C
570
C*
772
D*
882
D*
685
1

2

1

3

°C
175
465
524
305
235
481
378
485
498
360
–
498
420
288
343
405
421
421
–
312
385
–
218
90
609
593
–
232
424
245
244
503
438
460
–
503
160
312
391
316
400
180
299
411
472
363

MATERIAL
ETHYL ACETATE
ETHYL ACRYLATE (INHIBITED)
ETHYLAMINE
ETHYL BENZENE
ETHYL CHLORIDE
ETHYLENE
ETHYLENEDIAMINE
ETHYLENE DICHLORIDE
ETHYLENIMINE
ETHYLENE OXIDE
ETHYL FORMATE
ETHYL MERCAPTAN
N-ETHYL MORPHOLINE
FORMALDEHYDE (GAS)
GASOLINE
HEPTANE
HEPTENE
HEXANE
2-HEXANONE
HEXENES
HYDROGEN
HYDROGEN CYANIDE
HYDROGEN SELENIDE
HYDROGEN SULFIDE
ISOAMYL ACETATE
ISOBUTYL ACRYLATE
ISOBUTYRALDEHYDE
ISOPRENE
ISOPROPYL ACETATE
ISOPROPYLAMINE
ISOPROPYL ETHER
ISOPROPYLGLYCIDYLETHER
LIQUEFIEDPETROLEUMGAS
MANUFACTUREDGAS(CONTAINING
MORETHAT30%H BYVOLUME)
MESITYL OXIDE
METHANE
METHANOL
METHYL ACETATE
METHYLACETYLENE
METHYLACETYLENE-PROPADIENE
(STABILIZED)
METHYL ACRYLATE
METHYLAMINE
METHYLCYCLOHEXANE
METHYL ETHER
2

NOTES TO TABLE
*Material has been classified by test.
1 If equipment is isolated by sealing out conduit 1/2-in. (12.7mm) or
larger, in accordance with Article 501-5(a) of NFPA 70, National
Electrical Code, equipment for the group classification shown in a
parenthesis is permitted.
2 For Classification of areas involving ammonia, see Safety Code for
Mechanical Refrigeration, ANSI/ASHRAE 15, and Safety Requirements
for the Storage and Handling of Anhydrous Ammonia, ANSI/CGA G2.1
3 Certain chemicals may have characteristics that require
safeguards beyond those required for any of the above groups.

AIT
GROUP °F
D*
800
D*
702
D*
725
D
810
D
966
C*
842
D*
725
D*
775
C*
608
B(C)* 804
D
851
C*
572
C
–
B
795
536-880
D*
D*
399
D
500
D*
437
D
795
D
473
B*
968
C*
1000
C
–
C*
500
D
680
D
800
C
385
D*
428
D
860
D
756
D*
830
C
–
D
761-842

°C
427
372
385
432
519
450
385
413
320
429
455
300
–
429
280-471
204
260
225
424
245
520
538
–
260
360
427
196
220
460
402
443
–
405-450

B*
D*
D*
D*
D
C*

–
652
999
725
850
–

–
344
537
385
454
–

C
D
D
D
C*

–
875
806
482
662

–
468
430
250
350

1

MATERIAL
METHYL ETHYL KETONE
METHYL FORMAL
METHYL FORMATE
METHYL ISOBUTYL KETONE
METHYL ISOCYANATE
METHYL MERCAPTAN
METHYL METHACRYLATE
2-METHYL-1-PROPANOL
2-METHYL-2-PROPANOL
MONOETHYL HYDRAZINE
NAPHTHA (PETROLEUM)
NITROETHANE
NITROMETHANE
1-NITROPROPANE
2-NITROPROPANE
NONANE
NONENE
OCTANE
OCTENE
PENTANE
1-PENTANOL
2-PENTANONE
1-PENTENE
PROPANE
1-PROPANOL
2-PROPANOL
PROPRIONALDEHYDE
N-PROPYL ACETATE
PROPYLENE
PROPYLENE DICHLORIDE
PROPYLENE OXIDE
N-PROPYL ETHER
PROPYL NITRATE
PYRIDINE
STYRENE
TERTAHYDROFURAN
TOLUENE
TRIETHYLAMINE
TURPENTINE
UNSYMMETRICAL DIMETHYL
HYDRAZINE (UDMH)
VALERALDEHYDE
VINYL ACETATE
VINYL CHLORIDE
VINYLIDENE CHLORIDE
XYLENES

AIT
GROUP °F
D*
759
C*
460
D
840
D*
840
D
994
C
–
D
792
D*
780
D*
892
C
382
550
D*
C
778
C
785
C
789
C*
802
D
401
D
–
D*
403
D
446
D*
470
D*
572
D
846
D
527
D*
842
D*
775
D*
750
C
405
D
842
D*
851
D
1035
B(C)* 840
C*
419
B*
347
D*
900
D*
914
C*
610
D*
896
C*
–
D
488

°C
404
238
449
449
534
–
422
416
478
194
288
414
418
421
428
205
–
206
230
243
300
452
275
450
413
399
207
450
455
557
449
215
175
482
490
321
480
–
253

C*
C
D*
D*
D
D*

249
222
402
472
570
464-529

4

1

480
432
756
882
1058
867-984

HAZARDOUS LOCATION LIGHTING

GROUP CLASSIFICATION AND AUTOIGNITION TEMPERATURE (AIT) OF SELECTED FLAMMABLE GASES
AND VAPORS OF LIQUIDS HAVING FLASH POINTS BELOW 100°F (37.8°C).

Carbon Disulfide is one of these chemicals because of its low
autoignition temperature and small joint clearance to arrest flame
propagation.
4 Petroleum Naptha is a saturated hydrocarbon mixture whose
boiling range is 20° to 135°C. It is also known as benzine, ligroin,
petroleum ether, and naptha.
References: Autoignition temperatures listed above are the lowest
value for each material as listed in NFPA 325M, Fire Hazard Properties of Flammable Liquids, Gases, and Volatile Solids, or as reported in
an article by Hilado, C.J. and Clark, S.W., in Chemical Engineering,
September 4, 1972.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ H-5

H

TYPICAL ADVERSE LOCATION
ENVIRONMENTS
In many industries, luminaires must operate under conditions that are considered
“Adverse”–corrosive, wet, dirty, etc.–which do not necessarily fall into the normally
hazardous or not normally hazardous categories defined by NEC. While a UL844
Listed luminaire might be applied, it must also be resistant to corrosive actions of
the environments commonly found in industry, many of which are listed below.
ADVERSE ENVIRONMENT

SOURCE/PROCESS/USES

TYPICAL INDUSTRIES

Solder fluxes
Cleaning metals, tile, brickwork
Making glue, gelatin, dextrose, chlorides

Metal manufacture
Metal finishing
Brick and ceramics

Nitric

Manufacturing of explosives, dyes, fertilizers, plastics, nitrates
Metal finishing and coating

Explosives
Textile
Fertilizer
Plastics
Metal finishing

Sulfuric

Gas drying agent
Petroleum purification
Making glass, explosives, inks, dyes, fertilizers, batteries
Metal cleaning and finishing

Petroleum
Plating
Fertilizer
Battery
Metal finishing

Phosphoric

Making fertilizers, detergents
Metal finishing
Water softeners
Cleaning agents
Drying agents

Fertilizer
Food
Metal finishing

Hydrofluoric

Pickle baths
Etching solutions
Catalysts
Cleaning sand from castings
Insecticides

Metal finishing
Glass
Petroleum
Lighting products

Lye, soda lye
Chemical production
Cleaners
Refining
Soap

Metal finishing
Chemical
Pulp and paper
Petroleum
Food

Paper and textile bleaching
Manufacturing of chloroform, sulfur chloride, dyes, medicines, cleaning solvents
Organic chlorine compounds
Water purification
Metal extraction (tin, zinc)

Pulp and paper
Rubber
Chemical
Pharmaceutical
Metal
Petroleum

See Nitric Acid
Making Sulfuric Acid
Bleaches, disinfectants, refrigerants
Mold growth prevention

Chemical
Pulp and paper
Food

Soldering fluids (Zinc chloride)
Floor and wall coverings (Magnesium chloride)
Batteries (Ammonium chloride)
Soldering Pastes (Ammonium chloride)
Coal dust control (Calcium chloride)
Ferric, Sodium, Nickel, Potassium chlorides

Metal processing
Battery
Coal processing

H

HAZARDOUS LOCATION LIGHTING

ACIDS
Hydrochloric
(Muriatic)

BASES
Sodium or
Potassium Hydroxide

GASES
Chlorine

Nitrogen dioxide
Sulfur dioxide

SALTS
Chlorides

OTHER ADVERSE ENVIRONMENTS
Steam
Salt water
Dust

Utility
Chemical

For these and many other adverse environments, luminaires have
been designed and constructed with no exposed exterior metal
parts (housings, reflectors, hinges, fasteners, etc.). Materials like
Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester (FRP), Polypropylene, and
Fiberglass Reinforced Polybutyleneterepthalate (PBT) have
replaced die-cast aluminum and other metal parts to provide

better corrosion resistance in a broader range of adverse environments. The GE Perma•Gard® luminaire with an FRP housing,
glass globe, polypropylene reflectors, acrylic or polycarbonate
refractors, and PBT globe guard has no exposed metal parts and
carries appropriate UL Listings and NEMA 4X rating for use in
many adverse locations described above.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
H-6/ 2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

TEMPERATURE PROFILES
In the following Temperature Profile Data Charts, when a column is headed “Tested Lamp Envelope Surface Temperature in °C @ 40°C Maximum Ambient,” the data (in degrees Celsius) was obtained in a 40°C
ambient under normal gravity conditions.
In the following Temperature Profile
Data Charts, when a column is
headed “Maximum Luminaire Exter- TEMPERATURE CODE
IDENTIFICATION
IDENTIFICATION
nal Surface Temperature in °C,” the
NUMBER
DEGREES C NUMBER
DEGREES C
data (in degrees Celsius) was obtained under a dust blanket at 40°C
MAXIMUM T1
450
T3A
180
ambient under normal gravity
TEMPERATURE T2
300
T3B
165
RANGE T2A
280
T3C
160
conditions.
IDENTIFICATION T2B
260
T4
135
In the following Temperature Profile
NUMBER T2C
230
T4A
120
Data Charts when a T code is used,
T2D
215
T5
100
this chart explains the temperature
T3
200
T6
85
maximum (in degrees Celsius).

POWR•GARD® H9 LUMINAIRE TEMPERATURE PROFILE DATA
OPTICAL CONFIGURATION

QUARTZ OPTION

Data applies to Globe and Guard with or without Standard Dome or Angle Dome Reflector (Class I and II),
Deep Dome (Class I only).

Automatically switched quartz. Available
only with lamp types and wattages
shown below. Maximum ambient is
40°C. Limited to 150-watt quartz lamp.
Cannot be used for Paint Spray area.

OPTICAL CONFIGURATION
Data applies to Globe and Guard
with or without Standard Dome or
Angle Dome Reflector (Class I and II),
Deep Dome (Class I only).

MOUNTINGS
Angle Stanchion

Floodlight

MOUNTINGS
Pendant
Straight StanFlexible Pendant
chion
Wall
Angle Stanchion
Ceiling
Straight Stanchion

CLASSIFICATIONS
+ Other OPTICAL
CONFIGURATIONS listed
Lamp
Wattage

Max Ambient
°C

Class I,
Class II,
Class I,
Class II,
Class I,
Division 1 Division 1 Division 1 Division 1 Division 1
Groups E,F,G Groups C,D

Temp
Code

Temp
Code

Temp
Code

Temp
Code

Lamp
Max
Temp
Wattage Ambient°C Code

T5
T5
T5
T4A
T3C
T3C
T3*

T4
T4
T4
T4
T3
T3
N/A

T5
T5
T5
T4A
T3C
T3C
T3A*

T4
T4
T4
T4
N/A
N/A
N/A

T4
T4
T4
T4
T3C
T3C
T3A*

T4A
T4
T3C
T3A

T4A
T3B
N/A
N/A

T4A
T4
T3C
T3A

T4A
T3B
N/A
N/A

T4
T3B*
T3B*
T3*

Groups C,D Groups E,F,G Groups C,D
Temp
Code

55
55
55
55
55
55
40
55
55
55
40

ClassII,Division1

Groups E,F,G
Temp
Code

50
70
100
150
200
250
400

40
40
40
40
N/A
N/A
N/A

T3C
T3C
T3C
T3C
N/A
N/A
N/A

T3C
T3C
T3C
T3C
N/A
N/A
N/A

T3C
T3C
N/A
N/A

T3C
T3C
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A

METAL HALIDE

METAL HALIDE
100
175
250
400

ClassI,Division1

Groups C,D

HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM (HPS)

HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM (HPS)
50
70
100
150
200
250
400

CLASSIFICATIONS

+ Other OPTICAL
CONFIGURATIONS
listed

HAZARDOUS LOCATION LIGHTING

Pendant
Flexible Pendant
Wall
Ceiling
Straight Stanchion

MERCURY
100
55
T4
T3B
T4
T3B
T3A*
250
55
T3B*
N/A
T3B*
N/A
T3A*
400
40
T2D*
N/A
T2D*
N/A
T2C*
NOTE: *CAUTION: Operating temperatures exceed safe temperatures for some Group C materials.
To prevent fire or explosion install only as intended.

100
175
250
400

40
40
N/A
N/A

MERCURY
250
400

N/A
N/A

H8 HAZARDOUS LOCATION INCANDESCENT LUMINAIRE

LIMITATIONS

H9 luminaires are UL Listed for Class I, Division 1, Group C
(180°C max) and Group D (280°C max) luminaire surface temperature. H9 luminaires are not listed for Groups A and B.
WARNING–Do not use GE Multi-Vapor II MXR175 lamps in explosion
proof or hazardous duty fixures because they have higher bulb
temperatures than standard 175-watt metal halide lamps and may
exceed the temperature rating of these fixture types.
®

UL844
YOU MUST USE TEMPERATURE PROFILE
DATA TO PROPERLY SELECT LUMINAIRE
TEMPERATURE PROFILE (25°C AMBIENT)
DATA APPLIES TO ALL MOUNTINGS
MaximumWattage
No
Standard
Angle
Classification
Group Reflector
Reflector
Reflector
Class I, Division 1 C, D 300
Class I, Division 1, 2 D (Paint 75
Spray)
Class II, Division 1 E, F
200
Class II, Division 1 E, F, G 100
Class II, Division 2 G
100
NOTE: N/A=Not Applicable

Temp
Code

300
N/A

300
N/A

T3C
T4A

150
N/A
N/A

200
150
150

T3
T3C
T3C

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ H-7

H

FILTR•GARD H2 AND H2U
LUMINAIRE TEMPERATURE PROFILE DATA
®

OPTICAL CONFIGURATION

OPTICAL CONFIGURATION

Large Globe and Guard (Type FG) (with or without Standard Dome or Angle Dome
Reflector) 250 Watts Maximum

Large Globe and Guard (Type FG) (with
Deep Dome Reflector) 250 Watts
Maximum

MOUNTINGS
Usable with all H2 Mounting Arrangements except NOT FOR ANGLE STANCHION
All Mounting
Arrangements mounting unless following conditions are met: For Class II and Class III,
Divisions 1 and 2, angle stanchion can be used with globes in combination with
50-, 70- and 100-watt High Pressure Sodium light source only. Temperature
code is T3C except with deep dome (see data) with small or large globe. No other
High Intensity Discharge (HID) light source can be used with angle stanchion and
globe for this classification.

Lamp
Wattage

Max *
Ambient
55°C
Temp
Code

CLASSIFICATIONS

Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F, G; Class II,
Division 2, Group G; and Class III,
Divisions 1, 2

Groups A, B, C, D
Max
Ambient
40°C
Temp
Code

Groups E, F

Group G

Max *
Ambient
65°C
Temp
Code

Maximum
Luminaire
External
Surface
Temp (°C)

Max
Maximum
Ambient Luminaire
40°C
External
Temp
Surface
Code
Temp (°C)

Max
Ambient
40°C
Temp
Code

T3
T3
T2C
T2
N/A

160
160
160
200
N/A

T3C
T3C
T3C
T3
N/A

160
160
160
N/A
N/A

T3C
T3C
T3C
N/A
N/A

HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM (HPS)
50
70
100
150
250

T3A
T3A
T2D
T2A
T1

T3
T3
T2C
T2
N/A

HAZARDOUS LOCATION LIGHTING

H

+ Other OPTICAL
CONFIGURATIONS
listed

Lamp
Wattage

50
70
100
150
250

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

200
200
N/A
N/A

T3
T3
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

T2B
T1
N/A

T2A
N/A
N/A

T2A
N/A
N/A

160
N/A
N/A

T3C
N/A
N/A

160
N/A
N/A

T3C
N/A
N/A

100
175
250
400
100
250
400

T3
T3
T3
T3
N/A

T2
T2
T1
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

T2B
T1
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A

Groups A, B, C, D
Max
Ambient
40°C
Temp
Code

Max *
Ambient
55°C
Temp
Code

T3A
T3A
T2B
T2A
N/A

T3
T3
T2C
T2
N/A

MOUNTINGS
All Mounting Arrangemnets

▼

CLASSIFICATIONS

Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F, G; Class II,
Division 2, Group G; and Class III,
Divisions 1, 2

Groups E, F

Group G

Max *
Ambient
65°C
Temp
Code

Maximum
Luminaire
External
Surface
Temp (°C)

Max
Maximum
Ambient Luminaire
40°C
External
Temp
Surface
Code
Temp (°C)

Max
Ambient
40°C
Temp
Code

T3
T3
T2C
T2
N/A

160
160
160
200
N/A

T3C
T3C
T3C
T3
N/A

160
160
160
N/A
N/A

T3C
T3C
T3C
N/A
N/A

Class I, Division 2
+ Other OPTICAL
CONFIGURATIONS
listed

Lamp
Wattage

Class II, Division 1

Groups A, B, C, D

Groups E, F

Maximum
Ambient40°C
Temperature Code

Maximum
Luminaire
External
Surface
Temp (°C)

Max
Ambient
40°C
Temp
Code

HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM (HPS)
50
70
100
150
250

T3C
T3
T2B
T2B
N/A

200
200
200
200
N/A

T3
T3
T3
T3
N/A

METAL HALIDE & PULSE METAL HALIDE

METAL HALIDE & PULSE METAL HALIDE
T2
T2
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

T2B
N/A
N/A

T2A
N/A
N/A

T2A
N/A
N/A

160
N/A
N/A

T3C
N/A
N/A

160
N/A
N/A

T3C
N/A
N/A

100
175
250
400

T2
T2
T1
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

T2B
T1
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A

MERCURY

MERCURY

* Standard max Ambient Temp is 40°C — for 55°C or 65°C, contact factory.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.

H-8/ 2005

200
200
200
200
N/A

Small Globe and Guard (Type GG) (with
Deep Dome Reflector) 250 Watts
Maximum

HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM (HPS)

100
250
400

T3C
T3
T2B
T2B
T1

OPTICAL CONFIGURATION

CLASSIFICATIONS

100
175
250
400

Maximum
Ambient 40°C
Temperature Code

Max
Ambient
40°C
Temp
Code

Small Globe and Guard (Type GG) (with or without Standard Dome or Angle Dome
Reflector) 175 Watts Maximum

Class I, Division 2

50
70
100
150
250

Groups E, F
Maximum
Luminaire
External
Surface
Temp (°C)

OPTICAL CONFIGURATION

All Mounting Useable with all H2 Mounting Arrangements except NOT FOR ANGLE STANCHION
Arrangements mounting unless following conditions are met: For Class II and Class III,
Divisions 1 and 2, angle stanchion can be used with globes in combination with
50-, 70- and 100-watt High Pressure Sodium light source only. Temperature
code is T3C except with deep dome (see data) with small or large globe. No other
High Intensity Discharge (HID) light source can be used with angle stanchion and
globe for this classification.

Lamp
Wattage

Groups A, B, C, D

MERCURY

MOUNTINGS

+ Other OPTICAL
CONFIGURATIONS
listed

Class II, Division 1

METAL HALIDE & PULSE METAL HALIDE

T2A
T2A
T1
N/A

MERCURY
100
250
400

Class I, Division 2

HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM (HPS)

METAL HALIDE & PULSE METAL HALIDE
100
175
250
400

All Mounting Arrangements

▼

CLASSIFICATIONS
Class I, Division 2
+ Other OPTICAL
CONFIGURATIONS
listed

MOUNTINGS

www.gelightingsystems.com

100
250
400

FILTR•GARD H2 AND H2U
LUMINAIRE TEMPERATURE PROFILE DATA
®

OPTICAL CONFIGURATION

OPTICAL CONFIGURATION

8-in. (203mm) Glass Refractor and Guard (Type V5G and V2G) 175W max

12-in. (305mm) Glass Refractor and Guard (Type R5G and R2G) 400W max

MOUNTINGS

MOUNTINGS

All Mounting Arrangements

All Mounting Arrangements

CLASSIFICATIONS

CLASSIFICATIONS
Class I, Division 2

Groups A, B, C, D
Max *
Ambient
55°C
Temp
Code

Maximum
Luminaire
External
Surface
Temp (°C)

Max
Ambient
40°C
Temp
Code

T3
T3
T2D
T2A
N/A

160
160
160
160
N/A

T3C
T3C
T3C
T3C
N/A

T3B
T3B
T3
T2B
N/A

T3A
T3A
T2D
T2A
N/A

METAL HALIDE & PULSE METAL HALIDE
100
175
250
400

T2B
T2B
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

160
160
N/A
N/A

T3C
T3C
N/A
N/A

T2C
N/A
N/A

T2B
N/A
N/A

T2B
N/A
N/A

160
N/A
N/A

T3C
N/A
N/A

MERCURY
100
250
400

Lamp
Wattage

50
70
100
150
250
400

T3B
T3B
T3
T2B
T1
T1

T3A
T3A
T2D
T2A
N/A
N/A

T3
T3
T2D
T2A
N/A
N/A

160
160
160
160
160
160

T3C
T3C
T3C
T3C
T3C
T3C

100
175
250
400

T2B
T2B
T2A
T2A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

160
160
160
160

T3C
T3C
T3C
T3C

T2C
T1
T1

T2B
N/A
N/A

T2B
N/A
N/A

160
160
160

T3C
T3C
T3C

MERCURY
100
250
400

OPTICAL CONFIGURATION
ALGLAS finished Enclosed Reflector and Guard (Type EG) 400 Watt Max

MOUNTINGS

MOUNTINGS

All Mounting Arrangements

All Mounting Arrangements

®

CLASSIFICATIONS
Class II, Division 1,
Groups E, F, G; Class II,
Division 2, Group G; &
Class III, Divisions 1, 2

Max
Ambient
40°C
Temp
Code

Max *
Ambient
55°C
Temp
Code

T2D
T2D
T2D
T2A
N/A

T3
T3
T2C
T2
N/A

Maximum
Luminaire
External
Surface
Temp (°C)

Max
Ambient
40°C
Temp
Code

T3
T3
T2C
T2
N/A

100
100
100
160
N/A

T5
T5
T5
T3C
N/A

Class II, Division 1,
Groups E, F, G; Class II,
Division 2, Group G; &
Class III, Divisions 1, 2

Groups A, B, C, D
Lamp
Wattage

Max
Ambient
40°C
Temp
Code

Max *
Ambient
55°C
Temp
Code

Groups E, F, G
Max *
Ambient
65°C
Temp
Code

Maximum
Luminaire
External
Surface
Temp (°C)

Max
Ambient
40°C
Temp
Code

T3
T3
T2D
T2A
N/A
N/A

160
160
160
160
160
160

T3C
T3C
T3C
T3C
T3C
T3C

HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM (HPS)

METAL HALIDE & PULSE METAL HALIDE
T2A
T2A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

160
160
N/A
N/A

T3C
T3C

T2B
N/A
N/A

T2A
N/A
N/A

T2A
N/A
N/A

120
N/A
N/A

T4A

MERCURY

N/A = Not Applicable

Class I, Division 2

Groups E, F, G
Max *
Ambient
65°C
Temp
Code

HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM (HPS)

100
250
400

Maximum
Max
Luminaire Ambient
External
40°C
Surface
Temp
Temp (°C) Code

Universal Refractor with Guard (Type W5G) 175 Watts Maximum

Groups A, B, C, D

100
175
250
400

Groups E, F, G
Max *
Ambient
65°C
Temp
Code

OPTICAL CONFIGURATION

Class I, Division 2

50
70
100
150
250

Max *
Ambient
55°C
Temp
Code

METAL HALIDE & PULSE METAL HALIDE

CLASSIFICATIONS

Lamp
Wattage

Max
Ambient
40°C
Temp
Code

HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM (HPS)

HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM (HPS)
50
70
100
150
250

Groups A, B, C, D

Groups E, F, G
Max *
Ambient
65°C
Temp
Code

Class II, Division 1,
Groups E, F, G; Class II,
Division 2, Group G; &
Class III, Divisions 1, 2

HAZARDOUS LOCATION LIGHTING

Lamp
Wattage

Max
Ambient
40°C
Temp
Code

Class I, Division 2

Class II, Division 1,
Groups E, F, G; Class II,
Division 2, Group G; &
Class III, Divisions 1, 2

50
70
100
150
250
400

T3B
T3B
T3
T2B
T1
T1

T3A
T3A
T2D
T2B
N/A
N/A

METAL HALIDE & PULSE METAL HALIDE
100
175
250
400

T2B
T2B
T2A
T2

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

160
160
160
160

T3C
T3C
T3C
T3C

T2D
T1
T1

T2B
N/A
N/A

T2A
N/A
N/A

160
160
160

T3C
T3C
T3C

MERCURY
100
250
400

* Standard max Ambient Temp is 40°C — for 55°C or 65°C, contact factory.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ H-9

H

FILTR•GARD H2 AND H2U
LUMINAIRE TEMPERATURE PROFILE DATA
®

OPTICAL CONFIGURATIONS

OPTICAL CONFIGURATIONS

OPTICAL CONFIGURATIONS

Acrylic or Polycarbonate 12-inch
Acrylic or Polycarbonate 12-inch
(305mm) Refractor Type V (A5G, L5G) (305mm) Refractor Type V(A5G, L5G) and
and Type II (A2G, L2G)
Type II (A2G, L2G)

MOUNTINGS

Lamp
Wattage

MOUNTINGS

MOUNTINGS

All Mounting Arrangements

All Mounting Arrangements

CLASSIFICATIONS

CLASSIFICATIONS

Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C, D

Class II, Division 2, Group G

GROUPS A, B, C, D

GROUP G

Max Amb 40°C Temp Code

Max Luminaire
External Surface
Temp °C

All Mounting Arrangements

CLASSIFICATIONS
Non-Hazardous Areas–
UL1598 Suitable for Wet Locations

PARAMETERS FOR USE
Max Amb
40°C
Temp Code

HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM (HPS)

HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM (HPS)

50
70
100
150

T2C
T2C
T2C
T2C

120
120
120
N/A

T2C

120

MERCURY
100

Acrylic or Polycarbonate 12-inch
(305mm) Refractor Type V (A5G, L5G) and Type II (A2G, L2G)

T4A
T4A
T4A
N/A

In non-classified areas these refractors may be used
with high intensity discharge (HID) lamps up to 150
watts maximum.

WARNING–Do not use GE Multi-Vapor® II
MXR175 lamps in explosion proof or hazardous
duty fixtures because they have higher bulb
temperatures than standard 175-watt metal
halide lamps and may exceed the temperature rating of these fixture types.

MERCURY
T4A

LIMITATIONS

Under the appropriate conditions, H2 and H2U luminaires
may be used in a Class I, Division 2 location as follows:
H2 and H2U Filtr•Gard® luminaires are suitable for use
when, under normal conditions, the maximum lamp temperature does not exceed the ignition temperature of the

gas or vapor present. H2 and H2U luminaires are UL Listed
for Class I, Division 2 and comply with NEC Article 501-9(b)(2)
as “tested and found incapable of igniting the gas or vapor if
the ignition temperature is not exceeded”.

OPTION–AUTOMATICALLY SWITCHED QUARTZ*

H

HAZARDOUS LOCATION LIGHTING

Available for Class II, Division 1 and 2 and Class III Only

OPTICAL CONFIGURATIONS

OPTICAL CONFIGURATIONS

CLASSIFICATIONS

8-inch (203mm) glass refractor
(V5G and V2G)

12-inch (305mm) glass refactor and
guard (R5G and R2G)

Non-Hazardous Areas–UL1598 Listed
Suitable for Wet Locations

MOUNTINGS

MOUNTINGS

All mountings except
low profile

All mountings except
low profile

OPTICAL CONFIGURATIONS

CLASSIFICATIONS

CLASSIFICATIONS

Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F, G
Class II, Division 2, Group G
Class III

Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F, G
Class II, Division 2, Group G
Class III

GROUPS E, F, G
M a x Maximum Luminaire
Lamp
Amb External Surface
Wattage °C
Temperature in °C
40
40
40
N/A
N/A
N/A

160
160
160
N/A
N/A
N/A

Temp
Code

N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A

T3C
T3C
T3C
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A

Maximum Luminaire
External Surface
Temperature in °C

40
40
40
40
40
40

N/A
N/A
N/A

40
40
40

T3C
T3C
T3C
T3B
T3B
T3B

165
165
165

T3B
T3B
T3B

165
165
165

T3B
T3B
T3B

MERCURY
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A

40
40
40

40°C Maximum Ambient
Cannot use low profile mounting
150 watt maximum quartz with HID wattage 50–250
250 watt maximum quartz with HID wattage 400

5.

All mountings except
low profile

PARAMETERS FOR USE
1. Small Globe with Guard H2000-GG can be used up
to 175 watts HID
2. Large Globe with Guard H2000-FG can be used up
to 250 watts HID
3. Small Refractors (8-inch)(203mm) with Guard
H2000-V5G and H2000-V2G can be used
up to 175 watts HID
4. Large Refractor (12-inch)(305mm) with Guard
H2000-R5G and H2000-R2G, and
Industrial Reflector with Guard H2000-EG can be
used up to 400 watts HID

With automatically switched quartz, some ballast types are
not available depending on voltages, wattages and lamp
type. We will use the ballast type available. If a certain
type of ballast is requested by the customer, check the
factory as we may not have that type available for automatically switched quartz.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
H-10/2005

Industrial Reflector with Guard H2000-EG

MOUNTINGS

160
160
160
165
165
165

*LIMITATIONS–AUTOMATICALLY SWITCHED QUARTZ
1.
2.
3.
4.

Temp
Code

METAL HALIDE & PULSE METAL HALIDE

MERCURY
100
250
400

Max
Amb
°C

HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM (HPS)

METAL HALIDE & PULSE METAL HALIDE
175
250
400

Small Refractor with Guard H2000-V5G,
H2000-V2G
Large Refractor with Guard H2000-R5G,
H2000-R2G

GROUPS E, F, G

HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM (HPS)
50
70
100
150
250
400

Small Globe with Guard H2000-GG
Large Globe with Guard H2000-FG

www.gelightingsystems.com

N/A = Not Applicable

MINI•GARD TM LUMINAIRE
TEMPERATURE PROFILE DATA
OPTICAL CONFIGURATION
Small Globe and Guard (Type GG) (with or without Standard Dome, Angle Dome or Deep Dome Reflector)

MOUNTINGS
All Mounting Arrangements

CLASSIFICATIONS
Class I, Division 2 (Tested Lamp Envelope
Surface Temperature)
+ Other OPTICAL
CONFIGURATIONS
listed

Lamp
Wattage

Groups A, B, C, D
Max
Ambient
40°C
Temp
Code

Max
Ambient
55°C
Temp
Code

Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F, G;
Class II, Division 2, Group G; and Class III

Groups E, F

SIMULTANEOUS PRESENCE
Class I, Division 2 (Tested Class II, Division
Lamp Envelope Surface 1 or Class II,
Temperature)
Division 2

Groups A, B, C, D

Group G

Groups

Max
Ambient
65°C
Temp
Code

Maximum
Luminaire
External
Surface
Temp (°C)

Max
Maximum
Ambient Luminaire
40°C
External
Temp
Surface
Code
Temp (°C)

Max
Ambient
40°C
Temp
Code

Max
Ambient
40°C
Temp
Code

T2C
T2C
T2A
T1

T2C
T2C
T2A
N/A

165
165
165
200

T3B
T3B
T3B
T3

165
165
165
N/A

T3B
T3B
T3B
N/A

T2
T2
T2
T1

Groups E,F,G
Groups E,F,G
Groups E,F,G
Groups E,F

T2B
T2B
N/A

T2B
N/A
N/A

160
160
200

T3C
T3C
T3

160
160
N/A

T3C
T3C
N/A

T2A
T2A
T1

Groups E,F,G
Groups E,F,G
Groups E,F

HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM (HPS)
50
70
100
150

T2C
T2C
T2A
T1

METAL HALIDE
70
100
175

T2B
T2B
T1

OPTICAL CONFIGURATION
8-in. (203mm) Glass Refractor and Guard (Type V5G and V2G)

HAZARDOUS LOCATION LIGHTING

MOUNTINGS
All Mounting Arrangements

CLASSIFICATIONS
Class I, Division 2 (Tested Lamp Envelope
Surface Temperature)

Groups A, B, C, D
Lamp
Wattage

Max
Ambient
40°C
Temp
Code

Max
Ambient
55°C
Temp
Code

Class II, Division 1,
Groups E, F, G; Class II,
Division 2, Group G; &
Class III, Divisions 1, 2

Groups E, F, G

SIMULTANEOUS PRESENCE
Class I, Division 2 (Tested Lamp
Envelope Surface Temperature)

Class II, Division 1 or
Class II, Division 2

Groups A, B, C, D

Groups

Max
Ambient
65°C
Temp
Code

Maximum
Luminaire
External
Surface
Temp (°C)

Max
Ambient
40°C
Temp
Code

Max
Ambient
40°C
Temp
Code

T2D
T2D
T2A
T2

T2C
T2C
T2A
N/A

135
135
135
135

T4
T4
T4
T4

T2
T2
T2
T1

Groups E,F,G
Groups E,F,G
Groups E,F,G
Groups E,F,G

T2C
T2B
N/A

T2C
N/A
N/A

160
160
160

T3C
T3C
T3C

T2A
T2A
T1

Groups E,F,G
Groups E,F,G
Groups E,F,G

HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM (HPS)
50
70
100
150

T2D
T2D
T2A
T2

METAL HALIDE
70
100
175

T2C
T2B
T1

N/A = Not available

LIMITATIONS
Under the appropriate conditions, MGH and MGHU
Mini•Gard luminaires may be used in a Class I, Division 2
location as follows:
Mini•Gard luminaires are suitable for use when, under
normal conditions, the maximum lamp temperature does

not exceed the ignition temperature of the gas or vapor
present. Mini•Gard luminaires are UL Listed for Class I,
Division 2 and comply with NEC Article 501-9(b)(2) as
“tested and found incapable of igniting the gas or vapor if
the ignition temperature is not exceeded”.

WARNING–Do not use GE Multi-Vapor® II MXR175 lamps in explosion proof or
hazardous duty fixtures because they have higher bulb temperatures than
standard 175-watt metal halide lamps and may exceed the temperature
rating of these fixture types.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/H-11

H

MINI•GARD TM LUMINAIRE
TEMPERATURE PROFILE DATA

OPTION–AUTOMATICALLY SWITCHED QUARTZ*
Available for Class II, Division 1 and 2 and Class III Only

OPTICAL CONFIGURATIONS
8-inch (203mm) glass refractor

(V5G and V2G)

MOUNTINGS
All mountings

CLASSIFICATIONS
Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F, G
Class II, Division 2, Group G
Class III

* LIMITATIONS–AUTOMATICALLY SWITCHED QUARTZ
1. 40°C Maximum Ambient
2. With automatically switched quartz, some ballast types
are not available depending on voltages, wattages and
lamp type. We will use the ballast type available. If a certain type of ballast is requested by the customer, check the
factory as we may not have that type available for
automatically switched quartz. (Use one 100 watt
single-ended DC [Double Contact] bayonet base lamp.)

GROUPS E, F, G
M a x Maximum Luminaire
Lamp
Amb External Surface
Wattage °C
Temperature in °C

Temp
Code

HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM (HPS)

H

HAZARDOUS LOCATION LIGHTING

50
70
100
150

40
40
40
40

160
160
160
160

T3C
T3C
T3C
T3C

MINI•GARD FLUORESCENT LUMINAIRE
TEMPERATURE PROFILE DATA
OPTICAL CONFIGURATIONS
Large globe and guard (type FG) with or without standard dome,
angle dome, or deep dome.

MOUNTINGS
All mounting arrangements

CLASSIFICATIONS

SIMULTANEOUS PRESENCE

Class I, Division 2, Groups
A,B,C,D (Tested Lamp Envelope
Surface Temp)

Lamp
Wattage

Class II, Divisions 1 and 2,
Groups E, F, G

Class I, Division 2, Groups Class II, Divisions 1
and 2,
A,B,C,D (Tested Lamp
Groups E, F, G
Envelope Surface Temp)

GROUPS A,B,C,D

GROUPS E,F,G

Maximum
Ambient 40°C
Temperature Code

Maximum Luminaire Maximum
External Surface
Ambient 40°C
Temperature (°C)
Temperature Code

Maximum Ambient 40°C
Temperature Code

85
85
85

T2D
T2D
T2D

FLUORESCENT
13
26
52

T2D
T2D
T2D

T6
T6
T6

TEMPERATURE CODE

MAXIMUM
TEMPERATURE
RANGE
IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER

IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER
T1
T2
T2A
T2B
T2C
T2D
T3

DEGREES C
450
300
280
260
230
215
200

IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER
T3A
T3B
T3C
T4
T4A
T5
T6

DEGREES C
180
165
160
135
120
100
85

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
H-12/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

PERMA•GARD AND H4 FLUORESCENT
LUMINAIRES, P-154 AND
PF-400 POWERFLOOD FLOODLIGHTS
TEMPERATURE PROFILE DATA
®

®

®

PERMA•GARD LUMINAIRE

PERMA•GARD LUMINAIRE

OPTICAL CONFIGURATION

PERMA•GARD LUMINAIRE

OPTICAL CONFIGURATION

Low Bay Refractor, 15-inch (381mm) (LB5)

Angled Low Bay Refractor, 15-inch
(381mm) (ALB5)

MOUNTINGS

MOUNTINGS

Rigid Conduit, Vertical Suspension

Rigid Conduit, Vertical Suspension

CLASSIFICATIONS

CLASSIFICATIONS

Class I, Division 2

Class I, Division 2

OPTICAL CONFIGURATION
Globe with/without guard (GN,
GG) and/or external reflector
(DR5, AR5); Low Bay refractor,
15-inch (381mm) (LB5); Low Bay
refractor, 22-inch (559mm) (TA2);
Angled Low Bay refractor, 15-inch
(381mm) (ALB5)

GROUPS A,B,C,D
Maximum
Maximum
Ambient
Ambient
Lamp
o
55oC
40 C
Wattage
Temperature
Temperature
Code
Code
HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM (HPS)

GROUPS A,B,C,D
Maximum
Maximum
Ambient
Ambient
Lamp
o
55oC
40 C
Wattage
Temperature
Temperature
Code
Code
HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM (HPS)

+ Other OPTICAL
CONFIGURTIONS
listed

MOUNTINGS
Rigid Conduit, Vertical Suspension
CLASSIFICATIONS

Lamp
Wattage

UL1598 listed; UL1598, Suitable
for Wet Locations; UL1598,
Outdoor Salt Water

50
70
100
150

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

50
70
100
150

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

50
70
100
150

N/A

175

N/A

175

METAL HALIDE
175

N/A

T2B
N/A

100
175

PERMA•GARD LUMINAIRE

T2B
T2B

T2B
N/A

PERMA•GARD LUMINAIRE

OPTICAL CONFIGURATION

OPTICAL CONFIGURATION

Small Globe (GN)
NOTE: Temperature ratings the same for
globe with/without guard and/or external
reflector

Low Bay Refractor, 22-inch (559mm) (TA2)

MOUNTINGS

Rigid Conduit, Vertical Suspension

CLASSIFICATIONS

CLASSIFICATIONS

Class I, Division 2

Class I, Division 2

GROUPS A,B,C,D
Maximum
Maximum
Ambient
Ambient
Lamp
o
55oC
40 C
Wattage
Temperature
Temperature
Code
Code
HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM (HPS)

GROUPS A,B,C,D
Maximum
Maximum
Ambient
Ambient
Lamp
o
55oC
40 C
Wattage
Temperature
Temperature
Code
Code
HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM (HPS)

50
70
100
150

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

50
70
100
150

N/A

175

T3A
T3
T2C
T2A
T2

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

T2B

N/A

T2B
T2B

N/A
N/A

MERCURY

MERCURY
100
175

T2C
T2C
T2C
T2C

METAL HALIDE

METAL HALIDE
175

T2
T2

100
175

T2
N/A

H4 FLUORESCENT LUMINAIRE TEMPERATURE PROFILE
Class II
Class I
Division 1
Division 1
Groups
Groups C and D E, F and G
Class III
T6
T6
T6

175 Watts Maximum (Except ALB5 & LB5)

100
175

175 Watts Maximum
175 Watts Maximum

P-154 POWERFLOOD FLOODLIGHT
(For Hazardous Locations)
OPTICAL CONFIGURATION
Optical assembly with heat and
shock resistant tempered glass

MOUNTINGS

Rigid Conduit, Vertical Suspension
+OtherOPTICAL
CONFIGURTIONS
listed

150 Watts Maximum
150 Watts Maximum
150 Watts Maximum
150 Watts Maximum

MERCURY

MERCURY
T2B
T2B

HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM (HPS)

METAL HALIDE

METAL HALIDE

N/A

MERCURY
100
175

T2C
T2C
T2C
T2C

CLASSIFICATIONS
Class I, Division 2
Ambient 25oC
Lamp
Lamp
Temp
Wattage
°C
Code
HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM (HPS)
70
100
150
200
250
400

276
276
276
329
329
450
322
381
465

T1
T2
T2A
T2B
T2C
T2D
T3

450
300
280
260
230
215
200

T3A
T3B
T3C
T4
T4A
T5
T6

OPTICAL CONFIGURATION
Enclosed Acrylic or Enclosed
Polycarbonate

MOUNTINGS
All mountings

Simultaneous
Presence
Class I and II
T6

180
165
160
135
120
100
85

T1
T1
—

FOOD-PRO™ II LUMINAIRE

CLASSIFICATIONS
Class II, Division 2, Groups F, G
Class III

GROUPS F, G

TEMPERATURE CODE

MAXIMUM
TEMPERATURE
RANGE
IDENTIFICATION
NUMBERS

T2A
T2A
T2A
T1
T1
T1

METAL HALIDE
175
250
400

DATA 40O C

IDENTIFICATION
IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER
DEGREES C NUMBER
DEGREES C

HAZARDOUS LOCATION LIGHTING

T2C
T2C
T2C
T2C

M a x Maximum Luminaire
Lamp
Amb External Surface
Temp
Wattage °C
Temperature in °C
Code

HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM (HPS)
400

40

120

T4A

METAL HALIDE & PULSE METAL HALIDE (PMH)

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

250
320
400

40
40
40

120
120
120

T4A
T4A
T4A
2005/H-13

H

POWR•GARD ® H9 LUMINAIRE

UL844 — UL 1598 Outdoor Salt Water (Optional)
APPLICATIONS
• For adverse, severe duty and hazardous classifications (HID lamps) Suitable for wet locations.
SUSPENDED VERSION SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• 1598 Outdoor Salt Water (formerly UL595)
Listed (OPTIONAL)
• 844 Listed
• Class I, Division 1,
Groups C and D
(For paint spray area fixture,
see Options)
• Class II, Division 1,
Groups E, F and G
• Standard construction is IP65.
• Maxi-Lux® guard

• ALGLAS® finish on external accessory reflectors
• Acme threads
• Electro-epoxidized gray paint finish
• NEMA decal
• Mounting adapter and safety disconnect
• Low copper aluminum alloys
• Computer-designed globe
• Mogul base socket
• Multiple mounting arrangements
• Shipped as components: Ballast and Optical,
Mounting, Accessories

H

POWR-GARD HAZARDOUS LOCATION LIGHTING

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
H9

1

PRODUCT
IDENT
XX
H9 =
Powr•Gard H9
Luminaire
CAUTION: See
Temperature Profile
Data on Page H-7 for
limitations.
Standard: Lamp not
included.

VOLTAGE

15S

WATTAGE/LIGHT SOURCE/
BALLAST TYPE
X
XXX
60 Hz*
See Ballast Selection Table
0 =120/208/ 05L = 50W/HPS/HPF/Reactor*
240/277 40L = 400W/HPS HPF Reactor
Multivolt 07S = 70W/HPS Mag-Reg
1 =120
10S = 100W/HPS Mag-Reg
2 =208
15S = 150W/HPS Mag-Reg
3 =240
20S = 200W/HPS Autoreg
4 =277
25S = 250W/HPS Autoreg
5 =480
07K = 70W/HPS/HPF Reactor Hot
*For 50 Hz,
Restart
contact 10K = 100W/HPS/HPF Reactor Hot
factory
Restart
15K = 150W(55V)HPS/HPF Reactor
Hot Restart
10M = 100W MH/HPF Lag (Med
Base)
17M = 175W/MH/Autoreg
25M = 250W/MH/Autoreg
40M = 400W/MH/Autoreg
10C = 100W/Merc-Reg
17C = 175W/Merc/Merc-Reg
25C = 250W/Merc/Autoreg
40C = 400W/Merc/Autoreg
Standard: Lamp not included.
NOTE: *120 Volt only

3P

JJ

F

MOUNTING (See Page H-7 for
limitations)
XX
SUSPENDED VERSION ONLY
HH = No mounting included
3C = 3/4-in. Ceiling
3F = 3/4-in. Flexible pendant*
3P = 3/4-in. Rigid Pendant
3W = 3/4-in. Wall
4C = 1-in. Ceiling
4F = 1-in. Flexible pendant*
4P = 1-in. Rigid Pendant
4W = 1-in. Wall
5J = 1-1/4-in. Angle stanchion**
5S = 1-1/4-in. Straight stanchion
NOTE: *Non-rigid support such as
swivel joint. Ballast housing is
counterweighted to hang straight.
Mounting component furnished is
standard pendant (3P or 4P). ORDER BY
FIXTURE ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
SUCH AS H9115S3FJJ.
** For MH, a universal burning lamp
must be used.

OPTICAL

OPTIONS

XX
See Optical Eligibility
and Photometric
Selection
Table
JJ = Globe with guard
JN = Globe without
guard

XXX
F = Fusing—(Not available with
multivolt or UL1598 Outdoor
Salt Water units.)

FLOODLIGHT ONLY
3T = Cable connector 3/4-in. and
Trunnion**
4T = Cable connector 1-in. and
Trunnion**
NOTE: Must be aimed below horizontal

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE*
Maximum ambient temperature is 55°C unless otherwise indicated.
Ballast Type
Voltage
Light
Wattage
Source
Multivolt
120
208
240
277
50
HPS
L
L
N/A
N/A
N/A
70, 100
HPS
L
K,L,S
K,L,S
K,L,S
K,L,S
150 (55V)
HPS
K,L
K,L,S
K,L,S
K,L,S
K,L,S
200
HPS
N/A
S
S
S
S
250
HPS
S
S
S
S
S
400
HPS
L
L (40°C) L (40°C) L (40°C) L (40°C)
100
MH
M**
M**
M**
M**
M**
175
MH
M
M
M
M
M
250
MH
M
M
M
M
M
400
MH
M
M (40°C) M (40°C) M (40°C) M (40°C)
100
Merc
C
C
C
C
C
250
Merc
N/A
C
C
C
C
400
Merc
N/A
C (40°C) C (40°C) C (40°C) C (40°C)
*Ballast Type—
C = Mercury, Reg (Autoreg 250W)
K = Hot Restart (HPF Reactor Type)
L = High Pressure Sodium HPF Reactor and Lag

H-14/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

NOTE: Maximum
Ambient 40°C
NOTE 150 watt maximum
quartz lamp
HID paint spray area fixture
with 50, 70, 100 watt HPS, 100
watt mercury and metal
halide (all voltages). Fixture
nameplate contains wording
”Suitable for locations having
deposits of readily
combustible paint residues.“
NOTE: Not available with
Automatically Switched
Quartz or floodlight.
U = UL1598 Outdoor Salt Water/
UL844
CANADIAN NOTES:
Use Power-Gard C9 luminaire. Reference publication
LSP-1115(Can)

480
N/A
K,L,S
K,L,S
S
S
L (40°C)
M**
M
M
M (40°C)
C
C
C (40°C)

M = Metal Halide, Autoreg
S = High Pressure Sodium Mag-Reg or Autoreg
N/A = Not Available
**100W MH is HPF Lag

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.

Q = Time Delay Automatically
Switched Quartz is available
in certain ratings. See
Temperature Profile for
availability and temperature
profile and limitations.

POWR•GARD ® H9 LUMINAIRE
UL844 — UL 1598 Outdoor Salt Water (Optional)

FLOODLIGHT SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• 1598 Outdoor Salt Water Marine (formerly
UL595) Listed (OPTIONAL)
• 844 Listed
• Class I, Division 1,
Groups C and D
• Maxi-Lux® guard
• ALGLAS® finish on external accessory reflectors
• Acme threads
• Electro-epoxidized gray paint finish

• NEMA decal
• Cable connector and safety disconnect
• Low copper aluminum alloys
• Computer-designed globe
• Mogul base socket
• Adjustable trunnion with integral degree marker
• Shipped as components: Ballast and Optical,
Mounting, Accessories

DATA
See Dimensions Pages for approximate Net Weight.
Add weight for each component to get total luminaire weight.

Photometric curve number 35-17 - - - All light sources are clear unless otherwise indicated. Before using, imperative to check Temperature Profile information on
page H-7 to properly match Optical to Classification.
100W,
400W
70-150W 200-400W 175W,
400W
100
250W
Merc
UL844
HPS
HPS
250W MH MH
Merc
Merc
(Coated)
Globe and guard (JJ)
X
6423
6453
6415
6435
6429
6409
6441
Globe and guard (JJ)
and dome reflector (H9000-001)
X
6424
6452
6417
6436
6430
6410
6442
Globe and guard (JJ)
X
6421
6456
6445 for
6433
9142 for
6412
6439
and angle dome reflector (H9000-002)
100W,
100W,
175W
9129 for
6419
175W
for 250W
Globe and guard (JJ)
9143 for
and deep dome reflector (H9000-006)
X
7102
7035
7060
7053
100W
9126
9127
9128 for
175W
Powr•Gard Floodlight Luminaire Globe and
guard (JJ) and deep dome reflector (H9000-006)
X
C/F
7075
C/F
N/A
C/F
C/F
C/F
Angle Stanchion (5J) with globe and guard (JJ)
X
6621
9148
6627
6459
6479
9146
6465
Angle Stanchion (5J) with globe and guard (JJ)
and dome reflector (H9000-001)
X
6622
6492
6628
6461
6480
6486
6467
Angle Stanchion (5J) with globe and guard (JJ)
and angle dome reflector (H9000-002)
X
6625
9147
6630
6463
6483
9145
6469
NOTE: C/F = Contact factory
DIMENSIONS
NOTE: N/A = Not Available

See Pages H-16 and H-17.

POWR-GARD HAZARDOUS LOCATION LIGHTING

OPTICAL ELIGIBILITY AND PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE

NOTES
You must use temperature profile data to properly select
luminaire. See Page H-7.
REFERENCES
See Pages H-7 for Temperature Profiles and Limitations.
See Page H-38 for start of Accessories.
See Page H-43 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Pages H-44 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/H-15

H

POWR•GARD ® H9 LUMINAIRE

UL844 — UL 1598 Outdoor Salt Water (Optional)
YOU MUST USE TEMPERATURE PROFILE DATA
TO PROPERLY SELECT LUMINAIRE
FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
LUMINAIRE

BALLAST
Approx
Approx
Net Weight Net Weight
Wattage
(lbs)
(kgs)
50
14.5
7
70
14.5-23.5
7-11
100
15.5-22.5
7-10
150 (55V)
14.5-24.5
7-11
100
17.5
8
175
17.5-19.5
8-9
200
25.5
12
250
20.6-26.5
9-12
400
19.5-26.5
9-12
NOTE:Does not include mountings or
opticals.

H

POWR-GARD HAZARDOUS LOCATION LIGHTING

MOUNTINGS
CEILING 3/4-INCH=3C Approximate
1-INCH=4C Net Weight 3.3 lbs

GLOBE
Approximate
WITH GUARD=JJ
WITHOUT GUARD=JN Net Weight 14.5 lbs

7 kgs

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
H-16/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

1 kg

POWR•GARD ® H9 LUMINAIRE
UL844 — UL 1598 Outdoor Salt Water (Optional)

YOU MUST USE TEMPERATURE PROFILE DATA
TO PROPERLY SELECT LUMINAIRE
FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
MOUNTINGS
WALL 3/4-inch=3W Approximate
1-inch=4W Net Weight 6.4 lbs

PENDANT AND FLEXIBLE PENDANT 3/4-inch=3F or 3P
1-inch=4F or 4P

2.4 kgs

0.9 kgs

ANGLE STANCHION 1-1/4-inch=5J

Approximate
Net Weight 3.8 lbs

1.4 kgs

FLOODLIGHT TRUNNION 3/4-inch=3T Approximate
1-inch=4T Net Weight 8.5 lbs

STRAIGHT STANCHION 1-1/4-inch=5S

Approximate
Net Weight 3.9 lbs

1.5 kgs

3.2 kgs

POWR-GARD HAZARDOUS LOCATION LIGHTING

Approximate
Net Weight 2.0 lbs

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/H-17

H

H4 FLUORESCENT LUMINAIRE FOR
USE IN HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS

UL844, UL 1598 Outdoor Salt Water, NEMA 3, 4X, 7CD, 9EFG
APPLICATIONS
• For hazardous locations where ignitable gases, vapors, dust and
combustible paint residues are present
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• 1598 Outdoor Salt Water
Listed (formerly UL595)
• 844 Listed
• Class I, Division 1,
Groups C and D,
suitable for paint spray
booth
• Class II, Division 1,
Groups E, F and G
• Simultaneous Presence,
Class I and II, Division 1

• Meets NEMA 3, 4X, 7CD, 9EFG
Standards
• Biaxial lamp
• Stainless steel relamp tool/ lamp
support
• Low profile
• Highly reflective white painted
reflector
• Shipped with two lamps installed

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
ORDERING NUMBER

WATTAGE

H4132B

40 watt, Rapid Start, single ended, Biaxial
4 pin, 270 MA, 22.500 in. (572mm)
(2 lamps installed)

H

H4 FLUORESCENT HAZARDOUS LOCATION LIGHTING

H4432B

LIGHT SOURCE

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
H-18/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

Fluorescent

VOLTAGE
120, 60Hz
277, 60Hz

H4 FLUORESCENT LUMINAIRE FOR
USE IN HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS
UL844, UL 1598 Outdoor Salt Water, NEMA 3, 4X, 7CD, 9EFG

NOTES
You must use temperature profile data to properly select luminaire.
See Page H-13.
REFERENCES
See Page H-13 for Temperature Profile.
See Pages H-44 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

DATA
40 lbs (18 kgs)
120V = 0.72; 277V = 0.32
86
50°F
40°C
35-178958

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

H4 FLUORESCENT HAZARDOUS LOCATION LIGHTING

Approximate Net Weight
Operating Amps
Input Watts
Minimum Start
Maximum Ambient
Photometric Curve Number

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/H-19

H

H8 HAZARDOUS LOCATION
INCANDESCENT LUMINAIRE UL844
APPLICATIONS
• Hazardous location incandescent lighting
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• 844 Listed
• Class I, Division 1, Groups C and D—300 watt maximum
• Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F and G—150 watt maximum
• Paint Spray Area—75 watt maximum
• Low copper aluminum alloy housing with gray paint finish
• Integral conduit seal
• Uses incandescent lamps up to 300 watt (PS-25)
• Third party listings
• UL844
• Paint Spray Area 75 watt maximum
• Shipped in single pack
• Maximum ambient 25°C

WALL MOUNTED

PENDANT MOUNTED

CEILING MOUNTED

H

H8 HAZARDOUS LOCATION LIGHTING

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
H8

X

30F

2C

KK

PRODUCT
IDENT
XX
H8 = Hazardous
Location Incandescent
Luminaire

VOLTAGE

WATTAGE/LIGHT SOURCE

MOUNTING

OPTICAL

X
60 Hz*
X=
250 volt
maximum
*For 50 Hz,
contact
factory

XXX
30F = 300 watt maximum
Medium Base
Incandescent PS-25
Bulb
Standard: Lamp not included

XX
2C =
3C =
5J =
2P =
3P =
2W =
3W =

XX
KK = Globe with
Guard

1/2-in. Ceiling
3/4-in. Ceiling
only (6J not available)
1/2-in. Pendant
3/4-in. Pendant
1/2-in. Wall
3/4-in. Wall

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
WALL MOUNTED

ANGLE STANCHION MOUNTED

PENDANT MOUNTED

CEILING MOUNTED

DATA
NOTES
You must use temperature profile data to properly select
luminaire.
See Page H-7.

Approximate Net Weight
Pendant with guard
Ceiling with guard
Wall bracket with guard
Angle stanchion

REFERENCES
See Pages H-7 for Temperature Profiles and Limitations.
See Page H-38 for start of Accessories.

Photometrics
With globe
With globe and standard reflector

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
H-20/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

lbs
12
12
15
15

kgs
305
305
381
381
35-178472
35-178473

H7 ENCLOSED AND GASKETED
LUMINAIRE
APPLICATIONS
• For outdoor non-hazardous locations where lamp protection from
rain and the elements is needed

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
H7C

X

15F

3C

DD

PRODUCT
IDENT
XX
H7 = An Enclosed and
Gasketed Luminaire

VOLTAGE

LAMP
TYPE
XXX
15F = 150 watt Medium Base
Incandescent A-21 Bulb
250 volt max
Standard: Lamp not included

MOUNTING

OPTICAL

XX
3C = 3/4-in. Ceiling
3P = 3/4-in. Pendant
3W = 3/4-in. Wall

XX
DD = Clear Globe
with Guard

X
60 Hz*
X=
250 volt
maximum
*For 50 Hz,
contact
factory

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
WALL MOUNTED

CEILING MOUNTED

PENDANT MOUNTED

NOTE: Conduit entrances on
each side (4) and top
center (1)

H7 HAZARDOUS LOCATION LIGHTING

SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• Listed 1598 Suitable for Wet Locations
• Low copper aluminum alloy housing with gray paint finish
• Uses incandescent lamps up to 150 watts (A-21)
• Luminaires are single packed and shipped in one carton

DATA
REFERENCES
See Page H-38 for start of Accessories.

Approximate Net Weight
Pendant with guard
Ceiling with guard
Wall bracket with guard

lbs
2.75
2.75
3.30

kgs
1.25
1.25
1.50

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/H-21

H

FILTR•GARD ® H2 AND H2U LUMINAIRE
UL844, UL 1598 Outdoor Salt Water,
UL1598 Suitable for Wet Locations

APPLICATIONS
• For adverse, severe duty and hazardous classifications (HID lamps)
• Class II, Division 1,
Groups E, F and G
• Class II, Division 2,
Group G
• Class III, Divisions 1 and 2
• Maxi-Lux® guard
• Charcoal filters
• Multiple optical assemblies
• NEMA decal
• Wiring compartment
• Electro-epoxidized gray paint
finish

SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• 1598 Listed General NonHazardous Suitable For Wet
Locations. For metal halide
lamps in polymeric lamp
containment barriers
• 1598 Outdoor Salt Water
Listed (formerly UL595)
• Meets NEMA 4X Standards
• 844 Listed
• Class I, Division 2,
Groups A, B, C and D

• H2 shipped as components:
Ballast, Mounting, Optical,
Accessories
• H2U shipped all in one carton
with lamp and optical installed
• Low copper aluminum alloys
• Quick disconnect
• Mogul base socket
• Multiple mounting
arrangements
• Safety chain provisions

H

FILTR-GARD HAZARDOUS LOCATION LIGHTING

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
H2

0

05L

3C

GG

F

PRODUCT
IDENT
XX(X)
H2 = Filtr•Gard
H2 Luminaire
CAUTION: see
pages H-8-9 for
Temperature
Profile Data
and Limitations.
Standard: No
lamp included.

VOLTAGE

WATTAGE/LIGHT SOURCE/
BALLAST TYPE
XXX
See Ballast Selection Table
UL844, UL1598
05L = 50W/HPS/HPF/Reactor or Lag
07L = 70W/HPS/HPF Reactor or Lag
10L = 100W HPS/HPF Reactor or Lag
15L = 150W(55V)/HPS/HPF Reactor or Lag
05K = 50W/HPS/Hot Restart HPF Reactor
07K = 70W/HPS/Hot Restart HPF Reactor
10K = 100W/HPS/Hot Restart HPF
Reactor
15K = 150W(55V)/HPS/Hot Restart HPF
Reactor
07S = 70W/HPS/Mag-Reg
10S = 100W/HPS/Mag-Reg
15S =150W/HPS/Mag-Reg
25S = 250W/HPS/Autoreg
40S = 400W/HPS/Autoreg
10M = 100W/MH/HPF Lag (Med Base)
Standard: Lamp not included
except with H2U
17M = 175W/MH/Autoreg
25M = 250W/MH/Autoreg
40M = 400W/MH/Autoreg
10C = 100W/Merc/Merc-Reg
25C = 250W/Merc/Merc-Autoreg
40C = 400W/Merc/Autoreg

MOUNTING

OPTICAL+++

OPTIONS

H2U =
Filtr•Gard H2
Luminaire
shipped all in
one carton with
lamp and
optical
installed

X
60 Hz*
0 =120/208/
240/277
Multivolt
1 =120
2 =208
3 =240
4 =277
5 =480
* For 50 Hz,
contact
factory

17P = 175W/Pulse MH/Autoreg
25P = 250W/Pulse MH/Autoreg
40P = 400W/Pulse MH/Autoreg

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE+

XXX
XX(X)
UL844, UL1598, UL1598
F =Fusing—(Not
Outdoor Salt Water
available with
GG = Small Globe with Guard
multivolt or UL1598
FG = Large Globe with Guard
Outdoor Salt Water
EG = Enclosed Reflector ALGLAS®
units)
finish with Guard (not UL1598
Outdoor Salt Water) NOTE: Not Q =Time Delay
available with H2U
Automatically
V5G = 8-in. (203mm) Glass Refractor
Switched Quartz
Type V with guard
is available in
V2G = 8-in. (203mm) Glass Refractor
certain
Type II with Guard
ratings for
R5G = 12-in. (305mm) Glass Refractor
Class II only.
Type V with Guard
(Not available
R2G = 12-in. (305mm) Glass Refractor
for Low Profile
Type II with Guard
mounting.) For
availability and
* Use when support is non-rigid. W5G = Universal Glass Refractor with
Guard (not UL1598 Outdoor
Temperature
** For limits see Temperature
Salt Water Marine)
Profile and
Profile. Caution: For metal
Limitations with
halide, a universal burning
quartz lamp, see
UL844, UL1598 ONLY+
type lamp must be used.
pages H-8 and H-9
*** Cannot be used for 250 and 400 A5G = 12-in. (305mm) Acrylic
watt units, switched quartz
Refractor Type V with Guard
U
=UL1598
Outdoor Salt
units or hot restart units.
A2G = 12-in. (305mm) Acrylic
Water/UL844
Refractor Type II with Guard
NOTE: Flexible pendant mounting L5G = 12-in. (305MM) Polycarbonate
cover must be used if unit
Refractor Type V with Guard
is not rigidly mounted or
L2G = 12-in. (305mm) Polycarbonate
fixture will not hang
Refractor Type II with Guard
straight.
NOTE: Remove G as last digit to
eliminate Guard
For additional information, see
Photometric Selection Table

XX
3C =
4C =
3F =
4F =
5J =
6J =
3L =
4L =
3P =
4P =
5S =
6S =
3W =
4W =
6D =

3/4-in. Ceiling
1-in. Ceiling
3/4-in. Flexible pendant*
1-in. Flexible Pendant*
1-1/4-in. Angle Stanchion**
1-1/2-in. Angle Stanchion**
3/4-in. Low Profile***
1-in. Low Profile***
3/4-in. Rigid Pendant
1-in. Rigid Pendant
1-1/4-in. Straight Stanchion
1-1/2-in. Straight Stanchion
3/4-in. Wall
1-in. Wall
1-1/2-in. Pendant

Temperature is 40°C unless otherwise indicated.
Wattage
50
70, 100
150 (55V)
250, 400
100
175, 250,
400
100,
250, 400

Light
Source
HPS
HPS
HPS
HPS
MH

Ballast Type/Voltage
Multivolt
120
L
K,L
L,K,A
L,K,S
L,K,A
L,K,S
S
S
M*
M*

208
N/A
L,K,S
L,K,S
S
M*

240
N/A
L,K,S
L,K,S
S
M*

277
N/A
L,K,S
L,K,S
S
M*

480
L
K,S
K,S
S
M*

MH, PMH M, P**

M,P

M,P

M,P

M,P

M,P

Merc

C

C

C

C

C

C

+Ballast Type—
N/A = Not Available
C = Mercury, Reg (Autoreg 250W)
K = Hot Restart (HPF Reactor Type)
L = High Pressure Sodium HPF Reactor or Lag
P = Pulse Metal Halide
A = HPS Autoreg

H-22/2005

+NOTE: When using one of these
opticals for a classified area, a
special ballast assembly is
required. Order, for example,
similar to H201L3PA5G except for
use with specified optical.
++ Standard max Ambient Temp is
40°C — for 55°C, 65°C, 90°C,
contact factory.
+++Before using, see pages H-8 and
H-9 for Temperature Profile
information.

CANADIAN NOTES:

Use Filtr-Gard C2 luminaire. Reference publication LSP-1108(Can)
M = Metal Halide, Autoreg
M*=Metal Halide, HPF Lag
S = High Pressure Sodium Mag-Reg or Autoreg
P** = Pulse Metal Halide Autoreg, not
available 175W Multivolt

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

FILTR•GARD ® H2 AND H2U LUMINAIRE
UL844, UL 1598 Outdoor Salt Water,
UL1598 Suitable for Wet Locations
DIMENSIONS
See Pages H-24 thru H-27.
NOTES
You must use temperature profile data to properly select luminaire. See Pages H-8 and H-9.
REFERENCES
See Pages H-8 and H-9 for Temperature Profiles and Limitations.
See Page H-38 for start of Accessories.
See Page H-43 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Pages H-44 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

DATA
See Dimensions Pages for approximate Net Weight.
Add weight for each component to get total luminaire weight.

OPTICAL ELIGIBILITY AND PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE

Globe and guard (FG, 250W max) (GG, 175W max)

coated (6693)

Globe and guard (FG, 250W max) (GG, 175W max)
and dome reflector (H2000-001)
Globe and guard (FG, 250W max) (GG, 175W max*)
and deep dome reflector (H2000-006)
Globe and guard (FG, 250W max) (GG, 175W max)
and angle dome reflector (H2000-002)
Angle Stanchion (5J or 6J)
with globe and guard (FG, 250W max) (GG, 175W max)
Angle Stanchion (5J or 6J)
with globe and guard (FG, 250W max) (GG, 175W max)
and dome reflector (H2000-001)
Glass refractor Type V
with guard (V5G, 175W max) (R5G, 400W max)
Glass refractor Type II
with guard (V2G, 175W max) (R2G, 400W max)
Acrylic refractor Type V
with guard (A5G, 150W max)
Acrylic refractor Type II
with guard (A2G, 150W max)
Polycarbonate refractor Type V
with guard (L5G, 150W max)
Polycarbonate refractor Type II
with guard (L2G, 150W max)
Enclosed reflector with ALGLAS (400W max) finish
(without guard H2000-EN) (with guard H2000-EG)
Universal glass refractor (W5G, 175W max)
with guard

6618

(FG)

6633

8323

(FG)

(FG)

(FG)
6836
(GG)
7446

(FG)
6836
(FG)
9155
(FG)
9150
(FG)
9137

6835

6835

N/A

6693

(FG)

6742

6609
7037

9136

8329

6838
(GG)
9130

6814
(R5G)
6807
(R2G)
6810

9139
(R5G)
6639**
(R2G)
6646**

8330
(V5G)
8331
(V2G)
9151

(GG)
9133
(V5G)
452876
(V2G)
452875

(FG)
9140
(R5G)
9156
(R2G)
9149

N/A
(R5G)
6778
(R2G)
9153

(GG)
9134
(R5G)
6696
(R2G)
6800

(GG)
9141
(R5G)
6696
(R2G)
6800

N/A
(R5G)
6830
(R2G)
6834

6867

N/A

8332

N/A

N/A

N/A

6868

N/A

N/A

6874

N/A

8333

N/A

N/A

N/A

6877

N/A

N/A

6864

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

6872

N/A

N/A

9152

N/A

8335

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

6709

6725**

N/A

6731

6731

N/A
9154
7838
(Coated) 6841

6841

6711

7032

N/A

8336

7847

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

6619
7024

8324
8325
8326

®

N/A

6695

N/A

7044

N/A
N/A

6803
(GG)
9131

(FG)
6743
(FG)
9157
(FG)
6745
(FG)
9132

N/A

(FG)
6634
(FG)
7445
(FG)
6645

9158

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

FILTR-GARD HAZARDOUS LOCATION LIGHTING

Photometric curve number 35-17 - - - All light sources are clear unless otherwise indicated. Before using, imperative to check Temperature Profile information to
properly match Optical to Classification - see pages H-8 and H-9.
70, 100,
100W
250W
400W
150W(55V) 250W
100W
175W
250W
400W
Merc
Merc
Merc
Filtr•Gard Luminaire
HPS
HPS
MH
MH,PMH MH,PMH MH,PMH (Coated) (Coated) (Coated)

NOTE: C/F=Contact Factory
NOTE: *For some ratings shown in Temperature Profile Information, GG can be used up to 250 watt maximum.
NOTE: **These curves are for 400 watt HPS also.
N/A=Not Available

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/H-23

H

FILTR•GARD ® H2 AND H2ULUMINAIRE
UL844, UL 1598 Outdoor Salt Water,
UL1598 Suitable for Wet Locations
YOU MUST USE TEMPERATURE PROFILE DATA
TO PROPERLY SELECT LUMINAIRE
FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
LUMINAIRE

BALLAST
Approx
Approx
Net Weight Net Weight
Wattage
(lbs)
(kgs)
50
14.0
6
70
13.0-19.2 6-9
100
13.5-20.5 6-9
150 (55V)
14.5-21.1 7-10
175
14.4-15.5 7-7
250
16.7-22.5 8-10
400
19.3-22.7 9-10
NOTE:
Does not include
mountings or opticals.

GLOBE
Dim
A

H

FILTR-GARD HAZARDOUS LOCATION LIGHTING

B

9 in. (229mm)
13.250 in.
337mm
13.625 in.
346mm

7 in. (178mm)
11.750 in.
298mm
12.125 in.
308mm

MOUNTINGS
CEILING Approximate
3/4-INCH=3C Net Weight 3.5 lbs
1-INCH=4C

2 kgs

FLEXIBLE PENDANT 3/4-inch=3F Approximate
1-inch=4F Net Weight 3.5 lbs

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
H-24/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

2 kgs

FILTR•GARD ® H2 AND H2U LUMINAIRE
UL844, UL 1598 Outdoor Salt Water,
UL1598 Suitable for Wet Locations

YOU MUST USE TEMPERATURE PROFILE DATA
TO PROPERLY SELECT LUMINAIRE
FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
MOUNTINGS

PENDANT
3/4-inch=3P
1-inch=4P

Approximate
Net Weight 5.0 lbs

Approximate
Net Weight 3.5 lbs

2 kgs

LOW PROFILE 3/4-inch=3L Approximate
1-inch=4L Net Weight 3.0 lbs

2 kgs

STRAIGHT STANCHION
Approximate
1-1/4-inch=5S, 1-1/2-inch=6S Net Weight 6.7 lbs

WALL Approximate
3/4-inch=3W
1-inch=4W Net Weight 5 lbs

1 kg

2 kgs

3 kgs

FILTR-GARD HAZARDOUS LOCATION LIGHTING

ANGLE STANCHION
1-1/4-inch=5J, 1-1/2-inch=6J

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/H-25

H

FILTR•GARD ® H2 AND H2U LUMINAIRE
UL844, UL 1598 Outdoor Salt Water,
UL1598 Suitable for Wet Locations
YOU MUST USE TEMPERATURE PROFILE DATA
TO PROPERLY SELECT LUMINAIRE
FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
OPTICALS CHECK TEMPERATURE PROFILES AND LISTINGS
GLOBE AND GUARD (FG or GG) Approximate FG 9-in. (229mm) 3.7 lbs
Net Weight GG 7-in. (178mm) 3.0 lbs

2 kgs
1 kgs

H

FILTR-GARD HAZARDOUS LOCATION LIGHTING

Dim FG–9 in. (229mm)
A
9.250 in.
235mm

8-INCH GLASS REFRACTOR (V2G or V5G)

ENCLOSED INDUSTRIAL REFLECTOR (EG or E)
Approximate
Net Weight 5 lbs
2 kgs

Approximate
Net Weight 3.9 lbs

1.5 kgs

9.375 in. (238mm) DIA

7.500 in.
(191mm)
8.250 in.
(210mm)

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
H-26/2005

GG–7 in. (178mm)
8.125 in.
206mm

www.gelightingsystems.com

FILTR•GARD ® H2 AND H2U LUMINAIRE
UL844, UL 1598 Outdoor Salt Water,
UL1598 Suitable for Wet Locations

YOU MUST USE TEMPERATURE PROFILE DATA
TO PROPERLY SELECT LUMINAIRE
FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
OPTICALS CHECK TEMPERATURE PROFILES AND LISTINGS
R2G, R5G Glass
14.7 lbs 7 kgs
Approximate L2G, L5G,
Net Weight A2G, A5G
Acrylic or Polycarbonate 6.0 lbs 6 kgs

R2G, R5G Glass

A
10.125 in.
257mm

L2G, L5G
A2G, A5G
9.500 in.
Acrylic or Polycarbonate 241mm

UNIVERSAL GLASS REFRACTOR (W5G)
Approximate
Net Weight 3.3 lbs
1 kg

FILTR-GARD HAZARDOUS LOCATION LIGHTING

12-INCH REFRACTOR
(R2G OR R5G)
(L2G OR L5G)
(A2G OR A5G)

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/H-27

H

MINI•GARD TM LUMINAIRE

UL844 — UL 1598 Suitable for Wet Locations
APPLICATIONS
• For adverse, severe duty and hazardous classifications
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• 1598 Listed General NonHazardous
Suitable For Wet Locations.
• 844 Listed
• Class I, Division 2,
Groups A, B, C and D
• Class II, Division 1 and 2,
Groups E, F and G
• Class III, Divisions 1 and 2
• Simultaneous Presence:
Class I Division 2,
Class II Divisions 1 and 2

• Multiple optical assemblies
• Multiple mounting
arrangements
• Lamp type and wattage label
• Medium base socket for HID
and biaxial for fluorescent
• Threaded hub for easy
mounting
• Electro-epoxidized gray paint
finish inside and outside

• MGH shipped as components:
Ballast, Mounting, Optical.
Accessories (lamp included
with fluorescent units)
• MGHU shipped all in one
carton with optical and HID
lamp installed
• Low copper aluminum alloys
• Charcoal filter
• Safety chain provisions

H

MINI-GARD HAZARDOUS LOCATION LIGHTING

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
MGH

15

S

0

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXX(X)
MGH =
Mini•Gard
Luminaire
CAUTION:
See pages
H-11-12
for
Temperature
ProfileData
and
Limitations.
HIDlampnot
included.

WATTAGE

LIGHT
SOURCE
X
M = MH
S = HPS
F = Fluorescent

VOLTAGE

MGHU=
Mini•Gard
Luminaire
CAUTION:
SeepagesH11-12for
Temperature
ProfileData
and
Limitations.
Shippedallin
cartonwith
lampand
optical
installed.

XX
HID
05 =
07 =
10 =
15 =

50
70
100
150
(55V)
17 = 175
Fluorescent
13 = 13 (1
lamp)
26 = 26 (1
lamp)
52 = 52 (2
26 watt
lamps)

H

BALLAST
TYPE
X
X
60Hz*
See Ballast Selection
0 = 120/
Table
208/
A = Autoreg
240/277
H = HPF Reactor or
MULTIVOLT Lag
1 = 120
N= NPF Reactor or
2 = 208
Lag
3 = 240
4 = 277
5 = 480
*For 50 Hz,
contact
factory

4

3P

GG

Q

AMBIENT °C
Standard: 40°C
X
4 = 40
5 = 55
6 = 65

MOUNTING

OPTICAL***

OPTIONS

XX
3C = 3/4 in. Ceiling
4C = 1 in. Ceiling
3F = 3/4 in.
Flexible*
4F = 1 in. Flexible*
5J = 1-1/4 in. Angle
stanchion**
6J = 1-1/2 in. Angle
stanchion**
3P = 3/4 in. Pendant
4P = 1 in. Pendant
5S = 1-1/4 in.
Straight
stanchion
6S = 1-1/2 in
Straight
stanchion
3W = 3/4 in. Wall
4W = 1 in. Wall

XX(X)
XXX
See Optical Eligibility and F = Fusing (Not
Photometric Selection
available with
Table
multivolt or
FG = Large Globe and
fluorescent units)
Guard
Q = Time Delay
FN = Large Globe
Automatically
GG = Small Globe and
Switched Quartz
Guard
is available in
GN = Small Globe
certain ratings for
V5G = 8" Refractor glass
Class II only. For
Type V with guard
availability and
V5N = 8" Refractor glass
Temperature
Type V
Profile and
V2G = 8" Refractor glass
Limitations with
asymmetric with
quartz lamp, see
guard
page H-12.
V2N = 8" Refractor glass
(Available with
asymmetric
HPS only)

* Use when support
is not rigid
** Caution for metal
halide: a
universal burning
type lamp must
be used

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
Wattage

Light
Source

50
70, 100
150 (55V)
70, 100
175
13
26
52

HPS
HPS
HPS
MH
MH
F
F
F

Ballast Type/Voltage
Multivolt

120

208

240

277

480

H
H
H
H
A
N/A
N/A
N/A

H
H
H
H
A
N
N/A
N/A

N/A
H
H
H
A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
H
H
H
A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
H
H
H
A
N
N
N

N/A
A
A
H
A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A = Not Available
A = Autoreg, H = HPF Reactor or Lag, N = NPF Reactor or Lag

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
H-28/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

*** Before using see pages
H-11-12 for Temperature Profile Information

MINI•GARD TM LUMINAIRE
UL844 — UL 1598 Suitable for Wet Locations

DIMENSIONS
See Pages H-30 and H-31.
NOTES
You must use temperature profile data to properly select hazardous
luminaire. See Pages H-11 and H-12.
REFERENCES
See Pages H-11 and H-12 for Temperature Profiles and Limitations.
See Page H-38 for start of Accessories.
See Page H-43 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Pages H-44 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

DATA
See Dimensions Pages for approximate Net Weight.
Add weight for each component to get total luminaire weight.

Photometric curve number 35-17 - - - - and ambient °C: 40°C standard. All light sources are clear unless otherwise indicated. Before using, imperative to check
Hazardous Luminaire Temperature Profile information to properly match Optical to Classification, See Pages H-11 and H-12.
50, 70, 100, HPS 150W(55V) HPS 70W
100W
175W
13W
26W
52W
Metal
Metal
Metal
Fluores- Fluores- FluoresMini•Gard Luminaire
Halide
Halide
Halide cent
cent
cent
Available Ambient

40, 55, 65°C

40, 55°C

40, 55, 65°C 40, 55°C

40°C

40°C

40°C

40°C

Globe and guard

(GG)

(GG)

(GG)

(GG)

(GG)

(FG)

(FG)

(FG)

Globe and guard
and dome reflector (H2000-001)

(GG)
9440

(GG)
9440

(GG)
9424

(GG)
9424

(GG)
9432

(FG)
9448

(FG)
9456

(FG)
9471

Globe and guard
and deep dome reflector (H2000-006)

(GG)
9441

(GG)
9441

(GG)
9425

(GG)
9425

(GG)
9433

(FG)
9449

(FG)
9457

(FG)
9472

Globe and guard
and angle dome reflector (H2000-002)

(GG)
9444

(GG)
9444

(GG)
9430

(GG)
9430

(GG)
9438

(FG)
9452

(FG)
9459

(FG)
9474

Angle Stanchion (5J or 6J)
with globe and guard

(GG)
9445

(GG)
9445

(GG)
9428

(GG)
9428

(GG)
9436

(FG)
9453

(FG)
9460

(FG)
9475

Angle Stanchion (5J or 6J)
with globe and guard
and dome reflector (H2000-001)

(GG)
9446

(GG)
9446

(GG)
9429

(GG)
9429

(GG)
9437

(FG)
9454

(FG)
9461

(FG)
9476

Glass refractor Type V
with guard

(V5G)
9442

(V5G)
9442

(V5G)
9426

(V5G)
9426

(V5G)
9434

N/A

N/A

N/A

Glass refractor Asymmetric
with guard
NOTE: N/A=Not Available

(V2G)
9601

(V2G)
9601

(V2G)
9602

(V2G)
9602

(V2G)
9603

N/A

N/A

N/A

9439

9439

9423

9423

9431

9447

9455

9470

MINI-GARD HAZARDOUS LOCATION LIGHTING

OPTICAL ELIGIBILITY, AVAILABLE AMBIENT AND PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/H-29

H

MINI•GARD TM LUMINAIRE

UL844 — UL 1598 Suitable for Wet Locations
FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
PENDANT MOUNT
Globe:
Dim.
A
B

GN
7.00 in. (179mm)
12.08 in. (307mm)
13.17 in. (335mm)

FN
9.00 in. (229mm)
13.59 in.(345mm)
15.11 in.(384mm)

FLEXIBLE PENDANT MOUNT

H

MINI-GARD HAZARDOUS LOCATION LIGHTING

Globe:
Dim.
A
B

GN
7.00 in. (179mm)
13.33 in. (339mm)
14.42 in. (366mm)

FN
9.00 in. (229mm)
14.84 in.(377mm)
15.94 in.(405mm)

CEILING MOUNT
Globe:
Dim.
A
B

GN
7.00 in. (179mm)
13.75 in. (349mm)
14.84 in. (377mm)

FN
9.00 in. (229mm)
15.27 in.(388mm)
16.36in.(416mm)

Solid Line (—) = Dome Reflector H2000-001
Dotted Line ( ) = Deep Dome Reflector H2000-006
Dashed Line (
) = Angled Dome Reflector H2000-002

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
H-30/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

MINI•GARD TM LUMINAIRE
UL844 — UL 1598 Suitable for Wet Locations

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
WALL MOUNT
FN
9.00 in.
(229mm)
15.38 in.
(391mm)
16.47 in.
(418mm)

STRAIGHT STANCHION MOUNT
Globe: GN
Dim. 7.00 in.
(179mm)
A
13.86 in.
(352mm)
B
14.95 in.
(380mm)

FN
9.00 in.
(229mm)
15.38 in.
(391mm)
16.47 in.
(418mm)

ANGLE STANCHION MOUNT
Globe:
Dim.
A
B
E
F

GN
7.00 in. (179mm)
11.16 in. (283mm)
12.22 in. (310mm)
13.04 in. (331mm)
14.60 in. (371mm)

FN
9.00 in. (229mm)
12.67 in.(321mm)
13.73 in.(348mm)
14.55 in. (370mm)
16.12 in. (409mm)

APPROXIMATE NET WEIGHTS
BALLAST HOUSING ASSEMBLY
Wattage
Pounds
50
70
100
150 (55V)
175
13/26/52 (Fluorescent)
OPTICAL
GG - Globe
FG - Globe
V2G/V5G Refractor
MOUNTINGS
3P/4P Pendant
3C/4C Ceiling
3F/4F Flexible Pendant
5J/6J Angle Stanchion
5S/6S Straight Stanchion
3W/4W Wall

14.0
13.0
13.5
14.5
14.4
14.0

-

19.2
20.5
21.1
15.5

Kilograms
6
6 - 9
6 - 9
7 - 10
7
6

3.0
3.7
3.9

1
2
2

3.0
5.0
3.5
5.0
5.0
8.0

1
2
3
2
2
3

MINI-GARD HAZARDOUS LOCATION LIGHTING

Globe: GN
Dim.
7.00 in.
(179mm)
A
13.86 in.
(352mm)
B
14.95 in.
(380mm)

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/H-31

H

PERMA•GARD ® LUMINAIRE

UL844, UL1598, UL1598 OUTDOOR SALT WATER, CANADIAN UL1598, NEMA 4X
APPLICATIONS
• For adverse, severe duty and hazardous classifications. (HID lamps)
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• 1598 Listed
Suitable For Wet Locations
• 844 Listed
• Class I, Division 2,
Groups A, B, C and D
• 1598 Outdoor Salt Water
Listed (formerly UL595)
• Listed
Class I, Division 2,
Groups A, B, C and D

• Meets NEMA 4X standards
• No exposed metal parts
• Corrosion-resistant materials
• Choice of optical assemblies
• Quick electro-mechanical
connection
• Shipped in single pack:
Mounting, Ballast, Optical.
Accessories

• Maxi-Lux® guard
• NEMA decal
• Wiring compartment
• Mogul base socket

H

PERMA-GARD HAZARDOUS LOCATION LIGHTING

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
PMGA 15

S

0

PRODUCT WATTAGE
IDENT
XX
XXXX
PMGA = HID
Perma•Gard 05 = 50
Luminaire 07 = 70
10 = 100
15 = 150
(55V)
17 = 175

LIGHT
SOURCE
X
M = MH
S = HPS
C = Merc
Standard:
lamp not
included

VOLTAGE

H

BALLAST
TYPE
X
X
60Hz*
See Ballast Selection
0 = 120/
Table
208/
A = Autoreg
240/277
H = HPF Reactor or
MULTIVOLT
Lag
1 = 120
K = Hot Restart
2 = 208
M= Mag-Reg
3 = 240
NOTE: K is not
4 = 277
available with 70 or
5 = 480
150 watt
D = 347
F=
120x347
*For 50 Hz,
contact
factory

X

3PR

GG

AMBIENT °C

MOUNTING

OPTICAL

X
See
Temperature
Profle information
Standard
Maximum
Ambient
Temperature
is 40oC.
Certain Merc
rat-ings available in
55°C.
X = For all
available
temperature
ratings, as
deter-mined
by optical.

AR5

ACCESSORIES
(IF REQUIRED)
XXX
XX(X)(X)
XXX
See Temperature See Accessories
3PR =3/4-in.
AR5 = Angled
Profile
Pendant
Reflector
information
Rigid**
15-in.
(381mm)
ALB5 = Angled
4PR =1-in.
use with
Low Bay
Pendant
globe and
Optical
Rigid**
guard
15-in.
(381mm)
3WR* =3/4-in. Wall
DR5 = Dome
Reflector
4WR* =1-in. Wall GG = Small Globe
15-in.
with guard
(381mm)
5SR* =1-1/4-in.
use with
GN = Small Globe
Straight
globe and
Stanchion
guard
LB5 = Low Bay
Optical
6SR* =1-1/2-in.
15-in.
Straight
(381mm)
Stanchion

Q
OPTIONS
(IF REQUIRED)
XXX
F = Fusing (Not
available with
multivolt or CSA
or UL1598
Outdoor Salt
Water or
metal halide
units)
40°C only
Q = Time Delay
Automatically
Switched Quartz
(not available for
Class I, Div. 2)
UL 1598 only

NOTE: *With these TA2 = Low Bay
Optical
mountings a PMG22- in.
4PR is included.
(559mm)
**Cannot use
flexible mounting.

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
Maximum ambient temperature is 40 C unless otherwise indicated.
Light Voltage
Wattage
Source Multivolt 120
208
240
277
480 347, 120X347
50
HPS H
H,K
H,K
H,K
N/A
N/A N/A
70,100
HPS H
H,K*,M,G H,K*,M,G H,K*,M,G H,K*,M,G M,G H
150 (55V)
HPS H
H,M,G H,M,G H,M,G H,M,G
M,G H
175
MH
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
100**, 175
Merc C
C
C
C
C
C
N/A
NOTE: N/A = Not Available
* 70 watt "K" not available
** 100W Merc is Reg
o

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
H-32/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

CANADIAN NOTES:
1. “H”, HPF, "A", Autoreg, available 120, 277 or 347 volts only.
2. 208, 240, and 480 volts require CWI ballast. Use "G"
when available. Contact factory for all others.
3. Multivolt not available.
4. "K" Hot Restart not available.

PERMA•GARD ® LUMINAIRE
UL844, UL1598, UL1598 OUTDOOR SALT WATER, CANADIAN UL1598, NEMA 4X

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

ACCESSORIES
ACCESSORIES

OPTICAL CHOICE

GG=Glass globe with guard

ALB5=Angled 15 in. (381mm)

TA2=22 in. (569mm) low bay
refractor

LB5=15 in. (381mm) low bay
refractor

PMG-DR5=Dome reflector

DATA
Add weight for each component to get total luminaire weight.

PERMA•GARD LUMINAIRE WEIGHTS
Ballast Housing Assembly
50 watt HPS
70 watt HPS
100 watt HPS
150 watt (55V) HPS
175 watt metal halide
100 watt mercury
175 watt mercury

15
15
15
17
15
14
15

7
7
7
8
7
6
7

Approximate Net Weight
Lbs
Kgs
Mounting Hub Assembly
3PR or 4PR
Optical Assembly
ALB5 refractor
GN globe
LB5 refractor
TA2 refractor

2

1

3
3
3
5

1
1
1
2

PMG-AR5=Angled reflector

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION AND THIRD PARTY CERTIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS TABLE
Photometric Curve Number 35-17- - - - All light sources clear unless otherwise indicated. Third Party Certifications and
UL1598
UL1598 Suitable
50-150W
UL844, Outdoor For Wet
50-150W HPS
CSA
Salt Water Locations NEMA 4X HPS
(Coated)
Globe and guard (PMG-GN, PMG-NG)
X
X
X
X
7407 7432
Globe and guard (PMG-GN, PMG-NG) and dome reflector (PMG-DR5)
X
X
X
X
7404 7428
Globe and guard (PMG-GN, PMG-NG) and angled dome reflector (PMG-AR5)
X
X
X
X
7406 7430
Globe (PMG-GN)
X
X
X
X
7410 7431
Globe (PMG-GN) and dome reflector (PMG-DR5)
X
X
X
X
7403 7427
Globe (PMG-GN) and angled dome reflector (PMG-AR5)
X
X
X
X
7405 7429
15-in. (381mm) acrylic refractor (PMG-LB5) (Not 175W MH)
X
N/A
X
N/A
7408 7433
15-in. (381mm) angled dome acrylic refractor (PMG-ALB5) (Not 175W MH) X
N/A
X
N/A
7412 7435
22-in. (559mm) acrylic refractor (PMG-TA2)
X
N/A
X
N/A
7409 7437
NOTE: N/A = Not Available
*Mercury only

Standards
175W MH
175W MH 100,175W
100,175W Merc
Merc
(Coated)
7419 7393
7415 7394
7417 7400
7418 7392
7426 7391
7416 7399
7420* 7395*
7422* 7401*
7424 7397

PERMA-GARD HAZARDOUS LOCATION LIGHTING

Approximate Net Weight
Lbs
Kgs

NOTES
You must use temperature profile data to properly select hazardous luminaire. See Page H-13.
REFERENCES
See Page H-13 for Temperature Profiles and Limitations.
See Page H-38 for start of Accessories.
See Page H-43 for Component Ordering Logic.
See Pages H-44 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/H-33

H

FOOD-PRO™ II LUMINAIRE
APPLICATIONS
• For low bay applications 15 to 25 ft. in food processing applications
or other areas requiring hosedown capability.
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• /
1598 Listed
Suitable For Wet Locations
• NEMA 4 Housing
• 844 Listed
• Class II & Class III Division 2, Groups D & G
• Heavy duty cast aluminum housing
• White epoxy overcoat finish

AVIALABLE COMBINATIONS

• 1200 PSI hosedown
• UV stabilized injection molded
prismatic refractor for low
brightness
• Meets UL metal halide polymeric
lamp containment
• NSF ( National Sanitation
Foundation ) Certified

H

FOOD-PRO™ II LUMINAIRE

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC —
1 - MULTIVOLT OFFERINGS
FP2

W

40M

0

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXX
FP2=

UNIT
COLOR
X
W = White

LAMP WATTS
& TYPE
XXX
40S = 400W HPS
25M = 250W MH
40M = 400W MH
25P = 250W Pulse
Start MH
32P = 320W Pulse
Start MH
40P = 400W Pulse
Start MH

VOLTAGE

EXAMPLES : FP2W40M0AEANA11
FP2W40M0AEANA11L
FP2W40M0AEANA11Q

A

EA

BALLAST
TYPE
X
X
0 = 120/208/ A = Autoreg
240/277

NA

11

MOUNTING
OPTICALS)
PHOTOMETREY
OPTIONS
XX
XX
XX
EA = Enclosed N/A = Not Applicable 11 = 3/4 in. Rigid Pendant
Acrylic
Mounting
EP = Enclosed
Polycar
bonate
(250W
lamp
only)

Q
OPTIONS
XXX
Q = Non-Time Delay
Switched Quartz
L = Lamp Included

FP2W40P0AEANA11
FP2W40P0AEANA11L
FP2W40P0AEANA11Q

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC —
2 - DISCRETE VOLTAGE OFFERINGS (SEE NOTES)
FP2

W

40P

0

A

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXX
FP2=

UNIT
COLOR
X
W = White

LAMP WATTS
& TYPE
XXX
40S = 400W HPS
25M = 250W MH
40M = 400W MH
25P = 250W Pulse
Start MH
32P = 320W Pulse
Start MH
40P = 400W Pulse
Start MH

VOLTAGE

BALLAST
TYPE
X
A = Autoreg

EXAMPLES : FP2W40M4AEANA93
FP2W40M4AEANA21
FP2W40M4AEANA11F
FP2W40P4AEANA93
FP2W40P4AEANA21
FP2W40P4AEANA11F
FP2W40M5AEANA11F

X
1 = 120
2 = 208
3 = 240
4 = 277
5 = 480
D = 347

EA

NA

OPTICALS)
PHOTOMETREY
XX
XX
EA = Enclosed N/A = Not Applicable
Acrylic
EP = Enclosed
Polycar
bonate
(250W
lamp
only)

NOTES:
1. Discrete voltages (120, 208, 240 or 277V)
in this category selection are not available
unless used with supplied cord (mountings
21 or 93) and/or fusing.
2. No restriction for 347 or 480V in this category.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
H-34/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

93

Q

MOUNTING
OPTIONS
XX
11 = 3/4 in. Rigid Pendant
Mounting
21 = Prewire Hook, W/3’16/3 Cord (No Plug)
93 = 3/4 in. Rigid Pendant
Mounting with Primary
Electrical Receptable with
Mating Mini-Plug A & 6’
Cord

OPTIONS
XXX
F = Fusing
L = Lamp Included
Q = Non-Time Delay
Switched Quartz

FOOD-PRO™ II LUMINAIRE
NOTES
You must use temperature profile data to properly select luminaire.
See Page H-13.
REFERENCES
See Pages H-13 for Temperature Profile.
See Pages H-44 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
Wattage
250, 400
250
250
320, 400
320, 400

Light
Spacing
Source
Criteria
HPS
1.6
MH, PMH (coated) 1.7
MH, PMH
1.6
MH, PMH (coated) 1.5
MH, PMH
1.6

Photometric
Curve Number
35-17 - - - 453258
453257
453256
453255
453254

DATA
Approximate Net Weight

38-47 lbs

8-10 kgs

TYPICAL INSTALLATIONS
Mounting Code 21

Mounting Code 11

Mounting Code 93
STANDARD
JUNCTION BOX
MINI
CONNECTOR

STANDARD
UNION

HOOK

CONDUIT

Hanger Mount
with Sealed Cable
Mounting Code 93, order hook FP2-HOOK
seperately
STANDARD
JUNCTION BOX

STANDARD
JUNCTION BOX

Rigid Pendant
with Quick Disconnect

CONDUIT
STANDARD
UNION
STANDARD
JUNCTION BOX

MINI
CONNECTOR

Mounting Code 11
STANDARD
JUNCTION BOX

STANDARD
UNION

CONDUIT

CONDUIT

FOOD-PRO™ II LUMINAIRE

CABLE

HOOK
HANGER

Hanger Mount
with Quick Disconnect

Rigid Pendant Mount
with Long Conduit Hard Wired

Rigid Pendant Mount
with Short Conduit Hard Wired

ACCESSORIES

Fixture Hanger 3/4” Male Thread
FP 2-Hook

Mini Plug 3P with 6ft. Cable, FP 2-SCA
*Other lengths available-contact factory

Sealed Cable Assembly
with 6ft.FP 2-6MP (6ft.), FP 2-9MP (9ft.)

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/H-35

H

P-154 POWERFLOOD ® FLOODLIGHT
UL844, UL 1598 Outdoor Salt Water
APPLICATIONS
• For general area, security and facade lighting
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• 1598 Outdoor Salt Water Listed (formerly UL595)
• 844 Listed
• Class I, Division 2,
Groups A, B, C and D
• Heavy-duty die-cast aluminum housing
• Heat and shock-resistant tempered glass

• Heavy-gauge coated steel trunnion
• Corrosion-resistant hardware
• Convenient wiring box
• Hinged front door, secured with
two corrosion-resistant screws
• Mogul base socket

H

P-154 POWERFLOOD HAZARDOUS LOCATION LIGHTING

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
P54H 07

S

0

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXXX
P54H =
P-154
for UL844
Class I,
Div. 2 and
for UL
1598
Outdoor
Salt
Water

LIGHT
SOURCE
X
S = HPS
M = MH
CAUTION: For
400W MH, an
E-18 or ED-28
lamp must be
used.
Standard:
Lamp not
included

VOLTAGE

WATTAGE
XX
07 = 70
10 = 100
15 = 150
(55V)
17 = 175
20 = 200
25 = 250
40 = 400

H

1

BALLAST
PE FUNCTION
TYPE
X
X
X
1 = None
60Hz*
See Ballast and
0 = 120/
Photometric
208/
Selection Table
240/277
A = Autoreg
MULTIVOLT H = HPF Reactor or Lag
1 = 120
M = Mag-Reg
2 = 208
3 = 240
4 = 277
5 = 480
*For 50 Hz,
contact
factory

6X6

NEMA TYPE BEAM
COLOR
SPREAD HORIZ X VERT
XX
XXX
Select NEMA Type
DB = Dark Bronze
from Ballast and
Photometric
Selection Table
Example:
6X6 = 6X6

BALLAST AND PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
All light sources are clear unless otherwise indicated.
NEMA Type
Ballast Type
Beam Spread Photometric
Voltage
Light
Horiz X Vert Curve Number
Wattage
Source Multivolt 120-480 Degrees
35-17 - - - 70, 100,
150 (55V)
HPS
H
H*
6X6 (126X128) 7346
200, 250, 400
HPS
A
A
7X6 (134X127) 7347
175
MH
A
A
7X6 (136X129) 7344
250, 400
MH
A
A
7X6 (137X120) 7455
NOTE: Lamp for 400 watt MH fixture must be E-18 or ED-28 only.
*480 Volt (M) Mag-Reg
CANADIAN NOTES:
Use P154 Powerflood Floodlight for Hazardous Location, P54C. Reference publication LSP-1120 (Can)

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
H-36/2005

DB

www.gelightingsystems.com

F
OPTIONS
XXX
F = Fusing (Not
available with
multivolt or UL
1598 Outdoor Salt
Water)

P-154 POWERFLOOD ® FLOODLIGHT
UL844, UL 1598 Outdoor Salt Water

NOTES
You must use temperature profile data to properly select luminaire.
See Page H-13.
REFERENCES
See Pages H-13 for Temperature Profile.
See Pages H-44 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

DATA
23-25 lbs
1.4 sq. ft. max
40 ft.

10-11 kgs
0.13 sq. M max
12 M

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

P-154 POWERFLOOD HAZARDOUS LOCATION LIGHTING

Approximate Net Weight
Effective Projected Area
Suggested Mounting Height

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/H-37

H

ACCESSORIES

REFER TO ACCESSORY INDEX TO MATCH ACCESSORY WITH PRODUCT.
ILLUSTRATIONS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL REPRESENTATIONS.

LEGEND: ////////// = Accessory can be used.

H

HAZARDOUS LOCATION LIGHTING ACCESSORIES

INDEX

PRODUCT

Ordering Number Powr•Gard®
H8
H7
ANGLED DOME REFLECTOR
PMG-AR5
H2000-002**
H7000-002*
/////////////////////////
H8000-002
/////////////////////////
H9000-002
/////////////////////////
BALLAST SAFETY CHAIN
SFC10-B
SFC3-B
SFC5-B
SFC7-B
DEEP DOME REFLECTOR
H2000-006**
H9000-006
/////////////////////////
DOME REFLECTOR
PMG-DR5
H2000-001**
H7000-001*
/////////////////////////
H8000-001
/////////////////////////
H9000-001
/////////////////////////
FUSE KIT (LESS FUSE) (For Non-hazardous areas only)
H5000-FK1
H5000-FK2
GLOBES
H2000-FNA
H2000-FNB
H2000-FNG
H2000-FNR
MOUNTING (Useable only with PMG-4PR Pendant Mounting)
PMG-3WR
PMG-4WR
PMG-5SR
PMG-6SR

Filtr•Gard®

////////////////////////

/////////////////////////
/////////////////////////
/////////////////////////
/////////////////////////

/////////////////////////
/////////////////////////
/////////////////////////
/////////////////////////

///////////////////////// /////////////////////////
////////////////////////
///////////////////////// /////////////////////////

/////////////////////////
/////////////////////////

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

Perma•Gard®

///////////////////////// /////////////////////////

* H7000-001 and H7000-002 will not fit fixture with wall mounting.
** Use with globe type optical only.

H-38/2005

Mini•GardTM

/////////////////////////
/////////////////////////
/////////////////////////
/////////////////////////
////////////////////////
////////////////////////
////////////////////////
////////////////////////

ACCESSORIES

REFER TO ACCESSORY INDEX TO MATCH ACCESSORY WITH PRODUCT.
ILLUSTRATIONS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL REPRESENTATIONS.

ANGLED DOME REFLECTOR
• PMG-AR5
15-inch (381mm) reflector.
Use with globe and guard.

PMG-AR5

9 in. (229mm)
A 13.250 in.
337mm
B 13.625 in.
346mm

7 in. (179mm)
11.750 in.
298mm
12.125 in.
308mm

H2000-002

• H8000-002
30° Angle reflector. Aluminum
with highly reflective white paint.

H8000-002

• H9000-002
With ALGLAS® finish.

H9000-002

HAZARDOUS LOCATION LIGHTING ACCESSORIES

• H2000-002
With ALGLAS® finish.
Use with globe type optical only.

BALLAST SAFETY CHAIN
• SFC10-B
10-ft. (3M)
• SFC3-B
3-ft. (0.9M)

• SFC5-B
5-ft. (1.5M)
• SFC7-B
7-ft. (2M)
SFC

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/H-39

H

ACCESSORIES

REFER TO ACCESSORY INDEX TO MATCH ACCESSORY WITH PRODUCT.
ILLUSTRATIONS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL REPRESENTATIONS.

DEEP DOME REFLECTOR
• H2000-006
With ALGLAS® finish. Use with globe type optical only.

H2000-006

H

HAZARDOUS LOCATION LIGHTING ACCESSORIES

• H9000-006
With ALGLAS® finish. Not UL listed for Class II.

H9000-006

DOME REFLECTOR

PMG-DR5

• PMG-DR5
15-inch (381mm) reflector. Use with globe and guard.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
H-40/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

ACCESSORIES

REFER TO ACCESSORY INDEX TO MATCH ACCESSORY WITH PRODUCT.
ILLUSTRATIONS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL REPRESENTATIONS.

DOME REFLECTOR
9 in. (229mm)
A 13.250 in.
337mm
B 13.625 in.
346mm

7 in. (179mm)
11.750 in.
298mm
12.125 in.
308mm

• H2000-001
With ALGLAS® finish. Use with globe type optical only.

H2000-001

H8000-001

• H9000-001
With ALGLAS® finish.

H9000-001

FUSE KIT (LESS FUSE[S])
For Non-hazardous areas only
• H5000-FK1
Single

HAZARDOUS LOCATION LIGHTING ACCESSORIES

• H8000-001
Standard reflector. Aluminum
with highly reflective white paint.

• H5000-FK2
Double

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/H-41

H

ACCESSORIES

REFER TO ACCESSORY INDEX TO MATCH ACCESSORY WITH PRODUCT.
ILLUSTRATIONS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL REPRESENTATIONS.

GLOBES
• H2000-FNA*
Amber
• H2000-FNB*
Blue
• H2000-FNG*
Green
• H2000-FNR*
Red

NOTE: * Fluorescent non-hazardous location only

MOUNTING

H

HAZARDOUS LOCATION LIGHTING ACCESSORIES

• PMG-3WR
Wall, 3/4-inch
Usable only with
PMG-4PR Pendant Mounting (Not Included)
• PMG-4WR
Wall, 1-inch
Usable only with
PMG-4PR Pendant Mounting (Not Included)

Approximate
Net Weight

PMG-3WR 6.5 lbs
PMG-4WR 6.1 lbs

2.4 kgs
2.3 kgs

• PMG-5SR
Straight stanchion, 1-1/4-inch
Usable only with
PMG-4PR Pendant Mounting (Not Included)
• PMG-6SR
Straight stanchion, 1-1/2-inch
Usable only with
PMG-4PR Pendant Mounting (Not Included)

Approximate
Net Weight

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
H-42/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

PMG-5SR
PMG-6SR

4.5 lbs
4.8 lbs

1.7 kgs
1.8 kgs

COMPONENT ORDERING LOGIC
As shown below, components can be ordered separately. The ordering logic for components can be derived from the product ordering number logic shown above each product
grouping. The groupings explain the procedure to derive component ordering numbers.

EXAMPLES:
COMPLETE UNIT NUMBER

H9

PRODUCT ID.
XX

1

VOLTAGE
XX

UL844 UL1598 OUTDOOR SALT WATER
(OPTIONAL)

3P

15S

WATTAGE/LIGHT SOURCE
BALLAST TYPE
XXX

MOUNTING
XX

BALLAST AND OPTICAL COMPONENT LOGIC

H9

1

PRODUCT ID.
XX

VOLTAGE
XX

15S

WATTAGE/LIGHT SOURCE
BALLAST TYPE
XXX

**

MOUNTING
XX

OPTIONS
Order “similar to
(specify ordering
number) except” on
options other than
fusing or quartz or
UL1572 Outdoor Salt
Water Marine

JJ

PRODUCT ID.
XX

MOUNTING
XX

PERMA•GARD ® LUMINAIRE

PRODUCT ID.
XXXX

15

WATTAGE
XX

S

LIGHT
SOURCE
X

0
VOLTAGE
X

BALLAST COMPONENT LOGIC

PMGA

PRODUCT ID.
XXXX

15

WATTAGE
XX

S

LIGHT
SOURCE
X

0

VOLTAGE
X

OPTICAL COMPONENT LOGIC

PMG
PRODUCT ID.
XXXX

GN
NG
OPTICAL
XX
GN = Globe
NG = Guard

MOUNTING COMPONENT LOGIC

PMGPRODUCT ID.
XXXX

3PR
MOUNTING
XXX

ACCESSORY COMPONENT LOGIC

PMGPRODUCT ID.
XXXX

AR5
ACCESSORIES
XXX

VOLTAGE
X

UL844, UL1598, NEMA 4X

H
BALLAST
TYPE
X

H
BALLAST
TYPE
X

X
AMBIENT
°C
X

X
AMBIENT
°C
X

3PR GG AR5 Q
MOUNTING OPTICAL
XXX
XX

Q
SPECIFY
OPTIONS
IFREQUIRED
XX

UL1598 SUITABLE FOR WET LOCATIONS

3C

05L

WATTAGE/LIGHT SOURCE
BALLAST TYPE
(Standard Max. Ambient Temp
is 40°C–for 55°C, 65°C,
90°C, contact factory)
XXX

H2

MOUNTING COMPONENT LOGIC

WATTAGE/LIGHT SOURCE
BALLAST TYPE
XXX

VOLTAGE
X

OPTICAL
Before using See Temperature
Profile information
(X)(X)(X)
OPTIONS
XXX

H2000-

05L

0

GG

MOUNTING
(Includes
ballast cover)
XX

BALLAST COMPONENT LOGIC

PRODUCT ID.
XX

3C
MOUNTING
XX

GN
NG

H2000-

H9000– =
H9

PMGA

0

UL844

OPTICAL COMPONENT LOGIC

OPTICAL
XX

3P

COMPLETE UNIT NUMBER

PRODUCT ID.
XX

PRODUCT ID.
XX

MOUNTING COMPONENT LOGIC

H9000-

COMPLETE UNIT NUMBER

H2

JJ

OPTICAL
XX

FILTR•GARD ® LUMINAIRE

SPECIFY
ACCESSORIES
IFREQUIRED
XXX

OPTIC CODE
XX

DESCRIPTION
XX

COMPONENT CATALOG NUMBER
(ORDER OPTICAL AND GUARD SEPARATELY)

GG =
GG =
FG =
FG =
EG =
EG =
V5G =
V2G =
V5/V2G =
R5G =
R2G =
R2/R5G =
W5G =
W5G =
A5G =
A2G =
A2/A5G =
L5G =
L2G =
L5/L2G =

Small Globe (no guard)
Small Guard only
Large Globe (no guard)
Large Guard only
Enclosed highbay reflector (no guard)
Enclosed highbay guard only
8 inch glass type 5 refractor (no guard)
8 inch glass type 2 refractor (no guard)
8 inch glass refractor guard only
12 inch glass type 5 refractor (no guard)
12 inch glass type 2 refractor (no guard)
12 inch glass refractor guard only
Universal glass refractor (no guard)
Universal glass refractor guard only
12 inch acrylic type 5 refractor (no guard)
12 inch acrylic type 2 refractor (no guard)
12 inch acrylic refractor guard only
12 inch polycarbonate type 5 refractor (no guard)
12 inch polycarbonate type 2 refractor (no guard)
12 inch polycarbonate refractor guard only

H2000-GN
H2000-NG
H2000-FN
H2000-NF
H2000-EN
H2000-NE
H2000-V5N
H2000-V2N
H2000-N08
H2000-R5N
H2000-R2N
H2000-N12
H2000-W5N
H2000-N10
H2000-A5N
H2000-A2N
H2000-N12
H2000-L5N
H2000-L2N
H2000-N12

SPECIFY
OPTIONS
IFREQUIRED
XX

MINI•GARD TM LUMINAIRE UL844, UL1598 SUITABLE FOR WET LOCATIONS
COMPLETE UNIT NUMBER

MGH

PRODUCT ID.
XXX

S

15

LIGHT
WATTAGE SOURCE
XX
X

1

S

LIGHT
PRODUCT ID. WATTAGE SOURCE
XXX
XX
X

4

BALLAST
VOLTAGE TYPE
X
X

BALLAST COMPONENT LOGIC

MGH 15

H

1

VOLTAGE
X

3P

F

GG

MOUNTING OPTICAL

SPECIFY
AMBIENT (INCLUDES
(BEFORE USING SEE TEMPERATURE OPTIONS
°C
BALLAST COVER) PROFILE INFORMATION
IF REQUIRED
X
XX
(X)(X)(X)
X

MOUNTING COMPONENT LOGIC

H
BALLAST
TYPE
X

4
AMBIENT
°C
X

MGPRODUCT ID.
XXX

3P
MOUNTING
XX

OPTICAL COMPONENT LOGIC

GN
NG

H2000OPTIC CODE
XX

DESCRIPTION
XX

COMPONENT CATALOG NUMBER
(ORDER OPTICAL AND GUARD SEPARATELY)

GG =
FG =
V5N=
V2N =
V5/V2G =

Small Guard only
Large Guard only
8 inch glass type 5 refractor (no guard)
8 inch glass type 2 refractor (no guard)
8 inch glass refractor guard only

H2000-NG
H2000-NF
H2000-V5N
H2000-V2N
H2000-N08

HAZARDOUS LOCATION LIGHTING COMPONENT ORDERING LOGIC

POWR•GARD ® LUMINAIRE

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/H-43

H

HAZARDOUS AND ADVERSE LOCATION DATA
EXPLANATION OF OPTIONS
F = FUSING (Not available with multivolt or dual voltage.)
(Not available 208, 240, 480, 600 volt with )
If specified, fuse(s) should be rated three times maximum
current but less than branch circuit breaker (minimum of 5
amps for any fuse). Luminaires supplied with fuse holder(s)
will accept a fuse such as Bussman KTK type. Factory
installed fuse holder includes one fuse for 120V, 277V, 347V
or two fuses for 208V, 240V, 480V.
Q = AUTOMATICALLY SWITCHED QUARTZ (TIME DELAY)
Most luminaires can be provided with automatically
switched quartz/instant-on safety lighting where
momentary power interruptions or extreme voltage dips
can extinguish an HID lamp. A single-ended quartz lamp is
placed in the same optical with the HID lamp. The quartz
lamp will remain on until the HID lamp strikes and reaches
approximately 60% of full light output. This also means that
the quartz lamp will come on when the luminaire is initially
energized and remain on until the HID lamp reaches 60%
light output.
Caution should be utilized when sizing branch circuits for
luminaires with this option since the luminaire will draw
additional current during the warm-up period while both
lamps (quartz and HID) are in operation.

Wiring for the quartz lamp is internal to the ballast
assembly and the 120 volts to operate the quartz lamp is
supplied by the ballast.

H

HAZARDOUS AND ADVERSE LOCATION LIGHTING DATA

The 400 watt luminaires have a socket for one 250 watt singleended DC (Double Contact) bayonet base quartz lamp. The 250
watt and lower wattage luminaires have a socket for one 150
watt single-ended DC bayonet base quartz lamp. Refer to
TEMPERATURE PROFILE DATA pages for Limitations.

U = UL1598 OUTDOORSALTWATER (formerlyUL595)/UL844
Equipment is UL1598 Outdoor Salt Water Marine Listed,
Suitable for Outdoor Salt Water Marine Use, as well as
UL844 Listed for Hazardous Locations.

TEMPERATURE CODE TABLE
The temperature Code Table Figure 1 matches
identification numbers with the maximum temperature
range in degrees Celsius (C) that they represent. These
codes are used in luminaire Temperature Profile Data
tables for GE hazardous location luminaires.
Figure 1
TEMPERATURE CODE TABLE
Identification
Range
Number

Degrees C

T1
T2
T2A
T2B
T2C
T2D
T3
T3A
T3B
T3C
T4
T4A
T5
T6

450
300
280
260
230
215
200
180
165
160
135
120
100
85

TEMPERATURE CONVERSION FORMULAS
Celsius to Fahrenheit
Fahrenheit to Celsius
F = 1.8C + 32

MULTIVOLT
The multivolt choice under “Voltage” in Ordering Number
Logic tables means that the customer can make the
necessary connections to operate the luminaire at any one
of four voltages - 120, 208, 240 or 277.
HOT RESTART
The hot lamp restart feature is a ballast choice for some HPS
luminaires. (See product pages for availability and ordering
information.) During initial energization (cold start) HPS
lamps have a two to three minute warm-up period. After
stabilization, a momentary power interruption may cause
the lamp to go out and it will not restrike for some period of
time, approximately one minute for HPS lamps. Under
normal conditions there is a delay of two to three minutes
before full light output is achieved after a momentary power
interruption. “Hot restart” will restart an HPS lamp instantly
and at essentially the same lumen output even after
outages of up to ten (10) seconds. For outages of up to thirty
(30) seconds, it will restart the HPS lamp instantly but at
slightly reduced lumens for a short period of time. This
feature does not affect, or accelerate, initial cold start.
HAZARDOUS LOCATION CLASSIFICATION
The classification of a given area as to Class, Division, and
Group is solely the judgement of THE OWNERS, INSURANCE
COMPANY AND THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION.

Figure 2
NEMA DECAL
Color Coding/Light Source

Numeric Coding/Wattage

= High Pressure Sodium 05
07
Red
= Metal Halide
10
15
Light Blue= Mercury
17
20
25
40
75

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

50
70
100
150
175
200
250
400
750

EFFECT OF CHEMICALS AND SOLVENTS ON ACRYLIC AND
POLYCARBONATE RESIN REFRACTORS
Acrylic is resistant to dilute solutions of strong acids and
alkalies, aliphatic petroleum oils, aliphatic hydrocarbons, and
dilute alcohols. It is not resistant to concentrated alkalies and
oxidizing acids, the lower ketones, ester, aromatic and
halogenated hydrocarbons, and lacquer thinners. Naturally,
the resistance to the various chemicals will vary with the
concentration and the temperature of the environment.
Polycarbonate resin has good resistance at room temperature to
water, dilute inorganic and organic acids, solutions of neutral
and acid salts, vegetable oils, aliphatic hydrocarbons, ethers and
alcohols. It is readily dissolved by certain halogenated solvents
such as methylene chloride, 1, 2 dichloroethane, and chloroform.
Loss of properties can result from contact with low molecular
weight aldehyde and ethers, ketones, esters, aromatic
hydrocarbons, and perchlorinated hydrocarbons. Chemical
attack occurs in contact with alkali, alkaline salts and amines.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
H-44/2005

C = F - 32
C=
1.8

NEMA DECAL
GE puts a NEMA identification decal on the outside of the
ballast housing of each hazardous location luminaire. The
color of the decal indicates the light source and the
number, the lamp wattage (see Figure 2).

Yellow

EXPLANATION OF OTHER TERMS USED

Maximum Temperature

www.gelightingsystems.com

Products
Tiger™
Nexell™
M-250A2 Powr/Door®
M-250A2 Powr/Door® Cutoff
M-250R2
M-250R2 Cutoff
M-400A Powr/Door®
M-400A Powr/Door® Cutoff
M-400
M-400A Cutoff
Versaflood® II Signlighter
Versaflood® III Induction
Turnpike™
Tunnel Guard™
High Mast
Skygard™ Powr/Bracket®
Powr/Bracket® Unit Packs
Skygard™ 201SA Unit Pack
201SA Unit Pack
Solaris™
Epoxy Encapsulated Ballast
Replacer™ Ignitor Kit
Replacer™ Ballast Kits
Accessories
Data

R-1
R-2
R-4
R-6
R-8
R-10
R-12
R-14
R-16
R-18
R-20
R-22
R-24
R-26
R-28
R-30
R-32
R-34
R-36
R-38
R-40
R-42
R-44
R-45
R-48
R-52

BACK TO MAIN INDEX

ROADWAY LIGHTING

Roadway Lighting

R

LOOK FOR
THIS TAB ON
ANY PAGE
TO RETURN
TO THE
ROADWAY
LIGHTING
INDEX

imagination at work

PRODUCT NAME
Tiger

PRODUCT ID.
TGSM, TGTM

PAGE
R-2

Nexell

NEXL, NEXS

R-4

M2AR

R-6

M-250A2 Powr/Door Cutoff M2AC

R-8

TM

TM

M-250A2 Powr/Door

®

®

M-250R2

M2RR

R-10

M-250R2 Cutoff

M2RC

R-12

MDRA/MDRL

R-14

M-400A Powr/Door Cutoff MDCA/MDCL

R-16

M-400

MSRL

R-18

M-400 Cutoff

MSCL

R-20

Versaflood II Signliter

V2FN, V2FS

R-22

Versaflood III Induction

V3SL, V3ST

R-24

Turnpike

RPFS, RPFT

R-26

Tunnel Guard

TUN

R-28

High Mast

HMAA

R-30

Skygard Powr/Bracket

SGP

R-32

Powr/Bracket Unit Packs

PBS, PBP

R-34

Skygard 201SA Unit Pack
™

SGR

R-36

201 SA Unit Packs

SAM

R-38

Solaris

S26L, S27L, S39L, S40L

R-40

M-400A Powr/Door

®

®

®

®

TM

TM

™

®

®

TM

Epoxy Encapsulated Ballasts ENC

R-42

Replacer Ignitor Kit

R-44

Replacer Ballast Kits
Accessories
Data

GERB

ROADWAY LIGHTING INDEX

ROADWAY LUMINAIRES INDEX

R-45
R-48
R-52

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ R-1

R

TIGER ™
APPLICATIONS
• For roadways, highways, parkways, and commercial applications. Flexible design
allows for glare control and offset lighting. Ideal for interchanges and toll booths.
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
Common Features
• Autoreg ballast
• Die cast aluminum housing
• Tenon mounting w/ full range of
with electrocoat primer and
adjustability from 0 to 45 degrees • 250, 400 watt HPS or Metal
Halide
powder paint standard
• Tether for slipfitter cap
•
1598 Listed Wet Location
• Concealed continuous door
• 2g vibration standard
gasket seals entire fixture against
•
Listed to Canadian
(3g contact factory)
dirt, dust and insects
standards and codes
• Bi-Level System 3 available –
• Tool-less entry
contact factory – horizontal
• Charcoal filter
mounting
TIGER with TRAY MOUNTED
• Integral mounting features for
BALLAST
TIGER with SNAPDRIVE
shielding
• Wide array of ballast types,
• Low profile hinges and latches • Multiple options on one
wattages and voltages available
• Alglas reflector finish
platform
• All electricals removable for
• Electrical components
• Cuts inventory and mainterepair/replacement
mounted in housing (not on
nance cost
• Optional 1598 Listed Wet
door)
• Removes quickly, reducing
Location
• Multiple photometric configuweight for installation, re• Optional Listed to Canadian
rations and distributions (flat,
installs quickly
standards and codes
sag and prismatic)
• Quick configuration of multiple
wattages and voltages

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC — TIGER with SnapDrive™
TGSM

25

S

1

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXXX
TGSM =
Tiger with
SnapDrive

WATTAGE
XX
25 = 250
40 = 400

LIGHT
SOURCE
X
S = HPS
M = MH

R

TIGER ROADWAY LIGHTING

TCSM =
Tiger with
SnapDrive (for
CANADA)

VOLTAGE
X
60Hz
0 = MV
1 = 120
2 = 208
3 = 240
4 = 277
5 = 480
7 = 120/240
CANADA ONLY:
D = 347v
P = 120/277/
347

A

2

BF

BALLAST
TYPE
X
A=
AUTOREG

PE
FUNCTION
X
1 = None
2 = PE Recp.

PHOTOMETRIC
DISTRIBUTION
XX
AF = Narrow
Roadway/Flat Glass
BF = Medium
Roadway/Flat Glass
CF = Forward Throw/
Flat Glass
DG = Wide Roadway
Staggered/ Sag Glass
EG = Wide Roadway
opposite/ Sag Glass
DR = Wide Roadway/
Prismatic Glass/
Staggered
FF = Extra Wide
Roadway / Flat Glass
FG = Extra Wide
Roadway / Sag Glass
ER = Wide roadway
prismatic opposite

1K

XX

XXX

MOUNTING
XX
1K = Aimed Low Adjustable Tenon
Mount (Set @ Zero)
2K = Aimed High Adjustable Tenon
Mount (Set @ 45°)
ES = External
slipfitter for 2 3/8” OD
H4 = Horizontal, 4
bolt external slipfitter

COLOR
XX
BL = Black
DB = Dark Bronze
GR = Gray
WH = White
XX = Special

OPTIONS
XXX
B = Time Delay
Switched
Quartz
F = Fusing (Not
available
in Multivolt)
XXX = SPECIAL
OPTIONS

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC — TIGER with TRAY MOUNTED BALLAST
TGTM
PRODUCT
IDENT
XXXX
TGTM =
Tiger with
Tray
Mounted
Ballast

25

S

WATTAGE
XX
25 = 250
40 = 400

LIGHT
SOURCE
X
S = HPS
M = MH

1
VOLTAGE
X
60Hz
0 = MV
1 = 120
2 = 208
3 = 240
4 = 277
5 = 480
CANADA
ONLY:
D = 347v
P = 120/277/
347

N

1

BF

BALLAST
TYPE
X
A = AUTOREG
G = Mag-reg with
grounded socket shell
H = HPF Reactor or Lag
M = Mag-reg
N = NPF Reactor or Lag
P = CWI with Grounded
socket shell

PE
FUNCTION
X
1 = None
2 = PE Recp.

PHOTOMETRIC
DISTRIBUTION
XX
AF = Narrow
Roadway/Flat Glass
BF = Medium
Roadway/Flat Glass
CF = Forward Throw/
Flat Glass
DG = Wide Roadway
Staggered/ Sag Glass
EG = Wide Roadway
opposite/ Sag Glass
DR = Wide Roadway/
Prismatic Glass
FF = Extra Wide
Roadway / Flat Glass
FG = Extra Wide
Roadway / Sag Glass
ER = Wide roadway
prismatic opposite

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
R-2/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

1K

XX

XXX

MOUNTING
XX
1K = Aimed Low Adjustable Tennon
Mount
2K = Aimed High Adjustable Tennon
Mount
ES = External
slipfitter for 2 3/8” OD
H4 = Horizontal, 4
bolt external slipfitter

COLOR
XX
BL = Black
DB = Dark Bronze
GR = Gray
WH = White
XX = Special

OPTIONS
XXX
B = Time Delay
Switched
Quartz
F = Fusing (Not available
in Multivolt)
U = cUL/UL Listed
002 = Ignitor Shut-off
Device (ISD) protected
ignitor
XXX = SPECIAL
OPTIONS

TIGER ™
FIXTURE DIMENSIONS — EXAMPLES OF DIFFERENT OPTICS AND MOUNTINGS AVAILABLE
31.4 in.
(797mm)
11.3 in.
(287mm)

28.9 in.
(734mm)

SHALLOW GLASS WITH H4
MOUNTING (2 3/8”OD)

8.5 in.
(216mm)

31.3 in.
(795mm)

FLAT GLASS WITH ES
MOUNTING (2 3/8”OD)

13.6 in.
(345mm)

PRISMATIC GLASS WITH 1K
(or 2K) MOUNTING (2 3/8” OD)

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
NON-OFFSET APPLICATIONS (MINIMAL SETBACK <20’)
Light
Narrow Roadway-A
Medium Roadway-B
Wattage Source AF-Flat Glass AG-Clear Drop BF-Flat Glass BG-Clear Drop
250
HPS
452916
250
MH
452915
400
HPS
452910
400
MH
452920*
*Requires us of ED-28 Lamp

452997
453002
452945
453006

452914
452913
452919
452917*

Wide Roadway-C
Extra Wide Roadway-F
CF-Flat Glass CG-Clear Drop FF-Flat Glass FG-Clear Drop

452998
453001
452944
452989

452912
452911
452918
452909*

452995
453000
452943
452988

453007
453008
452942
453009*

452996
452999
452941
452991

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
OFFSET ROADWAY APPLICATIONS (SETBACK >20’)
Light
Offset Roadway-Opposite Offset Roadway-Staggered
Wattage Source
EG-Clear Drop ER-Refractor
DG-Clear Drop
DR-Refractor
250
250
400
400

HPS
MH
HPS
MH

452903
452907
452901
452906

453010
453011
453005
453012

452904
452908
452902
452905

453013
453014
453004
453015

TIGER ROADWAY LIGHTING

TIGER with TRAY MOUNTED BALLAST

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
Ballast Type
60 Hz

Fixture
TGTM
TGTM
TGTM
TGTM

Light
Wattage Source
250
HPS
400
HPS
250
MH
400
MH

120/208
240/277
A,M,P
A,M
A
A

120
A,G,H,M,N,P
A,G,M
A
A,P

208
A,G,H,M,N,P
A,G,H,M,N
A
A,P

240
A,G,H,M,N,P
A,G,H,M,N
A
A,P

277
A,G,M,P
A,G,M
A
A,P

480
A,G,M,P
A,G,M
A
A,P

120/240
A,G,M,P
A,G,M
A
A,P

347
120/347
120/277/347
A,M,P
A,G,M
A
A,P

TIGER with SNAPDRIVE

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE

Fixture
TGSM
TGSM
TCSM
TCSM

Wattage
250, 400
250, 400
250, 400
250, 400

Ballast Type
60 Hz
Light 120/208
Source 240/277
HPS
A
MH
A
HPS
N/A
MH
N/A

DATA
120
A
A
A
A

208
A
A
N/A
N/A

240
A
A
N/A
N/A

277
A
A
A
A

480
A
A
N/A
N/A

347
N/A
N/A
A
A

120/277/
347
N/A
N/A
A
A

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

Approximate Net Weight
Flat
Sag/Prismatic

lbs
35-45
40-50

kgs
16-20 kg
18-23 kg

Effective Projected Area
Flat
Sag/Prismatic

1.8 sq. ft.
2.2 sq. ft.

.167 sq m
.204 sq m

® Registered Trademark of General Electric Company
TM
Trademark of General Electric Company
Data subject to change without notice

2005/ R-3

R

Nexell ™
APPLICATIONS
• Roadways,highways,parking lots,downtown,and residential areas
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• Completely sealed and silicone
gasketed optical
for performance and reliability
• Versatile mounting options for
pole or post top mounting
• Tooless entry
• Tooless lamp replacement
• Top opening for easy access to
ballast compartment and lamp
• Reflector optimized for Small
Target Visibility and luminance
• Die cast aluminum housing
• Powder coat paint available in
188 different colors
• Bold new aesthetically pleasing
design
• Tray mounted ballast components
with plug-in ignitor

Large Fixture
ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
NEXL

40

S

1

N

MC2

BLCK

XXX

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXXX
NEXL =
Nexell

WATTAGE

LIGHT
SOURCE
X
S =HPS
M =MH

VOLTAGE

BALLAST
PE FUNCTION
TYPE
X
X
A =Autoreg
1 =None
H =HPF Reac. or Lag 2 =PE
N =NPF Reac. or Lag Receptacle

DISTRIBUTION COLOR

COLOR

OPTIONS

X
S =Short
M =Medium
C =Cutoff
S =Semi-Cutoff
N =Non-Cutoff
1 =Type 1
2 =Type 2
3 =Type 3

X
WHTE =White
BLCK =Black
DKBZ =Dark Bronze
GRAY =Gray
(ecoatonly)
ALUM =Aluminum
FGRN =Forest Green
CHGR =Charcoal Gray
XXXX =RAL Number

XXX
F = Fused
U = UL/cUL
Listed
P = Prewire
with 6 ’of
14/3 cable

SC2

BLCK

XXX

DISTRIBUTION COLOR

COLOR

OPTIONS

X

X
WHTE =White
BLCK =Black
DKBZ =Dark Bronze
GRAY =Gray
(ecoatonly)
ALUM =Aluminum
FGRN =Forest Green
CHGR =Charcoal Gray
XXXX =RAL Number

XXX
F = Fused
U = UL/cUL Listed
P = Prewire with 6 ’ of
14/3 cable

XX
25 =250
40 =400

X
0 =Multivolt
1 =120
Lamp Included 2 =208
3 =240
4 =277
5 =480
D =347
F =120X347

1

• Tempered soda lime clear glass
• / listing available with
quick disconnect feature
• “Dead Back ”Tunnel Type,FRP
Terminal Board
• Extruded aluminum latch
• EPA:NEXL —1.07 ft 2 (0.10 m 2 )
NEXS —0.75 ft 2 (0.07 m 2 )
• Slipfitter adjust 0° - 10°
• Slipfitter horizontal mast arm mounted
accomodates 1.5 inch to 2.5 inch OD
pipe (38mm to 64mm) with 3.5 - 4.5 inch
(89mm - 114mm) length penetration
• Slipfitter vertical post top mounted
accomodates 2 inch to 3 inch OD
pipe (51mm to 76mm) with 3 inch to
4 inch (76mm to 102mm) length
penetration

R

NEXELL™ ROADWAY LIGHTING

Small Fixture
ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
NEXS

10

S

1

N

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXXX
NEXS =
Nexell

WATTAGE

LIGHT
SOURCE
X
S =HPS
M =MH

VOLTAGE

BALLAST
PE FUNCTION
TYPE
X
X
A =Autoreg
1 =None
H =HPF Reac. or Lag 2 =PE
M =Mag Reg
Receptacle
N =NPF Reac. or Lag

XX
70 =70
10 =100
15 =150
17 =175

X
0 =Multivolt
1 =120
Lamp Included 2 =208
3 =240
4 =277
5 =480
D =347
F =120X347

1

S =Short
M =Medium
C =Cutoff
S =Semi-Cutoff
N =Non-Cutoff
1 =Type 1
2 =Type 2
3 =Type 3

PHOTOMETRIC
SELECTION
BALLAST SELECTION
TABLETABLE
Light
WattageSource
70
HPS
100
HPS
150
HPS
250
HPS
400
HPS
70
MH
100
MH
150
MH
250
MH
400
MH
A = AUTOREG

Multivolt 120
208
240
277
A,H,N,M
A,H,N,M
H,N,M
H,N,M
H,N,M
A,H,N,M
A,H,N,M A,H,N,M
H,N,M
H,N,M
A,H,N,M
A,H,N,M A,H,N,M
H,N,M
H,N,M
A
A,H,N
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
H,N
H,N
H,N
H,N
H,N
H,N
H,N
H,N
H,N
H,N
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
H = HPF REAC. or LAG
N = NPF REAC. or LAG

347
A,H,N,M
A,H,N,M
A,H,N,M
A
A
H,N
H,N
A
A
A

120X
347
A
A
A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
R-4/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

480
A,H,N,M
A,H,N,M
A,H,M
A
A
H,N
H,N
A
A
A

Nexell ™
FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
Large Fixture
NEXL

Small Fixture
NEXS

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
Dist
MC2
MS2
SC2
SC2
SC3
MS2
SC2
SC2

Socket
Position
A4
D6
B1
C2
D0
D6
B6
C1

Curve
452685
452686
452687
452688
452689
452690
452691
452692

DATA
Suggested Mounting Height - NEXS
Suggested Mounting Height - NEXL
Weight - NEXS
Weight - NEXL

20-40 ft.
30-50 ft.
32 lbs.
42 lbs.

SMALL FIXTURE – NEXS
Socket
Wattage Lamp
Type
70
HPS
Mogul
70
MH
Medium
70
MH
Medium
70
MH
Medium
100
HPS
Mogul
100
HPS
Mogul
100
HPS
Mogul
100
MH
Medium
100
MH
Medium
100
MH
Medium
150
HPS
Mogul
150
HPS
Mogul
150
HPS
Mogul
175
MH
Mogul
175
MH
Mogul

6 - 12 M
9 - 16 M
14.5 kg
19 kg

Dist
SC2
SC2
SS1
MN1
SC2
SS2
MS1
SC2
SS2
MN1
SC2
SS2
MS2
SC1
MS1

Socket
Position
D4
C3
D4
D6
C3
D4
D5
C3
D4
D6
D4
D5
D6
D4
D6

Curve
452677
452693
452694
452695
452696
452697
452698
452699
452700
452701
452702
452703
452704
452705
452706

NEXELL™ ROADWAY LIGHTING

LARGE FIXTURE – NEXL
Socket
Wattage Lamp
Type
250
HPS
Mogul
250
HPS
Mogul
250
HPS
Mogul
250
MH
Mogul
250
MH
Mogul
400
HPS
Mogul
400
HPS
Mogul
400
MH
Mogul

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ R-5

R

M-250A2 POWR/DOOR ® LUMINAIRE
APPLICATIONS
• For residential streets, parking lots and roadways
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• Powr/Module ballast assembly
• Filtered optics
• Universal two-bolt slipfitter
• Die-cast aluminum housing
with electrocoat gray paint
finish
• Adjustable mogul base socket
(street side) – E39 standard
• ALGLAS® finish on reflector

• No-tool PE receptacle
• Plug-in ignitor
• External stainless steel bail
latch
• Plastic Pest guard standard
(not required for 2 in. pipe)
listed for wet location
• /
available as an option

R

M-250 ROADWAY LIGHTING

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
M2AR 15

S

1

N

2

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXXX
M2AR =
M-250A2

LIGHT
SOURCE
X
S = HPS
M = MH
C = Merc
Standard:
Lamp not
included.

VOLTAGE

BALLAST
TYPE
X
See Ballast Selection
Table
A = Autoreg
C = Merc-Reg
G = Mag-Reg with
Grounded Socket
Shell
H = HPF Reactor or
Lag
M = Mag-Reg
N = NPF Reactor or
Lag
P = CWI with
Grounded Socket
Shell
S = Series (in Top
Housing)

PE FUNCTION LENS TYPE (PRISMATIC)
REFRACTOR
X
X
1 = None
See Photometric
2 = PE
Selection Table
Receptacle
A = Acrylic
G = Glass
NOTE:
L = Polycarbonate
Receptacle
connected
NOTE:
same voltage 150 watt Maximum
as unit except with Acrylic or
as noted.
Polycarbonate
Order PE
Refractors.
Control
separately.

WATTAGE
XX
05 =
07 =
10 =
15 =

50
70
100
150
(55 V)
17 = 175
20 = 200
25 = 250

X
60Hz
0 = 120/
208/
240/
277
Multivolt
1 = 120
2 = 208
3 = 240
4 = 277
5 = 480
7 = 120X240
8 = 240V
Ballast 120V
PE Receptacle
not reconnectable
D = 347
F = 120X347
T = 220
50Hz
6 = 220
R = 230
Y = 240
NOTE: Dual
voltage
connected
for lower
voltage

G

MS2

1

F

IES DISTRIBUTION
TYPE
XXX
See Photometric
Selection Table
M = Medium
L = Long
F = Four-(Way)

FILTER

OPTIONS

S = Semi-cutoff
N = Non-cutoff
W = (Four)-Way
2 = Type II
3 = Type III
4 = Type IV

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
IES Distribution Type
Curve Number 35-17---- (Socket Position)
Lens Type Photometric
All
light
sources
are clear unless otherwise indicated
Light (Prismatic
Source Refractor) LN3
LN4
MN2
MN3
MS2
MS3

Wattage
50, 70,100,
150 (55 V) HPS Acrylic
N/A
50, 70,100,
150 (55 V) HPS Glass
N/A
50, 70,100,
150 (55 V) HPS Polycarb. 7254(1A)
200, 250, HPS Glass
N/A
175, 250 MH
100,175,250 Merc Glass
N/A
NOTE: N/A = Not Available

N/A

7232(1A)

7233(2A)

7230 (2B)

7231(2.5B)

N/A

N/A

7236(1A)

7237(2A)

7234(1.5B)

7235(2.5B)

7268(1A)

7255(2A) N/A
N/A
N/A

7252(2B)
N/A

N/A
7263(2DH)

N/A
7262(1DH)

N/A
N/A

N/A

7275(2A)

7276(1B)

7277(2B)

7270(1A)

7283(1A)

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
R-6/2005

FW3

www.gelightingsystems.com

X
XXX
1 = Fiber gasket F = Fusing (Not
2 = Char-coal
available with
with elastomultivolt or dual
mer gasket
voltage)
J = Line Surge
Protector,
Expulsion
Type
U = / listed (all
HPS up to 175W
MH max) with
glass or
polycarbonate
refractor

M-250A2 POWR/DOOR ® LUMINAIRE
FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Effective Projected Area
Suggested Mounting Height

20-30 lbs
0.7 sq. ft. max
20-40 ft.

9-14 kgs
0.07 sq. M max
6-12 M

REFERENCES
See Page R-48 for start of Accessories.
See Page R-52 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.
See Pole and Bracket Section Page P-2 for pole selection.

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
50Hz
208
H,N
A,G,H,M,N
N/A
A,H,N,P
A,H,N,P
A, P
C

240
277
H,N
H,N
A,G,H,M,N,P G,H,M,N
N/A
N/A
A,H,N,P
A,P
A,H,N,P
A,P
A, P
A, P
C,H,N
C

480
H,N
G,M
N/A
A
A,P
A,P†
C

120X240
H,N
G,M,P
N/A
A,P
A,P
A, P
C

347, 120X347
H,N
G*,H,M*,N
N/A
P
A,P
A, P
C/F

M2AR — SUGGESTED CATALOG ORDERING NUMBERS
Catalog Number

Wattage Light Source

Voltage
Ballast
Refractor Photometric
(60 Hz)
Type
Type
Distribution
M2AR10S1N2AMS21
100
HPS
120
NPF Reactor
Acrylic
MS2
M2AR15S1N2AMS31
150
HPS
120
NPF Reactor
Acrylic
MS3
M2AR25S0A2GMS31
250
HPS
Multivolt
Auto-Regulator Glass
MS3
All GE suggested catalog ordering numbers come with PE receptacle. PE control must be ordered separately.
Order and install SCCL-PECTL if no PE is desired.
Multivolt ballasts can be for either 120, 208, 240, or 277 volt incoming power supply.

240/120 PE R
H,N
G,M,N
N/A
A,H,N
A,H,N
A
C,H,N

220
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
H
N/A
N/A

220
N/A
H,M,N
N/A
N/A
A,H,N
A
N/A

230
N/A
H
N/A
N/A
H
N/A
N/A

240
N/A
M††
N/A
N/A
A,H
N/A
N/A

M-250 ROADWAY LIGHTING

Ballast Type/Voltage
60Hz
Light
MultiWattage
Source volt 120
50
HPS
H,N H,N
70,100,150 (55V) HPS
A,H,N A,G,H,M,N,P
100/150 (55V)
HPS
N/A H, N
200
HPS
A,P
A,H,N,P
250
HPS
A,P
A,H,N,P
175, 250
MH
A
A, P
100, 175, 250
Merc C
C,N
NOTE: N/A = Not Available
† Not available in 175W
††150(55V) only
*Not available in 120X347V
C/F = Contact factory

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ R-7

R

M-250A2 POWR/DOOR ® LUMINAIRE
WITH CUTOFF OPTICS
APPLICATIONS
• For residential streets, access roads, parking lots where light
trespass could be a problem
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• Powr/Module ballast assembly
• Filtered optics
• Universal two-bolt slipfitter
• Die-cast aluminum housing
with electrocoat gray paint
finish
• Adjustable mogul base socket
(street side) – E39 standard
• ALGLAS® finish on reflector
• No-tool PE receptacle

• Plug-in ignitor
• True 90° cutoff—no light
above 90° (meets RP8-2000
for full cutoff)
• External stainless steel bail
latch
• / listed for wet location
available as an option
• Plastic pest guard standard
(not required for 2 in. pipe)

R

M-250 ROADWAY LIGHTING

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
M2AC

15

S

1

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXXX
M2AC =
M-250A2
with Cutoff
Optics

WATTAGE

LIGHT
SOURCE
X
S = HPS
M = MH
C = Merc
Standard:
Lamp not
included.

VOLTAGE

XX
05 =50
07 =70
10 =100
15 =150
(55V)
17 =175
20 =200
21 =100/
150
(55V)
25 =250
71 =70/100
NOTE: Dual
wattage
connected
for lower
wattage

N

2

BALLAST
TYPE
X
X
60Hz
See Ballast Selection
0 =
Table
120/208/ A = Autoreg
240/277
C = Merc-Reg
Multivolt G = Mag-Reg with
1 = 120
Grounded Socket
2 = 208
Shell
3 = 240
H
=
HPF Reactor or
4 = 277
Lag
5 = 480
7 = 120X240 M = Mag-Reg
8 = 240V N = NPF Reactor or
Lag
Ballast
P = CWI with
120V PE
Receptacle
Grounded Socket
not
Shell
reconnectable S = Series (in Top
D = 347
Housing)
F = 120X347
T = 220
50Hz
6 = 220
R = 230
Y = 240
NOTE: Dual
voltage
connected
for lower
voltage

G

PE FUNCTION LENS TYPE
X
1 = None
2 = PE
Receptacle

X
See Photometric
Selection Table
A = Acrylic Clear
Globe
NOTE:
G = Glass
Receptacle
L = Polycarbonconnected
ate Clear
same voltage
Globe
as unit except S = Sag Glass
as noted.
Clear Globe
Order PE
Control
NOTE:
separately.
150 watt
Maximum with
Acrylic or
Polycarbonate
Clear Globes.

MC3

1

F

IES DISTRIBUTION
TYPE
XXX
See Photometric
Selection Table

FILTER

OPTIONS

S = Short
M = Medium
C = Cutoff
2 = Type II
3 = Type III

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE

Wattage

Light
Source Lens Type
Clear globe,
acrylic or
Polycarbonate
Clear globe, glass
Clear globe, glass
Clear globe, glass
Clear globe, glass
Glass, flat
Clear globe, glass
Clear globe, glass
Glass, flat
Glass, flat
Glass, flat

50, 70, 100, 150 (55v) HPS
50
HPS
70
HPS
100
HPS
150 (55v)
HPS
50, 70, 100, 150 (55v) HPS
200
HPS
250
HPS
200, 250
HPS
175, 250
MH
100, 175, 250
Merc
NOTE: N/A=Not Available
*Meets RP8-2000 for full cutoff with flat glass

R-8/2005

IES Distribution Type
Photometric Curve Number
(Socket Position)
All light sources are clear unless
otherwise indicated.
MC2
MC3
SC2
N/A
452543 (2CL)
452545 (3CL)
452547(2CL)
452549 (2CL)
177286 (2CL)
452551 (2CH)
N/A
177303 (2DH)
N/A
N/A

177287
452544
452546
452548
452550
177285
452552
452553
177304
N/A
N/A

(1A)
(1CL)
(1CL)
(1CL)
(1CL)
(1CL)
(2DL)
(2CH)
(1DH)

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
177299(1B)
177299(1B)

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

X
XXX
1 = Fiber gasket F = Fusing (Not
2 = Charcoal
available with
with elastomultivolt or
mer gasket
dual voltage)
J = Line Surge
Protector,
Expulsion Type
/
listed
U=
(all HPS and up
to 175W MH)
with glass or
polycarbonate

M-250A2 POWR/DOOR ® LUMINAIRE
WITH CUTOFF OPTICS
FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Effective Projected Area
Flat Glass Unit
Clear Acrylic Globe Unit
Suggested Mounting Height

20-30 lbs

9-14 kgs

0.9 sq. ft. max
1.0 sq. ft. max
20-40 ft.

0.08 sq. M max
0.09 sq. M max
6-12 M

REFERENCES
See Page R-48 for start of Accessories.
See Page R-52 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.
See Pole and Bracket Section Page P-2 for pole selection.

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE

50
HPS
H,N H,N
70,100,150(55V) HPS
A,H,N A,G,H,M,N,P
100/150(55V)
HPS
N/A H,N
200
HPS
A,P
A,H,N,P
250
HPS
A,P
A,H,N,P
175,250
MH
A
A,P
100,175,250
Merc
C
C,N
NOTE:
N/A=Not Available
††150(55V)only
*Not available in 120X347 volt
** Not available in 175W

H,N
A,G,H,M,N
N/A
A,H,N,P
A,H,N,P
A,P
C

50Hz
240

277

480

120X240 347,120X347 240/120 PE R 220

220

230

240

H,N
A,G,H,M,N,P
N/A
A,H,N,P
A,H,N,P
A,P
C,H,N

H,N
A,G,H,M,N
N/A
A,P
A,P
A,P
C

H,N
G,M
N/A
A
A,P
A,P**
C

H,N
G,M,P
N/A
A,P
A,P
A,P
C

N/A
H,M,N
N/A
N/A
A,H,N
A
N/A

N/A
H
N/A
N/A
H
N/A
N/A

N/A
M††
N/A
N/A
A,H
N/A
N/A

H,N
G*,H,M*,N
N/A
N/A
A,P
A,P
N/A

M2AC — SUGGESTED CATALOG ORDERING NUMBERS
Catalog Number

Wattage Light Source

Voltage
Ballast
Refractor Photometric
(60 Hz)
Type
Type
Distribution
M2AC10S1N2GMC21
100
HPS
120
NPF Reactor
Glass
MC2
M2AC15S1N2GMC21
150
HPS
120
NPF Reactor
Glass
MC2
M2AC25S0A2GMC31
250
HPS
Multivolt Auto-Regulator Glass
MC3
All GE suggested catalog ordering numbers come with PE receptacle. PE control must be ordered separately.
Order and install SCCL-PECTL if no PE is desired.
Multivolt ballasts can be for either 120, 208, 240, or 277 volt incoming power supply.

H,N
G,M,N
N/A
A,H,N
A,H,N
A
C,H,N

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
H
N/A
N/A

M-250 ROADWAY LIGHTING

Wattage

Ballast Type/Voltage
60Hz
Light
MultiSource volt 120
208

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ R-9

R

M-250R2 LUMINAIRE
APPLICATIONS
• For lower wattage roadway applications including residential
streets, parking lots and other long, narrow areas
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• Universal two-bolt slipfitter
• Die-cast aluminum housing with electrocoat gray paint finish
• Adjustable mogul base socket (street side) – E39 standard
• No-tool PE receptacle
• Plug-in ignitor
• External stainless steel bail latch
• Plastic pest guard standard (not required for 2 in. pipe)
•
/
listed for wet location available as an option

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
M2RR

15

S

1

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXXX
M2RR =
M-250R2

WATTAGE

LIGHT
SOURCE
X
S = HPS
C = Merc
Standard:
Lamp not
included.

VOLTAGE

XX
05 =50
07 =70
10 =100
15 =150
(55V)
17 =175
20 =200
21 =100/
150
(55V)
25 =250

R

M-250 ROADWAY LIGHTING

NOTE: Dual
wattage
connected
for lower
wattage

N

BALLAST
TYPE
X
X
60Hz
See Ballast Selection
0 = 120/208/
Table
240/277
A = Autoreg
Multivolt
C = Merc-Reg
1 = 120
G = Mag-Reg with
2 = 208
Grounded Socket
3 = 240
Shell
4 = 277
H = HPF Reactor or
5 = 480
Lag
7 = 120X240
M = Mag-Reg
8 = 240V
N = NPF Reactor or
Ballast 120V
Lag
PE
P = CWI with
Receptacle not
Grounded Socket
reconnectable
Shell
D = 347
F = 120X347
T = 220

2

A

MS3

F

PE FUNCTION

LENS TYPE (PRISMATIC)
REFRACTOR
X
See Photometric
Selection Table
A = Acrylic
G = Glass
L = Polycarbonate

IES DISTRIBUTION
TYPE
XXX
See Photometric
Selection Table
M = Medium
L = Long

OPTIONS

X
1 = None
2 = PE Receptacle
NOTE:
Receptacle
connected same
voltage as unit
except as noted.
Order PE Control
separately.

NOTE:
150 watt Maximum
with Acrylic or
Polycarbonate
Refractors.

XXX
C = Charcoal filter
F = Fusing (Not
available with
multivolt or dual
voltage)
S = Semi-cutoff J = Line Surge
N = Non-cutoff
Protector,
Expulsion Type
2 = Type II
N = Meets proposed
3 = Type III
ANSI C136.31
4 = Type IV
requirements for
Bridge and
Underpass
Vibration
/
listed
U=
with glass only

50Hz
6 = 220
R = 230
Y = 240
NOTE: Dual
voltage
connected for
lower voltage

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
All light sources are clear unless otherwise indicated.
IES Distribution Type
Photometric Curve Number 35-17 - - - Lens Type
(Socket Position)
Light
(Prismatic
Wattage
Source Refractor) LN3
LN4
MN2
MN3
50,70,100,150 (55 V)
HPS
Acrylic
N/A
N/A
7246(1A)
7247(2A)
50,70,100,150 (55 V)
HPS
Glass
N/A
N/A
7250(1A)
7251(2A)
50,70,100,150 (55 V)
HPS
Polycarb.
7258(1A) 7259(2A) N/A
7256(2B)
200, 250
HPS
Glass
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
100, 175, 250
Merc
Glass
N/A
N/A
7284(1A)
7279(2A)
NOTE: N/A = Not available

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
R-10/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

MS2
7244(2B)
7248(1.5B)
N/A
7261(2DH)
7280((1B)

MS3
7245(2.5B)
7249(2.5B)
N/A
7260(1DH)
7281(2B)

M-250R2 LUMINAIRE

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Effective Projected Area
Suggested Mounting Height

20-30 lbs
0.7 sq. ft. max
20-40 ft.

9-14 kgs
0 .07 sq. M max
6-12 M

REFERENCES
See Page R-48 for start of Accessories.
See Page R-52 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.
See Pole and Bracket Section Page P-2 for pole selection.

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
Light
Wattage
Source
50
HPS
70,100,150 (55V) HPS
100/150 (55V)
HPS
200, 250
HPS

Ballast Type/Voltage
60Hz
Multivolt 120
208
240
277
H,N H,N
H,N
H,N
H,N
A,H,N A,G,H,M,N,P A,G,H,M,N A,G,H,M,N,P A,G,H,M,N
N/A H,N
N/A
N/A
N/A
A,P
A,H,N,P
A,H,N,P
A,H,N,P
A,P

347,
240/120
480 120X240 120X347
PE R
H,N H,N
H,N
H,N
G,M G,H,M,N,P G*,H,M*,N G,H,M,N
N/A N/A
N/A
N/A
A,P** A,P
A**,P
A,H,N

220
N/A
H,M,N
N/A
H

230
N/A
N/A
N/A
H

100,175
250

C
C

C
C

N/A
N/A

N/A N/A
N/A H

C,N
C,N

C
C

C,H,N
C,H,N

C
C

C
C

N/A
N/A

NOTE: N/A = Not available
NOTE: *Not available in 120X347 volt
NOTE: **Not available in 200 watt

M2AC — SUGGESTED CATALOG ORDERING NUMBERS
Catalog Number

Wattage Light Source

Voltage
Ballast
Refractor Photometric
(60 Hz)
Type
Type
Distribution
M2RR10S1N2AMS2
100
HPS
120
NPF Reactor
Acrylic
MS2
M2RR15S1N2AMS3
150
HPS
120
NPF Reactor
Acrylic
MS3
M2RR25S0A2GMS3
250
HPS
Multivolt Auto-Regulator Glass
MS3
All GE suggested catalog ordering numbers come with PE receptacle. PE control must be ordered separately.
Order and install SCCL-PECTL if no PE is desired.
Multivolt ballasts can be for either 120, 208, 240, or 277 volt incoming power supply.

C,H,N
C,H,N

220
N/A
H,M,N
N/A
A,H,N

230
N/A
H
N/A
H

240
N/A
N/A
N/A
H

N/A N/A
N/A H

M-250 ROADWAY LIGHTING

Merc
Merc

50Hz

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/R-11

R

M-250R2 LUMINAIRE
WITH CUTOFF OPTICS
APPLICATIONS
• For residential streets, access roads, parking lots and other outdoor
areas
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• Universal two-bolt slipfitter
• Die-cast aluminum housing
with electrocoat gray paint
finish
• Adjustable mogul base socket
(street side) – E39 standard
• ALGLAS® finish on reflector
• No-tool PE receptacle
• Plug-in ignitor

• True 90° cutoff—no light
above 90° (meets RP8-2000
for full cutoff)
• External stainless steel bail latch
• Plastic pest guard standard
(not required for 2 in. pipe)
listed for wet location
• /
available as an option

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
M2RC

15

S

1

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXXX
M2RC =
M-250R2
with Cutoff
Optics

WATTAGE

LIGHT
SOURCE
X
S = HPS
C = Merc
Standard:
Lamp not
included.

VOLTAGE

XX
05 =50
07 =70
10 =100
15 =150
(55V)
17 =175
20 =200
21 =100/
150
(55V)
25 =250
NOTE: Dual
wattage
connected
for lower
wattage

N

2

BALLAST
TYPE
X
X
60Hz
See Ballast Selection
0 = 120/208/
Table
240/277
A = Autoreg
Multivolt
C = Merc-Reg
1 = 120
G = Mag-Reg with
2 = 208
Grounded Socket
3 = 240
Shell
4 = 277
H = HPF Reactor or Lag
5 = 480
M = Mag-Reg
7 = 120X240
N = NPF Reactor or
8 = 240V
Lag
Ballast 120V PE P = CWI with
Receptacle not
Grounded Socket
reconnectable
Shell
D = 347
F = 120X347
T = 220
W = 230

G

PE FUNCTION

LENS TYPE (PRISMATIC)
REFRACTOR
X
X
1 = None
See Photometric
2 = PE Receptacle Selection Table
A = Acrylic Clear
NOTE:
Globe
Receptacle
G = Glass
connected same
L = Polycarbonate
voltage as unit
Clear Globe
except as noted.
S = Sag Glass
Order PE Control
separately.
NOTE:
150 watt Maximum
with Acrylic or
Polycarbonate
Refractors.

50Hz
6 = 220
R = 230
Y = 240

R

M-250 ROADWAY LIGHTING

NOTE: Dual
voltage connected
for lower voltage

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE

Wattage
50, 70, 100, 150 (55v)
50
70
100
150 (55v)
50, 70, 100, 150 (55v)
200
200, 250
100, 175, 250
100
175
250
NOTE:

Light
Source

Lens Type

IES Distribution Type
Photometric Curve Number
(Socket Position)
All light sources are clear unless
otherwise indicated.
MC2
MC3
SC2

HPS
A or L
N/A
HPS
S
452536
HPS
S
452538
HPS
S
452540
HPS
S
452533
HPS
G
177293
HPS
S
N/A
HPS
G
177306
Merc
G
N/A
Merc
S
N/A
Merc
S
N/A
Merc
S
N/A
N/A=Not Available
*Meets RP8-2000 for full cutoff

(2CL)
(2CL)
(2CL)
(2CL)
(2CL)
(2DH)

179168
452537
452539
452541
452542
177292
452532
177305
N/A
452531
452534
452535

(1A)
(1CL)
(1CL)
(1CL)
(1CL)
(1CL)
(2DL)
(1DH)
(1CH)
(1CL)
(1CH)

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
177300 (1B)
N/A
N/A
N/A

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
R-12/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

MC3

F

IES DISTRIBUTION
TYPE
XXX
See Photometric
Selection Table

OPTIONS

S = Short
M = Medium
C = Cutoff
2 = Type II
3 = Type III

XXX
C = Charcoal filter
F = Fusing (Not
available with
multivolt or dual
voltage)
J = Line Surge
Protector,
Expulsion Type
/
listed with
U=
glass only

M-250R2 LUMINAIRE
WITH CUTOFF OPTICS

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Effective Projected Area
Flat Glass Unit
Clear Acrylic or
Polycarbonate Globe Unit
Suggested Mounting Height

20-30 lbs

9-14 kgs

0.6 sq. ft. max

0.06 sq. M max

1.0 sq. ft. max
20-40 ft.

0.09 sq. M max
6-12 M

REFERENCES
See Page R-48 for start of Accessories.
See Page R-52 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.
See Pole and Bracket Section Page P-2 for pole selection.

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE

Light
Source
HPS
HPS
HPS
HPS

100,175
250

Merc
Merc

C
C

C,N
A,C,N

C
C

50Hz
240
H,N
A,G,H,M,N,P
N/A
A,H,N,P

277
H,N
A,G,H,M,N
N/A
A,P

480 120X240
H,N H,N
G,M G,H,M,N,P
N/A N/A
A,P** A,P

347,
120X347
H,N
G*,H,M*,N
N/A
A**,P

240/120
PE R
H,N
G,H,M,N
N/A
A,H,N

220
N/A
H,M,N
N/A
H

230
N/A
N/A
N/A
H

C,H,N
C,H,N

C
C

C
C

N/A
N/A

C,H,N
C,H,N

N/A
N/A

N/A N/A
N/A H

C
C

NOTE: N/A = Not Available
NOTE: *Not available in 120X347 volt
NOTE: **Not available in 200 watt

M2AC — SUGGESTED CATALOG ORDERING NUMBERS
Catalog Number

Wattage Light Source

Voltage
Ballast
Refractor Photometric
(60 Hz)
Type
Type
Distribution
M2RC07S1N2GMC3
070
HPS
120
NPF Reactor
Glass
MC3
M2RC10S1N2GMC3
100
HPS
120
NPF Reactor
Glass
MC3
M2RC15S0A2GMC3
150
HPS
120
NPF Reactor
Glass
MC3
All GE suggested catalog ordering numbers come with PE receptacle. PE control must be ordered separately.
Order and install SCCL-PECTL if no PE is desired.
Multivolt ballasts can be for either 120, 208, 240, or 277 volt incoming power supply.

220
N/A
H,M,N
N/A
A,H,N

230
N/A
H
N/A
H

240
N/A
N/A
N/A
H

N/A N/A
N/A H

M-250 ROADWAY LIGHTING

Wattage
50
70,100,150 (55V)
100/150 (55V)
200, 250

Ballast Type/Voltage
60Hz
Multivolt 120
208
H,N H,N
H,N
A,H,N A,G,H,M,N,P A,G,H,M,N
N/A H,N
N/A
A,P
A,H,N,P
A,H,N,P

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/R-13

R

M-400A POWR/DOOR ® LUMINAIRE
APPLICATIONS
• For street and parking lot lighting
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• Powr/Module ballast assembly
• Filtered optics
• Standardized reflector
• Universal two or four-bolt
slipfitter
• Die-cast aluminum housing
with electrocoat gray paint
finish
• “Dead back” tunnel type, FRP
terminal board
• 2 in. pipe mounting only
with MDRA

• Adjustable mogul base socket
(house side) – E39 standard
• ALGLAS® finish on reflector
• No-tool PE receptacle
• Plug-in ignitor available
• External paddle type stainless
steel bail latch
• / listed unit available—
See Options

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
MDRA 40

S

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXXX
MDRA =
M-400A
4-Bolt
Slipfitter

LIGHT
SOURCE
X
S = HPS
M = MH
C = Merc
Standard:
Lamp not
included.

WATTAGE

XX
10 = 100
15 = 150
(55V)
17 = 175
20 = 200
MDRL = 24 = 250/
M-400A
400
2-Bolt
25 = 250
Slipfitter 31 = 310
40 = 400

R

M-400 ROADWAY LIGHTING

NOTE: Dual
wattage
connected
for lower
wattage
only

1

A

2

1

IGNITOR
VOLTAGE
BALLAST
PE FUNCTION MOUNTTYPE
ING
X
X
X
X
60Hz
1 = None
1 = Non
See Ballast
0 = 120/
PlugSelection Table 2 = PE
208/
Receptacle
in/
A = Autoreg
240/277 C = Merc-Reg
None
Multivolt H = HPF Reactor NOTE:
2 = Plug-in
1 = 120
Receptacle
base
or Lag
2 = 208
connected
and
M = Mag-reg
3 = 240
Ignitor
N = NPF Reactor same voltage
4 = 277
as unit except
or Lag
5 = 480
as noted.
P = CWI with
7 = 120X240
Order PE
Grounded
8 = 240V
Socket Shell Control
Ballast
separately.
120V PE
Receptacle not
reconnectable
D = 347
F = 120X347
T = 220
W = 230
50Hz
6 = 220
R = 230
Y = 240
NOTE: Dual
voltage
connected
for lower
voltage

R

MS3

1

F

LENS TYPE (PRISMATIC)
REFRACTOR
X
See Photometric
Selection Table
R = Prismatic Glass
Refractor
P = Lexan *250W
HPS Maximum
Prismatic
Refractor

IES DISTRIBUTION TYPE
XXX
See Photometric
Selection Table

FILTER

OPTIONS

GLASS PRISMATIC REFRACTOR
All light sources are clear unless otherwise indicated.

Light
Wattage
Source
150 (55V)
HPS
200-400
HPS
175 & 250
MH
400
MH
400
Merc
400 (Coated)
Merc
NOTE: N/A = Not Available

SC2
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
0396
0356

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
R-14/2005

S = Semi-cutoff
C = Cutoff
2 = Type II
3 = Type III

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
IES Distribution Type
Photometric Curve Number 35–45xxxx
Semi-Cutoff
Cutoff
MS2
MS3
MC2
MC3
0390
0389
N/A
0388
1007
1008
1009
1010
0346
0344
N/A
N/A
0279
0278
N/A
N/A
0374
0373
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

S = Short
M = Medium

www.gelightingsystems.com

SC3
N/A
1011
0345
N/A
N/A
0355

X
XXX
1 = Fiber
F = Fusing (Not
gasket
available with
2 = Charcoal
multivolt or
with
dual voltage)
elasJ = Line Surge
tomer
Protector,
gasket
Expulsion
Type
N = Meets
proposed ANSI
C136.31
requirements
for Bridge and
Underpass
Vibration
U = UL Listed (60Hz
only)

M-400A POWR/DOOR ® LUMINAIRE
WITH 4 BOLT SLIPFITTER
FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Effective Projected Area
Suggested Mounting Height

30-39 lbs
1.4 sq. ft. max
30-50 ft.

15-18 kgs
.13 sq. M max
9-15 M

REFERENCES
See Page R-48 for start of Accessories.
See Page R-52 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.
See Pole and Bracket Section Page P-2 for pole selection.

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
Ballast Type/Voltage
60Hz
Wattage

208

240

277

150 (55V)
200
250
250/400
310
400
70,100,150
175
250
400
400

HPS
HPS
HPS
HPS
HPS
HPS
MH
MH
MH
MH
Merc

G,M
A,G,H,M,N,P
A,G,H,M,N,P
A
A,G,H,M,N
A,G,H,M,N
H,N
A
A
A,P
C

G,M
A,G,H,M,N,P
A,G,H,M,N,P
A
A,G,H,M,N
A,G,H,M,N
H,N
A
A
A,P
C,H,N

G,M
A,G,M,P
A,G,L,M,P
A
A,G,M
A,G,M
H,N
A
A
A,P
C,H,N

H,N
A,M,P
A,M,P
A
A,M
A,M
H,N
A
A
A
C

G,H,M,N
A,G,H,M,N,P
A,G,H,M,N,P
A
A,G,M
A,G,M
H,N
A
A
A,P
C,N

480

120X
240

347,
240/120
120X347 PE R

220

230

220

230

240

G,M
A,G,M,P
A,G,M,P
A
A,G,M
A,G,M
N/A
A
A
A,P
C

G,H,M,N
A,G,M,P
A,G,M,P
N/A
A,G,M
A,G,M
N/A
A
A
A,P
C

G*,H,M*,N
N/A
A,M,P
N/A
N/A
A,G,M
N/A
A
A
A,P
N/A

N/A
N/A
A,H
N/A
N/A
H,A,N
N/A
N/A
A
A
N/A

N/A
H
H
N/A
H
H
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
A,H,M,N
N/A
N/A
A,H,M,N
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
C/F

N/A
N/A
H
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
M
N/A
N/A
A,H,M
N/A
N/A
N/A
A
H

NOTE: N/A = Not Available
*Not available in 120X347 volt
C/F = Contact factory

MDRA — SUGGESTED CATALOG ORDERING NUMBERS
Catalog Number

Wattage Light Source

MDRA25S0A22RMS31
MDRA40S0A22RMS31

250
400

HPS
HPS

Voltage
(60 Hz)
Multivolt
Multivolt

Ballast
Type
Auto-Regulator
Auto-Regulator

G,M
A,G,H,M,N
A,G,H,M,N
N/A
A,G,H,M,N
A,G,H,M,N
N/A
A
A
A
C,H,N

M-400 ROADWAY LIGHTING

50Hz

Light
MultiSource volt
120

Refractor Photometric
Type
Distribution
Glass
MS3
Glass
MS3

All GE suggested catalog ordering numbers come with PE receptacle. PE control must be ordered separately.
Order and install SCCL-PECTL if no PE is desired.
Multivolt ballasts can be for either 120, 208, 240, or 277 volt incoming power supply.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/R-15

R

M-400A POWR/DOOR ® LUMINAIRE
WITH CUTOFF OPTICS
APPLICATIONS
• For street, highway and parking lot lighting
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• Powr/Module ballast assembly
• Filtered optics
• Universal two or four-bolt
slipfitter
• Standardized reflector
• “Dead back” tunnel type, FRP
terminal board
• 2 in. pipe mounting only
with MDCA
• Die-cast aluminum housing
with electrocoat gray paint
finish
• Adjustable mogul base socket
(house side) – E39 standard

• ALGLAS® finish on reflector
• No-tool PE receptacle
• Plug-in ignitor available
• External paddle type stainless
steel bail latch
• / listed unit available—
See Options
• True 90° cutoff—no light
above 90° (meets RP8-2000
for full cutoff) with flat glass

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
MDCA 40

S

1

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXXX
MDCA =
M-400A
with
Cutoff
Optics
4-Bolt
Slipfitter

LIGHT
SOURCE
X
S = HPS
M = MH
C = Merc
Standard:
Lamp not
included.

VOLTAGE

R

M-400 ROADWAY LIGHTING

MDCL =
M-400A
with
Cutoff
Optics
2-Bolt
Slipfitter

WATTAGE
XX
10 = 100
15 = 150
(55V)
17 = 175
20 = 200
24 = 250/
400
25 = 250
31 = 310
40 = 400
NOTE: Dual
wattage
connected
for lower
wattage
only

A

2

BALLAST
TYPE
X
X
60Hz
See Ballast
0 = 120/
Selection Table
208/
A = Autoreg
240/277 C = Merc-Reg
Multivolt H = HPF Reactor
1 = 120
or Lag
2 = 208
M = Mag-reg
3 = 240
N = NPF Reactor
4 = 277
or Lag
5 = 480
P = CWI with
7 = 120X240
Grounded
8 = 240V
Socket Shell
Ballast
120V PE
Receptacle not
reconnectable
D = 347
F = 120X347
T = 220
W = 230
50Hz
6 = 220
R = 230
Y = 240
NOTE: Dual
voltage
connected
for lower
voltage

1

F

PE FUNCTION IGNITOR
MOUNTING
X
X
1 = None
1 = Non
2 = PE
PlugReceptacle
in/
None
NOTE:
2 = Plug-in
Receptacle
base
connected
and
same voltage
Ignitor
as unit except
as noted.
Order PE
Control
separately.

MC3

OPTIONS

X
A=

XXX
F = Fusing (Not
available with
multivolt or
dual voltage)
J = Line Surge
Protector,
Expulsion
Type
N = Meets ANSI
C136.31
requirments for
Bridge and
Underpass
Vibration
U = UL Listed Glass
Lens and (60Hz
only)

F =
G=
L =

IES DISTRIBUTION FILTER
TYPE
X
XXX
Acrylic Clear
See Photometric 1 = Fiber
gasket
Globe (250 watt Selection Table
2 = Charcoal
Maximum)
with
S = Short
Flat Glass
elasShallow Glass M = Medium
tomer
Globe
gasket
Polycarbonate C = Cutoff
Clear Globe
1 = Type I
(250 watt)
2 = Type II
HPS only
3 = Type III

Polycarbonate
MC2
0547
1003
0544
0280
0375
N/A

MC3
0546
1004
0545
N/A
0376
N/A

C/F
1045** (MC3)
C/F
N/A
N/A
N/A

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.

R-16/2005

F

LENS TYPE

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
CLEAR REFRACTORS All light sources are clear.
IES Distribution Type
Photometric Curve Number 35–45xxxx
Flat Glass “F”
SAG Glass Globe “G”
Light
Wattage
Source
MC2* MC3* MC1
SC2
SC3
150 (55V)
HPS
0386
0387
N/A
N/A
N/A
200-400
HPS
1001
1002
N/A
0101
0102
175 & 250
MH
0343
0342
N/A
N/A
N/A
400
MH
452880 452882 0281
N/A
N/A
400
Merc
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
400(Coated) Merc
N/A
N/A
N/A
0282
C/F
NOTE: N/A = Not Available C/F = Contact Factory
*Meets RP8-2000 for full cutoff
**250 watts maximum

1

www.gelightingsystems.com

M-400A POWR/DOOR ® LUMINAIRE
WITH CUTOFF OPTICS & 4 BOLT SLIPFITTER
FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Effective Projected Area
Suggested Mounting Height

33-39 lbs
1.1 sq. ft. max
30-50 ft.

15-19 kgs
.01 sq. M max
9-15 M

REFERENCES
See Page R-48 for start of Accessories.
See Page R-52 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.
See Pole and Bracket Section Page P-2 for pole selection.

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
Ballast Type/Voltage
60Hz
Wattage

208

240

277

150 (55V)
200
250
250/400
310
400
175
250
400
400

HPS
HPS
HPS
HPS
HPS
HPS
MH
MH
MH
Merc

G,M
A,G,H,M,N,P
A,G,H,M,N,P
A
A,G,H,M,N
A,G,H,M,N
A
A
A,P
C/F

G,M
A,G,H,M,N,P
A,G,H,M,N,P
A
A,G,H,M,N
A,G,H,M,N
A
A
A,P
C,H,N

G,M
A,G,M,P
A,G,M,P
A
A,G,M
A,G,M
A
A
A,P
C,H,N

H,N
A,M,P
A,M,P
A
A,M
A,M
A
A
A
C

G,H,M,N
A,G,H,M,N,P
A,G,H,M,N,P
A
A,G,M
A,G,M
A
A
A,P
C,N

480

120X
240

347,
240/120
120X347 PE R

220

230

220

230

240

G,M
A,G,M
A,G,M,P
A
A,G,M
A,G,M
A
A
A,P
C

G,H,M,N
A,G,M,P
A,G,M,P
N/A
A,G,M
A,G,M
A
A
A,P
C

G*,H,M*,N
N/A
A,M,P
N/A
N/A
A,G,M
A
A
A,P
N/A

N/A
N/A
A,H
N/A
N/A
H,A,N
N/A
A
A
N/A

N/A
H
H
N/A
H
H
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
A,H,M,N
N/A
N/A
A,H,M,N
N/A
N/A
N/A
C/F

N/A
N/A
H
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
M
N/A
N/A
A,H,M
N/A
N/A
A
H

NOTE: N/A = Not Available
*Not available in 120X347 volt
C/F = Contact factory

MDCA — SUGGESTED CATALOG ORDERING NUMBERS
Catalog Number

Wattage Light Source

MDCA25S0A22FMC21
MDCA40S0A22FMC31

250
400

HPS
HPS

Voltage
(60 Hz)
Multivolt
Multivolt

Ballast
Type
Auto-Regulator
Auto-Regulator

G,M
A,G,H,M,N
A,G,H,M,N
N/A
A,G,H,M,N
A,G,H,M,N
A
A
A
A,C,H,N

M-400 ROADWAY LIGHTING

50Hz

Light
MultiSource volt
120

Refractor Photometric
Type
Distribution
Glass
MC2
Glass
MC3

All GE suggested catalog ordering numbers come with PE receptacle. PE control must be ordered separately.
Order and install SCCL-PECTL if no PE is desired.
Multivolt ballasts can be for either 120, 208, 240, or 277 volt incoming power supply.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/R-17

R

M-400 LUMINAIRE
APPLICATIONS
• For street, highway, parking lot and area lighting
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• Universal two-bolt slipfitter
• Die-cast aluminum housing with electrocoat gray paint finish
• Adjustable mogul base socket (house side) – E39 standard
• No-tool PE receptacle
• Plug-in ignitor available
• External paddle type stainless steel bail latch
• Metal pest guard standard (not required for 2 in. pipe mounting)
• Standarized reflector
• “Dead back” tunnel type terminal board
• / listed for wet location available as an option

R

M-400 ROADWAY LIGHTING

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
MSRL

40

S

1

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXXX
MSRL =
M-400

WATTAGE

LIGHT
SOURCE
X
S = HPS
M = MH
C = Merc
T = Induction
Standard:
Lamp not
included.

VOLTAGE

XX
07 =70
10 =100
15 =150
(55V)
17 =175
20 =200
24 =250/
400
25 =250
31 =310
40 =400
NOTE: Dual
wattage
connected
for lower
wattage

A

BALLAST
TYPE
X
X
60Hz
See Ballast Selection
0 = 120/208/ Table
240/277 A = Autoreg
Multivolt C = Merc-Reg
1 = 120
E = Induction Ballast
2 = 208
G = Mag-Reg with
3 = 240
Grounded Socket
4 = 277
Shell
5 = 480
H = HPF Reactor or
7 = 120X240
Lag
8 = 240V
M = Mag-Reg
Ballast
N = NPF Reactor or
120V PE
Lag
RecepP = CWI with
tacle not
Grounded Socket
reconShell
nectable
D = 347
T = 220
W = 230
50Hz
6 = 220
R = 230
Y = 240
NOTE: Dual
voltage
connected for
lower voltage

2

1

R

MC3

F

PE
FUNCTION
X
1 = None
2 = PE
Receptacle
NOTE:
Receptacle
connected
same voltage
as unit except
as noted.
Order PE
Control
separately.

IGNITOR
MOUNTING
X
1 = Non Plug-in/
None
2 = Plug-in base
and Ignitor

LENS TYPE

IES DISTRIBUTION
TYPE
XXX
See Photometric
Selection Table

OPTIONS

X
R = Prismatic
Glass
Refractor
P = Lexan *250
Watt HPS
Maximum
Prismatic
Refractor

GLASS PRISMATIC REFRACTOR
All light sources are clear unless otherwise indicated.

R-18/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

S = Semi-cutoff
C = Cutoff
2 = Type II
3 = Type III
4 = Type IV

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
IES Distribution Type
Photometric Curve Number 35–45xxxx
Cutoff
Light Semi-Cutoff
Wattage
Source MS2
MS3
MS4
MC2
MC3
SC2
150 (55V)
HPS
0395
0394
N/A
N/A
0393
N/A
200-400
HPS
1012
1013
0831• 1014
1015
N/A
175, 250
MH
0351
0349
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
400
MH
0274
0273
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
400
Merc 0378
0377
N/A
N/A
N/A
0397
400 (Coated) Merc
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
0358
100
T
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
2870
NOTE: N/A = Not Available C/F = Contact Factory
GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
• Not available with Mag-Reg ballast

S = Short
M = Medium

SC3
N/A
1016
0350
N/A
N/A
0357
N/A

XXX
C = Charcoal filter
F = Fusing (Not
available with
multivolt or
dual voltage)
J = Line Surge
Protector,
Expulsion
Type
/
listed
U=
with glass only

M-400 LUMINAIRE
FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Effective Projected Area
Suggested Mounting Height

33-39 lbs
1.4 sq. ft. max
30-50 ft.

15-18 kgs
0.13 sq. M max
9-15 M

REFERENCES
See Page R-48 for start of Accessories.
See Page R-52 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.
See Pole and Bracket Section Page P-2 for pole selection.

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
Light
347**
Wattage Source Multivolt 120
208
240
277
120X347 480
150 (55V) HPS H,N
G,H,M,N
G,M
G,M
G,M
G*,H,M*,N G,M
200
HPS A,G,M,P A,G,H,M,N,P A,G,H,M,N,P A,G,H,M,N,P A,G,M,P A,G,M,P A,G,M
250
HPS A,G,M,P A,G,H,M,N,P A,G,H,M,N,P A,G,H,M,N,P A,G,M,P A,G,M,P A,G,M,P
250/400 HPS A
A
A
A
A
A
A
310
HPS A,G,M
A,G,M
A,G,H,M,N A,G,H,M,N A,G,M A,G,M
A,G,M
400
HPS A,G,M
A,G,M
A,G,H,M,N A,G,H,M,N A,G,M A,G,M
A,G,M
175
MH
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
250
MH
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
400
MH
A
A,P
A,P
A,P
A,P
A,P
A,P
400
Merc C
C,N
C
C,H,N
C,H,N N / A
C
100
IND
E
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
NOTE: N/A = Not available. *Not available in 120X347. **Not available in 200 watt or 310 watt.

240/120
120X240 PE R
G,H,M,N G,M
A,G,M,P A,G,H,M,N
A,G,M,P A,G,H,M,N
N/A
N/A
A,G,M A,G,H,M,N
A,G,M A,G,H,M,N
A
A
A
A
A,P
A
C
C,H,N
N/A
N/A
C/F = Contact factory

MSRL — SUGGESTED CATALOG ORDERING NUMBERS
Catalog Number

Wattage Light Source

MSRL25S0A22RMS3
MSRL40S0A22RMS3

250
400

HPS
HPS

Voltage
(60 Hz)
Multivolt
Multivolt

Ballast
Type
Auto-Regulator
Auto-Regulator

50Hz
220
N/A
N/A
A,H
N/A
N/A
A,H,N
N/A
A
A
N/A
N/A

230
N/A
H
H
N/A
H
H
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

220
N/A
N/A
A,H,M,N
N/A
N/A
A,H,M,N
N/A
N/A
N/A
C/F
E

230
N/A
N/A
H
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
E

240
N/A
N/A
M
N/A
N/A
A,H,M
N/A
N/A
A
H
E

M-400 ROADWAY LIGHTING

Ballast Type/Voltage
60Hz

Refractor Photometric
Type
Distribution
Glass
MS3
Glass
MS3

All GE suggested catalog ordering numbers come with PE receptacle. PE control must be ordered separately.
Order and install SCCL-PECTL if no PE is desired.
Multivolt ballasts can be for either 120, 208, 240, or 277 volt incoming power supply.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/R-19

R

M-400 LUMINAIRE
WITH CUTOFF OPTICS
APPLICATIONS
• For roadway, highway or parking lot applications where light trespass
could be a problem
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• Universal two-bolt slipfitter
• Die-cast aluminum housing
with electrocoat gray paint
finish
• Adjustable mogul base socket
(house side) – E39 standard
• Standardized reflector
• “Dead back” tunnel type, FRP
terminal board
• / listed for wet location
available as an option

• Metal pest guard standard (not
required for 2 in. pipe
mounting)
• No-tool PE receptacle
• Plug-in ignitor available
• Cutoff photometrics
• External paddle type stainless
steel bail latch
• True 90° cutoff—no light
above 90° (meets RP8-2000
for full cutoff) with flat glass

R

M-400 ROADWAY LIGHTING

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
MSCL

40

S

1

A

2

1

F

MC3

F

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXXX
MSCA =
M-400 with
4-Bolt
Slipfitter
MSCL =
M-400 with
Cutoff Optics
2-Bolt
Slipfitter

WATTAGE

LIGHT
SOURCE
X
S = HPS
M = MH
C = Merc
T = Induction
Standard:
Lamp not
included.

VOLTAGE

BALLAST
TYPE
X
See Ballast Selection
Table
A = Autoreg
E = Induction Ballast
G = Mag-Reg with
Grounded Socket
Shell
H = HPF Reactor or
Lag
M = Mag-Reg
N = NPF Reactor or
Lag
P = CWI with
Grounded Socket
Shell

PE
FUNCTION
X
1 = None
2 = PE
Receptacle
NOTE:
Receptacle
connected
same voltage
as unit except
as noted.
Order PE
Control
separately.

IGNITOR
MOUNTING
X
1 = Non Plug-in
None
2 = Plug-in base
and Ignitor

LENS TYPE

IES DISTRIBUTION
TYPE
XXX
See Photometric
Selection Table

OPTIONS

XX
07 =70
10 =100
15 =150
(55V)
17 =175
20 =200
24 =250/
400
25 =250
40 =400
NOTE: Dual
wattage
connected
for lower
wattage

X
60Hz
0 = 120/208/
240/277
Multivolt
1 = 120
2 = 208
3 = 240
4 = 277
5 = 480
7 = 120X240
8 = 240V
Ballast
120V PE
Receptacle not
reconnectable
D = 347
T = 220
W = 230
50Hz
6 = 220
R = 230
Y = 240
NOTE: Dual
voltage
connected for
lower
voltage

X
F = Flat Glass
G = Shallow
Glass Globe
L = Polycarbonate
Clear Globe
(250 watt
Maximum)
HPS only

M = Medium
C = Cutoff
2 = Type II
3 = Type III
4 = Type IV

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
CLEAR REFRACTORS. All light sources are clear.
IES Distribution Type
Photometric Curve Number 35–45xxxx
Flat Glass “F”
Polycarbonate
Sag Glass “G”
Light
Wattage
Source
MC2* MC3* MC4* SC2
MC2
MC3
MC1
MC2
150 (55V)
HPS
0391 0392 N/A
N/A
C/F
C/F
N/A
0547
200-400
HPS
1005 1006 0830
N/A
1046** 1045** N/A
0864
175 & 250
MH
0348 0347
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
0544
400
MH
452880 452882 N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
0276
0275
400
Merc
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A N/A
N/A
N/A
0379
400 (Coated)
Merc
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
100
T
N/A
N/A
N/A
2870 N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
NOTE:
N/A = Not Available C/F = Contact Factory
*
Meets RP8-2000 for full cutoff
**
250 watts maximum
GE Lighting Systems, Inc.

R-20/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

MC3
0546
0863
0545
450376
0380
N/A
N/A

SC2
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
0277
N/A

XXX
C = Charcoal filter
F = Fusing (Not
available with
multivolt or
dual voltage)
J = Line Surge
Protector,
Expulsion
Type
/
listed
U=
with glass only

M-400 LUMINAIRE
WITH CUTOFF OPTICS

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Effective Projected Area
Suggested Mounting Height

33-39 lbs
1.1 sq. ft. max
30-50 ft.

15-18 kgs
0.1 sq. M max
9-15 M

REFERENCES
See Page R-48 for start of Accessories.
See Page R-52 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.
See Pole and Bracket Section Page P-2 for pole selection.

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
BALLAST TYPE/VOLTAGE
50HZ
120

208

240

277

347**
120X347

480

120X240

150(55V) HPS
H,N
G,H,M,N
G,M
G,M
G,M
G*,H,M*,N G,M
G,H,M,N
200
HPS
A,G,M,P
A,G,M,P
A,G,H,M,N,P A,G,H,M,N,P A,G,M,P A,G,M,P
A,G,M A,G,M
250
HPS
A,G,M,P
A,G,H,M,N,P A,G,H,M,N,P A,G,H,M,N,P A,G,M,P A,G,M,P
A,G,M,P A,G,M,P
250/400
HPS
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
N/A
400
HPS
A,M
A,G,M,N
A,G,H,M,N A,G,H,M,N A,G,M A,G,M
A,G,M A,G,M
175
MH
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
250
MH
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
400
MH
A
A,P
A,P
A,P
A,P
A,P
A,P
A,P
400
Merc
C
C,N
C
C,H,N
C,H,N N/A
C
C
100
IND
E
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
NOTE: N/A = Not available. *Not available in 120X347. **Not available in 200 watt.
C/F = Contact factory

MSCL — SUGGESTED CATALOG ORDERING NUMBERS
Catalog Number

Wattage Light Source

MSCL25S0A22FMC3
MSCL40S0A22FMC3

250
400

HPS
HPS

Voltage
(60 Hz)
Multivolt
Multivolt

Ballast
Type
Auto-Regulator
Auto-Regulator

240/120
PE R

220

230 220

230 240

G,M
A,G,H,M,N
A,G,H,M,N
N/A
A,G,H,M,N
A
A
A
C,H,N
N/A

N/A
N/A
A,H
N/A
H,A,N
N/A
A
A
N/A
N/A

N/A
H
H
N/A
H
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
H
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
E

N/A
N/A
A,H,M,N
N/A
A,H,M,N
N/A
N/A
N/A
C/F
E

N/A
N/A
M
N/A
A,H,M
N/A
N/A
A
H
E

M-400 ROADWAY LIGHTING

Wattage

60HZ
Light
Source Multivolt

Refractor Photometric
Type
Distribution
Glass
MC3
Glass
MC3

All GE suggested catalog ordering numbers come with PE receptacle. PE control must be ordered separately.
Order and install SCCL-PECTL if no PE is desired.
Multivolt ballasts can be for either 120, 208, 240, or 277 volt incoming power supply.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/R-21

R

VERSAFLOOD ® II SIGNLITER
APPLICATIONS
• For signlighting, recreational, security and facade (ground, structure or
wall mounted) lighting
• Convex borosilicate glass lens,
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
used with high wattage
• /
1598 Listed
lamps, in V2FS/V2FD units
Suitable for Wet Locations
•
Surface mounted through
• Heavy-duty (NEMA) die-cast
back with 3/4-inch threaded
aluminum housing
conduit
• Protected inside and out with
• 3/4-inch threaded conduit
an electrocoat paint finish
openings–top and sides for
• Sealed and activated-charcoal
through wiring
filtered optical assembly
•
Adjustable mogul base socket
• Stippled, heat and shock
-E39
standard
resistant tempered glass
• Stainless steel door latch is
V2FN/V2FC units
standard construction
• Clear, heat and shock
•
Brace to hold door open when
resistant tempered glass
relamping is standard
V2FS/V2FD units

R

VERSAFLOOD II SIGNLITER ROADWAY LIGHTING

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
V2FN

07

S

0

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXXX
V2FN =
Versaflood
Signliter
V2FS =
Versaflood
Signliter–
Improved
Optics
V2FC =
Versaflood
Signliter–
Topmount
V2FD =
Versaflood
Signliter–
Toplighter
and
Improved
Optics

WATTAGE

LIGHT
SOURCE
X
S = HPS
M = MH or
Merc
Standard:
Lamp not
included.

VOLTAGE

XX
07 =70
II 10 =100
15 =150
(55V)
II 17 =175
20 =200
25 =250
40 =400
II

II

H

BALLAST
TYPE
X
X
60Hz
See Ballast and
0 = 120/
Photometric
208/
Selection Table
240/277 A = Autoreg
Multivolt G = Mag-Reg with
1 = 120
Grounded
2 = 208
Socket Shell
3 = 240
H = HPF Reactor
4 = 277
or Lag
5 = 480
K = Hot Restart
D = 347
M = Mag-Reg
F = 120X347 P = CWI with
T = 220
Grounded
Socket Shell
50Hz
Y = 240
NOTE:
120X347
connected
for 120V

1

S

SN4

DB

Q

PE
FUNCTION
X
1 = None
2 = PE
Receptacle
NOTE:
Receptacle
connected
same
voltage as
unit except
as noted.
Order PE
Control
separately.

MOUNTING
OPTION
X
S = Standard–
uses knockouts for
mounting
B = Bracket–
allows height
and tilt
adjustment
C = 3/4-inch
conduit
entrance
through
mounting
bracket
P = 2-inch (60mm)
pipe mount

IES DISTRIBUTION
TYPE
XXX
See Ballast and
Photometric
Selection Table

COLOR

OPTIONS

XX
DB = Dark
Bronze
Standard
GR = Gray

XXX
B = Time Delay
Automatically
Switched
Quartz
F = Fusing (Not
available
with
multivolt
or 120X347V)
P = Prewired with
6 ft (2M) #14/3
Q = Non-Time
Delay
Automatically
Switched
Quartz

*Standard
Mounting not
available with top
mounting

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
Wattage

Light
Source

IES
Distribution

V2FN/V2FC-Signliter with Stippled, Flat Door Glass
70, 100, 150 (55V) HPS
MN4
175, 250
MH or Merc
SN4
(Coated)
175, 250
MH or Merc
SN4
400
Merc (Coated)
MN4
V2FS/V2FD-Signliter with Improved Optics
70, 100, 150 (55V) HPS
SN4
200, 250, 400
HPS
SN4
175, 250
175, 250
400
400
†

R-22/2005

MH or Merc
MH or Merc
(Coated)
MH or Merc
MH or Merc
(Coated)

NOTE: Not tested at time of publication

Socket
Position

Photometric
Curve
Number
35-17-----

4
1

7884†
452859

1
6

452860
7226

B
Fixed

8372
8421
(Convex Glass)
8373
8374

SN4
SN4

A
A

SN4

Fixed

SN4

B

8377
(Convex Glass)
8378
(Convex Glass)

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

S = Short
M = Medium
N = Non-cutoff
4 = Type IV

VERSAFLOOD ® II SIGNLITER

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
S = Standard Mounting

B = Bracket Mounting
DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Suggested Mounting Height

27-50 lbs
0-20 ft.

12-16 kgs
0-6 M

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE

Wattage
V2FN, V2FC
70, 100, 150 (55V) HPS
H
175, 250
MH or Merc A
(Coated)
400
Merc (Coated) A
V2FS, V2FD
70, 100, 150 (55V) HPS
H
200, 250, 400
HPS
A
175, 250
MH or Merc A
175, 250
MH or Merc A
(Coated)
400
MH or Merc A
400
MH or Merc A
(Coated)
NOTE: *Not available in 120X347V
1
Not available in 200W.

50HZ
220

240

G, H, K, M, P
A

G*, H, M*
A**

N/A
A

H
A

A

N/A

N/A

N/A

G, H, K, M, P
A
A
A

G*, H, M*
A1, G1, M1
A
A

N/A
A
A
A

H
A, H1
A
A

A
A

A
A

A
A

A
A

C = 3/4 inch Conduit Entrance Mounting

P = 2-inch Pipe Mounting

REFERENCES
See Page R-48 for start of Accessories.
See Page R-52 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.
See Pole and Bracket Section Page P-2 for pole selection.

VERSAFLOOD II SIGNLITER ROADWAY LIGHTING

Light
Source

Ballast Type / Voltage
60HZ
120,208,240, 347
Multivolt 277,480
120 x 347

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/R-23

R

VERSFLOOD III
SIGN LIGHTER

TM

INDUCTION

APPLICATIONS
• For signlighting, recreational signlighting and facade lighting.
SPECIFICATIONS
• 5 year warranty
• / 1598 Listed
Suitable For Wet Locations
• Corrosion Resistant Hardware
• Dark Sky optional top-mount version is
available (use T option)
• Stainless steel hinged door latch
• UV stabilized powder-coat paint finish
• Heavy gauge die formed aluminum housing
• Weather resistant gasket system
• Socket is pulse-rated porcelain, nickel
contacts
• Passes ANSI vibration testing of 1.5g
• Passes ASTM B117 1000 hour salt fog

INDUCTION LAMP/BALLAST SYSTEM
FEATURES:
• 80+ CRI
• Lamp/ballast system life is rated 100,000
hours (vs 24,000 for HPS)
• Instant On and Instant Restrike
• 4000K Color Temperature
• 5 year warranty
• Minimum Start -30°F
• Max ambient 55°C

INDUCTION ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
V3SL

85

R

VERSAFLOOD III™ SIGN LIGHTER ROADWAY LIGHTING

WATTAGE
PRODUCT
IDENT
XX
XXXX
85 = 85 watt
V3SL =
Versaflood 3
Signliter Bottom
Mounting
V3ST =
Versaflood 3 Top
Mount

R-24/2005

Q

1

E

B

LIGHT
SOURCE
X
Q = 85 watt QL
Induction Lamp/
Ballast system

VOLTAGE

BALLAST
TYPE
X
E = Electronic
Ballast

MOUNTING

X
1 = 120
G = 200 277 VOLT
50/60 hz AC/
DC

SN4

GR

IES DISTRIBUTION COLOR
TYPE
XXX
X
XXX
GR = Gray
A = 1 1/4” Slipfitter SN4
B = 2” Slipfitter
C = Plate for
Bottom mtg only
(V3SL)
E = Track Plate
Mounting for
bottom mtg only
(V3SL)

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

F
OPTIONS
XXX
F = Fusing
S = Side Glare Shield
T = Top Mount
Full Glare shield for
0 light @ 90 (use only with V3ST)

VERSAFLOOD III

INDUCTION
SIGN LIGHTER

TM

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
SLIPFITTER MOUNT
20.8 in.
(528.32mm)

5.0 in.
(127mm)
12.65 in.
(321.31mm)

20.8 in.
(528.32mm)

1.66 in. MAX DIA POLE OD
(42.16mm)

PLATE MOUNT
20.8 in.
(528.32mm)

12.75 in.
(323.85mm)
4 SLOTS 7/16 x 9/16

20.8 in.
(528.32mm)

22 in.
(558.8mm)
24 in.
(609.60mm)

DATA
Approximate Net Weight

22 lbs

9.98 kgs

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
Wattage
85

Light
Source

IES
Distribution

Photometric
Curve Number
35 - 45

QL
Induction

SN4

2982

*Contact factory for other photometric curves

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

VERSAFLOOD III™ SIGN LIGHTER ROADWAY LIGHTING

10 in.
(254mm)

6.5 in.
(165.1mm)

2005/R-25

R

TURNPIKE TM LUMINAIRE
APPLICATIONS
• For roadways and parking lots
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• Charcoal filtering
• ALGLAS® finish on aluminum
reflector
• Front access via hinged/
removable door
• Heavy-duty die-cast
aluminum housing
• Electrocoat epoxidized acrylic
dark bronze or gray paint
finish on housing
• Steel trunnion with aiming
degree marker

• Built-in aiming indicator
• Borosilicate glass lens
• Tray mounted ballast available
• Environment protected
external hardware
• Terminal board
• Mogul base socket -E39
standard
• Slipfitter mounting available
• / Listed for wet location
available as an option

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
RPFS

40

S

5

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXXX
RPFS =
Turnpike
Luminaire
Standard

WATTAGE

LIGHT
SOURCE
X
S = HPS
M = MH or
Merc
Standard:
Lamp not
included.

VOLTAGE

R

TURNPIKE ROADWAY LIGHTING

RPFT =
Turnpike
Luminaire
with Tray
Mounted
Ballast
NOTE: Not
available
with MH or
Merc or
Mag-Reg

XX
07 =70
10 =100
15 =150
(55V)
20 =200
24 =250/
400
25 =250
40 =400

A

BALLAST
TYPE
X
X
60Hz
See Ballast and
0 = 120/208/ Photometric
240/277 Selection Table
Multivolt A = Autoreg
1 = 120
G = Mag-Reg with
2 = 208
Grounded
3 = 240
Socket Shell
4 = 277
H = HPF Reactor
5 = 480
or Lag
8 = 240V
K = Hot Restart
Ballast
M = Mag-Reg
120V PE N = NPF Reactor or
Receptical
Lag
not
P = CWI with
reconGrounded
nectable
Socket Shell
D = 347
F = 120X347
T = 220
50Hz
6 = 220
R = 230
Y = 240
NOTE:
120X347
connected for
120V

1

G

LN4

GR

K

PE
FUNCTION
X
1 = None
2 = PE
Receptacle
NOTE:
Receptacle
connected
same voltage
as unit except
as noted.
Order PE
Control
separately.

LENS
TYPE
X
G = Glass Clear

IES DISTRIBUTION
TYPE
XXX
See Ballast and
Photometric
Selection Table

COLOR

OPTIONS

XX
DB = Dark
Bronze
Standard
GR = Gray

XXX
B = Time Delay Automatically Switched
Quartz
F = Fusing (Not
available
with
multivolt
or dual
voltage)
G = Top Trunnion
J = Line Surge
Protector, Expulsion Type
K = Knuckle Slipfitter
for 1.9-in. to 2.38in. (48 to 60 mm)
OD Tenon
L = Latch for door
P = Prewired with 6 ft
(1.8 meters) #14/3
Q = Non-Time Delay
Automatically
Switched Quartz
S = Knuckle Slipfitter
for 1.9-in. to 3.0in. (48 to 76 mm)
OD Tenon
/
listed for
U=
wet location
available as an
option (RPFS only)
V = Knuckle Wall
Mount

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
Wattage

Light
Source

IESDistribution

Photometric
Curve
Number
35-----70, 100, 150 (55V) HPS
MN3
178034
200
HPS
LN4
452594
250
HPS
LN4
452592
310
HPS
LN4
452593
400
HPS
LN4
452580
400
MH or Merc
MN2
178038
NOTE: All light sources are clear unless otherwise indicated.
All with clear borosilicate lens.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.

R-26/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

L = Long
M = Medium
N = Non-cutoff
2 = Type II
3 = Type III
4 = Type IV

TURNPIKE TM LUMINAIRE
FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
Trunnion Mounted

Luminaire with External Cutoff Visor,
ECVGR-RPF (See Accessories)

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Effective Projected Area
Suggested Mounting Height

60 lbs
2.8 sq ft
30-60 ft.

27 kgs
0.3 sq M
9-18 M

REFERENCES
See Page R-48 for start of Accessories.
See Page R-52 for Explanation of Options and
Other Terms Used.
See Pole and Bracket Section Page P-2 for pole
selection.

PHOTOMETRIC
SELECTION
BALLAST SELECTION
TABLETABLE
Ballast Type / Voltage
60HZ
120,208,240,
Multivolt 277,480
H,N
G, H, K, M, N, P
A,M
A,G,H,N,M
A
A
A,M
A,G,K,M,P
A
A

Light
Wattage
Source
70, 100, 150 (55V) HPS
200, 250
HPS
250/400
HPS
400
HPS
400
MH or Merc
NOTE: N/A = Not available
*Not available in 120X347V
**Not available in 200W.

347
120 x 347
G*, H, M*,N
A**,G**,M**
N/A
A,G,M
A

50HZ
220
N/A
A
N/A
A
A

220
M
A
N/A
A,H,N
A

230
N/A
A
N/A
H
A

240
N/A
A
N/A
A,H,N
A

TURNPIKE ROADWAY LIGHTING

Slipfitter Mounted (Select option K or S)

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/R-27

R

TUNNEL GUARD TM LUMINAIRE
APPLICATIONS
• For tunnels and underpasses
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• / 1598 Listed
Suitable for Wet Locations
• Available with option for
1598A “Suitable for
Outdoor, Salt Water Marine
Locations” Contact factory
• Low-glare, specialized
photometrics
• Flat surface for semirecessed ceiling mounting
• No-tool fixture removal for
quick maintenance (surface
mounted only)
• Heavy-duty die-cast
aluminum housing

• Zinc-rich epoxy charcoal
gray powder paint finish on
housing
• Stainless steel external
hardware
• Door assembly hinged and
latched for no-tool
installation and removal
• Terminal Board is standard
• Tempered glass lens
• ALGLAS® finish on aluminum
reflector
• No-tool lamp replacement
• Plug-in no-tool replaceable
ignitor

R

TUNNEL GUARD ROADWAY LIGHTING

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC

XX

TUN

40

S

4

A

2

CBM

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXX
TUN=
Tunnel
Guard
Luminaire

WATTAGE

LIGHT
SOURCE
X
S = HPS
M = MH
Standard:
Lamp not
included.

VOLTAGE

BALLAST
TYPE
X
See Ballast and
Photometric
Selection Table
A = Autoreg
G = Mag-Reg with
Grounded Socket
Shell
H = HPF Reactor
or Lag
K = Hot Restart
M = Mag-Reg
N = NPF Reactor or Lag
P = CWI with Grounded
Socket Shell

AMBIENT
°C
X
4 = 40

IES DISTRIBUTION BEAM
ROTATION
TYPE
XX
XXX
NOTE:
See Ballast and
Determined by
Photometric
the orientation
Selection Table
of luminaire on
CBM =
tunnel ceiling.
Counter-Beam
HTV = Horizontal
Tunnel drawType V
ings of mountSYM =
ing configuraSymmetrical
tions required.
(Medium Base
Lamp)
STM =
Symmetrical
(Mogul Base
Lamp)
MC3 = Medium,
Cutoff, Type III
MC4 = Medium,
Cutoff, Type IV

XX
07 =70
10 =100
15 =150
(55V)
20 =200
25 =250
40 =400

X
60Hz
1 = 120
2 = 208
3 = 240
4 = 277
5 = 480
D = 347

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
Wattage

Light
Source

Socket
Base
Size

70, 100, 150 (55V)
70, 100, 150 (55V)
70, 100, 150 (55V)
200, 310
200, 310
250, 400
250, 400
400
400

HPS
HPS
HPS
HPS
HPS
HPS
HPS
MH*
MH*

Mogul
Mogul
Mogul
Mogul
Mogul
Mogul
Mogul
Mogul
Mogul

Photometric Photometric
Distribution Curve
Number
35-17----STM
7701
MC4
8045
CBM
9111
CBM
7734
MC3
8044
CBM
7734
MC3
8044
CBM
8581
MC3
9162

NOTE: All light sources are clear unless otherwise indicated.
*Lamp for 400 watt MH fixture must be E-18 or ED-28 only.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
R-28/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

• Standard unit comes with 4
feet of #12-3 cable out the
back of the unit
• Unistrut mounting adapter
kit available – contact
factory
• Luminaire normally shipped
with hinges and latches.
CEILING MOUNTING PLATE
(CMPxxx) IS REQUIRED AND
MUST BE ORDERED
SEPARATELY. (See Mounting
Accessory Selection Table
listing.)

CG

F

COLOR

OPTIONS

XX
CG = Charcoal
Gray

XXX
F = Fusing

TUNNEL GUARD TM LUMINAIRE
FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
CMP001 - Ceiling Mounting Plate

CMP002 - Ceiling Mounting Plate

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Suggested Mounting Height

60 lbs
16 ft.

27 kgs
5M

MOUNTING ACCESSORY SELECTION TABLE
ONE REQUIRED PER LUMINAIRE
CMP001 = Ceiling Mounting Plate (with six bolts)
CMP002 = Ceiling Mounting Plate (with four bolts)

Semi-Recessed Mounting (No UL)

TUNNEL GUARD ROADWAY LIGHTING

REFERENCES
See Page R-48 for start of Accessories.
See Page R-52 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
Wattage
70, 100, 150 (55V)
200, 310
200, 310
250, 400
250, 400
400
400

Light
Source
HPS
HPS
HPS
HPS
HPS
MH
MH

Ballast Type / Voltage
60HZ
120,208,240, 347
277,480
120 x 347
G, H, K, M,N
G,H,M*,N
A, M
N/A
A, M
N/A
A, G, K**, M
A, G, M
A, G, K**, M
A, G, M
A
A
A
A

NOTE: N/A = Not available
*Not available in 120X347V
**400W watt only

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/R-29

R

HIGH MAST LUMINAIRE
APPLICATIONS
• For large interchanges or parking lots and an asymmetrical optical
assembly for lighting straight sections of roadways
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• / 1598 Listed
Suitable for Wet Locations
• Cast aluminum ballast housing
• All noncorrosive hardware
• ALGLAS® finish on aluminum faceted
reflector
• Stainless steel clampband
• Universal 4-bolt slipfitter
• Dead Back Terminal Board
• Electrocoat gray paint finish on ballast
housing
• Mogul base socket -E39 standard

ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES
Enclosed and Filtered
• Heat and shock resistant tempered convex
glass lens
• Activated charcoal filter

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
HMAA

01

S

5

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXXX
HMAA =
High Mast

WATTAGE LIGHT
SOURCE
XX
X
40 = 400 S = HPS
75 = 750 M = MH
01 = 1000 Standard: Lamp
not included.

A

1

G

SC5

F

VOLTAGE

LENS TYPE
X
See Ballast and
Photometric Selection
Table

IES DISTRIBUTION
TYPE
XXX
See Ballast and
Photometric
Selection Table

OPTIONS

X
60Hz
1 = 120
2 = 208
3 = 240
4 = 277
5 = 480
D = 347
T = 220
50Hz
6 = 220
R = 230
Y = 240

BALLAST
PE FUNCTION
TYPE
X
X
1 = None
See Ballast Selection
2 = PE Rcpt
Table
A = Autoreg
D = Bilevel System 3.
Contact factory for
availability. For
further technical data
see Bilevel Technical
Information in Indoor
Products Section Page
I-96.
G = Mag-Reg with
Grounded Socket Shell
NOTE: For over K = Hot Restart
8 luminaires
M = Mag-Reg
per pole, use
P = CWI with Grounded
only 480V
Socket Shell

C = Sag glass lens
assembly
“shield ready”
F = Flat glass
G = Glass - Sag
lens (Enclosed)
N = None (Open)
NOTE: N is not
available for 1000
watt HPS.

XXX
F = Fusing
J = Line Surge Protector,
Expulsion Type

S = Short
M = Medium
C = Cutoff
N = Non-cutoff
S = Semi-cutoff
1
2
3
4
5

=
=
=
=
=

Type I
Type II
Type III
Type IV
Type V

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE

R

HIGH MAST ROADWAY LIGHTING

IES Distribution Type, Photometric Curve Number 35-17---Open = N
Sag Lens = G

Light
Wattage Source SC5(V) MC5(V)
400
HPS
6288 6289
750
HPS
N/A
N/A
1000
HPS
N/A
N/A
400
MH
C/F
C/F
1000
MH
6294 6353
NOTE: N/A= Not available
C/F = Contact Factory
(V) = Vertical Lamp
(H) = Horizontal Lamp

MS5(V)
N/A
N/A
N/A
C/F
N/A

SC5(V)
6310
8132
6318
C/F
6323

SS5(V)
N/A
8130
N/A
N/A
N/A

SC3(H)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

MC2(H)
7349
8345
7310
C/F
7308

MC3(H)
9311
9144
7302
C/F
N/A

MC5(V)
6312
8131
N/A
C/F
6354

Flat Glass =F
MS2(H)
N/A
C/F
N/A
C/F
7307

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE

Wattage
400
750
1000
400
1000

Light
Source
HPS
HPS
HPS
MH
MH

Ballast Type/ Voltage
60 HZ
120,208,240
277,480
347
220
A,D,G,K,M A,D,G,M
N/A
A
A
N/A
A
A
A
A,P
A,P
N/A
A,P
A,P
A

NOTE: N/A= Not available
*Not available in 120 X 347V
R-30/2005

50 HZ
220
N/A
N/A
A
N/A
A

230
N/A
N/A
A
N/A
N/A

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

240
N/A
N/A
A
N/A
N/A

MS3(H)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

MS5(V)
N/A
8129
N/A
N/A
N/A

Narrow(H) MC2(H)
8946 (MSIII) 177365
8947 (MSII) N/A
8948 (SCI) N/A
C/F
N/A
8949 (MSI) N/A

MC5(V)
450454
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

SC5(V)
450455
452710
452500
N/A
N/A

HIGH MAST LUMINAIRE
FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

FRONT VIEW

SIDE VIEW

TOP VIEW

Nuisance
Cutoff Shield

360 NUISANCE SHIELD
ELS-HMAA360BL

ELS-HMAA062
(2) ELS-HMAA063

ELS-HMAA060
(2) ELS-HMAA061

BALLAST AND OPTICAL

BALLAST & OPTICAL
ELS-HMAA062
ELS-HMAA060
ELS-HMAA063
ELS-HMAA061
ELS-HMAA360BL

15” Curved
Light Shield

9” Squared
Light Shield

Ballast & Optical, and Glare Shield Effective Projected Area
Shields values do not include optical EPA.
Effective Area maximum
Weight
sq. ft.
sq. m.
lbs.
kgs
2.5
0.23
55
25
One 9" square
1.8
0.17
2.2
1.0
One “15”” curved
1.8
0.17
2.2
1.0
Two 9" square
1.8
0.17
2.2
1.0
Two “15”” curved
1.8
0.17
2.2
1.0
4.5 in 360 deg.
0.9
0.08
2.2
1.0

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE (WITH HIGHMAST SHIELDING)
HOUSE SIDE
CURVE #
7349
9311
6312
8345
9144
8131
6318
7310
7302
6323
7308
6354
7307

Curved 15"
452600
452601
452602
452638
452643
452650
452616
452629
452635
452655
452666
452658
452672

Square 9"
452604
452603
452605
452640
452646
452651
452617
452630
452636
452653
452664
452661
452675

BOTH SIDES
Curved 15"
452606
452607
452608
452639
452644
452649
452619
452628
452634
452656
452667
452659
452673

Square 9"
n/a
n/a
452609
452641
452647
452652
452618
452631
452637
452654
452663
452660
452676

NUISANCE SHIELD ONLY
3.79" shield 360 deg
452610
452611
453112
452642
452645
452648
452615
452632
452633
452657
452665
452662
452674

HIGHMAST SHIELDING
Highmast Shielding - ordered separately and must use “C”
as lens type in catalog logic for fixture.
Door Glass Assembly (for retrofits)
HMAA-22EGELS
15” Curved Shield
ELS-HMAA060
(2)15” Curved Shields
ELS-HMAA061
9” Squared Shield
ELS-HMAA062
(2) 9” Squared Shields
ELS-HMAA063
Nuisance 360 Shield
ELS-HMAA360BL

DATA
Suggested Mounting Height
Single Luminaire
Multiple Luminaires

40-50 ft.
80-150 ft.

HIGH MAST ROADWAY LIGHTING

WATTAGE
400
400
400
750
750
750
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000

Base Curves
LIGHT
SOURCE
DIST TYPE
HPS
MC2
HPS
MC3
HPS
MC5
HPS
MC2
HPS
MC3
HPS
MC5
HPS
SC5
HPS
MC2
HPS
MC3
MH
SC5
MH
MC2
MH
MC5
MH
MS2

12-15 M
24-46 M

REFERENCES
See Page R-48 for start of Accessories.
See Page R-52 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/R-31

R

SKYGARD™
POWR/BRACKET ® LUMINAIRE
APPLICATIONS
• For residential streets
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• Standard is complete unit pack (includes luminaire
prewired with two #14, 3 ft [0.9 M] leads, lamp, external PE
control, optical assembly, top housing, and mounting
hardware consisting of 2-3/8 X 3-inch [60 X 76 mm] lag
screws and 5/8 X 10-inch [9 X 254 mm] through bolts.)
• Gray paint finish
• Door-mounted ballast
• Mogul base socket -E39 standard
• Terminal board standard
• Meets full cutoff or cutoff requirements

SGP

R

POWR/BRACKET ROADWAY LIGHTING

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
SGP

15

S

1

N

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXXX
SGP =
SkyGard
Powr/
Bracket
Luminaire

WATTAGE

LIGHT
SOURCE
X
S = HPS
C = Merc

VOLTAGE

BALLAST
PE FUNCTION
TYPE
X
X
See Ballast Selection Table 5 = PE Receptacle
with PE Control
A = Autoreg
H = HPF Reactor or Lag
N = NPF Reactor or Lag

XX
05 = 50
07 = 70
10 = 100
15 = 150(55V)
17 = 175
20 = 200
25 = 250
40 = 400

X
1
2
3
4

= 120
= 208
= 240
= 277

5

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
Wattage

Light
Photometric Curve
Source
Number 35-45
50
HPS
2565
70
HPS
2566
100
HPS
2564
150
HPS
2563
200, 250
HPS
2570
250
HPS
2567
175
Merc
2562
250
Merc
2569
NOTE: All enclosed photometrics are run with standard PBP optical.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
R-32/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

V5S

C

LENS TYPE

LAMP TYPE

XXX
V5S = Open Type 5
SkyGard Latch
Type

X
C = Clear
N = None

SKYGARD™ POWR/BRACKET ® LUMINAIRE
FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Effective Projected Area
Suggested Mounting Height

24-32 lbs
2.4 sq. ft. max
20-40 ft.

11-15 kgs
0.2 sq. M max
6-12 M

REFERENCES
See Page R-48 for Accessories.

Wattage
50
70,100,150 (55V)
200, 250
175
250, 400

Light
Source
HPS
HPS
HPS
Merc
Merc

Ballast Type / Voltage
60HZ
120
H,N
H,N
H,N
N
N

208
H,N
N/A
H,N
N/A
N/A

240
H,N
N/A
H,N
H,N
H,N

277
H,N
N/A
N/A
N/A
H,N

NOTE: N/A = Not available

POWR/BRACKET ROADWAY LIGHTING

PHOTOMETRIC
SELECTION
BALLAST SELECTION
TABLETABLE

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/R-33

R

POWR/BRACKET ® LUMINAIRE
APPLICATIONS
• For residential streets
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• Standard is complete unit pack (includes luminaire
prewired with two #14, 3 ft [0.9 M] leads, lamp, external PE
control, optical assembly, top housing, and mounting
hardware consisting of 2-3/8 X 3-inch [9.5mm X 76 mm]
lag screws and 5/8 X 10-inch [15.9mm X 254 mm] through
bolts.)
• Gray paint finish
• Door-mounted ballast
• Mogul base socket -E39 standard
• Terminal board standard

PBP

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
PBS

15

S

1

N

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXXX
PBS =
Powr/
Bracket
Luminaire
with Small
Optical
(250 watt
maximum)

WATTAGE

LIGHT
SOURCE
X
S = HPS
C = Merc

VOLTAGE

BALLAST
PE FUNCTION
TYPE
X
X
See Ballast Selection Table 5 = PE Receptacle
with PE Control
A = Autoreg
C = Merc-Reg
H = HPF Reactor or Lag
M = Mag-Reg
N = NPF Reactor or Lag

XX
05 = 50
07 = 70
10 = 100
15 = 150(55V)
17 = 175
20 = 200
25 = 250
40 = 400

X
1
2
3
4

= 120
= 208
= 240
= 277

5

R

POWR/BRACKET ROADWAY LIGHTING

PBP =
Powr/
Bracket
Luminaire
with Large
Optical

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
Wattage

Light
Source

50
70, 100, 150 (55V)
200, 250
175
250, 400

HPS
HPS
HPS
Merc
Merc

Photometric
Curve
Number
35-17----C/F
6277
6966
C/F
C/F

NOTE: C/F = Contact Factory
All enclosed photometrics are run with standard PBP optical.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
R-34/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

V5A

C

LENS TYPE

LAMP TYPE

XXX
V5A = Open Type 5
Acrylic
E5L = Enclosed Type 5
Polycarbonate
(PBS only; 175 watt
maximum)

X
C = Clear
D = Coated
N = None

POWR/BRACKET ® LUMINAIRE
FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
Small Optical

Large Optical
DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Effective Projected Area
Suggested Mounting Height

24-32 lbs
2.4 sq. ft. max
20-40 ft.

11-15 kgs
0.2 sq. M max
6-12 M

REFERENCES
See Page R-48 for start of Accessories.

Wattage
50
70,100,150 (55V)
200, 250
175
250, 400

Light
Source
HPS
HPS
HPS
Merc
Merc

Ballast Type / Voltage
60HZ
120
H,N
H,M,N
H,N
C,N
C,N

208
H,N
M
H,N
C
C

240
H,N
M
H,N
C,H,N
C,H,N

277
H,N
M
N/A
C
C,H,N

NOTE: N/A = Not available

POWR/BRACKET ROADWAY LIGHTING

PHOTOMETRIC
SELECTION
BALLAST SELECTION
TABLETABLE

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/R-35

R

SKYGARD™
201SA UNIT PACK
APPLICATIONS
• For outdoor work yards, roadside commercial establishments,
suburban developments, rural areas where reduced glare and full
cutoff lighting is required.
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• Reduces glare and light trepass
• Complete unit pack in one package standard: includes
hood, optical, lamp, PE control, prewired cable and
mounting hardware
• Die-cast aluminum hood
• Meets full cutoff requirements
• Slipfitter is adjustable for 1-1/4 in. to 2 in. pipe
• Fits most NEMA (ANSI 136.6 standard) luminaire
assemblies
• Simulated wind load tested to 100 mph
• Mounting Hardware Kit
(1) 5/8 x 10 Throughbolt and Nut (15.9mm x 254mm)
(2) 3/8 x 3 Lag Screws (9.5mm x 76mm)

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
SGR

07

S

1

N

5

2

S

V5SL

C

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXX
SGR =
SKYGARD

WATTAGE

LIGHT
SOURCE
X
S = HPS
C = Merc

VOLTAGE

BALLAST
TYPE
X
N = NPF
Reactor
or Lag

PE
FUNCTION
X
2 =PE Receptacle
5 =PE Receptacle
with PE Control

CABLE

MOUNTING
BRACKET
X
L =Long 24-in.
(610mm)
N =None
S =Short

LENS
TYPE
XXXX
V5SL =Open Type 5
SKYGARD
Latch Type

LAMP
TYPE
X
C = Clear

XX
07 =70
10 =100
15 =150
(55V)
17 =175

X
1 = 120
3 = 240

X
2 = 30-in.
(762mm)
#16
4 = 5-ft
(1.5M/
#14

R

ROADWAY LIGHTING SKYGARD 201SA UNIT PACK

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
Wattage
70
100
150
175

Light Source
HPS
HPS
HPS
Merc

IES Type
5
5
5
5

Photometric
Curve Number 35452513
452512
452511
452514

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
R-36/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

SKYGARD™ 201SA UNIT PACK
FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
LONG MOUNTING BRACKET

SHORT MOUNTING BRACKET

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Short 18 in. (457mm) Mounting Bracket
Long 24 in. (610mm) Mounting Bracket
Effective Projected Area
Suggested Mounting Height

15 lbs
17 lbs
1.4 sq. ft. max
12-25 ft.

6.8 kgs
7.7 kgs
0.13 sq. M max
4-8 M

SUGGESTED CATALOG NUMBERS
Opticals Only:
SGR-1
SGR-5

GE Manufacturing Number
145298 Single Pack
145299 5 Pack - Order as quantity needed in total

Kits with Long Arm, PE,
Lamp and Cable included
Light Source
Voltage
SGR07S1N54LV5SLC
145618
SGR10S1N54LV5SLC
145619
SGR15S1N54LV5SLC
145620
SGR17C1N54LV5SLC
145877
SGR17C3N54LV5SLC
145617

GE Manufacturing Number

Wattage

70
100
150
175
175

120
120
120
120
240

HPS
HPS
HPS
Merc
Merc

ROADWAY LIGHTING SKYGARD 201SA UNIT PACK

REFERENCES
See Page R-48 for Accessories.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/R-37

R

201SA UNIT PACK
APPLICATIONS
• For outdoor work yards, roadside commercial establishments,
suburban developments, rural areas
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• Complete unit pack in one package standard: includes
hood, optical, lamp, PE control, prewired cable and
mounting hardware
• Die-cast aluminum hood
• Some units are / Listed as noted
• Slipfitter is adjustable for 1-1/4 in. to 2 in. pipe
• Mounting Hardware Kit
(1) 5/8 x 10 Throughbolt and Nut (15.9mm x 254mm)
(2) 3/8 x 3 Lag Screws (9.5mm x 76mm)

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
SAM

07

S

1

N

5

2

S

V5AS

C

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXX
SAM =
201SA Type
unit pack

WATTAGE

LIGHT
SOURCE
X
S = HPS
C = Merc
Standard:
Lamp not
included.

VOLTAGE

BALLAST
TYPE
X
N = NPF
Reactor
or Lag

PE
FUNCTION
X
2 =PE Receptacle
5 =PE Receptacle
with PE Control

CABLE

MOUNTING
BRACKET
X
L =Long 24-in.
(610mm)
N =None
S =Short
(Required for
/
Listing)

LENS
TYPE
XXXX
V2AL =Open Type 2
Acrylic Latch
Type
V3AL =Open Type 3
Acrylic Latch
Type
V5AL =Open Type 5
Acrylic Latch
Type
V5AS =Open Type 5
Acrylic
Screw Type
(Required for
/
Listing)

LAMP
TYPE
X
C = Clear
D = Coated
T = Terminal Board
(Not available with
V5AS lens)
U = UL/CUL Listed

XX
07 =70
10 =100
15 =150**
(55V)
16 =150
(100V)
17 =175

X
1 = 120
3 = 240
S = 127*

X
2 = 30-in.
(762mm)
#16
4 = 5-ft
(1.5M/
#14

R

ROADWAY LIGHTING 201SA UNIT PACK

*For 175 watt mercury rough service applications where line voltage may run consistantly high
** Not available with 240V, use 16 wattage for 240V, 150W units

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
Wattage
Light Source
70, 100, 150 (55V)
HPS
70, 100, 150 (55V)
HPS
70, 100, 150 (55V)
HPS (Diffuse)
175
Merc
* Contact factory for Ordering Numbers

IES Type
5
2*
3*
5

Photometric
Curve Number
35-176919
35-178983
35-178984
35-450311

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
R-38/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

201SA UNIT PACK
FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
LONG MOUNTING BRACKET

SHORT MOUNTING BRACKET

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Short 18 in. (457mm) Mounting Bracket
Long 24 in. (610mm) Mounting Bracket
Effective Projected Area
Suggested Mounting Height

14 lbs
16 lbs
1.37 sq. ft. max
12-25 ft.

6.4 kgs
7.3 kgs
0.1 sq. M max
4-8 M

REFERENCES
See Page R-48 for start of Accessories.
See Page R-52 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

Catalog
Light
Voltage
Ballast
Mounting
Number
Wattage
Source
(60Hz)
Type
Bracket
Lamp
SAM10SL
100
HPS
120
NPF Reactor
Long
Yes
SAM15SL
150
HPS
120
NPF Reactor
Long
Yes
SAM17CS
175
Mercury
120
NPF Lag
Short
Yes
SAM17CL
175
Mercury
120
NPF Lag
Long
Yes
SAM17CSDX
175
Mercury
120
NPF Lag
Long
Yes (DX)
All GE Readi-Stock 201 SA unit packs come complete with open Acrylic type 5 latch mounted optical,
mounting hardware, cable, PE control in addition to lamp type and mounting bracket listed above.

ROADWAY LIGHTING 201SA UNIT PACK

AVAILABLE AS GE READI-STOCK

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/R-39

R

SOLARIS TM INTERNATIONAL
LUMINAIRE
APPLICATIONS
• For residential streets, parking lots and roadways
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• Alzak† finished reflector with either prismatic borosilicate glass
refractor or clear ellipsoidal glass
• Charcoal filtered optical compartment
• High pressure die-cast aluminum body
• Universal two bolt slipfitter or 60mm (2.36 in.) post top mounting
• Top access to lamp and ballast components
• Stainless steel hardware
• Electrocoat gray paint finish
• Lamp included

Prismatic Refractive Optics

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
S40L

15

S

6

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXXX
S26L =
Medium E26
Base

WATTAGE

LIGHT
SOURCE
X
S = HPS
C = Merc
Standard:
Lamp not
included.

VOLTAGE BALLAST
TYPE
X
X
60 Hz
See Ballast
S = 127 Selection
T = 220 Table
W= 230
3 = 240 H = High
Power
50 Hz
Factor
6 = 220
Reactor
R = 230 N = Normal
Y = 240
Power
Factor
Reactor

R

SOLARIS INTERNATIONAL ROADWAY LIGHTING

XX
HPS
07 = 70/52
10 = 100/55
11 = 100/
S27L =
100
Medium E27 15 = 150/55
Base
16 = 150/
100
S39L =
79 = 70/90
Mogul
E39 Base
Mercury
08 = 80
S40L =
10 = 100
Mogul
12 = 125
E40 Base
17 = 175

N

2

P

MC3

N

C

F

PE
FUNCTION
X
1 = None
2 = PE
Receptacle
5 = PE
Receptacle with
PE Control

REFRACTOR

IES/CIE
DISTRIBUTION TYPE
X
See Photometric Selection
Table

MOUNTING

LAMP
TYPE
X
C = Clear
D = Coated
N = No Lamp

OPTIONS

NOTE:
Receptacle
connected
same voltage
as unit.

X
P = Prismatic
S = Clear

S = Short
M = Medium
C = Cutoff
S = Semi-cutoff
2 = Type II
3 = Type III
4 = Type IV

PHOTOMETRIC SELECTION TABLE
All light sources are clear unless otherwise indicated.

Wattage
70, 100, 150 (55V)
70 (90V)
100 (100V)
150 (100V)
70, 100, 150 (55V)
70 (90V)
100 (100V)
150 (100V)
80
100
125
175
*Denotes no IES

Base Light
Type Source
E26
HPS
E27
HPS
E40
HPS
E40
HPS
E26
HPS (coated)
E27
HPS (coated)
E40
HPS (coated)
E40
HPS (coated)
E27
Merc(coated)
E26
Merc (coated)
E27
Merc (coated)
E39
Merc (coated)
classification

IES Distribution Type
Photometric Curve Number 35-17 - - - (IES/CIE Distribution Type)
Prismatic Refractor Clear Globe
9949 (MSIV)
9666 (MCIII)
9921 (MCIII)
9667 (MCIII)
9948 (SCIII)
9936 (SCIII)
9938 (SCIII)
9967 (*)
9992 (SCIII)
9935 (SCIII)
9944 (SCIII)
9941 (*)

9950 (MCIII)
9983 (SCII)
9946 (MCII)
9943 (SCII)
9947 (SCIII)
9940 (*)
9939 (*)
9968 (*)
9991 (*)
9937 (*)
9945 (*)
9942 (*)

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
R-40/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

X
L =Long 24-in.
(610mm)
N =No Bracket
T =Post Top
Mounting

X
F = Fusing

SOLARIS TM INTERNATIONAL LUMINAIRE

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

60mm (2.36 IN.) POST TOP MOUNTING
565mm
22.25 in.

222mm
8.75 in.

2-BOLT SLIPFITTER MOUNTING
565mm
22.25 in.

222mm
8.75 in.

170mm
6.70 in.

170mm
6.70 in.

193mm
7.60 in.

193mm
7.60 in.

1.25 in. (32mm) to 2 in. (51mm) pipe
(1.660 [42mm] to 2.375 [60mm] O.D.)

FRONT VIEW

FRONT VIEW

SIDE VIEW

SIDE VIEW

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Effective Projected Area
Suggested Mounting Height

20-30 lbs
0.8 sq. ft. max
18-25 ft.

9-14 kgs
0.7 sq. M max
6-7 M

REFERENCES
See Page R-48 for start of Accessories.
See Page R-52 for Explanation of Options and Other Terms Used.

Wattage
70 (90V), 100,
150 (100V)
70 (52V),100,
150 (55V)
100, 175
80, 125

Ballast
Type
60 Hertz
Light
Source 127V 220V

230V

240V

50 Hertz
220V 230V 240V

HPS

H,N

H,N

H,N

H,N

H,N

H,N

H,N

HPS
Merc
Merc

H,N
H,N
H,N

H,N
H,N
H,N

H,N
H,N
H,N

H,N
H,N
H,N

H,N
H,N
H,N

H,N
H,N
H,N

H,N
H,N
H,N

SOLARIS INTERNATIONAL ROADWAY LIGHTING

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/R-41

R

EPOXY ENCAPSULATED BALLAST
APPLICATIONS
• For remote ballasting
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• Standard frequency – 60 Hertz
• Not suitable for direct burial
• Multiple circuit ballast standard lead
length is 12 inches (305mm)

• Series circuit (mercury) ballast leads:
Primary – 18-inch (457mm)/#8 (5Kv)
Secondary – 18-inch (457mm)/#16
(600V)
• Includes mounting bracket

DO NOT USE ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC TO DEVELOP AN ORDERING
NUMBER. SEE BALLAST SELECTION TABLE ORDERING NUMBERS.

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC INFORMATION ONLY (See Selection Table for Actual Ordering Number)
ENC

40

C

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXX
ENC=
Encapsulated Ballast

WATTAGE

LIGHT
VOLTAGE
SOURCE
X
X
M = MH 0 = 120/ 208/
C = Merc
240/277
Multivolt
1 = 120
2 = 208
3 = 240
4 = 277
5 = 480
7 = 120X240
9 = 240X480
X = Special

XX
10 =100
17 =175
25 =250
40 =400
70 =700
80 =Twin
400
01 =1000
51 =1500

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
Multiple Circuit Ballasts
Light
Wattage
Source
175
MH
175
MH
250
MH
250
MH
400
MH
400
MH
800*
MH
800*
MH
800*
MH
1000
MH
1000
MH
1500
MH
100
Merc
100
Merc
400
Merc
400
Merc
400
Merc
400
Merc
700
Merc
700
Merc

0

C

Voltage
Multivolt
480
Multivolt
480
Multivolt
480
120X240
480
277
Multivolt
480
Multivolt
120X240
240X480
120X240
208
240X480
277
Multivolt
240X480

6

BALLAST
AMBIENT
TYPE
°C
X
X
A =Autoreg 6 =65
(MH
only)
C =MercReg
S =Series
(Merc
only)

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Multiple Circuit
MH
175-250W
400W
800-1500W
Merc 100-400W
700W
Series Circuit
Merc 100-175W
250-400W
700-1000W

Multiple Circuit

ROADWAY LIGHTING EPOXY ENCAPSULATED BALLAST

Open
Circuit
Voltage
(RMS)
300
290
300
290
540
540

Light
Loading
Wattage
Source Amps
Factor**
Ordering Number
100
Merc
6.6
0.30
ENC10CXS6010
175
Merc
6.6
0.40
ENC17CXS6010
250
Merc
6.6
0.47
ENC25CXS6010
400
Merc
6.6
0.65
ENC40CXS6010
700
Merc
6.6
1.20
ENC70CXS6010
1000
Merc
6.6
1.55
ENC01CXS6010
NOTE: *Two lamps in parallel.
NOTE: **Kilowatts of constant-current transformer capability per ballast recommended for proper operation.
MULTIPLE CIRCUIT
Ballast
Type
Wattage
MH
175, 250
MH
400
MH
800*, 1000, 1500
Merc
100
Merc
700
NOTE: *Two lamps in parallel.
SERIES CIRCUIT
Ballast
Type
Wattage Amps
Merc
100, 175, 6.6
250, 400
Merc
700, 1000 6.6

R-42/2005

10 kgs
15 kgs
25 kgs
10 kgs
19 kgs

23 lbs
28 lbs
48 lbs

10 kgs
13 kgs
22 kgs

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

Ordering Number
ENC17M0A6
ENC17M5A6
ENC25M0A6
ENC25M5A6
ENC40M0A6
ENC40M5A6
ENC80M7A6
ENC80M5A6
ENC80M4A6
ENC01M0A6
ENC01M5A6
ENC51M0A6
ENC10C7C6
ENC10C9C6
ENC40C7C6
ENC40C2C6
ENC40C9C6
ENC40C4C6
ENC70C0C6
ENC70C9C6

Series Circuit Ballasts

R

23 lbs
34 lbs
56 lbs
23 lbs
42 lbs

A
inch
8.000
11.625
12.250
10.250
10.188

mm
203
295
311
260
259

B
inch
8.000
8.000
9.000
7.125
9.000

mm
203
203
229
181
229

C
inch
6.250
6.250
7.000
5.250
7.000

mm
159
159
178
133
178

D
inch
6.000
6.000
7.000
5.250
7.000

mm
152
152
178
133
178

A
inch
8.000

mm
203

B
inch
8.000

mm
203

C
inch
6.250

mm
159

D
inch
6.000

mm
152

10.188 259

9.000

229

7.000

178

7.000

178

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

Series Circuit

EPOXY ENCAPSULATED BALLAST
APPLICATIONS
• For indoor sports applications (Suitable for Damp Locations Only)
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• Standard frequency – 60 Hertz
• Not suitable for direct burial
• Multiple circuit ballast standard lead
length is 12 inches (305mm)
• Attached wiring/mounting box

DATA
Approximate Net Weight
Multiple Circut
MH
400W
1000W

50 lbs
57 lbs

23 kgs
26 kgs

BALLAST SELECTION TABLE
Multiple Circuit Ballasts
Light
Source
MH
MH
MH
MH

Voltage
Multivolt
480
Multivolt
480

Ordering Number
ENC40M0A6018
ENC40M5A6018
ENC01M0A6018
ENC01M5A6018

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

ROADWAY LIGHTING EPOXY ENCAPSULATED BALLAST

Wattage
400
400
1000
1000

2005/R-43

R

REPLACER TM IGNITOR KIT
APPLICATIONS
• A replacement for ignitors in HPS fixtures (having adequate space) of 35 through 400 watts
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• Self-contained high voltage pulse generator
• Plug-in design
• Useable with 35 through 400 watt HPS lamps
• Comes complete with installation hardware and instructions
• Factory burn-in before shipment
• Two lead design - no ballast tap required

ORDERING INFORMATION
• REPLACER IGNITOR KIT
Ordering Number 35-967410-51 (Includes all installation
components)
• REPLACER IGNITOR ONLY*
Ordering Number 35-216710R01*
*Primarily for fixtures with existing GE built-in plug-in ignitor
capability
APPLICATION INFORMATION
As the APPLICATION TABLE below shows, when installing GE Replacer
Ignitors:
• Leave Jumper in place for 52-55 volt HPS lamps of 35 through 150
watts
• Cut Jumper for 90-100 volt HPS lamps of 70 through 400 watts
CAUTION: FAILURE TO CUT JUMPER WHEN REQUIRED
CAN CAUSE IGNITOR FAILURES.

R

ROADWAY LIGHTING REPLACER KITS

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS

APPLICATION TABLE
ANSI
LAMP TYPE
S76
S68
S62
S88
S54
S55
S56
S66
S50
S67
S51

LAMP
WATTAGE
35
50
70
70-90
100
150/55
150/100
200
250
310
400

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
R-44/2005

LAMP
VOLTAGE
52
52
52
90
55
55
100
100
100
100
100

www.gelightingsystems.com

CUT JUMPER

DO NOT
CUT JUMPER
X
X
X

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

REPLACER TM BALLAST KITS
APPLICATIONS
• A replacement high intensity discharge ballast
• A conversion ballast to more efficient HID light sources
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• Precision wound molded bobbin construction
• Welded core construction
• Quick disconnect wiring terminals
• Complete with installation hardware
• Plug-in ignitor design, three leaded, 400 watt HPS and below
CAPACITOR

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC
GERB

24

PRODUCT
IDENT
XXXX
GERB =
General
Electric
Replacer
Ballast

WATTAGE

S

LIGHT
SOURCE
XX
X
03 =35
S = HPS
05 =50
M = MH or
07 =70
Mercury
10 =100
C = Mercury
15 =150 (55V)
only
17 =175
20 =200
24 =250/400
25 =250
31 =310
40 =400
01 =1000
51 =1500

0

H

VOLTAGE

BALLAST
TYPE
X
X
0 = 120/208/240/ A =Autoreg
277 Multivolt C =Merc-Reg
1 = 120
H =HPF Reactor or
2 = 208
Lag
3 = 240
N =NPF Reactor
4 = 277
5 = 480

CORE AND COILS

MOST FREQUENTLY ORDERED
Ordering Number
GERB07S0H
GERB07S5H
GERB10S0H
GERB10S5H
GERB15S0H
GERB15S5H
GERB24S0A
GERB24S5A
GERB01S0A
GERB01S5A

MOUNTING BRACKETS

GERB17M0A
GERB17M5A
GERB25M5A
GERB24M0A
GERB40M5A
GERB01M0A
GERB01M5A
GERB51M0A
GERB51M5A

ROADWAY LIGHTING REPLACER KITS

Wattage
Voltage
High Pressure Sodium (HPS)
70
Multivolt
70
480
100
Multivolt
100
480
150(55V)
Multivolt
150(55V)
480
250/400
Multivolt
250/400
480
1000
Multivolt
1000
480
Metal Halide and Mercury
175
Multivolt
175
480
250
480
250/400
Multivolt
400
480
1000
Multivolt
1000
480
1500
Multivolt
1500
480

IGNITOR

REFERENCES
See Technical Section Page T-9 for start of Ballast Electrical Data.
LEADS

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/R-45

R

REPLACER TM BALLAST KITS

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
CAPACITORS

R

ROADWAY LIGHTING REPLACER KITS

ORDERING
NUMBER
GERB07S0H
GERB07S5H
GERB10S0H
GERB10S5H
GERB15S0H
GERB15S5H
GERB24S0A
GERB24S5A
GERB01S0A
GERB01S5A
GERB17M0A
GERB17M5A
GERB25M5A
GERB24M0A
GERB40M5A
GERB01M0A
GERB01M5A
GERB51M0A
GERB51M5A

A
2.156
2.156
2.156
2.156
2.688
2.156
2.906
2.906
2.906
2.906
2.688
2.334
2.688
2.906
2.906
2.906
2.906
3.656
3.656

CORE AND COILS
B
1.312
1.312
1.312
1.312
1.562
1.312
1.906
1.906
1.906
1.906
1.562
1.562
1.562
1.906
1.906
1.906
1.906
1.969
1.969

C
4.562
3.312
4.562
3.531
4.188
4.562
4.562
4.562
6.438
6.438
3.625
3.625
5.000
4.562
4.625
5.938
5.938
6.375
6.375

ORDERING
NUMBER
GERB07S0H
GERB07S5H
GERB10S0H
GERB10S5H
GERB15S0H
GERB15S5H
GERB24S0A
GERB24S5A
GERB01S0A
GERB01S5A
GERB17M0A
GERB17M5A
GERB25M5A
GERB24M0A
GERB40M5A
GERB01M0A
GERB01M5A
GERB51M0A
GERB51M5A

FIG. #
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2

A
4.834
4.834
4.834
4.834
4.834
4.834
5.506
5.506
6.688
6.688
4.834
4.834
5.506
5.506
5.506
6.688
6.688
6.988
6.688

B
4.424
4.424
4.424
4.424
4.424
4.424
3.919
3.919
5.438
5.438
4.424
4.424
3.919
3.919
3.919
5.438
5.438
5.438
5.438

C
3.159
3.159
3.159
3.159
3.159
3.159
4.590
4.590
4.875
4.875
3.159
3.159
3.860
3.860
4.570
4.875
4.875
5.500
5.500

Figure 1

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
R-46/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

D
1.170
1.170
1.170
1.170
1.170
1.170
2.481
2.481
2.750
2.750
1.170
1.170
1.771
1.771
2.481
2.750
2.750
3.375
3.375

E
1.322
1.322
1.322
1.322
1.322
1.322
1.288
1.288
1.438
1.438
1.322
1.322
1.357
1.357
1.361
1.438
1.438
1.438
1.438

F
4.414
4.414
4.414
4.414
4.414
4.414
5.086
5.086
5.938
5.938
4.414
4.414
5.086
5.086
5.086
5.938
5.938
5.938
5.938

G
3.000
3.000
3.000
3.000
3.000
3.000
3.337
3.337
3.000
3.000
3.000
3.000
3.337
3.337
3.337
3.000
3.000
3.000
3.00

Figure 2

MOUNTING
FIG. #
3
3
3
3
3
3
5
5
4
4
3
3
6
6
5
4
4
4
4

REPLACER TM BALLAST KITS

FIXTURE DIMENSIONS
HPS IGNITORS
PLUG-IN – 750-WATT AND BELOW

1000-WATT

ROADWAY LIGHTING REPLACER KITS

MOUNTING BRACKETS

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/R-47

R

ACCESSORIES
REFER TO ACCESSORY INDEX TO MATCH ACCESSORY WITH PRODUCT.
ILLUSTRATIONS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL REPRESENTATIONS.

See following Accessory pages for dimension drawings and descriptions.
LEGEND: ////////// = Accessory can be used.

INDEX
OrderingNumber
BOTTOM VISOR

M-250A2
Cutoff

M-250A2

M-250R2

M-250R2
Cutoff

M-400A

M-400A
Cutoff

PRODUCT
M-400
M-400
Cutoff

Signliter
V2FN V2FS Turnpike

BVAL-V2FS
BVDB-V2FS

Tunnel
Guard

Powr/
High Mast Bracket

////
////

CORNER MOUNTING ADAPTER

CMA-PB

//////////

CROSS ARM ADAPTER See Floodlight Accessories

CAA-001

//////////

CAB-001

//////////

ECVGR-RPF

//////////

AUXILIARY CROSS ARM See Floodlight Accessories
EXTERNAL “CUTOFF” VISOR (GRAY) See Page 305
EXTERNAL LIGHT SHIELD

ELS-M2A
ELS-M2R
ELSHS-M4R

////////////////////

////////////////////

FLOODLIGHT BRACKET See Floodlight Accessories

////////////////////////////////////////

FBSFA2-TTPP

FUSE KIT

FK1-M24
FK2-M24

HAIL SHIELD

//////////

////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

HMAA-HS

//////////

INTERNAL LIGHT SHIELD

ILS-M2
ILS-M4
ILS-M4RL
ILS-PBP
ILS-PBS

//////////

//////////

35-411749R01

////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

//////////
//////////

//////////
//////////

//////////
//////////////////

LINE SURGE PROTECTOR, EXPULSION TYPE

//////////

MOUNTING BRACKET

MB-PECTL

////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

PEC0TL
PEC1TL
PEC5TL

///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// ///////////////
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// ///////////////
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// ///////////////

PHOTOELECTRIC CONTROL

POLE TOP ADAPTER

R

ROADWAY LIGHTING ACCESSORIES

PTA-PECTL
LVS-P4F

SCCL-PECTL

///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// /////

TVDB-V2F

//////////

//////////
//////////
//////////

WALL MOUNTING ADAPTER

//////////
//////////

//////////
//////////

WMA-PB

//////////

WIRE GUARD See Floodlight Accessories

WG-P4F

/////

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
R-48/2005

////////////////////////////

/////

VANDAL SHIELDTM LUMINAIRE PROTECTOR

//////////

/////////////////
/////////////////
//////////

/////

TOP VISOR See Area Accessories

PPS-M2AC
PPS-M2RC1
PPS-M2RC2
PPS-M4C
PPS-M2R
PPS-M4R

////////////////////

//////////

POLYCARBONATE VANDAL SHIELD See Floodlight Accessories
SHORTING CAP

201SA

www.gelightingsystems.com

ACCESSORIES
REFER TO ACCESSORY INDEX TO MATCH
ACCESSORY WITH PRODUCT.
ILLUSTRATIONS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL
REPRESENTATIONS.
BV❉❉

BOTTOM VISOR
• BVAL-V2FS Aluminum
• BVDB-V2FS Dark Bronze

CMA-PB

CORNER MOUNTING ADAPTER
• CMA-PB
EXTERNAL LIGHT SHIELD
• ELS-M2A
For M-250A2 (360° shield)
• ELS-M2R
For M-250R2 (360° shield)
• ELSHS-M4R
House side light shield for M400 and M400A non-cutoff, house or
street side light shield for MSRL/MSCL/MDRA/MDCA

ELS-M2A/R

FUSE KITS (LESS FUSE[S])
• FK1-M24
Single

6.000 in.
(152mm)

ELSHS-M4

13.500 in.
(343mm)

• FK2-M24
Double

• HMAA-HS
Hail shield for high mast luminaire

FK2-M24
Double

INTERNAL LIGHT SHIELD

Single

FK1-M24

• ILS-M2
House or street side light shield for M-250A and M250R non-Cutoff
• ILS-M4
House or street side light shield for M-400A and M-400
non-cutoff or refractor type units
• ILS-M4RL
House or street side light shield for MSRL/MDRL noncutoff or refractor type units

HMAA-HS

TYPICAL ROADWAY LUMINAIRE

ROADWAY LIGHTING ACCESSORIES

HAIL SHIELD

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/R-49

R

ACCESSORIES
REFER TO ACCESSORY INDEX TO MATCH ACCESSORY WITH PRODUCT.
ILLUSTRATIONS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL REPRESENTATIONS.

INTERNAL LIGHT SHIELD
• ILS-PBP
For large PBP Open Opticals
• ILS-PBS
For small PBS Open Opticals and 201 SA
(Optical not included)

ILS-PBS

ILS-PBP
LINE SURGE PROTECTOR, EXPULSION TYPE
• 35-411749R01
Can be added to most fixture terminal boards.
See Roadway Data Section.
35-411749R01
MOUNTING BRACKET AND LOCKING-TYPE RECEPTACLE
• MB-PECTL
For use with photoelectric control (remove bracket to use with conduit)

R

ROADWAY LIGHTING ACCESSORIES

PHOTOELECTRIC CONTROL

MB-PECTL

• PEC0TL
120, 208, 240, 277V Multivolt Turn and Lock
• PEC1TL
120V Turn and Lock
• PEC5TL
480V Turn and Lock

PEC❉TL

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
R-50/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

ACCESSORIES
REFER TO ACCESSORY INDEX TO MATCH ACCESSORY WITH PRODUCT.
ILLUSTRATIONS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL REPRESENTATIONS.

POLE TOP ADAPTER
• PTA-PECTL
For use with locking-type photoelectric controls mounted
on pole tops with an OD of from 3-1/2 to 4-1/2 inches (89 to 114mm)

PTA-PECTL
SHORTING CAP
• SCCL-PECTL
With standard three-prong plug
VANDAL SHIELDTM LUMINAIRE PROTECTOR
These VANDAL SHIELDTM protectors have been tested with
pistols firing up to and including .44 caliber factory loaded
ammunition. The protectors carry a one year warranty
against defects in workmanship and materials only.

SCCL-PECTL

ROADWAY LIGHTING ACCESSORIES

FOR LUMINAIRES WITH CUTOFF OPTICS
• PPS-M2AC – For M-250A2 c/o (150W Max)
• PPS-M2RC1 – For M-250R2 c/o (150W Max)
• PPS-M2RC2 – For M-250R2 c/o (250W Max)
• PPS-M4C – For M-400A2 c/o and M-400R2 c/o (250W Max)
• PPS-MSCL – For MDCL and MSCL (250W Max)
FOR LUMINAIRES WITH GLOBE/REFRACTOR OPTICS
• PPS-M2R – For M-250A2 and M-250R2 (250W Max)
• PPS-MSRL – For M-400A2 and M-400R2 (250W Max)
NOTES: Installation of these protectors alters photometrics
- consult factory.
Additional loads imposed by these protectors may
shorten the mechanical life of the luminaire.
WALL MOUNTING ADAPTER
• WMA-PB
For Powr/Bracket® luminaire

WMA-PB

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/R-51

R

ROADWAY DATA

EXPLANATION OF OPTIONS
B = TIME DELAY AUTOMATICALLY SWITCHED QUARTZ
Most luminaires can be provided with automatically switched
quartz/instant-on safety lighting where momentary power
interruptions or extreme voltage dips can extinguish an HID lamp.
A single-ended quartz lamp is placed in the same reflector with
the metal halide, mercury or HPS lamp. The quartz lamp will
remain on until the HID lamp strikes and reaches approximately
60% light output. This also means that the quartz lamp will come
on when the luminaire is initially energized and remain on until
the HID lamp reaches 60% light output.
C = CHARCOAL FILTER
Charcoal filter with elastomer gasket helps keep optical assembly
clean.
F = FUSING (not available with multivolt or dual voltage.
Not available 208, 240, 480, volt with )
If specified, fuse(s) should be rated three times maximum current
but less than branch circuit breaker (minimum of 5 amps for any
fuse). Luminaires supplied with fuse holder(s) will accept a fuse
such as Bussman KTK type. Factory installed fuse holder includes
one fuse for 120V, 277V or two fuses for 208V, 240V, 480V.
G = TOP TRUNNION
Allows mounting with a trunnion above the luminaire, rather than
below.

R

ROADWAY LIGHTING DATA

J = LINE SURGE PROTECTOR, EXPULSION TYPE
An expulsion device protects against transient surges caused by
lightning or distribution system switching. See Technical Section.
K = KNUCKLE SLIPFITTER FOR 1.9-IN. TO 2.38-IN. (48 to 60mm)
OD PIPE
With a knuckle slipfitter, a luminaire is mounted directly to the
slipfitter, while with other types of slipfitters, the luminaire is
trunnion mounted. The luminaire is aimed by moving the knuckle
slipfitter, rather than by adjusting a trunnion. Wiring is internal,
giving a neater appearance. This option is available for use on
pipe with outside diameters (OD) of 1.9 to 2.38 inches (48 to 60mm).
L = LATCH FOR DOOR (When latch is not standard)
Latches are used instead of screws to allow no-tool access.

N = MEETS PROPOSED ANSI C 136.31 REQUIREMENTS
for Bridge and Underpass Vibration Ballast not mounted on
Powerdoor modules.
P = Prewired with 6 feet (2 meters) of #14/3 cord
Luminaire is equipped with six feet (two meters) of prewired #14/3
cord.
Q = Non-time Delay Automatically Switched Quartz
This option is similar to option “B ” except the quartz lamp
extinguishes once the HID lamp strikes. During a cold start of the
HID lamp the quartz lamp will not come on. This option does not
draw any additional current in the circuit.
S = Knuckle Slipfitter for 1.9-IN. to 3.0-IN. (48 to 76mm) OD
TENON
With a knuckle slipfitter, a luminaire is mounted directly to the
slipfitter, while with other types of slipfitters, the luminaire is
trunnion mounted. The luminaire is aimed by moving the knuckle
slipfitter, rather than by adjusting a trunnion. Wiring is internal,
giving a neater appearance. This option is available for use on
pipe with outside diameters (OD) of 1.9 to 3.0 inches (48 to 96mm).
T = Terminal Board (when terminal board is not standard)
All internal wiring in the luminaire is completed. Internal
and external electrical connectors are made on a screw terminal
board.
U = UL LISTED
Equipment has passed tests by Underwriters' Laboratories and
1598 Listed Suitable for Wet Locations. See individual
is
product pages for limitations.
V = Knuckle Wall Mount
Luminaire can be mounted on a wall with a knuckle-type
mounting which allows luminaire aiming
NEMA DECAL
Color Coding/Light Source
Numeric Code/Wattage
20 = 200
3 = 35
Yellow
= High Pressure Sodium
25 = 250
5 = 50
Red
= Metal Halide
31 = 310
7 = 70
Light Blue = Mercury
40 = 400
10 = 100
75 = 750
15 = 150
X1 = 1000
17 = 175

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
R-52/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

Registered Trademark of Underwriters Laboratories
® Registered Trademark of General Electric Company
Data subject to change without notice

ROADWAY DATA

EXPLANATION OF OTHER TERMS USED
MULTIVOLT
The multivolt choice under “Voltage” in Ordering Number Logic
tables means that the customer can make the necessary
connections to operate the luminaire at any one of four
voltages—120, 208, 240, or 277.
PE CONTROL
A photoelectric (PE) control allows automatic dusk-to-dawn
operation of luminaires. With most luminaires, the “PE” choice
includes a receptacle only; the PE itself must be ordered
separately. See product pages.
ROADWAY LIGHT DISTRIBUTION PATTERNS
There are three IES (Illuminating Engineering Society)
classifications used to describe the light distribution or beam
pattern of a roadway luminaire or one with roadway optics.
1.

S (Short), M (Medium), or L (Long) indicates how far up
and down a street a luminaire directs light.

2.

C (Cutoff), S (Semi-cutoff), or N (Non-cutoff) tells how much
light a luminaire directs above 80° and 90° vertical. A
cutoff luminaire directs almost no light above 90°; a

semi-cutoff, some light; and a non-cutoff has no restrictions on how much light might be emitted in any direction.
3.

Type designations I, II, III, IV are for asymmetrical (noncircular) light distribution patterns and indicate how
far a luminaire directs light across the width of a street;
the higher the number, the further light is directed
across the street. An IES Type V designation signifies
that light is emitted in a circular (symmetrical) pattern.

MOUNTING HEIGHT
Mounting height for roadway fixtures is the distance from the
luminaire to the ground. For pole mounted luminaires, this may
or may not correspond to pole height, depending on whether
the luminaire is mounted directly on the pole, or on an
upsweep arm or bracket that adds to mounting height.
NEMA DECAL
GE Lighting Systems puts a NEMA identification decal on the
outside of the ballast housing of each roadway luminaire. The
color of the decal indicates the light source and the number
indicates the lamp wattage.

High voltage surges caused by lightning or distribution system switching can
severely damage unprotected luminaires on dedicated lighting circuits, even if
there are lightning arresters placed periodically along the line. To guard against
such line-to-line failures, GE Lighting Systems offers an expulsion-type line
surge protector as a “J” option and as an accessory for some of our outdoor
lighting products. This device is added to the terminal board of the fixture in the
factory or in the field, before or after installation. It reliably and effectively
protects against transient surges by providing a low impedance path for the
surge through ionized air and works repetitively.
Generally, photoelectric (PE) controls provide sufficient protection against
transient high voltage impulses, so fixtures with PE controls do not require
expulsion protectors. GE recommends integral line surge protectors for
fixtures without PE controls, particularly in lightning prone areas. See Area,
Floodlight and Roadway accessory sections and product pages for availability.

ROADWAY LIGHTING DATA

LINE SURGE PROTECTOR, EXPULSION TYPE

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/R-53

R

ROADWAY
LIGHTING
ROADWAY
LIGHTING
DATA

R

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
R-54/2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

Poles & Bracket Lighting

Accessories
P-22
Floodlighting Brackets for
Aluminum Pole, Plate Mount
P-22
Sports Lighting Crossarm Brackets P-22
Floodlighting Brackets, Steel Bullhorn P-23
Roadway Brackets Steel
Upsweep and Straight
P-23
Roadway Brackets for Wood
Pole Mounting
P-24
Mounting Accessories
P-25
* Please contact factory for all sports lighting designs

POLES/BRACKETS

Product and Selection Guidelines
P-1
Pole Selection Guidelines
P-2
Wind Speed Map
P-3
Roadway Round Tapered
Aluminum – 20 to 40 feet
(6 to 12 meters)
P-4
Area Round Tapered Aluminum –
20 to 45 feet (6 to 14 meters)
P-6
Area Round Tapered Aluminum –
10 to 20 feet (3 to 6 meters)
P-8
Area Round Non-Tapered Aluminum –
8 to 30 feet (2 to 9 meters)
P-9
Area Square Straight Aluminum –
10 to 30 feet (3 to 9 meters)
P-10
Area Square Straight Steel –
10 to 39 feet (3 to 12 meters)
P-11
Roadway Round Tapered Steel –
20 to 50 feet (6 to 15 meters)
P-12
Area Round Tapered Steel –
20 to 60 feet (6 to 18 meters)
P-14
Area Round Tapered Steel –
10 to 20 feet (3 to 6 meters)
P-16
Area Round Non-Tapered Steel –
10 to 30 feet (3 to 9 meters)
P-17
Area Square Hinged Steel –
20 to 39 feet (6 to 12 meters)
P-18
Floodlighting Round Tapered Steel –
60 to 140 feet (18 to 43 meters)
*
Options
P-20
Foundation Data
P-20
Pole Base Data
P-21

BACK TO MAIN INDEX

imagination at work

P

LOOK FOR
THIS TAB ON
ANY PAGE
TO RETURN
TO THE
POLES/
BRACKETS
INDEX

POLES AND BRACKETS INDEX

PRODUCT ID.

Wind Speed Map

ARTA
Page P-6

RRTA
Page P-4

ASSA
Page P-10

ASSS
Page P-11

ARTA
Page P-8

RRTS
Page P-12

ARSA
Page P-9

ARTS
Page P-14

ARSS
Page P-17

ASHS
Page P-18

P-3

Roadway Round Tapered Aluminum–
20 to 40 feet (6 to 12 meters)

RRTA

P-4

Area Round Tapered Aluminum–
20 to 45 feet (6 to 14 meters)

ARTA

P-6

Area Round Tapered Aluminum–
10 to 20 feet (3 to 6 meters)

ARTA

P-8

Area Round Non-Tapered Aluminum–
8 to 30 feet (2 to 9 meters)

ARSA

P-9

Area Square Straight Aluminum–
10 to 30 feet (3 to 9 meters)

ASSA

P-10

Area Square Straight Steel–
10 to 39 feet (3 to 12 meters)

ASSS

P-11

Roadway Round Tapered Steel–
20 to 50 feet (6 to 15 meters)

RRTS

P-12

Area Round Tapered Steel–
20 to 60 feet (6 to 18 meters)

ARTS

P-14

Area Round Tapered Steel–
10 to 20 feet (3 to 6 meters)

ARTS

P-16

Area Round Non-Tapered Steel–
10 to 30 feet (3 to 9 meters)

ARSS

P-17

Area Square Hinged Steel–
20 to 39 feet (6 to 12 meters)

ASHS

P-18

Floodlighting Round Tapered Steel–
60 to 140 feet (18 to 43 meters)

FRTPS

C/F

Options

P-20

Foundation Data

P-20

Pole Base Data

ARTS
Page P-16

PAGE
P-2

ENC

Accessories:
Floodlighting Brackets for Aluminum Pole, Plate Mount
Sports Lighting Crossarm Brackets
Floodlighting Brackets, Steel Bullhorn
Roadway Brackets Steel Upsweep and Straight
Roadway Brackets for Wood Pole Mounting
Mounting Accessories
C/F = Contact factory for all sports lighting designs.

P-21
P-22
P-22
P-22
P-23
P-23
P-24
P-25

POLES/BRACKETS INDEX

PRODUCT NAME
Pole Selection Guidelines

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ P-1

P

POLE SELECTION GUIDELINES
GENERAL
A lighting pole must support the weight of the equipment you will
mount on it and at the same time be able to withstand the effect
of the maximum velocity winds to which it will be subjected.
Therefore, the basis for selecting poles from this catalog is the
weight and Effective Projected Area (EPA) data shown in Pole
Selection Tables under the heading “Recommended Total Load.”
Before choosing a pole, determine the maximum total EPA and
the total weight of all luminaires, brackets, signs, decorations,
and other equipment that you plan to mount on it. EPA and
weight data are given on product and accessory pages.

EFFECTIVE PROJECTED AREA (EPA)
The formula to calculate the force of wind acting on an object is:
actual projected area of the object X coefficient of drag X velocity
pressure of the wind. Effective projected area or EPA is the product
of the first two. For example, one luminaire has an actual projected
area of 2.62 square feet and a drag coefficient of 0.57. Its EPA is
thus 2.62X0.57 = 1.5 square feet. When mounting a luminaire, the
centroid of the effective projected area (approximate center of
the luminaire projected area) should be no higher than 18 inches
(457mm) above the top of the luminaire mounting tenons.

P

POLES AND BRACKETS SELECTION GUIDELINES

MAXIMUM EXPECTED WIND VELOCITIES
Recommended Total Load figures given in Pole Selection Tables
are based on specific wind conditions–i.e., certain MPHI or miles
per hour isotach. The map on the next page gives maximum
expected wind velocities in the contiguous United States, based
on a 50-year mean recurrence interval. Refer to the map to find
the maximum expected wind condition for the area where you
will be installing the lighting equipment.
Velocities recorded on the map are expected isotach values,
not gust values. Poles are actually designed for maximum gust
velocities considerably greater than the MPHI given. Design
gust velocities include a gust factor of 1.3 and appropriate
height factors.
There are some locations where unusual local wind conditions exist. In these areas, wind speeds could be considerably higher than those in the surrounding areas.
These may necessitate the use of a greater isotach value
than is shown on the map.

STEP-BY-STEP PROCEDURE FOR SELECTING POLES
1.
2.

Choose the specific luminaire you plan to use and decide
how many will be mounted per pole.
Pick an appropriate mounting method, such as:
a. A single decorative post top luminaire on a 10 to 20
foot (3 to 6 meter) pole having a 3-inch (76mm) OD top;
b. Single or multiple decorative luminaires on arms
supplied with the luminaire;
c. One or more floodlights on 20 to 60 foot (6 to 18 meter)
poles, either singly on a top tenon, or in groups on
brackets;

3.

4.

5.
6.
7.
8.

d. Roadway luminaires on arms attached to the side of a
pole. Pick the correct length and number of arms per
pole (one per luminaire).
From data on the selected luminaire page, find the weight
and EPA of each luminaire. Multiply these numbers by the
number of luminaires per pole to determine the total weight
and EPA.
Scan the pole pages to find a picture of the luminaire you
plan to use. These are given at the top of the page under
the heading “Applications.” Choose an appropriate pole.
If brackets are needed, study the pole and accessory pages.
Read the weight and EPA for the appropriate bracket.
Look up the weight and EPA for any other accessories.
Add the weight and EPA of all equipment.
Check the wind velocity map to find the MPHI of the geographic
location where the poles will be installed.

9. Study the Ordering Number Logic so you'll be familiar with
the way we've devised our ordering numbers. DO NOT use
the logic for ordering: Actual Ordering Numbers are given in
the Selection Tables.
10. Refer to the Selection Table of the pole you've decided to
use. Start at the top, because the most economical system
will be the first in the tabulation that is appropriate for
your application:
a. Find the desired nominal mounting height in the first
column.
b. For roadway poles, pick the desired arm length and
number of arms (next two columns).
c. In the Recommended Total Loads section, make sure
the total weight of the lighting equipment does not
exceed the maximum listed.
d. Under Effective Projected Area, find the MPHI for the
mounting location geographic zone. Read the EPA
value in the appropriate column and check that the
equipment you're using will not exceed this value.
e. Read the appropriate Ordering Number from the
Selection Table.
11. Refer to the Ordering Number Logic to see if there are any
substitutions or options required. Follow the instructions
for substitutions. If you wish to include one or more options, add the indicated letter(s) to the end of the listed
Ordering Number.
12. If brackets or other accessories are required, refer to appropriate pages and find the correct Ordering Numbers.
CAUTION: These design methods are guidelines only. GE takes
no responsibility for system design and recommends you consult
qualified professionals for verification of your pole, luminaire,
accessory, base, and foundation selections.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
P-2/ 2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

POLES AND BRACKETS SELECTION GUIDELINES

WIND SPEED 50-YEAR MEAN
RECURRENCE INTERVAL

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ P-3

P

ALUMINUM ROUND TAPERED ROADWAY
LIGHTING POLES
20 TO 40 FEET (6 TO 12 METERS)

SUGGESTED LUMINAIRE APPLICATIONS
MSRL

MDRA

MDCA

MSCL

M2AC

POLES AND BRACKETS ALUMINUM ROUND TAPERED ROADWAY LIGHTING

M2RR

SPECIFICATION FEATURES

P

SA (Pole with
Single Member
Arm)

SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• Round tapered aluminum shaft
• Satin ground finish
• Shaft lengths from 20 to 40 feet
• Choice of one, two, three, or four
arms
• Single member or truss arm(s)
included

M2AR

M2RC

TA (Pole with Truss Arm)

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC (See Pole Selection Table for actual Ordering Numbers)
R

R

T

A

PRODUCT IDENT
(LUMINAIRE
USAGE)
X
R = Roadway

POLE
CROSS
SECTION
X
R = Round

SHAFT
SHAPE

POLE
MATERIAL

20

NOMINAL
MOUNTING
HEIGHT (FT)
X
X
XX
T = Tapered A = Aluminum 20 =20
25 =25
30 =30
35 =35
40 =40

SA

4S

6.0

MOUNTING

ARM LENGTH
(FT)/ NUMBER

SHAFT DIMENSIONS
BOTTOM SHAFT TOP OD
(IN.)
OD (IN.)
X
XXXX
1 = 4.5
6.0 = 6.0
2 = 6.0
7.0 = 7.0
8.0 = 8.0
10.0 = 10.0

XXX
XX
SA =Single
4S = One 4' arm
Member Arm 6S = One 6' arm
8S = One 8' arm
TA =Truss Arm
10S = One 10' arm
12S = One 12' arm
NOTE: Arms are 15S = One 15' arm
included with
4D = Two 4' arms
poles; two arms 6D = Two 6' arms
at 180°, three at 8D = Two 8' arms
120°, and four at 10D = Two 10' arms
90°
12D = Two 12' arms
15D = Two 15' arms
6T = Three 6'
arms
6Q = Four 6' arms

REFERENCES
See Page P-20 for Option Information
See Page P-21 for Pole Base Data
See Page P-2 for Pole Selection Guidelines

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
P-4/ 2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

1

B

E

WALL
THICKNESS
(IN.)
X
B = 0.188
C = 0.219
D = 0.250
E = 0.312
F = 0.156

OPTIONS
X
E = Electrical
Festoon
Box
NOTE: If this
option is
required, add E
to ordering
number listed
in Pole
Selection
Table.

ALUMINUM ROUND TAPERED ROADWAY LIGHTING POLES
20 TO 40 FEET (6 TO 12 METERS)
POLE SELECTION TABLE
Shipped with pole: anchor bolts, anchor bolt covers, handhole cover, shaft cap, hardware, and anchor bolt circle template.

20
20
25
25
25
30
30
30
30
35
35
35
40
40
40
20
20
25
25
25
30
30
30
30
35
35
35
40
40
40
25
30
35
40
25
30
35
40

4
6
4
6
8
4
6
8
8
6
8
8
6
8
8
4
6
4
6
8
4
6
8
8
6
8
8
6
8
8
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4

Ordering
Number

Shaft Dimensions
Bottom OD X Top OD X
Length X Thickness
(in. X in. X ft-in. X in.)

Pole Base
Data
Approximate Item
Weight (lbs) Number

75
71
75
71
53
75
71
53
60
71
53
60
68
53
68
75
71
75
71
53
75
71
53
75
71
53
75
71
53
75
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71

1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.2** EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA

1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.2 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.2 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.2 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.2 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.2 EA
1.2 EA
1.2 EA
1.2 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.2 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
0.7 EA
1.2 EA
1.5 EA
1.2 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.2** EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA

1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
0.7 EA
1.5 EA
1.0 EA
0.7 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
0.7 EA
1.5 EA
0.7 EA
– EA
1.2 EA
1.5 EA
0.7 EA
0.7 EA
0.7 EA
– EA
0.7 EA
0.7 EA
– EA
0.7 EA
0.7 EA
– EA
– EA
– EA
– EA
0.7 EA
0.7* EA
0.7* EA
1.2** EA
– EA
0.7* EA
0.7* EA
0.7* EA
– EA

RRTA20SA4S6.01F
20SA6S6.01F
25SA4S6.01F
25SA6S6.01B
25SA8S6.01B
30SA4S7.01F
30SA6S7.01F
30SA8S7.01B
30SA8S8.01F
35SA6S8.01B
35SA8S8.01B
35SA8S8.01C
40SA6S8.01B
40SA8S8.01B
40SA8S8.01C
RRTA20SA4D6.01B
20SA6D6.01B
25SA4D6.01B
25SA6D7.01B
25SA8D7.01B
30SA4D7.01B
30SA6D8.01B
30SA8D8.01B
30SA8D8.01C
35SA6D8.01C
35SA8D8.01C
35SA8D8.01D
40SA6D10.02B
40SA8D10.02B
40SA8D10.02C
RRTA25SA6T7.01B
30SA6T8.01B
35SA6T8.01D
40SA6T10.02B
RRTA25SA6Q7.01B
30SA6Q8.01B
35SA6Q8.01D
40SA6Q10.02B

6.0X4.5X18-0X0.156
6.0X4.5X18-0X0.156
6.0X4.5X23-0X0.156
6.0X4.5X23-0X0.188
6.0X4.5X23-0X0.188
7.0X4.5X28-0X0.156
7.0X4.5X28-0X0.156
7.0X4.5X28-0X0.188
8.0X4.5X28-0X0.156
8.0X4.5X33-0X0.188
8.0X4.5X33-0X0.188
8.0X4.5X33-0X0.219
8.0X4.5X38-0X0.188
8.0X4.5X38-0X0.188
8.0X4.5X38-0X0.219
6.0X4.5X18-0X0.188
6.0X4.5X18-0X0.188
6.0X4.5X23-0X0.188
7.0X4.5X23-0X0.188
7.0X4.5X23-0X0.188
7.0X4.5X28-0X0.188
8.0X4.5X28-0X0.188
8.0X4.5X28-0X0.188
8.0X4.5X28-0X0.219
8.0X4.5X33-0X0.219
8.0X4.5X33-0X0.219
8.0X4.5X33-0X0.250
10.0X6.0X38-0X0.188
10.0X6.0X38-0X0.188
10.0X6.0X38-0X0.219
7.0X4.5X23-0X0.188
8.0X4.5X28-0X0.188
8.0X4.5X33-0X0.250
10.0X6.0X38-0X0.188
7.0X4.5X23-0X0.188
8.0X4.5X28-0X0.188
8.0X4.5X33-0X0.250
10.0X6.0X38-0X0.188

75
80
85
90
95
137
140
143
150
145
150
150
205
274
225
85
105
130
125
130
147
155
160
180
205
220
255
235
325
275
146
176
278
320
155
185
205
332

43
43
43
43
43
44
44
44
44
45
45
45
45
45
45
43
43
43
44
44
44
45
45
45
45
45
45
46
46
46
44
45
45
46
44
45
45
46

68
62
60
47
75
75
68
53
75
75
75
75
53
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75

1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.2
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5

1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.2 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
0.7 EA
1.5 EA
1.2 EA
1.2 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.2 EA
1.2 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.5 EA
1.2 EA
– EA

1.2 EA
1.2 EA
0.7 EA
0.7 EA
0.7 EA
– EA
– EA
– EA
– EA
– EA
– EA
– EA
– EA
– EA
– EA
1.2 EA
– EA
0.7 EA
– EA
1.5 EA
– EA
– EA
– EA
– EA
– EA
– EA
– EA

RRTA25TA10S8.01F
25TA12S8.01B
30TA10S8.01F
30TA12S8.02B
30TA12S8.02B
30TA15S8.02B
35TA10S8.02B
35TA12S8.01B
35TA12S8.02B
35TA15S8.02C
35TA15S8.02D
40TA10S8.02D
40TA12S8.01D
40TA12S8.02D
40TA15S10.02D
RRTA25TA10D8.01C
25TA12D8.01C
30TA10D8.01D
30TA12D8.01D
30TA12D8.02D+
30TA15D8.01D+
35TA10D10.02B
35TA12D8.01D+
35TA15S10.02D
40TA10S10.02D
40TA12S10.02D
40TA15S10.02D

8.0X4.5X22-2X0.156
8.0X4.5X22-2X0.188
8.0X4.5X27-2X0.156
8.0X4.5X27-2X0.188
8.0X6.0X27-2X0.188
8.0X6.0X27-2X0.188
8.0X6.0X32-2X0.188
8.0X4.5X32-2X0.188
8.0X6.0X32-2X0.188
8.0X6.0X32-2X0.219
8.0X6.0X32-2X0.250
8.0X6.0X37-2X0.250
8.0X4.5X37-2X0.250
8.0X6.0X37-2X0.250
10.0X6.0X37-2X0.250
8.0X4.5X22-2X0.219
8.0X4.5X22-2X0.219
8.0X4.5X27-2X0.250
8.0X4.5X27-2X0.250
8.0X4.5X27-2X0.250+
8.0X4.5X27-2X0.250+
10.0X6.0X32-2X0.188
8.0X4.5X32-2X0.250+
10.0X6.0X32-2X0.250
10.0X6.0X37-2X0.250
10.0X6.0X37-2X0.250
10.0X6.0X37-2X0.250

140
150
165
170
180
190
205
185
205
240
265
280
260
295
275
190
205
250
220
240
260
270
255
330
370
360
460

45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
46
45
45
45
45
45
45
46
45
46
46
46
46

POLES WITH TRUSS ARM (FIG. 2)
25
25
30
30
30
30
35
35
35
35
35
40
40
40
40
25
25
30
30
30
30
35
35
35
40
40
40

10
12
10
12
12
15
10
12
12
15
15
10
12
12
15
10
12
10
12
12
15
10
12
15
10
12
15

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA

+ These poles have a three foot (1 meter) internal reinforcing sleeve at the base.
* Use for M-250R2 and M250R2 Cutoff luminaires
** Use for M-400 and M-400A or lower Effective Projected Area luminaires

POLES AND BRACKETS ALUMINUM ROUND TAPERED ROADWAY LIGHTING

Max Recommended Total Load
Effective Projected Area (sq ft)
Nominal
Arm
EA*
Mounting Length Number Weight 80
90
100
Height (ft) (Ft)
of Arms (lbs)
MPHI MPHI
MPHI
POLES WITH SINGLE MEMBER ARM (FIG. 1)

* EA = Each Arm

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ P-5

P

ALUMINUM ROUND TAPERED AREA LIGHTING POLES
20 TO 45 FEET (6 TO 14 METERS)

SUGGESTED LUMINAIRE APPLICATIONS
PF1K

HLUF

PF4S,
PF4T

DCD
DSMF, DSMT,
DSA
P54S

POLES AND BRACKETS ALUMINUM ROUND TAPERED AREA LIGHTING

P

Pole with Top Tenon
(Mounting 2T & 4T)

DCF

VLUF

PF1S,
PF1T

DMY

PSFA

DMS

SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• Round tapered seamless aluminum shaft
• Satin ground finish
• Shaft lengths from 20 to 45 feet
• Single or multiple luminaire mounting
• Two top tenon sizes
• Plate mount for multiple-tenon bracket
• Black and dark bronze finishes available

Pole with Plate Top
Mount (Mounting PB)

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC (See Pole Selection Table for actual Ordering Numbers)
A

R

T

A

PRODUCT IDENT
(LUMINAIRE
USAGE)
X
A = Area

POLE
CROSS
SECTION
X
R = Round

SHAFT
SHAPE

POLE
MATERIAL

20

2T

NOMINAL
MOUNTING
MOUNTING
HEIGHT (FT)
X
X
XX
XX
T = Tapered A = Aluminum 20 = 20
2T =2-3/8 in. OD top tenon
25 = 25
(See illustration above)
30 = 30
4T =4 in. OD top tenon
35 = 35
(See illustration above)
39 = 39
DB =Drill holes for mounting two
45 = 45
Decashield® luminaires at 90°*
DO = Drill holes for two Decashield
luminaires at 180°*
NOTE: 45
PB =Plate and bracket mounting for
foot poles
multiple luminaires
have two(See illustration above)
piece shafts
Order bracket separately
with flush
joint (field QD = Drill holes for four Decashield*
drilled and SD =Drill holes for single
Decashield* luminaire
bolted)
TB =Drill holes for three Decashield
luminaires at 90°*
TD =Drill holes for three Decashield
luminaires at 120°*
*Requires pole vibration dampers
NOTE: Order round pole mounting
adapter separately.
NOTE: These mountings can be used
with any of the poles listed;
substitute the correct
mounting designation for XX
in ordering number listed in
Selection Table.
NOTE: Drilling templates are the
same for Decashield®,
Dimension®, and
DecasphereTM luminaires.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
P-6/ 2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

6.0

B

SN

E

SHAFT DIMENSIONS
FINISH
OPTIONS
BOTTOM SHAFT WALL
THICKNESS (IN.)
OD (IN.)
XX
X
X
XXXX
E = ElectriB = 0.188
6.0 = 6.0
BL =Black
cal
C = 0.219
7.0 = 7.0
DB =Dark bronze
Festoon
D = 0.250
8.0 = 8.0
SN= Satin
Box
10.0 = 10.0
ground
(Standard)
NOTE: If this
NOTE: if black or option is
required, add
dark bronze
E to ordering
finish is
number
required,
substitute BL or listed in Pole
Selection
DB for SN in
Table.
ordering
number listed in
Selection Table

ALUMINUM ROUND TAPERED AREA LIGHTING POLES
20 TO 45 FEET (6 TO 14 METERS)

POLE SELECTION TABLE

Nominal
Mounting
Height (ft)
20
20
25
25
25
25
25
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
35
35
35
35
35
35
39
39
39
39
45
45

Max Recommended Total Load
Effective Projected Area (sq ft)
Weight 80
90
100
(lbs)
MPHI
MPHI
MPHI
230
7.9
6.3
5.1
280
11.7
9.2
7.4
165
5.6
4.4
3.4
225
8.6
6.7
5.3
285
12.2
9.4
7.5
330
14.4
11.2
8.9
370
16.6
12.9
10.3
165
6.4
4.9
3.7
190
9.3
7.2
5.6
220
11.2
8.7
6.8
250
13.0
10.1
8.0
425
16.4
12.3
9.2
490
19.4
14.7
11.1
560
22.4
17.0
13.0
680
28.0
21.5
16.6
160
6.2
4.7
3.6
180
7.6
5.9
4.5
205
9.1
7.0
5.6
258
11.7
8.7
6.3
345
13.8
10.4
7.7
390
16.1
12.2
9.2
170
7.1
5.4
4.0
250
9.3
6.6
4.5
285
11.2
8.1
5.7
325
13.2
9.7
7.0
265
9.1
6.3
3.7
300
10.8
7.7
4.8

Ordering
Number
ARTA20XX6.0BSN
20XX7.0BSN
25XX6.0BSN
25XX7.0BSN
25XX8.0BSN
25XX8.0CSN
25XX8.0DSN
30XX7.0BSN
30XX8.0BSN
30XX8.0CSN
30XX8.0DSN
30XX10.0BSN
30XX10.0CSN
30XX10.0DSN
30XX10.0ESN
35XX8.0BSN
35XX8.0CSN
35XX8.0DSN
35XX10.0BSN
35XX10.0CSN
35XX10.0DSN
39XX8.0DSN
39XX10.0BSN
39XX10.0CSN
39XX10.0DSN
45XX10.0CSN
45XX10.0DSN

Shaft Dimensions
Bottom OD X Top OD X Length X Thickness
(in. X in. X ft-in. X in.)
6.0 X 4.0 X 19-8 X 0.188
7.0 X 4.0 X 19-8 X 0.188
6.0 X 4.0 X 24-8 X 0.188
7.0 X 4.0 X 24-8 X 0.188
8.0 X 4.0 X 24-8 X 0.188
8.0 X 4.0 X 24-8 X 0.219
8.0 X 4.0 X 24-8 X 0.250
7.0 X 4.0 X 29-8 X 0.188
8.0 X 4.0 X 29-8 X 0.188
8.0 X 4.0 X 29-8 X 0.219
8.0 X 4.0 X 29-8 X 0.250
10.0 X 6.0 X 29-8 X 0.188
10.0 X 6.0 X 29-8 X 0.219
10.0 X 6.0 X 29-8 X 0.250
10.0 X 6.0 X 29-8 X 0.312
8.0 X 4.0 X 34-8 X 0.188
8.0 X 4.0 X 34-8 X 0.219
8.0 X 4.0 X 34-8 X 0.250
10.0 X 6.0 X 34-8 X 0.188
10.0 X 6.0 X 34-8 X 0.219
10.0 X 6.0 X 34-8 X 0.250
8.0 X 4.0 X 38-9 X 0.250
10.0 X 6.0 X 38-9 X 0.188
10.0 X 6.0 X 38-9 X 0.219
10.0 X 6.0 X 38-9 X 0.250
10.0 X 6.0 X 44-8 X 0.219
10.0 X 6.0 X 44-8 X 0.250

REFERENCES
See Pole Accessories for Bracket Ordering Information
See Area Accessories for Round Pole Mounting Adapter
See Page P-20 for Option Information
See Page P-21 for Pole Base Data
See Page P-2 for Pole Selection Guidelines

Approximate
Weight
(lbs)
80
90
100
105
125
140
145
130
135
155
170
185
210
235
300
160
185
215
220
240
285
240
250
285
320
315
415

Pole Base
Data
Item
Number
43
44
43
44
45
45
45
44
45
45
45
46
46
46
46
45
45
45
46
46
46
45
46
46
46
46
46

POLES AND BRACKETS ALUMINUM ROUND TAPERED AREA LIGHTING

Shipped with pole: anchor bolts, anchor bolt covers, handhole cover, hardware, and anchor bolt circle template.
Shaft cap included with poles drilled for Decashield® luminaire mounting.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ P-7

P

ALUMINUM ROUND TAPERED AREA
LIGHTING POLES
10 TO 20 FEET (3 TO 6 METERS)

SUGGESTED LUMINAIRE APPLICATIONS

P16M, P17M

SEML, SEMT

SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• Round tapered aluminum shaft
• Satin ground finish
• Shaft lengths from 10 to 20 feet

BASE TYPE T
Transformer
Base

T10C

• Three inch OD top for mounting single luminaire
• Black and dark bronze finishes available
• Choice of anchor, transformer, or embedded
base
• Paint finish is powder coat

POLE SELECTION TABLE
Shipped with pole: anchor bolts, anchor bolt covers, hardware, and anchor bolt circle template.
Transformer base choice includes door cover and all other parts required.

P

POLES AND BRACKETS ALUMINUM ROUND TAPERED AREA LIGHTING

Maximum Recommended
Total Load

Shaft Dimensions
Bottom OD X Top OD X
LengthXThickness
(in. X in. X ft-in. X in.)

Effective Projected
Area (sq ft)

BASE
TYPE A
Anchor
Base

BASE TYPE E
Embedded Base

Nominal
Mounting
Height (ft)
10
12
12
14
14
14
16
16
16
18
18
20
20

Weight
(lbs)
50
50
95
50
95
110
50
95
110
60
116
50
95

80
MPHI
4.1
3.0
6.4
2.0
5.2
7.9
1.1
4.1
6.5
3.4
5.5
2.5
4.5

90
MPHI
3.2
2.2
5.0
1.4
3.9
6.2
0.8
3.2
5.1
2.6
4.2
1.9
3.4

100 Ordering
MPHI Number
2.4 ARTA103S4.0ASNX
1.6
123S4.0ASNX
4.0
123S5.0ASNX
0.9
143S4.0ASNX
3.2
143S5.0ASNX
4.9
143S5.0BSNX
0.5
163S4.0ASNX
2.5
163S5.0ASNX
4.0
163S5.0BSNX
2.0
183S5.0ASNX
3.3
183S5.0BSNX
1.5
203S5.0ASNX
2.7
203S5.0BSNX

NOTE: With embedded
base, shaft length
is 2 ft greater
4.0 X 3.0 X 10-0 X 0.125
4.0 X 3.0 X 12-0 X 0.125
5.0 X 3.0 X 12-0 X 0.125
4.0 X 3.0 X 14-0 X 0.125
5.0 X 3.0 X 14-0 X 0.125
5.0 X 3.0 X 14-0 X 0.188
4.0 X 3.0 X 16-0 X 0.125
5.0 X 3.0 X 16-0 X 0.125
5.0 X 3.0 X 16-0 X 0.188
5.0 X 3.0 X 18-0 X 0.125
5.0 X 3.0 X 18-0 X 0.188
5.0 X 3.0 X 20-0 X 0.125
5.0 X 3.0 X 20-0 X 0.188

Approximate
Weight
(lbs)
20
23
25
25
29
41
29
33
46
36
52
40
57

Pole Base Data
Item Number
TransAnchor former
Base
Base
40
42
40
42
41
42
40
42
41
42
41
42
40
42
41
42
41
42
41
42
41
42
41
42
41
42

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC (See Pole Selection Table for actual Ordering Numbers)
A

R

T

A

PRODUCT IDENT
(LUMINAIRE
USAGE)
X
A = Area

POLE
CROSS
SECTION
X
R = Round

SHAFT
SHAPE

POLE
MATERIAL

10

NOMINAL
MOUNTING
MOUNTING
HEIGHT (FT)
X
X
XX
XX
T = Tapered A = Aluminum 10 =10
3S =3-in. OD top
12 =12
for single
14 =14
luminaire
16 =16
18 =18
20 =20

REFERENCES
See Page P-21 for Pole Base Data
See Page P-2 for Pole Selection Guidelines
P-8/ 2005

3S

4.0

A

SHAFT DIMENSIONS
BOTTOM SHAFT WALL
THICKNESS (IN.)
OD (IN.)
XXXX
X
A = 0.125
4.0 = 4.0
B = 0.188
5.0 = 5.0

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

SN

A

FINISH

BASE TYPE

XX
BL =Black
DB =Dark bronze
SN = Satin ground
(Standard)
NOTE: if black or
dark bronze finish is
required, substitute
BL or DB for SN in
ordering number
listed in Selection
Table

X
A = Anchor
(See illustration above)
E = Embedded
(See illustration above)
T = Transformer
(See illustration above)
NOTE: Substitute A, E, or T for
X in ordering number listed
in Pole Selection Table.

ALUMINUM NON-TAPERED AREA
LIGHTING POLES
8 TO 30 FEET (2 TO 9 METERS)
SUGGESTED LUMINAIRE APPLICATIONS

SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• Round straight non-tapered aluminum shaft
• Dark bronze standard
• Shaft lengths from 8 to 30 feet
• Single or multiple luminaire mounting
• Top tenon choice
• Shipped with pole: anchor bolts, handhole opening with
cover, electrical grounding kit and spirally wrapped
packing with rip cord removal system

Ordering Number
ARSA-08XX4ADB
ARSA-10XX4ADB
ARSA-10XX5ADB
ARSA-12XX4ADB
ARSA-12XX5ADB
ARSA-12XX5FDB
ARSA-12XX5BDB
ARSA-14XX4ADB
ARSA-14XX5ADB
ARSA-14XX5FDB
ARSA-14XX5BDB
ARSA-16XX4ADB
ARSA-16XX5ADB
ARSA-16XX5FDB
ARSA-16XX5BDB
ARSA-16XX6FDB
ARSA-16XX6BDB
ARSA-18XX5ADB
ARSA-18XX5FDB
ARSA-18XX5BDB
ARSA-18XX6BDB
ARSA-20XX5ADB
ARSA-20XX5FDB
ARSA-20XX5BDB
ARSA-20XX6FDB
ARSA-20XX6BDB
ARSA-25XX6FDB
ARSA-25XX6BDB
ARSA-25XX6BDB

Nominal
Mounting
Height (ft)
8
10
10
12
12
12
12
14
14
14
14
16
16
16
16
16
16
18
18
18
18
20
20
20
20
20
25
25
30

Wall
Size
(in)
4
4
5
4
5
5
5
4
5
5
5
4
5
5
5
6
6
5
5
5
6
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
6

EPA (sq ft) MPHI
90 100
80
9.0 7.0 5.6
7.0 5.3 4.1
11.0 9.3 7.5
4.3 3.2 2.4
7.6 5.9 4.8
9.7 7.6 6.1
11.8 9.4 7.5
3.4 2.4 1.7
6.0 4.7 3.8
7.9 6.2 5.0
9.8 7.6 6.2
2.4 1.5 0.9
4.6 3.6 2.9
6.2 4.9 3.9
7.9 6.2 5.0
10.5 8.2 6.6
13.0 10.2 8.2
3.5 2.6 2.0
4.9 3.8 3.0
6.3 4.9 4.0
10.9 8.5 6.9
2.5 1.8 1.3
3.7 2.8 2.2
5.0 3.8 3.0
7.2 5.6 4.5
9.1 7.2 5.7
4.2 3.2 2.4
5.8 4.4 3.4
2.9 2.0 1.3

Thickness
(in)
0.125
0.125
0.125
0.125
0.125
0.156
0.188
0.125
0.125
0.156
0.188
0.125
0.125
0.156
0.188
0.156
0.188
0.125
0.156
0.188
0.188
0.125
0.156
0.188
0.156
0.188
0.156
0.188
0.188

Bolt
Circle
(in)
7.0
7.0
7.5
7.0
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.0
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.0
7.5
7.5
7.5
9.5
9.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
9.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5

Bolt
Size
(in)
3/4X17
3/4X17
3/4X17
3/4X17
3/4X17
3/4X17
3/4X17
3/4X17
3/4X17
3/4X17
3/4X17
3/4X17
3/4X17
3/4X17
3/4X17
3/4X17
3/4X17
3/4X17
3/4X17
3/4X17
3/4X17
3/4X17
3/4X17
3/4X17
3/4X17
3/4X17

A. B.
Projection
(in)
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50

Base Square
Size (in)
8.5
8.5
9.0
8.5
9.0
9.0
9.0
8.5
9.0
9.0
9.0
8.5
9.0
9.0
9.0
10.25
10.25
9.0
9.0
9.0
10.25
9.0
9.0
9.0
10.25
10.25
10.25
10.25
10.25

Approximate
Ship
Weight (lbs)
25
27
31
30
36
42
50
33
40
46
54
36
44
50
58
63
74
48
54
62
83
52
58
66
77
91
94
111
131

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC (See Pole Selection Table for actual Ordering Numbers)
A

R

S

A

PRODUCT IDENT
(LUMINAIRE
USAGE)
X
A = Area

POLE
CROSS
SECTION
X
R = Round

SHAFT
SHAPE

POLE
MATERIAL

20

NOMINAL
MOUNTING
HEIGHT (FT)
X
X
XX
S = Straight A = Aluminum 08 = 8
10 = 10
12 = 12
14 = 14
16 = 16
18 = 18
20 = 20
25 = 25
30 = 30

REFERENCES
See Page P-2 for Pole Selection Guidelines

SD

5

MOUNTING

SHAFT DIMENSIONS
FINISH
WIDTH WALL
(IN. X IN.) THICKNESS (IN.)
X
XX
X
4 = 4X4 A = 0.125
BL = Black
5 = 5X5 B = 0.188
DB = Dark
6 = 6X6 F = 0.156
bronze
powder
coat
(Standard)
MB = Medium
Bronze
SN = Satin
finish
WH = White
NOTE: If other
than dark bronze
finish is
required,
substitute
designation for
DB in Ordering
Number

XX
DB =Drill holes for mounting two Decashield®
luminaires at 90°*
DO = Drill holes for two Decashield luminaires at 180°*
DQ = Drill holes for four Decashield luminaires*
SD =Drill holes for single Decashield luminaire*
TB =Drill holes for three Decashield luminaires at 90°*
TD =Drill holes for three Decashield luminaires at 120°*
2T =2-3/8-in. OD top tenon
3T =3-in. OD top tenon
NOTE: *Drill for SPMM luminaire as indicated
NOTE: Substitute required mounting designation for XX
in ordering number listed in Selection Table.
NOTE: Order round pole mounting adapter separately.
NOTE: Drilling templates are the same for Decashield®,
Dimension®, and DecasphereTM luminaires.

A

DB

POLES AND BRACKETS ALUMINUM ROUND TAPERED AREA LIGHTING

POLE SELECTION TABLE

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ P-9

P

ALUMINUM SQUARE STRAIGHT AREA
LIGHTING POLES
10 TO 30 FEET (3 TO 9 METERS)
SUGGESTED LUMINAIRE APPLICATIONS

DSMT, DSA

DMA

SPMM

SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• Square straight aluminum shaft
• Dark bronze powder coated finish
standard
• Shaft lengths from 10 to 30 feet
• Pole drilled for decorative mounting
arm(s)

DCD, DCF

• Single or multiple luminaire mounting
• Top tenon choice
• Shipped with pole: anchor bolts,
handhole opening with cover, electrical
grounding kit and spirally wrapped
packing with rip cord removal system

P

POLES AND BRACKETS ALUMINUM SQUARE STRAIGHT AREA LIGHTING

POLE SELECTION TABLE
Ordering
Number
ASSA10XX4ADB
12XX4ADB
14XX4ADB
15XX4BDB
18XX4BDB
18XX4DDB
20XX4BDB
20XX4DDB
20XX5BDB
20XX5DDB
25XX5BDB
25XX5DDB
25XX6DDB
30XX6DDB

Nominal
Mounting
Height (ft)
10
12
14
15
18
18
20
20
20
20
25
25
25
30

Wall
Size
(in.)
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
6
6

Thickness
(in.)
0.125
0.125
0.125
0.188
0.188
0.250
0.188
0.250
0.188
0.250
0.188
0.250
0.250
0.250

EPA (sq ft) MPHI
80 90 100
10.5 8.2 6.4
8.2 6.2 4.8
6.3 4.7 3.3
9.3 7.1 6.2
5.8 4.2 2.9
8.6 5.8 4.1
4.8 3.1 –
6.9 4.8 3.3
8.4 6.0 4.2
12.8 9.1 6.8
4.7 2.7 –
7.8 5.2 3.3
13.1 9.3 6.4
7.8 4.2 2.4

Bolt
Circle
(in.)
8-10
8-10
8-10
8-10
8-10
8-10
8-10
8-10
10-12
10-12
10-12
10-12
12-14
12-14

Bolt
Size (in.)
3/4x17
3/4x17
3/4x17
3/4X17
3/4X17
3/4X17
3/4X17
3/4X17
1X36
1X36
1X36
1X36
1X36
1X36

A. B.
Projection (in.)
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50

Base Plate
Size (in.)
10.75
10.75
10.75
10.75
10.75
10.75
10.75
10.75
12
12
12
12
13.25
13.25

Approximate
Ship
Weight (lbs)
36
41
46
67
78
96
85
105
105
132
124
160
199
235

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC (See Pole Selection Table for actual Ordering Numbers)
A

S

S

A

PRODUCT IDENT
(LUMINAIRE
USAGE)
X
A = Area

POLE
CROSS
SECTION
X
S =Square

SHAFT
SHAPE

POLE
MATERIAL

NOMINAL
MOUNTING
HEIGHT (FT)
X
X
XX
S = Straight A = Aluminum 10 = 10
12 = 12
14 = 14
15 = 15
18 = 18
20 = 20
25 = 25
30 = 30

REFERENCES
See Page P-2 for Pole Selection Guidelines
P-10/ 2005

20

SD

5

MOUNTING

SHAFT DIMENSIONS
FINISH
WIDTH WALL
(IN. X IN.) THICKNESS (IN.)
X
XX
X
4 = 4X4 A = 0.125
DB = Dark bronze
5 = 5X5 B = 0.188
SN = Satin
6 = 6X6 D = 0.250
anodized

XX
DB =Drill holes for mounting two Decashield®
luminaires at 90°*
DO = Drill holes for two Decashield luminaires at 180°*
DQ = Drill holes for four Decashield luminaires*
SD =Drill holes for single Decashield luminaire*
TB =Drill holes for three Decashield luminaires at 90°*
TD =Drill holes for three Decashield luminaires at 120°*
2T =2-3/8-in. OD top tenon
3T =3-in. OD top tenon
NOTE: *Drill for SPMM luminaire as indicated
NOTE: Substitute required mounting designation for XX
in ordering number listed in Selection Table.
NOTE: Drilling templates are the same for Decashield®,
Dimension®, and DecasphereTM luminaires.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

A

DB

NOTE: If other
than a standard
finish is
required,
substitute SN for
DB in ordering
number listed in
Selection Table.

STEEL SQUARE STRAIGHT AREA LIGHTING POLES
10 TO 39 FEET (3 TO 12 METERS)
SUGGESTED LUMINAIRE APPLICATIONS

DSMT, DSA

SPECIFICATION FEATURES
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• Square straight steel shaft
• Dark bronze powder coated finish standard
• Shaft lengths from 10 to 39 feet
• Pole drilled for decorative mounting arm(s) or for top
tenon mounting
• Single or multiple luminaire mounting
• Base cover includes two-piece ABS Plastic Full Cover
• Anchor bolts, hardware, handhole cover, circle
template, shaft cap or top tenon – all included

SPMM

DCD, DCF

DMA

Ordering
Number
ASSS10XX411DB
12XX411DB
14XX411DB
15XX411DB
16XX411DB
18XX411DB
ASSS20XX411DB
20XX47DB
20XX57DB
20XX511DB
ASSS25XX411DB
25XX47DB
25XX57DB
25XX511DB
ASSS30XX511DB
30XX57DB
30XX67DB
ASSS35XX57DB
35XX67DB
ASSS40XX67DB

Nominal
Mounting
Height (ft)
10
12
14
15
16
18
20
20
20
20
25
25
25
25
30
30
30
35
35
39

Size
(in.)
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
5
5
4
4
5
5
5
5
6
5
6
6

Wall
Gauge
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
7
7
11
11
7
7
11
11
7
7
7
7
7

EPA (sq ft) MPHI
80 90 100
30.6 23.8 18.9
24.4 18.8 14.8
19.9 15.1 11.7
15.9 11.8 8.9
15.9 11.8 8.9
12.6 9.2 6.7
9.6 6.7 4.5
15.9 12.5 10.1
28.1 21.4 16.2
17.7 12.7 9.4
4.8 2.6 1.0
10.8 7.7 5.4
18.5 13.3 9.5
9.8 6.3 3.7
4.7 2.0 -.10.7 6.7 3.9
19.0 13.2 9.0
5.9 2.5 -.12.4 7.6 4.2
7.2 3.0 -.-

Bolt
Circle
(in.)
8.25
8.25
8.25
8.25
8.25
8.25
8.25
8.25
11.0
11.0
8.25
8.25
11.0
11.0
11.0
11.0
12.0
11.0
12.0
12.0

Bolt
Size (in.)
3/4X20
3/4X20
3/4X20
3/4X20
3/4X20
3/4X20
3/4X20
3/4X20
3/4X20
3/4X20
3/4X20
3/4X20
3/4X20
3/4X20
3/4X20
3/4X20
1X40
3/4X20
1X40
1X40

Approximate
Ship
Weight (lbs)
111
123
135
130
146
158
162
244
265
185
191
273
395
241
263
480
558
490
633
693

Base Plate
Size (in.)
8.25X8.25X0.75
8.25X8.25X0.75
8.25X8.25X0.75
8.25X8.25X0.75
8.25X8.25X0.75
8.25X8.25X0.75
8.25X8.25X0.75
8.25X8.25X0.75
11.0X11.0X1.00
11.0X11.0X1.00
8.25X8.25X0.75
8.25X8.25X0.88
11.0X11.0X1.00
11.0X11.0X1.00
11.0X11.0X1.00
11.0X11.0X1.00
12.5X12.5X1.00
11.0X11.0X1.00
12.5X12.5X1.00
12.5X12.5X1.00

Figure 1

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC (See Pole Selection Table for actual Ordering Numbers)
A

S

S

S

10

TT

4

PRODUCT IDENT
(LUMINAIRE
USAGE)
X
A = Area

POLE
CROSS
SECTION
X
S =Square

SHAFT
SHAPE

POLE
MATERIAL

NOMINAL
MOUNTING
HEIGHT (FT)
XX
10 = 10
12 = 12
14 = 14
16 = 16
18 = 18
20 = 20
24 = 24
30 = 30
35 = 35
39 = 39

MOUNTING

SHAFT DIMENSIONS
WIDTH THICKNESS
(IN. X IN.) (GAUGE)
X
XX
4 = 4X4 7 = 7
5 = 5X5 11 = 11
6 = 6X6

X
X
S = Straight S = Steel

REFERENCES
See Page P-21 for Anchor Base Data
See Page P-2 for Pole Selection Guidelines

XX
DB =Drill holes for mounting two luminaires at 90°*
DO = Drill holes for two luminaires at 180°*
DQ = Drill holes for four luminaires*
SD =Drill holes for single luminaire*
TB =Drill holes for three luminaires at 90°*
TD =Drill holes for three luminaires at 120°*
TT =2-3/8-in. OD top tenon (Fig. 1)
NOTE: *Drill for SPMM luminaire as indicated
NOTE: Substitute required mounting designation for XX
in ordering number listed in Selection Table.
NOTE: Drilling templates are the same for Decashield®,
Dimension®, and DecasphereTM luminaires.

11

DB
FINISH
XX
DB = Dark
bronze
powder
coated
(Standard)
BL =Black

POLES AND BRACKETS STEEL SQUARE STRAIGHT AREA LIGHTING

POLE SELECTION TABLE

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ P-11

P

STEEL ROUND TAPERED ROADWAY
LIGHTING POLES
20 TO 50 FEET (6 TO 15 METERS)

SUGGESTED LUMINAIRE APPLICATIONS
MDCA

MSCL
M2AC

MDRA

MSRL
M2AR

Mounting TA
(Pole with Truss
Arm)

P

POLES AND BRACKETS STEEL ROUND TAPERED ROADWAY LIGHTING

M2RC

SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• Round tapered steel shaft
• Prime painted or galvanized finish
• Shaft lengths from 20 to 50 feet
• Choice of one, two, three, or four arms
• Single member or truss arm(s) included

M2RR

Mounting SA
(Pole with Single
Member Arm)
Figure 1

Figure 2

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC (See Pole Selection Table for actual Ordering Numbers)
R

R

T

PRODUCT IDENT
(LUMINAIRE
USAGE)
X
R = Roadway

POLE
CROSS
SECTION
X
R = Round

SHAFT
SHAPE

S

20

POLE
NOMINAL
MATERIAL MOUNTING
HEIGHT (FT)
X
X
XX
T = Tapered S = Steel 20 =20
25 =25
30 =30
35 =35
40 =40
45 =45*
50 =50*
NOTE: *Shaft over
40 ft may be twopiece with
overlapping joint
(upper portion 11
gauge; lower
portion gauge as
listed

SA

4S

6.5

MOUNTING

ARM LENGTH
(FT)/ NUMBER

XX
SA =Single
Member Arm
(See
illustration
above)

XXX
4S
6S
8S
10S
12S
15S
4D
6D
8D
10D
12D
15D
6T
6Q

SHAFT DIMENSIONS
GAUGE
BOTTOM
SHAFT OD (IN.)
XX
XXXX
7 =7
6.5 = 6.5
10 =10
7.0 = 7.0
11 =11
7.5 = 7.5
8.0 = 8.0
8.5 = 8.5
9.0 = 9.0
9.5 = 9.5
10.0 = 10.0
10.5 = 10.5

TA =Truss Arm
(See
illustration
above)
NOTE: Arms are
included with
poles; two arms
at 180°, three at
120°, and four at
90°

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

One 4' arm
One 6' arm
One 8' arm
One 10' arm
One 12' arm
One 15' arm
Two 4' arms
Two 6' arms
Two 8' arms
Two 10' arms
Two 12' arms
Two 15' arms
Three 6' arms
Four 6' arms

REFERENCES
See Page P-20 for Option Information
See Page P-21 for Pole Base Data
See Page P-2 for Pole Selection Guidelines

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
P-12/ 2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

11

PP

E

FINISH

OPTIONS

XX
X
GV =Galvanized E = Electrical
Festoon
PP =Prime
Box
painted
(Standard)
NOTE: If this
option is
NOTE: if
required, add E
galvanized
to ordering
finish is
number listed
required,
substitute GV for in Pole
PP in ordering Selection
number given in Table.
Pole Selection
Table.

STEEL ROUND TAPERED ROADWAY LIGHTING POLES
20 TO 50 FEET (6 TO 15 METERS)
POLE SELECTION TABLE
Shipped with pole: anchor bolts, anchor bolt covers, handhole cover, shaft cap, hardware, and anchor bolt circle template.

Ordering
Number

Shaft Dimensions
Pole Base
Bottom OD X Top OD X
Data
Length X Thickness
Approximate Item
(in. X in. X ft-in. X gauge) Weight (lbs) Number

RRTS20SA4S6.511PP
20SA6S6.511PP
25SA4S7.011PP
25SA6S7.011PP
25SA8S7.011PP
30SA4S7.511PP
30SA6S7.511PP
30SA8S7.511PP
35SA6S8.011PP
35SA8S8.011PP
40SA6S9.011PP
40SA8S9.011PP
RRTS20SA4D6.511PP
20SA6D6.511PP
25SA4D7.011PP
25SA6D7.011PP
25SA8D7.011PP
30SA4D7.511PP
30SA6D7.511PP
30SA8D7.511PP
35SA6D8.011PP
35SA8D8.011PP
40SA6D9.011PP
40SA8D9.011PP
RRTS25SA6T7.011PP
30SA6T7.511PP
35SA6T8.011PP
40SA6T9.011PP
RRTS25SA6Q7.011PP
30SA6Q7.511PP
35SA6Q8.011PP
40SA6Q9.011PP

6.5X4.2X17-0X11
6.5X4.2X17-0X11
7.0X4.0X22-0X11
7.0X4.0X22-0X11
7.0X4.0X22-0X11
7.5X3.8X27-0X11
7.5X3.8X27-0X11
7.5X3.8X27-0X11
8.0X3.6X32-0X11
8.0X3.6X32-0X11
9.0X3.9X37-0X11
9.0X3.9X37-0X11
6.5X4.2X17-0X11
6.5X4.2X17-0X11
7.0X4.0X22-0X11
7.0X4.0X22-0X11
7.0X4.0X22-0X11
7.5X3.8X27-0X11
7.5X3.8X27-0X11
7.5X3.8X27-0X11
8.0X3.6X32-0X11
8.0X3.6X32-0X11
9.0X3.9X37-0X11
9.0X3.9X37-0X11
7.0X4.0X22-0X11
7.5X3.8X27.0X11
8.0X3.6X32-0X11
9.0X3.9X37-0X11
7.0X4.0X22-0X11
7.5X3.8X27.0X11
8.0X3.6X32-0X11
9.0X3.9X37-0X11

RRTS25TA10S6.511PP 6.5X3.7X20-0X11
25TA12S6.511PP 6.5X3.7X20-0X11
30TA10S7.011PP 7.0X3.5X25-0X11
30TA12S7.011PP 7.0X3.5X25-0X11
30TA15S7.511PP 7.5X4.0X25-0X11
35TA10S8.011PP 8.0X3.8X30-0X11
35TA12S8.011PP 8.0X3.8X30-0X11
35TA15S8.511PP 8.5X4.3X30-0X11
40TA12S8.511PP 8.5X3.8X33-6X11
40TA15S9.011PP 9.0X4.3X33-6X11
45TA12S9.511PP 9.5X4.1X38-6X11
45TA15S10.011PP 10.0X4.6X38-6X11
50TA15S10.510PP 10.5X4.4X43-6X10
RRTS25TA10D6.511PP 6.5X3.7X20-0X11
25TA12D6.511PP 6.5X3.7X20-0X11
30TA10D7.011PP 7.0X3.5X25-0X11
30TA12D7.511PP 7.5X4.0X25-0X11
30TA15D8.011PP 8.0X4.5X25-0X11
35TA10D8.011PP 8.0X3.8X30-0X11
35TA12D8.511PP 8.5X4.3X30-0X11
35TA15D9.011PP 9.0X4.8X30-0X11
40TA12D9.511PP 9.5X4.8X33-6X11
40TA15D10.011PP 10.0X5.3X33-6X11
45TA12D10.510PP 10.5X5.1X38-6X10
45TA15D10.510PP 10.5X5.1X38-6X10
50TA15D10.07PP 10.0X3.9X43-6X7

141
151
180
190
200
275
285
295
330
340
401
411
171
186
210
225
240
305
320
335
370
385
436
456
262
326
371
447
355
395
445
490

2
2
3
3
3
4
4
4
5
5
8
8
2
2
3
3
3
4
4
4
5
5
8
8
3
4
5
8
3
4
5
8

256
265
295
304
380
361
370
450
435
480
510
567
900
327
344
366
475
535
413
545
615
586
661
860
912
939

2
2
3
3
4
5
5
7
7
8
10
11
13
2
2
3
4
5
5
7
8
10
11
13
13
12

POLES AND BRACKETS STEEL ROUND TAPERED ROADWAY LIGHTING

Max Recommended Total Load
Nominal Arm
EA*
Effective
Max
Mounting Length Number Weight Projected Isotach
Height (ft) (ft)
of Arms (lbs)
Area (sq ft) Zone (MPHI)
POLES WITH SINGLE MEMBER ARM (FIG. 1)
20
4
1
75
1.5 EPA EA 110
20
6
1
75
1.5 EPA EA 110
25
4
1
75
1.5 EPA EA 110
25
6
1
75
1.5 EPA EA 110
25
8
1
60
1.5 EPA EA 110
30
4
1
75
1.5 EPA EA 110
30
6
1
75
1.5 EPA EA 110
30
8
1
60
1.5 EPA EA 110
35
6
1
75
1.5 EPA EA 110
35
8
1
60
1.5 EPA EA 110
40
6
1
75
1.5 EPA EA 110
40
8
1
60
1.5 EPA EA 110
20
4
2
75
1.5 EPA EA 110
20
6
2
75
1.5 EPA EA 110
25
4
2
75
1.5 EPA EA 110
25
6
2
75
1.5 EPA EA 110
25
8
2
60
1.5 EPA EA 110
30
4
2
75
1.5 EPA EA 110
30
6
2
75
1.5 EPA EA 110
30
8
2
60
1.5 EPA EA 110
35
6
2
75
1.5 EPA EA 110
35
8
2
60
1.5 EPA EA 110
40
6
2
75
1.5 EPA EA 110
40
8
2
60
1.5 EPA EA 110
25
6
3
75
1.5 EPA EA 110
30
6
3
75
1.5 EPA EA 110
35
6
3
75
1.5 EPA EA 110
40
6
3
75
1.5 EPA EA 110
25
6
4
75
1.5 EPA EA 110
30
6
4
75
1.5 EPA EA 110
35
6
4
75
1.5 EPA EA 100
40
6
4
75
1.5 EPA EA 100
POLES WITH TRUSS ARM (FIG. 2)
25
10
1
75
1.5 EPA EA 110
25
12
1
62
1.5 EPA EA 110
30
10
1
63
1.5 EPA EA 110
30
12
1
60
1.6 EPA EA 100
30
15
1
60
1.5 EPA EA 100
35
10
1
75
1.5 EPA EA 110
35
12
1
60
1.5 EPA EA 100
35
15
1
60
1.5 EPA EA 90
40
12
1
60
1.5 EPA EA 90
40
15
1
60
1.5 EPA EA 90
45
12
1
64
1.5 EPA EA 90
45
15
1
62
1.5 EPA EA 90
50
15
1
60
1.5 EPA EA 90
25
10
2
75
1.5 EPA EA 90
25
12
2
75
1.5 EPA EA 90
30
10
2
75
1.5 EPA EA 90
30
12
2
75
1.6 EPA EA 90
30
15
2
75
1.5 EPA EA 90
35
10
2
75
1.5 EPA EA 90
35
12
2
75
1.5 EPA EA 90
35
15
2
75
1.5 EPA EA 90
40
12
2
75
1.5 EPA EA 90
40
15
2
75
1.5 EPA EA 90
45
12
2
75
1.5 EPA EA 90
45
15
2
75
1.5 EPA EA 90
50
15
2
75
1.5 EPA EA 90
* EA = Each Arm

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ P-13

P

STEEL ROUND TAPERED AREA LIGHTING POLES
20 TO 60 FEET (6 TO 18 METERS)
SUGGESTED LUMINAIRE APPLICATIONS

SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• Round tapered steel shaft
• Prime painted or galvanized finish
• Shaft lengths from 20 to 60 feet
• Single or multiple luminaire mounting
• Two top tenon sizes
• Top or side mounted brackets available

HLUF

PF4S,
PF4T

PSFA
PF1S,
PF1T

PF1K

ULTS

DMS
DMY
DSMF, DSMT,
DSA

P

POLES AND BRACKETS STEEL ROUND TAPERED AREA LIGHTING

VLUF

DCD

P54S

DMA

Mounting
2T and 4T
DCF

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC (See Pole Selection Table for actual Ordering Numbers)
A

R

T

PRODUCT IDENT
(LUMINAIRE
USAGE)
X
A = Area

POLE
CROSS
SECTION
X
R = Round

SHAFT
SHAPE

S

20

2T

POLE
NOMINAL
MATERIAL MOUNTING
HEIGHT (FT)
X
X
XX
T = Tapered S = Steel 20 = 20
25 = 25
30 = 30
35 = 35
39 = 39
45 = 45*
50 = 50*
60 = 60*

MOUNTING

11

PP

SHAFT DIMENSIONS FINISH
GAUGE
BOTTOM
SHAFT OD (IN.)
XX
XX
XXXX
XX
2T =2-3/8-in. OD top tenon
3 = 3 GV =Galvanized
6.5 = 6.5
(See illustration above)
7 = 7 PP =Prime
7.0 = 7.0
4T =4-in. OD top tenon
11 = 11
8.0 = 8.0
Painted
(See illustration above)
8.5 = 8.5
(Standard)
DB =Drill holes for mounting two
9.0 = 9.0
®
Decashield luminaires at 90°*
9.5 = 9.5
NOTE: If
DO = Drill holes for two Decashield at 180°* 10.0 = 10.0
galvanized
QD = Drill holes for four Decashield*
11.0 = 11.0
finish is
SD =Drill holes for single Decashield*
12.0 = 12.0
required,
TB =Drill holes for three Decashield at 90°* 12.5 = 12.5
NOTE:
substitute GV for
*Shafts over TD =Drill holes for three Decashield at 120°*
PP in ordering
40 feet may
number listed in
be two-piece NOTE: *Order round pole mounting adapter
Pole Selection
separately.
with
Table.
overlapping
joint (upper NOTE: These mountings can be used with
any of the poles listed; substitute the
portion 11
correct mounting designation for XX
gauge;
in ordering number listed in
lower portion
Selection Table.
gauge as
noted.)
NOTE: Drilling templates are the same for
Decashield®, Dimension®, and
DecasphereTM luminaires.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
P-14/ 2005

6.5

www.gelightingsystems.com

B1
OPTIONS
XX
B1 =One 18-in.
side mounted
bracket
B2 =Two 18-in.
side mounted
brackets at
180°
B4 =Four 18-in.
side mounted
brackets at
90°
E =Electrical
Festoon Box
NOTE: If any of
these options is
required, add
appropriate
designation(s) to
ordering number
listed in Pole
Selection Table.

STEEL ROUND TAPERED AREA LIGHTING POLES
20 TO 60 FEET (6 TO 18 METERS)

POLE SELECTION TABLE
Shipped with pole: anchor bolts, anchor bolt covers, handhole cover, hardware, and anchor bolt circle template.
Shaft cap included with poles drilled for Decashield® luminaire mounting.
Shaft Dimensions
EPA
(sq ft)
100
MPHI
12.2
15.6
8.0
13.1
7.5
12.0
7.1
12.2
6.6
10.8
10.0
19.0
8.3
13.6
16.8
22.6

Bottom OD X Top OD X
Weight Ordering
Length X Thickness
Approximate
(lbs)
Number
(in. X in. X ft-in. X gauge) Weight (lbs)
305
ARTS20XX5.911XX
5.9X3.1X20.0X11
135
390
20XX6.511XX 6.5X3.7X20.0X11
191
200
25XX5.911XX 5.9X2.4X25.0X11
152
327
25XX7.011XX 7.0X3.5X25.0X11
229
189
30XX6.611XX 6.6X2.4X30.0X11
190
342
30XX8.011XX 8.0X3.8X30.0X11
291
177
35XX7.311XX 7.3X2.4X35.0X11
235
305
35XX8.511XX 8.5X3.6X35.0X11
336
170
39XX7.811XX 7.8X2.4X39.0X11
271
292
39XX9.011XX 9.0X3.6X39.0X11
387
292
45XX10.011XX 10.0X3.7X45.0X11
492
350
45XX10.07XX 10.0X3.9X45.0X7
720
215
50XX10.011XX 10.0X3.0X50.0X11
511
292
50XX10.07XX 10.0X3.2X50.0X7
752
345
60XX12.07XX 12.0X3.8X60.0X7
1119
562
60XX12.53XX 12.5X4.5X60.0X3
1488

REFERENCES
See Pole Accessories for Bracket Ordering Information
See Area Accessories for Round Pole Mounting Adapter
See Page P-20 for Option Information
See Page P-21 for Pole Base Data
See Page P-2 for Pole Selection Guidelines

Pole Base
Data
Item
Number
6
9
6
14
9
15
4
18
15
19
20
12
20
12
16
17

POLES AND BRACKETS STEEL ROUND TAPERED AREA LIGHTING

Max Recommended Total Load
EPA
EPA
Nominal (sq ft)
(sq ft)
Mounting 80
Weight 90
Weight
Height (ft) MPHI
(lbs)
MPHI
(lbs)
20
19.3
482
15.1
397
20
24.2
605
19.3
482
25
12.5
312
9.9
247
25
20.3
507
16.2
405
30
11.7
292
9.3
232
30
18.9
552
14.9
422
35
11.2
280
8.9
222
35
18.9
472
15.1
377
39
10.7
267
8.5
212
39
17.2
452
13.5
362
45
17.4
450
13.5
360
45
28.5
525
23.0
425
50
13.2
330
10.6
265
50
20.5
407
16.5
322
60
25.9
515
20.7
417
60
34.0
850
27.6
687

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ P-15

P

STEEL ROUND TAPERED AREA LIGHTING POLES
10 TO 20 FEET (3 TO 6 METERS)
SUGGESTED LUMINAIRE APPLICATIONS
T10C
P16M, P17M

SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• Round tapered steel shaft
• Prime painted or galvanized finish
• Shaft lengths from 10 to 20 feet
• Three inch OD top for mounting single
luminaire
• Choice of anchor or embedded base

SEML, SEMT

POLE SELECTION TABLE
Shipped with pole: anchor bolts, decorative chrome cap nuts, hardware, and anchor bolt circle template.
Shaft Dimensions
Bottom OD X Top OD X
Length X Thickness
(in. X in. X ft-in. X gauge)

P

POLES AND BRACKETS STEEL ROUND TAPERED AREA LIGHTING

Maximum Recommended Total Load
Effective Projected Area (sq ft)

Anchor
Base
(Base
Type A)

Nominal
Mounting Weight 70
80
90
Height (ft) (lbs)
MPHI MPHI MPHI
POLES WITH ANCHOR BASE. SEE FIG. 1.
10
125
12.7 9.6
7.4
12
125
11.7 8.7
6.7
Embed- 14
125
11.1 8.2
6.3
125
10.8 7.9
6.0
ded Base 16
18
125
10.8 7.9
5.9
(Base
125
11.1 8.1
6.0
Type E) 20
POLES WITH EMBEDDED BASE. SEE FIG.
10
125
13.3 10.0 7.7
12
125
12.4 9.3
7.2
14
125
11.6 8.7
6.6
16
125
10.9 8.1
6.1
18
125
10.3 7.6
5.7
20
125
9.0 7.1
5.3

Ordering
Number

NOTE: With embedded
base, shaft length
is 2 ft greater.

ARTS103S4.411APP4.40 X 3.0 X 10-0 X 11
123S4.711APP 4.68 X 3.0 X 12-0 X 11
143S5.011APP 4.96 X 3.0 X 14-0 X 11
163S5.211APP 5.24 X 3.0 X 16-0 X 11
183S5.511APP 5.52 X 3.0 X 18-0 X 11
203S5.811APP 5.80 X 3.0 X 20-0 X 11
2.
ARTS103S4.711EPP 4.68 X 3.0 X 12-0 X 11
123S5.011EPP 4.96 X 3.0 X 14-0 X 11
143S5.211EPP 5.24 X 3.0 X 16-0 X 11
163S5.511EPP 5.52 X 3.0 X 18-0 X 11
183S5.811EPP 5.80 X 3.0 X 20-0 X 11
203S6.111EPP 6.08 X 3.0 X 22-0 X 11

Approximate
Weight
(lbs)

Pole Base Data
Item Number

61
72
85
98
111
126

1
1
1
1
1
1

59
71
84
98
112
127

–
–
–
–
–
–

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC (See Pole Selection Table for actual Ordering Numbers)
A

R

T

S

10

PRODUCT IDENT
(LUMINAIRE
USAGE)
X
A = Area

POLE
CROSS
SECTION
X
R = Round

SHAFT
SHAPE

POLE
MATERIAL

NOMINAL
MOUNTING
MOUNTING
HEIGHT (FT)
XX
XX
10 = 10
3S =3-in. OD top
12 = 12
for single
14 = 14
luminaire
16 = 16
18 = 18
20 = 20

X
X
T = Tapered S = Steel

REFERENCES
See Page P-21 for Pole Base Data
See Page P-2 for Pole Selection Guidelines
P-16/ 2005

3S

4.4

11

SHAFT DIMENSIONS
BOTTOM SHAFT GUAGE
OD (IN.)
XX
XXX
11 = 11
4.4 = 4.4
4.7 = 4.7
5.2 = 5.2
5.5 = 5.5
5.8 = 5.8
6.0 = 6.0
6.1 = 6.1

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

A

PP

BASE TYPE

FINISH

X
A = Anchor
(See illustration above)

XX
GV =Galvanized
PP =Prime Painted
(Standard)

E = Embedded
(See illustration above)

NOTE: If galvanized
finish is required,
substitute GV for PP in
ordering number
listed in Pole
Selection Table.

STEEL NON-TAPERED AREA LIGHTING POLES
10 TO 30 FEET (3 TO 9 METERS)
SUGGESTED LUMINAIRE TYPES

SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• Round straight non-tapered steel shaft
• Dark bronze powder coated finish standard
• Shaft lengths from 10 to 30 feet
• Single or multiple luminaire mounting
• Top tenon choicer
• Shipped with pole: anchor bolts, handhole opening
with cover, electrical grounding kit and spirally
wrapped packing with rip cord removal system

Ordering Number
ARSS-10XX3011DB
ARSS-10XX4011DB
ARSS-10XX4511DB
ARSS-12XX3011DB
ARSS-12XX4011DB
ARSS-12XX4511DB
ARSS-14XX3011DB
ARSS-14XX4011DB
ARSS-14XX4511DB
ARSS-16XX3011DB
ARSS-16XX4011DB
ARSS-16XX4511DB
ARSS-18XX3011DB
ARSS-18XX4011DB
ARSS-18XX4511DB
ARSS-20XX3011DB
ARSS-20XX4011DB
ARSS-20XX4511DB
ARSS-20XX5011DB
ARSS-25XX4011DB
ARSS-25XX4511DB
ARSS-25XX5011DB
ARSS-25XX507DB
ARSS-30XX4511DB
ARSS-30XX5011DB
ARSS-30XX507DB

Nominal
Mounting
Height (ft)
10
10
10
12
12
12
14
14
14
16
16
16
18
18
18
20
20
20
20
25
25
25
25
30
30
30

Shaft
Dia
(in)
3
4
4.5
3
4
4.5
3
4
4.5
3
4
4.5
3
4
4.5
3
4
4.5
5
4
4.5
5
5
4.5
5
5

EPA (sq ft) MPHI,
w/1.3 Gust
90
80
100
10.00 7.70 6.00
19.10 15.00 12.20
24.50 19.50 15.80
7.70 5.80 4.40
15.00 11.80 9.50
19.80 15.70 12.70
6.00 4.40 3.30
12.20 9.40 7.60
16.20 12.80 10.30
4.60 3.20 2.30
9.60 7.40 5.90
13.10 10.20 8.20
3.40 2.30 1.40
7.60 5.70 4.50
10.50 8.20 6.50
2.40 1.40
––
6.00 4.45 3.45
8.50 6.60 5.20
11.75 9.10 7.25
2.85 1.95 1.35
4.80 3.60 2.70
7.25 5.50 4.25
12.10 9.40 7.45
2.30 1.50 1.00
4.20 3.00 2.25
8.00 6.50 4.75

Thickness
(in)
0.120
0.120
0.120
0.120
0.120
0.120
0.120
0.120
0.120
0.120
0.120
0.120
0.120
0.120
0.120
0.120
0.120
0.120
0.120
0.120
0.120
0.120
0.180
0.120
0.120
0.180

Bolt
Circle
(in)
7–9
7–9
7–9
7–9
7–9
7–9
7–9
7–9
7–9
7–9
7–9
7–9
7–9
7–9
7–9
7–9
7–9
7–9
7–9
7–9
7–9
7–9
7–9
7–9
7–9
7–9

Bolt
Size
(in)
3/4X17
3/4X17
3/4X17
3/4X17
3/4X17
3/4X17
3/4X17
3/4X17
3/4X17
3/4X17
3/4X17
3/4X17
3/4X17
3/4X17
3/4X17
3/4X17
3/4X17
3/4X17
3/4X17
3/4X17
3/4X17
3/4X17
3/4X17
3/4X17
3/4X17
3/4X17

A. B.
Projection
(in)
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50

Round Base
Size (in)
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5

Approximate
Ship
Weight (lbs.)
55
70
75
60
80
85
70
90
95
80
100
105
90
110
115
100
120
130
145
145
155
180
195
185
210
235

SEE SELECTION TABLE FOR ACTUAL ORDERING NUMBERS

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC (See Pole Selection Table for actual Ordering Numbers)
A

R

S

S

20

SD

40

PRODUCT IDENT
(LUMINAIRE
USAGE)
X
A = Area

POLE
CROSS
SECTION
X
R=Round

SHAFT
SHAPE

POLE
MATERIAL

NOMINAL
MOUNTING
HEIGHT (FT)
XX
10 = 10
12 = 12
14 = 14
16 = 16
18 = 18
20 = 20
25 = 25
30 = 30

MOUNTING

SHAFT DIMENSIONS
THICKNESS
WIDTH
(IN.)
(IN. X IN.)
X
XX
11 = 0.120
30 = 3X3
7 = 0.180
40 = 4X4
45 = 4.5X4.5
50 = 5X5

X
X
S = Straight S = Steel

XX
DB =Drill holes for mounting two luminaires at 90°*
DO = Drill holes for two luminaires at 180°*
DQ = Drill holes for four luminaires*
SD =Drill holes for single luminaire*
TB =Drill holes for three luminaires at 90°*
TD =Drill holes for three luminaires at 120°*
TT =2-3/8-in. OD top tenon (Fig. 1)
2T =2-3/8-in. OD top tenon
3T =3-in. OD top tenon
NOTE: *Drill for SPMM luminaire as indicated
NOTE: Substitute required mounting designation for
XX in ordering number listed in Selection
Table.
NOTE: Order round pole mounting adapter
separately.

11

DB
FINISH
XX
BL = Black
DB = Dark
bronze
powder
coat
(Standard)
MB = Medium
Bronze
WH = White
NOTE: If other
than dark bronze
finish is required,
substitute
designation for
DB in Ordering
Number

POLES AND BRACKETS STEEL ROUND NON-TAPERED AREA LIGHTING

POLE SELECTION TABLE

REFERENCES
See Page P-2 for Pole Selection Guidelines

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ P-17

P

STEEL SQUARE HINGED AREA LIGHTING POLES
20 TO 39 FEET (6 TO 12 METERS)
SUGGESTED LUMINAIRE APPLICATIONS
P54S

HLUF

PF4S,
PF4T

PSFA
PF1S,
PF1T

PF1K

P

POLES AND BRACKETS STEEL SQUARE HINGED AREA LIGHTING

VLUF

SPECIFICATION FEATURES
• Square hinged steel shaft
• Prime painted inside and out
• Shaft lengths from 20 to 39 feet
• Two top tenon sizes
• Stainless steel pin for hinge
• Flexible wiring guide at hinge area
• Portable lowering mechanisms available

Mounting
2T and 4T

ORDERING NUMBER LOGIC (See Pole Selection Table for actual Ordering Numbers)
A

SH

S

20

2T

4.0

PRODUCT IDENT
(LUMINAIRE
USAGE)
X
A = Area

POLE
CROSS
SECTION
XX
SH = Square Hinged

POLE
MATERIAL

NOMINAL
MOUNTING
HEIGHT (FT)
XX
20 = 20
25 = 25
30 = 30
39 = 39

MOUNTING

SHAFT DIMENSIONS
BOTTOM SHAFT GUAGE
OD (IN.)
XX
XXX
7 = 7
4.0 = 4.00
11 = 11
6.4 = 6.41
7.1 = 7.13
7.2 = 7.18

X
S = Steel

XX
2T = 2-3/8-in. OD top tenon
(See illustration above)
4T = 4-in. OD top tenon
(See illustration above)
NOTE: Either of these mountings can be
used with any of the poles listed;
substitute the correct mounting
designation for XX in the ordering
number listed in the Selection Table

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
P-18/ 2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

11

PP
FINISH
XX
PP = Prime Painted
(Standard)
BL = Black
DB = Dark Bronze
GV = Galvanized

STEEL SQUARE EXTERNAL HINGED AREA LIGHTING POLES
20 TO 39 FEET (6 TO 12 METERS)

POLE SELECTION TABLE
Shipped with pole: anchor bolts, hardware, and anchor bolt circle template.
Bolt Circle
Diameter
(in.)
8.5
8.5
12.5
8.5
12.5
13.5
13.5
13.5

Base Plate
Size
(sq in. X thickness [in.])
9.75 X 0.750
9.75 X 0.750
11.88 X 0.875
9.75 X 0.750
11.88 X 0.875
12.63 X 0.875
12.63 X 1.250
12.63 X 1.250

Anchor Bolt
Size
(in.)
3/4 X 17 X 3
3/4 X 17 X 3
1 X 36 X 4
3/4 X 17 X 3
1 X 36 X 4
1 X 36 X 4
1 X 36 X 4
1 X 36 X 4

WINCH/CHAIN KIT*
Ordering Number Used With Pole
M180A
ASHS20XX4.07
M180A
ASHS25XX4.07
M136
ASHS25XX6.411
M180A
ASHS30XX4.07
M136
ASHS30XX6.411
M135
ASHS35XX7.17
M135
ASHS35XX7.211
M135
ASHS39XX7.17
NOTE: *One required per pole.

HINGE SECTION DETAIL

WINCH DETAIL
Removable design to
be used only during
maintenance. Not to
be installed permanently.

CAUTION: To prevent damage to the pole the chain and/or
cable must be kept taut when raising and lowering the
pole.

REFERENCES
See Page P-2 for Pole Selection Guidelines

POLES AND BRACKETS STEEL SQUARE EXTERNAL HINGED AREA LIGHTING

Max Recommended Total Load
Nominal
Pole
Ordering
Mounting Shaft
Weight Effective Projected Area (sq ft) MPHI
Number
Height (ft) Size (in.) (lbs)
70
80
90
100
ASHS20XX4.07PP
20
4.00
217
16.2
11.6
8.5
6.2
25XX4.07PP
25
4.00
160
10.6
7.1
4.8
3.1
25XX6.411PP
25
6.41
254
25.2
18.0
13.0
9.3
30XX4.07PP
30
4.00
120
6.8
4.0
2.1
0.8
30XX6.411PP
30
6.41
230
18.4
12.5
8.3
5.1
35XX7.211PP
35
7.18
160
12.7
7.1
3.2
–
35XX7.17PP
35
7.13
155
28.5
22.0
16.9
12.1
39XX7.17PP
39
7.13
110
28.3
19.5
13.5
9.2
NOTE: All 4-inch shaft size poles are non-tapered; all poles above 4-inch shaft size are tapered.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ P-19

P

OPTIONS
These options are available for selected poles only; refer to product pages for availability.
Add the option designation to the end of the Ordering Number for the appropriate pole. If
more than one option applies, add all the required option designations to the appropriate
Ordering Number.

ELECTRICAL FESTOON BOX (E)
E = Electrical festoon box (double) located 15 feet above the base
on the handhole side of the shaft. No weatherproof cover or
electrical receptacle supplied. Order separately from electrical
distributor.

SIDE MOUNTED BRACKET(S) FOR STEEL AREA LIGHTING POLE (B1,
B2, OR B4)

P

POLES AND BRACKETS OPTIONS AND FOUNDATION DATA

B1, B2, or B4 = One, two or four 18-in. side mounted brackets for
area round tapered steel pole.

NUMBER
OF
BRACKETS

BRACKET
PLACEMENT (4 FEET
FROM POLE TOP)

MAX RECOMMENDED LUMINAIRE LOAD, EACH
WEIGHT
EFFECTIVE PROJECTED
(LBS)
AREA (EPA) (SQ FT)

ADD TO POLE
ORDERING
NUMBER

BRACKET SIZE
PIPE SIZE
WEIGHT
(IN.)
(LBS)

EPA
(SQ FT)

One
Two

Handhole side
180° (90° to
handhole side)
90° (45° to
handhole side)

93
93

4.1
4.1

B1 (Fig. 1)
B2

2
2

10
20

0.5
1.0

93

4.1

B4

2

40

2.0

Four

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
P-20/ 2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

POLE BASE DATA

Fig. 1

Fig. 3

Fig.2

Fig. 4

POLES AND BRACKETS POLE BASE DATA

ANCHOR BOLTS
BOLT FOUNDATION**
CIRCLE
Bolt
Side Diag. (Fig. 1)
Circle
Width Width Bolt
No. Dia. X
Design***
“BC”
“F”
“E”
Projection Per Length
Dia.
Moment
(in.)
(in.)
(in.)
“P” (in.)
Set (in. X in.) (in.)
(ft lbs)
Fig.
AREA ROUND TAPERED ALUMINUM 20-45 FT AND ROADWAY ROUND TAPERED ALUMINUM 20-40 FT (FIG. 2)
43
9-10
9.75 12-3/4 2-3/4
4
1X40
9.5
6,000
2
44
10-11
10.50 13-3/4 2-/34
4
1X40
11.0
8,000
2
45
11-12
11.25 12-7/8 2-3/4
4
1X40
11.0
14,000
2
46
14-15
14.00 17-7/8 3-1/4
4
1X40
15.0
26,000
2
AREA ROUND TAPERED STEEL 20-60 FT AND ROADWAY ROUND TAPERED STEEL 20-50 FT (FIG. 3)
2
9-10
10.00 13-11/16 2-3/8
4
1X40
9.5
14,000
2
3
9.5-10.5 10.50 14-1/4 2-3/8
4
1X40
10.0
16,000
2
4
10-11
11.00 14-3/4 2-3/8
4
1X40
10.5
20,000
2
5
10.5-11.5 11.50 15-1/4 2-3/8
4
1X40
11.0
21,000
2
6
9
9.50 12-3/4 2-3/8
4
1X40
9.0
14,000
3
7
11-12
12.00 15-11/16 2-1/2
4
1X40
11.5
24,000
2
8
12-13
13.00 16-15/16 2-1/2
4
1X40
12.5
27,000
2
9
9.5
10.00 3-11/16 2-3/8
4
1X40
9.5
17,000
3
10
12.5-13.5 13.50 17-3/8 2-1/2
4
1X40
13.0
30,000
2
11
13-14
14.00 17-13/16 2-1/2
4
1X40
13.5
33,000
2
12
13-14
14.00 17-13/16 3-1/16
4
1-1/4X48 13.5
49,000
2
13
14
14.50
19 3-1/16
4
1-1/4X48 14.0
41,000
3
14
10
10.50 14-1/4 2-3/8
4
1X40
10.0
20,000
3
15
11
11.50 15-1/4 2-3/8
4
1X40
11.0
26,000
3
16
16
17.00 22-1/2 3-5/8
4
1-1/2X60 16.0
71,000
3
17
16.5
17.50 22-3/4 3-5/8
4
1-1/2X60 16.5
101,000
3
18
11.5
12.00 15-11/16 2-3/8
4
1X40
11.5
29,000
3
19
12.5
13.00 16-15/16 2-3/8
4
1X40
12.5
32,000
3
20
13.5
14.00 17-13/16 2-3/8
4
1X40
13.5
40,000
3
AREA ROUND TAPERED ALUMINUM 10-20 FT (FIG. 4, ITEMS 40 AND 41; FIG. 5, ITEM 42)
40
7
8.00 8-7/8
2
3
3/4X20
7.0
2,000
4
41
8
9.00 10-1/4
2
3
3/4X20
8.0
4,000
4
42
9
12.50
– 1-3/4
3
3/4X20
9.0
4,000
5
AREA ROUND TAPERED STEEL 10-20 FT (FIG. 6)
1
8
9-13/16 8-1/2
2
3
3/4X20
8.0
11,000
6
POLE
BASE
DATA
ITEM
NUMBER*

NOTE: *Pole Base Data Item Number is coded to the last column in Pole Selection Table. Refer to
product page for the appropriate reference.
NOTE: ***Design moments are the maximum overturning moments expected to be applied to
the foundation by the pole. Appropriate safety factors must be used by the foundation
designer.
NOTE: Transformer bases are available for selected poles. Contact factory for availability and
other information.

Fig. 5

Fig. 6

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ P-21

P

ACCESSORIES

Fig. 1

FLOODLIGHTING BRACKETS FOR ALUMINUM
POLES WITH PLATE MOUNT

1a

Floodlighting bracket, aluminum, for mounting on aluminum
poles, plate mount only. Bracket mounts multiple luminaires
on 2-3/8-in. OD tenons.

1b

BRACKET SELECTION TABLE
Number/
Placement
Tenons
2 in line
3 in line
4 in line
3 at 120°
4 at 90°

See
Fig.
1a
1b
1c
1d
1e

Ordering
Number
FBAPB2TT
FBAPC2TT
FBAPD2TT
FBAPE2TT
FBAPF2TT

Adjacent
Tenon
Spacing A (in.)
33
33
33
41
34

Bracket Size
Weight EPA
(lbs)
(sq ft)
5
0.6
8
1.1
11
1.6
10
0.7
13
0.8

Tenon
Top OD
(in.)
2-3/8
2-3/8
2-3/8
2-3/8
2-3/8

1c

SPORTS LIGHTING CROSSARM BRACKETS
Sports lighting bracket, steel crossarm for mounting 2, 3, or 4
floodlights on wood poles.

1d

1e

P

POLES AND BRACKETS ACCESSORIES

BRACKET SELECTION TABLE
Bracket Size
Number of See
Pole
Ordering
Weight EPA
Floodlights Fig.
Material
Number
(lbs)
(sq ft)
2
2
wood
SBSXBWPP
21
1.4
3
3
wood
SBSXCWPP
54
3.9
4
4
wood
SBSXDWPP
65
4.8
NOTE: If bracket is to be used for retrofitting an existing steel pole, substitute S for W in ordering number listed in Selection Table.
NOTE: All brackets are prime painted. For galvanized brackets, contact
factory .
Fig. 2

Fig. 3

Fig. 4

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
P-22/ 2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

ACCESSORIES

Figure 1
1a

FLOODLIGHTING BRACKETS, STEEL BULLHORN
Floodlighting bracket steel bullhorn for pole with 2-3/8 in. or 4 in. OD top tenon.
Bracket has 2-3/8 in. top OD and is prime painted.

1b

BRACKET SELECTION TABLE
Recommended
Size of Each
Luminaire
Adjacent Luminaire
Number/
Max
Max
Tenon
Mounting Bracket Size
Placement See Weight EPA
Ordering
Spacing
OD
Weight EPA
Tenons
Fig. (lbs)
(sq ft) Number
A (in.)
(in.)
(lbs)
(sq ft)
BRACKETS TO FIT POLES HAVING 2-3/8 IN. OD TOP TENON
2 in line
1a
100
5.0
FBSB2B2TTPP
36
2-3/8
21
1.0
3 in line
1b
100
3.8
FBSB2C2TTPP
30
2-3/8
32
1.6
4 in line
1c
100
3.0
FBSB2D2TTPP
30
2-3/8
44
2.3
3 at 120° 1d
100
3.8
FBSB2E2TTPP
41
2-3/8
34
1.3
4 at 90°
1e
100
3.0
FBSB2F2TTPP
34
2-3/8
44
1.6
BRACKETS TO FIT POLES HAVING 4 IN. OD TOP TENON
3 in line
1b
125
6.0
FBSB4C2TTPP
36
2-3/8
37
1.9
4 in line
1c
125
6.0
FBSB4D2TTPP
36
2-3/8
67
2.6
3 at 120° 1d
125
6.0
FBSB4E2TTPP
41
2-3/8
38
1.5
4 at 90°
1e
125
6.0
FBSB4F2TTPP
34
2-3/8
48
1.6
NOTE: All brackets are prime painted. For galvanized brackets, substitute GV for PP in ordering
number listed in Selection Table.

1c

1e

1d

Figure 2

ROADWAY BRACKETS, STEEL UPSWEEP AND STRAIGHT
FOR 2-3/8 IN. OD POLE TOP TENONS
Roadway bracket steel upsweep or straight, for poles with 2-3/8 in. OD pole top
tenons. Bracket has 2-3/8 in. OD and is prime painted.

POLES AND BRACKETS ACCESSORIES

2a

BRACKET SELECTION TABLE
Recommended
Size of Each
Luminaire
Bracket
Dimensions
Number/
Max
Max
Luminaire Bracket Size
Placement See A
B
Weight EPA Ordering
Mounting Weight EPA
Tenons
Fig. (ft)
(in.)
(lbs)
(sq ft) Number
OD (in.)
(lbs)
(sq ft)
STEEL UPSWEEP BRACKET FOR 2-3/8 IN. OD TOP TENON
1
2a
6
24
75
2.0
RBSU2H6PP 2-3/8
29
1.5
2 at 180° 2b
6
24
75
2.0
RBSU2J6PP 2-3/8
54
2.8
3 at 120° 2c
4
24
75
2.0
RBSU2K4PP 2-3/8
76
1.8
4 at 90°
2d
4
24
75
2.0
RBSU2L4PP 2-3/8
99
2.9
STEEL STRAIGHT BRACKET FOR 2-3/8 IN. OD TOP TENON
1
3a
2
5
125
6.0
RBSS2H2PP 2-3/8
12
0.6
2 at 180° 3b
2
5
125
6.0
RBSS2J2PP 2-3/8
18
1.0
3 at 120° 2c
2
5
125
6.0
RBSS2K2PP 2-3/8
26
1.0
4 at 90°
2d
2
5
125
6.0
RBSS2L2PP 2-3/8
32
1.4
NOTE: All brackets are prime painted. For galvanized brackets, substitute GV for PP in ordering
number listed in Selection Table.

2b

2c

2d

Figure 3

3b
3a

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ P-23

P

ACCESSORIES
ROADWAY BRACKETS FOR WOOD POLE MOUNTING
Roadway bracket aluminum or galvanized steel for mounting on wood
poles, pipe sizes from 1-1/4 to 2-in. (32 to 51mm).

Cantilever
Fig. 1

Single-guy
Fig. 2

Tapered Elliptical
Fig. 4

Double-guy
Fig. 3

P

POLES AND BRACKETS ACCESSORIES

BRACKET SELECTION TABLE
Thru bolts and lag screws not included
Recommended Size of
Each Luminaire 80 MPHI
Bracket
(For high wind velocities,
consult factory)
Dimensions
Pipe
Nominal
Length
Size
A
B
See Max Weight Max EPA
Ordering
(ft)
(M)
Fig. (lbs) (kgs) (sq ft) (sq M) Number
(in.) (mm)
(in.) (mm)
(in.)
ALUMINUM PIPE BRACKETS
4
1.2
1
40
18
0.9
0.08
RBACWH4X1.25
1-1/4 32
45 1143 18-9/16
6
1.8
1
35
16
0.7
0.07
RBACWH6X1.25
1-1/4 32
69 1753 24-1/16
2.5
0.8
1
90
41
2.3
0.21
RBACWH2.5X2
2
51
30
762
15-1/8
4
1.2
1
70
32
1.8
0.17
RBACWH4X2
2
51
45 1143
18-3/8
6
1.8
1
50
23
1.4
0.13
RBACWH6X2
2
51
69 1753
24
6
1.8
2
80
36
1.4
0.13
RBAGWH6X2
2
51
69 1753
24
8
2.4
2
60
27
0.7
0.07
RBAGWH8X2
2
51
93 2362
29-5/8
8
2.4
3
70
32
1.4
0.13
RBADWH8X2
2
51
93 2362
29-5/8
10
3.0
3
50
23
0.9
0.08
RBADWH10X2
2
51
117 2972
35-1/4
12
3.7
3
40
18
0.7
0.07
RBADWH12X2
2
51
141 3581
40-7/8
GALVANIZED STEEL PIPE BRACKETS
2.5
0.8
1
90
41
2.3
0.21
RBSCWH2.5X1.25GV 1-1/4 32
30
762
15-1/4
4
1.2
1
70
32
1.8
0.17
RBSCWH4X1.25GV
1-1/4 32
45 1143 18-7/16
6
1.8
1
45
21
1.4
0.13
RBSCWH6X1.25GV
1-1/4 32
69 1753 14-1/16
2.5
0.8
1
90
41
2.8
0.26
RBSCWH2.5X2GV
2
51
30
762
15-1/8
4
1.2
1
90
41
2.3
0.21
RBSCWH4X2GV
2
51
45 1143
18-3/8
6
1.8
1
70
32
2.0
0.19
RBSCWH6X2GV
2
51
69 1753
24
8
2.4
1
45
20
1.4
0.13
RBSCWH8X2GV
2
51
93 2362
29-5/8
10
3.0
2
60
27
1.2
0.11
RBSGWH10X2GV
2
51
117 2972
35-1/4
12
3.7
2
50
23
0.7
0.07
RBSGWH12X2GV
2
51
141 3581
40-3/8
14
4.3
3
40
18
0.7
0.07
RBSDWH14X2GV
2
51
165 4191
46-1/2
16
4.9
3
35
16
0.7
0.07
RBSDWH16X2GV
2
51
189 4801
52-1/8
4
1.2
NOTE 90
41
2.3
0.21
RBSPWH4X2GV
2
51
45 1143
18-3/8
ALUMINUM TAPERED ELLIPTICAL BRACKETS
4
1.2
4
55
25
1.6
0.15
RBATWH4X2
2
51
42 1067
16
6
1.8
4
53
24
1.6
0.15
RBATWH6X2
2
51
66 1676
24
8
2.4
4
53
24
1.2
0.11
RBATWH8X2
2
51
90 2286
30
10
3.0
4
44
20
1.2
0.11
RBATWH10X2
2
51
114 2896
30
4
1.2
NOTE 60
27
1.6
0.15
RBAPWH4X2
2
51
48 1219
30
NOTE: Bracket has a flat plate for wall mounting. For hole sizes and location of holes in plate, consult factory.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
P-24/ 2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

C
(mm) (in.)

(mm)

Weight
(lbs)
(kgs)

217
611
384
467
610
610
752
752
895
1038

8-1/4
8-1/4
8-1/4
8-1/4
8-1/4
21
23
23
25
27

210
210
210
210
210
533
584
584
635
686

3.5
4.5
3.5
4.5
6.0
7.5
9.5
12.5
14.5
16.5

1.6
2.0
1.6
2.0
2.7
3.4
4.3
5.7
6.6
7.5

387
468
357
384
467
610
752
895
1026
1181
1324
467

8-1/4
8-1/4
8-1/4
8-1/4
8-1/4
8-1/4
8-1/4
25
27
30
33
8-1/4

210
210
210
210
210
210
210
635
686
762
838
210

7.5
10.0
14.0
11.0
15.5
21.0
27.5
37.5
45.0
58.5
66.0
16.0

3.4
4.5
6.3
5.0
7.0
9.5
12.5
17.0
20.4
26.5
29.9
7.3

406
610
762
762
762

4-5/8
4-3/4
6-1/8
7
15

117
121
156
178
381

6.0
10.0
14.0
17.0
9.0

2.7
4.5
6.3
7.7
4.1

MOUNTING ACCESSORIES
SINGLE AND DOUBLE FLOODLIGHT BRACKETS

WOOD POLE MOUNTING
Single Floodlight Bracket For Wood Pole Mounting
• Most items in stock for immediate shipment
• Mounting hardware not included
• Finish: Primer
• For hot dip galvanized, substitute "G" in place of "P"

FIG. 1

FIG. 2

STEEL
Ordering Number
SF-18P
SF-07P

Pipe Size
2"
2"

A
18"
7"

B
23"
20"

WT/LBS
15
11

• Shipped with mounting hardware assembled
• Red primer painted (Standard)
Ordering Number A OD (in.) B ID (in.) C (in.)
D (in)
TR-30-2P
2-3/8
3-1/4
6-1/4
4
TR-35-2P
2-3/8
3-13/16 6-1/4
4
TR-40-2P
2-3/8
4-1/4
6-1/4
4
TR-45-2P
3
4-1/4
6-1/4
4
NOTE: For hot dip galvanized, substitute “G” for “P”.

Weight (lbs)
8
10
11
12

REMOVABLE TENON ADAPTER FOR SQUARE
STEEL POLES (FIG. 2)
• Mounting hardware not included
• Red primer painted or hot dip galvanized
Ordering Number
RTASQ-4-2P
RTASQ-4-2G
RTASQ-5-2P
RTASQ-5-2G
RTASQ-6-2P
RTASQ-6-2G

A (in.)
2-3/8
2-3/8
2-3/8
2-3/8
2-3/8
2-3/8

B (in.)
3
3
4
4
5
5

C (in.)
13-3/4
13-3/4
13-3/4
13-3/4
13-3/4
13-3/4

Weight (lbs)
7
8
8
9
17
19

DOUBLE RIGHT ANGLE BRACKET (FIG. 3)

FIG. 3

POLES/BRACKETS MOUNTING ACCESSORIES

TENON REDUCER BRACKETS FOR POLE TOP
MOUNTING (FIG. 1)

• Red primer painted
Ordering Number
DRAB-P

A (in.)
30

B (in.)
8-1/2

Weight (lbs)
22

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

2005/ P-25

P

MOUNTING ACCESSORIES

VERTICAL TENON BRACKET (FIG. 4)

FIG. 4

• Mounting hardware not included
• Red primer painted
Ordering Number
A (in.)
B (in.)
Weight (lbs)
VT2-4P
2-3/8
4
5
NOTE: For hot dip galvanized, substitute “G” for “P”.

RIGHT ANGLE BRACKET FOR SQUARE STEEL POLE
MOUNTING (FIG. 5)
• Mounting hardware not included
• Red primer painted
Ordering Number Pole Size (in.)
A (in.)
B (in.)
RABX-4P
4
12
13
RABX-5P
5
12
13
RABX-6P
6
12
13
NOTE: For hot dip galvanized, substitute “G” for “P”.

Weight (lbs)
8
8
9

FIG. 5

RIGHT ANGLE BRACKET FOR SQUARE STEEL POLE
MOUNTING (FIG. 6)

P

POLES AND BRACKETS ACCESSORIES

• Mounting hardware not included
• Red primer painted
Ordering Number Pole Size (in.)
A (in.)
B (in.)
RABHX-4P
4
8-1/2
8
RABHX-5P
5
8-1/2
8
RABHX-6P
6
8-1/2
8
RABHX-14-4P
4
14-1/2
8
RABHX-14-5P
5
14-1/2
8
RABHX-14-6P
6
14-1/2
8
NOTE: For hot dip galvanized, substitute “G” for “P”.

Weight (lbs)
10
10
11
12
12
13

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
P-26/ 2005

www.gelightingsystems.com

FIG. 6

Technical
Product Data
T-1
Decorative Paint Finishes
T-2
®
T-3
ALGLAS Finish on Reflectors
Advantages of Optical Filtering Systems T-3
Ballasts for HID Lighting
T-5
Ballast Types and
Operating Characteristics (HPS)
T-6
Pulse Start Metal Halide Systems
T-7
Ballast Electrical Data
Notes and Warnings
T-8
Single Voltage, 60 Hz (HPS)
T-8/9
Multivolt, 60 Hz (HPS)
T-10
Multivolt, 50 Hz (HPS)
T-11
Single Voltage, 60 Hz
(Metal Halide, Mercury)
T-12
Single Voltage, 60 Hz
(Pulse Metal Halide)
T-13
Multivolt, 60 Hz
(MH, Pulse MH, Mercury)
T-14
™
SnapDrive
T-15

BACK TO MAIN INDEX

Ballast Circuits and
Operating Characteristics
Application Data
Illumination Recommendations –
Indoor
Illumination Recommendations –
Outdoor
Outdoor Lighting –
Floodlight Placement and Aiming
Outdoor Lighting –
Luminaires with Fixed Aiming
Outdoor Lighting Quick Selector
Roadway Lighting Quick Selector
Lamp Data
LEXAN® SLX – Polycarbonate
Material by GE Plastics

T-16
T-18
T-18
T-23
T-24
T-25
T-26
T-28
T-29
T-34

imagination at work

TECHNICAL

LOOK FOR
THIS TAB ON
ANY PAGE
TO RETURN
TO THE
TECHNICAL
INDEX

T

TECHNICAL DATA INDEX
THIS SECTION PROVIDES INFORMATION AND TECHNICAL
DATA THAT CAN BE OF HELP WHEN YOU ARE CHOOSING
OR APPLYING A GE ENERGY-EFFICIENT LIGHTING SYSTEM.

PAGE

Decorative Paint Finishes

T-2

ALGLAS ® Finish on Reflectors

T-3

Advantages of Optical Filtering Systems

T-3

Ballasts for HID Lighting

T-5

Ballast Types and Operating Characteristics (HPS)

T-6

Pulse Arc Metal Halide Systems

T-7

Ballast Electrical Data

T-8

– Notes and Warnings
– Single Voltage, 60 Hz (HPS)

T-8-9

– Multivol t, 60Hz (HPS)

T-10

– Single Voltage, 50 Hz (HPS)

T-11

– Single Voltage, 60 Hz (Metal Halide, Mercury)

T-12

– Single Voltage, 60 Hz (Pulse Metal Halide)

T-13

– Multivolt, 60 Hz (MH, Pulse MH, Mercury)

T-14

– SnapDriveTM

T-15

Ballast Circuits and Operating Characteristics

T-16

Illumination Recommendations - Indoor

T-18

Illumination Recommendations - Outdoor

T-23

Outdoor Lighting – Floodlight Placement and Aiming

T-24

Outdoor Lighting – Luminaires with Fixed Aiming

T-25

Outdoor Lighting Quick Selector

T-26

Roadway Lighting Quick Selector

T-28

Lamp Data

T-29

LEXAN® SLX - Polycarbonate Material by GE Plastics

T-34

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

TECHNICAL DATA INDEX

INDEX

2005/ T-1

T

DECORATIVE PAINT FINISHES

STANDARD DECORATIVE COLORS
GE Lighting Systems offers an array of Standard Decorative Colors and Special Decorative Colors as optional paint
finishes for indoor and outdoor fixtures. Base coat is always gray or dark bronze electrocoat paint finish on all
surfaces, inside and out, for maximum protection against corrosion.

CUSTOM COLORS
With over 180 different colors available through GE Lighting Systems, the preferred RAL method is utilized. Initially
developed in Europe, this color matching system provides consistent, long-lasting color choices to suit any lighting need.
THERMOSET POLYESTER POWDER COAT SPECIFICATIONS
TEST
Impact
Hardness
Flexibility
Adhesion
Salt Fog
Humidity
Weatherometer
Color

PROCEDURE
ASTM D2794
ASTM D3363
ASTM D522
ASTM D3359
ASTM B117, D714
ASTM D2247
ASTM D3361
ASTM D2264

PROPERTIES OF ALL GE LIGHTING SYSTEMS PAINT FINISHES
• Attractive appearance
• Color retention
• Corrosion and abrasion resistance
• Durability

• Weatherability
• Impact resistance
• Uniform coating
• Superior adhesion

T

TECHNICAL DATA

BASE COAT, GRAY OR DARK BRONZE

DECORATIVE PAINT FINISHES APPLIED TO CAST
ALUMINUM PARTS
• Standard Decorative Colors: The white and black colors
are electrostatically applied polyester powder. The dark
bronze is an acrylic electrocoat finish.
• Special Decorative Colors: The charcoal gray (27) is a
polyester powder finish. All other special decorative colors
are an acrylic overspray.

ORDERING
• Standard Decorative Colors: White, dark bronze, or black
available on specific luminaires. Contact factory for pricing.
•Special Decorative Colors: Available upon request. Contact
factory for pricing.
In addition to these standard and 188 RAL colors,
GE Lighting Systems can match any federal paint number.
Minimum order 20 fixtures with pricing dependent on
quantity. Contact factory for pricing.

At GE Lighting Systems, we finish all die-cast aluminum
parts with an electrocoat of gray or dark bronze acrylic
paint. Electrocoating is a dip process in which paint
particles are suspended in water and then attracted to
metal surfaces by means of electrophoresis. All inside and
outside surfaces are uniformly coated, even irregular
shapes. The paint is then cured in an oven (thermoset).

T-2/ 2005

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

ALGLAS FINISH ON REFLECTORS
®

1. Chemical Composition: The ALGLAS coating is a thin, transparent, flexible coating of
very high quality, heat-cured glass which has been chemically bonded to an aluminum
reflector surface.
2. Surface Smoothness: Surfaces of ALGLAS, Alzak† and prismatic glass were compared
using a profilometer to measure smoothness. The traces of Alzak and prismatic glass
revealed significantly more light scattering, rippling and roughness than did the ALGLAS
trace. Electron microscope observances confirmed this finding.
3. Coating Continuity: ALGLAS coating is continuous and pinhole free. Complete
immersion of the reflector in the silicate solution insures uniform
coating of all surfaces.
4. Cleanability: ALGLAS finish is smoother than pressed glass and
RESISTANCE TO CHEMICAL ATTACK
readily lends itself to thorough cleaning with a standard detergent
and water.
REFLECTOR SURFACES
5. Durability and Safety: ALGLAS is a high quality glass coating
BOROthat is chemically inert, giving it the chemical durability of plate
SILICATE
glass. Reflectors coated with ALGLAS are lightweight and
CHEMICAL REAGENTS
ALGLAS
GLASS
ALZAK
unbreakable, as opposed to heavy conventional prismatic glass
reflectors that are breakable and potentially dangerous.
ACIDS
6. Resistance to Chemical Attack: The ALGLAS finish is superior to
Hydrochloric
N
N
A
the Alzak finish and comparable to borosilicate glass in resistance
Sulfuric
N
N
A
to chemical attack (table shows partial list of reagents tested).
Nitric
N
N
A
Hydrofluoric
AV
AV
AV
7. Optical Performance: Outstanding smoothness of the ALGLAS
finish results in optimum reflector specularity and the high light
BASES
transmission of the unique coating results in maximum reflector
Sodium Hydroxide
AS
AS
AV
efficiency. ALGLAS-coated reflectors can be uniformly produced on
Hydroxylamine
N
N
AVS
precision tooling in contrast to the production of pressed glass
SALTS
reflectors where tool degradation, with time, causes imperfections
in the prismatic glass surfaces.
Sodium Chloride
N
N
A
8. Resistance to Corrosive Environments: ALGLAS-coated samples
GASES
have remained bright and specular after 2500 hours in salt fog
N
N
AS
SO 2
while Alzak-finish samples lost most of their specularity after the
NO 2
N
N
AS
standard 500 hour ASTM test. ALGLAS finish also showed superior
seacoast weathering characteristics over a seven-year period.
A= Attacks; AV = Attacks Vigorously; AS = Attacks Slowly;

AVS = Attacks Very Slowly; N = No Effect

ADVANTAGES OF OPTICAL FILTERING SYSTEMS
removal of the molecular species (hydro-carbons, nitrogen oxide,
nitrogen dioxide, and sulfur dioxide) is not effectively
accomplished with dacron felt filters. These vapors, however will
absorb on the activated charcoal, thereby reducing their
concentration as the air breathes into the optical assembly.
Gaseous contaminants inside the luminaire present a serious
problem because ordinary cleaning methods often fail to remove
these deposits, which then become permanent if left on the
reflector too long.
Simply providing a filter in a luminaire is not the only answer
to optical assembly cleanliness. The luminaire design and
quality must be such that the system is sealed to optimize the
amount of air that flows into the optical assembly through the
filter. This means that any leak areas must be held within certain
specified limits.

SEALED-FILTERED LUMINAIRE
The objective of a filtered unit is to maximize the resistance of air
flow into the optical assembly through all locations except in the
filtering area. The real advantage of an effectively filtered
luminaire over a sealed unit becomes apparent on analysis of a
unit that has developed a leak.
The effect of a small leak, which may be just a pinhole, is quite
different in a sealed-filtered unit than in the non-filtered but
sealed unit. The filter creates a low resistance flow path in
parallel with any leaks in the luminaire.
The volume of air “breathed” in and out by the filtered unit will
be the same as for the sealed but leaking unit. However, only that
portion of the flow not going through the filter will cause
depreciation in the light output.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

TECHNICAL DATA

Laboratory tests indicate that a well-designed luminaire which
incorporates an absorptive filter–activated charcoal–helps keep
light reduction due to internal contaminants to an average of 1% per
year. Conversely, the average, well-designed non-filtered luminaire
in service today accumulates contaminants on reflector surfaces that
can depreciate light output at a rate in the order of 4-5% per year.
Outdoors, the light loss due to contaminants on the outside of the
refractor are minor. Under normal outdoor conditions the cleaning
action of wind and rain tend to keep this loss in the range of 1-2%.
However, there can be a drastic reduction in light output due to
contaminants within the optical assembly of a non-filtered
luminaire, either indoors or outdoors.
• Even under ideal cleaning conditions and using the best known
cleaning materials, contamination on a reflector is extremely
difficult to remove once it is “baked on.”
• In the field it is impossible to restore a reflector to its original
condition due to permanent damage imparted during cleaning.
• A light, thin film of accumulation can cause a significant loss in
light output.
Contaminants which affect light control and reduce efficiency,
besides dirt particles of varying sizes, are vapors and gases which
either corrode the optical control surfaces or deposit films that are
subsequently baked on by the lamp heat. Chemical analysis of
typical contaminants removed from reflector surfaces under tests
included unburned hydrocarbons, nitrogen dioxide and sulfur
dioxide, all of which exhibit a tendency to bond to the surface of a
specular reflector. This deposit on the reflector surface is the largest
contributing factor in the degradation of light output.
Two means of filtering optical assemblies are commonly used:
activated charcoal and dacron felt. Both can be effective in keeping
particulates or solids from entering such assemblies. However,

2005/ T-3

T

ADVANTAGES OF OPTICAL
FILTERING SYSTEMS (Continued)
The portions of the air flow which go through the filter, and the leaks depend inversely on
their relative flow restrictions, much the same as current flow through parallel electrical
resistors.
For example, if the resistance to the flow of the leak were 20 times that of the filter, less than
five percent of the air breathed in enters through the leak. This means that a filtered
luminaire would require 21 times as long to draw in as much contaminated air as a sealed,
but non-filtered unit with an equal sized leak.

FILTERED VS. NON-FILTERED COMPARISON
The effect of a filter on total light output can best be shown in the Total Light Output graph. Lamp lumen depreciation
(dotted line) is taken to be approximately 6% per year. Optical assembly depreciation is 5% per year for a non-filtered
luminaire versus 1% per year for a filtered luminaire. Total light output of the luminaire for each year is then the product of
both lamp lumen depreciation and the optical assembly depreciation factors.
At the end of an assumed four-year relamping interval, a
new lamp is installed and the refractor is wiped inside and
out with a dry cloth, thereby bringing the combined
efficiency significantly up in both cases–but never to the
original (100%) value.
Not only does the filtered luminaire deliver more light at
the end of the four year period (73% more), but at the time of
relamping and cleaning the unit is nearly restored to its
original condition. The non-filtered luminaire can only
recover 87% of its original light output.
Projecting these curves with subsequent relamping
periods every four years shows that at the 20th year the
non-filtered luminaire would be delivering only 37.8% of the
original light output.

NON-FILTERED LUMINAIRE

FILTERED LUMINAIRE

Wipe Every Four Years

Wipe Every Four Years

T

TECHNICAL DATA

Year
0
1
2
3
4
RELAMP
4
5
6
7
8
RELAMP
8
9
10
11
12
RELAMP
12
13
14
15
16
RELAMP
16
17
18
19
20
* Assume 2% gain from
at relamping. (Derived

T-4/ 2005

Lamp
Optical
Total
Lumen
Assembly Light
Deprec.
Deprec.
Output
6%/Yr.
1%/Yr.
%
100
100
100
94
99
93.1
88
98
86.2
82
97
79.5
76
96
73.0
100
98*
98.0
94
97
91.2
88
96
84.5
82
95
77.9
76
94
71.4
100
96*
96.0
94
95
89.3
88
94
82.7
82
93
76.3
76
92
69.9
100
94*
94.0
94
93
87.4
88
92
81.0
82
91
74.6
76
90.1
68.5
100
92.1*
92.1
94
91.2
85.7
88
90.3
79.5
82
89.4
73.3
76
88.5
67.3
wiping outside and inside refractor
from actual test data.)

Lamp
Optical
Total
Lumen
Assembly Light
Year
Deprec.
Deprec.
Output
6%/Yr.
1%/Yr.
%
0
100
100
100
1
94
95.0
89.3
2
88
90.2
79.4
3
82
85.7
70.3
4
76
81.4
61.9
RELAMP
4
100
87.0*
87.0
5
94
82.7
77.7
6
88
78.6
69.2
7
82
74.7
61.3
8
76
71.0
54.0
RELAMP
8
100
76.6*
76.6
9
94
72.8
68.4
10
88
69.2
60.9
11
82
65.7
53.9
12
76
62.4
47.4
RELAMP
12
100
68.0*
68.0
13
94
64.6
60.7
14
88
61.4
45.0
15
82
58.3
47.8
16
76
55.4
42.1
RELAMP
16
100
61.0*
61.0
17
94
58.0
54.5
18
88
55.1
48.5
19
82
52.3
42.9
20
76
49.7
37.8
* Assume 5.6% gain from wiping outside and inside refractor at relamping. (Derived from actual test data.)

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

BALLASTS FOR HID LIGHTING
NOTE: See pages T-8 through T-15 for Ballast Electrical Data and for
Ordering Number Logic for each HPS, metal halide and mercury ballast type.

LIGHTING SYSTEMS CHARACTERISTICS
GE Lighting Systems operate high intensity discharge (HID)
lamps: mercury, metal halide, and high pressure sodium
(HPS). In these systems the ballast is an interface.

Ignoring the different HPS performance characteristics can:
• Result in more energy use and increased operating costs
• Severely shorten lamp life
• Significantly add to system's maintenance costs
• Produce lower than desired light levels
• Increase wiring and circuit breaker installation costs
• Result in lamp cycling when voltage dips occur
There are three basic electromagnetic HPS ballast types:

THE BALLAST HAS THESE FUNCTIONS
1. Start and stabilize the lamp
2. Control lamp wattage as line voltage varies
Mercury (or mercury vapor) lamps are the oldest and most mature
of the three types. They have long lives, but are only slightly more
efficient than incandescent lamps in terms of maintained efficiency
over lamp life. The radiant energy from the arc of a clear mercury
lamp is generated in four discrete visible spectral lines that produce
an unattractive rendition of object colors and skin tones. Therefore,
most mercury lamps today use coatings of chemical phosphors on
their glass outer wall to modify and improve color rendering.
Metal halide lamps use sodium in their arc tubes to give them
comparatively high light output. The arc tubes also have other
metals or chemicals mixed with the sodium to balance and improve
color. In fact, these lamps have become the standard for lighting
sports for TV. Their lives are shorter than those of mercury lamps;
but, they are significantly more efficient.
High pressure sodium (HPS) lamps generate light with a sodium
(primarily) arc discharge. This gives them the highest luminous
efficacy (lumens of light per watt of energy used) of these three
lamps (over twice that of mercury). Their average rated life is similar
to that of mercury lamps.
All three HID lamps require supplemental electromagnetic and/or
electronic circuitry (normally called a “ballast”) to start and stabilize
the arc discharge and to condition the external power supply to the
lamp's specific electrical requirements. The selection of a ballast
type depends on where it is to be used. Mercury and metal halide
lamps change little in operating characteristics over life and ballast
operation remains fairly constant. But HPS lamps change operating
characteristics dynamically over life. Following is an explanation of
general operating characteristics of HPS ballasts followed by a
tabular listing of typical electrical data of different ballast wattages
and types for all three HID lamps.

Non-Regulating
Reactor
Lag
High Reactance
Auto Transformer
Reactor

Lead-Type Regulators
Lag-Type Regulators
CWA-Constant Wattage Magnetic Regulators
Auto-Regulating or Auto- Regulated Lag
Regulator
CWI-Constant Wattage
Isolated Winding

NOTE: A Lag-Type (Magnetic) Regulator Ballast is an isolated
three-section core and coil, including a tertiary winding. A
capacitor is always connected across this tertiary winding, not
in series with the lamp. A CWI type high pressure sodium
ballast (although isolated winding) does not provide
characteristics of lamp regulation, power factor, dip tolerances,
etc. equivalent to those of a magnetic regulator.
The key factors in selecting the right HPS ballast must involve
the system (lamp and ballast) changes that occur over normal
lamp life as presented in this table.
BALLAST TYPE
Non-Regulating
(Reactor, Lag)

Lead-Type
Regulator,
Auto-Regulator
(CWA, CWI)

Lag-Type
Regulator
Magnetic
Regulator

LINE VOLTAGE
VARIATION

±5%

±10%

±10%

BALLAST
LOSSES

20% to 50% less
than Lag-Type
Regulator

10% to 40% less
than Lag-Type
Regulator

-

POWER FACTOR 90%+ to 65%

90%+ to 65%

90%+

VOLTAGE DIP
TOLERANCE

50% to 10%

55% to 25%

1.5% for each 1%

0.8% for each 1%

change of line
voltage

change of line
voltage

15% to 7%

LAMP WATTAGE 2.5% for each 1%
change of line
REGULATION
voltage

The high pressure sodium lamp, unlike metal halide and
mercury vapor, has changing electrical characteristics over its
life. For instance, lamp operating voltage can change as much
as 60% over lamp life. Thus, the key to good system performance is ballast operating characteristics throughout the life
of the lamp.

• LINE VOLTAGE VARIATION–The line voltage limits within
which a ballast will operate a lamp to meet a lamp
manufacturer's specifications. Non-regulating ballasts will
typically tolerate only a ±5% variation in line voltage, while
regulating type ballasts will tolerate ±10% changes.
Starting problems can occur with non-regulating ballasts
when the line voltage drops below 95% of nominal.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

TECHNICAL DATA

All ballasts have a 6-month operating capability with cycling lamp

KEYS TO SELECTING HPS BALLAST

2005/ T-5

T

BALLAST TYPES AND OPERATING
CHARACTERISTICS (HPS ONLY)

T

TECHNICAL DATA

• VOLTAGE DIP TOLERANCE – The ability of a ballast to operate a
lamp during voltage drops. The dip tolerance published is measured
in accordance with ANSI C82.6.9 Extinction Voltage Test.
Lamp voltage rise is a normal operating characteristic of high pressure sodium lamps as they age. As aging occurs, dip tolerance
deteriorates. Some ballasts are more susceptible than others. Refer
to ballast electrical data and the following diagram for comparisons.

T-6/ 2005

Dip Tolerance
(Typical Data for 400W HPS)
Percent Nominal Line Voltage Dip

• LINE INPUT WATTAGE – The sum of the lamp wattage and ballast
losses.
• LAMP WATTAGE – The wattage delivered to the lamp by the ballast.
This value is measured in the laboratory under controlled test conditions in which a lamp is selected for nominal lamp voltage and the
ballast is operated at nominal line voltage.
• BALLAST LOSSES – Line input watts minus lamp watts equal ballast
losses. Ballast losses represent the energy consumed by the ballast
to operate the lamp. Standard industry practice is to measure and
publish ballast losses without the luminaire. This practice has been
followed because no two fixtures are alike in construction and component location or operate at the same temperature.
The amount of energy consumed is dependent on the type of ballast
selected, its design, construction, and materials composition, and
operating ambient temperature. A non-regulating ballast can be
designed to produce minimum losses at a specific line voltage. If the
incoming supply is different, an additional transformer must be
used and energy consumption increases substantially. Regulating
ballast designs trade off losses for other desirable features such as
lamp wattage and line voltage regulation, dip tolerance, stable
power factor and lower fusing currents. As a result, since regulating
ballasts are being asked to do more work, these ballasts have the
higher losses.
• POWER FACTOR (PF) – The ratio of (line wattage to line volts X
amps), expressed as a percent. A high power factor (HPF) ballast must
have a power factor of at least 90%. Anything less is considered
normal power factor (NPF). NPF designs normally range from 4060%.
An NPF ballast draws about twice the operating line current of an
HPF design and may require larger conductors, switches, breakers
or distribution transformers for the same lighting load. Where an
NPF lighting load adversely affects overall power factor, energy
rates may be significantly increased.
A lag-type regulating ballast will have a power factor greater than
90% throughout the rated life of the lamp regardless of line voltage
or lamp aging. A lead-type regulating ballast will initially have at
least 90% PF but may drop as low as 65% due to lamp aging. It is
possible for HPF non-regulating ballasts to drop below 90% as
lamps and capacitors age.

MAGNETIC REGULATOR

LEAD-TYPE REGULATOR

NON-REGULATING TYPE

Lamp Voltage

• LINE CURRENT – On regulating types, the line current as the lamp
starts is less than the final operating current, so that circuit breaker
ratings can be based strictly on the operating current values. For
non-regulating ballasts, the line starting current or open circuit
current may be considerably higher than the final operating value,
so circuit breakers and photoelectric control switches must be sized
to accommodate this higher current. (See notes on page 367 for
fusing practices.)
• LAMP WATTAGE REGULATION – The ability of a ballast to control
lamp wattage as the incoming line voltage varies.
Line voltage variation can be caused by fluctuations in supply from
the power company. Public utility commissions normally permit the
utility company ±6% line voltage variation. This allows them to
respond to excessive peak demands such as summer air conditioning loads or winter fuel shortages.
Line voltage can also vary because of the length of the wiring run or
conductor size used in an installation. Long runs produce voltage
drops.
Non-Regulating ballasts produce large changes in light output as
line voltage changes. A 1% line voltage change will cause a 2.5%
light output change. Lead-type regulating ballasts are designed for
±10% line voltage variation and a 1% change in line voltage will
produce a 1.5% change in lamp wattage. Lag type regulators are the
best at controlling lamp light output. Each 1% change in line voltage
produces only a 0.8% change in lamp wattage.
• TOLERANCE TO ABNORMAL OR LAMP END-OF-LIFE OPERATING
CONDITIONS – refers to ballast and ignitor operations following a
lamp open or short circuit failure or when a high pressure sodium
lamp reaches the end of life and starts to cycle.
Regardless of whether the ballast is a regulating or non-regulating
design, an HPS system (which includes the electromagnetic core and
coil, the ignitor and the capacitor) should be capable of a 6 months
extended period of operation in any of these three luminaire abnormal operating conditions. All GE Lighting Systems ballasts are designed and tested for these conditions.
HOW TO TELL IF THE BALLAST WILL OPERATE PROPERLY – Each high
pressure sodium ballast design has its own “fingerprint”, the voltwatt trace.
Lamp manufacturers and ANSI provide ballast designers with specifications that establish a ballast's operating characteristics necessary for the lamp to achieve published performance.
All HID ballasts meet all ANSI standards.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

BALLAST TYPES AND OPERATING
CHARACTERISTICS (HPS ONLY)

Due to normal lamp manufacturing tolerance, a new HPS
lamp may vary from its nominal design voltage as much as
15%. Initial lamp lumen output will vary by approximately
the same amount. Remember also, that as the HPS lamp
ages, its lamp voltage increases until the ballast can no
longer sustain lamp operation and end of life cycling begins.
The ability of the ballast to operate the lamp at higher voltages is referred to as the lamp drop-out point. The lamp

drop-out point should be higher than the end-of-life lamp
voltage in order to allow for line voltage dips and fixture
effects.
The relationship between lamp wattage and lamp voltage
that occurs as the lamps age while being operated by a
ballast produces the volt-watt trace “fingerprint.”

PULSE START METAL HALIDE SYSTEMS
The new metal halide ballast/lamp/fixture combinations
offer:
• Higher initial lumens than traditional systems
• Hot restart time of approximately four minutes, rather
than ten to fifteen minutes
• 50% longer lamp life than traditional systems
• Higher delivered maintained lumens than traditional
systems
• Improved color stability than traditional systems

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

TECHNICAL DATA

The arc tube shape, fill material and starting method for
some new metal halide lamps are dramatically different,
with resulting improvements in performance and color
stability. With some new metal halide lamps such as the "E"
lamp, a pulse ignitor outside of the lamp provides the high
voltage pulse needed for starting. The pulse start metal
halide lamp is offered as a "P" light source choice for
selected products. GE offers pulse ignitor magnetic regulator
and autoregulator ballasts that can be used for a number of
fixtures. See product pages for lamp and ballast availability
and the following pages for ballast electrical data.

2005/ T-7

T

BALLAST ELECTRICAL DATA
NOTES

WARNINGS

The letter in the box before each ballast description corresponds to the Ballast
Type in the Ordering Number Logic for each product. For example, M is the
Ordering Number Logic for magnetic regulator ballasts. See product pages for
availability of each ballast type.
Ballast choices other than those described on these pages also appear on
product pages. They are:
B = System 3 TM Bi-Level Control autoregulator (see Indoor Lighting Section
page I-92)
G = the same ballast as M except G has a grounded socket shell
K = Hot Restart (restrikes the lamp instantly after a power interruption; see
Indoor Lighting Section page I-118)
W = Whisper Quiet TM autoregulator (for situations where a quieter ballast is
required). Contact factory for ballast electrical data.

* For outdoor products the line watts are 481.
** Note: For H or N type systems the maximum current is for the open
circuit or starting condition. Normal run current will be lower.
*** Kilowatts of constant-current transformer capacity per ballast
recommended for proper operation.

Size branch circuits to accommodate line-operating amperes or line starting amperes–whichever is larger.
The data listed is typical of that obtained when a ballast is tested under laboratory
conditions as a separate component. When these components are encapsulated, or
mounted in luminaires, the values listed below will vary depending upon the enclosure being used, lamp position and lamp variations. The component value method of
testing is used so that uniform testing procedures may be followed on all ballasts.
1. Input voltage variations over the full range of allowable percentage range will
vary lamp wattage as shown in the “ELECTRICAL BALLAST CIRCUT AND
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS” section on pages T-14 and T-15.
2. The voltage of high pressure sodium lamps changes with lamp life causing
corresponding changes in lamp watts, so that the regulation cannot be stated in
the same terms as for other HID lamp types. All HPS ballast types, over the full
range of “allowable line voltage variation,” control lamp watts within the prescribed limits of operation throughout the rated life of the lamp, as defined by
trapezoidal limits in ANSI Standards for High Pressure Sodium lamps.
3. Mercury reactor ballasts listed in wattages 100 to 400 may be used at 50Hz as
follows: 240 volts (60Hz) at 220 volts (50Hz). Reactors used on 220 volts are only
adequate for lamp starting to 0°F.
4. All HID ballasts will provide satisfactory lamp starting to -20°F (-40°F for HPS)
minimum over the recommended line-voltage variation.
5. Fusing: Not recommended as protection for individual HID ballast. If specified,
fuse(s) should be rated 3 times maximum current. Fusing may cause nuisance
interruptions. The fusing of a reactor type ballast should be avoided.
6. Ballast Losses = Line Watts - Lamp Watts

= Ballast Type in Ordering Number Logic table. See individual product pages.
HPS BALLAST ELECTRICAL DATA—SINGLE VOLTAGE, 60Hz
ANSI
Lamp
Type

Rated
Lamp
Watts

Input
Volts

Maximum
Input
Amps

HPS BALLAST MAGNETIC REGULATOR
ALLOWABLE LINE VOLTAGE VARIATION: ±10%
S-51
400
120
4.0
481 *
208
2.3
479 *
240
2.0
477
277
1.7
478
347
1.4
478
480
1.0
477 *
S-67
310
120
3.3
388
208
1.9
388
240
1.7
387
277
1.6
385
480
0.8
371
S-50
250
120
2.7
324
208
1.5
306
240
1.4
315
277
1.2
322
347
0.9
304
480
0.7
315
S-66
200
120
2.1
252
208
1.2
248
240
1.1
251
277
0.9
247
480
0.5
251
S-55
150
120
1.6
197
208
0.9
196
240
0.8
195
277
0.7
196
347
0.6
195
480
0.5
196
S-54
100
120
1.2
137
208
0.7
136
240
0.6
136
277
0.5
136
347
0.4
137
480
0.3
137
S-62
70
120
0.8
99
208
0.5
93
240
0.4
98
277
0.3
93
347
0.3
99
480
0.2
98
LOW LOSS BALLAST HPS BALLAST – AUTOREGULATOR (CWA)
L SUPER
ALLOWABLE LINE VOLTAGE VARIATION: ±10%
S-51
400
120
3.9
442
208
2.3
455
240
2.0
451
277
1.7
453
480
1.0
455
S-50
250
120
2.4
288
208
1.4
289
240
1.2
290
277
1.1
289
347
0.9
291
480
0.6
293

TECHNICAL DATA

M

T

Input
Watts

T-8/ 2005

* For outdoor products the line watts are 481.

ANSI
Lamp
Type

Rated
Lamp
Watts

Input
Volts

Maximum
Input
Amps

HPS BALLAST–AUTO-REGULATOR (LEAD TYPE) – CWA
ALLOWABLE LINE VOLTAGE VARIATION: ±10%
S-52
1000
120
9.7
208
5.5
240
4.9
277
4.2
347
3.5
480
2.5
S-111
750
120
7.1
208
4.1
277
3.1
347
2.5
480
1.8
S-51
400
120
3.9
208
2.3
240
2.0
277
1.7
347
1.4
480
1.0

Input
Watts

A

1105
1103
1105
1104
1105
1109
839
839
841
844
847
469
476
478
468
467
469

S-67

310

120
208
240
277
347
480

3.0
1.8
1.5
1.3
0.7
0.8

360
362
362
361
363
363

S-50

250

S-66

200

S-55

150

S-54

100

S-62

70

120
208
240
277
347
480
120
208
240
277
347
480
120
208
240
277
480
120
208
240
277
347
480
120
208
240
277
347
480

2.5
1.5
1.3
1.1
0.9
0.7
2.0
1.2
1.0
0.9
0.7
0.6
1.6
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.4
1.2
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.8
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.3
0.2

303
304
305
305
307
304
238
239
240
240
240
239
186
185
183
183
185
123
120
120
119
121
127
89
88
87
87
88
88

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

= Ballast Type in Ordering Number Logic table. See individual product pages.
HPS BALLAST ELECTRICAL DATA—SINGLE VOLTAGE, 60Hz (Continued)

P

Rated
Maximum
Lamp
Input
Input
Watts
Volts
Amps**
HPS BALLAST–REGULATOR (LEAD TYPE) – CWI
ALLOWABLE LINE VOLTAGE VARIATION: ±10%

S-50

250

S-66

200

S-55

150

S-54

100

S-62

70

120
208
240
277
347
480
120
208
240
277
347
120
240
120
240
120
240

2.5
1.5
1.3
1.1
0.9
0.7
2.0
1.2
1.1
0.9
0.7
1.6
0.8
1.1
0.6
0.8
0.5

Input
Watts

H
300
300
300
293
299
298
236
244
240
244
242
189
189
131
130
94
94

HPS BALLAST–REACTOR TYPE (HIGH POWER FACTOR
OR REACTOR AUTO-TRANSFORMER)
ALLOWABLE LINE VOLTAGE VARIATION: ±5%

H REACTOR
S-52
S-51

1000
400

S-67

310

S-50

250

S-66

200

S-55
S-54
S-62
S-68
S-76

150
100
70
50
35

480
208
240
208
240
208
240
208
240
120
120
120
120
120

4.2
3.8
4.1
2.8
3.1
2.3
2.4
1.8
2.1
2.4
1.7
1.3
0.9
0.8

ANSI
Lamp
Type

1067
438
440
345
340
281
298
223
231
173
117
86
61
40

Rated
Lamp
Watts

ALLOWABLE LINE VOLTAGE VARIATION: ±5%

S-52
S-51

1000
400

S-67

310

S-50

250

S-66

200

S-55
S-54
S-62
S-68
S-76

150
100
70
50
35

480
208
240
208
240
208
240
208
240
120
120
120
120
120

6.6
6.6
6.2
5.0
4.6
4.0
3.8
3.2
3.2
4.4
3.2
2.0
1.5
1.0

1067
438
440
347
338
281
298
223
231
172
117
85
60
40

** Note: For H or N type systems the maximum current is for the open circuit
or starting condition. Normal run current will be lower.

Maximum
Input
Amps**

Input
Watts

HPS BALLAST–REACTOR TYPE (HIGH POWER FACTOR LAG)
ALLOWABLE LINE VOLTAGE VARIATION: ±5%

S-50
S-66
S-55

250
200
150

S-54

100

S-62

70

S-68

50

N

120
120
208
240
277
347
480
208
240
277
347
480
208
240
277
347
480
208
240
277
347

4.8
4.1
1.6
1.4
1.2
1.0
0.7
1.2
1.0
0.9
0.8
0.5
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.4

300
235
182
184
184
185
193
126
125
126
120
129
91
88
89
85
93
63
64
65
63

HPS BALLAST–REACTOR TYPE (NORMAL POWER FACTOR LAG)
ALLOWABLE LINE VOLTAGE VARIATION: ±5%

S-51
S-50
S-66
S-55

400
250
200
150

12.2
8.0
6.8
2.8
2.3
2.1
1.6
1.8
1.8
1.5
1.2
0.7
1.6
1.4
1.2
1.0
0.7
1.1
1.0
0.9

455
288
231
182
184
184
185
126
125
126
120
129
91
89
89
85
93
63
64
65

S-54

100

S-62

70

S-68

50

S HPS BALLAST – SERIES TYPE
ANSI
Maximum
Lamp
Line
Type
Watts
Amps

Line
Watts

Loading
Factor
(KW)***

S-50
S-66
S-55
S-54
S-62
S-68

285
233
174
121
85
64

0.96
0.75
0.57
0.40
0.28
0.22

HPS BALLAST–REACTOR TYPE (NORMAL POWER FACTOR

N OR REACTOR AUTO-TRANSFORMER)

Input
Volts

250
200
150
100
70
50

120
120
120
208
240
277
347
208
240
277
347
480
208
240
277
347
480
208
240
277

6.6
6.6
6.6
6.6
6.6
6.6

** Note: For H or N type systems the maximum current is for the open circuit
or starting condition. Normal run current will be lower.
*** Kilowatts of constant-current transformer capacity per ballast recommended
for proper operation.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

TECHNICAL DATA

ANSI
Lamp
Type

2005/ T-9

T

BALLAST ELECTRICAL DATA

= Ballast Type in Ordering Number Logic table. See individual product pages.
HPS—MULTIVOLT, 60Hz
ANSI
Lamp
Type

TECHNICAL DATA

Input
Volts

Maximum
Input
Amps

Input
Watts

HPS BALLAST–REGULATOR (LAG TYPE) – MAGNETIC REGULATOR
ALLOWABLE LINE VOLTAGE VARIATION: ±10%
S-51
400
120
4.0
481
208
2.3
479
240
2.0
477
277
1.7
478
S-67
310
120
3.3
388
208
1.9
388
240
1.6
385
277
1.4
386
S-50
250
120
2.6
316
208
1.5
314
240
1.3
312
277
1.1
312
S-66
200
120
2.1
249
208
1.2
248
240
1.1
248
277
0.9
247
HPS BALLAST – REGULATOR (LEAD TYPE) – CWI
P ALLOWABLE LINE VOLTAGE VARIATION: ±10%
S-50
250
120
2.6
300
208
1.5
300
240
1.3
300
277
1.1
293
S-66
200
120
2.1
244
208
1.2
244
240
1.0
244
277
0.9
244
HPS BALLAST – AUTO-REGULATOR (LEAD TYPE) – CWA
A ALLOWABLE LINE VOLTAGE VARIATION: ±10%
S-52
1000
120
9.7
1105
208
5.5
1103
240
4.9
1105
277
4.2
1104
S-51
400
120
4.0
473
208
2.3
476
240
2.0
475
277
1.8
475
S-50
250
120
2.6
306
208
1.5
304
240
1.3
308
277
1.1
308
S-66
200
120
2.0
239
208
1.2
239
240
1.0
239
277
0.9
239
S-55
150
120
1.6
186
208
0.9
185
240
0.8
183
277
0.7
184
S-54
100
120
1.0
121
208
0.6
120
240
0.5
120
277
0.4
119
S-62
70
120
0.8
88
208
0.5
88
240
0.4
87
277
0.3
87

M

T

Rated
Lamp
Watts

T-10/ 2005

ANSI
Rated
Maximum
Lamp
Lamp
Input
Input
Input
Type
Watts
Volts
Amps**
Watts
HPS BALLAST– REACTOR TYPE (HIGH POWER FACTOR LAG)

H

ALLOWABLE LINE VOLTAGE VARIATION: ±5%
S-111
750
120
13.7
840
208
7.0
840
240
6.9
835
277
5.9
838
S-55
150
120
2.7
182
208
1.6
184
240
1.4
182
277
1.2
184
S-54
100
120
2.0
126
208
1.2
126
240
1.0
125
277
0.9
126
S-62
70
120
1.4
88
208
0.8
91
240
0.7
89
277
0.6
89
S-68
50
120
1.0
63
208
0.6
63
240
0.5
64
277
0.4
65
HPS BALLAST – REACTOR TYPE (NORMAL POWER FACTOR LAG)
N ALLOWABLE LINE VOLTAGE VARIATION: ±5%
S-55
150
120
4.7
182
208
2.8
184
240
2.3
182
277
2.1
184
S-54
100
120
3.1
126
208
1.8
126
240
1.6
125
277
1.4
126
S-62
70
120
2.8
88
208
1.6
91
240
1.4
89
277
1.2
89
S-68
50
120
1.9
63
208
1.1
63
240
1.0
64
277
0.9
65

** Note: For H or N type systems the maximum current is for the open circuit
or starting condition. Normal run current will be lower.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

BALLAST ELECTRICAL DATA

= Ballast Type in Ordering Number Logic table. See individual product pages.
HPS BALLAST ELECTRICAL DATA—MULTIVOLT, 50 Hz
Rated
Lamp
Watts

Input
Volts

Maximum
Input
Amps

Input
Watts

HPS BALLAST–REGULATOR (LAG TYPE) – MAGNETIC REGULATOR
ALLOWABLE LINE VOLTAGE VARIATION: ±10%
S-51
400
220
2.2
482
240
2.0
485
380
1.3
481
S-50
250
220
1.4
307
240
1.3
306
380
0.8
307
S-55
150
220
0.9
204
230
0.9
204
240
0.9
204
S-56
150 (100V)
220
0.9
202
S-62
70
220
0.5
98
70 (90V)
220
0.5
104
BALLAST – AUTO-REGULATOR (LEAD TYPE) – CWA
A HPS
ALLOWABLE LINE VOLTAGE VARIATION: ±10%

M

S-52

1000

S-51

400

S-50

250

S-66

200

220
230
240
380
220
240
230
380
220
230
240
220
230
240

5.2
5.0
4.8
3.0
2.2
2.0
2.1
1.2
1.4
1.3
1.3
1.1
1.1
1.0

1093
1093
1092
1105
469
472
474
463
299
299
300
242
236
235

ANSI
Lamp
Type

Rated
Lamp
Watts

Input
Volts

Maximum
Input
Amps**

Input
Watts

HPS BALLAST– REACTOR TYPE (HIGH POWER FACTOR LAG OR REACTOR)
ALLOWABLE LINE VOLTAGE VARIATION: ±5%
S-51
400
220
2.2
441
230
2.1
441
240
2.0
441
S-50
250
220
1.4
276
230
1.3
276
240
1.2
276
S-56
150 (100V)
220
0.9
174
230
0.8
174
240
0.8
174
S-55
150
220
0.9
188
230
0.8
188
240
0.8
184
S-54
100
220
0.6
125
230
0.6
125
240
0.6
125
100 (100V)
220
0.6
114
230
0.6
114
240
0.6
114
S-62
70
220
0.4
87
230
0.4
87
240
0.4
87
70 (90V)
220
0.5
85
230
0.4
83
240
0.4
83
S-68
50
220
0.3
60
230
0.3
60
240
0.3
60
50 (90V)
220
0.3
57
230
0.3
58
240
0.3
58

H

HPS BALLAST – REACTOR TYPE (NORMAL POWER FACTOR LAG)
ALLOWABLE LINE VOLTAGE VARIATION: ±5%
S-51
400
220
4.7
439
230
4.7
442
240
4.7
443
S-50
250
220
3.0
276
240
3.0
278
S-66
200
240
2.3
221
S-55
150
240
1.8
185
S-56
150 (100V)
220
1.9
174
230
1.8
174
240
1.9
174
70 (90V)
220
1.0
84
230
1.0
83
240
1.0
83
50 (100V)
220
0.7
57
230
0.8
58
240
0.7
58

N

** Note: For H or N type systems the maximum current is for the open circuit
or starting condition. Normal run current will be lower.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

TECHNICAL DATA

ANSI
Lamp
Type

Data subject to change without notice

2005/ T-11

T

BALLAST ELECTRICAL DATA

= Ballast Type in Ordering Number Logic table. See individual product pages.
METAL HALIDE AND MERCURY BALLAST ELECTRICAL DATA—SINGLE VOLTAGE, 60 Hz

T

TECHNICAL DATA

ANSI
Lamp
Type

Rated
Lamp
Watts

Input
Volts

Maximum
Input
Amps

Input
Watts

A METAL HALIDE BALLAST– AUTO-REGULATOR TYPE (PEAK LEAD) CWA
M-134
2000
208
11.3
2121
240
9.7
2115
277
8.5
2113
347
6.7
2122
480
4.9
2130
M-48
1500
120
14.4
1648
208
8.5
1640
240
7.1
1643
277
6.2
1642
347
5.2
1641
480
3.5
1633
M-47 & H-36 1000
120
9.0
1077
208
5.7
1085
240
5.0
1089
277
3.9
1078
347
3.5
1077
480
2.3
1087
M-59 & H-33 400
120
4.0
450
208
2.3
460
240
2.0
456
277
1.7
459
347
1.4
463
480
1.1
459
M-58 & H-37 250
120
2.6
294
208
1.5
297
240
1.3
291
277
1.1
290
347
0.9
293
480
0.7
297
M-57 or H-39 175
120
1.8
206
208
1.0
208
240
0.9
208
277
0.8
208
347
0.6
209
480
0.5
211
SUPER LOW LOSS BALLAST
L METAL HALIDE BALLAST – AUTO-REGULATOR TYPE (PEAK LEAD) CWA
M-59
400
120
3.9
439
208
2.3
444
240
2.0
447
277
1.7
440
347
1.4
448
480
1.0
450
M-58
250
120
2.6
282
208
1.5
278
240
1.3
278
277
1.1
280
347
0.9
282
480
0.6
284
S-66
200
120
2.1
244
208
1.2
244
240
1.0
244
277
0.9
244
S MERCURY BALLAST – SERIES TYPE
ANSI
Maximum
Loading
Lamp
Line
Line
Factor
Type
Watts
Amps
Watts
(KW)***
H-36
1000
6.6
1070
1.55
H-33
400
6.6
445
0.65
H-37
250
6.6
285
0.47
H-39
175
6.6
207
0.40
H-38
100
6.6
125
0.30
*** Kilowatts of constant-current transformer capacity per ballast recommended
for proper operation.

T-12/ 2005

ANSI
Rated
Maximum
Lamp
Lamp
Input
Input
Input
Type
Watts
Volts
Amps**
Watts
METAL HALIDE BALLAST– REACTOR TYPE (HIGH POWER FACTOR LAG)
H ALLOWABLE LINE VOLTAGE VARIATION: ±5%
M-102
150
120
4.0
178
208
2.3
177
240
1.8
175
277
1.7
175
347
1.2
180
M-90
100
120
2.0
122
208
1.1
122
240
1.0
122
277
0.8
122
347
0.7
121
480
0.7
125
M-98
70
120
2.0
95
208
1.2
93
240
1.0
94
277
0.9
98
347
0.7
88
480
0.5
92

C

MERCURY BALLAST – REGULATOR TYPE (CWI)

H-36
H-35
H-33

1000
700
400

H-37

250

H-39

175

H-38

100

480
480
120
208
240
277
480
120
208
240
277
480
120
208
240
277
480
120
208
240
277
480

2.5
1.8
4.0
2.3
2.0
1.7
1.0
2.8
1.6
1.4
1.2
1.1
1.7
1.0
0.9
0.7
0.4
1.1
0.6
0.6
0.5
0.3

H MERCURY BALLAST – REACTOR TYPE (HPF)
H-36
1000
480
3.3
H-35
700
480
2.4
H-33
400
240
2.9
H-37
250
240
1.7
H-39
175
240
1.8
H-38
100
240
0.9
N MERCURY BALLAST – REACTOR TYPE (HPF)
H-33
400
240
5.1
H-37
250
240
4.5
H-39
175
240
2.3
H-38
100
240
1.6
N MERCURY BALLAST – REACTOR TYPE (HPF)
H-33
400
120
11.2
H-37
250
120
7.6
H-39
175
120
5.2
H-38
100
120
3.8

1095
780
477
472
472
470
472
307
307
307
307
296
211
210
210
210
212
130
129
129
127
129
1116
736
435
264
194
111
435
264
194
111
452
286
206
118

** Note: For H or N type systems the maximum current is for the open circuit
or starting condition. Normal run current will be lower.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

BALLAST ELECTRICAL DATA

= Ballast Type in Ordering Number Logic table. See individual product pages.
PULSE METAL HALIDE BALLAST ELECTRICAL DATA—SINGLE VOLTAGE, 60 Hz

A

Rated
Lamp
Watts

Input
Volts

Maximum
Input
Amps

Input
Watts

PULSE METAL HALIDE BALLAST–AUTO-REGULATOR TYPE (CWA)

ANSI
Lamp
Type

M

Rated
Lamp
Watts

Input
Volts

Maximum
Input
Amps**

Input
Watts

PULSE METAL HALIDE BALLAST–MAGNETIC REGULATOR TYPE

M-149

750

120
208
240
277
347
480

6.9
4.1
3.5
3.0
2.4
1.8

820
831
826
822
832
834

M-128
M-135

400

120
208
240
277
347
480

3.9
2.3
2.0
1.7
1.4
1.0

459
467
469
470
469
469

M-135

400

120
208
240
277
347
480

4.1
2.3
2.1
1.8
1.4
1.0

454
459
460
460
463
467

Venture
M-138

250

120
208
240
277
347
480

2.4
1.4
1.2
1.0
0.9
0.6

289
291
290
289
291
294

M-131

350

120
208
240
277
347
480

3.4
2.0
1.7
1.5
1.2
0.9

400
400
400
400
400
400

M-132

320

120
208
240
277
347
480

3.3
1.9
1.6
1.4
1.1
0.8

368
368
368
368
368
368

M-138

250

120
208
240
277
347
480

2.5
1.5
1.3
1.1
0.9
0.6

M-137

175

120
208
240
277
347
480

M-102

150

120
277

H

PULSE METAL HALIDE BALLAST–REACTOR TYPE (HPF)

M-135
M-131
M-132

H

400
350
320

277
277
277

2.4
2.1
1.8

424
373
340

PULSE METAL HALIDE BALLAST–REACTOR TYPE (HIGH POWER FACTOR LAG)

M-102

150

120
208
240
277
347

4.0
2.3
1.9
1.7
1.2

178
177
175
175
180

286
290
288
288
291
291

M-90

100

120
208
240
277
347
480

2.0
1.1
1.0
0.8
0.7
0.7

122
122
122
122
121
125

1.8
1.0
0.9
0.8
0.6
0.5

206
209
207
212
211
211

M-98

70

120
208
240
277
347
480

2.0
1.1
1.0
0.9
0.7
0.5

95
93
94
98
88
92

1.7
0.7

190
194

** Note: For H or N type systems the maximum current is for the open circuit
or starting condition. Normal run current will be lower.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

TECHNICAL DATA

ANSI
Lamp
Type

2005/ T-13

T

BALLAST ELECTRICAL DATA

= Ballast Type in Ordering Number Logic table. See individual product pages.
METAL HALIDE, PULSE MH, AND MERCURY BALLAST ELECTRICAL DATA—MULTIVOLT, 60 Hz
ANSI
Lamp
Type

Rated
Lamp
Watts

Input
Volts

Maximum
Input
Amps

Input
Watts

A METAL HALIDE BALLAST– AUTO-REGULATOR TYPE (PEAK LEAD) CWA
M-48
1500
120
14.3
1648
208
8.7
1640
240
7.2
1635
277
6.1
1631
M-47
1000
120
9.9
1102
208
5.7
1085
240
5.0
1089
277
4.3
1087
M-59
400
120
4.1
454
208
2.4
459
240
2.0
460
277
1.8
460
M-58
250
120
2.6
294
208
1.5
297
240
1.3
291
277
1.1
292
M-57
175
120
1.8
207
208
1.0
208
240
0.9
208
277
0.8
208

T

TECHNICAL DATA

A

T-14/ 2005

PULSE MH BALLAST– AUTO-REGULATOR TYPE (PEAK LEAD) CWA

M-135

400

M-131

350

M-132

320

M-138

250

120
208
240
277
120
208
240
277
120
208
240
277
120
208
240
277

4.1
2.3
2.0
1.8
3.4
2.0
1.7
1.5
3.3
1.9
1.7
1.4
2.5
1.5
1.3
1.1

454
459
460
461
400
400
400
400
368
368
368
368
286
290
288
288

ANSI
Rated
Maximum
Lamp
Lamp
Input
Input
Type
Watts
Volts
Amps**
METAL HALIDE (OR PULSE MH) BALLAST–
H REACTOR TYPE (HIGH POWER FACTOR LAG)
ALLOWABLE LINE VOLTAGE VARIATION: ±5%
M-90
100
120
2.0
208
1.1
240
1.0
277
0.8
M-98
70
120
2.0
208
1.2
240
1.1
277
0.9

122
122
122
122
95
93
94
98

C MERCURY BALLAST – REGULATOR TYPE (CWI)
H-33
400
120
4.0
208
2.3
240
2.0
277
1.7
H-37
250
120
2.8
208
1.6
240
1.4
277
1.2
H-39
175
120
1.7
208
1.0
240
0.9
277
0.7
H-38
100
120
1.1
208
0.6
240
0.6
277
0.5

476
472
472
470
307
307
307
307
211
210
210
210
130
129
129
127

Input
Watts

** Note: For H or N type systems the maximum current is for the open circuit
or starting condition. Normal run current will be lower.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

SNAPDRIVE ELECTRICAL DATA
TM

= Ballast Type in Ordering Number Logic table. See individual product pages.
SMALL SNAPDRIVE ELECTRICAL DATA
ANSI
Lamp
Type

H

Rated
Lamp
Watts

Maximum
Input
Amps*

Input
Watts

100

M-102

150

120
208
240
277
120
208
240
277

2.6
1.5
1.3
1.2
3.7
2.1
1.8
1.6

ANSI
Lamp
Type

A

PMH BALLAST– HIGH POWER FACTOR LAG (HX-HPF)

M-90

A

Input
Volts

129
129
129
129
185
185
185
185

175

175

120
208
240
277
480

1.8
1.1
0.9
0.8
0.5

210
210
210
210
210

Maximum
Input
Amps*

Input
Watts

120
208
240
277

1.8
1.1
0.9
0.8

210
210
210
210

HPS BALLAST– HIGH POWER FACTOR LAG (HX-HPF)

S-54

100

S-55

150

ANSI
Lamp
Type

Rated
Lamp
Watts

MH BALLAST– AUTO-REGULATOR TYPE (CWA)

M-57

Input
Volts

PMH BALLAST– AUTO-REGULATOR TYPE (CWA)

M-137

H

Rated
Lamp
Watts

120
208
240
277
120
208
240
277

2.2
1.3
1.9
0.9
2.8
1.6
1.4
1.3

130
130
130
130
188
188
188
188

Input
Volts

Maximum
Input
Amps*

Input
Watts

MEDIUM SNAPDRIVE ELECTRICAL DATA
ANSI
Lamp
Type

A

Rated
Lamp
Watts

Input
Volts

Maximum
Input
Amps*

Input
Watts

A

HPS BALLAST– AUTO-REGULATOR TYPE (CWA)

S-50

250

S-51

400

120
208
240
277
480
120
208
240
277
480

2.6
1.5
1.3
1.1
0.7
4.0
2.3
2.0
1.7
1.0

294
295
294
294
304
469
473
472
471
469

MH/PMH BALLAST– AUTO-REGULATOR TYPE (CWA)

M-58
M-138

250

M-59
M-135

400

ANSI
Lamp
Type

Rated
Lamp
Watts

120
208
240
277
480
120
208
240
277
480

2.6
1.5
1.3
1.1
1.0**
4.1
2.3
2.0
1.8
1.0

294
296
294
295
295
454
459
460
460
460

Input
Volts

Maximum
Input
Amps*

Input
Watts

LARGE SNAPDRIVE ELECTRICAL DATA
ANSI
Lamp
Type

A

Rated
Lamp
Watts

Input
Volts

Maximum
Input
Amps*

Input
Watts

A

PMH BALLAST– AUTO-REGULATOR TYPE (CWA)

M-149

750

120
208
240
277
480

6.9
4.1
3.5
3.0
1.8

820
831
826
822
834

MH BALLAST– AUTO-REGULATOR TYPE (CWA)

M-47

1000

120
208
240
277
480

9.0
5.2
4.5
3.9
2.2

1080
1080
1080
1080
1080

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

TECHNICAL DATA

* For all H type ballasts maximum input amps are Open Circuit.
** For this CWA, maximum input current is Open Circuit, run current is 0.7.
Data subject to change without notice.

2005/ T-15

T

GENERAL ELECTRIC BALLAST CIRCUITS
AND OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS

Lamp
Type CircuitDiagram

METAL HALIDE

Regulator
(CWI)

Auto-Regulator
(Peak Lead)
(CWA)

(VariationFrom
OperatingCurrent)

Input
Ballast
VoltageDip Losses

Any Voltage

± 10%

11-17%

90% +

Higher

50%

Any Voltage

± 10%

20%

90% +

Lower

50 to 40% Medium 1.6-1.8

Any Voltage

± 5%

25%

90%+
HPF

Higher

20%

Low

1.4-1.5

Any Voltage

± 10%

11%

90% +

Lower

60%

High

1.5

Any Voltage

± 10%

20%

90% +

Lower

50 to 33% Medium 1.6-1.8

Any Voltage

± 5%

25%

90%+
HPF

Higher

20%

Low

1.4-1.5

H(HPF)

277

± 5%

20%

90%

Higher

30%

Low

1.4-1.5

H(HPF)

Lag

Magnetic
Regulator

(Lag Reg)
(Pulse Start)

PULSE METAL HALIDE

Total
Lamp
Regulation Power
Spread
Factor

Starting
Current

LineVolts

%
Allowable
Line Voltage
Variation

Auto-Regulator
(CWA)
(Pulse Start)

Lag

Crest
Factor of
Lamp
Current

Medium 1.6-1.7

Ordering
Number
Logic

M

A

H(HPF)

M

A

T

TECHNICAL DATA

Reactor

T-16/ 2005

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

GENERAL ELECTRIC BALLAST CIRCUITS
AND OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS

Magnetic
Regulator

HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM

(Regulated
Lag)

Regulator
(CWI)
(70-750watt)
AutoRegulator
(CWA)
(Peak Lead)
Reactor

Lag

MERCURY

Regulator
(CWI)
AutoRegulator
(CWA)
Reactor

Lag

Line Volts

Total
Lamp
Regulation Power
Spread
Factor

(Variation From
Operating Current)

Input
Ballast
Voltage Dip Losses

Any Voltage

± 10%

14-18%

90% +

Lower

55%
to
20%

High

Any Voltage

± 10%

20-30%

90% +
to 65%

Lower

35%
to

Medium 1.6-1.8

P

Lower

Up to 750w
35%to10%
- - - - - - - - - Medium 1.6-1.8
1000w
18% to 2%

A

Any Voltage

± 10%

120 Volt for
35-150 Watt
------- ---208 & 240 Volt
for 200-400 Watt ± 5%
----- -----480 Volt for
1000 Watt

20-30%

25%

90% +
to 65%

Starting
Current

90%+
to 65%
HPF
- - - - - - - Higher
55%
to 40%
NPF

15%
to

Crest
Factor of
Lamp
Current
1.7

Ordering
Number
Logic
M

H(HPF)

Low

1.4-1.5

-----N(NPF)

7%

240 & 277 Volt
for 50-150 Watt
- - - - - - - - - - - ± 5%
120 Volt for
200 & 250 Watt

25%

Any Voltage

± 13%

4%

90% +

Any Voltage

± 10%

10%

90% +

240 Volt for
100-400Watt
--- -------480 Volt for
700&1000Watt

± 5%

20%

- - - - - - - Higher

25%

Low

1.4-1.5

H(HPF)
-----N(NPF)

120 Volt for
100-400 Watt ± 5%

20%

55%
to
40%

25%

Medium 1.4-1.5

H(HPF)
-----N(NPF)

90%+ to
65% HPF

15%
to
7%

Medium

1.4-1.5

H(HPF)
-----N(NPF)

Lower

60%

High

1.8-2.0

C

Lower

50% to 40% Medium 1.8-2.0

A

- - - - - - - Higher
50% to
30%NPF

90%+
HPF
60% to
50% NPF

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

Higher

TECHNICAL DATA

Lamp
Type Circuit Diagram

%
Allowable
Line Voltage
Variation

2005/ T-17

T

ILLUMINATION RECOMMENDATIONS—INDOOR
The values shown below are from IESNA LIGHTING HANDBOOK. These are the upper level recommended from a range of
values based on task economics and viewer age. Lower values may be acceptable depending on the actual task and
objects involved. All values are presumed to be average, mean over time, on a horizontal plane.
GENERAL APPLICATION
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE
System repair without inspection
AIRCRAFT ASSEMBLY
General Area
ARMORIES
ASSEMBLY, GENERAL
Simple
Moderately Difficult
Difficult
AUDITORIUMS
Social activity
Assembly
AUTO MANUFACTURING
Frame assembly
Engine and parts fabrication and assembly
Machining
Final assembly

75
100
20
50
100
200
10
20
50
75
75
100

BAKING

50

BREWING

50

CANNING
Raw grading
Sorting
Canning

50
100
100

CLAY AND CONCRETE
Grind, filt, kiln
Molding, press
Rough glazing
Fine glazing

20
50
100
200

CLOTHING MANUFACTURING
Measure, stitch
Patterns, trim
Pressing
Sewing, cutting

50
100
200
500

ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
Impregnating
Insulating, coil winding

50
100

EXHIBITION HALLS

20

EXPLOSIVES MANUFACTURING

50

FORGE SHOPS

100

FOUNDRIES
Cupola
Annealing, cleaning, shakeout
Medium core making
Large molding
Pouring, sorting
Fine core making, medium molding
Grinding and chipping

20
50
100
100
100
200
200

TECHNICAL DATA

T

AVG.
MAINTAINED
FC†

T-18/ 2005

GENERAL APPLICATION

AVG.
MAINTAINED
FC†

GARAGES, PARKING
All areas night
General parking
Ramps and corners
Entrances

5
5
10
50

GLASS MANUFACTURING
Mix, furnace, lehr, pressing, blowing 20
Grind, cut, silvering
50
Beveling, polishing, fine grinding
100
IRON AND STEEL MANUFACTURING
Hot Mill General Lighting:
Mold yard
Other general lighting
Charge and pour
Stripping
Mixer building
Repair
Rolling Mill General:
Motor and machine room
Other general lighting
Pipe, rod and tube
Tin plate
LOCKER ROOMS
MACHINE SHOPS
Rough
Medium
Fine

5
10
20
20
30
30
30
30
30
50
50
20
50
100
200

MATERIAL HANDLING

50

MEAT PACKING, GENERAL

50

GENERAL APPLICATION

AVG.
MAINTAINED
FC†

POWER GENERATION PLANTS
Air and fan floor
Boiler platform
Coal handling
Condenser, evaporator
De-aerator, heater floors
Precipitators
Steam headers, throttles
Tunnels, galleries
Auxiliary compressor
Burner platform
Coal pulverizing
Screen house
Soot, slag blower
Turbine,-op floor
Turbine building
Water treat

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
20
20
20
20
20
50
50
50

PRINTING
Photoengraving, etching, blocking
Composing room
Presses
Color inspection and appraisal

50
100
100
200

REPAIR GARAGES
Active traffic
20
Write-up
50
Repair, general
100
RUBBER PRODUCTION, TIRES
Curing, cutting, calendar, banbury 30
Tire and bead building
50
Cutting, inspection
100

MERCHANDISING, GENERAL
Low activity
Stock rooms
Medium activity
High activity
PAINTING, GENERAL
PAINT MANUFACTURING, GENERAL

SHEET METAL FABRICATION

100

30
50
75
100
50
50

STRUCTURAL FABRICATION

100

PAPER MANUFACTURING
Beating, grinding, calendaring
Finish, cutting, trimming
Machine wet end, reeling

TEXTILES
Dyeing, tinting
Yarn manufacturing
Yarn preparation
Fabric finish
Fabric production

50
50
100
100
200

50
100
200

WAREHOUSING
Inactive
Active, large products
Active, small products

10
20
50

WELDING, GENERAL

50

PETROCHEMICAL
Outdoor process
Compressor house
Extrude and mix
Control house
Central control

5
20
20
30
50

PLATING

50

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

WOODWORKING, GENERAL
50
†
All
values are considered to be footcandles
maintained and are in terms of “horizontal
plane” unless otherwise indicated or obvious.
To convert footcandles to lux, multiply footcandles by 10.76.

INDOOR BILL OF MATERIAL ESTIMATOR

If there is enough time and a computer available, the GE ALADANTM
lighting software can be used to develop a bill of material and a
layout for an indoor area. Use INDOOR to obtain a first cut or a
simple layout along with a typical point-by-point array. The data
derived should be sufficient and accurate enough for most design
situations. If a total area array is needed, use EZILLUM to configure
the input data. If none of these methods are practical–job site, time
constraints, no computer–then use the following Estimator methods to obtain a bill of material and layout sketch by means of the
LUMEN METHOD.

LUMEN METHOD
The lumen method estimates the ratio of lamp lumens (in
the fixture) to the lamp lumens arriving at a predetermined
work plane. The effects of varying room geometry and room
surface reflectances may be considered along with system
losses such as lamp lumen and dirt depreciation.

SHORTHAND LUMEN METHOD

LONGHAND LUMEN METHOD
This is a method of estimating fixture quantities and spacings for
layouts that is more accurate because differences in photometric
performance caused by room geometry and system depreciation
are taken into account. This allows, for instance, a comparison
between conventional high bays and hazardous location fixtures
at the same site, or the effects of filtered and non-filtered luminaires.
In the “longhand” method, a room cavity ratio is established for
the room one time. This, then, determines the utilization of any
fixture type to be considered. When applied to rated lamp lumens,
the coefficient of utilization is an indicator of the percentages of
lumens arriving at a work plane. Various system depreciation
factors are applied to initial lumens to estimate the amount of
lumens arriving on the task over time.
The quantity of fixtures is derived from room area times footcandles
(lumens per square foot) divided by the amount of average
maintained lumens reaching the work plane from each fixture.
A bill of material and a layout proceeds from that point.

ROOM CAVITY RATIO-RCR

The shorthand method states that the average maintained
quantity of lumens at the work plane will be half the
quantity of the new lamp lumens in a new fixture. This
method assumes “normal” sized rooms, “normal” surface
reflectances, and “normal” dirt conditions. A normal sized
room is one in which the distance from the luminaire bottom to the
work plane is less than half the smallest room dimension.
Also assumed is that only a conventional high bay or low bay
fixture will be used. High bays are used when the fixture bottom to
work plane dimension is over 20 feet (6M), low bays when this
dimension is less than 25 feet (8M).
The number of fixtures, then, is calculated in this manner:
(1) Obtain footcandles (FC) from Illumination Recom-mendations
on previous page
(2) Obtain lamp lumens from Lamp Data in this catalog, or lamp
manufacturer's catalog
(3) Delivered Maintained Lamp Lumens (DMLL)—Rated Lamp
Lumens X 0.5

The core idea in the “longhand method” is the calculation of a
“Room Cavity Ratio”.
The model for a room cavity ratio that accounts for room
geometry effects is:
RCR = (Length+Width) x 5 x Mounting Height (Bottom of
(LengthxWidth)
fixture to work plane)
The constant “5” is used to achieve a numerical result ranging
from one to ten for the sake of simplicity. The entire model for
RCR allows calculations for areas above the fixture plane and
below the work plane. This is not done in this version of the
lumen method–also for the sake of simplicity. A small loss in
accuracy is traded for significantly fewer calculations..

(4) Number of fixtures =

Room Area (LxW)x FC
DMLL (from item 3)
Determine whether the fixture spacing is too wide for the type of
fixture that was selected. Spacing should not be more than 1 times
the mounting height for high bay and 1.5 times the mounting
height for low bay fixtures. Fixture spacing is obtained in the
following manner:
Room Area (LxW)
Number of fixtures

(6) Spacing is the square root of the Area per fixture (from item 5)
If the spacing is too wide, repeat the process. Start with
item 3 and use a lower lamp rating.
Stop at this point if only a bill of material is needed and
select an appropriate high or low bay fixture from the
industrial section of this catalog. If a layout is also
required, use the layout method described in “LAYOUT
RULES OF THUMB” on page 378.

ROOM CAVITY RATIO (RCR) = LENGTH + WIDTH x 5 x HEIGHT

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

LENGTH x WIDTH

(Continued on next page)

TECHNICAL DATA

(5) Area per fixture =

2005/ T-19

T

INDOOR BILL OF MATERIAL ESTIMATOR
(Continued)
LOW BAY LESS THAN 25 FEET (8M)
30/30/20 Reflectance

HIGH BAY GREATER THAN 20 FEET (6M)
30/30/20 Reflectance

HIGH BAY GREATER THAN 20 FEET (6M)
30/30/20 Reflectance

HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS
30/30/20 Reflectance

SELECT LUMINAIRE TYPE

CU's FROM RCR's

After the RCR is calculated, a fixture type has to be selected in terms of
some basic visibility, room geometry or conditions of use issues. In
terms of visibility, consider LIGHT DISTRIBUTION AND VISUAL PERFORMANCE where, for the most part, a low bay light distribution pattern is
preferred because more fixtures, then, contribute to a given location and
this fills in shadows on three dimensional visual tasks.
When high bay fixtures have to be used, socket settings that allow
spacing criteria (SC) from 1.4 to 1.6 are better for visibility. When the RCR
exceeds 4, a narrower distribution, say 1.0 - 1.2 Spacing Criteria, has
better utilization.
Another issue is the LIGHT DISTRIBUTION AND ROOM GEOMETRY where
low bay distributions become inefficient for mounting heights above 20
feet (6M) or more specifically, where wall surfaces begin to be a
significant portion of the room surface area–usually at RCR=4.
A third issue having to do with CONDITIONS OF USE comes into play
where hazardous materials are present. Then a hazardous duty fixture is
used for overriding safety reasons.

SELECT A LAMP WATTAGE

T

TECHNICAL DATA

A judgment on lamp wattage has to be made as a starting
point. Usually 400 and 1000 watt sources work best when
light levels exceed 50fc. The 250 to 350 watt units work with
levels between 30 and 50 fc. The 175 watt and lower ratings
are used at levels below 30 fc.

T-20/ 2005

Select the coefficient of utilization (CU) for the intended
fixture from the tables above. The data provided is for a
room which has 30% ceiling and wall reflectance and a 20%
floor reflectance which is typical for most industrial rooms
over time. The same utilization is presumed for either high
pressure sodium or metal halide lamps. Small
(inconsequential) differences will occur with the actual
lamp for a specific type of fixture for any given RCR.

LONGHAND CALCULATIONS
To calculate the number of fixtures in this manner:
(1) Obtain footcandles from Illumination Recommendations.
(2) Calculate RCR, select luminaire type and lamp wattage,
and determine CU using graph shown above.
(3) Obtain lamp lumens from Lamp Data in this catalog or
lamp manufacturer's catalog.
(4) Calculate Adjusted Lamp Lumens per fixture (ALL)=Lamp
Lumens x CU.
(5) Select Lamp Lumen Depreciation (LLD) from the lamp
manufacturer's catalog.
(6) Select Luminaire Dirt Depreciation (LDD) in terms of
INDOOR APPLICATIONS table. (next page)

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

(Continued on next page)

INDOOR BILL OF MATERIAL ESTIMATOR
(Continued)
INDOOR APPLICATIONS
LUMINAIRE TYPE
Enclosed and filtered
Enclosed
Open and ventilated

LUMINAIRE DIRT DEPRECIATION (LDD)
Light
Medium
Heavy
0.97
0.93
0.88
0.94
0.86
0.77
0.94
0.84
0.74

With an odd quantity of fixture rows or columns, there will
be a fixture on the center line. With even quantities, the
locations are one half of a spacing off the center line.
The closest fixture to a wall should be one half a spacing or
less. If a lighted area is involved, such as a functional area,
the fixtures should run up to the edge of the area and
beyond, if practical.

(7) Calculate Maintained Lamp Lumens (MLL) =ALLxLLDxLDD
Length x Width x FC
(8) Calculate number of fixures =
Maintained Lamp Lumens
Length x Width
(9) Calculate Area per fixture needed =
Number of fixtures
(10)Calculate Fixture Spacing=Square Root of Area per Fixture

UNIFORMITY TEST
If the spacing between fixtures is greater than 1 mounting
height with high bays, 1.5 mounting heights with low bays
and 2 mounting heights with hazardous location fixtures,
repeat the process with the next lower lamp wattage rating.
Mounting height (MH) is the distance between the bottom of
the fixture and the work plane.

LAYOUT RULES OF THUMB
Fixtures should be arranged from the center of the area to
the outside. A square array is best but a rectangular array
will work as long as spacings do not exceed the mounting
height limits explained previously.

CONVEYORS, WALKWAYS AND TUNNELS
The Perma•Gard luminaire also has a wet location and a
hazardous label.
The graphs on the side show the change in average to
minimum uniformity and maintained footcandles as the
spacings between fixtures change from 5 to 55 feet (2 to
17M). The values shown are for mounting heights ranging
from 8 to 10 feet (2 to 3M) and for target widths from 6 to
10 feet (2 to 3M). Luminaires are globe and guard types
with standard dome reflectors. Fixtures are mounted in a
line at one side of the target area.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

TECHNICAL DATA

There are certain situations which are long and narrow that
do not lend themselves to the assumptions in the lumen
method. There, point-by-point calculations from direct
photometry are more useful.
Typically these are areas that require the ruggedness and
wet location characteristics of the GE Filtr•Gard® luminaire.
Sometimes these areas also require the hazardous label the
Filtr•Gard luminaire carries. In high corrosion areas, the
characteristics of the GE Perma•GardTM luminaire are needed.

2005/ T-21

T

WAREHOUSE AISLE LIGHTING
QUICK SELECTOR
The lamp wattage rating changes when the maximum

HORIZONTAL FOOTCANDLES IN AISLES

The tables below provide spacing data for various
footcandle levels and fixture mounting heights. The data is
for the horizontal plane and it is conservative in that only
direct contribution (not inter-reflection) is used.

VERSABEAM TM LUMINAIRE
(HPS Lamp)

practical fixture spacing is reached. To convert from
footcandles to lux, multiply footcandles by 10.76.
=LU 200

50
44
40
26
20
15
12
10
9
7
5

Mounting Height Above Floor
Average
Maintained
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
Footcandles
5
50
50
50
50
at Floor
37
35
28
45
37
35
Along Aisle 10
15 28
37
37
37
30
25
24
(NOTE: FC
35
32
25
22
20
17
values can 20 27
25 20
30
25
22
17
15
14
increase
30 18
25
20
17
15
14
13
20-25% if
35 30
22
18
15
14
12
10
stack
20
15
13
12
10
8
reflectance 40 25
17
14
12
10
8
7
values are 45 22
50 20
15
12
11
8
7
5
30%.)
To convert from HPS to Pulse Arc Metal Halide, multipliers are:
400W to 400W=0.75; 250W to 250W=0.60; 250W to 175W=0.50.

Mounting Height Above Floor
Average
Maintained 15 20
25
30
35
40
45
50
Footcandles
5
53
57
51
at Floor
36
38
33
52
46
Along Aisle 10
29
30
46
40
35
31
(NOTE: FC 15
27
22
35
30
27
24
values can 20
25
22
33
28
24
22
19
increase
30
19
27
23
20
19
16
15-20% if
35
29
24
20
17
15
14
stack
25
21
18
15
13
12
reflectance 40
23
18
16
13
12
11
values are 45
50
20
16
14
12
11
9
30%.)
To convert from HPS to Pulse Arc Metal Halide, multipliers are:
400W to 400W=0.75; 250W to 250W=0.60; 250W to 175W=0.50.

46
42
28
21
17
14
12
11
9
8

Mounting Height Above Floor
Average
Maintained
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
Footcandles
5
45
46
72
62
57
at Floor
35
28
42
36
31
28
Along Aisle 10
15 24
23
34
28
24
21
19
(NOTE: FC
32
26
22
18
16
14
values can 20 23
25 18
26
21
17
14
13
10
increase
30 28
22
17
14
12
9
7
20-25% if
35 24
18
15
12
10
8
stack
16
13
11
8
6
reflectance 40 21
14
12
9
7
values are 45 19
50 17
13
10
8
6
30%.)
To convert from HPS to Pulse Arc Metal Halide, multipliers are:
400W to 400W=0.75; 250W to 250W=0.60; 250W to 175W=0.50.

STACK VERTICAL
Check the vertical
footcandles on the stack
by using the isos at the
side. This data is based
on a 5-foot setback.
Multipliers for other
setbacks are:
3 ft=2.78
7 ft=0.51
4 ft=1.56
8 ft=0.39
5 ft=1.0
9 ft=0.31
6 ft=0.69
10 ft=0.25
Values are for 400 watt
HPS. Prorate unit lumens
for other ratings. Multiply
by 0.75 for metal halide.

TECHNICAL DATA

50
50
30
20
15
13
10
8
7

LOW BAY INDUSTRIAL LUMINAIRE
(HPS Lamp)

HIGH BAY INDUSTRIAL LUMINAIRE
(1.5 SC, HPS Lamp)

T-22/ 2005

=LU 400

GHB ® WAREHOUSE LUMINAIRE
(2.6 SC, HPS Lamp)

Mounting Height Above Floor
Average
Maintained
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
Footcandles
5
64
55
48
at Floor
36
37
57
50
44
Along Aisle 10
30
30
45
38
33
29
(NOTE: FC 15
28
41
34
28
25
22
values can 20
25 24
42
33
27
23
20
17
increase
35
27
22
19
16
14
10-12% if 30 25
35 22
29
23
19
16
14
12
stack
26
21
17
14
12
10
reflectance 40 19
23
18
15
13
10
9
values are 45 17
50 15
21
16
13
11
9
8
30%.)
To convert from HPS to Pulse Arc Metal Halide, multipliers are:
400W to 400W=0.75; 250W to 250W=0.60; 250W to 175W=0.50.

T

=LU 250

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

50
50
25
17
12
8

ILLUMINATION RECOMMENDATIONS–OUTDOOR
These recommendations for outdoor lighting are for average maintained (mean)
illuminance at grade except in the case of roadways where they are average for the end of
the lamp life. Except where specifically indicated, the layout and coverage arrangements
and footcandle/uniformity graphs on subsequent pages are configured so that reasonable
uniformity is obtained with commonly available wide distribution lighting equipment such
as a NEMA 5X5 (or wider) floodlight and ANSI Type II, III, IV, and V roadway distributions.
The illuminance recommendations herein are extractions from IESNA LIGHTING HANDBOOK.

AIRPORTS
Hanger aprons to approximately 50 feet (15M) out 1.0
Service aprons to approximately 200 feet (61M) 2.0
Center of aircraft service (vertical)
5.0
BUILDING EXTERIOR–SITE AREAS ADJACENT TO
Active entrances–pedestrian or vehicle
5.0
Inactive entrances–normally locked
1.0
Vital locations or structures (security)
5.0
Building surroundings
1.0
BUILDING FLOODLIGHTING
BRIGHT DARK
Light Surrounding Surface
5.0
2.0
Medium Gray Surrounding Surface
7.0
3.0
Medium Dark Surrounding Surface
7.0
4.0
Dark Surrounding Surface
10.0
5.0
CENTRAL STATIONS–ELECTRIC UTILITY
Barge unloading, car dumping
5.0
Conveyors
2.0
Storage tanks
1.0
Storage piles-coal, ash
0.2
Substation general lighting
2.0
FLOODLIGHTED SIGNS
Bright surroundings, light surfaces
50.0
Bright surroundings, dark surfaces
100.0
Dark surroundings, light surfaces
20.0
Dark surroundings, dark surfaces
50.0
PARKING AREAS
High activity
5.0
Medium activity
3.0
Low activity
1.0
QUARRIES AND OPEN MINES
Men and machines
5.0
ROADWAYS–NON-DEDICATED AND PRIVATE
High activity
2.0
Medium activity
1.0
Low activity
0.5
SHIPPING–PIERS
Freight
20.0
Passengers
20.0
Surrounding active areas
5.0
YARDS
General
5.0
Prison–general lighting
5.0
Railroad–general lighting bare yard
1.0
Storage–inactive
1.0
Storage–active
20.0

ILLUMINANCE METHOD-RECOMMENDED VALUES
Road and Pedestrian
Conflict Area
Pedestrian
Road
Conflict Area
Freeway Class A
Freeway Class B
Expressway
High
Medium
Low
Major
High
Medium
Low
Collector
High
Medium
Low
Local
High
Medium
Low

Pavement Classification
(Minimum Maintained Average Values)

R1
R2 & R3
lux/fc lux/fc
6.0/0.6 6.0/0.6
4.0/0.4 6.0/0.6
10.0/1.014.0/1.4
8.0/0.8 12.0/1.2
6.0/0.6 9.0/0.9
12.0/1.217.0/1.7
9.0/0.9 13.0/1.3
6.0/0.6 9.0/0.9
8.0/0.8 12.0/1.2
6.0/0.6 9.0/0.9
4.0/0.4 6.0/0.6
6.0/0.6 9.0/0.9
5.0/0.5 7.0/0.7
3.0/0.3 4.0/0.4

R4
lux/fc
8.0/0.8
5.0/0.5
13.0/1.3
10.0/1.0
8.0/0.8
15.0/1.5
11.0/1.1
8.0/0.8
10.0/1.0
8.0/0.8
5.0/0.5
8.0/0.8
6.0/0.6
4.0/0.4

Uniformity Veiling
Ratio
Luminance
Ratio
Eavg/E min
L vmax /L avg
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
6.0
6.0
6.0

0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4

NOTE: Minimum Average FCS refers to average footcandles
at end-of-life lamp or group relamping.

LUMINANCE METHOD-RECOMMENDED VALUES
Road and Pedestrian
Conflict Area
Pedestrian
Road
Conflict Area
Freeway Class A
Freeway Class B
Expressway
High
Medium
Low
Major
High
Medium
Low
Collector
High
Medium
Low
Local
High
Medium
Low

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

Average
Uniformity
Luminance Ratio
L avg
(cd/m2)

0.6
0.4
1.0
0.8
0.6
1.2
0.9
0.6
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.6
0.5
0.3

L /L

Uniformity Veiling
Ratio
Luminance
Ratio
L max/L min
L vmax /L avg

avg
min
(Maximum Allowed)

(Maximum Allowed)

(Maximum Allowed)

3.5
3.5
3.0
3.0
3.5
3.0
3.0
3.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
6.0
6.0
6.0

6.0
6.0
5.0
5.0
6.0
5.0
5.0
6.0
5.0
6.0
8.0
10.0
10.0
10.0

0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4

TECHNICAL DATA

GENERAL APPLICATION

AVERAGE
MAINTAINED
FOOTCANDLES

2005/ T-23

T

OUTDOOR LIGHTING –
FLOODLIGHT PLACEMENT AND AIMING
FLOODLIGHT PLACEMENT 2X - 4X RULE

The highest horizontal illumination a floodlight can produce
at a distance from the pole occurs when the maximum
intensity or candlepower is aimed to form approximately a
3, 4, 5 triangle. This is useful in determining pole height for
area lighting or setback for building floodlighting.

INTERIOR POLES

Areas lighted from central locations can be more economical
but periphery locations are also desirable to provide needed
visibility at entrances and exits, and on each side of threedimensional objects.

PERIMETER POLES

Illumination on vertical surfaces is often as important as
horizontal illumination. This is especially true in outdoor
work area and security lighting. The vertical illumination in
line with the floodlight can be determined by the ratio of
the horizontal distance to the mounting height. If, for example, the horizontal distance is twice the mounting height,
the vertical illumination will be twice the horizontal.
Vertical FC = Horizontal FC X Horizontal distance
away from floodlight
Mounting Height

If corner locations are not used, the distance from any side
location to the edge of the area should not exceed twice the
mounting height (2X). The distance between poles should be
no more than 4X.

FLOODLIGHT ALLOCATION AND AIMING
INTERIOR FLOODLIGHTS
THREE PER POLE MIN.
Generally, the floodlight aiming point should be 2/3 - 3/4 the
distance across the area to be lighted. Higher aiming angles
will not improve utilization and uniformity.

FLOODLIGHT–NEMA BEAM DESCRIPTIONS
The National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA)
assigns a number to the horizontal and vertical limits of a
floodlight's beam spread. A NEMA 7X6 floodlight would have a
beam that is over 130° wide horizontally and 100-130° wide
vertically. In general, anything wider than a NEMA 5 floodlight
is considered a wide beam floodlight.

T

TECHNICAL DATA

PERIMETER FLOODLIGHTS
TWO PER POLE MIN.

T-24/ 2005

Wide beam floodlights with NEMA 5, 6 or 7 horizontal beams
will effectively light an area 45 degrees to either side of the
aiming line for a total coverage of 90°. Perimeter poles
therefore need at least two floodlights per pole. When
mounted in interior locations four floodlights per pole is best,
but three per pole is acceptable.
If floodlight locations are limited to only one side of the area
to be lighted, the system will be effective for a distance of
no more than two mounting heights unless the owner is
agreeable to compromise the quality of the installation from
the glare standpoint.

NEMA
TYPE
2
3
4
5
6
7

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

HORIZONTAL
BEAM SPREAD
18°-29°
30°-46°
47°-70°
71°-100°
101°-130°
130° +

SUGGESTED
MAXIMUM AIMING
LINE SEPARATION
12°
24°
40°
60°
90°
120°

OUTDOOR LIGHTING–
LUMINAIRES WITH FIXED AIMING

ROADWAY LUMINAIRES

WALLIGHTER LUMINAIRES

ROADWAY LIGHTING

BUILDING PERIMETER LIGHTING
Wallighters are a hybrid combination of wide beam
floodlight and roadway optics giving them enough sideward
output to be used with only one unit per location. To light a
building perimeter, place wallighter luminaires a distance of
4 times mounting height (4X) apart, with no more than a
distance of 2X from the ends of the building. Transverse (out
front) coverage is 1.5 times mounting height.

Roadway luminaires have a variety of descriptors
established by the Illuminating Engineering Society of North
America (IESNA) and the American National Standards
Institute (ANSI). The ANSI/IES descriptor important to area
lighting is the horizontal beam shape and is designated by
Roman Numerals I through V. For the purpose of our Quick
Selector, the shape of the beam is more important than the
other two ANSI/IES designator digits (described on page 328).
ANSI HORIZONTAL BEAM SHAPES DESCRIPTORS

I
I-4 WAY

II

III

LIGHTING FOR ENTRANCES AND EXITS
Security lighting at entrances generally requires only one
wallighter. Again, coverage out from the luminaire is limited to
1.5 times the mounting height. Coverage from side to side is 2X.
IV

V

AREA LIGHTING

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

TECHNICAL DATA

Roadway luminaires are suitable for area lighting. They should
be mounted on poles within the area. Their distribution
produces some useful “house side” illumination in the direction
of the pole. But, the house side illumination can be wasted or
become light trespass if roadway luminaires are mounted
around the perimeter of an area. For lighting from within an
area, two roadway units should be mounted back-to-back to
get the best uniformity. Luminaires with 90° cutoff (from
vertical) are useful for controlling light trespass in close
quarters.

2005/ T-25

T

OUTDOOR LIGHTING QUICK SELECTOR

The Quick Selector helps estimate the number of wide beam
floodlights, roadway luminaires, wallighters or high mast lighting
systems needed to light an outdoor area from within or from around
the perimeter of the area. The luminaires may be mounted on poles
or on nearby buildings and structures.
For applications lighted from the perimeter, the lighted area is
considered to be that bordered by the luminaire locations (even if
the luminaires are set back away from the actual application area).
This method is only applicable for setbacks of up to one mounting
height.
Other considerations are: In general, a luminaire location can
effectively cover an area of up to two mounting heights away from it.
Floodlights are usually considered first for this because they can be
aimed away from their location. For example, this makes them
especially suited for lighting from around the perimeter of an area.
But, floodlights can only light an area 90° wide so that you usually
need two or more units per location. Luminaires with roadway light
distribution can cover a wide area both in front of and behind the
location and find application within the site to be lighted. However
roadway luminaires cannot light as far out in front as a floodlight.
Wallighters are a hybrid luminaire which combines floodlight and
roadway characteristics.
A word of caution: This method is not intended for estimating
roadway or sports lighting. The following sections cover these
applications in detail.

T

TECHNICAL DATA

HERE'S HOW TO USE THIS SELECTOR:
STEP 1. Determine the average maintained illumination level
recommended from Illumination Recommendations–
Outdoor Table on page 380.
STEP 2. Determine the dimensions (length and width) of the site.
STEP 3. Select light source type (high pressure sodium, metal
halide).
STEP 4. Use Figure below to determine the WATTS/SQUARE FOOT
by moving horizontally along the desired footcandle line

T-26/ 2005

to the appropriate diagonal light source line and then
moving vertically down to read the Watts/square foot on
the horizontal axis.
STEP 5. Calculate the total lamp watts needed for the area:
TOTAL WATTS = AREA (LxW) x WATTS/SQ FT
STEP 6. Using your knowledge of the site, determine the probable
mounting height for the luminaires. Perhaps the height of a
nearby building, existing poles, local height restrictions,
nearby lighting, or your experience may factor into this
decision.
The simple 2X-4X rule of thumb is also effective. Simply divide the
shortest distance that can be covered by adjacent luminaire
locations by four to get a mounting height that conforms to the rule.
Note that the higher the mounting height, the fewer the locations or
poles. Fewer poles, fewer foundations, less wiring, and less
trenching translate into lower cost of installation.
STEP 7. Using your mounting height, position pole or building
mounted luminaire locations. Keep in mind that the
luminaire locations should not be spaced more than four
mounting heights apart and that the coverage is not
effective more than two mounting heights away or
uniformity suffers.
STEP 8. Fine tune your layout in terms of quantity of luminaires per
location by referring to the guidelines in this section.
STEP 9. Now calculate the wattage of the luminaires:
Lamp Wattage = TOTAL WATTS = AREA (LxW) x WATTS/SQ FT
STEP 10. Select the actual GE luminaire for your application.

Total lamp wattage for the area (STEP 5)
Number of Luminaires

(Continued on next page)

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

OUTDOOR LIGHTING QUICK SELECTOR
(Continued)

STEP 7. You select locations for poles along both 1000-ft sides
of the area.
STEP 8. You position the poles at 200-ft intervals along the
sides with the first pole 100-ft–2X from either end.
20,000
STEP 9.
=2,000 watts/location= two (2) 1000-watt
floodlights/location
10 locations
Following the guidelines, you aim the two floodlights
on each pole at 45° angles to the sides of the area (90°
from each other) at points 67 feet (2/3 X two mounting
heights) from the sides of the area (see diagram).
STEP 10. You select a GE PF-1000 Powerflood® floodlight with a
wide beam (NEMA 6X5) distribution.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

TECHNICAL DATA

Consider this example: You want to light a material handling
yard measuring 200 by 1000 ft. To permit free
movement within the fenced-in area, you want to
locate poles around the perimeter just inside the
fence. There are no adjacent structures.
STEP 1. From the Outdoor Illumination Recommendations
Table you select a 5 FC light level.
STEP 2. The area is 1000 X 200 = 200,000 sq ft
STEP 3. You choose high pressure sodium because of its
efficiency.
STEP 4. From the graph, lamp watts/sq ft = 0.1
STEP 5. 200,000 X 0.1 = 20,000 lamp watts.
STEP 6. Per the 2X-4X rule: 200 ft = 50-ft mounting height.
4

2005/ T-27

T

ROADWAY LIGHTING QUICK SELECTOR
The graphs below are summaries of point-by-point computer arrays for various
pole spacings. Select the maximum spacing for the average to minimum
uniformity desired (dashed line); scale on the right. Then select the wattage rating
that provides the maintained footcandles desired. Footcandle and uniformity
recommendations are shown on page 380. See page 328 for an explanation of
the descriptions for roadway light distribution patterns: for example MCII =
Medium, Cutoff, Type II.

TWO-LANE ROADWAY

TWO-LANE ROADWAY

GE M-250R2 CUTOFF OR DECASHIELD® 400 LUMINAIRE – MCII
25 ft (8M) Mounting Height, 0-4 ft (0-1M) Overhang

GE M-250R2 LUMINAIRE – MSII
25 ft (8M) Mounting Height, 0-4 ft (0-1M) Overhang

THREE-LANE ROADWAY

THREE-LANE ROADWAY
GE M-400 PRISMATIC LUMINAIRE
30 ft (9M) Mounting Height, 0-4 ft (0-1M) Overhang
FC/END OF LAMP LIFE

5.0

11.0

400W HPS
AVERAGE TO MINIMUM
UNIFORMITY

310W HPS

4.0

250W HPS

9.0
8.0

200W HPS

3.0

10.0

7.0

FOOTCANDLE CURVES

6.0

2.0

5.0
4.0

1.0

3.0
2.0

0.0
50

75

100

125

150

175

200

225

250

UNIFORMITY RATIO
AVERAGE TO MINIMUM

GE M-250R2 CUTOFF OR DECASHIELD® 400 LUMINAIRE – MCIII
30 ft (9M) Mounting Height, 0-4 ft (0-1M) Overhang

1.0
275

SPACING

FOUR-LANE ROADWAY

FOUR-LANE ROADWAY
GE M-400 PRISMATIC LUMINAIRE
40 ft (12M) Mounting Height, 0-4 ft (0-1M) Overhang

GE M-400 FLAT GLASS LUMINAIRE
40 ft (12M) Mounting Height, 0-4 ft (0-1M) Overhang
5.0

6.0

6.0

T

T-28/ 2005

4.0

5.0

250W HPS

AVERAGE TO MINIMUM
UNIFORMITY

200W HPS

3.0

4.0

FOOTCANDLE CURVES

2.0

3.0

1.0

2.0

0.0
50

75

100

125

150

175

200

225

250

FC/END OF LAMP LIFE

310W HPS

UNIFORMITY RATIO
AVERAGE TO MINIMUM

FC/END OF LAMP LIFE

TECHNICAL DATA

400W HPS

1.0
275

400W HPS

4.0

AVERAGE TO MINIMUM
UNIFORMITY

310W HPS
250W HPS

3.0

4.0

200W HPS

2.0

FOOTCANDLE CURVES

1.0

3.0
2.0

0.0
50

75

100

125

150

175

SPACING

SPACING

NOTE: To convert footcandles to lux, multiply footcandles by 10.76

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

5.0

200

225

250

1.0
275

UNIFORMITY RATIO
AVERAGE TO MINIMUM

5.0

LAMP DATA

LAMP WARM-UP CHARACTERISTICS

HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM (HPS) LAMPS

(TIME TO REACH 80% LIGHT OUTPUT)
Mercury
5-7 minutes
Metal Halide
2-4 minutes
High Pressure Sodium
3-4 minutes

HID RESTRIKE CHARACTERISTICS

Medium
Base

Mogul
Base

Mogul
Base

Mogul
Base

All HID lamps will deionize when there is a power interruption
or if the lamp socket voltage drops below the amount required
to sustain the arc for more than a few cycles. Because it takes
greater voltage to ionize the arc tube vapors while they are hot
and under high pressure, the lamp will not restart immediately.
Hot lamp instant restart is available for certain products and
wattage ratings (see product pages).

Mogul
Base

TIME TO RESTRIKE

METAL HALIDE AND MERCURY LAMPS

Mercury
Metal Halide
Pulse Start Metal Halide
High Pressure Sodium

Phosphor Coated

3-6 minutes
10-15 minutes
Approximately 4 Minutes
1 minute

LIGHT LOSS FACTOR

Mogul
Base

Mogul
Base

Mogul
Base

HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE LAMPS
High Intensity Discharge (HID) lamps are those which have a
gaseous discharge arc tube, operating at pressures and
current densities sufficient to generate desired quantities of
visible radiation within their arcs alone. These lamp types have
become popular primarily for three reasons.
1. High efficacy – more lumens per watt of power consumed.
2. Long lamp life and good lumen maintenance – reduces
operating expenses.
3. Compact source – permits good light control by use of
reflectors and refractors, resulting in high system efficiency.
The three principal HID lamps now in common use are mercury,
metal halide and high pressure sodium (HPS).

OUTDOOR APPLICATIONS
LUMINAIRE TYPE
Enclosed and filtered
Unfiltered

LUMINAIRE DIRT DEPRECIATION (LDD)
0.95
0.80

INDOOR APPLICATIONS

STROBOSCOPIC EFFECT
HID lamp output tends to follow the alternating
current waveform. This can cause small moving
objects to flicker. To avoid this annoyance, three-phase
power is suggested for mercury and HPS lamps. Split phase
ballasting can also be used with mercury lamps. Singlephase power can be used with metal halide lamps.

LUMINAIRE TYPE
Enclosed and filtered
Enclosed
Open and ventilated

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

LUMINAIRE DIRT DEPRECIATION (LDD)
Light
Medium
Heavy
0.97
0.93
0.88
0.94
0.86
0.77
0.94
0.84
0.74

TECHNICAL DATA

Medium
Base

The lighting system light loss factor (LLF) is the product of the
lamp lumen depreciation (LLD) and the luminaire dirt
depreciation (LDD). The lamp lumen depreciation is given in
manufacturer's lamp tables for both the “mean” and the “end
of relamping period.” The mean value is taken at
approximately 40% life for metal halide and 50% life for HPS
lamps. For mercury lamps the value is taken at 8,000 hours.
This is due to the lamp lumen depreciation characteristics of
mercury lamps. A 16,000-hour economic life is suggested for
this lamp. The values for “end of relamping period” are taken at
the end of the lamp's life. The user may also use a more
convenient group relamping period and should adjust the
value accordingly.
Luminaire dirt depreciation (LDD) is a function of the in-service
conditions and the type of luminaire. Enclosed and filtered
luminaires have built-in maintenance characteristics which
reduce the amount and effect of dirt accumulation. While it is
not possible to select one number to describe all conditions, the
following LDD values are suggested.

2005/ T-29

T

HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM LAMP DATA

ORDERING
ANSI
ABBREVIATION CODE FINISH

LIGHT
CENTER
LENGTH
INCHES

INITIAL
LUMENS

MEAN
LUMENS

35-WATT–LIFE AT 10 HOURS/START = 16,000 HOURS
LU35/Med
S76
Clear
3-7/16
2,250
2,025
LU35/D/Med
S76
Diffuse
3-7/16
2,150
1,900
50-WATT–LIFE AT 10 HOURS/START = 24,000 + HOURS
LU50/Med
S68
Clear
3-7/16
4,000
3,600
LU50/D/Med
S68
Diffuse
3-7/16
3,800
3,420
LU50
S68
Clear
5
4,000
3,600
LU50/D
S68
Diffuse
5
3,800
3,420
70-WATT–LIFE AT 10 HOURS/START = 24,000 + HOURS
LU70/Med
S62
Clear
3-7/16
6,400
5,450
LU70/D/Med
S62
Diffuse
3-7/16
5,950
5,050
LU70
S62
Clear
5
6,400
5,450
LU70/D
S62
Diffuse
5
5,950
5,050
100-WATT–LIFE AT 10 HOURS/START = 24,000 + HOURS
LU100/Med
S54
Clear
3-7/16
9,500
8,550
LU100/D/Med S54
Diffuse
3-7/16
8,800
7,920
LU100
S54
Clear
5
9,500
8,550
LU100/D
S54
Diffuse
5
8,800
7,920
150-WATT–LIFE AT 10 HOURS/START = 24,000 + HOURS
LU150/Med
S55
Clear
3-1/2
16,000
14,400
LU150/D/Med S55
Diffuse
3-1/2
15,000
13,500
LU150/55
S55
Clear
5
16,000
14,400
LU150/55/D
S55
Diffuse
5
15,000
13,500
LU150/100
S56
Clear
5
15,000
13,500
200-WATT–LIFE AT 10 HOURS/START = 24,000 + HOURS
LU200
S66
Clear
5-3/4
22,000
19,800
250-WATT–LIFE AT 10 HOURS/START = 24,000 + HOURS
LU250
S50
Clear
5-3/4
28,000
27,000
LU250/D
S50
Diffuse
5
26,000
23,400
310-WATT–LIFE AT 10 HOURS/START = 24,000 + HOURS
LU310
S67
Clear
5-3/4
37,000
33,300
400-WATT–LIFE AT 10 HOURS/START = 24,000 + HOURS
LU400
S51- Clear
5-3/4
51,000
45,000
LU400/D
S51
Diffuse
7
47,500
42,750
750-WATT–LIFE AT 10 HOURS/START = 24,000 + HOURS
LU750
S111 Clear
6-7/8
110,000
99,000
1000-WATT–LIFE AT 10 HOURS/START = 24,000 + HOURS
LU1000
S52
Clear
8-3/4
140,000
126,000
ECOLUX® NC NON-CYCLING HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM LAMPS
(TCLP COMPLIANT)
LU70/ECO/NC S62
Clear
5
6,300
5,670
LU100/ECO/NC S54
Clear
5
10,500
9,450
LU150/ECO/NC S55
Clear
5
16,000
14,400
LU200/ECO/NC S66
Clear
5-3/4
22,000
19,800
LU250/ECO/NC S50
Clear
5-3/4
29,000
26,100
LU400/ECO/NC S54
Clear
5-3/4
54,000
48,600

LIGHT
CENTER
LENGTH
INCHES

ORDERING
ANSI
INITIAL
ABBREVIATION CODE
FINISH
LUMENS
DELUXE LAMPS
70-WATT–RATED LIFE AT 10 HOURS/START = 10,000 HOURS
LU70/DX/Med S62
Clear
3-1/2
3,800
LU70/DX/D/Med S62
Diffuse
3-1/2
3,600
150-WATT–RATED LIFE AT 10 HOURS/START = 15,000 + HOURS
LU150/DX/Med S55
Clear
3-1/2
10,500
LU150/DX/D/Med S55
Diffuse
3-1/2
9,900
LU150/55/DX S55
Clear
5
10,500
LU150/DX/D
S55
Diffuse
5
9,900
250-WATT–RATED LIFE AT 10 HOURS/START = 15,000 + HOURS
LU250/DX
S50
Clear
5-3/4
22,500
LU250/DX/D
S50
Diffuse
5
20,000
400-WATT–RATED LIFE AT 10 HOURS/START = 15,000 + HOURS
LU400/DX
S51
Clear
5-7/32
37,400
LU400/DX/D
S51
Diffuse
5-7/32
35,500

NOTE
Similar wattage clear, diffuse, or deluxe HPS lamps may not
have the same bulb size or light center length. If lamps are
interchanged, the socket position may need to be changed
to obtain the desired photometric distribution.
Most GE Lighting Systems products will be furnished with
mogul base sockets. Any exceptions will be noted on product
pages. Medium base socket must be rated for 4KV.

AVERAGE LIFE VS. HOURS/START‡
HOURS/START
Continuous

ESTIMATED AVG. LIFE
Greater than 100%. Varies with lamp
rating and ballast. Contact factory
10
100%
5*
75%
2.5
56%
1.2
42%
‡Applies to HPS, Metal Halide and Mercury lamps.
* Rating standard for 1500, 1650 and 2000 watt lamps. Contact
factory for life on other burning cycles.

T

TECHNICAL DATA

NOTE: Consult lamp manufacturer for lamp lumen depreciation.

T-30/ 2005

Lamp Data based on GE Lamp Ratings, where applicable

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

METAL HALIDE LAMP DATA
(See WARNING, Page T-33)

VERTICAL BURNING
LIGHT
CENTER
LENGTH INITIAL
INCHES LUMENS

ORDERING
ANSI
MEAN
ABREVIATION
CODE FINISH
LUMENS
175-WATT MULTI-VAPOR METAL HALIDE LAMPS
MVR175/U/MED
M-57 Clear
3-7/16
13,600
8,800
MVR175/C/U/MED
M-57 Coated
3-7/16
12,900
7,400
MVR175/U
M-57 Clear
5
13,600
8,800
MVR175/C/U
M-57 Coated
5
12,900
8,400
250-WATT MULTI-VAPOR METAL HALIDE LAMPS
MVR250/U
M-58 Clear
5
20,800
13,500
MVR250/C/U
M-58 Coated
5
19,800
13,000
400-WATT MULTI-VAPOR METAL HALIDE LAMPS
MVR400/U
M-59 Clear
7
36,000
23,500
MVR400/C/U
M-59 Coated
7
35,000
23,000
MVR400/U/ED28
M-59 Clear, Compact Bulb
5
36,000
23,500
1000-WATT MULTI-VAPOR METAL HALIDE LAMPS
MVR1000/U
M-47 Clear
9-1/2
108,000
86,000
MVR1000/U/CP
M-47 Coated
9-1/2
105,000
80,000
MVR1000/U/BT37
M-47 Clear, Compact Bulb
7
115,000
90,000
175-WATT HIGH OUTPUT MULTI-VAPOR METAL HALIDE LAMPS
MVR175/HOR
M-57 Clear, Horizontal Burn
5
N/A
N/A
±15°, Position-oriented
Socket Required
250-WATT HIGH OUTPUT MULTI-VAPOR METAL HALIDE LAMPS
MVR250/HOR
M-58 Clear, Horizontal Burn
5
N/A
N/A
±15°, Position-oriented
Socket Required
MVR250/C/HOR
M-58 Coated, Horizontal Burn
5
N/A
N/A
±15°, Position-oriented
Socket Required
400-WATT HIGH OUTPUT MULTI-VAPOR METAL HALIDE LAMPS
MVR400/VBU/HO
M-59 Clear, Vertical Base Up ±15° 7
41,000
26,500
MVR400/C/VBU
M-59 Coated, Vertical Base Up ±15° 7
41,000
26,500
MVR400/VBU/GT28
M-59 Clear, Vertical Base Up ±15° 5
41,000
26,500
Compact Bulb
MVR400/VBU/XHO
M-59 Clear, Vertical Base Up ±15° 7
43,000
28,000
MVR400/C/VBU/XHO M-59 Coated, Vertical Base Up ±15° 7
42,000
27,000
MVR400/HOR/BT28 M-59 Clear, Horizontal Burn ±15°, 5
N/A
N/A
Fits Standard or
Position-oriented Socket ,
Compact Bulb
MVR400/HOR/MOG M-59 Coated, Horizontal Burn ±15°, 7
N/A
N/A
Fits Standard or
Position-oriented Socket
1000-WATT HIGH OUTPUT MULTI-VAPOR METAL HALIDE LAMPS
MVR1000/VBU/HO M-47 Clear, Vertical Base Up ±15° 9-1/2
111,000
87,000
MVR1000/C/VBU/HO M-47 Coated, Vertical Base Up ±15° 9-1/2
107,000
81,500
1500-WATT HIGH OUTPUT MULTI-VAPOR METAL HALIDE LAMPS
MVR1500/U/SPORTS M-48 Clear, Base Up 15°
9-1/2
170,000
153,000
Above Horizontal (16, 17)*
‡SAF-T-GARD lamps are available. Lamp designation is changed from MVR to MVT. Lumens and Life
*Vertical ± 15°, open fixture–all other, enclosed fixture.
**Requires ballast with pulse ignitor
N/A = Not Applicable
† - POMB Base (Position Oriented Mogul Base)

RATED
AVERAGE
LIFE
10 HOURS
PER START

HORIZONTAL BURNING

INITIAL
LUMENS

RATED
AVERAGE
HORIZONTAL LIFE
MEAN
10 HOURS
LUMENS
PER START

10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000

11,700
11,900
11,700
11,900

7,400
7,900
7,400
8,400

6,000
6,000
6,000
6,000

10,000
10,000

19,100
18,200

12,400
11,600

6,000
6,000

20,000
20,000
20,000

33,100
32,200
33,100

22,100
19,300
22,100

15,000
15,000
15,000

15,000
15,000
12,000

100,280
96,600
100,280

79,000
73,000
82,000

11,000
11,000
11,000

N/A

15,000

7,700

10,000

N/A

21,000

10,000

15,000

N/A

19,700

9,400

15,000

20,000
20,000
20,000

N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A

20,000
20,000
N/A

N/A
N/A
37,000

N/A
N/A
22,000

N/A
N/A
20,000

N/A

38,000

22,500

20,000

15,000
15,000

N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A

3,000

162,000

133,000

3,000

®

®

®

®

®

®

®

®

®

data are reduced.

NOTE: Longer than rated lamp life can occur when operating cycles exceed an average of 10 hours per start - contact lamp manufacturer.
Consult lamp manufacturer for lamp lumen depreciation. All MXR lamps have an apparent color temperature rated at 3,200° Kelvin and all MVR
lamps have an apparent color temperature of 4,000° Kelvin.

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

TECHNICAL DATA

®

2005/ T-31

T

METAL HALIDE LAMP DATA
(See WARNING, Page T-33)

VERTICAL BURNING
LIGHT
CENTER
LENGTH
INCHES

ORDERING
ANSI
ABREVIATION
CODE FINISH
50-WATT PULSEARC MULTI-VAPOR METAL HALIDE LAMPS
MXR50/U/MED
M-110 Clear
3-7/16
MVR50/U/MED
M-110 Clear
3-7/16
70-WATT PULSEARC MULTI-VAPOR METAL HALIDE LAMPS
MXR70/U/MED
M-98 Clear
3-7/16
MVR50/U/MED
M-98 Clear
3-7/16
100-WATT PULSEARC MULTI-VAPOR METAL HALIDE LAMPS
MXR100/U/MED
M-90 Clear
3-7/16
MVR100/U/MED
M-90 Clear
3-7/16
150-WATT PULSEARC MULTI-VAPOR METAL HALIDE LAMPS
MXR150/U/MED
M-102 Clear
3-7/16
MVR150/U/MED
M-102 Clear
3-7/16
175-WATT PULSEARC MULTI-VAPOR METAL HALIDE LAMPS
MXR175/VBU/PA
M-137 Clear, Vertical Base Up ±15° 5
MXR175/C/VBU/PA M-137 Coated, Vertical Base Up ±15° 5
MVR175/VBU/PA
M-137 Clear, Vertical Base Up ±15° 5
MVR175/C/VBU/PA M-137 Coated, Vertical Base Up ±15° 5
MVR175/VBU/MED/PA M137 Clear, Vertical Base Up +/- 15 deg 3-7/16
MVR175/C/VBU/MED/PA M137 Coated,VerticalBaseUp+/-15deg 3-7/16
250-WATT PULSEARC MULTI-VAPOR METAL HALIDE LAMPS
MVR250/VBU/PA
M-153 Clear, Vertical Base Up ±15°
5
MVR250/C/VBU/PA
M-153 Coated, Vertical Base Up ±15° 5
320-WATT PULSEARC MULTI-VAPOR METAL HALIDE LAMPS
MVR320/VBU/HO/PA M-154 Clear, Vertical Base Up ±15° 5
MVR320/C/VBU/HO/PA M-154 Coated, Vertical Base Up ±15°
5
MVR320/VBU/XHO/PA M-154 Clear, Vertical Base Up ±15° 5
MVR320/C/VBU/XHO/PA M-154 Coated, Vertical Base Up ±15°
5
350-WATT PULSEARC MULTI-VAPOR METAL HALIDE LAMPS
MVR350/VBU/XHO/PA TBD
Clear, Vertical Base Up ±15° 7
MVR350/C/VBU/XHO/PA TBD
Coated, Vertical Base Up ±15°
7
400-WATT PULSEARC MULTI-VAPOR METAL HALIDE LAMPS
MVR400/VBU/XHO/PA M-155 Clear, Vertical BaseUp ±15°
7
MVR400/C/VBU/XHO/PA M-155 Coated, Vertical Base Up ±15°
7
750-WATT PULSEARC MULTI-VAPOR METAL HALIDE LAMPS
MVR750/VBU/PA
M-149 Clear, Vertical BaseUp ±15° 7
MVR750/C/VBU/PA M-149 Coated, Vertical BaseUp ±15° 7
CERAMIC CMH METAL HALIDE LAMPS
CMH70/U/830/MED M-98 Clear
3-7/16
M-143
CMH100/U/830/MED M-90 Clear
3-7/16
M-140
CMH320/PA/0
Clear
7
CMH350/PA/0
Clear
7
CMH400/VBU/940/PA/OM-155 Clear
7
CMH400C/VBU/PA/O M-155 Coated
7
TM

INITIAL
LUMENS

MEAN
LUMENS

RATED
AVERAGE
LIFE
10 HOURS
PER START

3,900
3,100

2,200
1,900

5,500
4,700

HORIZONTAL BURNING

INITIAL
LUMENS

MEAN
LUMENS

RATED
AVERAGE
LIFE
10 HOURS
PER START

5,000
5,000

N/A
11,900

N/A
N/A

N/A
6,000

3,500
3,000

12,000
12,000

N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A

9,000
8,100

6,200
5,800

15,000
15,000

N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A

12,500
11,700

8,600
8,100

15,000
15,000

N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A

17,000
16,000
17,500
16,500
17,500
16,500

12,500
12,000
13,000
12,500
13,000
12,500

15,000
15,000
15,000
15,000
15,000
15,000

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

23,000
21,500

17,000
15,500

15,000/20,000 N/A
15,000/20,000 N/A

N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A

31,000
30,000
34,000
33,000

18,000
16,500
25,000
23,000

20,000
20,000
20,000
20,000

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

37,000
36,000

27,500
26,000

20,000/30,000 N/A
20,000/30,000 N/A

N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A

44,000
42,000

28,500
27,500

20,000/30,000 N/A
20,000/30,000 N/A

N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A

82,000
72,000

60,000
54,000

16,000
16,000

N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A

6,300

4,100

15,000

6,300

4,100

15,000

9,200

6,600

10,000

9,200

6,400

15,000

30,000
34,000
40,000
39,000

24,000
27,200
32,000
31,200

20,000
20,000
20,000
20,000

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

®

TM

®

TM

®

TM

TM

®

®

TM

TM

TM

TM

TM

®

®

®

®

®

T

TECHNICAL DATA

TM

‡SAF-T-GARD lamps are available. Lamp designation is changed from MVR to MVT. Lumens and Life data are reduced.
*Vertical ± 15°, open fixture–all other, enclosed fixture.
**Requires ballast with pulse ignitor
N/A = Not Applicable
† - POMB Base (Position Oriented Mogul Base)
NOTE: Higher life rating refers to operation @ 120 hrs. on / 1 hr. off cycle Lower life rating refers to operation @ 10 hrs. on / 1 hr. off cycle.
Consult lamp manufacturer for lamp lumen depreciation. All MXR lampS gave an apparent color temperature rated at 3,200° Kelvin and all MVR
lamps have an apparent color temperature of 4,000° Kelvin

T-32/ 2005

®

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

METAL HALIDE LAMP DATA
(See WARNING Below)

METAL HALIDE LAMP TILT FACTOR

MERCURY LAMP DATA

VERTICAL HORIZONTAL
LIGHT
BURNING BURNING
CENTER
ORDERING
ANSI
LENGTH INITIAL
INITIAL
ABBREVIATIONCODE
FINISH
INCHES LUMENS LUMENS
+
100-WATT–LIFE 24,000 HOURS 10 HOURS/START–MOGUL BASE
HR100A38
H38HT-100
Clear
5
3,850
3,650
HR100DX38†
H38JA-100/DX
Deluxe
5
4,200
4,200
175-WATT–LIFE 24,000 + HOURS 10 HOURS/START–MOGUL BASE
HR175A39
H39KB-175
Clear
5
7,950
7,570
HR175DX39†
H39KC-175/DX
Deluxe
5
8,600
8,600
HR175WDX39
H39KC-175/WDX WarmDX 5
7,000
7,000
250-WATT–LIFE 24,000 + HOURS 10 HOURS/START–MOGUL BASE
HR250A37
H37KB-250
Clear
5
11,200
10,700
HR250DX37†
H37KC-250/DX
Deluxe
5
12,100
12,100
HR250WDX37
H37KC-250/WDX WarmDX 5
10,000
10,000
+
400-WATT–LIFE 24,000 HOURS 10 HOURS/START–MOGUL BASE
HR400A33
H33CD-400
Clear
7
21,000
20,000
HR400DX33†
H33GL-400/DX
Deluxe
7
22,500
22,500
HR400WDX33
H33GL-400/WDX
WarmDX 7
19,500
19,500
+
1000-WATT–LIFE 24,000 HOURS 10 HOURS/START–MOGUL BASE
HR1000A36
H36GV-1000
Clear
9-1/2
57,000
54,000
HR1000DX36† H36GW-1000/DX
Deluxe
9-1/2
63,000
60,000

When the following metal halide lamps are operated in otherthan-vertical positions (as in floodlights), initial vertical-burning
lumens are reduced by the multipliers in this table.
ANGLE OFF VERTICAL*
LAMP
0°
15°
30°
45°
MVR1500/U/SPORTS 1.0
0.95
0.94
0.90
MVR1000/U
1.0
0.95
0.94
0.90
MVR400/U and 1.0
0.95
0.94
0.90
lower wattages
*This data is for GE lamps only.

60°
0.88
0.88

75°
0.87
0.87

90°
0.94
0.98

0.88

0.87

0.94

WARNING
(ALL MERCURY AND METAL HALIDE LAMPS)
This lamp can cause serious skin burn and eye inflammation from short wave
ultraviolet radiation if outer envelope of the lamp is broken or punctured and the arc
tube continues to operate. Do not use where people will remain for more than a few
minutes unless adequate shielding or other safety precautions are used. Certain
types of lamps that will automatically extinguish when the outer envelope is broken
or punctured are commercially available from the General Electric Company. These
are self-extinguishing Safe-T-Gard® mercury and Multi-Vapor® metal halide lamps.

†SAF-T-GARD® lamps are available. Lamp designation is changed from HR to HT, lumens
reduced approximately 10% and life of the 100W and 175W is only 16,000 hrs.

ANSI METAL HALIDE LAMP CLASSIFICATIONS

QUARTZ HALOGEN LAMP DATA
ORDERING
ABBREVIATION
Q225T2/CL/HIR
Q300T3/CL(EHM)
Q350T3/CL/HIR
Q425T3/CL
Q500T3/CL(FCL)
Q500T3/CL(DVS)
Q900T3/CL/HIR
Q1500T3/CL
LAMPS FOR
Q100CL/DC
Q150CL/DC
Q250CL/DC

APPROXIMATE
MAX
RATED RATED OVERALL
BURNING L U M E N S
WATTS VOLTS LENGTH, IN. POSITION INITIAL MEAN
225
120
4-11/16
Horiz.
5,950
5,652
300
120
4-11/16
Horiz.
5,950
5,760
350
120
4-11/16
Horiz.
10,000 9,500
425
120
4-11/16
Horiz.
8,900
8,600
500
120
4-11/16
Horiz.
11,100 10,750
500
130
4-11/16
Horiz.
10,550 10,250
900
240
10-1/16
Horiz.
32,000 30,400
1500
208
10-1/16
Horiz.
35,800 34,700
1500
220
10-1/16
Horiz.
35,800 34,700
1500
240
10-1/16
Horiz.
35,800 34,700
INSTANT-ON AUTOMATICALLY SWITCHED QUARTZ
100
120
2-7/16
Vert.
1,600
–
150
120
2-1/2
Any
2,800
2,600
250
120
3
Any
5,000
4,850

LIFE
HOURS
3,000
2,000
2,000
2,000
2,000
2,000
2,000
2,000
2,000
2,000
2,000
2,000
2,000

Every metal halide lamp is classified by the lamp manufacturer as to
the recommended manner in which it should be used. The following are
the three American National Standards Institute (ANSI) classifications:1
1.Lamps classified as E-type are to be used only in suitably rated
enclosed luminaries, in accordance with UL 1572 and CSA C22.2 No.
9.0 (UL 1598 and CSA C22.2 No. 250.0).2
2.Lamps classified as S-type may be used in an open luminaire, when
operated in the specified vertical position. This catagory of lamps is
limited only to certain lamps in a 350- to 1000-watt range.
3.Lamps with quarts arc tubes, classified as O-type, comply with ANSI
Standard C78.3873 for containment testing and may be used in open
luminaries.Procedures for testing the containment of ceramic metal
halide lamps are under development in ANSI.
1

ANSI C78.380, Annex B

2UL 1572,... CSA C22.2 No. 9... UL 1598,... CSA C22.2 No. 250.0... Note that these last two

standards are the Bi-national Luminaire Standard.
3ANSI C78.387,...

FLUORESCENT LAMP DATA
LENGTH
(In.)

INITIAL
LUMENS

MEAN
LUMENS

LIFE
(HOURS)*

22-1/2

3,150

2,840

20,000

50O

2G11, Single End, 4-Pin

4.8
5.6
7.6

860
900
1,800

730
765
1,530

10,000
10,000
10,000

32O
5O
15O

GX23-2, Single End, 2-Pin
G24d-1, Single End, 2-Pin
G24d-3, Single End, 2-Pin

5.5
6.4
6.9
7.9

2200
3200
4300
5200

1850
2690
3440
4160

12,000
12,000
12,000
12,000

10OC (50OF)
10OC (50OF)
10OC (50OF)
10OC (50OF)

GX24-Q3
GX24-Q4
GX24-Q5
GX24-Q6

NOTE: *3 Hours/Start; will be longer at 10 Hours/Start

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

STARTING
TEMP OF

BASE STYLE

TECHNICAL DATA

ORDERING
ABBREVIATION
WATTS
FOR H4 LUMINAIRE
F40/30BX/SPX30/RS
39
FOR MINI•GARD LUMINAIRE
F13DBX23T4/SPX27
13
F13DBXT4/SPX27
13
F26DBXT4/SPX27
26
FOR VERSABEAM LUMINAIRE
F32TBX/SPX35/A/4P/EOL
32
F42TBX/835/A/4P/EOL
42
F57QBX/835/A/4P/EOL
57
F72QBX/835/A/4P/EOL
72

2005/ T-33

T

Advanced “ST” HID Acrylic For HID Fixtures – Denoted as “S” In Optical Code Order Logic For Indoor Fixtures
Use of acrylic HID fixture lens materials is a popular method for providing efficient and effective light distribution in
many indoor low bay applications. The use of a specific grade of acrylic, termed HID acrylic, is common in HID fixtures
because it provides higher levels of UV stabilizer and UV absorber than “standard grades” of acrylic. GELS now offers
an advanced “ST” HID (listed as “S” in optical order logic versus “A” for standard HID acrylic) acrylic which has a 20ºC
higher glass transition temperature (softening point) than standard HID acrylic products. The higher temperature
softening point of the new material makes it better with respect to containment of metal halide lamp non-passive
failures. All of GELS’s standard HID acrylic offerings meet UL standards for polymeric lamp containment. The new
advanced “ST” HID acrylic material also passes the more stringent alternate UL containment test where the material
must withstand direct flame impingement (UL 1598 5" Flame Test). In addition, advanced “ST” HID acrylic passes both
the standard UL particle containment test, which stipulates that a 1.1 gram particle of hot quartz material be tested,
and the tougher 4.0 gram loading test which is used for 1000 watt lamps. More dramatically, successful containment
testing with an entire metal halide lamp arc tube (weighing approximately 9 grams) on a refractor with the “ST” HID
acrylic demonstrated that the material withstands extreme hot particle loading.

T

TECHNICAL DATA

GELS advanced “ST” HID acrylic is also superior to standard and HID acrylic with respect to yellowing. The improved
performance is a result of a new combination of UV absorbers and stabilizers as well as the higher glass transition
temperatures of the new “ST” HID material. The higher transition temperatures dramatically reduce diffusion rates of
the additive package relative to other HID acrylic thus reducing and inhibiting the yellowing process. At 100ºC the new
advanced “ST” HID acrylic yellows at 25% of the rate at which HID acrylic yellows.

T-34/ 2005

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

TECHNICAL DATA

NOTES

2005/ T-35

T

T

TECHNICAL DATA

NOTES

T-36/ 2005

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

TECHNICAL DATA

NOTES

2005/ T-37

T

T

TECHNICAL DATA

NOTES

T-38/ 2005

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

TECHNICAL DATA

NOTES

2005/ T-39

T

T

TECHNICAL DATA

NOTES

T-40/ 2005

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com

TECHNICAL DATA

NOTES

2005/ T-41

T

T

TECHNICAL DATA

NOTES

T-42/ 2005

GE Lighting Systems, Inc.
www.gelightingsystems.com



---

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.5
Linearized                      : No
Page Count                      : 514
Has XFA                         : No
XMP Toolkit                     : XMP toolkit 2.9.1-14, framework 1.6
About                           : uuid:7bb9eff4-91cf-11da-9fb4-000a95d55234
Producer                        : Acrobat Distiller 6.0.1 for Macintosh
Create Date                     : 2005:09:27 14:46:39-05:00
Modify Date                     : 2006:01:30 15:32:08-05:00
Metadata Date                   : 2006:01:30 15:32:08-05:00
Document ID                     : uuid:cef199cd-2f90-11da-89a4-000a95c2b7ee
Format                          : application/pdf
Title                           : untitled

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools